7

PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS

(Continued)

Subpart Z—Toxic and Hazardous

Substances

Sec.

1910.1000 Air contaminants.

1910.1001 Asbestos.

1910.1002 Coal tar pitch volatiles; interpretation of term.

1910.1003 13 Carcinogens (4-Nitrobiphenyl,

etc.).

1910.1004 alpha-Naphthylamine.

1910.1005 [Reserved]

1910.1006 Methyl chloromethyl ether.

1910.1007 3,′—Dichlorobenzidine (and its

salts).

1910.1008 bis-Chloromethyl ether.

1910.1009 beta-Naphthylamine.

1910.1010 Benzidine.

1910.1011 4-Aminodiphenyl.

1910.1012 Ethyleneimine.

1910.1013 beta-Propiolactone.

1910.1014 2-Acetylaminofluorene.

1910.1015 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene.

1910.1016 N-Nitrosodimethylamine.

1910.1017 Vinyl chloride.

1910.1018 Inorganic arsenic.

1910.1020 Access to employee exposure and

medical records.

1910.1025 Lead.

1910.1027 Cadmium.

1910.1028 Benzene.

1910.1029 Coke oven emissions.

1910.1030 Bloodborne pathogens.

1910.1043 Cotton dust.

1910.1044 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane.

1910.1045 Acrylonitrile.

1910.1047 Ethylene oxide.

1910.1048 Formaldehyde.

1910.1050 Methylenedianiline.

1910.1051 1,3–Butadiene.

1910.1052 Methylene Chloride.

1910.1096 Ionizing radiation.

1910.1200 Hazard communication.

1910.1201 Retention of DOT markings, placards and labels.

1910.1450 Occupational exposure to hazardous chemicals in laboratories.

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS

Subpart Z—Toxic and Hazardous

Substances

AUTHORITY: Sections 4, 6, and 8 of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29

U.S.C. 653, 655, 657); Secretary of Labor’s

Order No. 12–71 (36 FR 8754), 8–76 (41 FR

25059), 9–83 (48 FR 35736), or 6–96 (62 FR 111),

as applicable; and 29 CFR part 1911.

All of subpart Z issued under sec. 6(b) of

the Occupational Safety and Health Act, except those substances that have exposure

limits listed in Tables Z–1, Z–2, and Z–3 of 29

CFR 1910.1000. The latter were issued under

sec. 6(a) (29 U.S.C. 655(a)).

Section 1910.1000, Tables Z–1, Z–2 and Z–3

also issued under 5 U.S.C. 553, Section

1910.1000 Tables Z–1, Z–2, and Z–3 not issued

under 29 CFR part 1911 except for the arsenic

(organic compounds), benzene, and cotton

dust listings.

Section 1910.1001 also issued under section

107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety

Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 333) and 5 U.S.C. 553.

Section 1910.1002 not issued under 29 U.S.C.

655 or 29 CFR part 1911; also issued under 5

U.S.C. 553.

Sections 1910.1018, 1910.1029 and 1910.1200

are also issued under 29 U.S.C. 653.

SOURCE: 39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, unless

otherwise noted. Redesignated at 40 FR 23072,

May 28, 1975.

§ 1910.1000 Air contaminants.

An employee’s exposure to any substance listed in Tables Z–1, Z–2, or Z–3

of this section shall be limited in accordance with the requirements of the

following paragraphs of this section.

(a) Table Z–1—(1) Substances with limits preceded by ‘‘C’’—Ceiling Values. An

employee’s exposure to any substance

in Table Z–1, the exposure limit of

which is preceded by a ‘‘C’’, shall at no

time exceed the exposure limit given

for that substance. If instantaneous

monitoring is not feasible, then the

ceiling shall be assessed as a 15-minute

time weighted average exposure which

shall not be exceeded at any time during the working day.

(2) Other substances—8-hour Time

Weighted Averages. An employee’s exposure to any substance in Table Z–1, the

exposure limit of which is not preceded

by a ‘‘C’’, shall not exceed the 8-hour

Time Weighted Average given for that

substance in any 8-hour work shift of a

40-hour work week.

(b) Table Z–2. An employee’s exposure

to any substance listed in Table Z–2

shall not exceed the exposure limits

specified as follows:

(1) 8-hour time weighted averages. An

employee’s exposure to any substance

listed in Table Z–2, in any 8-hour work

shift of a 40-hour work week, shall not

exceed the 8-hour time weighted average limit given for that substance in

Table Z–2.
8

§ 1910.1000 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(2) Acceptable ceiling concentrations.

An employee’s exposure to a substance

listed in Table Z–2 shall not exceed at

any time during an 8-hour shift the acceptable ceiling concentration limit

given for the substance in the table, except for a time period, and up to a concentration not exceeding the maximum

duration and concentration allowed in

the column under ‘‘acceptable maximum peak above the acceptable ceiling concentration for an 8-hour shift.’’

(3) Example. During an 8-hour work

shift, an employee may be exposed to a

concentration of Substance A (with a

10 ppm TWA, 25 ppm ceiling and 50 ppm

peak) above 25 ppm (but never above 50

ppm) only for a maximum period of 10

minutes. Such exposure must be compensated by exposures to concentrations less than 10 ppm so that the cumulative exposure for the entire 8-hour

work shift does not exceed a weighted

average of 10 ppm.

(c) Table Z–3. An employee’s exposure

to any substance listed in Table Z–3, in

any 8-hour work shift of a 40-hour work

week, shall not exceed the 8-hour time

weighted average limit given for that

substance in the table.

(d) Computation formulae. The computation formula which shall apply to

employee exposure to more than one

substance for which 8-hour time

weighted averages are listed in subpart

Z of 29 CFR part 1910 in order to determine whether an employee is exposed

over the regulatory limit is as follows:

(1)(i) The cumulative exposure for an

8-hour work shift shall be computed as

follows:

E = (Ca Ta+Cb Tb+. . .Cn Tn)÷8

Where:

E is the equivalent exposure for the working

shift.

C is the concentration during any period of

time T where the concentration remains

constant.

T is the duration in hours of the exposure at

the concentration C.

The value of E shall not exceed the 8-hour

time weighted average specified in subpart Z

of 29 CFR part 1910 for the substance involved.

(ii) To illustrate the formula prescribed in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this

section, assume that Substance A has

an 8-hour time weighted average limit

of 100 ppm noted in Table Z–1. Assume

that an employee is subject to the following exposure:

Two hours exposure at 150 ppm

Two hours exposure at 75 ppm

Four hours exposure at 50 ppm

Substituting this information in the formula, we have

(2×150+2×75+4×50)÷8=81.25 ppm

Since 81.25 ppm is less than 100 ppm, the 8-

hour time weighted average limit, the exposure is acceptable.

(2)(i) In case of a mixture of air contaminants an employer shall compute

the equivalent exposure as follows:

Em=(C1÷L1+C2÷L2)+. . .(Cn÷Ln)

Where:

Em is the equivalent exposure for the mixture.

C is the concentration of a particular contaminant.

L is the exposure limit for that substance

specified in subpart Z of 29 CFR part 1910.

The value of Em shall not exceed unity (1).

(ii) To illustrate the formula prescribed in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this

section, consider the following exposures:

Substance

Actual concentration of

8-hour exposure

(ppm)

8-hour TWA

PEL (ppm)

B ................................................ 500 1,000

C ................................................ 45 200

D ................................................ 40 200

Substituting in the formula, we have:

Em=500÷1,000+45÷200+40÷200

Em=0.500+0.225+0.200

Em=0.925

Since Em is less than unity (1), the exposure

combination is within acceptable limits.

(e) To achieve compliance with paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section,

administrative or engineering controls

must first be determined and implemented whenever feasible. When such

controls are not feasible to achieve full

compliance, protective equipment or

any other protective measures shall be

used to keep the exposure of employees

to air contaminants within the limits

prescribed in this section. Any equipment and/or technical measures used

for this purpose must be approved for

each particular use by a competent industrial hygienist or other technically

qualified person. Whenever respirators
9

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1000

are used, their use shall comply with

1910.134.

(f) Effective dates. The exposure limits

specified have been in effect with the

method of compliance specified in

paragraph (e) of this section since May

29, 1971.

TABLE Z–1—LIMITS FOR AIR CONTAMINANTS

Substance CAS No. (c) ppm (a) 1 mg/m3 (b) 1 Skin designation

Acetaldehyde .......................................................................... 75–07–0 200 360

Acetic acid .............................................................................. 64–19–7 10 25

Acetic anhydride ..................................................................... 108–24–7 5 20

Acetone .................................................................................. 67–64–1 1000 2400

Acetonitrile .............................................................................. 75–05–8 40 70

2-Acetylaminofluorine; see 1910.1014 ................................... 53–96–3

Acetylene dichloride; see 1,2-Dichloroethylene.

Acetylene tetrabromide .......................................................... 79–27–6 1 14

Acrolein ................................................................................... 107–02–8 0.1 0.25

Acrylamide .............................................................................. 79–06–1 ...................... 0.3 X

Acrylonitrile; see 1910.1045 ................................................... 107–13–1

Aldrin ...................................................................................... 309–00–2 ...................... 0.25 X

Allyl alcohol ............................................................................ 107–18–6 2 5 X

Allyl chloride ........................................................................... 107–05–1 1 3

Allyl glycidyl ether (AGE) ....................................................... 106–92–3 (C)10 (C)45

Allyl propyl disulfide ................................................................ 2179–59–1 2 12

alpha-Alumina ......................................................................... 1344–28–1

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Aluminum, metal (as Al) ......................................................... 7429–90–5

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

4-Aminodiphenyl; see 1910.1011 ........................................... 92–67–1

2-Aminoethanol; see Ethanolamine.

2-Aminopyridine ...................................................................... 504–29–0 0.5 2

Ammonia ................................................................................ 7664–41–7 50 35

Ammonium sulfamate ............................................................. 7773–06–0

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

n-Amyl acetate ....................................................................... 628–63–7 100 525

sec-Amyl acetate .................................................................... 626–38–0 125 650

Aniline and homologs ............................................................. 62–53–3 5 19 X

Anisidine (o-, p-isomers) ........................................................ 29191–52–4 ...................... 0.5 X

Antimony and compounds (as Sb) ......................................... 7440–36–0 ...................... 0.5

ANTU (alpha Naphthylthiourea) ............................................. 86–88–4 ...................... 0.3

Arsenic, inorganic compounds (as As); see 1910.1018 ........ 7440–38–2

Arsenic, organic compounds (as As) ..................................... 7440–38–2 ...................... 0.5

Arsine ..................................................................................... 7784–42–1 0.05 0.2

Asbestos; see 1910.1001 ....................................................... (4)

Azinphos-methyl ..................................................................... 86–50–0 ...................... 0.2 X

Barium, soluble compounds (as Ba) ...................................... 7440–39–3 ...................... 0.5

Barium sulfate ........................................................................ 7727–43–7

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Benomyl .................................................................................. 17804–35–2

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Benzene; see 1910.1028 ....................................................... 71–43–2

See Table Z–2 for the limits applicable in the operations or sectors excluded in 1910.1028 d

Benzidine; see 1910.1010 ...................................................... 92–87–5

p-Benzoquinone; see Quinone.

Benzo(a)pyrene; see Coal tar pitch volatiles..

Benzoyl peroxide .................................................................... 94–36–0 ...................... 5

Benzyl chloride ....................................................................... 100–44–7 1 5

Beryllium and beryllium compounds (as Be) ......................... 7440–41–7 (2)

Biphenyl; see Diphenyl.

Bismuth telluride, Undoped .................................................... 1304–82–1

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Boron oxide ............................................................................ 1303–86–2

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Boron trifluoride ...................................................................... 7637–07–2 (C)1 (C)3

Bromine .................................................................................. 7726–95–6 0.1 0.7

Bromoform .............................................................................. 75–25–2 0.5 5 X
10

§ 1910.1000 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

TABLE Z–1—LIMITS FOR AIR CONTAMINANTS—Continued

Substance CAS No. (c) ppm (a) 1 mg/m3 (b) 1 Skin designation

Butadiene (1,3-Butadiene); See 29 CFR 1910.1051; 29

CFR 1910.19(l).

106–99–0 1 ppm/5

ppm STEL

....................

Butanethiol; see Butyl mercaptan.

2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl ketone) .......................................... 78–93–3 200 590

2-Butoxyethanol ...................................................................... 111–76–2 50 240 X

n-Butyl-acetate ....................................................................... 123–86–4 150 710

sec-Butyl acetate .................................................................... 105–46–4 200 950

tert-Butyl acetate .................................................................... 540–88–5 200 950

n-Butyl alcohol ........................................................................ 71–36–3 100 300

sec-Butyl alcohol .................................................................... 78–92–2 150 450

tert-Butyl alcohol ..................................................................... 75–65–0 100 300

Butylamine .............................................................................. 109–73–9 (C)5 (C)15 X

tert-Butyl chromate (as CrO3) ................................................ 1189–85–1 ...................... (C)0.1 X

n-Butyl glycidyl ether (BGE) ................................................... 2426–08–6 50 270

Butyl mercaptan ..................................................................... 109–79–5 10 35

p-tert-Butyltoluene .................................................................. 98–51–1 10 60

Cadmium (as Cd); see 1910.1027 ......................................... 7440–43–9

Calcium carbonate ................................................................. 1317–65–3

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Calcium hydroxide .................................................................. 1305–62–0

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Calcium oxide ......................................................................... 1305–78–8 ...................... 5

Calcium silicate ...................................................................... 1344–95–2

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Calcium sulfate ....................................................................... 7778–18–9

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Camphor, synthetic ................................................................ 76–22–2 ...................... 2

Carbaryl (Sevin) ..................................................................... 63–25–2 ...................... 5

Carbon black .......................................................................... 1333–86–4 ...................... 3.5

Carbon dioxide ....................................................................... 124–38–9 5000 9000

Carbon disulfide ..................................................................... 75–15–0 (2)

Carbon monoxide ................................................................... 630–08–0 50 55

Carbon tetrachloride ............................................................... 56–23–5 (2)

Cellulose ................................................................................. 9004–34–6

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Chlordane ............................................................................... 57–74–9 ...................... 0.5 X

Chlorinated camphene ........................................................... 8001–35–2 ...................... 0.5 X

Chlorinated diphenyl oxide ..................................................... 55720–99–5 ...................... 0.5

Chlorine .................................................................................. 7782–50–5 (C)1 (C)3

Chlorine dioxide ...................................................................... 10049–04–4 0.1 0.3

Chlorine trifluoride .................................................................. 7790–91–2 (C)0.1 (C)0.4

Chloroacetaldehyde ................................................................ 107–20–0 (C)1 (C)3

a-Chloroacetophenone (Phenacyl chloride) ........................... 532–27–4 0.05 0.3

Chlorobenzene ....................................................................... 108–90–7 75 350

o-Chlorobenzylidene malononitrile ......................................... 2698–41–1 0.05 0.4

Chlorobromomethane ............................................................. 74–97–5 200 1050

2-Chloro-1,3-butadiene; see beta-Chloroprene.

Chlorodiphenyl (42% Chlorine) (PCB) ................................... 53469–21–9 ...................... 1 X

Chlorodiphenyl (54% Chlorine) (PCB) ................................... 11097–69–1 ...................... 0.5 X

1-Chloro-2,3-epoxypropane; see Epichlorohydrin.

2-Chloroethanol; see Ethylene chlorohydrin.

Chloroethylene; see Vinyl chloride.

Chloroform (Trichloromethane) .............................................. 67–66–3 (C)50 (C)240

bis(Chloromethyl) ether; see 1910.1008 ................................ 542–88–1

Chloromethyl methyl ether; see 1910.1006 ........................... 107–30–2

1-Chloro-1-nitropropane ......................................................... 600–25–9 20 100

Chloropicrin ............................................................................ 76–06–2 0.1 0.7

beta-Chloroprene .................................................................... 126–99–8 25 90 X

2-Chloro-6-(trichloromethyl) pyridine ...................................... 1929–82–4

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Chromic acid and chromates (as CrO3) ................................. (4) (2)

Chromium (II) compounds.

(as Cr) ............................................................................. 7440–47–3 ...................... 0.5

Chromium (III) compounds.

(as Cr) ............................................................................. 7440–47–3 ...................... 0.5

Chromium metal and insol. salts (as Cr) ............................... 7440–47–3 ...................... 1
11

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1000

TABLE Z–1—LIMITS FOR AIR CONTAMINANTS—Continued

Substance CAS No. (c) ppm (a) 1 mg/m3 (b) 1 Skin designation

Chrysene; see Coal tar pitch volatiles.

Clopidol ................................................................................... 2971–90–6

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Coal dust (less than 5% SiO2), respirable fraction ................ (3)

Coal dust (greater than or equal to 5% SiO2), respirable

fraction.

(3)

Coal tar pitch volatiles (benzene soluble fraction), anthracene, BaP, phenanthrene, acridine, chrysene, pyrene.65966–93–2 ...................... 0.2

Cobalt metal, dust, and fume (as Co) .................................... 7440–48–4 ...................... 0.1

Coke oven emissions; see 1910.1029.

Copper .................................................................................... 7440–50–8

Fume (as Cu) .................................................................. ...................... 0.1

Dusts and mists (as Cu) ................................................. ...................... 1

Cotton dust e; see 1910.1043 ................................................. ...................... 1

Crag herbicide (Sesone) ........................................................ 136–78–7

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Cresol, all isomers .................................................................. 1319–77–3 5 22 X

Crotonaldehyde ...................................................................... 123–73–9;

4170–30–3

2 6

Cumene .................................................................................. 98–82–8 50 245 X

Cyanides (as CN) ................................................................... (4) ...................... 5 X

Cyclohexane ........................................................................... 110–82–7 300 1050

Cyclohexanol .......................................................................... 108–93–0 50 200

Cyclohexanone ....................................................................... 108–94–1 50 200

Cyclohexene ........................................................................... 110–83–8 300 1015

Cyclopentadiene ..................................................................... 542–92–7 75 200

2,4-D (Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid) ....................................... 94–75–7 ...................... 10

Decaborane ............................................................................ 17702–41–9 0.05 0.3 X

Demeton (Systox) ................................................................... 8065–48–3 ...................... 0.1 X

Diacetone alcohol (4-Hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone) ........... 123–42–2 50 240

1,2-Diaminoethane; see Ethylenediamine.

Diazomethane ........................................................................ 334–88–3 0.2 0.4

Diborane ................................................................................. 19287–45–7 0.1 0.1

1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP); see 1910.1044 ........ 96–12–8

1,2-Dibromoethane; see Ethylene dibromide.

Dibutyl phosphate ................................................................... 107–66–4 1 5

Dibutyl phthalate ..................................................................... 84–74–2 ...................... 5

o-Dichlorobenzene ................................................................. 95–50–1 (C)50 (C)300

p-Dichlorobenzene ................................................................. 106–46–7 75 450

3,′-Dichlorobenzidine; see 1910.1007 .................................... 91–94–1

Dichlorodifluoromethane ......................................................... 75–71–8 1000 4950

1,3-Dichloro-5,5-dimethyl hydantoin ....................................... 118–52–5 ...................... 0.2

Dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane (DDT) .................................. 50–29–3 ...................... 1 X

1,1-Dichloroethane ................................................................. 75–34–3 100 400

1,2-Dichloroethane; see Ethylene dichloride.

1,2-Dichloroethylene ............................................................... 540–59–0 200 790

Dichloroethyl ether ................................................................. 111–44–4 (C)15 (C)90 X

Dichloromethane; see Methylene chloride.

Dichloromonofluoromethane .................................................. 75–43–4 1000 4200

1,1-Dichloro-1-nitroethane ...................................................... 594–72–9 (C)10 (C)60

1,2-Dichloropropane; see Propylene dichloride.

Dichlorotetrafluoroethane ....................................................... 76–14–2 1000 7000

Dichlorvos (DDVP) ................................................................. 62–73–7 ...................... 1 X

Dicyclopentadienyl iron .......................................................... 102–54–5

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Dieldrin ................................................................................... 60–57–1 ...................... 0.25 X

Diethylamine ........................................................................... 109–89–7 25 75

2-Diethylaminoethanol ............................................................ 100–37–8 10 50 X

Diethyl ether; see Ethyl ether.

Difluorodibromomethane ........................................................ 75–61–6 100 860

Diglycidyl ether (DGE) ............................................................ 2238–07–5 (C)0.5 (C)2.8

Dihydroxybenzene; see Hydroquinone.

Diisobutyl ketone .................................................................... 108–83–8 50 290

Diisopropylamine .................................................................... 108–18–9 5 20 X

4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene; see 1910.1015 ....................... 60–11–7

Dimethoxymethane; see Methylal.

Dimethyl acetamide ................................................................ 127–19–5 10 35 X

Dimethylamine ........................................................................ 124–40–3 10 18

Dimethylaminobenzene; see Xylidine.
12

§ 1910.1000 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

TABLE Z–1—LIMITS FOR AIR CONTAMINANTS—Continued

Substance CAS No. (c) ppm (a) 1 mg/m3 (b) 1 Skin designation

Dimethylaniline (N,N-Dimethylaniline) .................................... 121–69–7 5 25 X

Dimethylbenzene; see Xylene.

Dimethyl-1,2-dibromo-2,2-dichloroethyl phosphate ................ 300–76–5 ...................... 3

Dimethylformamide ................................................................. 68–12–2 10 30 X

2,6-Dimethyl-4-heptanone; see Diisobutyl ketone.

1,1-Dimethylhydrazine ............................................................ 57–14–7 0.5 1 X

Dimethylphthalate ................................................................... 131–11–3 ...................... 5

Dimethyl sulfate ...................................................................... 77–78–1 1 5 X

Dinitrobenzene (all isomers) .................................................. 1 X

(ortho) .............................................................................. 528–29–0

(meta) .............................................................................. 99–65–0

(para) ............................................................................... 100–25–4

Dinitro-o-cresol ....................................................................... 534–52–1 ...................... 0.2 X

Dinitrotoluene ......................................................................... 25321–14–6 ...................... 1.5 X

Dioxane (Diethylene dioxide) ................................................. 123–91–1 100 360 X

Diphenyl (Biphenyl) ................................................................ 92–52–4 0.2 1

Diphenylmethane diisocyanate; see Methylene bisphenyl

isocyanate.

Dipropylene glycol methyl ether ............................................. 34590–94–8 100 600 X

Di-sec octyl phthalate (Di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate) ............... 117–81–7 ...................... 5

Emery ..................................................................................... 12415–34–8

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Endrin ..................................................................................... 72–20–8 ...................... 0.1 X

Epichlorohydrin ....................................................................... 106–89–8 5 19 X

EPN ........................................................................................ 2104–64–5 ...................... 0.5 X

1,2-Epoxypropane; see Propylene oxide.

2,3-Epoxy-1-propanol; see Glycidol.

Ethanethiol; see Ethyl mercaptan.

Ethanolamine .......................................................................... 141–43–5 3 6

2-Ethoxyethanol (Cellosolve) ................................................. 110–80–5 200 740 X

2-Ethoxyethyl acetate (Cellosolve acetate) ............................ 111–15–9 100 540 X

Ethyl acetate ........................................................................... 141–78–6 400 1400

Ethyl acrylate .......................................................................... 140–88–5 25 100 X

Ethyl alcohol (Ethanol) ........................................................... 64–17–5 1000 1900

Ethylamine .............................................................................. 75–04–7 10 18

Ethyl amyl ketone (5-Methyl-3-heptanone) ............................ 541–85–5 25 130

Ethyl benzene ......................................................................... 100–41–4 100 435

Ethyl bromide ......................................................................... 74–96–4 200 890

Ethyl butyl ketone (3-Heptanone) .......................................... 106–35–4 50 230

Ethyl chloride .......................................................................... 75–00–3 1000 2600

Ethyl ether .............................................................................. 60–29–7 400 1200

Ethyl formate .......................................................................... 109–94–4 100 300

Ethyl mercaptan ..................................................................... 75–08–1 (C)10 (C)25

Ethyl silicate ........................................................................... 78–10–4 100 850

Ethylene chlorohydrin ............................................................. 107–07–3 5 16 X

Ethylenediamine ..................................................................... 107–15–3 10 25

Ethylene dibromide ................................................................. 106–93–4 (2)

Ethylene dichloride (1,2-Dichloroethane) ............................... 107–06–2 (2)

Ethylene glycol dinitrate ......................................................... 628–96–6 (C)0.2 (C)1 X

Ethylene glycol methyl acetate; see Methyl cellosolve acetate.

Ethyleneimine; see 1910.1012 ............................................... 151–56–4

Ethylene oxide; see 1910.1047 .............................................. 75–21–8

Ethylidene chloride; see 1,1-Dichloroethane.

N-Ethylmorpholine .................................................................. 100–74–3 20 94 X

Ferbam ................................................................................... 14484–64–1

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Ferrovanadium dust ............................................................... 12604–58–9 ...................... 1

Fluorides (as F) ...................................................................... (4) ...................... 2.5

Fluorine ................................................................................... 7782–41–4 0.1 0.2

Fluorotrichloromethane (Trichlorofluoromethane) .................. 75–69–4 1000 5600

Formaldehyde; see 1910.1048 .............................................. 50–00–0

Formic acid ............................................................................. 64–18–6 5 9

Furfural ................................................................................... 98–01–1 5 20 X

Furfuryl alcohol ....................................................................... 98–00–0 50 200

Grain dust (oat, wheat, barley) .............................................. ........................ ...................... 10

Glycerin (mist) ........................................................................ 56–81–5

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Glycidol ................................................................................... 556–52–5 50 150

Glycol monoethyl ether; see 2-Ethoxyethanol.
13

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1000

TABLE Z–1—LIMITS FOR AIR CONTAMINANTS—Continued

Substance CAS No. (c) ppm (a) 1 mg/m3 (b) 1 Skin designation

Graphite, natural, respirable dust ........................................... 7782–42–5 (3)

Graphite, synthetic .................................................................

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Guthion; see Azinphos methyl.

Gypsum .................................................................................. 13397–24–5

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Hafnium .................................................................................. 7440–58–6 ...................... 0.5

Heptachlor .............................................................................. 76–44–8 ...................... 0.5 X

Heptane (n-Heptane) .............................................................. 142–82–5 500 2000

Hexachloroethane .................................................................. 67–72–1 1 10 X

Hexachloronaphthalene .......................................................... 1335–87–1 ...................... 0.2 X

n-Hexane ................................................................................ 110–54–3 500 1800

2-Hexanone (Methyl n-butyl ketone) ...................................... 591–78–6 100 410

Hexone (Methyl isobutyl ketone) ............................................ 108–10–1 100 410

sec-Hexyl acetate ................................................................... 108–84–9 50 300

Hydrazine ............................................................................... 302–01–2 1 1.3 X

Hydrogen bromide .................................................................. 10035–10–6 3 10

Hydrogen chloride .................................................................. 7647–01–0 (C)5 (C)7

Hydrogen cyanide .................................................................. 74–90–8 10 11 X

Hydrogen fluoride (as F) ........................................................ 7664–39–3 (2)

Hydrogen peroxide ................................................................. 7722–84–1 1 1.4

Hydrogen selenide (as Se) .................................................... 7783–07–5 0.05 0.2

Hydrogen sulfide .................................................................... 7783–06–4 (2)

Hydroquinone ......................................................................... 123–31–9 ...................... 2

Iodine ...................................................................................... 7553–56–2 (C)0.1 (C)1

Iron oxide fume ...................................................................... 1309–37–1 ...................... 10

Isoamyl acetate ...................................................................... 123–92–2 100 525

Isoamyl alcohol (primary and secondary) .............................. 123–51–3 100 360

Isobutyl acetate ...................................................................... 110–19–0 150 700

Isobutyl alcohol ....................................................................... 78–83–1 100 300

Isophorone .............................................................................. 78–59–1 25 140

Isopropyl acetate .................................................................... 108–21–4 250 950

Isopropyl alcohol .................................................................... 67–63–0 400 980

Isopropylamine ....................................................................... 75–31–0 5 12

Isopropyl ether ........................................................................ 108–20–3 500 2100

Isopropyl glycidyl ether (IGE) ................................................. 4016–14–2 50 240

Kaolin ...................................................................................... 1332–58–7

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Ketene .................................................................................... 463–51–4 0.5 0.9

Lead, inorganic (as Pb); see 1910.1025 ................................ 7439–92–1

Limestone ............................................................................... 1317–65–3

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Lindane ................................................................................... 58–89–9 ...................... 0.5 X

Lithium hydride ....................................................................... 7580–67–8 ...................... 0.025

L.P.G. (Liquefied petroleum gas) ........................................... 68476–85–7 1000 1800

Magnesite ............................................................................... 546–93–0

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Magnesium oxide fume .......................................................... 1309–48–4

Total particulate ............................................................... ...................... 15

Malathion ................................................................................ 121–75–5

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15 X

Maleic anhydride .................................................................... 108–31–6 0.25 1

Manganese compounds (as Mn) ........................................... 7439–96–5 ...................... (C)5

Manganese fume (as Mn) ...................................................... 7439–96–5 ...................... (C)5

Marble ..................................................................................... 1317–65–3

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Mercury (aryl and inorganic) (as Hg) ..................................... 7439–97–6 (2)

Mercury (organo) alkyl compounds (as Hg) .......................... 7439–97–6 (2)

Mercury (vapor) (as Hg) ......................................................... 7439–97–6 (2)

Mesityl oxide ........................................................................... 141–79–7 25 100

Methanethiol; see Methyl mercaptan.

Methoxychlor .......................................................................... 72–43–5

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

2-Methoxyethanol (Methyl cellosolve) .................................... 109–86–4 25 80 X

2-Methoxyethyl acetate (Methyl cellosolve acetate) .............. 110–49–6 25 120 X

Methyl acetate ........................................................................ 79–20–9 200 610
14

§ 1910.1000 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

TABLE Z–1—LIMITS FOR AIR CONTAMINANTS—Continued

Substance CAS No. (c) ppm (a) 1 mg/m3 (b) 1 Skin designation

Methyl acetylene (Propyne) ................................................... 74–99–7 1000 1650

Methyl acetylene-propadiene mixture (MAPP) ....................... 1000 1800

Methyl acrylate ....................................................................... 96–33–3 10 35 X

Methylal (Dimethoxy-methane) .............................................. 109–87–5 1000 3100

Methyl alcohol ........................................................................ 67–56–1 200 260

Methylamine ........................................................................... 74–89–5 10 12

Methyl amyl alcohol; see Methyl isobutyl carbinol.

Methyl n-amyl ketone ............................................................. 110–43–0 100 465

Methyl bromide ....................................................................... 74–83–9 (C)20 (C)80 X

Methyl butyl ketone; see 2-Hexanone.

Methyl cellosolve; see 2-Methoxyethanol.

Methyl cellosolve acetate; see 2-Methoxyethyl acetate.

Methyl chloride ....................................................................... 74–87–3 (2)

Methyl chloroform (1,1,1-Trichloroethane) ............................. 71–55–6 350 1900

Methylcyclohexane ................................................................. 108–87–2 500 2000

Methylcyclohexanol ................................................................ 25639–42–3 100 470

o-Methylcyclohexanone .......................................................... 583–60–8 100 460 X

Methylene chloride ................................................................. 75–09–2 (2)

Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK); see 2-Butanone.

Methyl formate ........................................................................ 107–31–3 100 250

Methyl hydrazine (Monomethyl hydrazine) ............................ 60–34–4 (C)0.2 (C)0.35 X

Methyl iodide .......................................................................... 74–88–4 5 28 X

Methyl isoamyl ketone ............................................................ 110–12–3 100 475

Methyl isobutyl carbinol .......................................................... 108–11–2 25 100 X

Methyl isobutyl ketone; see Hexone.

Methyl isocyanate ................................................................... 624–83–9 0.02 0.05 X

Methyl mercaptan ................................................................... 74–93–1 (C)10 (C)20

Methyl methacrylate ............................................................... 80–62–6 100 410

Methyl propyl ketone; see 2-Pentanone.

alpha-Methyl styrene .............................................................. 98–83–9 (C)100 (C)480

Methylene bisphenyl isocyanate (MDI) .................................. 101–68–8 (C)0.02 (C)0.2

Mica; see Silicates.

Molybdenum (as Mo) ............................................................. 7439–98–7

Soluble compounds ......................................................... ...................... 5

Insoluble compounds.

Total dust ................................................................. ...................... 15

Monomethyl aniline ................................................................ 100–61–8 2 9 X

Monomethyl hydrazine; see Methyl hydrazine.

Morpholine .............................................................................. 110–91–8 20 70 X

Naphtha (Coal tar) .................................................................. 8030–30–6 100 400

Naphthalene ........................................................................... 91–20–3 10 50

alpha-Naphthylamine; see 1910.1004 ................................... 134–32–7

beta-Naphthylamine; see 1910.1009 ..................................... 91–59–8

Nickel carbonyl (as Ni) ........................................................... 13463–39–3 0.001 0.007

Nickel, metal and insoluble compounds (as Ni) .................... 7440–02–0 ...................... 1

Nickel, soluble compounds (as Ni) ........................................ 7440–02–0 ...................... 1

Nicotine ................................................................................... 54–11–5 ...................... 0.5 X

Nitric acid ................................................................................ 7697–37–2 2 5

Nitric oxide .............................................................................. 10102–43–9 25 30

p-Nitroaniline .......................................................................... 100–01–6 1 6 X

Nitrobenzene .......................................................................... 98–95–3 1 5 X

p-Nitrochlorobenzene ............................................................. 100–00–5 ...................... 1 X

4-Nitrodiphenyl; see 1910.1003 ............................................. 92–93–3

Nitroethane ............................................................................. 79–24–3 100 310

Nitrogen dioxide ..................................................................... 10102–44–0 (C)5 (C)9

Nitrogen trifluoride .................................................................. 7783–54–2 10 29

Nitroglycerin ............................................................................ 55–63–0 (C)0.2 (C)2 X

Nitromethane .......................................................................... 75–52–5 100 250

1-Nitropropane ........................................................................ 108–03–2 25 90

2-Nitropropane ........................................................................ 79–46–9 25 90

N-Nitrosodimethylamine; see 1910.1016.

Nitrotoluene (all isomers) ....................................................... 5 30 X

o-isomer .......................................................................... 88–72–2

m-isomer ......................................................................... 99–08–1

p-isomer .......................................................................... 99–99–0

Nitrotrichloromethane; see Chloropicrin.

Octachloronaphthalene .......................................................... 2234–13–1 ...................... 0.1 X

Octane .................................................................................... 111–65–9 500 2350

Oil mist, mineral ..................................................................... 8012–95–1 ...................... 5

Osmium tetroxide (as Os) ...................................................... 20816–12–0 ...................... 0.002

Oxalic acid .............................................................................. 144–62–7 ...................... 1

Oxygen difluoride ................................................................... 7783–41–7 0.05 0.1
15

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1000

TABLE Z–1—LIMITS FOR AIR CONTAMINANTS—Continued

Substance CAS No. (c) ppm (a) 1 mg/m3 (b) 1 Skin designation

Ozone ..................................................................................... 10028–15–6 0.1 0.2

Paraquat, respirable dust ....................................................... 4685–14–7;

1910–42–5;

2074–50–2

...................... 0.5 X

Parathion ................................................................................ 56–38–2 ...................... 0.1 X

Particulates not otherwise regulated (PNOR)f.

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

PCB; see Chlorodiphenyl (42% and 54% chlorine).

Pentaborane ........................................................................... 19624–22–7 0.005 0.01

Pentachloronaphthalene ......................................................... 1321–64–8 ...................... 0.5 X

Pentachlorophenol .................................................................. 87–86–5 ...................... 0.5 X

Pentaerythritol ........................................................................ 115–77–5

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Pentane .................................................................................. 109–66–0 1000 2950

2-Pentanone (Methyl propyl ketone) ...................................... 107–87–9 200 700

Perchloroethylene (Tetrachloroethylene) ............................... 127–18–4 (2)

Perchloromethyl mercaptan ................................................... 594–42–3 0.1 0.8

Perchloryl fluoride ................................................................... 7616–94–6 3 13.5

Petroleum distillates (Naphtha) (Rubber Solvent) ................. 500 2000

Phenol .................................................................................... 108–95–2 5 19 X

p-Phenylene diamine .............................................................. 106–50–3 ...................... 0.1 X

Phenyl ether, vapor ................................................................ 101–84–8 1 7

Phenyl ether-biphenyl mixture, vapor .................................... 1 7

Phenylethylene; see Styrene.

Phenyl glycidyl ether (PGE) ................................................... 122–60–1 10 60

Phenylhydrazine ..................................................................... 100–63–0 5 22 X

Phosdrin (Mevinphos) ............................................................ 7786–34–7 ...................... 0.1 X

Phosgene (Carbonyl chloride) ................................................ 75–44–5 0.1 0.4

Phosphine ............................................................................... 7803–51–2 0.3 0.4

Phosphoric acid ...................................................................... 7664–38–2 ...................... 1

Phosphorus (yellow) ............................................................... 7723–14–0 ...................... 0.1

Phosphorus pentachloride ...................................................... 10026–13–8 ...................... 1

Phosphorus pentasulfide ........................................................ 1314–80–3 ...................... 1

Phosphorus trichloride ............................................................ 7719–12–2 0.5 3

Phthalic anhydride .................................................................. 85–44–9 2 12

Picloram .................................................................................. 1918–02–1

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Picric acid ............................................................................... 88–89–1 ...................... 0.1 X

Pindone (2-Pivalyl-1,3-indandione) ........................................ 83–26–1 ...................... 0.1

Plaster of Paris ....................................................................... 26499–65–0

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Platinum (as Pt) ...................................................................... 7440–06–4

Metal ................................................................................ ...................... ....................

Soluble salts .................................................................... ...................... 0.002

Portland cement ..................................................................... 65997–15–1

Total dust ........................................................................ 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Propane .................................................................................. 74–98–6 1000 1800

beta-Propriolactone; see 1910.1013 ...................................... 57–57–8

n-Propyl acetate ..................................................................... 109–60–4 200 840

n-Propyl alcohol ...................................................................... 71–23–8 200 500

n-Propyl nitrate ....................................................................... 627–13–4 25 110

Propylene dichloride ............................................................... 78–87–5 75 350

Propylene imine ...................................................................... 75–55–8 2 5 X

Propylene oxide ...................................................................... 75–56–9 100 240

Propyne; see Methyl acetylene.

Pyrethrum ............................................................................... 8003–34–7 ...................... 5

Pyridine ................................................................................... 110–86–1 5 15

Quinone .................................................................................. 106–51–4 0.1 0.4

RDX; see Cyclonite.

Rhodium (as Rh), metal fume and insoluble compounds ..... 7440–16–6 ...................... 0.1

Rhodium (as Rh), soluble compounds ................................... 7440–16–6 ...................... 0.001

Ronnel .................................................................................... 299–84–3 ...................... 15

Rotenone ................................................................................ 83–79–4 ...................... 5

Rouge .....................................................................................

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Selenium compounds (as Se) ................................................ 7782–49–2 ...................... 0.2
16

§ 1910.1000 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

TABLE Z–1—LIMITS FOR AIR CONTAMINANTS—Continued

Substance CAS No. (c) ppm (a) 1 mg/m3 (b) 1 Skin designation

Selenium hexafluoride (as Se) ............................................... 7783–79–1 0.05 0.4

Silica, amorphous, precipitated and gel ................................. 112926–00–8 (3)

Silica, amorphous, diatomaceous earth, containing less than

1% crystalline silica.

61790–53–2 (3)

Silica, crystalline cristobalite, respirable dust ........................ 14464–46–1 (3)

Silica, crystalline quartz, respirable dust ................................ 14808–60–7 (3)

Silica, crystalline tripoli (as quartz), respirable dust .............. 1317–95–9 (3)

Silica, crystalline tridymite, respirable dust ............................ 15468–32–3 (3)

Silica, fused, respirable dust .................................................. 60676–86–0 (3)

Silicates (less than 1% crystalline silica) ...............................

Mica (respirable dust) ..................................................... 12001–26–2 (3)

Soapstone, total dust ...................................................... ........................ (3)

Soapstone, respirable dust ............................................. ........................ (3)

Talc (containing asbestos); use asbestos limit; see 29

CFR 1910.1001.

........................ (3)

Talc (containing no asbestos), respirable dust ............... 14807–96–6 (3)

Tremolite, asbestiform; see 1910.1001.

Silicon ..................................................................................... 7440–21–3

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Silicon carbide ........................................................................ 409–21–2

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Silver, metal and soluble compounds (as Ag) ....................... 7440–22–4 ...................... 0.01

Soapstone; see Silicates.

Sodium fluoroacetate ............................................................. 62–74–8 ...................... 0.05 X

Sodium hydroxide ................................................................... 1310–73–2 ...................... 2

Starch ..................................................................................... 9005–25–8

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Stibine ..................................................................................... 7803–52–3 0.1 0.5

Stoddard solvent .................................................................... 8052–41–3 500 2900

Strychnine ............................................................................... 57–24–9 ...................... 0.15

Styrene ................................................................................... 100–42–5 (2)

Sucrose .................................................................................. 57–50–1

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Sulfur dioxide .......................................................................... 7446–09–5 5 13

Sulfur hexafluoride ................................................................. 2551–62–4 1000 6000

Sulfuric acid ............................................................................ 7664–93–9 ...................... 1

Sulfur monochloride ............................................................... 10025–67–9 1 6

Sulfur pentafluoride ................................................................ 5714–22–7 0.025 0.25

Sulfuryl fluoride ....................................................................... 2699–79–8 5 20

Systox; see Demeton.

2,4,5-T (2,4,5-trichlorophenoxyacetic acid) ............................ 93–76–5 ...................... 10

Talc; see Silicates.

Tantalum, metal and oxide dust ............................................. 7440–25–7 ...................... 5

TEDP (Sulfotep) ..................................................................... 3689–24–5 ...................... 0.2 X

Tellurium and compounds (as Te) ......................................... 13494–80–9 ...................... 0.1

Tellurium hexafluoride (as Te) ............................................... 7783–80–4 0.02 0.2

Temephos ............................................................................... 3383–96–8

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

TEPP (Tetraethyl pyrophosphate) .......................................... 107–49–3 ...................... 0.05 X

Terphenyls .............................................................................. 26140–60–3 (C)1 (C)9

1,1,1,2-Tetrachloro-2,2-difluoroethane ................................... 76–11–9 500 4170

1,1,2,2-Tetrachloro-1,2-difluoroethane ................................... 76–12–0 500 4170

1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane ...................................................... 79–34–5 5 35 X

Tetrachloroethylene; see Perchloroethylene.

Tetrachloromethane; see Carbon tetrachloride.

Tetrachloronaphthalene .......................................................... 1335–88–2 ...................... 2 X

Tetraethyl lead (as Pb) ........................................................... 78–00–2 ...................... 0.075 X

Tetrahydrofuran ...................................................................... 109–99–9 200 590

Tetramethyl lead (as Pb) ........................................................ 75–74–1 ...................... 0.075 X

Tetramethyl succinonitrile ....................................................... 3333–52–6 0.5 3 X

Tetranitromethane .................................................................. 509–14–8 1 8

Tetryl (2,4,6-Trinitrophenylmethylnitramine) ........................... 479–45–8 ...................... 1.5 X

Thallium, soluble compounds (as Tl) ..................................... 7440–28–0 ...................... 0.1 X

4,4′-Thiobis (6-tert, Butyl-m-cresol) ........................................ 96–69–5

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Thiram .................................................................................... 137–26–8 ...................... 5
17

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1000

TABLE Z–1—LIMITS FOR AIR CONTAMINANTS—Continued

Substance CAS No. (c) ppm (a) 1 mg/m3 (b) 1 Skin designation

Tin, inorganic compounds (except oxides) (as Sn) ............... 7440–31–5 ...................... 2

Tin, organic compounds (as Sn) ............................................ 7440–31–5 ...................... 0.1

Titanium dioxide ..................................................................... 13463–67–7

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Toluene ................................................................................... 108–88–3 (2)

Toluene-2,4-diisocyanate (TDI) .............................................. 584–84–9 (C)0.02 (C)0.14

o-Toluidine .............................................................................. 95–53–4 5 22 X

Toxaphene; see Chlorinated camphene.

Tremolite; see Silicates.

Tributyl phosphate .................................................................. 126–73–8 ...................... 5

1,1,1-Trichloroethane; see Methyl chloroform.

1,1,2-Trichloroethane ............................................................. 79–00–5 10 45 X

Trichloroethylene .................................................................... 79–01–6 (2)

Trichloromethane; see Chloroform.

Trichloronaphthalene .............................................................. 1321–65–9 ...................... 5 X

1,2,3-Trichloropropane ........................................................... 96–18–4 50 300

1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-trifluoroethane ....................................... 76–13–1 1000 7600

Triethylamine .......................................................................... 121–44–8 25 100

Trifluorobromomethane .......................................................... 75–63–8 1000 6100

2,4,6-Trinitrophenol; see Picric acid.

2,4,6-Trinitrophenylmethylnitramine; see Tetryl.

2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene (TNT) ..................................................... 118–96–7 ...................... 1.5 X

Triorthocresyl phosphate ........................................................ 78–30–8 ...................... 0.1

Triphenyl phosphate ............................................................... 115–86–6 ...................... 3

Turpentine .............................................................................. 8006–64–2 100 560

Uranium (as U) ....................................................................... 7440–61–1

Soluble compounds ......................................................... ...................... 0.05

Insoluble compounds ...................................................... ...................... 0.25

Vanadium ............................................................................... 1314–62–1

Respirable dust (as V2 O5) ............................................. ...................... (C)0.5

Fume (as V2 O5) ............................................................. ...................... (C)0.1

Vegetable oil mist ...................................................................

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Vinyl benzene; see Styrene.

Vinyl chloride; see 1910.1017 ................................................ 75–01–4

Vinyl cyanide; see Acrylonitrile.

Vinyl toluene ........................................................................... 25013–15–4 100 480

Warfarin .................................................................................. 81–81–2 ...................... 0.1

Xylenes (o-, m-, p-isomers) .................................................... 1330–20–7 100 435

Xylidine ................................................................................... 1300–73–8 5 25 X

Yttrium .................................................................................... 7440–65–5 ...................... 1

Zinc chloride fume .................................................................. 7646–85–7 ...................... 1

Zinc oxide fume ...................................................................... 1314–13–2 ...................... 5

Zinc oxide ............................................................................... 1314–13–2

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Zinc stearate ........................................................................... 557–05–1

Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15

Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5

Zirconium compounds (as Zr) ................................................ 7440–67–7 ...................... 5

1The PELs are 8-hour TWAs unless otherwise noted; a (C) designation denotes a ceiling limit. They are to be determined

from breathing-zone air samples.

(a)Parts of vapor or gas per million parts of contaminated air by volume at 25 ° C and 760 torr.

(b) Milligrams of substance per cubic meter of air. When entry is in this column only, the value is exact; when listed with a ppm

entry, it is approximate.

(c) The CAS number is for information only. Enforcement is based on the substance name. For an entry covering more than

one metal compound, measured as the metal, the CAS number for the metal is given—not CAS numbers for the individual compounds.

(d) The final benzene standard in 1910.1028 applies to all occupational exposures to benzene except in some circumstances

the distribution and sale of fuels, sealed containers and pipelines, coke production, oil and gas drilling and production, natural

gas processing, and the percentage exclusion for liquid mixtures; for the excepted subsegments, the benzene limits in Table Z–2

apply. See 1910.1028 for specific circumstances.

(e) This 8-hour TWA applies to respirable dust as measured by a vertical elutriator cotton dust sampler or equivalent instrument. The time-weighted average applies to the cottom waste processing operations of waste recycling (sorting, blending, cleaning and willowing) and garnetting. See also 1910.1043 for cotton dust limits applicable to other sectors.

(f)All inert or nuisance dusts, whether mineral, inorganic, or organic, not listed specifically by substance name are covered by

the Particulates Not Otherwise Regulated (PNOR) limit which is the same as the inert or nuisance dust limit of Table Z–3. 2See Table Z–2.

3See Table Z–3.

4Varies with compound.
18

§ 1910.1000 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

TABLE Z–2

Substance

8-hour time

weighted average

Acceptable

ceiling concentration

Acceptable maximum peak

above the acceptable ceiling concentration for an 8-hr shift

Concentration Maximum duration

Benzenea (Z37.40–1969) .................................................... 10 ppm ......... 25 ppm ......... 50 ppm ......... 10 minutes.

Beryllium and beryllium compounds (Z37.29–1970) .......... 2 μg/m3 ......... 5 μg/m3 ......... 25 μg/m3 ....... 30 minutes.

Cadmium fumeb (Z37.5–1970) ............................................ 0.1 mg/m3 ..... 0.3 mg/m3 ..... .......................

Cadmium dustb (Z37.5–1970) ............................................. 0.2 mg/m3 ..... 0.6 mg/m3.

Carbon disulfide (Z37.3–1968) ........................................... 20 ppm ......... 30 ppm ......... 100 ppm ....... 30 minutes.

Carbon tetrachloride (Z37.17–1967) ................................... 10 ppm ......... 25 ppm ......... 200 ppm ....... 5 min. in any 4

hrs.

Chromic acid and chromates (Z37.7–1971) ....................... ....................... 1 mg/10m3.

Ethylene dibromide (Z37.31–1970) ..................................... 20 ppm ......... 30 ppm ......... 50 ppm ......... 5 minutes.

Ethylene dichloride (Z37.21–1969) ..................................... 50 ppm ......... 100 ppm ....... 200 ppm ....... 5 min. in any 3

hrs.

Fluoride as dust (Z37.28–1969) .......................................... 2.5 mg/m3 ..... ....................... .......................

Formaldehyde; see 1910.1048 ........................................... ....................... ....................... .......................

Hydrogen fluoride (Z37.28–1969) ....................................... 3 ppm ........... ....................... .......................

Hydrogen sulfide (Z37.2–1966) .......................................... ....................... 20 ppm ......... 50 ppm ......... 10 mins. once,

only if no other

meas. exp. occurs.

Mercury (Z37.8–1971) ......................................................... ....................... 1 mg/10m3 .... .......................

Methyl chloride (Z37.18–1969) ........................................... 100 ppm ....... 200 ppm ....... 300 ppm ....... 5 mins. in any 3

hrs.

Methylene Chloride: See § 1919.52..

Organo (alkyl) mercury (Z37.30–1969) ............................... 0.01 mg/m3 ... 0.04 mg/m3 ... .......................

Styrene (Z37.15–1969) ....................................................... 100 ppm ....... 200 ppm ....... 600 ppm ....... 5 mins. in any 3

hrs.

Tetrachloroethylene (Z37.22–1967) .................................... 100 ppm ....... 200 ppm ....... 300 ppm ....... 5 mins. in any 3

hrs.

Toluene (Z37.12–1967) ....................................................... 200 ppm ....... 300 ppm ....... 500 ppm ....... 10 minutes.

Trichloroethylene (Z37.19–1967) ........................................ 100 ppm ....... 200 ppm ....... 300 ppm ....... 5 mins. in any 2

hrs.

a This standard applies to the industry segments exempt from the 1 ppm 8-hour TWA and 5 ppm STEL of the benzene standard at 1910.1028. b This standard applies to any operations or sectors for which the Cadmium standard, 1910.1027, is stayed or otherwise not in

effect.

TABLE Z–3—MINERAL DUSTS

Substance mppcf a mg/m3

Silica:

Crystalline

250 b 10 mg/m3 e

Quartz (Respirable) ................................................................................................................. —————

%SiO2+5

—————

% SiO2 + 2

30 mg/m3

Quartz (Total Dust) ................................................................................................................. .................... —————

% SiO2 + 2

Cristobalite: Use 1⁄2 the value calculated from the count or mass formulae for quartz

Tridymite: Use 1⁄2 the value calculated from the formulae for quartz

80 mg/m3

Amorphous, including natural diatomaceous earth ............................................................................... 20 —————

%SiO2

Silicates (less than 1% crystalline silica):

Mica ................................................................................................................................................ 20

Soapstone ...................................................................................................................................... 20

Talc (not containing asbestos) ....................................................................................................... 20 c

Talc (containing asbestos) Use asbestos limit.

Tremolite, asbestiform (see 29 CFR 1910.1001).

Portland cement ............................................................................................................................. 50

Graphite (Natural) .................................................................................................................................. 15

Coal Dust:

Respirable fraction less than 5% SiO2 .......................................................................................... .................... 2.4 mg/m3 e
19

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

TABLE Z–3—MINERAL DUSTS—Continued

Substance mppcf a mg/m3

10 mg/m3 e

Respirable fraction greater than 5% SiO2 ..................................................................................... .................... —————

%SiO2+2

Inert or Nuisance Dust: d

Respirable fraction ......................................................................................................................... 15 5 mg/m3

Total dust ....................................................................................................................................... 50 15 mg/m3

Note—Conversion factors - mppcf X 35.3 = million particles per cubic meter = particles per c.c.

a Millions of particles per cubic foot of air, based on impinger samples counted by light-field techniques.

bThe percentage of crystalline silica in the formula is the amount determined from airborne samples, except in those instances

in which other methods have been shown to be applicable. c Containing less than 1% quartz; if 1% quartz or more, use quartz limit.

dAll inert or nuisance dusts, whether mineral, inorganic, or organic, not listed specifically by substance name are covered by

this limit, which is the same as the Particulates Not Otherwise Regulated (PNOR) limit in Table Z–1. eBoth concentration and percent quartz for the application of this limit are to be determined from the fraction passing a sizeselector with the following characteristics:

Aerodynamic diameter (unit density sphere) Percent passing

selector

2 ........................................................................................................................................................................... 90

2.5 ........................................................................................................................................................................ 75

3.5 ........................................................................................................................................................................ 50

5.0 ........................................................................................................................................................................ 25

10 ......................................................................................................................................................................... 0

The measurements under this note refer to the use of an AEC (now NRC) instrument. The respirable fraction of coal dust is

determined with an MRE; the figure corresponding to that of 2.4 mg/m3 in the table for coal dust is 4.5 mg/m3K.

[58 FR 35340, June 30. 1993; 58 FR 40191, July 27, 1993, as amended at 61 FR 56831, Nov. 4, 1996;

62 FR 1600, Jan. 10, 1997; 62 FR 42018, Aug. 4, 1997]

§ 1910.1001 Asbestos.

(a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to all occupational exposures to asbestos in all industries covered by the Occupational Safety and

Health Act, except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) and (3) of this section.

(2) This section does not apply to

construction work as defined in 29 CFR

1910.12(b). (Exposure to asbestos in construction work is covered by 29 CFR

1926.1101).

(3) This section does not apply to

ship repairing, shipbuilding and

shipbreaking employments and related

employments as defined in 29 CFR

1915.4. (Exposure to asbestos in these

employments is covered by 29 CFR

1915.1001).

(b) Definitions.

Asbestos includes chrysotile, amosite,

crocidolite, tremolite asbestos,

anthophyllite asbestos, actinolite asbestos, and any of these minerals that

have been chemically treated and/or altered.

Asbestos-containing material (ACM)

means any material containing more

than 1% asbestos.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Authorized person means any person

authorized by the employer and required by work duties to be present in

regulated areas.

Building/facility owner is the legal entity, including a lessee, which exercises

control over management and record

keeping functions relating to a building and/or facility in which activities

covered by this standard take place.

Certified industrial hygienist (CIH)

means one certified in the practice of

industrial hygiene by the American

Board of Industrial Hygiene.

Director means the Director of the

National Institute for Occupational

Safety and Health, U.S. Department of

Health and Human Services, or designee.

Employee exposure means that exposure to airborne asbestos that would

occur if the employee were not using

respiratory protective equipment.

Fiber means a particulate form of asbestos 5 micrometers or longer,with a
20

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

length-to-diameter ratio of at least 3 to

1.

High-efficiency particulate air (HEPA)

filter means a filter capable of trapping

and retaining at least 99.97 percent of

0.3 micrometer diameter mono-disperse

particles.

Homogeneous area means an area of

surfacing material or thermal system

insulation that is uniform in color and

texture.

Industrial hygienist means a professional qualified by education, training,

and experience to anticipate, recognize, evaluate and develop controls for

occupational health hazards.

PACM means ‘‘presumed asbestos

containing material.’’

Presumed asbestos containing material

means thermal system insulation and

surfacing material found in buildings

constructed no later than 1980. The designation of a material as ‘‘PACM’’ may

be rebutted pursuant to paragraph

(j)(8) of this section.

Regulated area means an area established by the employer to demarcate

areas where airborne concentrations of

asbestos exceed, or there is a reasonable possibility they may exceed, the

permissible exposure limits.

Surfacing ACM means surfacing material which contains more than 1% asbestos.

Surfacing material means material

that is sprayed, troweled-on or otherwise applied to surfaces (such as acoustical plaster on ceilings and fireproofing materials on structural members, or other materials on surfaces for

acoustical, fireproofing, and other purposes).

Thermal System Insulation (TSI) means

ACM applied to pipes, fittings, boilers,

breeching, tanks, ducts or other structural components to prevent heat loss

or gain.

Thermal System Insulation ACM means

thermal system insulation which contains more than 1% asbestos.

(c) Permissible exposure limit (PELS)—

(1) Time-weighted average limit (TWA).

The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of asbestos in excess of 0.1

fiber per cubic centimeter of air as an

eight (8)-hour time-weighted average

(TWA) as determined by the method

prescribed in Appendix A to this section, or by an equivalent method.

(2) Excursion limit. The employer shall

ensure that no employee is exposed to

an airborne concentration of asbestos

in excess of 1.0 fiber per cubic centimeter of air (1 f/cc) as averaged over a

sampling period of thirty (30) minutes

as determined by the method prescribed in Appendix A to this section,

or by an equivalent method.

(d) Exposure monitoring—(1) General.

(i) Determinations of employee exposure shall be made from breathing zone

air samples that are representative of

the 8-hour TWA and 30-minute shortterm exposures of each employee.

(ii) Representative 8-hour TWA employee exposures shall be determined

on the basis of one or more samples

representing full-shift exposures for

each shift for each employee in each

job classification in each work area.

Representative 30-minute short-term

employee exposures shall be determined on the basis of one or more samples representing 30 minute exposures

associated with operations that are

most likely to produce exposures above

the excursion limit for each shift for

each job classification in each work

area.

(2) Initial monitoring. (i) Each employer who has a workplace or work

operation covered by this standard, except as provided for in paragraphs

(d)(2)(ii) and (d)(2)(iii) of this section,

shall perform initial monitoring of employees who are, or may reasonably be

expected to be exposed to airborne concentrations at or above the TWA permissible exposure limit and/or excursion limit.

(ii) Where the employer has monitored after March 31, 1992, for the TWA

permissible exposure limit and/or the

excursion limit, and the monitoring

satisfies all other requirements of this

section, the employer may rely on such

earlier monitoring results to satisfy

the requirements of paragraph (d)(2)(i)

of this section.

(iii) Where the employer has relied

upon objective data that demonstrate

that asbestos is not capable of being released in airborne concentrations at or

above the TWA permissible exposure

limit and/or excursion limit under the

expected conditions of processing, use,
21

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

or handling, then no initial monitoring

is required.

(3) Monitoring frequency (periodic monitoring) and patterns. After the initial

determinations required by paragraph

(d)(2)(i) of this section, samples shall

be of such frequency and pattern as to

represent with reasonable accuracy the

levels of exposure of the employees. In

no case shall sampling be at intervals

greater than six months for employees

whose exposures may reasonably be

foreseen to exceed the TWA permissible exposure limit and/or excursion

limit.

(4) Changes in monitoring frequency. If

either the initial or the periodic monitoring required by paragraphs (d)(2)

and (d)(3) of this section statistically

indicates that employee exposures are

below the TWA permissible exposure

limit and/or excursion limit, the employer may discontinue the monitoring

for those employees whose exposures

are represented by such monitoring.

(5) Additional monitoring. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs

(d)(2)(ii) and (d)(4) of this section, the

employer shall institute the exposure

monitoring required under paragraphs

(d)(2)(i) and (d)(3) of this section whenever there has been a change in the

production, process, control equipment, personnel or work practices that

may result in new or additional exposures above the TWA permissible exposure limit and/or excursion limit or

when the employer has any reason to

suspect that a change may result in

new or additional exposures above the

PEL and/or excursion limit.

(6) Method of monitoring. (i) All samples taken to satisfy the monitoring requirements of paragraph (d) of this section shall be personal samples collected following the procedures specified in Appendix A.

(ii) All samples taken to satisfy the

monitoring requirements of paragraph

(d) of this section shall be evaluated

using the OSHA Reference Method

(ORM) specified in Appendix A of this

section, or an equivalent counting

method.

(iii) If an equivalent method to the

ORM is used, the employer shall ensure

that the method meets the following

criteria:

(A) Replicate exposure data used to

establish equivalency are collected in

side-by-side field and laboratory comparisons; and

(B) The comparison indicates that

90% of the samples collected in the

range 0.5 to 2.0 times the permissible

limit have an accuracy range of plus or

minus 25 percent of the ORM results at

a 95% confidence level as demonstrated

by a statistically valid protocol; and

(C) The equivalent method is documented and the results of the comparison testing are maintained.

(iv) To satisfy the monitoring requirements of paragraph (d) of this section, employers must use the results of

monitoring analysis performed by laboratories which have instituted quality

assurance programs that include the

elements as prescribed in Appendix A

of this section.

(7) Employee notification of monitoring

results. (i) The employer shall, within

15 working days after the receipt of the

results of any monitoring performed

under the standard, notify the affected

employees of these results in writing

either individually or by posting of results in an appropriate location that is

accessible to affected employees.

(ii) The written notification required

by paragraph (d)(7)(i) of this section

shall contain the corrective action

being taken by the employer to reduce

employee exposure to or below the

TWA and/or excursion limit, wherever

monitoring results indicated that the

TWA and/or excursion limit had been

exceeded.

(e) Regulated Areas—(1) Establishment.

The employer shall establish regulated

areas wherever airborne concentrations

of asbestos and/or PACM are in excess

of the TWA and/or excursion limit prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section.

(2) Demarcation. Regulated areas shall

be demarcated from the rest of the

workplace in any manner that minimizes the number of persons who will

be exposed to asbestos.

(3) Access. Access to regulated areas

shall be limited to authorized persons

or to persons authorized by the Act or

regulations issued pursuant thereto.

(4) Provision of respirators. Each person entering a regulated area shall be
22

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

supplied with and required to use a respirator, selected in accordance with

paragraph (g)(2) of this section.

(5) Prohibited activities. The employer

shall ensure that employees do not eat,

drink, smoke, chew tobacco or gum, or

apply cosmetics in the regulated areas.

(f) Methods of compliance—(1) Engineering controls and work practices. (i)

The employer shall institute engineering controls and work practices to reduce and maintain employee exposure

to or below the TWA and/or excursion

limit prescribed in paragraph (c) of this

section, except to the extent that such

controls are not feasible.

(ii) Wherever the feasible engineering

controls and work practices that can

be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the

TWA and/or excursion limit prescribed

in paragraph (c) of this section, the employer shall use them to reduce employee exposure to the lowest levels

achievable by these controls and shall

supplement them by the use of respiratory protection that complies with

the requirements of paragraph (g) of

this section.

(iii) For the following operations,

wherever feasible engineering controls

and work practices that can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce the

employee exposure to or below the

TWA and/or excursion limit prescribed

in paragraph (c) of this section, the employer shall use them to reduce employee exposure to or below 0.5 fiber

per cubic centimeter of air (as an

eight-hour time-weighted average) or

2.5 fibers/cc for 30 minutes (short-term

exposure) and shall supplement them

by the use of any combination of respiratory protection that complies with

the requirements of paragraph (g) of

this section, work practices and feasible engineering controls that will reduce employee exposure to or below the

TWA and to or below the excursion

limit permissible prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section: Coupling cutoff in primary asbestos cement pipe

manufacturing; sanding in primary and

secondary asbestos cement sheet manufacturing; grinding in primary and

secondary friction product manufacturing; carding and spinning in dry textile processes; and grinding and sanding in primary plastics manufacturing.

(iv) Local exhaust ventilation. Local

exhaust ventilation and dust collection

systems shall be designed, constructed,

installed, and maintained in accordance with good practices such as those

found in the American National Standard Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust

Systems, ANSI Z9.2–1979.

(v) Particular tools. All hand-operated

and power-operated tools which would

produce or release fibers of asbestos,

such as, but not limited to, saws, scorers, abrasive wheels, and drills, shall be

provided with local exhaust ventilation

systems which comply with paragraph

(f)(1)(iv) of this section.

(vi) Wet methods. Insofar as practicable, asbestos shall be handled,

mixed, applied, removed, cut, scored,

or otherwise worked in a wet state sufficient to prevent the emission of airborne fibers so as to expose employees

to levels in excess of the TWA and/or

excursion limit, prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, unless the

usefulness of the product would be diminished thereby.

(vii) [Reserved]

(viii) Particular products and operations. No asbestos cement, mortar,

coating, grout, plaster, or similar material containing asbestos, shall be removed from bags, cartons, or other

containers in which they are shipped,

without being either wetted, or enclosed, or ventilated so as to prevent

effectively the release of airborne fibers.

(ix) Compressed air. Compressed air

shall not be used to remove asbestos or

materials containing asbestos unless

the compressed air is used in conjunction with a ventilation system which

effectively captures the dust cloud created by the compressed air.

(x) Flooring. Sanding of asbestos-containing flooring material is prohibited.

(2) Compliance program. (i) Where the

TWA and/or excursion limit is exceeded, the employer shall establish and

implement a written program to reduce

employee exposure to or below the

TWA and to or below the excursion

limit by means of engineering and

work practice controls as required by

paragraph (f)(1) of this section, and by

the use of respiratory protection where
23

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

required or permitted under this section.

(ii) Such programs shall be reviewed

and updated as necessary to reflect significant changes in the status of the

employer’s compliance program.

(iii) Written programs shall be submitted upon request for examination

and copying to the Assistant Secretary, the Director, affected employees and designated employee representatives.

(iv) The employer shall not use employee rotation as a means of compliance with the TWA and/or excursion

limit.

(3) Specific compliance methods for

brake and clutch repair:

(i) Engineering controls and work

practices for brake and clutch repair

and service. During automotive brake

and clutch inspection, disassembly, repair and assembly operations, the employer shall institute engineering controls and work practices to reduce employee exposure to materials containing asbestos using a negative pressure enclosure/HEPA vacuum system

method or low pressure/wet cleaning

method, which meets the detailed requirements set out in Appendix F to

this section. The employer may also

comply using an equivalent method

which follows written procedures which

the employer demonstrates can achieve

results equivalent to Method A in Appendix F to this section. For facilities

in which no more than 5 pair of brakes

or 5 clutches are inspected, disassembled, repaired, or assembled per week,

the method set forth in paragraph [D]

of Appendix F to this section may be

used.

(ii) The employer may also comply

by using an equivalent method which

follows written procedures, which the

employer demonstrates can achieve

equivalent exposure reductions as do

the two ‘‘preferred methods.’’ Such

demonstration must include monitoring data conducted under workplace

conditions closely resembling the process, type of asbestos containing materials, control method, work practices

and environmental conditions which

the equivalent method will be used, or

objective data, which document that

under all reasonably foreseeable conditions of brake and clutch repair applications, the method results in exposures which are equivalent to the

methods set out in Appendix F to this

section.

(g) Respiratory protection—(1) General.

For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer

must provide respirators that comply

with the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and workpractice controls.

(ii) Work operations, such as maintenance and repair activities, for which

engineering and work-practice controls

are not feasible.

(iii) Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practice

controls are not yet sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the

TWA and/or excursion limit.

(iv) Emergencies.

(2) Respirator program. (i) The employer must implement a respiratory

protection program in accordance with

29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except

(d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).

(ii) The employer must provide a

tight-fitting, powered, air-purifying

respirator instead of any negative-pressure respirator specified in Table 1 of

this section when an employee chooses

to use this type of respirator and the

respirator provides adequate protection

to the employee.

(iii) No employee must be assigned to

tasks requiring the use of respirators

if, based on their most recent medical

examination, the examining physician

determines that the employee will be

unable to function normally using a

respirator, or that the safety or health

of the employee or other employees

will be impaired by the use of a respirator. Such employees must be assigned to another job or given the opportunity to transfer to a different position, the duties of which they can

perform. If such a transfer position is

available, the position must be with

the same employer, in the same geographical area, and with the same seniority, status, and rate of pay the employee had just prior to such transfer.
24

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(3) Respirator selection. The employer

must select and provide the appropriate respirator from Table 1 of thissection.

TABLE 1—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR ASBESTOS FIBERS

Airborne concentration of asbestos or con- ditions of use Required respirator

Not in excess of 1 f/cc (10 X PEL) ............. Half-mask air purifying respirator other than a disposable respirator, equipped with

high efficiency filters.

Not in excess of 5 f/cc (50 X PEL) ............. Full facepiece air-purifying respirator equipped with high efficiency filters.

Not in excess of 10 f/cc (100 X PEL) ......... Any powered air-purifying respirator equipped with high efficiency filters or any

supplied air respirator operated in continuous flow mode.

Not in excess of 100 f/cc (1,000 X PEL) .... Full facepiece supplied air respirator operated in pressure demand mode.

Greater than 100 f/cc (1,000 X PEL) or unknown concentration.Full facepiece supplied air respirator operated in pressure demand mode, equipped

with an auxiliary positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus.

NOTE: a. Respirators assigned for high environmental concentrations may be used at lower concentrations, or when required

respirator use is independent of concentration.

b. A high efficiency filter means a filter that is at least 99.97 percent efficient against mono-dispersed particles of 0.3 micrometers in diameter or larger.

(h) Protective work clothing and equipment—(1) Provision and use. If an employee is exposed to asbestos above the

TWA and/or excursion limit, or where

the possibility of eye irritation exists,

the employer shall provide at no cost

to the employee and ensure that the

employee uses appropriate protective

work clothing and equipment such as,

but not limited to:

(i) Coveralls or similar full-body

work clothing;

(ii) Gloves, head coverings, and foot

coverings; and

(iii) Face shields, vented goggles, or

other appropriate protective equipment which complies with 1910.133 of

this Part.

(2) Removal and storage. (i) The employer shall ensure that employees remove work clothing contaminated with

asbestos only in change rooms provided

in accordance with paragraph (i)(1) of

this section.

(ii) The employer shall ensure that

no employee takes contaminated work

clothing out of the change room, except those employees authorized to do

so for the purpose of laundering, maintenance, or disposal.

(iii) Contaminated work clothing

shall be placed and stored in closed

containers which prevent dispersion of

the asbestos outside the container.

(iv) Containers of contaminated protective devices or work clothing which

are to be taken out of change rooms or

the workplace for cleaning, maintenance or disposal, shall bear labels in

accordance with paragraph (j)(4) of this

section.

(3) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The

employer shall clean, launder, repair,

or replace protective clothing and

equipment required by this paragraph

to maintain their effectiveness. The

employer shall provide clean protective

clothing and equipment at least weekly

to each affected employee.

(ii) The employer shall prohibit the

removal of asbestos from protective

clothing and equipment by blowing or

shaking. (iii) Laundering of contaminated clothing shall be done so as to

prevent the release of airborne fibers of

asbestos in excess of the permissible

exposure limits prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section.

(iv) Any employer who gives contaminated clothing to another person

for laundering shall inform such person

of the requirement in paragraph

(h)(3)(iii) of this section to effectively

prevent the release of airborne fibers of

asbestos in excess of the permissible

exposure limits.

(v) The employer shall inform any

person who launders or cleans protective clothing or equipment contaminated with asbestos of the potentially

harmful effects of exposure to asbestos.

(vi) Contaminated clothing shall be

transported in sealed impermeable

bags, or other closed, impermeable containers, and labeled in accordance with

paragraph (j) of this section.

(i) Hygiene facilities and practices—(1)

Change rooms. (i) The employer shall

provide clean change rooms for employees who work in areas where their

airborne exposure to asbestos is above

the TWA and/or excursion limit.
25

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

(ii) The employer shall ensure that

change rooms are in accordance with

1910.141(e) of this part, and are

equipped with two separate lockers or

storage facilities, so separated as to

prevent contamination of the employee’s street clothes from his protective

work clothing and equipment.

(2) Showers. (i) The employer shall ensure that employees who work in areas

where their airborne exposure is above

the TWA and/or excursion limit, shower at the end of the work shift.

(ii) The employer shall provide shower facilities which comply with

1910.141(d)(3) of this part.

(iii) The employer shall ensure that

employees who are required to shower

pursuant to paragraph (i)(2)(i) of this

section do not leave the workplace

wearing any clothing or equipment

worn during the work shift.

(3) Lunchrooms. (i) The employer

shall provide lunchroom facilities for

employees who work in areas where

their airborne exposure is above the

TWA and/or excursion limit.

(ii) The employer shall ensure that

lunchroom facilities have a positive

pressure, filtered air supply, and are

readily accessible to employees.

(iii) The employer shall ensure that

employees who work in areas where

their airborne exposure is above the

PEL and/or excursion limit wash their

hands and faces prior to eating, drinking or smoking.

(iv) The employer shall ensure that

employees do not enter lunchroom facilities with protective work clothing

or equipment unless surface asbestos

fibers have been removed from the

clothing or equipment by vacuuming or

other method that removes dust without causing the asbestos to become airborne.

(4) Smoking in work areas. The employer shall ensure that employees do

not smoke in work areas where they

are occupationally exposed to asbestos

because of activities in that work area.

(j) Communication of hazards to employees—Introduction. This section applies to the communication of information concerning asbestos hazards in

general industry to facilitate compliance with this standard. Asbestos exposure in general industry occurs in a

wide variety of industrial and commercial settings. Employees who manufacture asbestos-containing products may

be exposed to asbestos fibers. Employees who repair and replace automotive

brakes and clutches may be exposed to

asbestos fibers. In addition, employees

engaged in housekeeping activities in

industrial facilities with asbestos product manufacturing operations, and in

public and commercial buildings with

installed asbestos containing materials

may be exposed to asbestos fibers. Most

of these workers are covered by this

general industry standard, with the exception of state or local governmental

employees in non-state plan states. It

should be noted that employees who

perform housekeeping activities during

and after construction activities are

covered by the asbestos construction

standard, 29 CFR 1926.1101, formerly

1926.58. However, housekeeping employees, regardless of industry designation,

should know whether building components they maintain may expose them

to asbestos. The same hazard communication provisions will protect employees who perform housekeeping operations in all three asbestos standards; general industry, construction,

and shipyard employment. As noted in

the construction standard, building

owners are often the only and/or best

source of information concerning the

presence of previously installed asbestos containing building materials.

Therefore they, along with employers

of potentially exposed employees, are

assigned specific information conveying and retention duties under this

section.

(1) Installed Asbestos Containing Material. Employers and building owners are

required to treat installed TSI and

sprayed on and troweled-on surfacing

materials as ACM in buildings constructed no later than 1980 for purposes

of this standard. These materials are

designated ‘‘presumed ACM or PACM’’,

and are defined in paragraph (b) of this

section. Asphalt and vinyl flooring material installed no later than 1980 also

must be treated as asbestos-containing.

The employer or building owner may

demonstrate that PACM and flooring

material do not contain asbestos by

complying with paragraph (j)(8)(iii) of

this section.
26

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(2) Duties of employers and building

and facility owners. (i) Building and facility owners shall determine the presence, location, and quantity of ACM

and/or PACM at the work site. Employers and building and facility owners

shall exercise due diligence in complying with these requirements to inform employers and employees about

the presence and location of ACM and

PACM.

(ii) Building and facility owners shall

maintain records of all information required to be provided pursuant to this

section and/or otherwise known to the

building owner concerning the presence, location and quantity of ACM

and PACM in the building/facility.

Such records shall be kept for the duration of ownership and shall be transferred to successive owners.

(iii) Building and facility owners

shall inform employers of employees,

and employers shall inform employees

who will perform housekeeping activities in areas which contain ACM and/or

PACM of the presence and location of

ACM and/or PACM in such areas which

may be contacted during such activities.

(3) Warning signs—(i) Posting. Warning signs shall be provided and displayed at each regulated area. In addition, warning signs shall be posted at

all approaches to regulated areas so

that an employee may read the signs

and take necessary protective steps before entering the area.

(ii) Sign specifications. (A) The warning signs required by paragraph (j)(3) of

this section shall bear the following information:

DANGER

ASBESTOS

CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(B) In addition, where the use of respirators and protective clothing is required in the regulated area under this

section, the warning signs shall include

the following:

RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING

ARE REQUIRED IN THIS AREA

(iii) [Reserved]

(iv) The employer shall ensure that

employees working in and contiguous

to regulated areas comprehend the

warning signs required to be posted by

paragraph (j)(3)(i) of this section.

Means to ensure employee comprehension may include the use of foreign languages, pictographs and graphics.

(v) At the entrance to mechanical

rooms/areas in which employees reasonably can be expected to enter and

which contain ACM and/or PACM, the

building owner shall post signs which

identify the material which is present,

its location, and appropriate work

practices which, if followed, will ensure

that ACM and/or PACM will not be disturbed. The employer shall ensure, to

the extent feasible, that employees

who come in contact with these signs

can comprehend them. Means to ensure

employee comprehension may include

the use of foreign languages, pictographs, graphics, and awareness training.

(4) Warning labels—(i) Labeling. Warning labels shall be affixed to all raw

materials, mixtures, scrap, waste, debris, and other products containing asbestos fibers, or to their containers.When a building owner or employer identifies previously installed

ACM and/or PACM, labels or signs shall

be affixed or posted so that employees

will be notified of what materials contain ACM and/or PACM. The employer

shall attach such labels in areas where

they will clearly be noticed by employees who are likely to be exposed, such

as at the entrance to mechanical room/

areas. Signs required by paragraph

(j)(3) of this section may be posted in

lieu of labels so long as they contain

information required for labelling.

(ii) Label specifications. The labels

shall comply with the requirements of

29 CFR 1910.1200(f) of OSHA’s Hazard

Communication standard, and shall include the following information:

DANGER

CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS

AVOID CREATING DUST

CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD

(5) Material safety data sheets. Employers who are manufacturers or importers of asbestos or asbestos products
27

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

shall comply with the requirements regarding development of material safety

data sheets as specified in 29 CFR

1910.1200(g) of OSHA’s Hazard Communication standard, except as provided

by paragraph (j)(6) of this section.

(6) The provisions for labels required

by paragraph (j)(4) of this section or for

material safety data sheets required by

paragraph (j)(5) of this section do not

apply where:

(i) Asbestos fibers have been modified

by a bonding agent, coating, binder, or

other material provided that the manufacturer can demonstrate that during

any reasonably foreseeable use, handling, storage, disposal, processing, or

transportation, no airborne concentrations of fibers of asbestos in excess of

the TWA permissible exposure level

and/or excursion limit will be released

or

(ii) Asbestos is present in a product

in concentrations less than 1.0%.

(7) Employee information and training.

(i) The employer shall institute a

training program for all employees who

are exposed to airborne concentrations

of asbestos at or above the PEL and/or

excursion limit and ensure their participation in the program.

(ii) Training shall be provided prior

to or at the time of initial assignment

and at least annually thereafter.

(iii) The training program shall be

conducted in a manner which the employee is able to understand. The employer shall ensure that each employee

is informed of the following:

(A) The health effects associated

with asbestos exposure;

(B) The relationship between smoking and exposure to asbestos producing

lung cancer:

(C) The quantity, location, manner of

use, release, and storage of asbestos,

and the specific nature of operations

which could result in exposure to asbestos;

(D) The engineering controls and

work practices associated with the employee’s job assignment;

(E) The specific procedures implemented to protect employees from exposure to asbestos, such as appropriate

work practices, emergency and cleanup procedures, and personal protective

equipment to be used;

(F) The purpose, proper use, and limitations of respirators and protective

clothing, if appropriate;

(G) The purpose and a description of

the medical surveillance program required by paragraph (l) of this section;

(H) The content of this standard, including appendices.

(I) The names, addresses and phone

numbers of public health organizations

which provide information, materials,

and/or conduct programs concerning

smoking cessation. The employer may

distribute the list of such organizations contained in Appendix I to this

section, to comply with this requirement.

(J) The requirements for posting

signs and affixing labels and the meaning of the required legends for such

signs and labels.

(iv) The employer shall also provide,

at no cost to employees who perform

housekeeping operations in an area

which contains ACM or PACM, an asbestos awareness training course,

which shall at a minimum contain the

following elements: health effects of

asbestos, locations of ACM and PACM

in the building/facility, recognition of

ACM and PACM damage and deterioration, requirements in this standard relating to housekeeping, and proper response to fiber release episodes, to all

employees who perform housekeeping

work in areas where ACM and/or PACM

is present. Each such employee shall be

so trained at least once a year.

(v) Access to information and training materials.

(A) The employer shall make a copy

of this standard and its appendices

readily available without cost to all affected employees.

(B) The employer shall provide, upon

request, all materials relating to the

employee information and training

program to the Assistant Secretary

and the training program to the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(C) The employer shall inform all employees concerning the availability of

self-help smoking cessation program

material. Upon employee request, the

employer shall distribute such material, consisting of NIH Publication No.

89–1647, or equivalent self-help material, which is approved or published by
28

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

a public health organization listed in

Appendix I to this section.

(8) Criteria to rebut the designation of

installed material as PACM. (i) At any

time, an employer and/or building

owner may demonstrate, for purposes

of this standard, that PACM does not

contain asbestos. Building owners and/

or employers are not required to communicate information about the presence of building material for which

such a demonstration pursuant to the

requirements of paragraph (j)(8)(ii) of

this section has been made. However,

in all such cases, the information, data

and analysis supporting the determination that PACM does not contain asbestos, shall be retained pursuant to

paragraph (m) of this section.

(ii) An employer or owner may demonstrate that PACM does not contain

asbestos by the following:

(A) Having a completed inspection

conducted pursuant to the requirements of AHERA (40 CFR 763, Subpart

E) which demonstrates that no ACM is

present in the material; or

(B) Performing tests of the material

containing PACM which demonstrate

that no ACM is present in the material.

Such tests shall include analysis of

bulk samples collected in the manner

described in 40 CFR 763.86. The tests,

evaluation and sample collection shall

be conducted by an accredited inspector or by a CIH. Analysis of samples

shall be performed by persons or laboratories with proficiency demonstrated by current successful participation in a nationally recognized testing program such as the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) or the National Institute for Standards and Technology

(NIST) or the Round Robin for bulk

samples administered by the American

Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA)

or an equivalent nationally-recognized

round robin testing program.

(iii) The employer and/or building

owner may demonstrate that flooring

material including associated mastic

and backing does not contain asbestos,

by a determination of an industrial hygienist based upon recognized analytical techniques showing that the material is not ACM.

(k) Housekeeping. (1) All surfaces

shall be maintained as free as practicable of ACM waste and debris and

accompanying dust.

(2) All spills and sudden releases of

material containing asbestos shall be

cleaned up as soon as possible.

(3) Surfaces contaminated with asbestos may not be cleaned by the use of

compressed air.

(4) Vacuuming. HEPA-filtered

vacuuming equipment shall be used for

vacuuming asbestos containing waste

and debris. The equipment shall be

used and emptied in a manner which

minimizes the reentry of asbestos into

the workplace.

(5) Shoveling, dry sweeping and dry

clean-up of asbestos may be used only

where vacuuming and/or wet cleaning

are not feasible.

(6) Waste disposal. Waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, equipment, and

clothing contaminated with asbestos

consigned for disposal, shall be collected, recycled and disposed of in

sealed impermeable bags, or other

closed, impermeable containers.

(7) Care of asbestos-containing flooring material.

(i) Sanding of asbestos-containing

floor material is prohibited.

(ii) Stripping of finishes shall be conducted using low abrasion pads at

speeds lower than 300 rpm and wet

methods.

(iii) Burnishing or dry buffing may be

performed only on asbestos-containing

flooring which has sufficient finish so

that the pad cannot contact the asbestos-containing material.

(8) Waste and debris and accompanying dust in an area containing accessible ACM and/or PACM or visibly

deteriorated ACM, shall not be dusted

or swept dry, or vacuumed without

using a HEPA filter.

(l) Medical surveillance—(1) General—

(i) Employees covered. The employer

shall institute a medical surveillance

program for all employees who are or

will be exposed to airborne concentrations of fibers of asbestos at or above

the TWA and/or excursion limit.

(ii) Examination by a physician. (A)

The employer shall ensure that all

medical examinations and procedures

are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, and shall
29

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

be provided without cost to the employee and at a reasonable time and

place.

(B) Persons other than licensed physicians, who administer the pulmonary

function testing required by this section, shall complete a training course

in spirometry sponsored by an appropriate academic or professional institution.

(2) Pre-placement examinations. (i) Before an employee is assigned to an occupation exposed to airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers at or

above the TWA and/or excursion limit,

a pre-placement medical examination

shall be provided or made available by

the employer.

(ii) Such examination shall include,

as a minimum, a medical and work history; a complete physical examination

of all systems with emphasis on the

respiratory system, the cardiovascular

system and digestive tract; completion

of the respiratory disease standardized

questionnaire in Appendix D to this

section, Part 1; a chest roentgenogram

(posterior-anterior 14×17 inches); pulmonary function tests to include forced

vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory volume at 1 second (FEV(1.0)); and

any additional tests deemed appropriate by the examining physician. Interpretation and classification of chest

roentgenogram shall be conducted in

accordance with Appendix E to this

section.

(3) Periodic examinations. (i) Periodic

medical examinations shall be made

available annually.

(ii) The scope of the medical examination shall be in conformance with

the protocol established in paragraph

(l)(2)(ii) of this section, except that the

frequency of chest roentgenogram shall

be conducted in accordance with Table

2, and the abbreviated standardized

questionnaire contained in, Part 2 of

Appendix D to this section shall be administered to the employee.

TABLE 2—FREQUENCY OF CHEST ROENTGENOGRAM

Years since first exposure

Age of employee

15 to 35 35+ to 45 45+

0 to 10 ............................................................. Every 5 years ................... Every 5 years ................... Every 5 years.

10+ .................................................................. Every 5 years ................... Every 2 years ................... Every 1 year.

(4) Termination of employment examinations. (i) The employer shall provide,

or make available, a termination of

employment medical examination for

any employee who has been exposed to

airborne concentrations of fibers of asbestos at or above the TWA and/or excursion limit.

(ii) The medical examination shall be

in accordance with the requirements of

the periodic examinations stipulated in

paragraph (l)(3) of this section, and

shall be given within 30 calendar days

before or after the date of termination

of employment.

(5) Recent examinations. No medical

examination is required of any employee, if adequate records show that

the employee has been examined in accordance with any of paragraphs ((l)(2)

through (l)(4)) of this section within

the past 1 year period. A pre- employment medical examination which was

required as a condition of employment

by the employer, may not be used by

that employer to meet the requirements of this paragraph, unless the

cost of such examination is borne by

the employer.

(6) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide the

following information to the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this standard and Appendices D and E.

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the

employee’s exposure.

(iii) The employee’s representative

exposure level or anticipated exposure

level.

(iv) A description of any personal

protective and respiratory equipment

used or to be used.

(v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee that is not otherwise available

to the examining physician.

(7) Physician’s written opinion. (i) The

employer shall obtain a written signed
30

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

opinion from the examining physician.

This written opinion shall contain the

results of the medical examination and

shall include:

(A) The physician’s opinion as to

whether the employee has any detected

medical conditions that would place

the employee at an increased risk of

material health impairment from exposure to asbestos;

(B) Any recommended limitations on

the employee or upon the use of personal protective equipment such as

clothing or respirators;

(C) A statement that the employee

has been informed by the physician of

the results of the medical examination

and of any medical conditions resulting

from asbestos exposure that require

further explanation or treatment; and

(D) A statement that the employee

has been informed by the physician of

the increased risk of lung cancer attributable to the combined effect of

smoking and asbestos exposure.

(ii) The employer shall instruct the

physician not to reveal in the written

opinion given to the employer specific

findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure to asbestos.

(iii) The employer shall provide a

copy of the physician’s written opinion

to the affected employee within 30 days

from its receipt.

(m) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure measurements.

NOTE: The employer may utilize the services of competent organizations such as industry trade associations and employee associations to maintain the records required by

this section.

(i) The employer shall keep an accurate record of all measurements taken

to monitor employee exposure to asbestos as prescribed in paragraph (d) of

this section.

(ii) This record shall include at least

the following information:

(A) The date of measurement;

(B) The operation involving exposure

to asbestos which is being monitored;

(C) Sampling and analytical methods

used and evidence of their accuracy;

(D) Number, duration, and results of

samples taken;

(E) Type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any; and

(F) Name, social security number and

exposure of the employees whose exposure are represented.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

this record for at least thirty (30)

years, in accordance with 29 CFR

1910.20.

(2) Objective data for exempted operations. (i) Where the processing, use, or

handling of products made from or containing asbestos is exempted from

other requirements of this section

under paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section, the employer shall establish and

maintain an accurate record of objective data reasonably relied upon in support of the exemption.

(ii) The record shall include at least

the following:

(A) The product qualifying for exemption;

(B) The source of the objective data;

(C) The testing protocol, results of

testing, and/or analysis of the material

for the release of asbestos;

(D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data support the

exemption; and

(E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, or employee exposures covered by the exemption.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

this record for the duration of the employer’s reliance upon such objective

data.

(3) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an

accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance by paragraph (l)(1)(i) of this section, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(ii) The record shall include at least

the following information:

(A) The name and social security

number of the employee;

(B) Physician’s written opinions;

(C) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to asbestos;

and

(D) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required by

paragraph (l)(6) of this section.

(iii) The employer shall ensure that

this record is maintained for the duration of employment plus thirty (30)

years, in accordance with 29 CFR

1910.20.
31

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

(4) Training. The employer shall

maintain all employee training records

for one (1) year beyond the last date of

employment of that employee.

(5) Availability. (i) The employer,

upon written request, shall make all

records required to be maintained by

this section available to the Assistant

Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.

(ii) The employer, upon request shall

make any exposure records required by

paragraph (m)(1) of this section available for examination and copying to affected employees, former employees,

designated representatives and the Assistant Secretary, in accordance with

29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g)

through (i).

(iii) The employer, upon request,

shall make employee medical records

required by paragraph (m)(3) of this

section available for examination and

copying to the subject employee, to

anyone having the specific written consent of the subject employee, and the

Assistant Secretary, in accordance

with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(6) Transfer of records. (i) The employer shall comply with the requirements concerning transfer of records

set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).

(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to

do business and there is no successor

employer to receive and retain the

records for the prescribed period, the

employer shall notify the Director at

least 90 days prior to disposal of

records and, upon request, transmit

them to the Director.

(n) Observation of monitoring—(1) Employee observation. The employer shall

provide affected employees or their

designated representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of

employee exposure to asbestos conducted in accordance with paragraph

(d) of this section.

(2) Observation procedures. When observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to asbestos requires

entry into an area where the use of

protective clothing or equipment is required, the observer shall be provided

with and be required to use such clothing and equipment and shall comply

with all other applicable safety and

health procedures.

(o) Dates—(1) Effective date. This

standard shall become effective October 11, 1994.

(2) The provisions of 29 CFR 1910.1001

remain in effect until the start-up

dates of the equivalent provisions of

this standard.

(3) Start-up dates. All obligations of

this standard commence on the effective date except as follows:

(i) Exposure monitoring. Initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) of

this section shall be completed by October 1, 1995.

(ii) Regulated areas. Regulated areas

required to be established by paragraph

(e) of this section as a result of initial

monitoring shall be set up by October

1, 1995.

(iii) Respiratory protection. Respiratory protection required by paragraph (g) of this section shall be provided by October 1, 1995.

(iv) Hygiene and lunchroom facilities.

Construction plans for change rooms,

showers, lavatories, and lunchroom facilities shall be completed by October

1, 1995.

(v) Communication of hazards. Identification, notification, labeling and sign

posting, and training required by paragraph (j) of this section shall be provided by October 1, 1995.

(vi) Medical surveillance. Medical surveillance not previously required by

paragraph (1) of this section shall be

provided by October 1, 1995.

(vii) Compliance program. Written

compliance programs required by paragraph (f)(2) of this section shall be

completed and available for inspection

and copying by October 1, 1995.11

(viii) Methods of compliance. The engineering and work practice controls as

required by paragraph (f) shall be implemented by October 1, 1995.

(p) Appendices. (1) Appendices A, C, D,

E, and F to this section are incorporated as part of this section and the

contents of these Appendices are mandatory.

(2) Appendices B, G, H, I, and J to

this section are informational and are

not intended to create any additional

obligations not otherwise imposed or

to detract from any existing obligations.
32

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

APPENDIX A TO §1910.1001—OSHA

REFERENCE METHOD—MANDATORY

This mandatory appendix specifies the procedure for analyzing air samples for asbestos

and specifies quality control procedures that

must be implemented by laboratories performing the analysis. The sampling and analytical methods described below represent

the elements of the available monitoring

methods (such as Appendix B of their regulation, the most current version of the OSHA

method ID–160, or the most current version

of the NIOSH Method 7400). All employers

who are required to conduct air monitoring

under paragraph (d) of the standard are required to utilize analytical laboratories that

use this procedure, or an equivalent method,

for collecting and analyzing samples.

Sampling and Analytical Procedure

1. The sampling medium for air samples

shall be mixed cellulose ester filter membranes. These shall be designated by the

manufacturer as suitable for asbestos counting. See below for rejection of blanks.

2. The preferred collection device shall be

the 25-mm diameter cassette with an openfaced 50-mm electrically conductive extension cowl. The 37-mm cassette may be used if

necessary but only if written justification

for the need to use the 37-mm filter cassette

accompanies the sample results in the employee’s exposure monitoring record. Do not

reuse or reload cassettes for asbestos sample

collection.

3. An air flow rate between 0.5 liter/min

and 2.5 liters/min shall be selected for the 25-

mm cassette. If the 37-mm cassette is used,

an air flow rate between 1 liter/min and 2.5

liters/min shall be selected.

4. Where possible, a sufficient air volume

for each air sample shall be collected to

yield between 100 and 1,300 fibers per square

millimeter on the membrane filter. If a filter

darkens in appearance or if loose dust is seen

on the filter, a second sample shall be started.

5. Ship the samples in a rigid container

with sufficient packing material to prevent

dislodging the collected fibers. Packing material that has a high electrostatic charge on

its surface (e.g., expanded polystyrene) cannot be used because such material can cause

loss of fibers to the sides of the cassette.

6. Calibrate each personal sampling pump

before and after use with a representative filter cassette installed between the pump and

the calibration devices.

7. Personal samples shall be taken in the

‘‘breathing zone’’ of the employee (i.e., attached to or near the collar or lapel near the

worker’s face).

8. Fiber counts shall be made by positive

phase contrast using a microscope with an 8

to 10 X eyepiece and a 40 to 45 X objective for

a total magnification of approximately 400 X

and a numerical aperture of 0.65 to 0.75. The

microscope shall also be fitted with a green

or blue filter.

9. The microscope shall be fitted with a

Walton-Beckett eyepiece graticule calibrated for a field diameter of 100 micrometers (+/¥2 micrometers).

10. The phase-shift detection limit of the

microscope shall be about 3 degrees measured using the HSE phase shift test slide as

outlined below.

a. Place the test slide on the microscope

stage and center it under the phase objective.

b. Bring the blocks of grooved lines into

focus.

NOTE: The slide consists of seven sets of

grooved lines (ca. 20 grooves to each block)

in descending order of visibility from sets 1

to 7, seven being the least visible. The requirements for asbestos counting are that

the microscope optics must resolve the

grooved lines in set 3 completely, although

they may appear somewhat faint, and that

the grooved lines in sets 6 and 7 must be invisible. Sets 4 and 5 must be at least partially visible but may vary slightly in visibility between microscopes. A microscope

that fails to meet these requirements has either too low or too high a resolution to be

used for asbestos counting.

c. If the image deteriorates, clean and adjust the microscope optics. If the problem

persists, consult the microscope manufacturer.

11. Each set of samples taken will include

10% field blanks or a minimum of 2 field

blanks. These blanks must come from the

same lot as the filters used for sample collection. The field blank results shall be averaged and subtracted from the analytical results before reporting. A set consists of any

sample or group of samples for which an

evaluation for this standard must be made.

Any samples represented by a field blank

having a fiber count in excess of the detection limit of the method being used shall be

rejected.

12. The samples shall be mounted by the

acetone/triacetin method or a method with

an equivalent index of refraction and similar

clarity.

13. Observe the following counting rules.

a. Count only fibers equal to or longer than

5 micrometers. Measure the length of curved

fibers along the curve.

b. In the absence of other information,

count all particles as asbesto that have a

length-to-width ratio (aspect ratio) of 3:1 or

greater.

c. Fibers lying entirely within the boundary of the Walton-Beckett graticule field

shall receive a count of 1. Fibers crossing the

boundary once, having one end within the

circle, shall receive the count of one half

(1⁄2). Do not count any fiber that crosses the

graticule boundary more than once. Reject
33

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

and do not count any other fibers even

though they may be visible outside the graticule area.

d. Count bundles of fibers as one fiber unless individual fibers can be identified by observing both ends of an individual fiber.

e. Count enough graticule fields to yield

100 fibers. Count a minimum of 20 fields; stop

counting at 100 fields regardless of fiber

count.

14. Blind recounts shall be conducted at

the rate of 10 percent.

Quality Control Procedures

1. Intralaboratory program. Each laboratory and/or each company with more than

one microscopist counting slides shall establish a statistically designed quality assurance program involving blind recounts and

comparisons between microscopists to monitor the variability of counting by each

microscopist and between microscopists. In a

company with more than one laboratory, the

program shall include all laboratories and

shall also evaluate the laboratory-to-laboratory variability.

2.a. Interlaboratory program. Each laboratory analyzing asbestos samples for compliance determination shall implement an

interlaboratory quality assurance program

that as a minimum includes participation of

at least two other independent laboratories.

Each laboratory shall participate in round

robin testing at least once every 6 months

with at least all the other laboratories in its

interlaboratory quality assurance group.

Each laboratory shall submit slides typical

of its own work load for use in this program.

The round robin shall be designed and results

analyzed using appropriate statistical methodology.

2.b. All laboratories should also participate

in a national sample testing scheme such as

the Proficiency Analytical Testing Program

(PAT), or the Asbestos Registry sponsored by

the American Industrial Hygiene Association

(AIHA).

3. All individuals performing asbestos analysis must have taken the NIOSH course for

sampling and evaluating airborne asbestos

dust or an equalivalent course.

4. When the use of different microscopes

contributes to differences between counters

and laboratories, the effect of the different

microscope shall be evaluated and the microscope shall be replaced, as necessary.

5. Current results of these quality assurance programs shall be posted in each laboratory to keep the microscopists informed.

APPENDIX B TO § 1910.1001—DETAILED

PROCEDURES FOR ASBESTOS SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS—NON-MANDATORY

Matrix Air:

OSHA Permissible Exposure Limits:

Time Weighted Average ............. 0.1 fiber/cc

Excursion Level (30 minutes) ..... 1.0 fiber/cc

Collection Procedure:

A known volume of air is drawn through a 25-mm diameter

cassette containing a mixed-cellulose ester filter. The cassette must be equipped with an electrically conductive 50-

mm extension cowl. The sampling time and rate are chosen

to give a fiber density of between 100 to 1,300 fibers/mm2

on the filter.

Recommended Sampling Rate .......... 0.5 to 5.0 liters/minute

(L/min)

Recommended Air Volumes:

Minimum ..................................... 25 L

Maximum .................................... 2,400 L

Analytical Procedure: A portion of the

sample filter is cleared and prepared for asbestos fiber counting by Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCM) at 400X.

Commercial manufacturers and products

mentioned in this method are for descriptive

use only and do not constitute endorsements

by USDOL-OSHA. Similar products from

other sources can be substituted.

1. Introduction

This method describes the collection of

airborne asbestos fibers using calibrated

sampling pumps with mixed-cellulose ester

(MCE) filters and analysis by phase contrast

microscopy (PCM). Some terms used are

unique to this method and are defined below:

Asbestos: A term for naturally occurring fibrous minerals. Asbestos includes chrysotile,

crocidolite, amosite (cummingtonitegrunerite asbestos), tremolite asbestos, actinolite asbestos, anthophyllite asbestos, and

any of these minerals that have been chemically treated and/or altered. The precise

chemical formulation of each species will

vary with the location from which it was

mined. Nominal compositions are listed:

Chrysotile ............ Mg3 Si2 O5(OH)4

Crocidolite ........... Na2 Fe32+ Fe23 +

Si8 O22 (OH)2

Amosite ............... (Mg,Fe)7 Si8 O22

(OH)2

Tremolite-actinolite.Ca2(Mg,Fe)5 Si8 O22

(OH)2

Anthophyllite ...... (Mg,Fe)7 Si8 O22

(OH)2

Asbestos Fiber: A fiber of asbestos which

meets the criteria specified below for a fiber.

Aspect Ratio: The ratio of the length of a

fiber to it’s diameter (e.g. 3:1, 5:1 aspect ratios).

Cleavage Fragments: Mineral particles

formed by comminution of minerals, especially those characterized by parallel sides

and a moderate aspect ratio (usually less

than 20:1).

Detection Limit: The number of fibers necessary to be 95% certain that the result is

greater than zero.
34

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

Differential Counting: The term applied to

the practice of excluding certain kinds of fibers from the fiber count because they do

not appear to be asbestos.

Fiber: A particle that is 5 μ m or longer,

with a length-to-width ratio of 3 to 1 or

longer.

Field: The area within the graticule circle

that is superimposed on the microscope

image.

Set: The samples which are taken, submitted to the laboratory, analyzed, and for

which, interim or final result reports are

generated.

Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and Actinolite: The

non-asbestos form of these minerals which

meet the definition of a fiber. It includes any

of these minerals that have been chemically

treated and/or altered.

Walton-Beckett Graticule: An eyepiece graticule specifically designed for asbestos fiber

counting. It consists of a circle with a projected diameter of 100 2 μm (area of about

0.00785 mm2) with a crosshair having ticmarks at 3-μm intervals in one direction and

5-μm in the orthogonal direction. There are

marks around the periphery of the circle to

demonstrate the proper sizes and shapes of

fibers. This design is reproduced in Figure 1.

The disk is placed in one of the microscope

eyepieces so that the design is superimposed

on the field of view.

1.1. History

Early surveys to determine asbestos exposures were conducted using impinger counts

of total dust with the counts expressed as

million particles per cubic foot. The British

Asbestos Research Council recommended filter membrane counting in 1969. In July 1969,

the Bureau of Occupational Safety and

Health published a filter membrane method

for counting asbestos fibers in the United

States. This method was refined by NIOSH

and published as P CAM 239. On May 29, 1971,

OSHA specified filter membrane sampling

with phase contrast counting for evaluation

of asbestos exposures at work sites in the

United States. The use of this technique was

again required by OSHA in 1986. Phase contrast microscopy has continued to be the

method of choice for the measurement of occupational exposure to asbestos.

1.2. Principle

Air is drawn through a MCE filter to capture airborne asbestos fibers. A wedge shaped

portion of the filter is removed, placed on a

glass microscope slide and made transparent.

A measured area (field) is viewed by PCM.

All the fibers meeting defined criteria for asbestos are counted and considered a measure

of the airborne asbestos concentration.

1.3. Advantages and Disadvantages

There are four main advantages of PCM

over other methods:

(1) The technique is specific for fibers.

Phase contrast is a fiber counting technique

which excludes non-fibrous particles from

the analysis.

(2) The technique is inexpensive and does

not require specialized knowledge to carry

out the analysis for total fiber counts.

(3) The analysis is quick and can be performed on-site for rapid determination of air

concentrations of asbestos fibers.

(4) The technique has continuity with historical epidemiological studies so that estimates of expected disease can be inferred

from long-term determinations of asbestos

exposures.

The main disadvantage of PCM is that it

does not positively identify asbestos fibers.

Other fibers which are not asbestos may be

included in the count unless differential

counting is performed. This requires a great

deal of experience to adequately differentiate asbestos from non-asbestos fibers. Positive identification of asbestos must be performed by polarized light or electron microscopy techniques. A further disadvantage of

PCM is that the smallest visible fibers are

about 0.2 μm in diameter while the finest asbestos fibers may be as small as 0.02 μm in

diameter. For some exposures, substantially

more fibers may be present than are actually

counted.

1.4. Workplace Exposure

Asbestos is used by the construction industry in such products as shingles, floor tiles,

asbestos cement, roofing felts, insulation

and acoustical products. Non-construction

uses include brakes, clutch facings, paper,

paints, plastics, and fabrics. One of the most

significant exposures in the workplace is the

removal and encapsulation of asbestos in

schools, public buildings, and homes. Many

workers have the potential to be exposed to

asbestos during these operations.

About 95% of the asbestos in commercial

use in the United States is chrysotile. Crocidolite and amosite make up most of the remainder. Anthophyllite and tremolite or actinolite are likely to be encountered as contaminants in various industrial products.

1.5. Physical Properties

Asbestos fiber possesses a high tensile

strength along its axis, is chemically inert,

non-combustible, and heat resistant. It has a

high electrical resistance and good sound absorbing properties. It can be weaved into cables, fabrics or other textiles, and also matted into asbestos papers, felts, or mats.

2. Range and Detection Limit

2.1. The ideal counting range on the filter

is 100 to 1,300 fibers/mm2. With a Walton35

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

Beckett graticule this range is equivalent to

0.8 to 10 fibers/field. Using NIOSH counting

statistics, a count of 0.8 fibers/field would

give an approximate coefficient of variation

(CV) of 0.13.

2.2. The detection limit for this method is

4.0 fibers per 100 fields or 5.5 fibers/mm2. This

was determined using an equation to estimate the maximum CV possible at a specific

concentration (95% confidence) and a Lower

Control Limit of zero. The CV value was

then used to determine a corresponding concentration from historical CV vs fiber relationships. As an example:

Lower Control Limit (95% Confidence) = AC

¥ 1.645(CV)(AC)

Where:

AC = Estimate of the airborne fiber concentration (fibers/cc) Setting the Lower

Control Limit = 0 and solving for CV:

0 = AC ¥ 1.645(CV)(AC)

CV = 0.61

This value was compared with CV vs. count

curves. The count at which CV = 0.61 for

Leidel-Busch counting statistics or for an

OSHA Salt Lake Technical Center (OSHA–

SLTC) CV curve (see Appendix A for further

information) was 4.4 fibers or 3.9 fibers per

100 fields, respectively. Although a lower detection limit of 4 fibers per 100 fields is supported by the OSHA–SLTC data, both data

sets support the 4.5 fibers per 100 fields value.

3. Method Performance—Precision and

Accuracy

Precision is dependent upon the total number of fibers counted and the uniformity of

the fiber distribution on the filter. A general

rule is to count at least 20 and not more than

100 fields. The count is discontinued when 100

fibers are counted, provided that 20 fields

have already been counted. Counting more

than 100 fibers results in only a small gain in

precision. As the total count drops below 10

fibers, an accelerated loss of precision is

noted.

At this time, there is no known method to

determine the absolute accuracy of the asbestos analysis. Results of samples prepared

through the Proficiency Analytical Testing

(PAT) Program and analyzed by the OSHA–

SLTC showed no significant bias when compared to PAT reference values. The PAT

samples were analyzed from 1987 to 1989

(N=36) and the concentration range was from

120 to 1,300 fibers/mm2.

4. Interferences

Fibrous substances, if present, may interfere with asbestos analysis.

Some common fibers are:

fiberglass

anhydrite

plant fibers

perlite veins

gypsum

some synthetic fibers

membrane structures

sponge spicules

diatoms

microorganisms

wollastonite

The use of electron microscopy or optical

tests such as polarized light, and dispersion

staining may be used to differentiate these

materials from asbestos when necessary.

5. Sampling

5.1. Equipment

5.1.1. Sample assembly (The assembly is

shown in Figure 3). Conductive filter holder

consisting of a 25-mm diameter, 3-piece cassette having a 50-mm long electrically conductive extension cowl. Backup pad, 25-mm,

cellulose. Membrane filter, mixed-cellulose

ester (MCE), 25-mm, plain, white, 0.4 to 1.2-

μm pore size.

Notes: (a) Do not re-use cassettes.

(b) Fully conductive cassettes are required

to reduce fiber loss to the sides of the cassette due to electrostatic attraction.

(c) Purchase filters which have been selected by the manufacturer for asbestos

counting or analyze representative filters for

fiber background before use. Discard the filter lot if more than 4 fibers/100 fields are

found.

(d) To decrease the possibility of contamination, the sampling system (filter-backup

pad-cassette) for asbestos is usually

preassembled by the manufacturer.

(e) Other cassettes, such as the Bellmouth, may be used within the limits of

their validation.

5.1.2. Gel bands for sealing cassettes.

5.1.3. Sampling pump.

Each pump must be a battery operated,

self-contained unit small enough to be

placed on the monitored employee and not

interfere with the work being performed. The

pump must be capable of sampling at the collection rate for the required sampling time.

5.1.4. Flexible tubing, 6-mm bore.

5.1.5. Pump calibration.

Stopwatch and bubble tube/burette or electronic meter.

5.2. Sampling Procedure

5.2.1. Seal the point where the base and

cowl of each cassette meet with a gel band or

tape.

5.2.2. Charge the pumps completely before

beginning.

5.2.3. Connect each pump to a calibration

cassette with an appropriate length of 6-mm

bore plastic tubing. Do not use luer connectors—the type of cassette specified above has

built-in adapters.

5.2.4. Select an appropriate flow rate for

the situation being monitored. The sampling

flow rate must be between 0.5 and 5.0 L/min

for personal sampling and is commonly set
36

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

between 1 and 2 L/min. Always choose a flow

rate that will not produce overloaded filters.

5.2.5. Calibrate each sampling pump before

and after sampling with a calibration cassette in-line (Note: This calibration cassette

should be from the same lot of cassettes used

for sampling). Use a primary standard (e.g.

bubble burette) to calibrate each pump. If

possible, calibrate at the sampling site.

NOTE: If sampling site calibration is not

possible, environmental influences may affect the flow rate. The extent is dependent

on the type of pump used. Consult with the

pump manufacturer to determine dependence

on environmental influences. If the pump is

affected by temperature and pressure

changes, correct the flow rate using the formula shown in the section ‘‘Sampling Pump

Flow Rate Corrections’’ at the end of this appendix.

5.2.6. Connect each pump to the base of

each sampling cassette with flexible tubing.

Remove the end cap of each cassette and

take each air sample open face. Assure that

each sample cassette is held open side down

in the employee’s breathing zone during

sampling. The distance from the nose/mouth

of the employee to the cassette should be

about 10 cm. Secure the cassette on the collar or lapel of the employee using spring

clips or other similar devices.

5.2.7. A suggested minimum air volume

when sampling to determine TWA compliance is 25 L. For Excursion Limit (30 min

sampling time) evaluations, a minimum air

volume of 48 L is recommended.

5.2.8. The most significant problem when

sampling for asbestos is overloading the filter with non-asbestos dust. Suggested maximum air sample volumes for specific environments are:

Environment Air vol. (L)

Asbestos removal operations (visible dust) ....... 100

Asbestos removal operations (little dust) ........... 240

Office environments ........................................... 400

to

2,400

Caution: Do not overload the filter with

dust. High levels of non-fibrous dust particles may obscure fibers on the filter and

lower the count or make counting impossible. If more than about 25 to 30% of the

field area is obscured with dust, the result

may be biased low. Smaller air volumes may

be necessary when there is excessive non-asbestos dust in the air.

While sampling, observe the filter with a

small flashlight. If there is a visible layer of

dust on the filter, stop sampling, remove and

seal the cassette, and replace with a new

sampling assembly. The total dust loading

should not exceed 1 mg.

5.2.9. Blank samples are used to determine

if any contamination has occurred during

sample handling. Prepare two blanks for the

first 1 to 20 samples. For sets containing

greater than 20 samples, prepare blanks as

10% of the samples. Handle blank samples in

the same manner as air samples with one exception: Do not draw any air through the

blank samples. Open the blank cassette in

the place where the sample cassettes are

mounted on the employee. Hold it open for

about 30 seconds. Close and seal the cassette

appropriately. Store blanks for shipment

with the sample cassettes.

5.2.10. Immediately after sampling, close

and seal each cassette with the base and

plastic plugs. Do not touch or puncture the

filter membrane as this will invalidate the

analysis.

5.2.11 Attach and secure a sample seal

around each sample cassette in such a way

as to assure that the end cap and base plugs

cannot be removed without destroying the

seal. Tape the ends of the seal together since

the seal is not long enough to be wrapped

end-to-end. Also wrap tape around the cassette at each joint to keep the seal secure.

5.3. Sample Shipment

5.3.1. Send the samples to the laboratory

with paperwork requesting asbestos analysis.

List any known fibrous interferences present

during sampling on the paperwork. Also,

note the workplace operation(s) sampled.

5.3.2. Secure and handle the samples in

such that they will not rattle during shipment nor be exposed to static electricity. Do

not ship samples in expanded polystyrene

peanuts, vermiculite, paper shreds, or excelsior. Tape sample cassettes to sheet bubbles

and place in a container that will cushion

the samples in such a manner that they will

not rattle.

5.3.3. To avoid the possibility of sample

contamination, always ship bulk samples in

separate mailing containers.

6. Analysis

6.1. Safety Precautions

6.1.1. Acetone is extremely flammable and

precautions must be taken not to ignite it.

Avoid using large containers or quantities of

acetone. Transfer the solvent in a ventilated

laboratory hood. Do not use acetone near

any open flame. For generation of acetone

vapor, use a spark free heat source.

6.1.2. Any asbestos spills should be cleaned

up immediately to prevent dispersal of fibers. Prudence should be exercised to avoid

contamination of laboratory facilities or exposure of personnel to asbestos. Asbestos

spills should be cleaned up with wet methods

and/or a High Efficiency Particulate-Air

(HEPA) filtered vacuum.

Caution: Do not use a vacuum without a

HEPA filter—It will disperse fine asbestos fibers in the air.
37

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

6.2. Equipment

6.2.1. Phase contrast microscope with binocular or trinocular head.

6.2.2. Widefield or Huygenian 10X eyepieces

(NOTE: The eyepiece containing the graticule

must be a focusing eyepiece. Use a 40X phase

objective with a numerical aperture of 0.65 to

0.75).

6.2.3. Kohler illumination (if possible) with

green or blue filter.

6.2.4. Walton-Beckett Graticule, type G–22

with 100 ± 2 μm projected diameter.

6.2.5. Mechanical stage.

A rotating mechanical stage is convenient

for use with polarized light.

6.2.6. Phase telescope.

6.2.7. Stage micrometer with 0.01–mm subdivisions.

6.2.8. Phase-shift test slide, mark II (Available from PTR optics Ltd., and also

McCrone).

6.2.9. Precleaned glass slides, 25 mm X 75

mm. One end can be frosted for convenience

in writing sample numbers, etc., or paste-on

labels can be used.

6.2.10. Cover glass #1 1⁄2.

6.2.11. Scalpel (#10, curved blade).

6.2.12. Fine tipped forceps.

6.2.13. Aluminum block for clearing filter

(see Appendix D and Figure 4).

6.2.14. Automatic adjustable pipette, 100- to

500-μ L.

6.2.15. Micropipette, 5 μ L.

6.3. Reagents

6.3.1. Acetone (HPLC grade).

6.3.2. Triacetin (glycerol triacetate).

6.3.3. Lacquer or nail polish.

6.4. Standard Preparation

A way to prepare standard asbestos samples of known concentration has not been developed. It is possible to prepare replicate

samples of nearly equal concentration. This

has been performed through the PAT program. These asbestos samples are distributed

by the AIHA to participating laboratories.

Since only about one-fourth of a 25–mm

sample membrane is required for an asbestos

count, any PAT sample can serve as a

‘‘standard’’ for replicate counting.

6.5. Sample Mounting

NOTE: See Safety Precautions in Section

6.1. before proceeding. The objective is to

produce samples with a smooth (non-grainy)

background in a medium with a refractive

index of approximately 1.46. The technique

below collapses the filter for easier focusing

and produces permanent mounts which are

useful for quality control and interlaboratory comparison.

An aluminum block or similar device is required for sample preparation.

6.5.1. Heat the aluminum block to about 70

°C. The hot block should not be used on any

surface that can be damaged by either the

heat or from exposure to acetone.

6.5.2. Ensure that the glass slides and cover

glasses are free of dust and fibers.

6.5.3. Remove the top plug to prevent a

vacuum when the cassette is opened. Clean

the outside of the cassette if necessary. Cut

the seal and/or tape on the cassette with a

razor blade. Very carefully separate the base

from the extension cowl, leaving the filter

and backup pad in the base.

6.5.4. With a rocking motion cut a triangular wedge from the filter using the scalpel. This wedge should be one-sixth to onefourth of the filter. Grasp the filter wedge

with the forceps on the perimeter of the filter which was clamped between the cassette

pieces. DO NOT TOUCH the filter with your

finger. Place the filter on the glass slide

sample side up. Static electricity will usually keep the filter on the slide until it is

cleared.

6.5.5. Place the tip of the micropipette containing about 200 μ L acetone into the aluminum block. Insert the glass slide into the

receiving slot in the aluminum block. Inject

the acetone into the block with slow, steady

pressure on the plunger while holding the pipette firmly in place. Wait 3 to 5 seconds for

the filter to clear, then remove the pipette

and slide from the aluminum block.

6.5.6. Immediately (less than 30 seconds)

place 2.5 to 3.5 μ L of triacetin on the filter

(Note: Waiting longer than 30 seconds will

result in increased index of refraction and

decreased contrast between the fibers and

the preparation. This may also lead to separation of the cover slip from the slide).

6.5.7. Lower a cover slip gently onto the filter at a slight angle to reduce the possibility

of forming air bubbles. If more than 30 seconds have elapsed between acetone exposure

and triacetin application, glue the edges of

the cover slip to the slide with lacquer or

nail polish.

6.5.8. If clearing is slow, warm the slide for

15 min on a hot plate having a surface temperature of about 50 °C to hasten clearing.

The top of the hot block can be used if the

slide is not heated too long.

6.5.9. Counting may proceed immediately

after clearing and mounting are completed.

6.6. Sample Analysis

Completely align the microscope according

to the manufacturer’s instructions. Then,

align the microscope using the following

general alignment routine at the beginning

of every counting session and more often if

necessary.

6.6.1. Alignment

(1) Clean all optical surfaces. Even a small

amount of dirt can significantly degrade the

image.

(2) Rough focus the objective on a sample.
38

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(3) Close down the field iris so that it is

visible in the field of view. Focus the image

of the iris with the condenser focus. Center

the image of the iris in the field of view.

(4) Install the phase telescope and focus on

the phase rings. Critically center the rings.

Misalignment of the rings results in astigmatism which will degrade the image.

(5) Place the phase-shift test slide on the

microscope stage and focus on the lines. The

analyst must see line set 3 and should see at

least parts of 4 and 5 but, not see line set 6

or 6. A microscope/microscopist combination

which does not pass this test may not be

used.

6.6.2. Counting Fibers

(1) Place the prepared sample slide on the

mechanical stage of the microscope. Position

the center of the wedge under the objective

lens and focus upon the sample.

(2) Start counting from one end of the

wedge and progress along a radial line to the

other end (count in either direction from perimeter to wedge tip). Select fields randomly, without looking into the eyepieces,

by slightly advancing the slide in one direction with the mechanical stage control.

(3) Continually scan over a range of focal

planes (generally the upper 10 to 15 μ m of

the filter surface) with the fine focus control

during each field count. Spend at least 5 to

15 seconds per field.

(4) Most samples will contain asbestos fibers with fiber diameters less than 1 μ m.

Look carefully for faint fiber images. The

small diameter fibers will be very hard to

see. However, they are an important contribution to the total count.

(5) Count only fibers equal to or longer

than 5 μ m. Measure the length of curved fibers along the curve.

(6) Count fibers which have a length to

width ratio of 3:1 or greater.

(7) Count all the fibers in at least 20 fields.

Continue counting until either 100 fibers are

counted or 100 fields have been viewed;

whichever occurs first. Count all the fibers

in the final field.

(8) Fibers lying entirely within the boundary of the Walton-Beckett graticule field

shall receive a count of 1. Fibers crossing the

boundary once, having one end within the

circle shall receive a count of 1⁄2. Do not

count any fiber that crosses the graticule

boundary more than once. Reject and do not

count any other fibers even though they may

be visible outside the graticule area. If a

fiber touches the circle, it is considered to

cross the line.

(9) Count bundles of fibers as one fiber unless individual fibers can be clearly identified and each individual fiber is clearly not

connected to another counted fiber. See Figure 1 for counting conventions.

(10) Record the number of fibers in each

field in a consistent way such that filter

non-uniformity can be assessed.

(11) Regularly check phase ring alignment.

(12) When an agglomerate (mass of material) covers more than 25% of the field of

view, reject the field and select another. Do

not include it in the number of fields counted.

(13) Perform a ‘‘blind recount’’ of 1 in every

10 filter wedges (slides). Re-label the slides

using a person other than the original

counter.

6.7. Fiber Identification

As previously mentioned in Section 1.3.,

PCM does not provide positive confirmation

of asbestos fibers. Alternate differential

counting techniques should be used if discrimination is desirable. Differential counting may include primary discrimination

based on morphology, polarized light analysis of fibers, or modification of PCM data

by Scanning Electron or Transmission Electron Microscopy.

A great deal of experience is required to

routinely and correctly perform differential

counting. It is discouraged unless it is legally necessary. Then, only if a fiber is obviously not asbestos should it be excluded from

the count. Further discussion of this technique can be found in reference 8.10.

If there is a question whether a fiber is asbestos or not, follow the rule:

‘‘WHEN IN DOUBT, COUNT.’’

6.8. Analytical Recommendations—Quality

Control System

6.8.1. All individuals performing asbestos

analysis must have taken the NIOSH course

for sampling and evaluating airborne asbestos or an equivalent course.

6.8.2. Each laboratory engaged in asbestos

counting shall set up a slide trading arrangement with at least two other laboratories in

order to compare performance and eliminate

inbreeding of error. The slide exchange occurs at least semiannually. The round robin

results shall be posted where all analysts can

view individual analyst’s results.

6.8.3. Each laboratory engaged in asbestos

counting shall participate in the Proficiency

Analytical Testing Program, the Asbestos

Analyst Registry or equivalent.

6.8.4. Each analyst shall select and count

prepared slides from a ‘‘slide bank’’. These

are quality assurance counts. The slide bank

shall be prepared using uniformly distributed

samples taken from the workload. Fiber densities should cover the entire range routinely

analyzed by the laboratory. These slides are

counted blind by all counters to establish an

original standard deviation. This historical

distribution is compared with the quality assurance counts. A counter must have 95% of

all quality control samples counted within

three standard deviations of the historical

mean. This count is then integrated into a
39

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

new historical mean and standard deviation

for the slide.

The analyses done by the counters to establish the slide bank may be used for an interim quality control program if the data are

treated in a proper statistical fashion.

7. Calculations

7.1. Calculate the estimated airborne asbestos fiber concentration on the filter sample

using the following formula:

where:

AC = Airborne fiber concentration

AC

FB

FL

BFB

BFL

ECA

FR T MFA =





 



 − 



 



 



 



 ×

1000 × × ×

FB = Total number of fibers greater than 5 μ

m counted

FL = Total number of fields counted on the

filter

BFB = Total number of fibers greater than 5

μ m counted in the blank

BFL = Total number of fields counted on the

blank

ECA = Effective collecting area of filter (385

mm2 nominal for a 25-mm filter.)

FR = Pump flow rate (L/min)

MFA = Microscope count field area (mm2).

This is 0.00785 mm2 for a Walton-Beckett

Graticule.

T = Sample collection time (min)

1,000 = Conversion of L to cc

NOTE: The collection area of a filter is seldom equal to 385 mm2. It is appropriate for

laboratories to routinely monitor the exact

diameter using an inside micrometer. The

collection area is calculated according to the

formula:

Area = π(d/2)2

7.2. Short-cut Calculation

Since a given analyst always has the same

interpupillary distance, the number of fields

per filter for a particular analyst will remain

constant for a given size filter. The field size

for that analyst is constant (i.e. the analyst

is using an assigned microscope and is not

changing the reticle).

For example, if the exposed area of the filter is always 385 mm2 and the size of the field

is always 0.00785 mm2, the number of fields

per filter will always be 49,000. In addition it

is necessary to convert liters of air to cc.

These three constants can then be combined

such that ECA/(1,000 X MFA)=49. The previous equation simplifies to:

AC

FB

FL

BFB

BFL

FR T =





 



 − 



 



 ×

×

49

7.3. Recount Calculations

As mentioned in step 13 of Section 6.6.2., a

‘‘blind recount’’ of 10% of the slides is performed. In all cases, differences will be observed between the first and second counts of

the same filter wedge. Most of these differences will be due to chance alone, that is,

due to the random variability (precision) of

the count method. Statistical recount criteria enables one to decide whether observed

differences can be explained due to chance

alone or are probably due to systematic differences between analysts, microscopes, or

other biasing factors.

The following recount criterion is for a

pair of counts that estimate AC in fibers/cc.

The criterion is given at the type-I error

level. That is, there is 5% maximum risk

that we will reject a pair of counts for the

reason that one might be biased, when the

large observed difference is really due to

chance.

Reject a pair of counts if:

AC AC

AC CV AVG FB

2 1 − > 2 78

× ( ) ×

.

Where:

AC1=lower estimated airborne fiber concentration

AC2=higher estimated airborne fiber concentration

ACavg=average of the two concentration

estimates

CVFB=CV for the average of the two concentration estimates

If a pair of counts are rejected by this criterion then, recount the rest of the filters in

the submitted set. Apply the test and reject

any other pairs failing the test. Rejection

shall include a memo to the industrial hygienist stating that the sample failed a statistical test for homogeneity and the true air

concentration may be significantly different

than the reported value.

7.4. Reporting Results

Report results to the industrial hygienist

as fibers/cc. Use two significant figures. If

multiple analyses are performed on a sample, an average of the results is to be reported unless any of the results can be rejected for cause.

8. References

8.1. Dreesen, W.C., et al, U.S. Public Health

Service: A Study of Asbestosis in the Asbestos

Textile Industry, (Public Health Bulletin No.

241), US Treasury Dept., Washington, DC,

1938.
40

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

8.2. Asbestos Research Council: The Measurement of Airborne Asbestos Dust by the Membrane Filter Method (Technical Note), Asbestos Research Council, Rockdale, Lancashire,

Great Britain, 1969.

8.3. Bayer, S.G., Zumwalde, R.D., Brown,

T.A., Equipment and Procedure for Mounting

Millipore Filters and Counting Asbestos Fibers

by Phase Contrast Microscopy, Bureau of Occupational Health, U.S. Dept. of Health, Education and Welfare, Cincinnati, OH, 1969.

8.4. NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods,

2nd ed., Vol. 1 (DHEW/NIOSH Pub. No. 77–

157–A). National Institute for Occupational

Safety and Health, Cincinnati, OH, 1977. pp.

239–1-239–21.

8.5. Asbestos, Code of Federal Regulations

29 CFR 1910.1001. 1971.

8.6. Occupational Exposure to Asbestos,

Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and Actinolite. Final

Rule, FEDERAL REGISTER 51:119 (20 June 1986).

pp.22612–22790.

8.7. Asbestos, Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and

Actinolite, Code of Federal Regulations

1910.1001. 1988. pp 711–752.

8.8. Criteria for a Recommended Standard—

Occupational Exposure to Asbestos (DHEW/

NIOSH Pub. No. HSM 72–10267), National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health

NIOSH, Cincinnati,OH, 1972. pp. III–1–III–24.

8.9. Leidel, N.A., Bayer,S.G., Zumwalde,

R.D.,Busch, K.A., USPHS/NIOSH Membrane

Filter Method for Evaluating Airborne Asbestos

Fibers (DHEW/NIOSH Pub. No. 79–127). National Institute for Occupational Safety and

Health, Cincinnati, OH, 1979.

8.10. Dixon, W.C., Applications of Optical Microscopy in Analysis of Asbestos and Quartz,

Analytical Techniques in Occupational

Health Chemistry, edited by D.D. Dollberg

and A.W. Verstuyft. Wash. DC: American

Chemical Society, (ACS Symposium Series

120) 1980. pp. 13–41.

Quality Control

The OSHA asbestos regulations require

each laboratory to establish a quality control program. The following is presented as

an example of how the OSHA-SLTC constructed its internal CV curve as part of

meeting this requirement. Data is from 395

samples collected during OSHA compliance

inspections and analyzed from October 1980

through April 1986.

Each sample was counted by 2 to 5 different counters independently of one another. The standard deviation and the CV

statistic was calculated for each sample.

This data was then plotted on a graph of CV

vs. fibers/mm2. A least squares regression

was performed using the following equation:

CV = antilog110[A(log10(x))2+B(log10(x))+C]

where:

x = the number of fibers/mm2

Application of least squares gave:

A = 0.182205

B = ¥0.973343

C = 0.327499

Using these values, the equation becomes:

CV = antilog10 [0.182205(log10

(x))2¥0.973343(log10 (x))+0.327499]

Sampling Pump Flow Rate Corrections

This correction is used if a difference

greater than 5% in ambient temperature and/

or pressure is noted between calibration and

sampling sites and the pump does not compensate for the differences.

Q Q

P

P

T

T

act cal

cal

act

act

cal

= ×











 ×













Where:

Qact = actual flow rate

Qcal = calibrated flow rate (if a rotameter was

used, the rotameter value)

Pcal = uncorrected air pressure at calibration

Pact = uncorrected air pressure at sampling

site

Tact = temperature at sampling site (K)

Tcal = temperature at calibration (K)

Walton-Beckett Graticule

When ordering the Graticule for asbestos

counting, specify the exact disc diameter

needed to fit the ocular of the microscope

and the diameter (mm) of the circular counting area. Instructions for measuring the dimensions necessary are listed:

(1) Insert any available graticule into the

focusing eyepiece and focus so that the graticule lines are sharp and clear.

(2) Align the microscope.

(3) Place a stage micrometer on the microscope object stage and focus the microscope

on the graduated lines.

(4) Measure the magnified grid length, PL

(μ m), using the stage micrometer.

(5) Remove the graticule from the microscope and measure its actual grid length, AL

(mm). This can be accomplished by using a

mechanical stage fitted with verniers, or a

jeweler’s loupe with a direct reading scale.

(6) Let D=100 μ m. Calculate the circle diameter, dc (mm), for the Walton-Beckett

graticule and specify the diameter when

making a purchase:

d

AL D

PL c = ×

Example: If PL=108 μ m, AL=2.93 mm and

D=100 μ m, then,

d mm c = × = 2 93 100

108

2 71 . .

(7) Each eyepiece-objective-reticle combination on the microscope must be calibrated. Should any of the three be changed
41

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

(by zoom adjustment, disassembly, replacement, etc.), the combination must be recalibrated. Calibration may change if interpupillary distance is changed. Measure the field

diameter, D (acceptable range: 100±2 μ m)

with a stage micrometer upon receipt of the

graticule from the manufacturer. Determine

the field area (mm2).

Field Area = >(D/2)2

If D=100 μ m=0.1 mm, then

Field Area=>(0.1 mm/2)2=0.00785 mm2

The Graticule is available from: Graticules

Ltd., Morley Road, Tonbridge TN9 IRN,

Kent, England (Telephone 011–44–732–359061).

Also available from PTR Optics Ltd., 145

Newton Street, Waltham, MA 02154 [telephone (617) 891–6000] or McCrone Accessories

and Components, 2506 S. Michigan Ave., Chicago, IL 60616 [phone (312)-842–7100]. The

graticule is custom made for each microscope.

COUNTS FOR THE FIBERS IN THE FIGURE

Structure No. Count Explanation

1 to 6 ......... 1 Single fibers all contained within

the circle.

7 ................ 1⁄2 Fiber crosses circle once.

8 ................ 0 Fiber too short.

9 ................ 2 Two crossing fibers.

10 ................ 0 Fiber outside graticule.

11 ................ 0 Fiber crosses graticule twice.

12 ................ 1⁄2 Although split, fiber only crosses

once.
42

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

APPENDIX C TO §1910.1001 [RESERVED]

APPENDIX D TO §1910.1001—MEDICAL

QUESTIONNAIRES; MANDATORY

This mandatory appendix contains the

medical questionnaires that must be administered to all employees who are exposed to

asbestos above the permissible exposure

limit, and who will therefore be included in

their employer’s medical surveillance program. Part 1 of the appendix contains the

Initial Medical Questionnaire, which must be

obtained for all new hires who will be covered by the medical surveillance requirements. Part 2 includes the abbreviated Periodical Medical Questionnaire, which must be

administered to all employees who are provided periodic medical examinations under

the medical surveillance provisions of the

standard.
43

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001
44

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)
45

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001
46

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)
47

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001
48

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)
49

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001
50

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)
51

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001
52

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)
53

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001
54

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

APPENDIX E TO § 1910.1001—INTERPRETATION AND CLASSIFICATION OF CHEST

ROENTGENOGRAMS—MANDATORY

(a) Chest roentgenograms shall be interpreted and classified in accordance with a

professionally accepted Classification system and recorded on an interpretation form

following the format of the CDC/NIOSH (M)

2.8 form. As a minimum, the content within

the bold lines of this form (items 1 though 4)

shall be included. This form is not to be submitted to NIOSH.

(b) Roentgenograms shall be interpreted

and classified only by a B-reader, a board eligible/certified radiologist, or an experienced

physician with known expertise in

pneumoconioses.

(c) All interpreters, whenever interpreting

chest roentgenograms made under this section, shall have immediately available for

reference a complete set of the ILO–U/C

International Classification of Radiographs

for Pneumoconioses, 1980.

APPENDIX F TO § 1910.1001—WORK PRACTICES AND ENGINEERING CONTROLS

FOR AUTOMOTIVE BRAKE AND CLUTCH

INSPECTION, DISASSEMBLY, REPAIR

AND ASSEMBLY—MANDATORY

This mandatory appendix specifies engineering controls and work practices that

must be implemented by the employer during automotive brake and clutch inspection,

disassembly, repair, and assembly operations. Proper use of these engineering controls and work practices by trained employees will reduce employees’ asbestos exposure

below the permissible exposure level during

clutch and brake inspection, disassembly, repair, and assembly operations. The employer

shall institute engineering controls and

work practices using either the method set

forth in paragraph [A] or paragraph [B] of

this appendix, or any other method which

the employer can demonstrate to be equivalent in terms of reducing employee exposure

to asbestos as defined and which meets the
55

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

requirements described in paragraph [C] of

this appendix, for those facilities in which no

more than 5 pairs of brakes or 5 clutches are

inspected, disassembled, reassembled and/or

repaired per week, the method set forth in

paragraph [D] of this appendix may be used:

[A] Negative Pressure Enclosure/HEPA Vacuum

System Method

(1) The brake and clutch inspection, disassembly, repair, and assembly operations

shall be enclosed to cover and contain the

clutch or brake assembly and to prevent the

release of asbestos fibers into the worker’s

breathing zone.

(2) The enclosure shall be sealed tightly

and thoroughly inspected for leaks before

work begins on brake and clutch inspection,

disassembly, repair, and assembly.

(3) The enclosure shall be such that the

worker can clearly see the operation and

shall provide impermeable sleeves through

which the worker can handle the brake and

clutch inspection, disassembly, repair and

assembly. The integrity of the sleeves and

ports shall be examined before work begins.

(4) A HEPA-filtered vacuum shall be employed to maintain the enclosure under negative pressure throughout the operation.

Compressed-air may be used to remove asbestos fibers or particles from the enclosure.

(5) The HEPA vacuum shall be used first to

loosen the asbestos containing residue from

the brake and clutch parts and then to evacuate the loosened asbestos containing material from the enclosure and capture the material in the vacuum filter.

(6) The vacuum’s filter, when full, shall be

first wetted with a fine mist of water, then

removed and placed immediately in an impermeable container, labeled according to

paragraph (j)(4) of this section and disposed

of according to paragraph (k) of this section.

(7) Any spills or releases of asbestos containing waste material from inside of the enclosure or vacuum hose or vacuum filter

shall be immediately cleaned up and disposed of according to paragraph (k) of this

section.

[B] Low Pressure/Wet Cleaning Method

(1) A catch basin shall be placed under the

brake assembly, positioned to avoid splashes

and spills.

(2) The reservoir shall contain water containing an organic solvent or wetting agent.

The flow of liquid shall be controlled such

that the brake assembly is gently flooded to

prevent the asbestos-containing brake dust

from becoming airborne.

(3) The aqueous solution shall be allowed

to flow between the brake drum and brake

support before the drum is removed.

(4) After removing the brake drum, the

wheel hub and back of the brake assembly

shall be thoroughly wetted to suppress dust.

(5) The brake support plate, brake shoes

and brake components used to attach the

brake shoes shall be thoroughly washed before removing the old shoes.

(6) In systems using filters, the filters,

when full, shall be first wetted with a fine

mist of water, then removed and placed immediately in an impermeable container, labeled according to paragraph (j)(4) of this

section and disposed of according to paragraph (k) of this section.

(7) Any spills of asbestos-containing aqueous solution or any asbestos-containing

waste material shall be cleaned up immediately and disposed of according to paragraph (k) of this section.

(8) The use of dry brushing during low pressure/wet cleaning operations is prohibited.

[C] Equivalent Methods

An equivalent method is one which has sufficient written detail so that it can be reproduced and has been demonstrated that the

exposures resulting from the equivalent

method are equal to or less than the exposures which would result from the use of the

method described in paragraph [A] of this appendix. For purposes of making this comparison, the employer shall assume that exposures resulting from the use of the method

described in paragraph [A] of this appendix

shall not exceed 0.016 f/cc, as measured by

the OSHA reference method and as averaged

over at least 18 personal samples.

[D] Wet Method.

(1) A spray bottle, hose nozzle, or other implement capable of delivering a fine mist of

water or amended water or other delivery

system capable of delivering water at low

pressure, shall be used to first thoroughly

wet the brake and clutch parts. Brake and

clutch components shall then be wiped clean

with a cloth.

(2) The cloth shall be placed in an impermeable container, labelled according to paragraph (j)(4) of this section and then disposed

of according to paragraph (k) of this section,

or the cloth shall be laundered in a way to

prevent the release of asbestos fibers in excess of 0.1 fiber per cubic centimeter of air.

(3) Any spills of solvent or any asbestos

containing waste material shall be cleaned

up immediately according to paragraph (k)

of this section.

(4) The use of dry brushing during the wet

method operations is prohibited.

APPENDIX G TO § 1910.1001—SUBSTANCE

TECHNICAL INFORMATION FOR ASBESTOS—NON-MANDATORY

I. Substance Identification

A. Substance: ‘‘Asbestos’’ is the name of a

class of magnesium-silicate minerals that
56

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

occur in fibrous form. Minerals that are included in this group are chrysotile, crocidolite, amosite, tremolite asbestos,

anthophyllite asbestos, and actinolite asbestos.

B. Asbestos is used in the manufacture of

heat-resistant clothing, automative brake

and clutch linings, and a variety of building

materials including floor tiles, roofing felts,

ceiling tiles, asbestos-cement pipe and sheet,

and fire-resistant drywall. Asbestos is also

present in pipe and boiler insulation materials, and in sprayed-on materials located on

beams, in crawlspaces, and between walls.

C. The potential for a product containing

asbestos to release breatheable fibers depends on its degree of friability. Friable

means that the material can be crumbled

with hand pressure and is therefore likely to

emit fibers. The fibrous or fluffy sprayed-on

materials used for fireproofing, insulation,

or sound proofing are considered to be friable, and they readily release airborne fibers

if disturbed. Materials such as vinyl-asbestos

floor tile or roofing felts are considered nonfriable and generally do not emit airborne fibers unless subjected to sanding or sawing

operations. Asbestos-cement pipe or sheet

can emit airborne fibers if the materials are

cut or sawed, or if they are broken during

demolition operations.

D. Permissible exposure: Exposure to airborne asbestos fibers may not exceed 0.2 fibers per cubic centimeter of air (0.1 f/cc)

averaged over the 8-hour workday.

II. Health Hazard Data

A. Asbestos can cause disabling respiratory

disease and various types of cancers if the fibers are inhaled. Inhaling or ingesting fibers

from contaminated clothing or skin can also

result in these diseases. The symptoms of

these diseases generally do not appear for 20

or more years after initial exposure.

B. Exposure to asbestos has been shown to

cause lung cancer, mesothelioma, and cancer

of the stomach and colon. Mesothelioma is a

rare cancer of the thin membrane lining of

the chest and abdomen. Symptoms of mesothelioma include shortness of breath, pain in

the walls of the chest, and/or abdominal

pain.

III. Respirators and Protective Clothing

A. Respirators: You are required to wear a

respirator when performing tasks that result

in asbestos exposure that exceeds the permissible exposure limit (PEL) of 0.1 f/cc.

These conditions can occur while your employer is in the process of installing engineering controls to reduce asbestos exposure,

or where engineering controls are not feasible to reduce asbestos exposure. Air-purifying respirators equipped with a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter can be

used where airborne asbestos fiber concentrations do not exceed 2 f/cc; otherwise,

air-supplied, positive-pressure, full facepiece

respirators must be used. Disposable respirators or dust masks are not permitted to

be used for asbestos work. For effective protection, respirators must fit your face and

head snugly. Your employer is required to

conduct fit tests when you are first assigned

a respirator and every 6 months thereafter.

Respirators should not be loosened or removed in work situations where their use is

required.

B. Protective clothing: You are required to

wear protective clothing in work areas where

asbestos fiber concentrations exceed the permissible exposure limit.

IV. Disposal Procedures and Cleanup

A. Wastes that are generated by processes

where asbestos is present include:

1. Empty asbestos shipping containers.

2. Process wastes such as cuttings, trimmings, or reject material.

3. Housekeeping waste from sweeping or

vacuuming.

4. Asbestos fireproofing or insulating material that is removed from buildings.

5. Building products that contain asbestos

removed during building renovation or demolition.

6. Contaminated disposable protective

clothing.

B. Empty shipping bags can be flattened

under exhaust hoods and packed into airtight containers for disposal. Empty shipping drums are difficult to clean and should

be sealed.

C. Vacuum bags or disposable paper filters

should not be cleaned, but should be sprayed

with a fine water mist and placed into a labeled waste container.

D. Process waste and housekeeping waste

should be wetted with water or a mixture of

water and surfactant prior to packaging in

disposable containers.

E. Material containing asbestos that is removed from buildings must be disposed of in

leak-tight 6-mil thick plastic bags, plasticlined cardboard containers, or plastic-lined

metal containers. These wastes, which are

removed while wet, should be sealed in containers before they dry out to minimize the

release of asbestos fibers during handling.

V. Access to Information

A. Each year, your employer is required to

inform you of the information contained in

this standard and appendices for asbestos. In

addition, your employer must instruct you

in the proper work practices for handling

materials containing asbestos, and the correct use of protective equipment.

B. Your employer is required to determine

whether you are being exposed to asbestos.

You or your representative has the right to

observe employee measurements and to
57

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

record the results obtained. Your employer

is required to inform you of your exposure,

and, if you are exposed above the permissible

limit, he or she is required to inform you of

the actions that are being taken to reduce

your exposure to within the permissible

limit.

C. Your employer is required to keep

records of your exposures and medical examinations. These exposure records must be

kept for at least thirty (30) years. Medical

records must be kept for the period of your

employment plus thirty (30) years.

D. Your employer is required to release

your exposure and medical records to your

physician or designated representative upon

your written request.

APPENDIX H TO § 1910.1001—MEDICAL

SURVEILLANCE GUIDELINES FOR ASBESTOS NON-MANDATORY

I. Route of Entry Inhalation, Ingestion

II. Toxicology

Clinical evidence of the adverse effects associated with exposure to asbestos is present

in the form of several well-conducted epidemiological studies of occupationally exposed

workers, family contacts of workers, and

persons living near asbestos mines. These

studies have shown a definite association between exposure to asbestos and an increased

incidence of lung cancer, pleural and peritoneal mesothelioma, gastrointestinal cancer, and asbestosis. The latter is a disabling

fibrotic lung disease that is caused only by

exposure to asbestos. Exposure to asbestos

has also been associated with an increased

incidence of esophageal, kidney, laryngeal,

pharyngeal, and buccal cavity cancers. As

with other known chronic occupational diseases, disease associated with asbestos generally appears about 20 years following the

first occurrence of exposure: There are no

known acute effects associated with exposure to asbestos.

Epidemiological studies indicate that the

risk of lung cancer among exposed workers

who smoke cigarettes is greatly increased

over the risk of lung cancer among non-exposed smokers or exposed nonsmokers. These

studies suggest that cessation of smoking

will reduce the risk of lung cancer for a person exposed to asbestos but will not reduce it

to the same level of risk as that existing for

an exposed worker who has never smoked.

III. Signs and Symptoms of ExposureRelated Disease

The signs and symptoms of lung cancer or

gastrointestinal cancer induced by exposure

to asbestos are not unique, except that a

chest X-ray of an exposed patient with lung

cancer may show pleural plaques, pleural

calcification, or pleural fibrosis. Symptoms

characteristic of mesothelioma include

shortness of breath, pain in the walls of the

chest, or abdominal pain. Mesothelioma has

a much longer latency period compared with

lung cancer (40 years versus 15–20 years), and

mesothelioma is therefore more likely to be

found among workers who were first exposed

to asbestos at an early age. Mesothelioma is

always fatal.

Asbestosis is pulmonary fibrosis caused by

the accumulation of asbestos fibers in the

lungs. Symptoms include shortness of

breath, coughing, fatigue, and vague feelings

of sickness. When the fibrosis worsens, shortness of breath occurs even at rest. The diagnosis of asbestosis is based on a history of

exposure to asbestos, the presence of characteristic radiologic changes, end-inspiratory crackles (rales), and other clinical features of fibrosing lung disease. Pleural

plaques and thickening are observed on Xrays taken during the early stages of the disease. Asbestosis is often a progressive disease even in the absence of continued exposure, although this appears to be a highly individualized characteristic. In severe cases,

death may be caused by respiratory or cardiac failure.

IV. Surveillance and Preventive

Considerations

As noted above, exposure to asbestos has

been linked to an increased risk of lung cancer, mesothelioma, gastrointestinal cancer,

and asbestosis among occupationally exposed workers. Adequate screening tests to

determine an employee’s potential for developing serious chronic diseases, such as cancer, from exposure to asbestos do not presently exist. However, some tests, particularly chest X-rays and pulmonary function

tests, may indicate that an employee has

been overexposed to asbestos increasing his

or her risk of developing exposure-related

chronic diseases. It is important for the physician to become familiar with the operating

conditions in which occupational exposure to

asbestos is likely to occur. This is particularly important in evaluating medical and

work histories and in conducting physical

examinations. When an active employee has

been identified as having been overexposed

to asbestos, measures taken by the employer

to eliminate or mitigate further exposure

should also lower the risk of serious longterm consequences.

The employer is required to institute a

medical surveillance program for all employees who are or will be exposed to asbestos at

or above the permissible exposure limit (0.1

fiber per cubic centimeter of air). All examinations and procedures must be performed

by or under the supervision of a licensed

physician, at a reasonable time and place,

and at no cost to the employee.

Although broad latitude is given to the

physician in prescribing specific tests to be
58

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

included in the medical surveillance program, OSHA requires inclusion of the following elements in the routine examination:

(i) Medical and work histories with special

emphasis directed to symptoms of the respiratory system, cardiovascular system, and

digestive tract.

(ii) Completion of the respiratory disease

questionnaire contained in Appendix D.

(iii) A physical examination including a

chest roentgenogram and pulmonary function test that includes measurement of the

employee’s forced vital capacity (FVC) and

forced expiratory volume at one second

(FEV1).

(iv) Any laboratory or other test that the

examining physician deems by sound medical practice to be necessary.

The employer is required to make the prescribed tests available at least annually to

those employees covered; more often than

specified if recommended by the examining

physician; and upon termination of employment.

The employer is required to provide the

physician with the following information: A

copy of this standard and appendices; a description of the mployee’s duties as they relate to asbestos exposure; the employee’s

representative level of exposure to asbestos;

a description of any personal protective and

respiratory equipment used; and information

from previous medical examinations of the

affected employee that is not otherwise

available to the physician. Making this information available to the physician will aid

in the evaluation of the employee’s health in

relation to assigned duties and fitness to

wear personal protective equipment, if required.

The employer is required to obtain a written opinion from the examining physician

containing the results of the medical examination; the physician’s opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical

conditions that would place the employee at

an increased risk of exposure-related disease;

any recommended limitations on the employee or on the use of personal protective

equipment; and a statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of

the results of the medical examination and

of any medical conditions related to asbestos

exposure that require further explanation or

treatment. This written opinion must not reveal specific findings or diagnoses unrelated

to exposure to asbestos, and a copy of the

opinion must be provided to the affected employee.

APPENDIX I TO § 1910.1001—SMOKING CESSATION PROGRAM INFORMATION FOR

ASBESTOS—NON-MANDATORY

The following organizations provide smoking cessation information and program material.

1. The National Cancer Institute operates a

toll-free Cancer Information Service (CIS)

with trained personnel to help you. Call 1–

800–4–CANCER* to reach the CIS office serving your area, or write: Office of Cancer

Communications, National Cancer Institute,

National Institutes of Health, Building 31,

Room 10A24, Bethesda, Maryland 20892.

2. American Cancer Society, 3340 Peachtree

Road, NE., Atlanta, Georgia 30062, (404) 320–

3333.

The American Cancer Society (ACS) is a

voluntary organization composed of 58 divisions and 3,100 local units. Through ‘‘The

Great American Smokeout’’ in November,

the annual Cancer Crusade in April, and numerous educational materials, ACS helps

people learn about the health hazards of

smoking and become successful ex-smokers.

3. American Heart Association, 7320 Greenville Avenue, Dallas, Texas 75231, (214) 750–

5300.

The American Heart Association (AHA) is

a voluntary organization with 130,000 members (physicians, scientists, and laypersons)

in 55 state and regional groups. AHA produces a variety of publications and audiovisual materials about the effects of smoking on the heart. AHA also has developed a

guidebook for incorporating a weight-control

component into smoking cessation programs.

4. American Lung Association, 1740 Broadway, New York, New York 10019, (212) 245–

8000.

A voluntary organization of 7,500 members

(physicians, nurses, and laypersons), the

American Lung Association (ALA) conducts

numerous public information programs

about the health effect of smoking. ALA has

59 state and 85 local units. The organization

actively supports legislation and information campaigns for non-smokers’ rights and

provides help for smokers who want to quit,

for example, through ‘‘Freedom From Smoking,’’ a self-help smoking cessation program.

5. Office on Smoking and Health, U.S. Department of Health and, Human Services,

5600 Fishers Lane, Park Building, Room 110,

Rockville, Maryland 20857.

The Office on Smoking and Health (OSH) is

the Department of Health and Human Services’ lead agency in smoking control. OSH

has sponsored distribution of publications on

smoking-realted topics, such as free flyers on

relapse after initial quitting, helping a

friend or family member quit smoking, the

health hazards of smoking, and the effects of

parental smoking on teenagers.

*In Hawaii, on Oahu call 524–1234 (call collect from neighboring islands),

Spanish-speaking staff members are available during daytime hours to callers from

the following areas: California, Florida,

Georgia, Illinois, New Jersey (area code 210),

New York, and Texas. Consult your local
59

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

telephone directory for listings of local chapters.

APPENDIX J TO § 1910.1001—POLARIZED

LIGHT MICROSCOPY OF ASBESTOS—

NON-MANDATORY

Method number: ID–191

Matrix: Bulk

Collection Procedure

Collect approximately 1 to 2 grams of each

type of material and place into separate 20

mL scintillation vials.

Analytical Procedure

A portion of each separate phase is analyzed by gross examination, phase-polar examination, and central stop dispersion microscopy.

Commercial manufacturers and products

mentioned in this method are for descriptive

use only and do not constitute endorsements

by USDOL–OSHA. Similar products from

other sources may be substituted.

1. Introduction

This method describes the collection and

analysis of asbestos bulk materials by light

microscopy techniques including phasepolar illumination and central-stop dispersion microscopy. Some terms unique to asbestos analysis are defined below:

Amphibole: A family of minerals whose

crystals are formed by long, thin units which

have two thin ribbons of double chain silicate with a brucite ribbon in between. The

shape of each unit is similar to an ‘‘I beam’’.

Minerals important in asbestos analysis include cummingtonite-grunerite, crocidolite,

tremolite-actinolite and anthophyllite.

Asbestos: A term for naturally occurring fibrous minerals. Asbestos includes chrysotile,

cummingtonite-grunerite asbestos (amosite),

anthophyllite asbestos, tremolite asbestos,

crocidolite, actinolite asbestos and any of

these minerals which have been chemically

treated or altered. The precise chemical formulation of each species varies with the location from which it was mined. Nominal

compositions are listed:

Chrysotile...............................Mg3 Si2 O5(OH)4

Crocidolite (Riebeckite asbestos)....Na2 Fe3

2∂

Fe2

3∂ Si8 O22(OH)2

Cummingtonite-Grunerite asbestos

(Amosite).................(Mg,Fe)7 Si8 O22(OH)2

Tremolite-Actinolite asbestos .....Ca2(Mg,Fe)5

Si8 O22(OH)2

Anthophyllite asbestos................(Mg,Fe)7 Si8

O22(OH)2

Asbestos Fiber: A fiber of asbestos meeting

the criteria for a fiber. (See section 3.5.)

Aspect Ratio: The ratio of the length of a

fiber to its diameter usually defined as

‘‘length : width’’, e.g. 3:1.

Brucite: A sheet mineral with the composition Mg(OH)2.

Central Stop Dispersion Staining (microscope):

This is a dark field microscope technique

that images particles using only light refracted by the particle, excluding light that

travels through the particle unrefracted.

This is usually accomplished with a McCrone

objective or other arrangement which places

a circular stop with apparent aperture equal

to the objective aperture in the back focal

plane of the microscope.

Cleavage Fragments: Mineral particles

formed by the comminution of minerals, especially those characterized by relatively

parallel sides and moderate aspect ratio.

Differential Counting: The term applied to

the practice of excluding certain kinds of fibers from a phase contrast asbestos count

because they are not asbestos.

Fiber: A particle longer than or equal to 5

μ m with a length to width ratio greater

than or equal to 3:1. This may include cleavage fragments. (see section 3.5 of this appendix).

Phase Contrast: Contrast obtained in the

microscope by causing light scattered by

small particles to destructively interfere

with unscattered light, thereby enhancing

the visibility of very small particles and particles with very low intrinsic contrast.

Phase Contrast Microscope: A microscope

configured with a phase mask pair to create

phase contrast. The technique which uses

this is called Phase Contrast Microscopy

(PCM).

Phase-Polar Analysis: This is the use of polarized light in a phase contrast microscope.

It is used to see the same size fibers that are

visible in air filter analysis. Although fibers

finer than 1 μ m are visible, analysis of these

is inferred from analysis of larger bundles

that are usually present.

Phase-Polar Microscope: The phase-polar

microscope is a phase contrast microscope

which has an analyzer, a polarizer, a first

order red plate and a rotating phase condenser all in place so that the polarized light

image is enhanced by phase contrast.

Sealing Encapsulant: This is a product

which can be applied, preferably by spraying,

onto an asbestos surface which will seal the

surface so that fibers cannot be released.

Serpentine: A mineral family consisting of

minerals with the general composition

Mg3(Si2O5(OH)4 having the magnesium in

brucite layer over a silicate layer. Minerals

important in asbestos analysis included in

this family are chrysotile, lizardite,

antigorite.

1.1. History

Light microscopy has been used for well

over 100 years for the determination of mineral species. This analysis is carried out

using specialized polarizing microscopes as
60

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

well as bright field microscopes. The identification of minerals is an on-going process

with many new minerals described each

year. The first recorded use of asbestos was

in Finland about 2500 B.C. where the material was used in the mud wattle for the wooden huts the people lived in as well as

strengthening for pottery. Adverse health aspects of the mineral were noted nearly 2000

years ago when Pliny the Younger wrote

about the poor health of slaves in the asbestos mines. Although known to be injurious

for centuries, the first modern references to

its toxicity were by the British Labor

Inspectorate when it banned asbestos dust

from the workplace in 1898. Asbestosis cases

were described in the literature after the

turn of the century. Cancer was first suspected in the mid 1930’s and a causal link to

mesothelioma was made in 1965. Because of

the public concern for worker and public

safety with the use of this material, several

different types of analysis were applied to

the determination of asbestos content. Light

microscopy requires a great deal of experience and craft. Attempts were made to apply

less subjective methods to the analysis. Xray diffraction was partially successful in

determining the mineral types but was unable to separate out the fibrous portions

from the non-fibrous portions. Also, the minimum detection limit for asbestos analysis

by X-ray diffraction (XRD) is about 1%. Differential Thermal Analysis (DTA) was no

more successful. These provide useful corroborating information when the presence of

asbestos has been shown by microscopy;

however, neither can determine the difference between fibrous and non-fibrous minerals when both habits are present. The same

is true of Infrared Absorption (IR).

When electron microscopy was applied to

asbestos analysis, hundreds of fibers were

discovered present too small to be visible in

any light microscope. There are two different types of electron microscope used for

asbestos analysis: Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) and Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM). Scanning Electron Microscopy is useful in identifying minerals. The

SEM can provide two of the three pieces of

information required to identify fibers by

electron microscopy: morphology and chemistry. The third is structure as determined

by Selected Area Electron Diffraction—

SAED which is performed in the TEM. Although the resolution of the SEM is sufficient for very fine fibers to be seen, accuracy

of chemical analysis that can be performed

on the fibers varies with fiber diameter in fibers of less than 0.2 μ m diameter. The TEM

is a powerful tool to identify fibers too small

to be resolved by light microscopy and

should be used in conjunction with this

method when necessary. The TEM can provide all three pieces of information required

for fiber identification. Most fibers thicker

than 1 μ m can adequately be defined in the

light microscope. The light microscope remains as the best instrument for the determination of mineral type. This is because

the minerals under investigation were first

described analytically with the light microscope. It is inexpensive and gives positive

identification for most samples analyzed.

Further, when optical techniques are inadequate, there is ample indication that alternative techniques should be used for complete identification of the sample.

1.2. Principle

Minerals consist of atoms that may be arranged in random order or in a regular arrangement. Amorphous materials have

atoms in random order while crystalline materials have long range order. Many materials are transparent to light, at least for

small particles or for thin sections. The

properties of these materials can be investigated by the effect that the material has

on light passing through it. The six asbestos

minerals are all crystalline with particular

properties that have been identified and cataloged. These six minerals are anisotropic.

They have a regular array of atoms, but the

arrangement is not the same in all directions. Each major direction of the crystal

presents a different regularity. Light photons travelling in each of these main directions will encounter different electrical

neighborhoods, affecting the path and time

of travel. The techniques outlined in this

method use the fact that light traveling

through fibers or crystals in different directions will behave differently, but predictably. The behavior of the light as it travels

through a crystal can be measured and compared with known or determined values to

identify the mineral species. Usually, Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) is performed

with strain-free objectives on a bright-field

microscope platform. This would limit the

resolution of the microscope to about 0.4 μm.

Because OSHA requires the counting and

identification of fibers visible in phase contrast, the phase contrast platform is used to

visualize the fibers with the polarizing elements added into the light path. Polarized

light methods cannot identify fibers finer

than about 1 μm in diameter even though

they are visible. The finest fibers are usually

identified by inference from the presence of

larger, identifiable fiber bundles. When fibers

are present, but not identifiable by light microscopy, use either SEM or TEM to determine the fiber identity.

1.3. Advantages and Disadvantages

The advantages of light microcopy are:

(a) Basic identification of the materials

was first performed by light microscopy and

gross analysis. This provides a large base of
61

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

published information against which to

check analysis and analytical technique.

(b) The analysis is specific to fibers. The

minerals present can exist in asbestiform, fibrous, prismatic, or massive varieties all at

the same time. Therefore, bulk methods of

analysis such as X-ray diffraction, IR analysis, DTA, etc. are inappropriate where the

material is not known to be fibrous.

(c) The analysis is quick, requires little

preparation time, and can be performed onsite if a suitably equipped microscope is

available.

The disadvantages are:

(a) Even using phase-polar illumination,

not all the fibers present may be seen. This

is a problem for very low asbestos concentrations where agglomerations or large bundles

of fibers may not be present to allow identification by inference.

(b) The method requires a great degree of

sophistication on the part of the

microscopist. An analyst is only as useful as

his mental catalog of images. Therefore, a

microscopist’s accuracy is enhanced by experience. The mineralogical training of the analyst is very important. It is the basis on

which subjective decisions are made.

(c) The method uses only a tiny amount of

material for analysis. This may lead to sampling bias and false results (high or low).

This is especially true if the sample is severely inhomogeneous.

(d) Fibers may be bound in a matrix and

not distinguishable as fibers so identification cannot be made.

1.4. Method Performance

1.4.1. This method can be used for determination of asbestos content from 0 to 100%

asbestos. The detection limit has not been

adequately determined, although for selected

samples, the limit is very low, depending on

the number of particles examined. For mostly homogeneous, finely divided samples, with

no difficult fibrous interferences, the detection limit is below 1%. For inhomogeneous

samples (most samples), the detection limit

remains undefined. NIST has conducted proficiency testing of laboratories on a national

scale. Although each round is reported statistically with an average, control limits,

etc., the results indicate a difficulty in establishing precision especially in the low

concentration range. It is suspected that

there is significant bias in the low range especially near 1%. EPA tried to remedy this

by requiring a mandatory point counting

scheme for samples less than 10%. The point

counting procedure is tedious, and may introduce significant biases of its own. It has

not been incorporated into this method.

1.4.2. The precision and accuracy of the

quantitation tests performed in this method

are unknown. Concentrations are easier to

determine in commercial products where asbestos was deliberately added because the

amount is usually more than a few percent.

An analyst’s results can be ‘‘calibrated’’

against the known amounts added by the

manufacturer. For geological samples, the

degree of homogeneity affects the precision.

1.4.3. The performance of the method is analyst dependent. The analyst must choose

carefully and not necessarily randomly the

portions for analysis to assure that detection

of asbestos occurs when it is present. For

this reason, the analyst must have adequate

training in sample preparation, and experience in the location and identification of asbestos in samples. This is usually accomplished through substantial on-the-job training as well as formal education in mineralogy and microscopy.

1.5. Interferences

Any material which is long, thin, and

small enough to be viewed under the microscope can be considered an interference for

asbestos. There are literally hundreds of

interferences in workplaces. The techniques

described in this method are normally sufficient to eliminate the interferences. An analyst’s success in eliminating the interferences depends on proper training.

Asbestos minerals belong to two mineral

families: the serpentines and the amphiboles.

In the serpentine family, the only common

fibrous mineral is chrysotile. Occasionally,

the mineral antigorite occurs in a fibril

habit with morphology similar to the

amphiboles. The amphibole minerals consist

of a score of different minerals of which only

five are regulated by federal standard:

amosite, crocidolite, anthophyllite asbestos,

tremolite asbestos and actinolite asbestos.

These are the only amphibole minerals that

have been commercially exploited for their

fibrous properties; however, the rest can and

do occur occasionally in asbestiform habit.

In addition to the related mineral interferences, other minerals common in building

material may present a problem for some

microscopists: gypsum, anhydrite, brucite,

quartz fibers, talc fibers or ribbons, wollastonite, perlite, attapulgite, etc. Other fibrous materials commonly present in workplaces are: fiberglass, mineral wool, ceramic

wool, refractory ceramic fibers, kevlar,

nomex, synthetic fibers, graphite or carbon

fibers, cellulose (paper or wood) fibers, metal

fibers, etc.

Matrix embedding material can sometimes

be a negative interference. The analyst may

not be able to easily extract the fibers from

the matrix in order to use the method.

Where possible, remove the matrix before

the analysis, taking careful note of the loss

of weight. Some common matrix materials

are: vinyl, rubber, tar, paint, plant fiber, cement, and epoxy. A further negative interference is that the asbestos fibers themselves

may be either too small to be seen in Phase

contrast Microscopy (PCM) or of a very low
62

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

fibrous quality, having the appearance of

plant fibers. The analyst’s ability to deal

with these materials increases with experience.

1.6. Uses and Occupational Exposure

Asbestos is ubiquitous in the environment.

More than 40% of the land area of the United

States is composed of minerals which may

contain asbestos. Fortunately, the actual

formation of great amounts of asbestos is

relatively rare. Nonetheless, there are locations in which environmental exposure can

be severe such as in the Serpentine Hills of

California.

There are thousands of uses for asbestos in

industry and the home. Asbestos abatement

workers are the most current segment of the

population to have occupational exposure to

great amounts of asbestos. If the material is

undisturbed, there is no exposure. Exposure

occurs when the asbestos-containing material is abraded or otherwise disturbed during

maintenance operations or some other activity. Approximately 95% of the asbestos in

place in the United States is chrysotile.

Amosite and crocidolite make up nearly

all the difference. Tremolite and

anthophyllite make up a very small percentage. Tremolite is found in extremely small

amounts in certain chrysotile deposits. Actinolite exposure is probably greatest from

environmental sources, but has been identified in vermiculite containing, sprayed-on

insulating materials which may have been

certified as asbestos-free.

1.7. Physical and Chemical Properties

The nominal chemical compositions for

the asbestos minerals were given in Section

1. Compared to cleavage fragments of the

same minerals, asbestiform fibers possess a

high tensile strength along the fiber axis.

They are chemically inert, non- combustible,

and heat resistant. Except for chrysotile,

they are insoluble in Hydrochloric acid

(HCl). Chrysotile is slightly soluble in HCl.

Asbestos has high electrical resistance and

good sound absorbing characteristics. It can

be woven into cables, fabrics or other textiles, or matted into papers, felts, and mats.

1.8. Toxicology (This Section is for Information Only and Should Not Be Taken as

OSHA Policy)

Possible physiologic results of respiratory

exposure to asbestos are mesothelioma of the

pleura or peritoneum, interstitial fibrosis,

asbestosis, pneumoconiosis, or respiratory

cancer. The possible consequences of asbestos exposure are detailed in the NIOSH Criteria Document or in the OSHA Asbestos

Standards 29 CFR 1910.1001 and 29 CFR

1926.1101 and 29 CFR 1915.1001.

2. Sampling Procedure

2.1. Equipment for Sampling

(a) Tube or cork borer sampling device

(b) Knife

(c) 20 mL scintillation vial or similar vial

(d) Sealing encapsulant

2.2. Safety Precautions

Asbestos is a known carcinogen. Take care

when sampling. While in an asbestos-containing atmosphere, a properly selected and

fit-tested respirator should be worn. Take

samples in a manner to cause the least

amount of dust. Follow these general guidelines:

(a) Do not make unnecessary dust.

(b) Take only a small amount (1 to 2 g).

(c) Tightly close the sample container.

(d) Use encapsulant to seal the spot where

the sample was taken, if necessary.

2.3. Sampling Procedure

Samples of any suspect material should be

taken from an inconspicuous place. Where

the material is to remain, seal the sampling

wound with an encapsulant to eliminate the

potential for exposure from the sample site.

Microscopy requires only a few milligrams of

material. The amount that will fill a 20 mL

scintillation vial is more than adequate. Be

sure to collect samples from all layers and

phases of material. If possible, make separate samples of each different phase of the

material. This will aid in determining the

actual hazard. DO NOT USE ENVELOPES,

PLASTIC OR PAPER BAGS OF ANY KIND TO

COLLECT SAMPLES. The use of plastic bags

presents a contamination hazard to laboratory personnel and to other samples. When

these containers are opened, a bellows effect

blows fibers out of the container onto everything, including the person opening the container.

If a cork-borer type sampler is available,

push the tube through the material all the

way, so that all layers of material are sampled. Some samplers are intended to be disposable. These should be capped and sent to

the laboratory. If a non-disposable cork

borer is used, empty the contents into a scintillation vial and send to the laboratory.

Vigorously and completely clean the cork

borer between samples.

2.4 Shipment

Samples packed in glass vials must not

touch or they might break in shipment.

(a) Seal the samples with a sample seal

over the end to guard against tampering and

to identify the sample.

(b) Package the bulk samples in separate

packages from the air samples. They may

cross-contaminate each other and will invalidate the results of the air samples.
63

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

(c) Include identifying paperwork with the

samples, but not in contact with the suspected asbestos.

(d) To maintain sample accountability,

ship the samples by certified mail, overnight

express, or hand carry them to the laboratory.

3. Analysis

The analysis of asbestos samples can be divided into two major parts: sample preparation and microscopy. Because of the different

asbestos uses that may be encountered by

the analyst, each sample may need different

preparation steps. The choices are outlined

below. There are several different tests that

are performed to identify the asbestos species and determine the percentage. They will

be explained below.

3.1. Safety

(a) Do not create unnecessary dust. Handle

the samples in HEPA-filter equipped hoods.

If samples are received in bags, envelopes or

other inappropriate container, open them

only in a hood having a face velocity at or

greater than 100 fpm. Transfer a small

amount to a scintillation vial and only handle the smaller amount.

(b) Open samples in a hood, never in the

open lab area.

(c) Index of refraction oils can be toxic.

Take care not to get this material on the

skin. Wash immediately with soap and water

if this happens.

(d) Samples that have been heated in the

muffle furnace or the drying oven may be

hot. Handle them with tongs until they are

cool enough to handle.

(e) Some of the solvents used, such as THF

(tetrahydrofuran), are toxic and should only

be handled in an appropriate fume hood and

according to instructions given in the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS).

3.2. Equipment

(a) Phase contrast microscope with 10x, 16x

and 40x objectives, 10x wide-field eyepieces,

G–22 Walton-Beckett graticule, Whipple

disk, polarizer, analyzer and first order red

or gypsum plate, 100 Watt illuminator, rotating position condenser with oversize phase

rings, central stop dispersion objective,

Kohler illumination and a rotating mechanical stage.

(b) Stereo microscope with reflected light

illumination, transmitted light illumination, polarizer, analyzer and first order red

or gypsum plate, and rotating stage.

(c) Negative pressure hood for the stereo

microscope

(d) Muffle furnace capable of 600 °C

(e) Drying oven capable of 50—150 °C

(f) Aluminum specimen pans

(g) Tongs for handling samples in the furnace

(h) High dispersion index of refraction oils

(Special for dispersion staining.)

n = 1.550

n = 1.585

n = 1.590

n = 1.605

n = 1.620

n = 1.670

n = 1.680

n = 1.690

(i) A set of index of refraction oils from

about n=1.350 to n=2.000 in n=0.005 increments. (Standard for Becke line analysis.)

(j) Glass slides with painted or frosted ends

1×3 inches 1mm thick, precleaned.

(k) Cover Slips 22×22 mm, #11⁄2

(l) Paper clips or dissection needles

(m) Hand grinder

(n) Scalpel with both #10 and #11 blades

(o) 0.1 molar HCl

(p) Decalcifying solution (Baxter Scientific

Products) Ethylenediaminetetraacetic Acid,

Tetrasodium ..........................................0.7 g/l

Sodium Potassium Tartrate .........8.0 mg/liter

Hydrochloric Acid ..........................99.2 g/liter

Sodium Tartrate.............................0.14 g/liter

(q) Tetrahydrofuran (THF)

(r) Hotplate capable of 60 °C

(s) Balance

(t) Hacksaw blade

(u) Ruby mortar and pestle

3.3. Sample Pre-Preparation

Sample preparation begins with pre-preparation which may include chemical reduction of the matrix, heating the sample to

dryness or heating in the muffle furnace. The

end result is a sample which has been reduced to a powder that is sufficiently fine to

fit under the cover slip. Analyze different

phases of samples separately, e.g., tile and

the tile mastic should be analyzed separately

as the mastic may contain asbestos while

the tile may not.

(a) Wet samples

Samples with a high water content will not

give the proper dispersion colors and must be

dried prior to sample mounting. Remove the

lid of the scintillation vial, place the bottle

in the drying oven and heat at 100 °C to dryness (usually about 2 h). Samples which are

not submitted to the lab in glass must be removed and placed in glass vials or aluminum

weighing pans before placing them in the

drying oven.

(b) Samples With Organic Interference—Muffle

Furnace

These may include samples with tar as a

matrix, vinyl asbestos tile, or any other organic that can be reduced by heating. Remove the sample from the vial and weigh in

a balance to determine the weight of the submitted portion. Place the sample in a muffle
64

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

furnace at 500 °C for 1 to 2 h or until all obvious organic material has been removed. Retrieve, cool and weigh again to determine

the weight loss on ignition. This is necessary

to determine the asbestos content of the submitted sample, because the analyst will be

looking at a reduced sample.

NOTE: Heating above 600 °C will cause the

sample to undergo a structural change

which, given sufficient time, will convert the

chrysotile to forsterite. Heating even at

lower temperatures for 1 to 2 h may have a

measurable effect on the optical properties

of the minerals. If the analyst is unsure of

what to expect, a sample of standard asbestos should be heated to the same temperature for the same length of time so that it

can be examined for the proper interpretation.

(c) Samples With Organic Interference—THF

Vinyl asbestos tile is the most common

material treated with this solvent, although,

substances containing tar will sometimes

yield to this treatment. Select a portion of

the material and then grind it up if possible.

Weigh the sample and place it in a test tube.

Add sufficient THF to dissolve the organic

matrix. This is usually about 4 to 5 mL. Remember, THF is highly flammable. Filter the

remaining material through a tared silver

membrane, dry and weigh to determine how

much is left after the solvent extraction.

Further process the sample to remove carbonate or mount directly.

(d) Samples With Carbonate Interference

Carbonate material is often found on fibers

and sometimes must be removed in order to

perform dispersion microscopy. Weigh out a

portion of the material and place it in a test

tube. Add a sufficient amount of 0.1 M HCl or

decalcifying solution in the tube to react all

the carbonate as evidenced by gas formation;

i.e., when the gas bubbles stop, add a little

more solution. If no more gas forms, the reaction is complete. Filter the material out

through a tared silver membrane, dry and

weigh to determine the weight lost.

3.4. Sample Preparation

Samples must be prepared so that accurate

determination can be made of the asbestos

type and amount present. The following

steps are carried out in the low-flow hood (a

low-flow hood has less than 50 fpm flow):

(1) If the sample has large lumps, is hard,

or cannot be made to lie under a cover slip,

the grain size must be reduced. Place a small

amount between two slides and grind the

material between them or grind a small

amount in a clean mortar and pestle. The

choice of whether to use an alumina, ruby,

or diamond mortar depends on the hardness

of the material. Impact damage can alter the

asbestos mineral if too much mechanical

shock occurs. (Freezer mills can completely

destroy the observable crystallinity of asbestos and should not be used). For some samples, a portion of material can be shaved off

with a scalpel, ground off with a hand grinder or hack saw blade.

The preparation tools should either be disposable or cleaned thoroughly. Use vigorous

scrubbing to loosen the fibers during the

washing. Rinse the implements with copious

amounts of water and air-dry in a dust-free

environment.

(2) If the sample is powder or has been reduced as in (1) above, it is ready to mount.

Place a glass slide on a piece of optical tissue and write the identification on the painted or frosted end. Place two drops of index of

refraction medium n=1.550 on the slide. (The

medium n=1.550 is chosen because it is the

matching index for chrysotile. Dip the end of

a clean paper-clip or dissecting needle into

the droplet of refraction medium on the slide

to moisten it. Then dip the probe into the

powder sample. Transfer what sticks on the

probe to the slide. The material on the end of

the probe should have a diameter of about 3

mm for a good mount. If the material is very

fine, less sample may be appropriate. For

non-powder samples such as fiber mats, forceps should be used to transfer a small

amount of material to the slide. Stir the material in the medium on the slide, spreading

it out and making the preparation as uniform as possible. Place a cover-slip on the

preparation by gently lowering onto the

slide and allowing it to fall ‘‘trapdoor’’ fashion on the preparation to push out any bubbles. Press gently on the cover slip to even

out the distribution of particulate on the

slide. If there is insufficient mounting oil on

the slide, one or two drops may be placed

near the edge of the coverslip on the slide.

Capillary action will draw the necessary

amount of liquid into the preparation. Remove excess oil with the point of a laboratory wiper.

Treat at least two different areas of each

phase in this fashion. Choose representative

areas of the sample. It may be useful to select particular areas or fibers for analysis.

This is useful to identify asbestos in severely

inhomogeneous samples.

When it is determined that amphiboles

may be present, repeat the above process

using the appropriate high-dispersion oils

until an identification is made or all six asbestos minerals have been ruled out. Note

that percent determination must be done in

the index medium 1.550 because amphiboles

tend to disappear in their matching mediums.

3.5. Analytical Procedure

NOTE: This method presumes some knowledge of mineralogy and optical petrography.

The analysis consists of three parts: The

determination of whether there is asbestos
65

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

present, what type is present and the determination of how much is present. The general flow of the analysis is:

(1) Gross examination.

(2) Examination under polarized light on

the stereo microscope.

(3) Examination by phase-polar illumination on the compound phase microscope.

(4) Determination of species by dispersion

stain. Examination by Becke line analysis

may also be used; however, this is usually

more cumbersome for asbestos determination.

(5) Difficult samples may need to be analyzed by SEM or TEM, or the results from

those techniques combined with light microscopy for a definitive identification. Identification of a particle as asbestos requires

that it be asbestiform. Description of particles should follow the suggestion of Campbell. (Figure 1)
66

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

For the purpose of regulation, the mineral

must be one of the six minerals covered and

must be in the asbestos growth habit. Large

specimen samples of asbestos generally have

the gross appearance of wood. Fibers are easily parted from it. Asbestos fibers are very

long compared with their widths. The fibers

have a very high tensile strength as demonstrated by bending without breaking. Asbestos fibers exist in bundles that are easily

parted, show longitudinal fine structure and

may be tufted at the ends showing ‘‘bundle

of sticks’’ morphology. In the microscope
67

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

some of these properties may not be observable. Amphiboles do not always show striations along their length even when they are

asbestos. Neither will they always show tufting. They generally do not show a curved nature except for very long fibers. Asbestos and

asbestiform minerals are usually characterized in groups by extremely high aspect ratios (greater than 100:1). While aspect ratio

analysis is useful for characterizing populations of fibers, it cannot be used to identify

individual fibers of intermediate to short aspect ratio. Observation of many fibers is

often necessary to determine whether a sample consists of ‘‘cleavage fragments’’ or of asbestos fibers.

Most cleavage fragments of the asbestos

minerals are easily distinguishable from true

asbestos fibers. This is because true cleavage

fragments usually have larger diameters

than 1 μm. Internal structure of particles

larger than this usually shows them to have

no internal fibrillar structure. In addition,

cleavage fragments of the monoclinic

amphiboles show inclined extinction under

crossed polars with no compensator. Asbestos fibers usually show extinction at zero degrees or ambiguous extinction if any at all.

Morphologically, the larger cleavage fragments are obvious by their blunt or stepped

ends showing prismatic habit. Also, they

tend to be acicular rather than filiform.

Where the particles are less than 1 μm in

diameter and have an aspect ratio greater

than or equal to 3:1, it is recommended that

the sample be analyzed by SEM or TEM if

there is any question whether the fibers are

cleavage fragments or asbestiform particles.

Care must be taken when analyzing by

electron microscopy because the interferences are different from those in light microscopy and may structurally be very similar to asbestos. The classic interference is

between anthophyllite and biopyribole or intermediate fiber. Use the same morphological clues for electron microscopy as are

used for light microscopy, e.g. fibril splitting, internal longitudinal striation, fraying,

curvature, etc.

(1) Gross examination:

Examine the sample, preferably in the

glass vial. Determine the presence of any obvious fibrous component. Estimate a percentage based on previous experience and

current observation. Determine whether any

pre- preparation is necessary. Determine the

number of phases present. This step may be

carried out or augmented by observation at

6 to 40× under a stereo microscope.

(2) After performing any necessary prepreparation, prepare slides of each phase as

described above. Two preparations of the

same phase in the same index medium can be

made side-by-side on the same glass for convenience. Examine with the polarizing stereo

microscope. Estimate the percentage of asbestos based on the amount of birefringent

fiber present.

(3) Examine the slides on the phase-polar

microscopes at magnifications of 160 and

400×. Note the morphology of the fibers.

Long, thin, very straight fibers with little

curvature are indicative of fibers from the

amphibole family. Curved, wavy fibers are

usually indicative of chrysotile. Estimate

the percentage of asbestos on the phase-polar

microscope under conditions of crossed

polars and a gypsum plate. Fibers smaller

than 1.0 μm in thickness must be identified

by inference to the presence of larger, identifiable fibers and morphology. If no larger fibers are visible, electron microscopy should

be performed. At this point, only a tentative

identification can be made. Full identification must be made with dispersion microscopy. Details of the tests are included in the

appendices.

(4) Once fibers have been determined to be

present, they must be identified. Adjust the

microscope for dispersion mode and observe

the fibers. The microscope has a rotating

stage, one polarizing element, and a system

for generating dark-field dispersion microscopy (see Section 4.6. of this appendix). Align

a fiber with its length parallel to the polarizer and note the color of the Becke lines.

Rotate the stage to bring the fiber length

perpendicular to the polarizer and note the

color. Repeat this process for every fiber or

fiber bundle examined. The colors must be

consistent with the colors generated by

standard asbestos reference materials for a

positive identification. In n=1.550,

amphiboles will generally show a yellow to

straw-yellow color indicating that the fiber

indices of refraction are higher than the liquid. If long, thin fibers are noted and the colors are yellow, prepare further slides as

above in the suggested matching liquids listed below:

Type of asbestos Index of refraction

Chrysotile ............................... n=1.550.

Amosite .................................. n=1.670 r 1.680.

Crocidolite .............................. n=1.690.

Anthophyllite .......................... n=1.605 nd 1.620.

Tremolite ................................ n=1.605 and 1.620.

Actinolite ................................ n=1.620.

Where more than one liquid is suggested,

the first is preferred; however, in some cases

this liquid will not give good dispersion

color. Take care to avoid interferences in the

other liquid; e.g., wollastonite in n=1.620 will

give the same colors as tremolite. In n=1.605

wollastonite will appear yellow in all directions. Wollastonite may be determined under

crossed polars as it will change from blue to

yellow as it is rotated along its fiber axis by

tapping on the cover slip. Asbestos minerals

will not change in this way.

Determination of the angle of extinction

may, when present, aid in the determination
68

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

of anthophyllite from tremolite. True asbestos fibers usually have 0° extinction or ambiguous extinction, while cleavage fragments

have more definite extinction.

Continue analysis until both preparations

have been examined and all present species

of asbestos are identified. If there are no fibers present, or there is less than 0.1%

present, end the analysis with the minimum

number of slides (2).

(5) Some fibers have a coating on them

which makes dispersion microscopy very difficult or impossible. Becke line analysis or

electron microscopy may be performed in

those cases. Determine the percentage by

light microscopy. TEM analysis tends to

overestimate the actual percentage present.

(6) Percentage determination is an estimate of occluded area, tempered by gross observation. Gross observation information is

used to make sure that the high magnification microscopy does not greatly over- or

under- estimate the amount of fiber present.

This part of the analysis requires a great

deal of experience. Satisfactory models for

asbestos content analysis have not yet been

developed, although some models based on

metallurgical grain-size determination have

found some utility. Estimation is more easily handled in situations where the grain

sizes visible at about 160× are about the same

and the sample is relatively homogeneous.

View all of the area under the cover slip to

make the percentage determination. View

the fields while moving the stage, paying attention to the clumps of material. These are

not usually the best areas to perform dispersion microscopy because of the interference

from other materials. But, they are the areas

most likely to represent the accurate percentage in the sample. Small amounts of asbestos require slower scanning and more frequent analysis of individual fields.

Report the area occluded by asbestos as

the concentration. This estimate does not

generally take into consideration the difference in density of the different species

present in the sample. For most samples this

is adequate. Simulation studies with similar

materials must be carried out to apply

microvisual estimation for that purpose and

is beyond the scope of this procedure.

(7) Where successive concentrations have

been made by chemical or physical means,

the amount reported is the percentage of the

material in the ‘‘as submitted’’ or original

state. The percentage determined by microscopy is multiplied by the fractions remaining after pre-preparation steps to give the

percentage in the original sample. For example:

Step 1. 60% remains after heating at 550 °C

for 1 h. Step 2. 30% of the residue of step

1 remains after dissolution of carbonate

in 0.1 m HCl.

Step 3. Microvisual estimation determines

that 5% of the sample is chrysotile asbestos.

The reported result is:

R=(Microvisual result in percent)×(Fraction remaining after step

2)×(Fraction remaining of original sample after step 1)

R=(5)×(.30)×(.60)=0.9%

(8) Report the percent and type of asbestos

present. For samples where asbestos was

identified, but is less than 1.0%, report ‘‘Asbestos present, less than 1.0%.’’ There must

have been at least two observed fibers or

fiber bundles in the two preparations to be

reported as present. For samples where asbestos was not seen, report as ‘‘None Detected.’’

4. Auxiliary Information

Because of the subjective nature of asbestos analysis, certain concepts and procedures

need to be discussed in more depth. This information will help the analyst understand

why some of the procedures are carried out

the way they are.

4.1. Light

Light is electromagnetic energy. It travels

from its source in packets called quanta. It

is instructive to consider light as a plane

wave. The light has a direction of travel.

Perpendicular to this and mutually perpendicular to each other, are two vector components. One is the magnetic vector and the

other is the electric vector. We shall only be

concerned with the electric vector. In this

description, the interaction of the vector and

the mineral will describe all the observable

phenomena. From a light source such a microscope illuminator, light travels in all different direction from the filament.

In any given direction away from the filament, the electric vector is perpendicular to

the direction of travel of a light ray. While

perpendicular, its orientation is random

about the travel axis. If the electric vectors

from all the light rays were lined up by passing the light through a filter that would only

let light rays with electric vectors oriented

in one direction pass, the light would then be

POLARIZED.

Polarized light interacts with matter in

the direction of the electric vector. This is

the polarization direction. Using this property it is possible to use polarized light to

probe different materials and identify them

by how they interact with light.

The speed of light in a vacuum is a constant at about 2.99×10 8 m/s. When light travels in different materials such as air, water,

minerals or oil, it does not travel at this

speed. It travels slower. This slowing is a

function of both the material through which

the light is traveling and the wavelength or
69

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

frequency of the light. In general, the more

dense the material, the slower the light travels. Also, generally, the higher the frequency, the slower the light will travel. The

ratio of the speed of light in a vacuum to

that in a material is called the index of refraction (n). It is usually measured at 589 nm

(the sodium D line). If white light (light containing all the visible wavelengths) travels

through a material, rays of longer wavelengths will travel faster than those of shorter wavelengths, this separation is called dispersion. Dispersion is used as an identifier of

materials as described in Section 4.6.

4.2. Material Properties

Materials are either amorphous or crystalline. The difference between these two descriptions depends on the positions of the

atoms in them. The atoms in amorphous materials are randomly arranged with no long

range order. An example of an amorphous

material is glass. The atoms in crystalline

materials, on the other hand, are in regular

arrays and have long range order. Most of

the atoms can be found in highly predictable

locations. Examples of crystalline material

are salt, gold, and the asbestos minerals.

It is beyond the scope of this method to describe the different types of crystalline materials that can be found, or the full description of the classes into which they can fall.

However, some general crystallography is

provided below to give a foundation to the

procedures described.

With the exception of anthophyllite, all

the asbestos minerals belong to the

monoclinic crystal type. The unit cell is the

basic repeating unit of the crystal and for

monoclinic crystals can be described as having three unequal sides, two 90° angles and

one angle not equal to 90°. The orthorhombic

group, of which anthophyllite is a member

has three unequal sides and three 90° angles.

The unequal sides are a consequence of the

complexity of fitting the different atoms

into the unit cell. Although the atoms are in

a regular array, that array is not symmetrical in all directions. There is long range

order in the three major directions of the

crystal. However, the order is different in

each of the three directions. This has the effect that the index of refraction is different

in each of the three directions. Using polarized light, we can investigate the index of refraction in each of the directions and identify the mineral or material under investigation. The indices α, β, and γ are used to identify the lowest, middle, and highest index of

refraction respectively. The x direction, associated with α is called the fast axis. Conversely, the z direction is associated with γ

and is the slow direction. Crocidolite has α

along the fiber length making it ‘‘lengthfast’’. The remainder of the asbestos minerals have the γ axis along the fiber length.

They are called ‘‘length-slow’’. This orientation to fiber length is used to aid in the identification of asbestos.

4.3. Polarized Light Technique

Polarized light microscopy as described in

this section uses the phase-polar microscope

described in Section 3.2. A phase contrast

microscope is fitted with two polarizing elements, one below and one above the sample.

The polarizers have their polarization directions at right angles to each other. Depending on the tests performed, there may be a

compensator between these two polarizing

elements. Light emerging from a polarizing

element has its electric vector pointing in

the polarization direction of the element.

The light will not be subsequently transmitted through a second element set at a

right angle to the first element. Unless the

light is altered as it passes from one element

to the other, there is no transmission of

light.

4.4. Angle of Extinction

Crystals which have different crystal regularity in two or three main directions are

said to be anisotropic. They have a different

index of refraction in each of the main directions. When such a crystal is inserted between the crossed polars, the field of view is

no longer dark but shows the crystal in

color. The color depends on the properties of

the crystal. The light acts as if it travels

through the crystal along the optical axes. If

a crystal optical axis were lined up along one

of the polarizing directions (either the polarizer or the analyzer) the light would appear

to travel only in that direction, and it would

blink out or go dark. The difference in degrees between the fiber direction and the

angle at which it blinks out is called the

angle of extinction. When this angle can be

measured, it is useful in identifying the mineral. The procedure for measuring the angle

of extinction is to first identify the polarization direction in the microscope. A commercial alignment slide can be used to establish

the polarization directions or use

anthophyllite or another suitable mineral.

This mineral has a zero degree angle of extinction and will go dark to extinction as it

aligns with the polarization directions. When

a fiber of anthophyllite has gone to extinction, align the eyepiece reticle or graticule

with the fiber so that there is a visual cue as

to the direction of polarization in the field of

view. Tape or otherwise secure the eyepiece

in this position so it will not shift.

After the polarization direction has been

identified in the field of view, move the particle of interest to the center of the field of

view and align it with the polarization direction. For fibers, align the fiber along this direction. Note the angular reading of the rotating stage. Looking at the particle, rotate
70

§ 1910.1001 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

the stage until the fiber goes dark or ‘‘blinks

out’’. Again note the reading of the stage.

The difference in the first reading and the

second is an angle of extinction.

The angle measured may vary as the orientation of the fiber changes about its long

axis. Tables of mineralogical data usually report the maximum angle of extinction. Asbestos forming minerals, when they exhibit

an angle of extinction, usually do show an

angle of extinction close to the reported

maximum, or as appropriate depending on

the substitution chemistry.

4.5. Crossed Polars with Compensator

When the optical axes of a crystal are not

lined up along one of the polarizing directions (either the polarizer or the analyzer)

part of the light travels along one axis and

part travels along the other visible axis. This

is characteristic of birefringent materials.

The color depends on the difference of the

two visible indices of refraction and the

thickness of the crystal. The maximum difference available is the difference between

the α and the γ axes. This maximum difference is usually tabulated as the

birefringence of the crystal.

For this test, align the fiber at 45° to the

polarization directions in order to maximize

the contribution to each of the optical axes.

The colors seen are called retardation colors.

They arise from the recombination of light

which has traveled through the two separate

directions of the crystal. One of the rays is

retarded behind the other since the light in

that direction travels slower. On recombination, some of the colors which make up

white light are enhanced by constructive interference and some are suppressed by destructive interference. The result is a color

dependent on the difference between the indices and the thickness of the crystal. The

proper colors, thicknesses, and retardations

are shown on a Michel-Levy chart. The three

items, retardation, thickness and

birefringence are related by the following relationship:

R=t(nγ—nα)

R=retardation, t=crystal thickness in μm,

and

nα,γ=indices of refraction.

Examination of the equation for asbestos

minerals reveals that the visible colors for

almost all common asbestos minerals and

fiber sizes are shades of gray and black. The

eye is relatively poor at discriminating different shades of gray. It is very good at discriminating different colors. In order to

compensate for the low retardation, a compensator is added to the light train between

the polarization elements. The compensator

used for this test is a gypsum plate of known

thickness and birefringence. Such a compensator when oriented at 45° to the polarizer direction, provides a retardation of 530 nm of

the 530 nm wavelength color. This enhances

the red color and gives the background a

characteristic red to red-magenta color. If

this ‘‘full-wave’’ compensator is in place

when the asbestos preparation is inserted

into the light train, the colors seen on the fibers are quite different. Gypsum, like asbestos has a fast axis and a slow axis. When a

fiber is aligned with its fast axis in the same

direction as the fast axis of the gypsum

plate, the ray vibrating in the slow direction

is retarded by both the asbestos and the gypsum. This results in a higher retardation

than would be present for either of the two

minerals. The color seen is a second order

blue. When the fiber is rotated 90° using the

rotating stage, the slow direction of the fiber

is now aligned with the fast direction of the

gypsum and the fast direction of the fiber is

aligned with the slow direction of the gypsum. Thus, one ray vibrates faster in the fast

direction of the gypsum, and slower in the

slow direction of the fiber; the other ray will

vibrate slower in the slow direction of the

gypsum and faster in the fast direction of

the fiber. In this case, the effect is subtractive and the color seen is a first order yellow. As long as the fiber thickness does not

add appreciably to the color, the same basic

colors will be seen for all asbestos types except crocidolite. In crocidolite the colors

will be weaker, may be in the opposite directions, and will be altered by the blue absorption color natural to crocidolite. Hundreds of

other materials will give the same colors as

asbestos, and therefore, this test is not definitive for asbestos. The test is useful in discriminating against fiberglass or other

amorphous fibers such as some synthetic fibers. Certain synthetic fibers will show retardation colors different than asbestos;

however, there are some forms of polyethylene and aramid which will show morphology and retardation colors similar to asbestos minerals. This test must be supplemented with a positive identification test

when birefringent fibers are present which

can not be excluded by morphology. This

test is relatively ineffective for use on fibers

less than 1 μm in diameter. For positive confirmation TEM or SEM should be used if no

larger bundles or fibers are visible.

4.6. Dispersion Staining

Dispersion microscopy or dispersion staining is the method of choice for the identification of asbestos in bulk materials. Becke

line analysis is used by some laboratories

and yields the same results as does dispersion staining for asbestos and can be used in

lieu of dispersion staining. Dispersion staining is performed on the same platform as the

phase-polar analysis with the analyzer and

compensator removed. One polarizing element remains to define the direction of the
71

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

light so that the different indices of refraction of the fibers may be separately determined. Dispersion microscopy is a dark-field

technique when used for asbestos. Particles

are imaged with scattered light. Light which

is unscattered is blocked from reaching the

eye either by the back field image mask in a

McCrone objective or a back field image

mask in the phase condenser. The most convenient method is to use the rotating phase

condenser to move an oversized phase ring

into place. The ideal size for this ring is for

the central disk to be just larger than the

objective entry aperture as viewed in the

back focal plane. The larger the disk, the

less scattered light reaches the eye. This will

have the effect of diminishing the intensity

of dispersion color and will shift the actual

color seen. The colors seen vary even on microscopes from the same manufacturer. This

is due to the different bands of wavelength

exclusion by different mask sizes. The mask

may either reside in the condenser or in the

objective back focal plane. It is imperative

that the analyst determine by experimentation with asbestos standards what the appropriate colors should be for each asbestos

type. The colors depend also on the temperature of the preparation and the exact chemistry of the asbestos. Therefore, some slight

differences from the standards should be allowed. This is not a serious problem for commercial asbestos uses. This technique is used

for identification of the indices of refraction

for fibers by recognition of color. There is no

direct numerical readout of the index of refraction. Correlation of color to actual index

of refraction is possible by referral to published conversion tables. This is not necessary for the analysis of asbestos. Recognition of appropriate colors along with the

proper morphology are deemed sufficient to

identify the commercial asbestos minerals.

Other techniques including SEM, TEM, and

XRD may be required to provide additional

information in order to identify other types

of asbestos.

Make a preparation in the suspected

matching high dispersion oil, e.g., n=1.550 for

chrysotile. Perform the preliminary tests to

determine whether the fibers are

birefringent or not. Take note of the morphological character. Wavy fibers are indicative of chrysotile while long, straight, thin,

frayed fibers are indicative of amphibole asbestos. This can aid in the selection of the

appropriate matching oil. The microscope is

set up and the polarization direction is noted

as in Section 4.4. Align a fiber with the polarization direction. Note the color. This is

the color parallel to the polarizer. Then rotate the fiber rotating the stage 90° so that

the polarization direction is across the fiber.

This is the perpendicular position. Again

note the color. Both colors must be consistent with standard asbestos minerals in

the correct direction for a positive identification of asbestos. If only one of the colors

is correct while the other is not, the identification is not positive. If the colors in both

directions are bluish-white, the analyst has

chosen a matching index oil which is higher

than the correct matching oil, e.g. the analyst has used n=1.620 where chrysotile is

present. The next lower oil (Section 3.5.)

should be used to prepare another specimen.

If the color in both directions is yellowwhite to straw-yellow-white, this indicates

that the index of the oil is lower than the

index of the fiber, e.g. the preparation is in

n=1.550 while anthophyllite is present. Select

the next higher oil (Section 3.5.) and prepare

another slide. Continue in this fashion until

a positive identification of all asbestos species present has been made or all possible asbestos species have been ruled out by negative results in this test. Certain plant fibers

can have similar dispersion colors as asbestos. Take care to note and evaluate the morphology of the fibers or remove the plant fibers in pre- preparation. Coating material on

the fibers such as carbonate or vinyl may destroy the dispersion color. Usually, there

will be some outcropping of fiber which will

show the colors sufficient for identification.

When this is not the case, treat the sample

as described in Section 3.3. and then perform

dispersion staining. Some samples will yield

to Becke line analysis if they are coated or

electron microscopy can be used for identification.

5. References

5.1. Crane, D.T., Asbestos in Air, OSHA

method ID160, Revised November 1992.

5.2. Ford, W.E., Dana’s Textbook of Mineralogy; Fourth Ed.; John Wiley and Son,

New York, 1950, p. vii.

5.3. Selikoff,.I.J., Lee, D.H.K., Asbestos and

Disease, Academic Press, New York, 1978, pp.

3,20.

5.4. Women Inspectors of Factories. Annual

Report for 1898, H.M. Statistical Office, London, p. 170 (1898).

5.5. Selikoff, I.J., Lee, D.H.K., Asbestos and

Disease, Academic Press, New York, 1978, pp.

26,30.

5.6. Campbell, W.J., et al, Selected Silicate

Minerals and Their Asbestiform Varieties,

United States Department of the Interior,

Bureau of Mines, Information Circular 8751,

1977.

5.7. Asbestos, Code of Federal Regulations,

29 CFR 1910.1001 and 29 CFR 1926.58.

5.8. National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants; Asbestos NESHAP Revision, FEDERAL REGISTER, Vol. 55, No. 224, 20

November 1990, p. 48410.

5.9. Ross, M. The Asbestos Minerals: Definitions, Description, Modes of Formation, Physical and Chemical Properties and Health Risk to

the Mining Community, Nation Bureau of

Standards Special Publication, Washington,

DC, 1977.
72

§ 1910.1002 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

5.10. Lilis, R., Fibrous Zeolites and Endemic Mesothelioma in Cappadocia, Turkey,

J. Occ Medicine, 1981, 23,(8),548–550.

5.11. Occupational Exposure to Asbestos—

1972, U.S. Department of Health, Education

and Welfare, Public Health Service, Center

for Disease Control, National Institute for

Occupational Safety and Health, HSM–72–

10267.

5.12. Campbell, W.J., et al, Relationship of

Mineral Habit to Size Characteristics for

Tremolite Fragments and Fibers, United States

Department of the Interior, Bureau of Mines,

Information Circular 8367, 1979.

5.13. Mefford, D., DCM Laboratory, Denver,

private communication, July 1987.

5.14. Deer, W.A., Howie, R.A., Zussman, J.,

Rock Forming Minerals, Longman, Thetford,

UK, 1974.

5.15. Kerr, P.F., Optical Mineralogy; Third

Ed. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1959.

5.16. Veblen, D.R. (Ed.), Amphiboles and

Other Hydrous Pyriboles—Mineralogy, Reviews

in Mineralogy, Vol 9A, Michigan, 1982, pp 1–

102.

5.17. Dixon, W.C., Applications of Optical Microscopy in the Analysis of Asbestos and

Quartz, ACS Symposium Series, No. 120, Analytical Techniques in Occupational Health

Chemistry, 1979.

5.18. Polarized Light Microscopy, McCrone

Research Institute, Chicago, 1976.

5.19. Asbestos Identification, McCrone Research Institute, G & G printers, Chicago,

1987.

5.20. McCrone, W.C., Calculation of Refractive Indices from Dispersion Staining Data,

The Microscope, No 37, Chicago, 1989.

5.21. Levadie, B. (Ed.), Asbestos and Other

Health Related Silicates, ASTM Technical

Publication 834, ASTM, Philadelphia 1982.

5.22. Steel, E. and Wylie, A., Riordan, P.H.

(Ed.), Mineralogical Characteristics of Asbestos, Geology of Asbestos Deposits, pp. 93–101,

SME–AIME, 1981.

5.23. Zussman, J., The Mineralogy of Asbestos, Asbestos: Properties, Applications and Hazards, pp. 45–67 Wiley, 1979.

[51 FR 22733, June 20, 1986, as amended at 51

FR 37004, Oct. 17, 1986; 52 FR 17754, 17755, May

12, 1987; 53 FR 35625, September 14, 1988; 54 FR

24334, June 7, 1989; 54 FR 29546, July 13, 1989;

54 FR 52027, Dec. 20, 1989, 55 FR 3731, Feb. 5,

1990; 55 FR 34710, Aug. 24, 1990; 57 FR 24330,

June 8, 1992; 59 FR 41057, Aug. 10, 1994; 60 FR

9625, Feb. 21, 1995; 60 FR 33344, June 28, 1995;

60 FR 33984–33987, June 29, 1995; 61 FR 5508,

Feb. 13, 1996; 61 FR 43457, Aug. 23, 1996; 63 FR

1285, Jan. 8, 1998]

§ 1910.1002 Coal tar pitch volatiles; interpretation of term.

As used in § 1910.1000 (Table Z-1), coal

tar pitch volatiles include the fused

polycyclic hydrocarbons which volatilize from the distillation residues of

coal, petroleum (excluding asphalt),

wood, and other organic matter. Asphalt (CAS 8052–42–4, and CAS 64742–93–

4) is not covered under the ‘‘coal tar

pitch volatiles’’ standard.

[48 FR 2768, Jan. 21, 1983]

§ 1910.1003 13 Carcinogens (4- Nitrobiphenyl, etc.).

(a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to any area in which the 13

carcinogens addressed by this section

are manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but

shall not apply to transshipment in

sealed containers, except for the labeling requirements under paragraphs

(e)(2), (3) and (4) of this section. The 13

carcinogens are the following:

4-Nitrobiphenyl, Chemical Abstracts Service

Register Number (CAS No.) 92933;

alpha-Naphthylamine, CAS No. 134327;

methyl chloromethyl ether, CAS No. 107302;

3,′-Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts) CAS No.

91941;

bis-Chloromethyl ether, CAS No. 542881;

beta-Naphthylamine, CAS No. 91598;

Benzidine, CAS No. 92875;

4-Aminodiphenyl, CAS No. 92671;

Ethyleneimine, CAS No. 151564;

beta-Propiolactone, CAS No. 57578;

2-Acetylaminofluorene, CAS No. 53963;

4-Dimethylaminoazo-benezene, CAS No.

60117; and

N-Nitrosodimethylamine, CAS No. 62759.

(2) This section shall not apply to the

following:

(i) Solid or liquid mixtures containing less than 0.1 percent by weight

or volume of 4–Nitrobiphenyl; methyl

chloromethyl ether; bis-chloromethyl

ether; beta-Naphthylamine; benzidine

or 4–Aminodiphenyl; and

(ii) Solid or liquid mixtures containing less than 1.0 percent by weight

or volume of alpha-Naphthylamine; 3,′-

Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts);

Ethyleneimine; beta-Propiolactone; 2-

Acetylaminofluorene; 4-

Dimethylaminoazobenzene, or NNitrosodimethylamine.

(b) Definitions. For the purposes of

this section:

Absolute filter is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse

aerosol of 0.3 μ m particles.

Authorized employee means an employee whose duties require him to be

in the regulated area and who has been

specifically assigned by the employer.
73

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1003

Clean change room means a room

where employees put on clean clothing

and/or protective equipment in an environment free of the 13 carcinogens addressed by this section. The clean

change room shall be contiguous to and

have an entry from a shower room,

when the shower room facilities are

otherwise required in this section.

Closed system means an operation involving a carcinogen addressed by this

section where containment prevents

the release of the material into regulated areas, non-regulated areas, or the

external environment.

Decontamination means the inactivation of a carcinogen addressed by this

section or its safe disposal.

Director means the Director, National

Institute for Occupational Safety and

Health, or any person directed by him

or the Secretary of Health and Human

Services to act for the Director.

Disposal means the safe removal of

the carcinogens addressed by this section from the work environment.

Emergency means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances resulting in the release of a carcinogen

addressed by this section that may result in exposure to or contact with the

material.

External environment means any environment external to regulated and nonregulated areas.

Isolated system means a fully enclosed

structure other than the vessel of containment of a carcinogen addressed by

this section that is impervious to the

passage of the material and would prevent the entry of the carcinogen addressed by this section into regulated

areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should leakage or

spillage from the vessel of containment

occur.

Laboratory-type hood is a device enclosed on the three sides and the top

and bottom, designed and maintained

so as to draw air inward at an average

linear face velocity of 150 feet per

minute with a minimum of 125 feet per

minute; designed, constructed, and

maintained in such a way that an operation involving a carcinogen addressed

by this section within the hood does

not require the insertion of any portion

of any employee’s body other than his

hands and arms.

Nonregulated area means any area

under the control of the employer

where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled.

Open-vessel system means an operation involving a carcinogen addressed

by this section in an open vessel that is

not in an isolated system, a laboratory-type hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent protection

against the entry of the material into

regulated areas, non-regulated areas,

or the external environment.

Protective clothing means clothing designed to protect an employee against

contact with or exposure to a carcinogen addressed by this section.

Regulated area means an area where

entry and exit is restricted and controlled.

(c) Requirements for areas containing a

carcinogen addressed by this section. A

regulated area shall be established by

an employer where a carcinogen addressed by this section is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such

areas shall be controlled in accordance

with the requirements for the following

category or categories describing the

operation involved:

(1) Isolated systems. Employees working with a carcinogen addressed by this

section within an isolated system such

as a ‘‘glove box’’ shall wash their hands

and arms upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in

other activities not associated with the

isolated system.

(2) Closed system operation. (i) Within

regulated areas where the carcinogens

addressed by this section are stored in

sealed containers, or contained in a

closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while the carcinogens addressed by this section are contained

within, access shall be restricted to authorized employees only.

(ii) Employees exposed to 4–

Nitrobiphenyl; alpha-Naphthylamine;

3,′-Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts);

beta-Naphthylamine; benzidine; 4–

Aminodiphenyl; 2–

Acetylaminofluorene; 4–

Dimethylaminoazo-benzene; and NNitrosodimethylamine shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face,
74

§ 1910.1003 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

and neck upon each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit,

and before engaging in other activities.

(3) Open-vessel system operations.

Open-vessel system operations as defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited.

(4) Transfer from a closed system,

charging or discharging point operations,

or otherwise opening a closed system. In

operations involving ‘‘laboratory-type

hoods,’’ or in locations where the carcinogens addressed by this section are

contained in an otherwise ‘‘closed system,’’ but is transferred, charged, or

discharged into other normally closed

containers, the provisions of this paragraph shall apply.

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only.

(ii) Each operation shall be provided

with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always

from ordinary work areas to the operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas, nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean

makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct

operation of the local exhaust system.

(iii) Employees shall be provided

with, and required to wear, clean, full

body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants),

shoe covers and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.

(iv) Employees engaged in handling

operations involving the carcinogens

addressed by this section must be provided with, and required to wear and

use a half-face filter-type respirator

with filters for dusts, mists, and fumes,

or air-purifying canisters or cartridges.

A respirator affording higher levels of

protection than this respirator may be

substituted.

(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required

to remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit

and at the last exit of the day, to place

used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for

purposes of decontamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious

containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e) (2), (3), and

(4) of this section.

(vi) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.

(vii) Employees shall be required to

wash hands, forearms, face, and neck

on each exit from the regulated area,

close to the point of exit, and before

engaging in other activities and employees exposed to 4–Nitrobiphenyl;

alpha-Naphthylamine; 3,′-

Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts); betaNaphthylamine; Benzidine; 4–

Aminodiphenyl; 2–

Acetylaminofluorene; 4–

Dimethylaminoazo-benzene; and NNitrosodimethylamine shall be required to shower after the last exit of

the day.

(5) Maintenance and decontamination

activities. In cleanup of leaks of spills,

maintenance, or repair operations on

contaminated systems or equipment,

or any operations involving work in an

area where direct contact with a carcinogen addressed by this section could

result, each authorized employee entering that area shall:

(i) Be provided with and required to

wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots, and continuousair supplied hood in accordance with

§1910.134;

(ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood;

(iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and

hood.

(d) General regulated area requirements—(1) Respirator program. The employer must implement a respiratory

protection program in accordance with

29 CFR 1910.134 (b), (c), (d) (except

(d)(1)(iii) and (iv), and (d)(3)), and (e)

through (m).

(2) Emergencies. In an emergency, immediate measures including, but not

limited to, the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2) (i) through (v) of this section shall be implemented.

(i) The potentially affected area shall

be evacuated as soon as the emergency

has been determined.

(ii) Hazardous conditions created by

the emergency shall be eliminated and

the potentially affected area shall be

decontaminated prior to the resumption of normal operations.

(iii) Special medical surveillance by a

physician shall be instituted within 24
75

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1003

hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time of

the emergency. A report of the medical

surveillance and any treatment shall

be included in the incident report, in

accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this

section.

(iv) Where an employee has a known

contact with a carcinogen addressed by

this section, such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible,

unless contraindicated by physical injuries.

(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in

paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

(vi) Emergency deluge showers and

eyewash fountains supplied with running potable water shall be located

near, within sight of, and on the same

level with locations where a direct exposure to Ethyleneimine or betaPropiolactone only would be most likely as a result of equipment failure or

improper work practice.

(3) Hygiene facilities and practices. (i)

Storage or consumption of food, storage or use of containers of beverages,

storage or application of cosmetics,

smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of

such products are prohibited in regulated areas.

(ii) Where employees are required by

this section to wash, washing facilities

shall be provided in accordance with

§ 1910.141(d) (1) and (2) (ii) through (vii).

(iii) Where employees are required by

this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance

with §1910.141(d)(3).

(iv) Where employees wear protective

clothing and equipment, clean change

rooms shall be provided for the number

of such employees required to change

clothes, in accordance with § 1910.141(e).

(v) Where toilets are in regulated

areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room.

(4) Contamination control. (i) Except

for outdoor systems, regulated areas

shall be maintained under pressure

negative with respect to nonregulated

areas. Local exhaust ventilation may

be used to satisfy this requirement.

Clean makeup air in equal volume

shall replace air removed.

(ii) Any equipment, material, or

other item taken into or removed from

a regulated area shall be done so in a

manner that does not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environment.

(iii) Decontamination procedures

shall be established and implemented

to remove carcinogens addressed by

this section from the surfaces of materials, equipment, and the decontamination facility.

(iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping

are prohibited for 4–Nitrobiphenyl;

alpha-Naphthylamine; 3,′-

Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts); betaNaphthylamine; Benzidine; 4–

Aminodiphenyl; 2–

Acetylaminofluorene; 4–

Dimethylaminoazo-benzene and NNitrosodimethylamine.

(e) Signs, information and training—(1)

Signs—(i) Entrances to regulated areas

shall be posted with signs bearing the

legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph (c)(5) of this section shall be

posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED

IN THIS AREA

IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING

GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT ALL

TIMES

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance

to, and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures

that must be followed in entering and

leaving a regulated area.

(2) Container contents identification. (i)

Containers of a carcinogen addressed

by this section and containers required

under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6)

(vii)(B) and (viii)(B) of this section that

are accessible only to and handled only

by authorized employees, or by other

employees trained in accordance with

paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may

have contents identification limited to
76

§ 1910.1003 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

a generic or proprietary name or other

proprietary identification of the carcinogen and percent.

(ii) Containers of a carcinogen addressed by this section and containers

required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and

(c)(6) (vii)(B) and (viii)(B) of this section that are accessible to or handled

by employees other than authorized

employees or employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this

section shall have contents identification that includes the full chemical

name and Chemical Abstracts Service

Registry number as listed in paragraph

(a)(1) of this section.

(iii) Containers shall have the warning words ‘‘CANCER-SUSPECT

AGENT’’ displayed immediately under

or adjacent to the contents identification.

(iv) Containers whose contents are

carcinogens addressed by this section

with corrosive or irritating properties

shall have label statements warning of

such hazards noting, if appropriate,

particularly sensitive or affected portions of the body.

(3) Lettering. Lettering on signs and

instructions required by paragraph

(e)(1) shall be a minimum letter height

of 2 inches (5 cm). Labels on containers

required under this section shall not be

less than one-half the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not

less than 8-point type in any instance.

Provided, That no such required lettering need be more than 1 inch (2.5

cm) in height.

(4) Prohibited statements. No statement shall appear on or near any required sign, label, or instruction that

contradicts or detracts from the effect

of any required warning, information,

or instruction.

(5) Training and indoctrination. (i)

Each employee prior to being authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and indoctrination

program including, but not necessarily

limited to:

(A) The nature of the carcinogenic

hazards of a carcinogen addressed by

this section, including local and systemic toxicity;

(B) The specific nature of the operation involving a carcinogen addressed

by this section that could result in exposure;

(C) The purpose for and application of

the medical surveillance program, including, as appropriate, methods of

self-examination;

(D) The purpose for and application

of decontamination practices and purposes;

(E) The purpose for and significance

of emergency practices and procedures;

(F) The employee’s specific role in

emergency procedures;

(G) Specific information to aid the

employee in recognition and evaluation of conditions and situations which

may result in the release of a carcinogen addressed by this section;

(H) The purpose for and application

of specific first aid procedures and

practices;

(I) A review of this section at the employee’s first training and indoctrination program and annually thereafter.

(ii) Specific emergency procedures

shall be prescribed, and posted, and employees shall be familiarized with their

terms, and rehearsed in their application.

(iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request to

authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(f) Reports—(1) Operations. The information required in paragraphs (f)(1) (i)

through (iv) of this section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA

Area Director. Any changes in such information shall be similarly reported

in writing within 15 calendar days of

such change:

(i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) regulated and the

address of each regulated area;

(ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of

a carcinogen addressed by this section

in each regulated area;

(iii) The number of employees in each

regulated area, during normal operations including maintenance activities; and

(iv) The manner in which carcinogens

addressed by this section are present in

each regulated area; for example,

whether it is manufactured, processed,

used, repackaged, released, stored, or

otherwise handled.

(2) Incidents. Incidents that result in

the release of a carcinogen addressed
77

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1009

by this section into any area where employees may be potentially exposed

shall be reported in accordance with

this paragraph.

(i) A report of the occurrence of the

incident and the facts obtainable at

that time including a report on any

medical treatment of affected employees shall be made within 24 hours to

the nearest OSHA Area Director.

(ii) A written report shall be filed

with the nearest OSHA Area Director

within 15 calendar days thereafter and

shall include:

(A) A specification of the amount of

material released, the amount of time

involved, and an explanation of the

procedure used in determining this figure;

(B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and

possible employee exposure and area

contamination;

(C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any

medical surveillance program implemented; and

(D) An analysis of the circumstances

of the incident and measures taken or

to be taken, with specific completion

dates, to avoid further similar releases.

(g) Medical surveillance. At no cost to

the employee, a program of medical

surveillance shall be established and

implemented for employees considered

for assignment to enter regulated

areas, and for authorized employees.

(1) Examinations. (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated

area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided. The examination shall include

the personal history of the employee,

family and occupational background,

including genetic and environmental

factors.

(ii) Authorized employees shall be

provided periodic physical examinations, not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination.

(iii) In all physical examinations, the

examining physician shall consider

whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced

immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or

cytotoxic agents, pregnancy, and cigarette smoking.

(2) Records. (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this paragraph shall cause to be maintained

complete and accurate records of all

such medical examinations. Records

shall be maintained for the duration of

the employee’s employment. Upon termination of the employee’s employment, including retirement or death, or

in the event that the employer ceases

business without a successor, records,

or notarized true copies thereof, shall

be forwarded by registered mail to the

Director.

(ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to

employees, designated representatives,

and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e)

and (g) through (i). These records shall

also be provided upon request to the

Director.

(iii) Any physician who conducts a

medical examination required by this

paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee’s

suitability for employment in the specific exposure.

[61 FR 9242, Mar. 7, 1996, as amended at 63 FR

1286, Jan. 8, 1998; 63 FR 20099, Apr. 23, 1998]

§ 1910.1004 alpha-Naphthylamine.

See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]

§ 1910.1005 [Reserved]

§ 1910.1006 Methyl chloromethyl ether.

See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]

§ 1910.1007 3,′-Dichlorobenzidine (and

its salts).

See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]

§ 1910.1008 bis-Chloromethyl ether.

See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]

§ 1910.1009 beta-Naphthylamine.

See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]
78

§ 1910.1010 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

§ 1910.1010 Benzidine.

See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]

§ 1910.1011 4-Aminodiphenyl.

See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]

§ 1910.1012 Ethyleneimine.

See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]

§ 1910.1013 beta-Propiolactone.

See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]

§ 1910.1014 2-Acetylaminofluorene.

See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]

§ 1910.1015 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene.

See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]

§ 1910.1016 N-Nitrosodimethylamine.

See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]

§ 1910.1017 Vinyl chloride.

(a) Scope and application. (1) This section includes requirements for the control of employee exposure to vinyl

chloride (chloroethene), Chemical Abstracts Service Registry No. 75014.

(2) This section applies to the manufacture, reaction, packaging, repackaging, storage, handling or use of vinyl

chloride or polyvinyl chloride, but does

not apply to the handling or use of fabricated products made of polyvinyl

chloride.

(3) This section applies to the transportation of vinyl chloride or polyvinyl

chloride except to the extent that the

Department of Transportation may

regulate the hazards covered by this

section.

(b) Definitions. (1) Action level means a

concentration of vinyl chloride of 0.5

ppm averaged over an 8-hour work day.

(2) Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or his designee.

(3) Authorized person means any person specifically authorized by the employer whose duties require him to

enter a regulated area or any person

entering such an area as a designated

representative of employees for the

purpose of exercising an opportunity to

observe monitoring and measuring procedures.

(4) Director means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of

Health and Human Services, or his designee.

(5) Emergency means any occurrence

such as, but not limited to, equipment

failure, or operation of a relief device

which is likely to, or does, result in

massive release of vinyl chloride.

(6) Fabricated product means a product made wholly or partly from polyvinyl chloride, and which does not require further processing at temperatures, and for times, sufficient to cause

mass melting of the polyvinyl chloride

resulting in the release of vinyl chloride.

(7) Hazardous operation means any operation, procedure, or activity where a

release of either vinyl chloride liquid

or gas might be expected as a consequence of the operation or because of

an accident in the operation, which

would result in an employee exposure

in excess of the permissible exposure

limit.

(8) OSHA Area Director means the Director for the Occupational Safety and

Health Administration Area Office having jurisdiction over the geographic

area in which the employer’s establishment is located.

(9) Polyvinyl chloride means polyvinyl

chloride homopolymer or copolymer

before such is converted to a fabricated

product.

(10) Vinyl chloride means vinyl chloride monomer.

(c) Permissible exposure limit. (1) No

employee may be exposed to vinyl

chloride at concentrations greater than

1 ppm averaged over any 8-hour period,

and

(2) No employee may be exposed to

vinyl chloride at concentrations greater than 5 ppm averaged over any period

not exceeding 15 minutes.
79

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1017

(3) No employee may be exposed to

vinyl chloride by direct contact with

liquid vinyl chloride.

(d) Monitoring. (1) A program of initial monitoring and measurement shall

be undertaken in each establishment to

determine if there is any employee exposed, without regard to the use of respirators, in excess of the action level.

(2) Where a determination conducted

under paragraph (d)(1) of this section

shows any employee exposures, without regard to the use of respirators, in

excess of the action level, a program

for determining exposures for each

such employee shall be established.

Such a program:

(i) Shall be repeated at least monthly

where any employee is exposed, without regard to the use of respirators, in

excess of the permissible exposure

limit.

(ii) Shall be repeated not less than

quarterly where any employee is exposed, without regard to the use of respirators, in excess of the action level.

(iii) May be discontinued for any employee only when at least two consecutive monitoring determinations, made

not less than 5 working days apart,

show exposures for that employee at or

below the action level.

(3) Whenever there has been a production, process or control change which

may result in an increase in the release

of vinyl chloride, or the employer has

any other reason to suspect that any

employee may be exposed in excess of

the action level, a determination of

employee exposure under paragraph

(d)(1) of this section shall be performed.

(4) The method of monitoring and

measurement shall have an accuracy

(with a confidence level of 95 percent)

of not less than plus or minus 50 percent from 0.25 through 0.5 ppm, plus or

minus 35 percent from over 0.5 ppm

through 1.0 ppm, and plus or minus 25

percent over 1.0 ppm. (Methods meeting

these accuracy requirements are available in the ‘‘NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods’’).

(5) Employees or their designated

representatives shall be afforded reasonable opportunity to observe the

monitoring and measuring required by

this paragraph.

(e) Regulated area. (1) A regulated

area shall be established where:

(i) Vinyl chloride or polyvinyl chloride is manufactured, reacted, repackaged, stored, handled or used; and

(ii) Vinyl chloride concentrations are

in excess of the permissible exposure

limit.

(2) Access to regulated areas shall be

limited to authorized persons.

(f) Methods of compliance. Employee

exposures to vinyl chloride shall be

controlled to at or below the permissible exposure limit provided in paragraph (c) of this section by engineering, work practice, and personal protective controls as follows:

(1) Feasible engineering and work

practice controls shall immediately be

used to reduce exposures to at or below

the permissible exposure limit.

(2) Wherever feasible engineering and

work practice controls which can be instituted immediately are not sufficient

to reduce exposures to at or below the

permissible exposure limit, they shall

nonetheless be used to reduce exposures to the lowest practicable level,

and shall be supplemented by respiratory protection in accordance with

paragraph (g) of this section. A program shall be established and implemented to reduce exposures to at or

below the permissible exposure limit,

or to the greatest extent feasible, solely by means of engineering and work

practice controls, as soon as feasible.

(3) Written plans for such a program

shall be developed and furnished upon

request for examination and copying to

authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

Such plans shall be updated at least

every six months.

(g) Respiratory protection—(1) General.

For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer

must provide respirators that comply

with the requirements of this paragraph.

(2) Respirator program. The employer

must implement a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29

CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except

(d)(1)(iii), and (d)(3)(iii)(B)(1) and (2)),

and (f) through (m).

(3) Respirator selection. (i) Respirators

must be selected from the following

table:
80

§ 1910.1017 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

Atmospheric concentration of vinyl chloride Required apparatus

(i) Unknown, or above 3,600 p/m ............... Open-circuit, self-contained breathing apparatus, pressure demand type, with full

facepiece.

(ii) Not over 3,600 p/m ................................ (A) Combination type C supplied air respirator, pressure demand type, with full or

half facepiece, and auxiliary self-contained air supply; or

(iii) Not over 1,000 p/m ............................... (B) Combination type, supplied air respirator continuous flow type, with full or half

facepiece, and auxiliary self-contained air supply. Type C, supplied air respirator,

continuous flow type, with full or half facepiece, helmet or hood.

(iv) Not over 100 p/m .................................. (A) Combination type C supplied air respirator demand type, with full facepiece,

and auxiliary self-contained air supply; or

(B) Open-circuit self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece, in demand

mode; or

Type (C) supplied air respirator, demand type, with full facepiece.

(v) Not over 25 p/m ..................................... (A) A powered air-purifying respirator with hood, helmet, full or half facepiece, and

a canister which provides a service life of at least 4 hours for concentrations of

vinyl chloride up to 25 p/m, or

(B) Gas mask, front- or back-mounted canister which provides a service life of at

least 4 hours for concentrations of vinyl chloride up to 25 p/m.

(vi) Not over 10 p/m .................................... (A) Combination type C supplied-air respirator, demand type, with half facepiece,

and auxiliary self-contained air supply; or

(B) Type C supplied-air respirator, demand type, with half facepiece; or

(C) Any chemical cartridge respirator with an organic vapor cartridge which provides a service life of at least 1 hour for concentrations of vinyl chloride up to 10

p/m.

(ii) When air-purifying respirators

are used:

(A) Air-purifying canisters or cartridges must be replaced prior to the

expiration of their service life or the

end of the shift in which they are first

used, whichever occurs first.

(B) A continuous-monitoring and

alarm system must be provided when

concentrations of vinyl chloride could

reasonably exceed the allowable concentrations for the devices in use. Such

a system must be used to alert employees when vinyl chloride concentrations

exceed the allowable concentrations

for the devices in use.

(iii) Respirators specified for higher

concentrations may be used for lower

concentrations.

(h) Hazardous operations. (1) Employees engaged in hazardous operations,

including entry of vessels to clean polyvinyl chloride residue from vessel

walls, shall be provided and required to

wear and use;

(i) Respiratory protection in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (g) of this

section; and

(ii) Protective garments to prevent

skin contact with liquid vinyl chloride

or with polyvinyl chloride residue from

vessel walls. The protective garments

shall be selected for the operation and

its possible exposure conditions.

(2) Protective garments shall be provided clean and dry for each use.

(i) Emergency situations. A written

operational plan for emergency situations shall be developed for each facility storing, handling, or otherwise

using vinyl chloride as a liquid or compressed gas. Appropriate portions of

the plan shall be implemented in the

event of an emergency. The plan shall

specifically provide that:

(1) Employees engaged in hazardous

operations or correcting situations of

existing hazardous releases shall be

equipped as required in paragraph (h)

of this section;

(2) Other employees not so equipped

shall evacuate the area and not return

until conditions are controlled by the

methods required in paragraph (f) of

this section and the emergency is

abated.

(j) Training. Each employee engaged

in vinyl chloride or polyvinyl chloride

operations shall be provided training in

a program relating to the hazards of

vinyl chloride and precautions for its

safe use.

(1) The program shall include:

(i) The nature of the health hazard

from chronic exposure to vinyl chloride

including specifically the carcinogenic

hazard;

(ii) The specific nature of operations

which could result in exposure to vinyl

chloride in excess of the permissible

limit and necessary protective steps;
81

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1017

(iii) The purpose for, proper use, and

limitations of respiratory protective

devices;

(iv) The fire hazard and acute toxicity of vinyl chloride, and the necessary protective steps;

(v) The purpose for and a description

of the monitoring program;

(vi) The purpose for, and a description of, the medical surveillance program;

(vii) Emergency procedures;

(viii) Specific information to aid the

employee in recognition of conditions

which may result in the release of

vinyl chloride; and

(ix) A review of this standard at the

employee’s first training and indoctrination program, and annually thereafter.

(2) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request to

the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(k) Medical surveillance. A program of

medical surveillance shall be instituted

for each employee exposed, without regard to the use of respirators, to vinyl

chloride in excess of the action level.

The program shall provide each such

employee with an opportunity for examinations and tests in accordance

with this paragraph. All medical examinations and procedures shall be

performed by or under the supervision

of a licensed physician, and shall be

provided without cost to the employee.

(1) At the time of initial assignment,

or upon institution of medical surveillance;

(i) A general physical examination

shall be performed, with specific attention to detecting enlargement of liver,

spleen or kidneys, or dysfunction in

these organs, and for abnormalities in

skin, connective tissues and the pulmonary system (See Appendix A).

(ii) A medical history shall be taken,

including the following topics:

(A) Alcohol intake;

(B) Past history of hepatitis;

(C) Work history and past exposure

to potential hepatotoxic agents, including drugs and chemicals;

(D) Past history of blood transfusions; and

(E) Past history of hospitalizations.

(iii) A serum specimen shall be obtained and determinations made of:

(A) Total bilirubin;

(B) Alkaline phosphatase;

(C) Serum glutamic oxalacetic transaminase (SGOT);

(D) Serum glutamic pyruvic transaminase (SGPT); and

(E) Gamma glustamyl

transpeptidase.

(2) Examinations provided in accordance with this paragraph shall be performed at least:

(i) Every 6 months for each employee

who has been employed in vinyl chloride or polyvinyl chloride manufacturing for 10 years or longer; and

(ii) Annually for all other employees.

(3) Each employee exposed to an

emergency shall be afforded appropriate medical surveillance.

(4) A statement of each employee’s

suitability for continued exposure to

vinyl chloride including use of protective equipment and respirators, shall

be obtained from the examining physician promptly after any examination.

A copy of the physician’s statement

shall be provided each employee.

(5) If any employee’s health would be

materially impaired by continued exposure, such employee shall be withdrawn from possible contact with vinyl

chloride.

(6) Laboratory analyses for all biological specimens included in medical

examinations shall be performed in

laboratories licensed under 42 CFR

Part 74.

(7) If the examining physician determines that alternative medical examinations to those required by paragraph

(k)(1) of this section will provide at

least equal assurance of detecting medical conditions pertinent to the exposure to vinyl chloride, the employer

may accept such alternative examinations as meeting the requirements of

paragraph (k)(1) of this section, if the

employer obtains a statement from the

examining physician setting forth the

alternative examinations and the rationale for substitution. This statement shall be available upon request

for examination and copying to authorized representatives of the Assistant

Secretary and the Director.

(l) Signs and labels. (1) Entrances to

regulated areas shall be posted with

legible signs bearing the legend:
82

§ 1910.1017 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT AREA

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(2) Areas containing hazardous operations or where an emergency currently exists shall be posted with legible signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT IN THIS AREA

PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT REQUIRED AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(3) Containers of polyvinyl chloride

resin waste from reactors or other

waste contaminated with vinyl chloride shall be legibly labeled:

CONTAMINATED WITH VINYL CHLORIDE

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT

(4) Containers of polyvinyl chloride

shall be legibly labeled:

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (OR TRADE NAME)

Contains

VINYL CHLORIDE

VINYL CHLORIDE IS A CANCER-SUSPECT

AGENT

(5) Containers of vinyl chloride shall

be legibly labeled either:

(i)

VINYL CHLORIDE

EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE GAS UNDER

PRESSURE

CANCER SUSPECT AGENT

or (ii) In accordance with 49 CFR Parts

170 through 189, with the additional

legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT

applied near the label or placard.

(6) No statement shall appear on or

near any required sign, label or instruction which contradicts or detracts

from the effect of, any required warning, information or instruction.

(m) Records. (1) All records maintained in accordance with this section

shall include the name and social security number of each employee where

relevant.

(2) Records of required monitoring

and measuring and medical records

shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives,

and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e)

and (g) through (i). These records shall

be provided upon request to the Director. Authorized personnel rosters shall

also be provided upon request to the

Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(i) Monitoring and measuring records

shall:

(A) State the date of such monitoring

and measuring and the concentrations

determined and identify the instruments and methods used;

(B) Include any additional information necessary to determine individual

employee exposures where such exposures are determined by means other

than individual monitoring of employees; and

(C) Be maintained for not less than 30

years.

(ii) [Reserved]

(iii) Medical records shall be maintained for the duration of the employment of each employee plus 20 years, or

30 years, whichever is longer.

(3) In the event that the employer

ceases to do business and there is no

successor to receive and retain his

records for the prescribed period, these

records shall be transmitted by registered mail to the Director, and each

employee individually notified in writing of this transfer. The employer shall

also comply with any additional requirements set forth in 29 CFR

1910.20(h).

(n) Reports. (1) Not later than 1

month after the establishment of a regulated area, the following information

shall be reported to the OSHA Area Director. Any changes to such information shall be reported within 15 days.

(i) The address and location of each

establishment which has one or more

regulated areas; and

(ii) The number of employees in each

regulated area during normal operations, including maintenance.

(2) Emergencies, and the facts obtainable at that time, shall be reported

within 24 hours to the OSHA Area Director. Upon request of the Area Director, the employer shall submit additional information in writing relevant

to the nature and extent of employee
83

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1018

exposures and measures taken to prevent future emergencies of similar nature.

(3) Within 10 working days following

any monitoring and measuring which

discloses that any employee has been

exposed, without regard to the use of

respirators, in excess of the permissible

exposure limit, each such employee

shall be notified in writing of the results of the exposure measurement and

the steps being taken to reduce the exposure to within the permissible exposure limit.

(o) Effective dates. (1) Until April 1,

1975, the provisions currently set forth

in § 1910.93q of this part shall apply.

(2) Effective April 1, 1975, the provisions set forth in § 1910.93q of this part

shall apply.

APPENDIX A TO §1910.1017—

SUPPLEMENTARY MEDICAL INFORMATION

When required tests under paragraph (k)(1)

of this section show abnormalities, the tests

should be repeated as soon as practicable,

preferably within 3 to 4 weeks. If tests remain abnormal, consideration should be

given to withdrawal of the employee from

contact with vinyl chloride, while a more

comprehensive examination is made.

Additional tests which may be useful:

A. For kidney dysfunction: urine examination for albumin, red blood cells, and

exfoliative abnormal cells.

B. Pulmonary system: Forced vital capacity, Forced expiratory volume at 1 second,

and chest roentgenogram (posterior-anterior,

14 × 17 inches).

C. Additional serum tests: Lactic acid dehydrogenase, lactic acid dehydrogenase

isoenzyme, protein determination, and protein electrophoresis.

D. For a more comprehensive examination

on repeated abnormal serum tests: Hepatitis

B antigen, and liver scanning.

[39 FR 35896, Oct. 4, 1974; 39 FR 41848, Dec. 3,

1974, as amended at 40 FR 13211, Mar. 25, 1975.

Redesignated at 40 FR 23072, May 28, 1975 and

amended at 43 FR 49751, Oct. 24, 1978; 45 FR

35282, May 23, 1980; 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989;

58 FR 35310, June 30, 1993; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13,

1996; 63 FR 1286, Jan. 8, 1998]

§ 1910.1018 Inorganic arsenic.

(a) Scope and application. This section

applies to all occupational exposures to

inorganic arsenic except that this section does not apply to employee exposures in agriculture or resulting from

pesticide application, the treatment of

wood with preservatives or the utilization of arsenically preserved wood.

(b) Definitions. Action level means a

concentration of inorganic arsenic of 5

micrograms per cubic meter of air (5

μg/m3) averaged over any eight (8) hour

period.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Authorized person means any person

specifically authorized by the employer

whose duties require the person to

enter a regulated area, or any person

entering such an area as a designated

representative of employees for the

purpose of exercising the right to observe monitoring and measuring procedures under paragraph (e) of this section.

Director means the Director, National

Institute for Occupational Safety and

Health, U.S. Department of Health and

Human Services, or designee.

Inorganic arsenic means copper acetoarsenite and all inorganic compounds

containing arsenic except arsine, measured as arsenic (As).

(c) Permissible exposure limit. The employer shall assure that no employee is

exposed to inorganic arsenic at concentrations greater than 10

micrograms per cubic meter of air (10

μg/m3), averaged over any 8-hour period.

(d) Notification of use. (1) By October

1, 1978 or within 60 days after the introduction of inorganic arsenic into the

workplace, every employer who is required to establish a regulated area in

his workplaces shall report in writing

to the OSHA area office for each such

workplace:

(i) The address of each such workplace;

(ii) The approximate number of employees who will be working in regulated areas; and

(iii) A brief summary of the operations creating the exposure and the

actions which the employer intends to

take to reduce exposures.

(2) Whenever there has been a significant change in the information required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section the employer shall report the

changes in writing within 60 days to

the OSHA area office.
84

§ 1910.1018 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(e) Exposure monitoring—(1) General.

(i) Determinations of airborne exposure

levels shall be made from air samples

that are representative of each employee’s exposure to inorganic arsenic over

an eight (8) hour period.

(ii) For the purposes of this section,

employee exposure is that exposure

which would occur if the employee

were not using a respirator.

(iii) The employer shall collect full

shift (for at least 7 continuous hours)

personal samples including at least one

sample for each shift for each job classification in each work area.

(2) Initial monitoring. Each employer

who has a workplace or work operation

covered by this standard shall monitor

each such workplace and work operation to accurately determine the airborne concentration of inorganic arsenic to which employees may be exposed.

(3) Frequency. (i) If the initial monitoring reveals employee exposure to be

below the action level the measurements need not be repeated except as

otherwise provided in paragraph (e)(4)

of this section.

(ii) If the initial monitoring, required

by this section, or subsequent monitoring reveals employee exposure to be

above the permissible exposure limit,

the employer shall repeat monitoring

at least quarterly.

(iii) If the initial monitoring, required by this section, or subsequent

monitoring reveals employee exposure

to be above the action level and below

the permissible exposure limit the employer shall repeat monitoring at least

every six months.

(iv) The employer shall continue

monitoring at the required frequency

until at least two consecutive measurements, taken at least seven (7) days

apart, are below the action level at

which time the employer may discontinue monitoring for that employee

until such time as any of the events in

paragraph (e)(4) of this section occur.

(4) Additional monitoring. Whenever

there has been a production, process,

control or personal change which may

result in new or additional exposure to

inorganic arsenic, or whenever the employer has any other reason to suspect

a change which may result in new or

additional exposures to inorganic arsenic, additional monitoring which

complies with paragraph (e) of this section shall be conducted.

(5) Employee notification. (i) Within

five (5) working days after the receipt

of monitoring results, the employer

shall notify each employee in writing

of the results which represent that employee’s exposures.

(ii) Whenever the results indicate

that the representative employee exposure exceeds the permissible exposure

limit, the employer shall include in the

written notice a statement that the

permissible exposure limit was exceeded and a description of the corrective

action taken to reduce exposure to or

below the permissible exposure limit.

(6) Accuracy of measurement. (i) The

employer shall use a method of monitoring and measurement which has an

accuracy (with a confidence level of 95

percent) of not less than plus or minus

25 percent for concentrations of inorganic arsenic greater than or equal to

10 μg/m3.

(ii) The employer shall use a method

of monitoring and measurement which

has an accuracy (with confidence level

of 95 percent) of not less than plus or

minus 35 percent for concentrations of

inorganic arsenic greater than 5 μg/

m3but less than 10 μg/m3.

(f) Regulated area—(1) Establishment.

The employer shall establish regulated

areas where worker exposures to inorganic arsenic, without regard to the

use of respirators, are in excess of the

permissible limit.

(2) Demarcation. Regulated areas shall

be demarcated and segregated from the

rest of the workplace in any manner

that minimizes the number of persons

who will be exposed to inorganic arsenic.

(3) Access. Access to regulated areas

shall be limited to authorized persons

or to persons otherwise authorized by

the Act or regulations issued pursuant

thereto to enter such areas.

(4) Provision of respirators. All persons

entering a regulated area shall be supplied with a respirator, selected in accordance with paragraph (h)(2) of this

section.

(5) Prohibited activities. The employer

shall assure that in regulated areas,

food or beverages are not consumed,

smoking products, chewing tobacco
85

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1018

and gum are not used and cosmetics

are not applied, except that these activities may be conducted in the

lunchrooms, change rooms and showers

required under paragraph (m) of this

section. Drinking water may be consumed in the regulated area.

(g) Methods of compliance—(1) Controls. (i) The employer shall institute at

the earliest possible time but not later

than December 31, 1979, engineering

and work practice controls to reduce

exposures to or below the permissible

exposure limit, except to the extent

that the employer can establish that

such controls are not feasible.

(ii) Where engineering and work

practice controls are not sufficient to

reduce exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, they shall

nonetheless be used to reduce exposures to the lowest levels achievable by

these controls and shall be supplemented by the use of respirators in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section and other necessary personal protective equipment. Employee rotation

is not required as a control strategy

before respiratory protection is instituted.

(2) Compliance Program. (i) The employer shall establish and implement a

written program to reduce exposures to

or below the permissible exposure limit

by means of engineering and work

practice controls.

(ii) Written plans for these compliance programs shall include at least

the following:

(A) A description of each operation in

which inorganic arsenic is emitted; e.g.

machinery used, material processed,

controls in place, crew size, operating

procedures and maintenance practices;

(B) Engineering plans and studies

used to determine methods selected for

controlling exposure to inorganic arsenic;

(C) A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible exposure limit;

(D) Monitoring data;

(E) A detailed schedule for implementation of the engineering controls and

work practices that cannot be implemented immediately and for the

adaption and implementation of any

additional engineering and work practices necessary to meet the permissible

exposure limit;

(F) Whenever the employer will not

achieve the permissible exposure limit

with engineering controls and work

practices by December 31, 1979, the employer shall include in the compliance

plan an analysis of the effectiveness of

the various controls, shall install engineering controls and institute work

practices on the quickest schedule feasible, and shall include in the compliance plan and implement a program to

minimize the discomfort and maximize

the effectiveness of respirator use; and

(G) Other relevant information.

(iii) Written plans for such a program

shall be submitted upon request to the

Assistant Secretary and the Director,

and shall be available at the worksite

for examination and copying by the Assistant Secretary, Director, any affected employee or authorized employee representatives.

(iv) The plans required by this paragraph shall be revised and updated at

least every 6 months to reflect the current status of the program.

(h) Respiratory protection—(1) General.

For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer

must provide respirators that comply

with the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering or workpractice controls.

(ii) Work operations, such as maintenance and repair activities, for which

the employer establishes that engineering and work-practice controls are not

feasible.

(iii) Work operations for which engineering and work-practice controls are

not yet sufficient to reduce employee

exposures to or below the permissible

exposure limit.

(iv) Emergencies.

(2) Respirator program. (i) The employer must implement a respiratory

protection program in accordance with

29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except

(d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).

(ii) If an employee exhibits breathing

difficulty during fit testing or respirator use, they must be examined by

a physician trained in pulmonary medicine to determine whether they can use
86

§ 1910.1018 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

a respirator while performing the required duty.

(3) Respirator selection. (i) The employer must use Table I of this section

to select the appropriate respirator or

combination of respirators for inorganic arsenic compounds without significant vapor pressure, and Table II of

this section to select the appropriate

respirator or combination of respirators for inorganic arsenic compounds that have significant vapor

pressure.

(ii) When employee exposures exceed

the permissible exposure limit for inorganic arsenic and also exceed the relevant limit for other gases (for example, sulfur dioxide), an air-purifying

respirator provided to the employee as

specified by this section must have a

combination high-efficiency filter with

an appropriate gas sorbent. (See footnote in Table 1 of this section.)

(iii) Employees required to use respirators may choose, and the employer

must provide, a powered air-purifying

respirator if it will provide proper protection. In addition, the employer must

provide a combination dust and acidgas respirator to employees who are exposed to gases over the relevant exposure limits.

TABLE I—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR INORGANIC ARSENIC PARTICULATE EXCEPT FOR THOSE

WITH SIGNIFICANT VAPOR PRESSURE

Concentration of inorganic arsenic (as As) or condition of use Required respirator

(i) Unknown or greater or lesser than

20,000 μg/m(3) (20 mg/m(3)) or firefighting.

(A) Any full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus operated in positive pressure mode.

(ii) Not greater than 20,000 μg/m(3) (20

mg/m(3)).

(A) Supplied air respirator with full facepiece, hood, or helmet or suit and operated

in positive pressure mode.

(iii) Not greater than 10,000 μg/m(3) (10

mg/m(3)).

(A) Powered air-purifying respirators in all inlet face coverings with high efficiency

filters 1.

(B)Half-mask supplied air respirators operated in positive pressure mode.

(iv) Not greater than 500 μg/m(3) ............... (A) Full facepiece air-purifying respirator equipped with high-efficiency filter 1.

(B) Any full facepiece supplied air respirator.

(C) Any full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus.

(v) Not greater than 100 μg/m(3) ................ (A) Half-mask air-purifying respirator equipped with high-efficiency filter 1.

(B) Any half-mask supplied air respirator.

1 High-efficiency filter-99.97 pct efficiency against 0.3 micrometer monodisperse diethyl-hexyl phthalate (DOP) particles.

TABLE II—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR INORGANIC ARSENICALS (SUCH AS ARSENIC

TRICHLORIDE 2 AND ARSENIC PHOSPHIDE) WITH SIGNIFICANT VAPOR PRESSURE

Concentration of inorganic arsenic (as As)

or condition of use Required respirator

(i) Unknown or greater or lesser than

20,000 μg/m(3) (20 mg/m(3)) or firefighting.

(A) Any full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus operated in positive pressure mode.

(ii) Not greater than 20,000 μg/m(3) (20

mg/m(3)).

(A) Supplied air respirator with full facepiece, hood, or helmet or suit and operated

in positive pressure mode.

(iii) Not greater than 10,000 μg/m(3) (10

mg/m(3)).

(A) Half-mask 2 supplied air respirator operated in positive pressure mode.

(iv) Not greater than 500 μg/m(3) ............... (A) Front or back mounted gas mask equipped with high-efficiency filter 1 and acid

gas canister.

(B) Any full facepiece supplied air respirator.

(C) Any full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus.

(v) Not greater than 100 μg/m(3) ................ (A) Half-mask air-purifying respirator equipped with high efficiency filter 1 and acid

gas cartridge.

(B) Any half-mask supplied air respirator.

1 High-efficiency filter-99.97 pct efficiency against 0.3 micrometer monodisperse diethyl-hexyl phthalate (DOP) particles.

2 Half-mask respirators shall not be used for protection against arsenic trichloride, as it is rapidly absorbed through the skin.

(i) [Reserved]

(j) Protective work clothing and equipment—(1) Provision and use. Where the

possibility of skin or eye irritation

from inorganic arsenic exists, and for

all workers working in regulated areas,

the employer shall provide at no cost
87

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1018

to the employee and assure that employees use appropriate and clean protective work clothing and equipment

such as, but not limited to:

(i) Coveralls or similar full-body

work clothing;

(ii) Gloves, and shoes or coverlets;

(iii) Face shields or vented goggles

when necessary to prevent eye irritation, which comply with the requirements of §1910.133(a) (2)–(6); and

(iv) Impervious clothing for employees subject to exposure to arsenic trichloride.

(2) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The

employer shall provide the protective

clothing required in paragraph (j) (1) of

this section in a freshly laundered and

dry condition at least weekly, and

daily if the employee works in areas

where exposures are over 100 μg/m3of

inorganic arsenic or in areas where

more frequent washing is needed to

prevent skin irritation.

(ii) The employer shall clean, launder, or dispose of protective clothing

required by paragraph (j) (1) of this section.

(iii) The employer shall repair or replace the protective clothing and

equipment as needed to maintain their

effectiveness.

(iv) The employer shall assure that

all protective clothing is removed at

the completion of a work shift only in

change rooms prescribed in paragraph

(m) (1) of this section.

(v) The employer shall assure that

contaminated protective clothing

which is to be cleaned, laundered, or

disposed of, is placed in a closed container in the change-room which prevents dispersion of inorganic arsenic

outside the container.

(vi) The employer shall inform in

writing any person who cleans or launders clothing required by this section,

of the potentially harmful effects including the carcinogenic effects of exposure to inorganic arsenic.

(vii) The employer shall assure that

the containers of contaminated protective clothing and equipment in the

workplace or which are to be removed

from the workplace are labelled as follows:

CAUTION: Clothing contaminated with

inorganic arsenic; do not remove dust

by blowing or shaking. Dispose of inorganic arsenic contaminated wash water

in accordance with applicable local,

State or Federal regulations.

(viii) The employer shall prohibit the

removal of inorganic arsenic from protective clothing or equipment by blowing or shaking.

(k) Housekeeping—(1) Surfaces. All

surfaces shall be maintained as free as

practicable of accumulations of inorganic arsenic.

(2) Cleaning floors. Floors and other

accessible surfaces contaminated with

inorganic arsenic may not be cleaned

by the use of compressed air, and shoveling and brushing may be used only

where vacuuming or other relevant

methods have been tried and found not

to be effective.

(3) Vacuuming. Where vacuuming

methods are selected, the vacuums

shall be used and emptied in a manner

to minimize the reentry of inorganic

arsenic into the workplace.

(4) Housekeeping plan. A written

housekeeping and maintenance plan

shall be kept which shall list appropriate frequencies for carrying out

housekeeping operations, and for cleaning and maintaining dust collection

equipment. The plan shall be available

for inspection by the Assistant Secretary.

(5) Maintenance of equipment. Periodic

cleaning of dust collection and ventilation equipment and checks of their effectiveness shall be carried out to

maintain the effectiveness of the system and a notation kept of the last

check of effectiveness and cleaning or

maintenance.

(l) [Reserved]

(m) Hygiene facilities and practices—(1)

Change rooms. The employer shall provide for employees working in regulated areas or subject to the possibility

of skin or eye irritation from inorganic

arsenic, clean change rooms equipped

with storage facilities for street

clothes and separate storage facilities

for protective clothing and equipment

in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.141(e).

(2) Showers. (i) The employer shall assure that employees working in regulated areas or subject to the possibility

of skin or eye irritation from inorganic

arsenic shower at the end of the work

shift.
88

§ 1910.1018 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(ii) The employer shall provide shower facilities in accordance with

§1910.141(d)(3).

(3) Lunchrooms. (i) The employer

shall provide for employees working in

regulated areas, lunchroom facilities

which have a temperature controlled,

positive pressure, filtered air supply,

and which are readily accessible to employees working in regulated areas.

(ii) The employer shall assure that

employees working in the regulated

area or subject to the possibility of

skin or eye irritation from exposure to

inorganic arsenic wash their hands and

face prior to eating.

(4) Lavatories. The employer shall

provide lavatory facilities which comply with §1910.141(d) (1) and (2).

(5) Vacuuming clothes. The employer

shall provide facilities for employees

working in areas where exposure, without regard to the use of respirators, exceeds 100 μg/m3to vacuum their protective clothing and clean or change shoes

worn in such areas before entering

change rooms, lunchrooms or shower

rooms required by paragraph (j) of this

section and shall assure that such employees use such facilities.

(6) Avoidance of skin irritation. The

employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to skin or eye contact with arsenic trichloride, or to skin

or eye contact with liquid or particulate inorganic arsenic which is likely

to cause skin or eye irritation.

(n) Medical surveillance—(1) General—

(i) Employees covered. The employer

shall institute a medical surveillance

program for the following employees:

(A) All employees who are or will be

exposed above the action level, without

regard to the use of respirators, at

least 30 days per year; and

(B) All employees who have been exposed above the action level, without

regard to respirator use, for 30 days or

more per year for a total of 10 years or

more of combined employment with

the employer or predecessor employers

prior to or after the effective date of

this standard. The determination of exposures prior to the effective date of

this standard shall be based upon prior

exposure records, comparison with the

first measurements taken after the effective date of this standard, or comparison with records of exposures in

areas with similar processes, extent of

engineering controls utilized and materials used by that employer.

(ii) Examination by physician. The employer shall assure that all medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a

licensed physician, and shall be provided without cost to the employee,

without loss of pay and at a reasonable

time and place.

(2) Initial examinations. By December

1, 1978, for employees initially covered

by the medical provisions of this section, or thereafter at the time of initial

assignment to an area where the employee is likely to be exposed over the

action level at least 30 days per year,

the employer shall provide each affected employee an opportunity for a

medical examination, including at

least the following elements:

(i) A work history and a medical history which shall include a smoking history and the presence and degree of

respiratory symptoms such as breathlessness, cough, sputum production and

wheezing.

(ii) A medical examination which

shall include at least the following:

(A) A 14′′ by 17′′ posterior-anterior

chest X-ray and International Labor

Office UICC/Cincinnati (ILO U/C) rating;

(B) A nasal and skin examination;

and

(C) Other examinations which the

physician believes appropriate because

of the employees exposure to inorganic

arsenic or because of required respirator use.

(3) Periodic examinations. (i) The employer shall provide the examinations

specified in paragraphs (n)(2)(i) and

(n)(2)(ii) at least annually for covered

employees who are under 45 years of

age with fewer than 10 years of exposure over the action level without regard to respirator use.

(ii) The employer shall provide the

examinations specified in paragraphs

(n)(2)(i) and (n)(2)(ii)(B) and (C) of this

section at least semiannually, and the

x-ray requirement specified in paragraph (n)(2)(ii)(A) of this section at

least annually, for other covered employees.
89

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1018

(iii) Whenever a covered employee

has not taken the examinations specified in paragraphs (n)(2)(i) and (n)(2)(ii)

of this section within six (6) months

preceding the termination of employment, the employer shall provide such

examinations to the employee upon

termination of employment.

(4) Additional examinations. If the employee for any reason develops signs or

symptoms commonly associated with

exposure to inorganic arsenic the employer shall provide an appropriate examination and emergency medical

treatment.

(5) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide the

following information to the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this standard and its appendices;

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the

employee’s exposure;

(iii) The employee’s representative

exposure level or anticipated exposure

level;

(iv) A description of any personal

protective equipment used or to be

used; and

(v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee which is not readily available to

the examining physician.

(6) Physician’s written opinion. (i) The

employer shall obtain a written opinion from the examining physician

which shall include:

(A) The results of the medical examination and tests performed;

(B) The physician’s opinion as to

whether the employee has any detected

medical conditions which would place

the employee at increased risk of material impairment of the employee’s

health from exposure to inorganic arsenic;

(C) Any recommended limitations

upon the employee’s exposure to inorganic arsenic or upon the use of protective clothing or equipment such as respirators; and

(D) A statement that the employee

has been informed by the physician of

the results of the medical examination

and any medical conditions which require further explanation or treatment.

(ii) The employer shall instruct the

physician not to reveal in the written

opinion specific findings or diagnoses

unrelated to occupational exposure.

(iii) The employer shall provide a

copy of the written opinion to the affected employee.

(o) Employee information and training—(1) Training program. (i) The employer shall institute a training program for all employees who are subject

to exposure to inorganic arsenic above

the action level without regard to respirator use, or for whom there is the

possibility of skin or eye irritation

from inorganic arsenic. The employer

shall assure that those employees participate in the training program.

(ii) The training program shall be

provided by October 1, 1978, for employees covered by this provision, at the

time of initial assignment for those

subsequently covered by this provision,

and at least annually for other covered

employees thereafter; and the employer shall assure that each employee

is informed of the following:

(A) The information contained in Appendix A;

(B) The quantity, location, manner of

use, storage, sources of exposure, and

the specific nature of operations which

could result in exposure to inorganic

arsenic as well as any necessary protective steps;

(C) The purpose, proper use, and limitation of respirators;

(D) The purpose and a description of

the medical surveillance program as

required by paragraph (n) of this section;

(E) The engineering controls and

work practices associated with the employee’s job assignment; and

(F) A review of this standard.

(2) Access to training materials. (i) The

employer shall make readily available

to all affected employees a copy of this

standard and its appendices.

(ii) The employer shall provide; upon

request, all materials relating to the

employee information and training

program to the Assistant Secretary

and the Director.

(p) Signs and labels—(1) General. (i)

The employer may use labels or signs

required by other statutes, regulations,

or ordinances in addition to, or in combination with, signs and labels required

by this paragraph.
90

§ 1910.1018 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(ii) The employer shall assure that no

statement appears on or near any sign

or label required by this paragraph

which contradicts or detracts from the

meaning of the required sign or label.

(2) Signs. (i) The employer shall post

signs demarcating regulated areas

bearing the legend;

DANGER

INORGANIC ARSENIC

CANCER HAZARD

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

NO SMOKING OR EATING

RESPIRATOR REQUIRED

(ii) The employer shall assure that

signs required by this paragraph are illuminated and cleaned as necessary so

that the legend is readily visible.

(3) Labels. The employer shall apply

precautionary labels to all shipping

and storage containers of inorganic arsenic, and to all products containing

inorganic arsenic except when the inorganic arsenic in the product is bound in

such a manner so as to make unlikely

the possibility of airborne exposure to

inorganic arsenic. (Possible examples

of products not requiring labels are

semiconductors, light emitting diodes

and glass). The label shall bear the following legend:

DANGER

CONTAINS INORGANIC ARSENIC

CANCER HAZARD

HARMFUL IF INHALED OR

SWALLOWED

USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE

VENITLATION

OR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

(q) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure monitoring. (i) The employer shall establish

and maintain an accurate record of all

monitoring required by paragraph (e)

of this section.

(ii) This record shall include:

(A) The date(s), number, duration location, and results of each of the samples taken, including a description of

the sampling procedure used to determine representative employee exposure

where applicable;

(B) A description of the sampling and

analytical methods used and evidence

of their accuracy;

(C) The type of respiratory protective

devices worn, if any;

(D) Name, social security number,

and job classification of the employees

monitored and of all other employees

whose exposure the measurement is intended to represent; and

(E) The environmental variables that

could affect the measurement of the

employee’s exposure.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

these monitoring records for at least 40

years or for the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever, is

longer.

(2) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an

accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance as required

by paragraph (n) of this section.

(ii) This record shall include:

(A) The name, social security number, and description of duties of the

employee;

(B) A copy of the physician’s written

opinions;

(C) Results of any exposure monitoring done for that employee and the

representative exposure levels supplied

to the physician; and

(D) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to inorganic

arsenic.

(iii) The employer shall in addition

keep, or assure that the examining

physician keeps, the following medical

records;

(A) A copy of the medical examination results including medical and

work history required under paragraph

(n) of this section;

(B) A description of the laboratory

procedures and a copy of any standards

or guidelines used to interpret the test

results or references to that information;

(C) The initial X-ray;

(D) The X-rays for the most recent 5

years; and

(E) Any X-rays with a demonstrated

abnormality and all subsequent X-rays;

(iv) The employer shall maintain or

assure that the physician maintains

those medical records for at least 40
91

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1018

years, or for the duration of employment plus 20 years whichever is longer.

(3) Availability. (i) The employer shall

make available upon request all

records required to be maintained by

paragraph (q) of this section to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for

examination and copying.

(ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to

employees, designated representatives,

and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e)

and (g) through (i).

(4) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever

the employer ceases to do business, the

successor employer shall receive and

retain all records required to be maintained by this section.

(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to

do business and there is no successor

employer to receive and retain the

records required to be maintained by

this section for the prescribed period,

these records shall be transmitted to

the Director.

(iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records required to

be maintained by this section, the employer shall notify the Director at

least 3 months prior to the disposal of

such records and shall transmit those

records to the Director if he requests

them within that period.

(iv) The employer shall also comply

with any additional requirements involving the transfer of records set in 29

CFR 1910.20(h).

(r) Observation of monitoring—(1) Employee observation. The employer shall

provide affected employees or their

designated representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of

employee exposure to inorganic arsenic

conducted pursuant to paragraph (e) of

this section.

(2) Observation procedures. (i) Whenever observation of the monitoring of

employee exposure to inorganic arsenic

requires entry into an area where the

use of respirators, protective clothing,

or equipment is required, the employer

shall provide the observer with and assure the use of such respirators, clothing, and such equipment, and shall require the observer to comply with all

other applicable safety and health procedures.

(ii) Without interfering with the

monitoring, observers shall be entitled

to;

(A) Receive an explanation of the

measurement procedures;

(B) Observe all steps related to the

monitoring of inorganic arsenic performed at the place of exposure; and

(C) Record the results obtained or receive copies of the results when returned by the laboratory.

(s) Effective date. This standard shall

become effective August 1, 1978.

(t) Appendices. The information contained in the appendices to this section

is not intended by itself, to create any

additional obligations not otherwise

imposed by this standard nor detract

from any existing obligation.

(u) Startup dates—(1) General. The

startup dates of requirements of this

standard shall be the effective date of

this standard unless another startup

date is provided for either in other

paragraphs of this section or in this

paragraph.

(2) Monitoring. Initial monitoring

shall be commenced on August 1, 1978,

and shall be completed by September

15, 1978.

(3) Regulated areas. Regulated areas

required to be established as a result of

initial monitoring shall be set up as

soon as possible after the results of

that monitoring is known and no later

than October 1, 1978.

(4) Compliance program. The written

program required by paragraph (g)(2) as

a result of initial monitoring shall be

made available for inspection and

copying as soon as possible and no

later than December 1, 1978.

(5) Hygiene and lunchroom facilities.

Construction plans for change- rooms,

showers, lavatories, and lunchroom facilities shall be completed no later

than December 1, 1978, and these facilities shall be constructed and in use no

later than July 1, 1979. However, if as

part of the compliance plan it is predicted by an independent engineering

firm that engineering controls and

work practices will reduce exposures

below the permissible exposure limit

by December 31, 1979, for affected employees, then such facilities need not

be completed until 1 year after the engineering controls are completed or

December 31, 1980, whichever is earlier,
92

§ 1910.1018 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

if such controls have not in fact succeeded in reducing exposure to below

the permissible exposure limit.

(6) Summary of startup dates set forth

elsewhere in this standard.

STARTUP DATES

August 1, 1978—Respirator use over 500 μg/m3.

AS SOON AS POSSIBLE BUT NO LATER THAN

September 15, 1978—Completion of initial

monitoring.

October 1, 1978—Complete establishment of

regulated areas. Respirator use for employees exposed above 50 μg/m3. Completion of

initial training. Notification of use.

December 1, 1978—Respirator use over 10 μg/

m3. Completion of initial medical. Completion of compliance plan. Optional use of

powered air-purifying respirators.

July 1, 1979—Completion of lunch rooms and

hygiene facilities.

December 31, 1979—Completion of engineering controls.

All other requirements of the standard have

as their startup date August 1, 1978.

APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1018—INORGANIC

ARSENIC SUBSTANCE INFORMATION

SHEET

I. SUBSTANCE IDENTIFICATION

A. Substance. Inorganic Arsenic.

B. Definition. Copper acetoarsenite, arsenic

and all inorganic compounds containing arsenic except arsine, measured as arsenic

(As).

C. Permissible Exposure Limit. 10 micrograms

per cubic meter of air as determined as an

average over an 8-hour period. No employee

may be exposed to any skin or eye contact

with arsenic trichloride or to skin or eye

contact likely to cause skin or eye irritation.

D. Regulated Areas. Only employees authorized by your employer should enter a regulated area.

II. HEALTH HAZARD DATA

A. Comments. The health hazard of inorganic arsenic is high.

B. Ways in which the chemical affects your

body. Exposure to airborne concentrations of

inorganic arsenic may cause lung cancer,

and can be a skin irritant. Inorganic arsenic

may also affect your body if swallowed. One

compound in particular, arsenic trichloride,

is especially dangerous because it can be absorbed readily through the skin. Because inorganic arsenic is a poison, you should wash

your hands thoroughly prior to eating or

smoking.

III. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT

A. Respirators. Respirators will be provided

by your employer at no cost to you for routine use if your employer is in the process of

implementing engineering and work practice

controls or where engineering and work

practice controls are not feasible or insufficient. You must wear respirators for nonroutine activities or in emergency situations

where you are likely to be exposed to levels

of inorganic arsenic in excess of the permissible exposure limit. Since how well your

respirator fits your face is very important,

your employer is required to conduct fit

tests to make sure the respirator seals properly when you wear it. These tests are simple

and rapid and will be explained to you during

training sessions.

B. Protective clothing. If you work in a regulated area, your employer is required to provide at no cost to you, and you must wear,

appropriate, clean, protective clothing and

equipment. The purpose of this equipment is

to prevent you from bringing to your home

arsenic-contaminated dust and to protect

your body from repeated skin contact with

inorganic arsenic likely to cause skin irritation. This clothing should include such items

as coveralls or similar full-body clothing,

gloves, shoes or coverlets, and aprons. Protective equipment should include face

shields or vented goggles, where eye irritation may occur. y

IV. HYGIENE FACILITIES AND PRACTICES

You must not eat, drink, smoke, chew gum

or tobacco, or apply cosmetics in the regulated area, except that drinking water is permitted. If you work in a regulated area your

employer is required to provide lunchrooms

and other areas for these purposes.

If you work in a regulated area, your employer is required to provide showers, washing facilities, and change rooms. You must

wash your face, and hands before eating and

must shower at the end of the work shift. Do

not take used protective clothing out of

change rooms without your employer’s permission. Your employer is required to provide for laundering or cleaning of your protective clothing.

V. SIGNS AND LABELS

Your employer is required to post warning

signs and labels for your protection. Signs

must be posted in regulated areas. The signs

must warn that a cancer hazard is present,

that only authorized employees may enter

the area, and that no smoking or eating is

allowed, and that respirators must be worn.

VI. MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS

If your exposure to arsenic is over the Action Level (5 mg/m3)—(including all persons

working in regulated areas) at least 30 days

per year, or you have been exposed to arsenic
93

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1018

for more than 10 years over the Action Level,

your employer is required to provide you

with a medical examination. The examination shall be every 6 months for employees

over 45 years old or with more than 10 years

exposure over the Action Level and annually

for other covered employees. The medical examination must include a medical history; a

chest x-ray; a skin examination and a nasal

examination. The examining physician will

provide a written opinion to your employer

containing the results of your medical

exams. You should also receive a copy of this

opinion. The physician must not tell your

employer any conditions he detects unrelated to occupational exposure to arsenic but

must tell you those conditions.

VII. OBSERVATION OF MONITORING

Your employer is required to monitor your

exposure to arsenic and you or your representatives are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are entitled to receive an explanation of the measurement

procedure, and to record the results obtained. When the monitoring procedure is

taking place in an area where respirators or

personal protective clothing and equipment

are required to be worn, you must also be

provided with and must wear the protective

clothing and equipment.

VIII. ACCESS TO RECORDS

You or your representative are entitled to

records of your exposure to inorganic arsenic

and your medical examination records if you

request your employer to provide them.

IX. TRAINING AND NOTIFICATION

Additional information on all of these

items plus training as to hazards of exposure

to inorganic arsenic and the engineering and

work practice controls associated with your

job will also be provided by your employer. If

you are exposed over the permissible exposure limit, your employer must inform you

of that fact and the actions he is taking to

reduce your exposures.

APPENDIX B TO §1910.1018—SUBSTANCE

TECHNICAL GUIDELINES

ARSENIC, ARSENIC TRIOXIDE, ARSENIC

TRICHLORIDE (THREE EXAMPLES)

I. Physical and chemical properties

A. Arsenic (metal).

1. Formula: As.

2. Appearance: Gray metal.

3. Melting point: Sublimes without melting

at 613C.

4. Specific Gravity: (H20=1):5.73.

5. Solubility in water: Insoluble.

B. Arsenic Trioxide.

1. Formula: As203, (As406).

2. Appearance: White powder.

3. Melting point: 315C.

4. Specific Gravity (H20=1):3.74.

5. Solubility in water: 3.7 grams in 100cc of

water at 20c.

C. Arsenic Trichloride (liquid).

1. Formula: AsC13.

2. Appearance: Colorless or pale yellow liquid.

3. Melting point: ¥8.5C.

4. Boiling point: 130.2C.

5. Specific Gravity (H20=1):2.16 at 20C.

6. Vapor Pressure: 10mm Hg at 23.5C.

7. Solubility in Water: Decomposes in

water.

II. Fire, explosion and reactivity data.

A. Fire: Arsenic, arsenic Trioxide and Arsenic Trichloride are nonflammable.

B. Reactivity:

1. Conditions Contributing to instability:

Heat.

2. Incompatibility: Hydrogen gas can react

with inorganic arsenic to form the highly

toxic gas arsine.

III. Monitoring and Measurement Procedures

Samples collected should be full shift (at

least 7-hour) samples. Sampling should be

done using a personal sampling pump at a

flow rate of 2 liters per minute. Samples

should be collected on 0.8 micrometer pore

size membrane filter (37mm diameter). Volatile arsenicals such as arsenic trichloride

can be most easily collected in a midget bubbler filled with 15 ml. of 0.1 N NaOH.

The method of sampling and analysis

should have an accuracy of not less than ±25

percent (with a confidence limit of 95 percent) for 10 micrograms per cubic meter of

air (10 μg/m3) and ±35 percent (with a confidence limit of 95 percent) for concentrations of inorganic arsenic between 5 and 10

μg/m3.

APPENDIX C TO §1910.1018—MEDICAL

SURVEILLANCE GUIDELINES

I. GENERAL

Medical examinations are to be provided

for all employees exposed to levels of inorganic arsenic above the action level (5 μg/m3)

for at least 30 days per year (which would include among others, all employees, who work

in regulated areas). Examinations are also to

be provided to all employees who have had 10

years or more exposure above the action

level for more than 30 days per year while

working for the present or predecessor employer though they may no longer be exposed

above the level.

An initial medical examination is to be

provided to all such employees by December

1, 1978. In addition, an initial medical examination is to be provided to all employees

who are first assigned to areas in which

worker exposure will probably exceed 5 μg/
94

§ 1910.1018 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

m3(after the effective date of this standard)

at the time of initial assignment. In addition

to its immediate diagnostic usefulness, the

initial examination will provide a baseline

for comparing future test results. The initial

examination must include as a minimum the

following elements:

(1) A work and medical history, including a

smoking history, and presence and degree of

respiratory symptoms such as breathlessness, cough, sputum production, and wheezing;

(2) A 14′′ by 17′′ posterior-anterior chest Xray and an International Labor Office UICC/

Cincinnati (ILO U/C) rating;

(3) A nasal and skin examination; and

(4) Other examinations which the physician believes appropriate because of the employee’s exposure to inorganic arsenic or because of required respirator use.

Periodic examinations are also to be provided to the employees listed above. The

periodic examinations shall be given annually for those covered employees 45 years of

age or less with fewer than 10 years employment in areas where employee exposure exceeds the action level (5 μg/m3). Periodic examinations need not include sputum cytology and only an updated medical history is

required.

Periodic examinations for other covered

employees, shall be provided every six (6)

months. These examinations shall include

all tests required in the initial examination,

except that the medical history need only be

updated.

The examination contents are minimum

requirements. Additional tests such as lateral and oblique X-rays or pulmonary function tests may be useful. For workers exposed to three arsenicals which are associated with lymphatic cancer, copper

acetoarsenite, potassium arsenite, or sodium

arsenite the examination should also include

palpation of superficial lymph nodes and

complete blood count.

II. NONCARCINOGENIC EFFECTS

The OSHA standard is based on minimizing

risk of exposed workers dying of lung cancer

from exposure to inorganic arsenic. It will

also minimize skin cancer from such exposures.

The following three sections quoted from

‘‘Occupational Diseases: A Guide to Their

Recognition’’, Revised Edition, June 1977,

National Institute for Occupational Safety

and Health is included to provide information on the nonneoplastic effects of exposure

to inorganic arsenic. Such effects should not

occur if the OSHA standards are followed.

A. Local— Trivalent arsenic compounds are

corrosive to the skin. Brief contact has no

effect but prolonged contact results in a

local hyperemia and later vesicular or

pustular eruption. The moist mucous membranes are most sensitive to the irritant action. Conjunctiva, moist and macerated

areas of skin, the eyelids, the angles of the

ears, nose, mouth, and respiratory mucosa

are also vulnerable to the irritant effects.

The wrists are common sites of dermatitis,

as are the genitalia if personal hygiene is

poor. Perforations of the nasal septum may

occur. Arsenic trioxide and pentoxide are capable of producing skin sensitization and

contact dermatitis. Arsenic is also capable of

producing keratoses, especially of the palms

and soles.

B. Systemic— The acute toxic effects of arsenic are generally seen following ingestion

of inorganic arsenical compounds. This rarely occurs in an industrial setting. Symptoms

develop within 1⁄2 to 4 hours following ingestion and are usually characterized by constriction of the throat followed by dysphagia, epigastric pain, vomiting, and watery diarrhea. Blood may appear in vomitus

and stools. If the amount ingested is sufficiently high, shock may develop due to severe fluid loss, and death may ensue in 24

hours. If the acute effects are survived,

exfoliative dermatitis and peripheral neuritis may develop.

Cases of acute arsenical poisoning due to

inhalation are exceedingly rare in industry.

When it does occur, respiratory tract symptoms—cough, chest pain, dyspnea—giddiness,

headache, and extreme general weakness

precede gastrointestinal symptoms. The

acute toxic symptoms of trivalent arsenical

poisoning are due to severe inflammation of

the mucous membranes and greatly increased permeability of the blood capillaries.

Chronic arsenical poisoning due to ingestion is rare and generally confined to patients taking prescribed medications. However, it can be a concomitant of inhaled inorganic arsenic from swallowed sputum and

improper eating habits. Symptoms are

weight loss, nausea and diarrhea alternating

with constipation, pigmentation and eruption of the skin, loss of hair, and peripheral

neuritis. Chronic hepatitis and cirrhosis

have been described. Polyneuritis may be the

salient feature, but more frequently there

are numbness and parasthenias of ‘‘glove and

stocking’’ distribution. The skin lesions are

usually melanotic and keratotic and may occasionally take the form of an intradermal

cancer of the squamous cell type, but without infiltrative properties. Horizontal white

lines (striations) on the fingernails and toenails are commonly seen in chronic arsenical

poisoning and are considered to be a diagnostic accompaniment of arsenical

polyneuritis.

Inhalation of inorganic arsenic compounds

is the most common cause of chronic poisoning in the industrial situation. This condition is divided into three phases based on

signs and symptoms.
95

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1020

First Phase: The worker complains of

weakness, loss of appetite, some nausea, occasional vomiting, a sense of heaviness in

the stomach, and some diarrhea.

Second Phase: The worker complains of

conjunctivitis, a catarrhal state of the mucous membranes of the nose, larynx, and respiratory passage. Coryza, hoarseness, and

mild tracheobronchitis may occur. Perforation of the nasal septum is common, and is

probably the most typical lesion of the upper

respiratory tract in occupational exposure to

arsenical dust. Skin lesions, eczematoid and

allergic in type, are common.

Third Phase: The worker complains of

symptoms of peripheral neuritis, initially of

hands and feet, which is essentially sensory.

In more severe cases, motor paralyses occur;

the first muscles affected are usually the toe

extensors and the peronei. In only the most

severe cases will paralysis of flexor muscles

of the feet or of the extensor muscles of

hands occur.

Liver damage from chronic arsenical poisoning is still debated, and as yet the question is unanswered. In cases of chronic and

acute arsenical poisoning, toxic effects to

the myocardium have been reported based on

EKG changes. These findings, however, are

now largely discounted and the EKG changes

are ascribed to electrolyte disturbances concomitant with arsenicalism. Inhalation of

arsenic trioxide and other inorganic arsenical dusts does not give rise to radiological

evidence or pneumoconiosis. Arsenic does

have a depressant effect upon the bone marrow, with disturbances of both

erythropoiesis and myelopoiesis.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Dinman, B. D. 1960. Arsenic; chronic

human intoxication. J. Occup. Med. 2:137.

Elkins, H. B. 1959. The Chemistry of Industrial Toxicology, 2nd ed. John Wiley and

Sons, New York.

Holmquist, L. 1951. Occupational arsenical

dermatitis; a study among employees at a

copper-ore smelting works including investigations of skin reactions to contact with

arsenic compounds. Acta. Derm. Venereol.

(Supp. 26) 31:1.

Pinto, S. S., and C. M. McGill. 1953. Arsenic

trioxide exposure in industry. Ind. Med.

Surg. 22:281.

Pinto, S. S., and K. W. Nelson. 1976. Arsenic toxicology and industrial exposure.

Annu. Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. 16:95.

Vallee, B. L., D. D. Ulmer, and W. E. C.

Wacker. 1960. Arsenic toxicology and biochemistry. AMA Arch. Indust. Health 21:132.

[39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 43

FR 19624, May 5, 1978; 43 FR 28472, June 30,

1978; 45 FR 35282, May 23, 1980; 54 FR 24334,

June 7, 1989; 58 FR 35310, June 30, 1993; 61 FR

5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996; 63

FR 1286, Jan. 8, 1998; 63 FR 33468, June 18,

1998]

§ 1910.1020 Access to employee expo- sure and medical records.

(a) Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide employees and their

designated representatives a right of

access to relevant exposure and medical records; and to provide representatives of the Assistant Secretary a right

of access to these records in order to

fulfill responsibilities under the Occupational Safety and Health Act. Access

by employees, their representatives,

and the Assistant Secretary is necessary to yield both direct and indirect

improvements in the detection, treatment, and prevention of occupational

disease. Each employer is responsible

for assuring compliance with this section, but the activities involved in

complying with the access to medical

records provisions can be carried out,

on behalf of the employer, by the physician or other health care personnel in

charge of employee medical records.

Except as expressly provided, nothing

in this section is intended to affect existing legal and ethical obligations

concerning the maintenance and confidentiality of employee medical information, the duty to disclose information to a patient/employee or any other

aspect of the medical-care relationship,

or affect existing legal obligations concerning the protection of trade secret

information.

(b) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to each general industry,

maritime, and construction employer

who makes, maintains, contracts for,

or has access to employee exposure or

medical records, or analyses thereof,

pertaining to employees exposed to

toxic substances or harmful physical

agents.
96

§ 1910.1020 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(2) This section applies to all employee exposure and medical records,

and analyses thereof, of such employees, whether or not the records are

mandated by specific occupational

safety and health standards.

(3) This section applies to all employee exposure and medical records,

and analyses thereof, made or maintained in any manner, including on an

in-house of contractual (e.g., fee-forservice) basis. Each employer shall assure that the preservation and access

requirements of this section are complied with regardless of the manner in

which the records are made or maintained.

(c) Definitions. (1) Access means the

right and opportunity to examine and

copy.

(2) Analysis using exposure or medical

records means any compilation of data

or any statistical study based at least

in part on information collected from

individual employee exposure or medical records or information collected

from health insurance claims records,

provided that either the analysis has

been reported to the employer or no

further work is currently being done by

the person responsible for preparing

the analysis.

(3) Designated representative means

any individual or organization to

whom an employee gives written authorization to exercise a right of access. For the purposes of access to employee exposure records and analyses

using exposure or medical records, a

recognized or certified collective bargaining agent shall be treated automatically as a designated representative without regard to written employee authorization.

(4) Employee means a current employee, a former employee, or an employee being assigned or transferred to

work where there will be exposure to

toxic substances or harmful physical

agents. In the case of a deceased or legally incapacitated employee, the employee’s legal representative may directly exercise all the employee’s

rights under this section.

(5) Employee exposure record means a

record containing any of the following

kinds of information:

(i) Environmental (workplace) monitoring or measuring of a toxic substance or harmful physical agent, including personal, area, grab, wipe, or

other form of sampling, as well as related collection and analytical methodologies, calculations, and other

background data relevant to interpretation of the results obtained;

(ii) Biological monitoring results

which directly assess the absorption of

a toxic substance or harmful physical

agent by body systems (e.g., the level

of a chemical in the blood, urine,

breath, hair, fingernails, etc) but not

including results which assess the biological effect of a substance or agent or

which assess an employee’s use of alcohol or drugs;

(iii) Material safety data sheets indicating that the material may pose a

hazard to human health; or

(iv) In the absence of the above, a

chemcial inventory or any other record

which reveals where and when used and

the identity (e.g., chemical, common,

or trade name) of a toxic substance or

harmful physical agent.

(6)(i) Employee medical record means a

record concerning the health status of

an employee which is made or maintained by a physician, nurse, or other

health care personnel or technician, including:

(A) Medical and employment questionnaires or histories (including job

description and occupational exposures),

(B) The results of medical examinations (pre-employment, pre-assignment, periodic, or episodic) and laboratory tests (including chest and other

X–ray examinations taken for the purposes of establishing a base-line or detecting occupational illness, and all biological monitoring not defined as an

‘‘employee exposure record’’),

(C) Medical opinions, diagnoses,

progress notes, and recommendations,

(D) First aid records,

(E) Descriptions of treatments and

prescriptions, and

(F) Employee medical complaints.

(ii) ‘‘Employee medical record’’ does

not include medical information in the

form of:

(A) Physical specimens (e.g., blood or

urine samples) which are routinely discarded as a part of normal medical

practice; or
97

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1020

(B) Records concerning health insurance claims if maintained separately

from the employer’s medical program

and its records, and not accessible to

the employer by employee name or

other direct personal identifier (e.g.,

social security number, payroll number, etc.); or

(C) Records created solely in preparation for litigation which are privileged

from discovery under the applicable

rules of procedure or evidence; or

(D) Records concerning voluntary

employee assistance programs (alcohol,

drug abuse, or personal counseling programs) if maintained separately from

the employer’s medical program and

its records.

(7) Employer means a current employer, a former employer, or a successor employer.

(8) Exposure or exposed means that an

employee is subjected to a toxic substance or harmful physical agent in the

course of employment through any

route of entry (inhalation, ingestion,

skin contact or absorption, etc.), and

includes past exposure and potential

(e.g., accidental or possible) exposure,

but does not include situations where

the employer can demonstrate that the

toxic substance or harmful physical

agent is not used, handled, stored, generated, or present in the workplace in

any manner different from typical nonoccupational situations.

(9) Health Professional means a physician, occupational health nurse, industrial hygienist, toxicologist, or epidemiologist, providing medical or

other occupational health services to

exposed employees.

(10) Record means any item, collection, or grouping of information regardless of the form or process by

which it is maintained (e.g., paper document, microfiche, microfilm, X-ray

film, or automated data processing).

(11) Specific chemical identity means

the chemical name, Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) Registry Number, or any other information that reveals the precise chemical designation

of the substance.

(12)(i) Specific written consent means a

written authorization containing the

following:

(A) The name and signature of the

employee authorizing the release of

medical information,

(B) The date of the written authorization,

(C) The name of the individual or organization that is authorized to release

the medical information,

(D) The name of the designated representative (individual or organization)

that is authorized to receive the released information,

(E) A general description of the medical information that is authorized to

be released,

(F) A general description of the purpose for the release of the medical information, and

(G) A date or condition upon which

the written authorization will expire

(if less than one year).

(ii) A written authorization does not

operate to authorize the release of

medical information not in existence

on the date of written authorization,

unless the release of future information is expressly authorized, and does

not operate for more than one year

from the date of written authorization.

(iii) A written authorization may be

revoked in writing prospectively at any

time.

(13) Toxic substance or harmful physical agent means any chemical substance, biological agent (bacteria,

virus, fungus, etc.), or physical stress

(noise, heat, cold, vibration, repetitive

motion, ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, hypo-or hyperbaric pressure,

etc.) which:

(i) Is listed in the latest printed edition of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH)

Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical

Substances (RTECS), which is incorporated by reference as specified in

§1910.6; or

(ii) Has yielded positive evidence of

an acute or chronic health hazard in

testing conducted by, or known to, the

employer; or

(iii) Is the subject of a material safety data sheet kept by or known to the

employer indicating that the material

may pose a hazard to human health.

(14) Trade secret means any confidential formula, pattern, process, device,

or information or compilation of information that is used in an employer’s
98

§ 1910.1020 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

1Material safety data sheets must be kept

for those chemicals currently in use that are

effected by the Hazard Communication

Standard in accordance with 29 CFR

1910.1200(g).

business and that gives the employer

an opportunity to obtain an advantage

over competitors who do not know or

use it.

(d) Preservation of records. (1) Unless a

specific occupational safety and health

standard provides a different period of

time, each employer shall assure the

preservation and retention of records

as follows:

(i) Employee medical records. The medical record for each employee shall be

preserved and maintained for at least

the duration of employment plus thirty

(30) years, except that the following

types of records need not be retained

for any specified period:

(A) Health insurance claims records

maintained separately from the employer’s medical program and its

records,

(B) First aid records (not including

medical histories) of one-time treatment and subsequent observation of

minor scratches, cuts, burns, splinters,

and the like which do not involve medical treatment, loss of consciousness,

restriction of work or motion, or transfer to another job, if made on-site by a

non-physician and if maintained separately from the employer’s medical

program and its records, and

(C) The medical records of employees

who have worked for less than (1) year

for the employer need not be retained

beyond the term of employment if they

are provided to the employee upon the

termination of employment.

(ii) Employee exposure records. Each

employee exposure record shall be preserved and maintained for at least thirty (30) years, except that:

(A) Background data to environmental (workplace) monitoring or

measuring, such as laboratory reports

and worksheets, need only be retained

for one (1) year as long as the sampling

results, the collection methodology

(sampling plan), a description of the

analytical and mathematical methods

used, and a summary of other background data relevant to interpretation

of the results obtained, are retained for

at least thirty (30) years; and

(B) Material safety data sheets and

paragraph (c)(5)(iv) records concerning

the identity of a substance or agent

need not be retained for any specified

period as long as some record of the

identity (chemical name if known) of

the substance or agent, where it was

used, and when it was used is retained

for at least thirty (30) years;1and

(C) Biological monitoring results designated as exposure records by specific

occupational safety and health standards shall be preserved and maintained

as required by the specific standard.

(iii) Analyses using exposure or medical

records. Each analysis using exposure

or medial records shall be preserved

and maintained for at least thirty (30)

years.

(2) Nothing in this section is intended

to mandate the form, manner, or process by which an employer preserves a

record as long as the information contained in the record is preserved and

retrievable, except that chest X-ray

films shall be preserved in their original state.

(e) Access to records—(1) General. (i)

Whenever an employee or designated

representative requests access to a

record, the employer shall assure that

access is provided in a reasonable time,

place, and manner. If the employer

cannot reasonably provide access to

the record within fifteen (15) working

days, the employer shall within the fifteen (15) working days apprise the employee or designated representative requesting the record of the reason for

the delay and the earliest date when

the record can be made available.

(ii) The employer may require of the

requester only such information as

should be readily known to the requester and which may be necessary to

locate or identify the records being requested (e.g. dates and locations where

the employee worked during the time

period in question).

(iii) Whenever an employee or designated representative requests a copy

of a record, the employer shall assure

that either:

(A) A copy of the record is provided

without cost to the employee or representative,

(B) The necessary mechanical copying facilities (e.g., photocopying) are
99

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1020

made available without cost to the employee or representative for copying

the record, or

(C) The record is loaned to the employee or representative for a reasonable time to enable a copy to be made.

(iv) In the case of an original X-ray,

the employer may restrict access to

on-site examination or make other

suitable arrangements for the temporary loan of the X-ray.

(v) Whenever a record has been previously provided without cost to an

employee or designated representative,

the employer may charge reasonable,

non-discriminatory administrative

costs (i.e., search and copying expenses

but not including overhead expenses)

for a request by the employee or designated representative for additional

copies of the record, except that

(A) An employer shall not charge for

an initial request for a copy of new information that has been added to a

record which was previously provided;

and

(B) An employer shall not charge for

an initial request by a recognized or

certified collective bargaining agent

for a copy of an employee exposure

record or an analysis using exposure or

medical records.

(vi) Nothing in this section is intended to preclude employees and collective bargaining agents from collectively bargaining to obtain access to

information in addition to that available under this section.

(2) Employee and designated representative access—(i) Employee exposure

records. (A) Except as limited by paragraph (f) of this section, each employer

shall, upon request, assure the access

to each employee and designated representative to employee exposure

records relevant to the employee. For

the purpose of this section, an exposure

record relevant to the employee consists of:

(1) A record which measures or monitors the amount of a toxic substance

or harmful physical agent to which the

employee is or has been exposed;

(2) In the absence of such directly relevant records, such records of other

employees with past or present job duties or working conditions related to or

similar to those of the employee to the

extent necessary to reasonably indicate the amount and nature of the

toxic substances or harmful physical

agents to which the employee is or has

been subjected, and

(3) Exposure records to the extent

necessary to reasonably indicate the

amount and nature of the toxic substances or harmful physical agents at

workplaces or under working conditions to which the employee is being

assigned or transferred.

(B) Requests by designated representatives for unconsented access to employee exposure records shall be in

writing and shall specify with reasonable particularity:

(1) The records requested to be disclosed; and

(2) The occupational health need for

gaining access to these records.

(ii) Employee medical records. (A) Each

employer shall, upon request, assure

the access of each employee to employee medical records of which the

employee is the subject, except as provided in paragraph (e)(2)(ii)(D) of this

section.

(B) Each employer shall, upon request, assure the access of each designated representative to the employee

medical records of any employee who

has given the designated representative

specific written consent. Appendix A to

this section contains a sample form

which may be used to establish specific

written consent for access to employee

medical records.

(C) Whenever access to employee

medical records is requested, a physician representing the employer may

recommend that the employee or designated representative:

(1) Consult with the physician for the

purposes of reviewing and discussing

the records requested,

(2) Accept a summary of material

facts and opinions in lieu of the records

requested, or

(3) Accept release of the requested

records only to a physician or other

designated representative.

(D) Whenever an employee requests

access to his or her employee medical

records, and a physician representing

the employer believes that direct employee access to information contained

in the records regarding a specific diagnosis of a terminal illness or a psychiatric condition could be detrimental
100

§ 1910.1020 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

to the employee’s health, the employer

may inform the employee that access

will only be provided to a designated

representative of the employee having

specific written consent, and deny the

employee’s request for direct access to

this information only. Where a designated representative with specific

written consent requests access to information so withheld, the employer

shall assure the access of the designated representative to this information, even when it is known that the

designated representative will give the

information to the employee.

(E) A physician, nurse, or other responsible health care personnel maintaining medical records may delete

from requested medical records the

identity of a family member, personal

friend, or fellow employee who has provided confidential information concerning an employee’s health status.

(iii) Analyses using exposure or medical

records. (A) Each employee shall, upon

request, assure the access of each employee and designated representative

to each analysis using exposure or

medical records concerning the employee’s working conditions or workplace.

(B) Whenever access is requested to

an analysis which reports the contents

of employee medical records by either

direct identifier (name, address, social

security number, payroll number, etc.)

or by information which could reasonably be used under the circumstances

indirectly to identify specific employees (exact age, height, weight, race,

sex, date of initial employment, job

title, etc.), the employer shall assure

that personal identifiers are removed

before access is provided. If the employer can demonstrate that removal

of personal identifiers from an analysis

is not feasible, access to the personally

identifiable portions of the analysis

need not be provided.

(3) OSHA access. (i) Each employer

shall, upon request, and without derogation of any rights under the Constitution or the Occupational Safety

and Health Act of 1970, 29 U.S.C. 651 et

seq., that the employer chooses to exercise, assure the prompt access of representatives of the Assistant Secretary

of Labor for Occupational Safety and

Health to employee exposure and medical records and to analyses using exposure or medical records. Rules of agency practice and procedure governing

OSHA access to employee medical

records are contained in 29 CFR 1913.10.

(ii) Whenever OSHA seeks access to

personally identifiable employee medical information by presenting to the

employer a written access order pursuant to 29 CFR 1913.10(d), the employer

shall prominently post a copy of the

written access order and its accompanying cover letter for at least fifteen

(15) working days.

(f) Trade secrets. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section,

nothing in this section precludes an

employer from deleting from records

requested by a health professional, employee, or designated representative

any trade secret data which discloses

manufacturing processes, or discloses

the percentage of a chemical substance

in mixture, as long as the health professional, employee, or designated representative is notified that information

has been deleted. Whenever deletion of

trade secret information substantially

impairs evaluation of the place where

or the time when exposure to a toxic

substance or harmful physical agent

occurred, the employer shall provide

alternative information which is sufficient to permit the requesting party to

identify where and when exposure occurred.

(2) The employer may withhold the

specific chemical identity, including

the chemical name and other specific

identification of a toxic substance from

a disclosable record provided that:

(i) The claim that the information

withheld is a trade secret can be supported;

(ii) All other available information

on the properties and effects of the

toxic substance is disclosed;

(iii) The employer informs the requesting party that the specific chemical identity is being withheld as a

trade secret; and

(iv) The specific chemical identity is

made available to health professionals,

employees and designated representatives in accordance with the specific

applicable provisions of this paragraph.

(3) Where a treating physician or

nurse determines that a medical emergency exists and the specific chemical
101

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1020

identity of a toxic substance is necessary for emergency or first-aid treatment, the employer shall immediately

disclose the specific chemical identity

of a trade secret chemical to the treating physician or nurse, regardless of

the existence of a written statement of

need or a confidentiality agreement.

The employer may require a written

statement of need and confidentiality

agreement, in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (f)(4) and (f)(5), as

soon as circumstances permit.

(4) In non-emergency situations, an

employer shall, upon request, disclose

a specific chemical identity, otherwise

permitted to be withheld under paragraph (f)(2) of this section, to a health

professional, employee, or designated

representative if:

(i) The request is in writing;

(ii) The request describes with reasonable detail one or more of the following occupational health needs for

the information:

(A) To assess the hazards of the

chemicals to which employees will be

exposed;

(B) To conduct or assess sampling of

the workplace atmosphere to determine employee exposure levels;

(C) To conduct pre-assignment or

periodic medical surveillance of exposed employees;

(D) To provide medical treatment to

exposed employees;

(E) To select or assess appropriate

personal protective equipment for exposed employees;

(F) To design or assess engineering

controls or other protective measures

for exposed employees; and

(G) To conduct studies to determine

the health effects of exposure.

(iii) The request explains in detail

why the disclosure of the specific

chemical identity is essential and that,

in lieu thereof, the disclosure of the

following information would not enable

the health professional, employee or

designated representative to provide

the occupational health services described in paragraph (f)(4)(ii) of this

section:

(A) The properties and effects of the

chemical;

(B) Measures for controlling workers’

exposure to the chemical;

(C) Methods of monitoring and analyzing worker exposure to the chemical; and,

(D) Methods of diagnosing and treating harmful exposures to the chemical;

(iv) The request includes a description of the procedures to be used to

maintain the confidentiality of the disclosed information; and,

(v) The health professional, employee, or designated representative

and the employer or contractor of the

services of the health professional or

designated representative agree in a

written confidentiality agreement that

the health professional, employee or

designated representative will not use

the trade secret information for any

purpose other than the health need(s)

asserted and agree not to release the

information under any circumstances

other than to OSHA, as provided in

paragraph (f)(9) of this section, except

as authorized by the terms of the

agreement or by the employer.

(5) The confidentiality agreement authorized by paragraph (f)(4)(iv) of this

section:

(i) May restrict the use of the information to the health purposes indicated in the written statement of need;

(ii) May provide for appropriate legal

remedies in the event of a breach of the

agreement, including stipulation of a

reasonable pre-estimate of likely damages; and,

(iii) May not include requirements

for the posting of a penalty bond.

(6) Nothing in this section is meant

to preclude the parties from pursuing

non-contractual remedies to the extent

permitted by law.

(7) If the health professional, employee or designated representative receiving the trade secret information

decides that there is a need to disclose

it to OSHA, the employer who provided

the information shall be informed by

the health professional prior to, or at

the same time as, such disclosure.

(8) If the employer denies a written

request for disclosure of a specific

chemical identity, the denial must:

(i) Be provided to the health professional, employee or designated representative within thirty days of the

request;

(ii) Be in writing;
102

§ 1910.1020 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(iii) Include evidence to support the

claim that the specific chemical identity is a trade secret;

(iv) State the specific reasons why

the request is being denied; and,

(v) Explain in detail how alternative

information may satisfy the specific

medical or occupational health need

without revealing the specific chemical

identity.

(9) The health professional, employee, or designated representative

whose request for information is denied

under paragraph (f)(4) of this section

may refer the request and the written

denial of the request to OSHA for consideration.

(10) When a heath professional employee, or designated representative refers a denial to OSHA under paragraph

(f)(9) of this section, OSHA shall consider the evidence to determine if:

(i) The employer has supported the

claim that the specific chemical identity is a trade secret;

(ii) The health professional employee, or designated representative

has supported the claim that there is a

medical or occupational health need

for the information; and

(iii) The health professional, employee or designated representative has

demonstrated adequate means to protect the confidentiality.

(11)(i) If OSHA determines that the

specific chemical identity requested

under paragraph (f)(4) of this section is

not a bona fide trade secret, or that it

is a trade secret but the requesting

health professional, employee or designated representatives has a legitimate medical or occupational health

need for the information, has executed

a written confidentiality agreement,

and has shown adequate means for

complying with the terms of such

agreement, the employer will be subject to citation by OSHA.

(ii) If an employer demonstrates to

OSHA that the execution of a confidentiality agreement would not provide

sufficient protection against the potential harm from the unauthorized disclosure of a trade secret specific chemical identity, the Assistant Secretary

may issue such orders or impose such

additional limitations or conditions

upon the disclosure of the requested

chemical information as may be appropriate to assure that the occupational

health needs are met without an undue

risk of harm to the employer.

(12) Notwithstanding the existence of

a trade secret claim, an employer shall,

upon request, disclose to the Assistant

Secretary any information which this

section requires the employer to make

available. Where there is a trade secret

claim, such claim shall be made no

later than at the time the information

is provided to the Assistant Secretary

so that suitable determinations of

trade secret status can be made and

the necessary protections can be implemented.

(13) Nothing in this paragraph shall

be construed as requiring the disclosure under any circumstances of process or percentage of mixture information which is trade secret.

(g) Employee information. (1) Upon an

employee’s first entering into employment, and at least annually thereafter,

each employer shall inform current

employees covered by this section of

the following:

(i) The existence, location, and availability of any records covered by this

section;

(ii) The person responsible for maintaining and providing access to

records; and

(iii) Each employee’s rights of access

to these records.

(2) Each employer shall keep a copy

of this section and its appendices, and

make copies readily available, upon request, to employees. The employer

shall also distribute to current employees any informational materials concerning this section which are made

available to the employer by the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health.

(h) Transfer of records. (1) Whenever

an employer is ceasing to do business,

the employer shall transfer all records

subject to this section to the successor

employer. The successor employer

shall receive and maintain these

records.

(2) Whenever an employer is ceasing

to do business and there is no successor

employer to receive and maintain the

records subject to this standard, the

employer shall notify affected current

employees of their rights of access to

records at least three (3) months prior
103

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1020

to the cessation of the employer’s business.

(3) Whenever an employer either is

ceasing to do business and there is no

successor employer to receive and

maintain the records, or intends to dispose of any records required to be preserved for at least thirty (30) years, the

employer shall:

(i) Transfer the records to the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) if

so required by a specific occupational

safety and health standard; or

(ii) Notify the Director of NIOSH in

writing of the impending disposal of

records at least three (3) months prior

to the disposal of the records.

(4) Where an employer regularly disposes of records required to be preserved for at least thirty (30) years, the

employer may, with at least (3) months

notice, notify the Director of NIOSH on

an annual basis of the records intended

to be disposed of in the coming year.

(i) Appendices. The information contained in appendices A and B to this

section is not intended, by itself, to

create any additional obligations not

otherwise imposed by this section nor

detract from any existing obligation.

APPENDIX A TO § 1910.20—SAMPLE AUTHORIZATION LETTER FOR THE RELEASE OF EMPLOYEE MEDICAL

RECORD INFORMATION TO A DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE (NONMANDATORY)

I, ————— (full name of worker/patient),

hereby authorize —————— (individual or

organization holding the medical records) to

release to —————— (individual or organization authorized to receive the medical information), the following medical information from my personal medical records:

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

(Describe generally the information desired

to be released)

I give my permission for this medical information to be used for the following purpose:

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

but I do not give permission for any other

use or re-disclosure of this information.

NOTE: Several extra lines are provided

below so that you can place additional restrictions on this authorization letter if you

want to. You may, however, leave these lines

blank. On the other hand, you may want to

(1) specify a particular expiration date for

this letter (if less than one year); (2) describe

medical information to be created in the future that you intend to be covered by this

authorization letter; or (3) describe portions

of the medical information in your records

which you do not intend to be released as a

result of this letter.)

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

Full name of Employee or Legal Representative

llllllllllllllllllllllll

Signature of Employee or Legal Representative

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

Date of Signature

APPENDIX B TO § 1910.20—AVAILABILITY

OF NIOSH REGISTRY OF TOXIC EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES

(RTECS) (NON-MANDATORY)

The final regulation, 29 CFR 1910.20, applies to all employee exposure and medical

records, and analyses thereof, of employees

exposed to toxic substances or harmful physical agents (paragraph (b)(2)). The term toxic

substance or harmful physical agent is defined

by paragraph (c)(13) to encompass chemical

substances, biological agents, and physical

stresses for which there is evidence of harmful health effects. The regulation uses the

latest printed edition of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health

(NIOSH) Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances (RTECS) as one of the chief

sources of information as to whether evidence of harmful health effects exists. If a

substance is listed in the latest printed

RTECS, the regulation applies to exposure

and medical records (and analyses of these

records) relevant to employees exposed to

the substance.

It is appropriate to note that the final regulation does not require that employers purchase a copy of RTECS, and many employers

need not consult RTECS to ascertain whether their employee exposure or medical

records are subject to the rule. Employers

who do not currently have the latest printed

edition of the NIOSH RTECS, however, may

desire to obtain a copy. The RTECS is issued

in an annual printed edition as mandated by

section 20(a)(6) of the Occupational Safety

and Health Act (29 U.S.C. 669(a)(6)).

The Introduction to the 1980 printed edition describes the RTECS as follows:

‘‘The 1980 edition of the Registry of Toxic

Effects of Chemical Substances, formerly

known as the Toxic Substances list, is the

ninth revision prepared in compliance with

the requirements of Section 20(a)(6) of the
104

§ 1910.1025 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970

(Public Law 91–596). The original list was

completed on June 28, 1971, and has been updated annually in book format. Beginning in

October 1977, quarterly revisions have been

provided in microfiche. This edition of the

Registry contains 168,096 listings of chemical

substances: 45,156 are names of different

chemicals with their associated toxicity

data and 122,940 are synonyms. This edition

includes approximately 5,900 new chemical

compounds that did not appear in the 1979

Registry. (p. xi)

‘‘The Registry’s purposes are many, and it

serves a variety of users. It is a single source

document for basic toxicity information and

for other data, such as chemical identifiers

ad information necessary for the preparation

of safety directives and hazard evaluations

for chemical substances. The various types

of toxic effects linked to literature citations

provide researchers and occupational health

scientists with an introduction to the toxicological literature, making their own review of the toxic hazards of a given substance easier. By presenting data on the lowest reported doses that produce effects by

several routes of entry in various species,

the Registry furnishes valuable information

to those responsible for preparing safety

data sheets for chemical substances in the

workplace. Chemical and production engineers can use the Registry to identify the

hazards which may be associated with chemical intermediates in the development of

final products, and thus can more readily select substitutes or alternative processes

which may be less hazardous. Some organizations, including health agencies and chemical companies, have included the NIOSH

Registry accession numbers with the listing

of chemicals in their files to reference toxicity information associated with those

chemicals. By including foreign language

chemical names, a start has been made toward providing rapid identification of substances produced in other countries. (p. xi)

‘‘In this edition of the Registry, the editors

intend to identify ‘‘all known toxic substances’’ which may exist in the environment and to provide pertinent data on the

toxic effects from known doses entering an

organism by any route described. (p xi)

‘‘It must be reemphasized that the entry of

a substance in the Registry does not automatically mean that it must be avoided. A

listing does mean, however, that the substance has the documented potential of being

harmful if misused, and care must be exercised to prevent tragic consequences. Thus,

the Registry lists many substances that are

common in everyday life and are in nearly

every household in the United States. One

can name a variety of such dangerous substances: prescription and non-prescription

drugs; food additives; pesticide concentrates,

sprays, and dusts; fungicides; herbicides;

paints; glazes, dyes; bleaches and other

household cleaning agents; alkalies; and various solvents and diluents. The list is extensive because chemicals have become an integral part of our existence.’’

The RTECS printed edition may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office

(GPO), Washington, DC 20402 (202–783–3238).

Some employers may desire to subscribe to

the quarterly update to the RTECS which is

published in a microfiche edition. An annual

subscription to the quarterly microfiche may

be purchased from the GPO (Order the

‘‘Microfiche Edition, Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances’’). Both the

printed edition and the microfiche edition of

RTECS are available for review at many university and public libraries throughout the

country. The latest RTECS editions may

also be examined at the OSHA Technical

Data Center, Room N2439—Rear, United

States Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20210 (202–

523–9700), or at any OSHA Regional or Area

Office (See, major city telephone directories

under United States Government-Labor Department).

[53 FR 38163, Sept. 29, 1988; 53 FR 49981, Dec.

13, 1988, as amended at 54 FR 24333, June 7,

1989; 55 FR 26431, June 28, 1990; 61 FR 9235,

Mar. 7, 1996. Redesignated at 61 FR 31430,

June 20, 1996]

§ 1910.1025 Lead.

(a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to all occupational exposure to lead, except as provided in

paragraph (a)(2).

(2) This section does not apply to the

construction industry or to agricultural operations covered by 29 CFR

Part 1928.

(b) Definitions. Action level means employee exposure, without regard to the

use of respirators, to an airborne concentration of lead of 30 micrograms per

cubic meter of air (30 μg/m3) averaged

over an 8-hour period.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Director means the Director, National

Institute for Occupational Safety and

Health (NIOSH), U.S. Department of

Health, Education, and Welfare, or designee.

Lead means metallic lead, all inorganic lead compounds, and organic lead

soaps. Excluded from this definition

are all other organic lead compounds.
105

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

(c) Permissible exposure limit (PEL). (1)

The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to lead at concentrations greater than fifty micrograms per

cubic meter of air (50 μg/m3) averaged

over an 8-hour period.

(2) If an employee is exposed to lead

for more than 8 hours in any work day,

the permissible exposure limit, as a

time weighted average (TWA) for that

day, shall be reduced according to the

following formula:

Maximum permissible limit (in μg/

m3)=400÷hours worked in the day.

(3) When respirators are used to supplement engineering and work practice

controls to comply with the PEL and

all the requirements of paragraph (f)

have been met, employee exposure, for

the purpose of determining whether the

employer has complied with the PEL,

may be considered to be at the level

provided by the protection factor of the

respirator for those periods the respirator is worn. Those periods may be

averaged with exposure levels during

periods when respirators are not worn

to determine the employee’s daily

TWA exposure.

(d) Exposure monitoring—(1) General.

(i) For the purposes of paragraph (d),

employee exposure is that exposure

which would occur if the employee

were not using a respirator.

(ii) With the exception of monitoring

under paragraph (d)(3), the employer

shall collect full shift (for at least 7

continuous hours) personal samples including at least one sample for each

shift for each job classification in each

work area.

(iii) Full shift personal samples shall

be representative of the monitored employee’s regular, daily exposure to

lead.

(2) Initial determination. Each employer who has a workplace or work

operation covered by this standard

shall determine if any exployee may be

exposed to lead at or above the action

level.

(3) Basis of initial determination. (i)

The employer shall monitor employee

exposures and shall base initial determinations on the employee exposure

monitoring results and any of the following, relevant considerations:

(A) Any information, observations, or

calculations which would indicate employee exposure to lead;

(B) Any previous measurements of

airborne lead; and

(C) Any employee complaints of

symptoms which may be attributable

to exposure to lead.

(ii) Monitoring for the initial determination may be limited to a representative sample of the exposed employees who the employer reasonably

believes are exposed to the greatest

airborne concentrations of lead in the

workplace.

(iii) Measurements of airborne lead

made in the preceding 12 months may

be used to satisfy the requirement to

monitor under paragraph (d)(3)(i) if the

sampling and analytical methods used

meet the accuracy and confidence levels of paragraph (d)(9) of this section.

(4) Positive initial determination and

initial monitoring. (i) Where a determination conducted under paragraphs

(d) (2) and (3) of this section shows the

possibility of any employee exposure at

or above the action level, the employer

shall conduct monitoring which is representative of the exposure for each

employee in the workplace who is exposed to lead.

(ii) Measurements of airborne lead

made in the preceding 12 months may

be used to satisfy this requirement if

the sampling and analytical methods

used meet the accuracy and confidence

levels of paragraph (d)(9) of this section.

(5) Negative initial determination.

Where a determination, conducted

under paragraphs (d) (2) and (3) of this

section is made that no employee is exposed to airborne concentrations of

lead at or above the action level, the

employer shall make a written record

of such determination. The record shall

include at least the information specified in paragraph (d)(3) of this section

and shall also include the date of determination, location within the worksite, and the name and social security

number of each employee monitored.

(6) Frequency. (i) If the initial monitoring reveals employee exposure to be

below the action level the measurements need not be repeated except as

otherwise provided in paragraph (d)(7)

of this section.
106

§ 1910.1025 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(ii) If the initial determination or

subsequent monitoring reveals employee exposure to be at or above the

action level but below the permissible

exposure limit the employer shall repeat monitoring in accordance with

this paragraph at least every 6 months.

The employer shall continue monitoring at the required frequency until

at least two consecutive measurements, taken at least 7 days apart, are

below the action level at which time

the employer may discontinue monitoring for that employee except as otherwise provided in paragraph (d)(7) of

this section.

(iii) If the initial monitoring reveals

that employee exposure is above the

permissible exposure limit the employer shall repeat monitoring quarterly. The employer shall continue

monitoring at the required frequency

until at least two consecutive measurements, taken at least 7 days apart, are

below the PEL but at or above the action level at which time the employer

shall repeat monitoring for that employee at the frequency specified in

paragraph (d)(6)(ii), except as otherwise

provided in paragraph (d)(7) of this section.

(7) Additional monitoring. Whenever

there has been a production, process,

control or personnel change which may

result in new or additional exposure to

lead, or whenever the employer has any

other reason to suspect a change which

may result in new or additional exposures to lead, additional monitoring in

accordance with this paragraph shall

be conducted.

(8) Employee notification. (i) Within 5

working days after the receipt of monitoring results, the employer shall notify each employee in writing of the results which represent that employee’s

exposure.

(ii) Whenever the results indicate

that the representative employee exposure, without regard to respirators, exceeds the permissible exposure limit,

the employer shall incude in the written notice a statement that the permissible exposure limit was exceeded

and a description of the corrective action taken or to be taken to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit.

(9) Accuracy of measurement. The employer shall use a method of monitoring and analysis which has an accuracy (to a confidence level of 95%) of

not less than plus or minus 20 percent

for airborne concentrations of lead

equal to or greater than 30 μg/m3.

(e) Methods of compliance—(1) Engineering and work practice controls. (i)

Where any employee is exposed to lead

above the permissible exposure limit

for more than 30 days per year, the employer shall implement engineering

and work practice controls (including

administrative controls) to reduce and

maintain employee exposure to lead in

accordance with the implementation

schedule in Table I below, except to the

extent that the employer can demonstrate that such controls are not feasible. Wherever the engineering and

work practice controls which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce

employee exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer

shall nonetheless use them to reduce

exposures to the lowest feasible level

and shall supplement them by the use

of respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (f) of this section.

(ii) Where any employee is exposed to

lead above the permissible exposure

limit, but for 30 days or less per year,

the employer shall implement engineering controls to reduce exposures to

200 μg/m3, but thereafter may implement any combination of engineering,

work practice (including administrative controls), and respiratory controls

to reduce and maintain employee exposure to lead to or below 50 μg/m3.

TABLE I

Industry

Compliance

dates: 1

(50 μg/m3)

Lead chemicals, secondary copper

smelting.

July 19, 1996.

Nonferrous foundries ............................... July 19, 1996. 2

Brass and bronze ingot manufacture ...... 6 years.3

1 Calculated by counting from the date the stay on implementation of paragraph (e)(1) was lifted by the U.S. Court of

Appeals for the District of Columbia, the number of years

specified in the 1978 lead standard and subsequent amendments for compliance with the PEL of 50 μ g/m3 for exposure

to airborne concentrations of lead levels for the particular industry. 2 Large nonferrous foundries (20 or more employees) are

required to achieve the PEL of 50 μ g/m3 by means of engineering and work practice controls. Small nonferrous foundries (fewer than 20 employees) are required to achieve an 8-

hour TWA of 75 μ g/m3 by such controls.
107

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

3Expressed as the number of years from the date on which

the Court lifts the stay on the implementation of paragraph

(e)(1) for this industry for employers to achieve a lead in air

concentration of 75 μ g/m3. Compliance with paragraph (e) in

this industry is determined by a compliance directive that incorporates elements from the settlement agreement between

OSHA and representatives of the industry.

(2) Respiratory protection. Where engineering and work practice controls do

not reduce employee exposure to or

below the 50 μg/m3permissible exposure

limit, the employer shall supplement

these controls with respirators in accordance with paragraph (f). 

(3) Compliance program. (i) Each employer shall establish and implement a

written compliance program to reduce

exposures to or below the permissible

exposure limit, and interim levels if

applicable, solely by means of engineering and work practice controls in

accordance with the implementation

schedule in paragraph (e)(1).

(ii) Written plans for these compliance programs shall include at least

the following:

(A) A description of each operation in

which lead is emitted; e.g. machinery

used, material processed, controls in

place, crew size, employee job responsibilities, operating procedures and

maintenance practices;

(B) A description of the specific

means that will be employed to achieve

compliance, including engineering

plans and studies used to determine

methods selected for controlling exposure to lead;

(C) A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible exposure limit;

(D) Air monitoring data which documents the source of lead emissions;

(E) A detailed schedule for implementation of the program, including documentation such as copies of purchase

orders for equipment, construction

contracts, etc.;

(F) A work practice program which

includes items required under paragraphs (g), (h) and (i) of this regulation;

(G) An administrative control schedule required by paragraph (e)(6), if applicable;

(H) Other relevant information.

(iii) Written programs shall be submitted upon request to the Assistant

Secretary and the Director, and shall

be available at the worksite for examination and copying by the Assistant

Secretary, Director, any affected employee or authorized employee representatives.

(iv) Written programs shall be revised and updated at least every 6

months to reflect the current status of

the program.

(4) Mechanical ventilation. (i) When

ventilation is used to control exposure,

measurements which demonstrate the

effectiveness of the system in controlling exposure, such as capture velocity,

duct velocity, or static pressure shall

be made at least every 3 months. Measurements of the system’s effectiveness

in controlling exposure shall be made

within 5 days of any change in production, process, or control which might

result in a change in employee exposure to lead.

(ii) Recirculation of air. If air from exhaust ventilation is recirculated into

the workplace, the employer shall assure that (A) the system has a high efficiency filter with reliable back-up filter; and (B) controls to monitor the

concentration of lead in the return air

and to bypass the recirculation system

automatically if it fails are installed,

operating, and maintained.

(5) Administrative controls. If administrative controls are used as a means of

reducing employees TWA exposure to

lead, the employer shall establish and

implement a job rotation schedule

which includes:

(i) Name or identification number of

each affected employee;

(ii) Duration and exposure levels at

each job or work station where each affected employee is located; and

(iii) Any other information which

may be useful in assessing the reliability of administrative controls to

reduce exposure to lead.

(f) Respiratory protection—(1) General.

For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer

must provide respirators that comply

with the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement engineering or work-practice

controls.

(ii) Work operations for which engineering and work-practice controls are
108

§ 1910.1025 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit.

(iii) Periods when an employee requests a respirator.

(2) Respirator program. (i) The employer must implement a respiratory

protection program in accordance with

29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except

(d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).

(ii) If an employee has breathing difficulty during fit testing or respirator

use, the employer must provide the employee with a medical examination in

accordance with paragraph (j)(3)(i)(C)

of this section to determine whether or

not the employee can use a respirator

while performing the required duty.

TABLE II—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR LEAD AEROSOLS

Airborne concentration of lead or condition of use Required respirator

Not in excess of 0.5 mg/m3 (10X PEL) ...... Half-mask, air-purifying respirator equipped with high efficiency filters.2 3

Not in excess of 2.5 mg/m3 (50X PEL) ...... Full facepiece, air-purifying respirator with high efficiency filters.3

Not in excess of 50 mg/m3 (1000X PEL) ... (1) Any powered, air-purifying respirator with high efficiency filters3; or (2) Halfmask supplied-air respirator operated in positive-pressure mode.2

Not in excess of 100 mg/m3 (2000XPEL) .. Supplied-air respirators with full facepiece, hood, helmet, or suit, operated in positive pressure mode.

Greater than 100 mg/m3, unknown concentration or fire fighting.Full facepiece, self-contained breathing apparatus operated in positive-pressure

mode.

1 Respirators specified for high concentrations can be used at lower concentrations of lead.

2Full facepiece is required if the lead aerosols cause eye or skin irritation at the use concentrations.

3A high efficiency particulate filter means 99.97 percent efficient against 0.3 micron size particles.

(3) Respirator selection. (i) The employer must select the appropriate respirator or combination of respirators

from Table II of this section.

(ii) The employer must provide a

powered air-purifying respirator instead of the respirator specified in

Table II of this section when an employee chooses to use this type of respirator and such a respirator provides

adequate protection to the employee.

(g) Protective work clothing and equipment—(1) Provision and use. If an employee is exposed to lead above the

PEL, without regard to the use of respirators or where the possibility of

skin or eye irritation exists, the employer shall provide at no cost to the

employee and assure that the employee

uses appropriate protective work clothing and equipment such as, but not

limited to:

(i) Coveralls or similar full-body

work clothing;

(ii) Gloves, hats, and shoes or disposable shoe coverlets; and

(iii) Face shields, vented goggles, or

other appropriate protective equipment which complies with § 1910.133 of

this Part.

(2) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The

employer shall provide the protective

clothing required in paragraph (g)(1) of

this section in a clean and dry condition at least weekly, and daily to employees whose exposure levels without

regard to a respirator are over 200 μg/

m3of lead as an 8-hour TWA.

(ii) The employer shall provide for

the cleaning, laundering, or disposal of

protective clothing and equipment required by paragraph (g)(1) of this section.

(iii) The employer shall repair or replace required protective clothing and

equipment as needed to maintain their

effectiveness.

(iv) The employer shall assure that

all protective clothing is removed at

the completion of a work shift only in

change rooms provided for that purpose

as prescribed in paragraph (i)(2) of this

section.

(v) The employer shall assure that

contaminated protective clothing

which is to be cleaned, laundered, or

disposed of, is placed in a closed container in the change-room which prevents dispersion of lead outside the

container.

(vi) The employer shall inform in

writing any person who cleans or launders protective clothing or equipment

of the potentially harmful effects of exposure to lead.

(vii) The employer shall assure that

the containers of contaminated protective clothing and equipment required
109

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

by paragraph (g)(2)(v) are labelled as

follows:

CAUTION: CLOTHING CONTAMINATED

WITH LEAD. DO NOT REMOVE DUST BY

BLOWING OR SHAKING. DISPOSE OF

LEAD CONTAMINATED WASH WATER IN

ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL,

STATE, OR FEDERAL REGULATIONS.

(viii) The employer shall prohibit the

removal of lead from protective clothing or equipment by blowing, shaking,

or any other means which disperses

lead into the air.

(h) Housekeeping—(1) Surfaces. All

surfaces shall be maintained as free as

practicable of accumulations of lead.

(2) Cleaning floors. (i) Floors and

other surfaces where lead accumulates

may not be cleaned by the use of compressed air.

(ii) Shoveling, dry or wet sweeping,

and brushing may be used only where

vacuuming or other equally effective

methods have been tried and found not

to be effective.

(3) Vacuuming. Where vacuuming

methods are selected, the vacuums

shall be used and emptied in a manner

which minimizes the reentry of lead

into the workplace.

(i) Hygiene facilities and practices. (1)

The employer shall assure that in areas

where employees are exposed to lead

above the PEL, without regard to the

use of respirators, food or beverage is

not present or consumed, tobacco products are not present or used, and cosmetics are not applied, except in

change rooms, lunchrooms, and showers required under paragraphs (i)(2)

through (i)(4) of this section.

(2) Change rooms. (i) The employer

shall provide clean change rooms for

employees who work in areas where

their airborne exposure to lead is above

the PEL, without regard to the use of

respirators.

(ii) The employer shall assure that

change rooms are equipped with separate storage facilities for protective

work clothing and equipment and for

street clothes which prevent cross-contamination.

(3) Showers. (i) The employer shall assure that employees who work in areas

where their airborne exposure to lead

is above the PEL, without regard to

the use of respirators, shower at the

end of the work shift.

(ii) The employer shall provide shower facilities in accordance with

§ 1910.141 (d)(3) of this part.

(iii) The employer shall assure that

employees who are required to shower

pursuant to paragraph (i)(3)(i) do not

leave the workplace wearing any clothing or equipment worn during the work

shift.

(4) Lunchrooms. (i) The employer

shall provide lunchroom facilities for

employees who work in areas where

their airborne exposure to lead is above

the PEL, without regard to the use of

respirators.

(ii) The employer shall assure that

lunchroom facilities have a temperature controlled, positive pressure, filtered air supply, and are readily accessible to employees.

(iii) The employer shall assure that

employees who work in areas where

their airborne exposure to lead is above

the PEL without regard to the use of a

respirator wash their hands and face

prior to eating, drinking, smoking or

applying cosmetics.

(iv) The employer shall assure that

employees do not enter lunchroom facilities with protective work clothing

or equipment unless surface lead dust

has been removed by vacuuming,

downdraft booth, or other cleaning

method.

(5) Lavatories. The employer shall

provide an adequate number of lavatory facilities which comply with

§ 1910.141(d) (1) and (2) of this part.

(j) Medical surveillance—(1) General. (i)

The employer shall institute a medical

surveillance program for all employees

who are or may be exposed above the

action level for more than 30 days per

year.

(ii) The employer shall assure that

all medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician.

(iii) The employer shall provide the

required medical surveillance including

multiple physician review under paragraph (j)(3)(iii) without cost to employees and at a reasonable time and place.

(2) Biological monitoring—(i) Blood lead

and ZPP level sampling and analysis.

The employer shall make available biological monitoring in the form of blood

sampling and analysis for lead and zinc

protoporphyrin levels to each employee
110

§ 1910.1025 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

covered under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this

section on the following schedule:

(A) At least every 6 months to each

employee covered under paragraph

(j)(1)(i) of this section;

(B) At least every two months for

each employee whose last blood sampling and analysis indicated a blood

lead level at or above 40 μ g/100 g of

whole blood. This frequency shall continue until two consecutive blood samples and analyses indicate a blood lead

level below 40 μ g/100 g of whole blood;

and

(C) At least monthly during the removal period of each employee removed from exposure to lead due to an

elevated blood lead level.

(ii) Follow-up blood sampling tests.

Whenever the results of a blood lead

level test indicate that an employee’s

blood lead level exceeds the numerical

criterion for medical removal under

paragraph (k)(1)(i)(A) of this section,

the employer shall provide a second

(follow-up) blood sampling test within

two weeks after the employer receives

the results of the first blood sampling

test.

(iii) Accuracy of blood lead level sampling and analysis. Blood lead level

sampling and analysis provided pursuant to this section shall have an accuracy (to a confidence level of 95 percent) within plus or minus 15 percent

or 6 μ g/100ml, whichever is greater, and

shall be conducted by a laboratory licensed by the Center for Disease Control, United States Department of

Health, Education and Welfare (CDC)

or which has received a satisfactory

grade in blood lead proficiency testing

from CDC in the prior twelve months.

(iv) Employee notification. Within five

working days after the receipt of biological monitoring results, the employer shall notify in writing each employee whose blood lead level exceeds

40 μ g/100 g: (A) of that employee’s

blood lead level and (B) that the standard requires temporary medical removal with Medical Removal Protection benefits when an employee’s blood

lead level exceeds the numerical criterion for medical removal under paragraph (k)(1)(i) of this section.

(3) Medical examinations and consultations—(i) Frequency. The employer shall

make available medical examinations

and consultations to each employee

covered under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this

section on the following schedule:

(A) At least annually for each employee for whom a blood sampling test

conducted at any time during the preceding 12 months indicated a blood lead

level at or above 40 μ g/100 g;

(B) Prior to assignment for each employee being assigned for the first time

to an area in which airborne concentrations of lead are at or above the action

level;

(C) As soon as possible, upon notification by an employee either that the

employee has developed signs or symptoms commonly associated with lead

intoxication, that the employee desires

medical advice concerning the effects

of current or past exposure to lead on

the employee’s ability to procreate a

healthy child, or that the employee has

demonstrated difficulty in breathing

during a respirator fitting test or during use; and

(D) As medically appropriate for each

employee either removed from exposure to lead due to a risk of sustaining

material impairment to health, or otherwise limited pursuant to a final medical determination.

(ii) Content. Medical examinations

made available pursuant to paragraph

(j)(3)(i) (A) through (B) of this section

shall include the following elements:

(A) A detailed work history and a

medical history, with particular attention to past lead exposure (occupational and non-occupational), personal

habits (smoking, hygiene), and past

gastrointestinal, hematologic, renal,

cardiovascular, reproductive and neurological problems;

(B) A thorough physical examination,

with particular attention to teeth,

gums, hematologic, gastrointestinal,

renal, cardiovascular, and neurological

systems. Pulmonary status should be

evaluated if respiratory protection will

be used;

(C) A blood pressure measurement;

(D) A blood sample and analysis

which determines:

(1) Blood lead level;

(2) Hemoglobin and hematocrit determinations, red cell indices, and examination of peripheral smear morphology;

(3) Zinc protoporphyrin;
111

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

(4) Blood urea nitrogen; and,

(5) Serum creatinine;

(E) A routine urinalysis with microscopic examination; and

(F) Any laboratory or other test

which the examining physician deems

necessary by sound medical practice.

The content of medical examinations

made available pursuant to paragraph

(j)(3)(i) (C) through (D) of this section

shall be determined by an examining

physician and, if requested by an employee, shall include pregnancy testing

or laboratory evaluation of male fertility.

(iii) Multiple physician review mechanism. (A) If the employer selects the

initial physician who conducts any

medical examination or consultation

provided to an employee under this section, the employee may designate a

second physician:

(1) To review any findings, determinations or recommendations of the

initial physician; and

(2) To conduct such examinations,

consultations, and laboratory tests as

the second physician deems necessary

to facilitate this review.

(B) The employer shall promptly notify an employee of the right to seek a

second medical opinion after each occasion that an initial physician conducts a medical examination or consultation pursuant to this section. The

employer may condition its participation in, and payment for, the multiple

physician review mechanism upon the

employee doing the following within

fifteen (15) days after receipt of the

foregoing notification, or receipt of the

initial physician’s written opinion,

whichever is later:

(1) The employee informing the employer that he or she intends to seek a

second medical opinion, and

(2) The employee initiating steps to

make an appointment with a second

physician.

(C) If the findings, determinations or

recommendations of the second physician differ from those of the initial

physician, then the employer and the

employee shall assure that efforts are

made for the two physicians to resolve

any disagreement.

(D) If the two physicians have been

unable to quickly resolve their disagreement, then the employer and the

employee through their respective physicians shall designate a third physician:

(1) To review any findings, determinations or recommendations of the

prior physicians; and

(2) To conduct such examinations,

consultations, laboratory tests and discussions with the prior physicians as

the third physician deems necessary to

resolve the disagreement of the prior

physicians.

(E) The employer shall act consistent

with the findings, determinations and

recommendations of the third physician, unless the employer and the employee reach an agreement which is

otherwise consistent with the recommendations of at least one of the

three physicians.

(iv) Information provided to examining

and consulting physicians. (A) The employer shall provide an initial physician conducting a medical examination

or consultation under this section with

the following information:

(1) A copy of this regulation for lead

including all Appendices;

(2) A description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the

employee’s exposure;

(3) The employee’s exposure level or

anticipated exposure level to lead and

to any other toxic substance (if applicable);

(4) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used;

(5) Prior blood lead determinations;

and

(6) All prior written medical opinions

concerning the employee in the employer’s possession or control.

(B) The employer shall provide the

foregoing information to a second or

third physician conducting a medical

examination or consultation under this

section upon request either by the second or third physician, or by the employee.

(v) Written medical opinions. (A) The

employer shall obtain and furnish the

employee with a copy of a written medical opinion from each examining or

consulting physician which contains

the following information:

(1) The physician’s opinion as to

whether the employee has any detected

medical condition which would place
112

§ 1910.1025 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

the employee at increased risk of material impairment of the employee’s

health from exposure to lead;

(2) Any recommended special protective measures to be provided to the employee, or limitations to be placed

upon the employee’s exposure to lead;

(3) Any recommended limitation

upon the employee’s use of respirators,

including a determination of whether

the employee can wear a powered air

purifying respirator if a physician determines that the employee cannot

wear a negative pressure respirator;

and

(4) The results of the blood lead determinations.

(B) The employer shall instruct each

examining and consulting physician to:

(1) Not reveal either in the written

opinion, or in any other means of communication with the employer, findings, including laboratory results, or

diagnoses unrelated to an employee’s

occupational exposure to lead; and

(2) Advise the employee of any medical condition, occupational or nonoccupational, which dictates further

medical examination or treatment.

(vi) Alternate Physician Determination

Mechanisms. The employer and an employee or authorized employee representative may agree upon the use of

any expeditious alternate physician determination mechanism in lieu of the

multiple physician review mechanism

provided by this paragraph so long as

the alternate mechanism otherwise

satisfies the requirements contained in

this paragraph.

(4) Chelation. (i) The employer shall

assure that any person whom he retains, employs, supervises or controls

does not engage in prophylactic chelation of any employee at any time.

(ii) If therapeutic or diagnostic chelation is to be performed by any person

in paragraph (j)(4)(i), the employer

shall assure that it be done under the

supervision of a licensed physician in a

clinical setting with thorough and appropriate medical monitoring and that

the employee is notified in writing

prior to its occurrence.

(k) Medical Removal Protection—(1)

Temporary medical removal and return of

an employee—(i) Temporary removal due

to elevated blood lead levels. (A) The employer shall remove an employee from

work having an exposure to lead at or

above the action level on each occasion

that a periodic and a follow-up blood

sampling test conducted pursuant to

this section indicate that the employee’s blood lead level is at or above 60 μ

g/100 g of whole blood; and

(B) The employer shall remove an

employee from work having an exposure to lead at or above the action

level on each occasion that the average

of the last three blood sampling tests

conducted pursuant to this section (or

the average of all blood sampling tests

conducted over the previous six (6)

months, whichever is longer) indicates

that the employee’s blood lead level is

at or above 50 μ g/100 g of whole blood;

provided, however, that an employee

need not be removed if the last blood

sampling test indicates a blood lead

level at or below 40 μ g/100 g of whole

blood.

(ii) Temporary removal due to a final

medical determination. (A) The employer

shall remove an employee from work

having an exposure to lead at or above

the action level on each occasion that

a final medical determination results

in a medical finding, determination, or

opinion that the employee has a detected medical condition which places

the employee at increased risk of material impairment to health from exposure to lead.

(B) For the purposes of this section,

the phrase ‘‘final medical determination’’ shall mean the outcome of the

multiple physician review mechanism

or alternate medical determination

mechanism used pursuant to the medical surveillance provisions of this section.

(C) Where a final medical determination results in any recommended special protective measures for an employee, or limitations on an employee’s

exposure to lead, the employer shall

implement and act consistent with the

recommendation.

(iii) Return of the employee to former

job status. (A) The employer shall return an employee to his or her former

job status:

(1) For an employee removed due to a

blood lead level at or above 60 μg/100 g,

or due to an average blood lead level at

or above 50 μg/100 g, when two consecutive blood sampling tests indicate that
113

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

the employee’s blood lead level is at or

below 40 μg/100 g of whole blood;

(2) For an employee removed due to a

final medical determination, when a

subsequent final medical determination results in a medical finding, determination, or opinion that the employee

no longer has a detected medical condition which places the employee at increased risk of material impairment to

health from exposure to lead.

(B) For the purposes of this section,

the requirement that an employer return an employee to his or her former

job status is not intended to expand

upon or restrict any rights an employee has or would have had, absent

temporary medical removal, to a specific job classification or position

under the terms of a collective bargaining agreement.

(iv) Removal of other employee special

protective measure or limitations. The

employer shall remove any limitations

placed on an employee or end any special protective measures provided to an

employee pursuant to a final medical

determination when a subsequent final

medical determination indicates that

the limitations or special protective

measures are no longer necessary.

(v) Employer options pending a final

medical determination. Where the multiple physician review mechanism, or

alternate medical determination mechanism used pursuant to the medical

surveillance provisions of this section,

has not yet resulted in a final medical

determination with respect to an employee, the employer shall act as follows:

(A) Removal. The employer may remove the employee from exposure to

lead, provide special protective measures to the employee, or place limitations upon the employee, consistent

with the medical findings, determinations, or recommendations of any of

the physicians who have reviewed the

employee’s health status.

(B) Return. The employer may return

the employee to his or her former job

status, end any special protective

measures provided to the employee,

and remove any limitations placed

upon the employee, consistent with the

medical findings, determinations, or

recommendations of any of the physicians who have reviewed the employee’s health status, with two exceptions.

If

(1) the initial removal, special protection, or limitation of the employee

resulted from a final medical determination which differed from the findings, determinations, or recommendations of the initial physician or

(2) The employee has been on removal status for the preceding eighteen months due to an elevated blood

lead level, then the employer shall

await a final medical determination.

(2) Medical removal protection benefits—(i) Provision of medical removal protection benefits. The employer shall provide to an employee up to eighteen (18)

months of medical removal protection

benefits on each occasion that an employee is removed from exposure to

lead or otherwise limited pursuant to

this section.

(ii) Definition of medical removal protection benefits. For the purposes of this

section, the requirement that an employer provide medical removal protection benefits means that the employer

shall maintain the earnings, seniority

and other employment rights and benefits of an employee as though the employee had not been removed from normal exposure to lead or otherwise limited.

(iii) Follow-up medical surveillance

during the period of employee removal or

limitation. During the period of time

that an employee is removed from normal exposure to lead or otherwise limited, the employer may condition the

provision of medical removal protection benefits upon the employee’s participation in follow-up medical surveillance made available pursuant to this

section.

(iv) Workers’ compensation claims. If a

removed employee files a claim for

workers’ compensation payments for a

lead-related disability, then the employer shall continue to provide medical removal protection benefits pending disposition of the claim. To the extent that an award is made to the employee for earnings lost during the period of removal, the employer’s medical removal protection obligation

shall be reduced by such amount. The

employer shall receive no credit for
114

§ 1910.1025 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

workers’ compensation payments received by the employee for treatment

related expenses.

(v) Other credits. The employer’s obligation to provide medical removal protection benefits to a removed employee

shall be reduced to the extent that the

employee receives compensation for

earnings lost during the period of removal either from a publicly or employer-funded compensation program,

or receives income from employment

with another employer made possible

by virtue of the employee’s removal.

(vi) Employees whose blood lead levels

do not adequately decline within 18

months of removal. The employer shall

take the following measures with respect to any employee removed from

exposure to lead due to an elevated

blood lead level whose blood lead level

has not declined within the past eighteen (18) months of removal so that the

employee has been returned to his or

her former job status:

(A) The employer shall make available to the employee a medical examination pursuant to this section to obtain a final medical determination

with respect to the employee;

(B) The employer shall assure that

the final medical determination obtained indicates whether or not the

employee may be returned to his or her

former job status, and if not, what

steps should be taken to protect the

employee’s health;

(C) Where the final medical determination has not yet been obtained, or

once obtained indicates that the employee may not yet be returned to his

or her former job status, the employer

shall continue to provide medical removal protection benefits to the employee until either the employee is returned to former job status, or a final

medical determination is made that

the employee is incapable of ever safely returning to his or her former job

status.

(D) Where the employer acts pursuant to a final medical determination

which permits the return of the employee to his or her former job status

despite what would otherwise be an unacceptable blood lead level, later questions concerning removing the employee again shall be decided by a final

medical determination. The employer

need not automatically remove such an

employee pursuant to the blood lead

level removal criteria provided by this

section.

(vii) Voluntary Removal or Restriction

of An Employee. Where an employer, although not required by this section to

do so, removes an employee from exposure to lead or otherwise places limitations on an employee due to the effects

of lead exposure on the employee’s

medical condition, the employer shall

provide medical removal protection

benefits to the employee equal to that

required by paragraph (k)(2)(i) of this

section.

(l) Employee information and training—

(1) Training program. (i) Each employer

who has a workplace in which there is

a potential exposure to airborne lead at

any level shall inform employees of the

content of Appendices A and B of this

regulation.

(ii) The employer shall institute a

training program for and assure the

participation of all employees who are

subject to exposure to lead at or above

the action level or for whom the possibility of skin or eye irritation exists.

(iii) The employer shall provide initial training by 180 days from the effective date for those employees covered

by paragraph (l)(1) (ii) on the standard’s effective date and prior to the

time of initial job assignment for those

employees subsequently covered by

this paragraph.

(iv) The training program shall be repeated at least annually for each employee.

(v) The employer shall assure that

each employee is informed of the following:

(A) The content of this standard and

its appendices;

(B) The specific nature of the operations which could result in exposure

to lead above the action level;

(C) The purpose, proper selection, fitting, use, and limitations of respirators;

(D) The purpose and a description of

the medical surveillance program, and

the medical removal protection program including information concerning

the adverse health effects associated

with excessive exposure to lead (with
115

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

particular attention to the adverse reproductive effects on both males and

females);

(E) The engineering controls and

work practices associated with the employee’s job assignment;

(F) The contents of any compliance

plan in effect; and

(G) Instructions to employees that

chelating agents should not routinely

be used to remove lead from their bodies and should not be used at all except

under the direction of a licensed physician;

(2) Access to information and training

materials. (i) The employer shall make

readily available to all affected employees a copy of this standard and its

appendices.

(ii) The employer shall provide, upon

request, all materials relating to the

employee information and training

program to the Assistant Secretary

and the Director.

(iii) In addition to the information

required by paragraph (l)(1)(v), the employer shall include as part of the

training program, and shall distribute

to employees, any materials pertaining

to the Occupational Safety and Health

Act, the regulations issued pursuant to

that Act, and this lead standard, which

are made available to the employer by

the Assistant Secretary.

(m) Signs—(1) General. (i) The employer may use signs required by other

statutes, regulations or ordinances in

addition to, or in combination with,

signs required by this paragraph.

(ii) The employer shall assure that no

statement appears on or near any sign

required by this paragraph which contradicts or detracts from the meaning

of the required sign.

(2) Signs. (i) The employer shall post

the following warning signs in each

work area where the PEL is exceeded:

WARNING

LEAD WORK AREA

POISON

NO SMOKING OR EATING

(ii) The employer shall assure that

signs required by this paragraph are illuminated and cleaned as necessary so

that the legend is readily visible.

(n) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure monitoring. (i) The employer shall establish

and maintain an accurate record of all

monitoring required in paragraph (d) of

this section.

(ii) This record shall include:

(A) The date(s), number, duration, location and results of each of the samples taken, including a description of

the sampling procedure used to determine representative employee exposure

where applicable;

(B) A description of the sampling and

analytical methods used and evidence

of their accuracy;

(C) The type of respiratory protective

devices worn, if any;

(D) Name, social security number,

and job classification of the employee

monitored and of all other employees

whose exposure the measurement is intended to represent; and

(E) The environmental variables that

could affect the measurement of employee exposure.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

these monitoring records for at least 40

years or for the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is

longer.

(2) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an

accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance as required

by paragraph (j) of this section.

(ii) This record shall include:

(A) The name, social security number, and description of the duties of the

employee;

(B) A copy of the physician’s written

opinions;

(C) Results of any airborne exposure

monitoring done for that employee and

the representative exposure levels supplied to the physician; and

(D) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to lead.

(iii) The employer shall keep, or assure that the examining physician

keeps, the following medical records:

(A) A copy of the medical examination results including medical and

work history required under paragraph

(j) of this section;

(B) A description of the laboratory

procedures and a copy of any standards

or guidelines used to interpret the test

results or references to that information;
116

§ 1910.1025 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(C) A copy of the results of biological

monitoring.

(iv) The employer shall maintain or

assure that the physician maintains

those medical records for at least 40

years, or for the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is

longer.

(3) Medical removals. (i) The employer

shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee removed

from current exposure to lead pursuant

to paragraph (k) of this section.

(ii) Each record shall include:

(A) The name and social security

number of the employee;

(B) The date on each occasion that

the employee was removed from current exposure to lead as well as the

corresponding date on which the employee was returned to his or her

former job status;

(C) A brief explanation of how each

removal was or is being accomplished;

and

(D) A statement with respect to each

removal indicating whether or not the

reason for the removal was an elevated

blood lead level.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

each medical removal record for at

least the duration of an employee’s employment.

(4) Availability. (i) The employer shall

make available upon request all

records required to be maintained by

paragraph (n) of this section to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for

examination and copying.

(ii) Environmental monitoring, medical removal, and medical records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29

CFR 1910.20 (a)–(e) and (2)–(i). Medical

removal records shall be provided in

the same manner as environmental

monitoring records.

(5) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever

the employer ceases to do business, the

successor employer shall receive and

retain all records required to be maintained by paragraph (n) of this section.

(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to

do business and there is no successor

employer to receive and retain the

records required to be maintained by

this section for the prescribed period,

these records shall be transmitted to

the Director.

(iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records required to

be maintained by this section, the employer shall notify the Director at

least 3 months prior to the disposal of

such records and shall transmit those

records to the Director if requested

within the period.

(iv) The employer shall also comply

with any additional requirements involving transfer of records set forth in

29 CFR 1910.20(h).

(o) Observation of monitoring. (1) Employee observation. The employer shall

provide affected employees or their

designated representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of

employee exposure to lead conducted

pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section.

(2) Observation procedures. (i) Whenever observation of the monitoring of

employee exposure to lead requires

entry into an area where the use of respirators, protective clothing or equipment is required, the employer shall

provide the observer with and assure

the use of such respirators, clothing

and such equipment, and shall require

the observer to comply with all other

applicable safety and health procedures.

(ii) Without interfering with the

monitoring, observers shall be entitled

to:

(A) Receive an explanation of the

measurement procedures;

(B) Observe all steps related to the

monitoring of lead performed at the

place of exposure; and

(C) Record the results obtained or receive copies of the results when returned by the laboratory.

(p) Effective date. This standard shall

become effective March 1, 1979.

(q) Appendices. The information contained in the appendices to this section

is not intended by itself, to create any

additional obligations not otherwise

imposed by this standard nor detract

from any existing obligation.

(r) Startup dates. All obligations of

this standard commence on the effective date except as follows:

(1) The initial determination under

paragraph (d)(2) shall be made as soon
117

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

as possible but no later than 30 days

from the effective date.

(2) Initial monitoring under paragraph (d)(4) shall be completed as soon

as possible but no later than 90 days

from the effective date.

(3) Initial biological monitoring and

medical examinations under paragraph

(j) shall be completed as soon as possible but no later than 180 days from

the effective date. Priority for biological monitoring and medical examinations shall be given to employees whom

the employer believes to be at greatest

risk from continued exposure.

(4) Initial training and education

shall be completed as soon as possible

but no later than 180 days from the effective date.

(5) Hygiene and lunchroom facilities

under paragraph (i) shall be in operation as soon as possible but no later

than 1 year from the effective year.

(6)(i) Respiratory protection required

by paragraph (f) shall be provided as

soon as possible but no later than the

following schedule:

(A) Employees whose 8-hour TWA exposure exceeds 200 μg/m3—on the effective date.

(B) Employees whose 8-hour TWA exposure exceeds the PEL but is less than

200 μg/m3—150 days from the effective

date.

(C) Powered, air-purifying respirators

provided under (f)(2)(ii)—210 days from

the effective date.

(D) Quantitative fit testing required

under (f)(3)(ii)—one year from effective

date. Qualitative fit testing is required

in the interim.

(7)(i) Written compliance plans required by paragraph (e)(3) shall be completed and available for inspection and

copying as soon as possible but no later

than the following schedule:

(A) Employers for whom compliance

with the PEL or interim level is required within 1 year from the effective

date—6 months from the effective date.

(B) Employers in secondary lead

smelting and refining and in lead storage battery manufacturing—1 year

from the effective date.

(C) Employers in primary smelting

and refining industry—1 year from the

effective date for the interim level; 5

years from the effective date for PEL.

(D) Plans for construction of hygiene

facilities, if required—6 months from

the effective date.

(E) All other industries—1 year from

the date on which the court lifts the

stay on the implementation of paragraph (e)(1) for the particular industry.

(8) The permissible exposure limit in

paragraph (c) shall become effective 150

days from the effective date.

APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1025—SUBSTANCE

DATA SHEET FOR OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE TO LEAD

I. SUBSTANCE IDENTIFICATION

A. Substance: Pure lead (Pb) is a heavy

metal at room temperature and pressure and

is a basic chemical element. It can combine

with various other substances to form numerous lead compounds.

B. Compounds Covered by the Standard: The

word ‘‘lead’’ when used in this standard

means elemental lead, all inorganic lead

compounds and a class of organic lead compounds called lead soaps. This standard does

not apply to other organic lead compounds.

C. Uses: Exposure to lead occurs in at least

120 different occupations, including primary

and secondary lead smelting, lead storage

battery manufacturing, lead pigment manufacturing and use, solder manufacturing and

use, shipbuilding and ship repairing, auto

manufacturing, and printing.

D. Permissible Exposure: The Permissible

Exposure Limit (PEL) set by the standard is

50 micrograms of lead per cubic meter of air

(50 μg/m3), averaged over an 8-hour workday.

E. Action Level: The standard establishes

an action level of 30 micrograms per cubic

meter of air (30 μg/m3), time weighted average, based on an 8-hour work-day. The action

level initiates several requirements of the

standard, such as exposure monitoring, medical surveillance, and training and education.

II. HEALTH HAZARD DATA

A. Ways in which lead enters your body.

When absorbed into your body in certain

doses lead is a toxic substance. The object of

the lead standard is to prevent absorption of

harmful quantities of lead. The standard is

intended to protect you not only from the

immediate toxic effects of lead, but also

from the serious toxic effects that may not

become apparent until years of exposure

have passed.

Lead can be absorbed into your body by inhalation (breathing) and ingestion (eating).

Lead (except for certain organic lead compounds not covered by the standard, such as

tetraethyl lead) is not absorbed through

your skin. When lead is scattered in the air

as a dust, fume or mist it can be inhaled and
118

§ 1910.1025 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

absorbed through you lungs and upper respiratory tract. Inhalation of airborne lead is

generally the most important source of occupational lead absorption. You can also absorb lead through your digestive system if

lead gets into your mouth and is swallowed.

If you handle food, cigarettes, chewing tobacco, or make-up which have lead on them

or handle them with hands contaminated

with lead, this will contribute to ingestion.

A significant portion of the lead that you

inhale or ingest gets into your blood stream.

Once in your blood stream, lead is circulated

throughout your body and stored in various

organs and body tissues. Some of this lead is

quickly filtered out of your body and excreted, but some remains in the blood and

other tissues. As exposure to lead continues,

the amount stored in your body will increase

if you are absorbing more lead than your

body is excreting. Even though you may not

be aware of any immediate symptoms of disease, this lead stored in your tissues can be

slowly causing irreversible damage, first to

individual cells, then to your organs and

whole body systems.

B. Effects of overexposure to lead—(1) Short

term (acute) overexposure. Lead is a potent,

systemic poison that serves no known useful

function once absorbed by your body. Taken

in large enough doses, lead can kill you in a

matter of days. A condition affecting the

brain called acute encephalopathy may arise

which develops quickly to seizures, coma,

and death from cardiorespiratory arrest. A

short term dose of lead can lead to acute

encephalopathy. Short term occupational exposures of this magnitude are highly unusual, but not impossible. Similar forms of

encephalopathy may, however, arise from extended, chronic exposure to lower doses of

lead. There is no sharp dividing line between

rapidly developing acute effects of lead, and

chronic effects which take longer to acquire.

Lead adversely affects numerous body systems, and causes forms of health impairment

and disease which arise after periods of exposure as short as days or as long as several

years.

(2) Long-term (chronic) overexposure. Chronic overexposure to lead may result in severe

damage to your blood-forming, nervous, urinary and reproductive systems. Some common symptoms of chronic overexposure include loss of appetite, metallic taste in the

mouth, anxiety, constipation, nausea, pallor,

excessive tiredness, weakness, insomnia,

headache, nervous irritability, muscle and

joint pain or soreness, fine tremors, numbness, dizziness, hyperactivity and colic. In

lead colic there may be severe abdominal

pain.

Damage to the central nervous system in

general and the brain (encephalopathy) in

particular is one of the most severe forms of

lead poisoning. The most severe, often fatal,

form of encephalopathy may be preceded by

vomiting, a feeling of dullness progressing to

drowsiness and stupor, poor memory, restlessness, irritability, tremor, and convulsions. It may arise suddenly with the onset

of seizures, followed by coma, and death.

There is a tendency for muscular weakness

to develop at the same time. This weakness

may progress to paralysis often observed as

a characteristic ‘‘wrist drop’’ or ‘‘foot drop’’

and is a manifestation of a disease to the

nervous system called peripheral neuropathy.

Chronic overexposure to lead also results

in kidney disease with few, if any, symptoms

appearing until extensive and most likely

permanent kidney damage has occurred.

Routine laboratory tests reveal the presence

of this kidney disease only after about twothirds of kidney function is lost. When overt

symptoms of urinary dysfunction arise, it is

often too late to correct or prevent worsening conditions, and progression to kidney

dialysis or death is possible.

Chronic overexposure to lead impairs the

reproductive systems of both men and

women. Overexposure to lead may result in

decreased sex drive, impotence and sterility

in men. Lead can alter the structure of

sperm cells raising the risk of birth defects.

There is evidence of miscarriage and stillbirth in women whose husbands were exposed

to lead or who were exposed to lead themselves. Lead exposure also may result in decreased fertility, and abnormal menstrual

cycles in women. The course of pregnancy

may be adversely affected by exposure to

lead since lead crosses the placental barrier

and poses risks to developing fetuses. Children born of parents either one of whom were

exposed to excess lead levels are more likely

to have birth defects, mental retardation, behavioral disorders or die during the first

year of childhood.

Overexposure to lead also disrupts the

blood-forming system resulting in decreased

hemoglobin (the substance in the blood that

carries oxygen to the cells) and ultimately

anemia. Anemia is characterized by weakness, pallor and fatigability as a result of decreased oxygen carrying capacity in the

blood.

(3) Health protection goals of the standard.

Prevention of adverse health effects for most

workers from exposure to lead throughout a

working lifetime requires that worker blood

lead (PbB) levels be maintained at or below

forty micrograms per one hundred grams of

whole blood (40 μg/100g). The blood lead levels of workers (both male and female workers) who intend to have children should be

maintained below 30 μg/100g to minimize adverse reproductive health effects to the parents and to the developing fetus.

The measurement of your blood lead level

is the most useful indicator of the amount of

lead being absorbed by your body. Blood lead

levels (PbB) are most often reported in units
119

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

of milligrams (mg) or micrograms (μg) of

lead (1 mg=1000 μg) per 100 grams (100g), 100

milliters (100 ml) or deciliter (dl) of blood.

These three units are essentially the same.

Sometime PbB’s are expressed in the form of

mg% or μg%. This is a shorthand notation

for 100g, 100 ml, or dl.

PbB measurements show the amount of

lead circulating in your blood stream, but do

not give any information about the amount

of lead stored in your various tissues. PbB

measurements merely show current absorption of lead, not the effect that lead is having on your body or the effects that past lead

exposure may have already caused. Past research into lead-related diseases, however,

has focused heavily on associations between

PbBs and various diseases. As a result, your

PbB is an important indicator of the likelihood that you will gradually acquire a leadrelated health impairment or disease.

Once your blood lead level climbs above 40

μg/100g, your risk of disease increases. There

is a wide variability of individual response to

lead, thus it is difficult to say that a particular PbB in a given person will cause a

particular effect. Studies have associated

fatal encephalopathy with PbBs as low as 150

μg/100g. Other studies have shown other

forms of diseases in some workers with PbBs

well below 80 μg/100g. Your PbB is a crucial

indicator of the risks to your health, but one

other factor is also extremely important.

This factor is the length of time you have

had elevated PbBs. The longer you have an

elevated PbB, the greater the risk that large

quantities of lead are being gradually stored

in your organs and tissues (body burden).

The greater your overall body burden, the

greater the chances of substantial permanent damage.

The best way to prevent all forms of leadrelated impairments and diseases—both

short term and long term- is to maintain

your PbB below 40 μg/100g. The provisions of

the standard are designed with this end in

mind. Your employer has prime responsibility to assure that the provisions of the

standard are complied with both by the company and by individual workers. You as a

worker, however, also have a responsibility

to assist your employer in complying with

the standard. You can play a key role in protecting your own health by learning about

the lead hazards and their control, learning

what the standard requires, following the

standard where it governs your own actions,

and seeing that your employer complies with

provisions governing his actions.

(4) Reporting signs and symptoms of health

problems. You should immediately notify

your employer if you develop signs or symptoms associated with lead poisoning or if you

desire medical advice concerning the effects

of current or past exposure to lead on your

ability to have a healthy child. You should

also notify your employer if you have difficulty breathing during a respirator fit test

or while wearing a respirator. In each of

these cases your employer must make available to you appropriate medical examinations or consultations. These must be provided at no cost to you and at a reasonable

time and place.

The standard contains a procedure whereby you can obtain a second opinion by a physician of your choice if the employer selected

the initial physician.

APPENDIX B TO §1910.1025—EMPLOYEE

STANDARD SUMMARY

This appendix summarizes key provisions

of the standard that you as a worker should

become familiar with.

I. PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMIT (PEL)—

PARAGRAPH (c)

The standards sets a permissible exposure

limit (PEL) of fifty micrograms of lead per

cubic meter of air (50 μg/m3), averaged over

an 8-hour work-day. This is the highest level

of lead in air to which you may be permissibly exposed over an 8-hour workday. Since

it is an 8-hour average it permits short exposures above the PEL so long as for each 8-

hour work day your average exposure does

not exceed the PEL.

This standard recognizes that your daily

exposure to lead can extend beyond a typical

8-hour workday as the result of overtime or

other alterations in your work schedule. To

deal with this, the standard contains a formula which reduces your permissible exposure when you are exposed more than 8

hours. For example, if you are exposed to

lead for 10 hours a day, the maximum permitted average exposure would be 40 μg/m3.

II. EXPOSURE MONITORING—PARAGRAPH (d)

If lead is present in the workplace where

you work in any quantity, your employer is

required to make an initial determination of

whether the action level is exceeded for any

employee. This initial determination must

include instrument monitoring of the air for

the presence of lead and must cover the exposure of a representative number of employees who are reasonably believed to have

the highest exposure levels. If your employer

has conducted appropriate air sampling for

lead in the past year he may use these results. If there have been any employee complaints of symptoms which may be attributable to exposure to lead or if there is any

other information or observations which

would indicate employee exposure to lead,

this must also be considered as part of the

initial determination. This initial determination must have been completed by

March 31, 1979. If this initial determination

shows that a reasonable possibility exists

that any employee may be exposed, without
120

§ 1910.1025 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

regard to respirators, over the action level

(30 μg/m3) your employer must set up an air

monitoring program to determine the exposure level of every employee exposed to lead

at your workplace.

In carrying out this air monitoring program, your employer is not required to monitor the exposure of every employee, but he

must monitor a representative number of

employees and job types. Enough sampling

must be done to enable each employee’s exposure level to be reasonably least one full

shift (at least 7 hours) air sample. In addition, these air samples must be taken under

conditions which represent each employee’s

regular, daily exposure to lead. All initial exposure monitoring must have been completed by May 30, 1979.

If you are exposed to lead and air sampling

is performed, your employer is required to

quickly notify you in writing of air monitoring results which represent your exposure. If the results indicate your exposure

exceeds the PEL (without regard to your use

of respirators), then your employer must

also notify you of this in writing, and provide you with a description of the corrective

action that will be taken to reduce your exposure.

Your exposure must be rechecked by monitoring every six months if your exposure is

over the action level but below the PEL. Air

monitoring must be repeated every 3 months

if you are exposed over the PEL. Your employer may discontinue monitoring for you if

2 consecutive measurements, taken at least

two weeks apart, are below the action level.

However, whenever there is a production,

process, control, or personnel change at your

workplace which may result in new or additional exposure to lead, or whenever there is

any other reason to suspect a change which

may result in new or additional exposure to

lead, your employer must perform additional

monitoring.

III. METHODS OF COMPLIANCE—PARAGRAPH (e)

Your employer is required to assure that

no employee is exposed to lead in excess of

the PEL. The standard establishes a priority

of methods to be used to meet the PEL.

IV. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION—PARAGRAPH (f)

Your employer is required to provide and

assure your use of respirators when your exposure to lead is not controlled below the

PEL by other means. The employer must pay

the cost of the respirator. Whenever you request one, your employer is also required to

provide you a respirator even if your air exposure level does not exceed the PEL. You

might desire a respirator when, for example,

you have received medical advice that your

lead absorption should be decreased. Or, you

may intend to have children in the near future, and want to reduce the level of lead in

your body to minimize adverse reproductive

effects. While respirators are the least satisfactory means of controlling your exposure,

they are capable of providing significant protection if properly chosen, fitted, worn,

cleaned, maintained, and replaced when they

stop providing adequate protection.

Your employer is required to select respirators from the seven types listed in Table

II of the Respiratory Protection section of

the standard (§ 1910.1025(f)). Any respirator

chosen must be approved by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health

(NIOSH) under the provisions of 42 CFR part

84. This respirator selection table will enable

your employer to choose a type of respirator

that will give you a proper amount of protection based on your airborne lead exposure.

Your employer may select a type of respirator that provides greater protection than

that required by the standard; that is, one

recommended for a higher concentration of

lead than is present in your workplace. For

example, a powered air-purifying respirator

(PAPR) is much more protective than a typical negative pressure respirator, and may

also be more comfortable to wear. A PAPR

has a filter, cartridge, or canister to clean

the air, and a power source that continuously blows filtered air into your breathing

zone. Your employer might make a PAPR

available to you to ease the burden of having

to wear a respirator for long periods of time.

The standard provides that you can obtain a

PAPR upon request.

Your employer must also start a Respiratory Protection Program. This program

must include written procedures for the

proper selection, use, cleaning, storage, and

maintenance of respirators.

Your employer must ensure that your respirator facepiece fits properly. Proper fit of

a respirator facepiece is critical to your protection from airborne lead. Obtaining a proper fit on each employee may require your

employer to make available several different

types of respirator masks. To ensure that

your respirator fits properly and that facepiece leakage is minimal, your employer

must give you either a qualitative or quantitative fit test as specified in Appendix A of

the Respiratory Protection standard located

at 29 CFR 1910.134.

You must also receive from your employer

proper training in the use of respirators.

Your employer is required to teach you how

to wear a respirator, to know why it is needed, and to understand its limitations.

The standard provides that if your respirator uses filter elements, you must be

given an opportunity to change the filter elements whenever an increase in breathing resistance is detected. You also must be permitted to periodically leave your work area

to wash your face and respirator facepiece

whenever necessary to prevent skin irritation. If you ever have difficulty in breathing
121

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

during a fit test or while using a respirator,

your employer must make a medical examination available to you to determine whether you can safely wear a respirator. The result of this examination may be to give you

a positive pressure respirator (which reduces

breathing resistance) or to provide alternative means of protection.

V. PROTECTIVE WORK CLOTHING AND

EQUIPMENT—PARAGRAPH (g)

If you are exposed to lead above the PEL,

or if you are exposed to lead compounds such

as lead arsenate or lead azide which can

cause skin and eye irritation, your employer

must provide you with protective work

clothing and equipment appropriate for the

hazard. If work clothing is provided, it must

be provided in a clean and dry condition at

least weekly, and daily if your airborne exposure to lead is greater than 200 μg/m3. Appropriate protective work clothing and

equipment can include coveralls or similar

full-body work clothing, gloves, hats, shoes

or disposable shoe coverlets, and face shields

or vented goggles. Your employer is required

to provide all such equipment at no cost to

you. He is responsible for providing repairs

and replacement as necessary, and also is responsible for the cleaning, laundering or disposal of protective clothing and equipment.

Contaminated work clothing or equipment

must be removed in change rooms and not

worn home or you will extend your exposure

and expose your family since lead from your

clothing can accumulate in your house, car,

etc. Contaminated clothing which is to be

cleaned, laundered or disposed of must be

placed in closed containers in the change

room. At no time may lead be removed from

protective clothing or equipment by any

means which disperses lead into the workroom air.

VI. HOUSEKEEPING—PARAGRAPH (h)

Your employer must establish a housekeeping program sufficient to maintain all

surfaces as free as practicable of accumulations of lead dust. Vacuuming is the preferred method of meeting this requirement,

and the use of compressed air to clean floors

and other surfaces is absolutely prohibited.

Dry or wet sweeping, shoveling, or brushing

may not be used except where vaccuming or

other equally effective methods have been

tried and do not work. Vacuums must be

used and emptied in a manner which minimizes the reentry of lead into the workplace.

VII. HYGIENE FACILITIES AND PRACTICES—

PARAGRAPH (i)

The standard requires that change rooms,

showers, and filtered air lunchrooms be constructed and made available to workers exposed to lead above the PEL. When the PEL

is exceeded the employer must assure that

food and beverage is not present or consumed, tobacco products are not present or

used, and cosmetics are not applied, except

in these facilities. Change rooms, showers,

and lunchrooms, must be used by workers

exposed in excess of the PEL. After showering, no clothing or equipment worn during

the shift may be worn home, and this includes shoes and underwear. Your own clothing worn during the shift should be carried

home and cleaned carefully so that it does

not contaminate your home. Lunchrooms

may not be entered with protective clothing

or equipment unless surface dust has been

removed by vacuuming, downdraft booth, or

other cleaning method. Finally, workers exposed above the PEL must wash both their

hands and faces prior to eating, drinking,

smoking or applying cosmetics.

All of the facilities and hygiene practices

just discussed are essential to minimize additional sources of lead absorption from inhalation or ingestion of lead that may accumulate on you, your clothes, or your possessions. Strict compliance with these provisions can virtually eliminate several sources

of lead exposure which significantly contribute to excessive lead absorption.

VIII. MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE—PARAGRAPH (j)

The medical surveillance program is part

of the standard’s comprehensive approach to

the prevention of lead-related disease. Its

purpose is to supplement the main thrust of

the standard which is aimed at minimizing

airborne concentrations of lead and sources

of ingestion. Only medical surveillance can

determine if the other provisions of the

standard have affectively protected you as

an individual. Compliance with the standard’s provision will protect most workers

from the adverse effects of lead exposure, but

may not be satisfactory to protect individual

workers (1) who have high body burdens of

lead acquired over past years, (2) who have

additional uncontrolled sources of non-occupational lead exposure, (3) who exhibit unusual variations in lead absorption rates, or

(4) who have specific non-work related medical conditions which could be aggravated by

lead exposure (e.g., renal disease, anemia). In

addition, control systems may fail, or hygiene and respirator programs may be inadequate. Periodic medical surveillance of individual workers will help detect those failures. Medical surveillance will also be important to protect your reproductive ability—

regardless of whether you are a man or

woman.

All medical surveillance required by the

standard must be performed by or under the

supervision of a licensed physician. The employer must provide required medical surveillance without cost to employees and at a

reasonable time and place. The standard’s

medical surveillance program has two parts122

§ 1910.1025 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

periodic biological monitoring and medical

examinations.

Your employer’s obligation to offer you

medical surveillance is triggered by the results of the air monitoring program. Medical

surveillance must be made available to all

employees who are exposed in excess of the

action level for more than 30 days a year.

The initial phase of the medical surveillance

program, which includes blood lead level

tests and medical examinations, must be

completed for all covered employees no later

than August 28, 1979. Priority within this

first round of medical surveillance must be

given to employees whom the employer believes to be at greatest risk from continued

exposure (for example, those with the longest prior exposure to lead, or those with the

highest current exposure). Thereafter, the

employer must periodically make medical

surveillance—both biological monitoring and

medical examinations—available to all covered employees.

Biological monitoring under the standard

consists of blood lead level (PbB) and zinc

protoporphyrin tests at least every 6 months

after the initial PbB test. A zinc

protoporphyrin (ZPP) test is a very useful

blood test which measures an effect of lead

on your body. Thus biological monitoring

under the standard is currently limited to

PbB testing. If a worker’s PbB exceeds 40 μg/

100g the monitoring frequency must be increased from every 6 months to at least

every 2 months and not reduced until two

consecutive PbBs indicate a blood lead level

below 40 μg/100g. Each time your PbB is determined to be over 40 μg/100g, your employer

must notify you of this in writing within five

working days of his receipt of the test results. The employer must also inform you

that the standard requires temporary medical removal with economic protection when

your PbB exceeds certain criteria. (See Discussion of Medical Removal Protection—

Paragraph (k).) During the first year of the

standard, this removal criterion is 80 μg/100g.

Anytime your PbB exceeds 80 μg/100g your

employer must make available to you a

prompt follow-up PbB test to ascertain your

PbB. If the two tests both exceed 80 μg/100g

and you are temporarily removed, then your

employer must make successive PbB tests

available to you on a monthly basis during

the period of your removal.

Medical examinations beyond the initial

one must be made available on an annual

basis if your blood lead level exceeds 40 μg/

100g at any time during the preceding year.

The initial examination will provide information to establish a baseline to which subsequent data can be compared. An initial

medical examination must also be made

available (prior to assignment) for each employee being assigned for the first time to an

area where the airborne concentration of

lead equals or exceeds the action level. In addition, a medical examination or consultation must be made available as soon as possible if you notify your employer that you

are experiencing signs or symptoms commonly associated with lead poisoning or that

you have difficulty breathing while wearing

a respirator or during a respirator fit test.

You must also be provided a medical examination or consultation if you notify your

employer that you desire medical advice

concerning the effects of current or past exposure to lead on your ability to procreate a

healthy child.

Finally, appropriate follow-up medical examinations or consultations may also be provided for employees who have been temporarily removed from exposure under the

medical removal protection provisions of the

standard. (See Part IX, below.)

The standard specifies the minimum content of pre-assignment and annual medical

examinations. The content of other types of

medical examinations and consultations is

left up to the sound discretion of the examining physician. Pre-assignment and annual

medical examinations must include (1) a detailed work history and medical history, (2)

a thorough physical examination, and (3) a

series of laboratory tests designed to check

your blood chemistry and your kidney function. In addition, at any time upon your request, a laboratory evaluation of male fertility will be made (microscopic examination

of a sperm sample), or a pregnancy test will

be given.

The standard does not require that you

participate in any of the medical procedures,

tests, etc. which your employer is required

to make available to you. Medical surveillance can, however, play a very important

role in protecting your health. You are

strongly encouraged, therefore, to participate in a meaningful fashion. The standard

contains a multiple physician review mechanism which would give you a chance to have

a physician of your choice directly participate in the medical surveillance program. If

you were dissatisfied with an examination by

a physician chosen by your employer, you

could select a second physician to conduct

an independent analysis. The two doctors

would attempt to resolve any differences of

opinion, and select a third physician to resolve any firm dispute. Generally your employer will choose the physician who conducts medical surveillance under the lead

standard—unless you and your employer can

agree on the choice of a physician or physicians. Some companies and unions have

agreed in advance, for example, to use certain independent medical laboratories or

panels of physicians. Any of these arrangements are acceptable so long as required

medical surveillance is made available to

workers.

The standard requires your employer to

provide certain information to a physician to
123

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

aid in his or her examination of you. This information includes (1) the standard and its

appendices, (2) a description of your duties as

they relate to lead exposure, (3) your exposure level, (4) a description of personal protective equipment you wear, (5) prior blood

lead level results, and (6) prior written medical opinions concerning you that the employer has. After a medical examination or

consultation the physician must prepare a

written report which must contain (1) the

physician’s opinion as to whether you have

any medical condition which places you at

increased risk of material impairment to

health from exposure to lead, (2) any recommended special protective measures to be

provided to you, (3) any blood lead level determinations, and (4) any recommended limitation on your use of respirators. This last

element must include a determination of

whether you can wear a powered air purifying respirator (PAPR) if you are found unable to wear a negative pressure respirator.

The medical surveillance program of the

lead standard may at some point in time

serve to notify certain workers that they

have acquired a disease or other adverse

medical condition as a result of occupational

lead exposure. If this is true, these workers

might have legal rights to compensation

from public agencies, their employers, firms

that supply hazardous products to their employers, or other persons. Some states have

laws, including worker compensation laws,

that disallow a worker who learns of a jobrelated health impairment to sue, unless the

worker sues within a short period of time

after learning of the impairment. (This period of time may be a matter of months or

years.) An attorney can be consulted about

these possibilities. It should be stressed that

OSHA is in no way trying to either encourage or discourage claims or lawsuits. However, since results of the standard’s medical

surveillance program can significantly affect

the legal remedies of a worker who has acquired a job-related disease or impairment,

it is proper for OSHA to make you aware of

this.

The medical surveillance section of the

standard also contains provisions dealing

with chelation. Chelation is the use of certain drugs (administered in pill form or injected into the body) to reduce the amount

of lead absorbed in body tissues. Experience

accumulated by the medical and scientific

communities has largely confirmed the effectiveness of this type of therapy for the treatment of very severe lead poisoning. On the

other hand, it has also been established that

there can be a long list of extremely harmful

side effects associated with the use of

chelating agents. The medical community

has balanced the advantages and disadvantages resulting from the use of chelating

agents in various circumstances and has established when the use of these agents is acceptable. The standard includes these accepted limitations due to a history of abuse

of chelation therapy by some lead companies. The most widely used chelating agents

are calcium disodium EDTA, (Ca Na2 EDTA),

Calcium Disodium Versenate (Versenate),

and d-penicillamine (pencillamine or

Cupramine).

The standard prohibits ‘‘prophylactic chelation’’ of any employee by any person the

employer retains, supervises or controls.

‘‘Prophylactic chelation’’ is the routine use

of chelating or similarly acting drugs to prevent elevated blood levels in workers who are

occupationally exposed to lead, or the use of

these drugs to routinely lower blood lead levels to predesignated concentrations believed

to be ‘safe’. It should be emphasized that

where an employer takes a worker who has

no symptoms of lead poisoning and has chelation carried out by a physician (either inside or outside of a hospital) solely to reduce

the worker’s blood lead level, that will generally be considered prophylactic chelation.

The use of a hospital and a physician does

not mean that prophylactic chelation is not

being performed. Routine chelation to prevent increased or reduce current blood lead

levels is unacceptable whatever the setting.

The standard allows the use of ‘‘therapeutic’’ or ‘‘diagnostic’’ chelation if administered under the supervision of a licensed

physician in a clinical setting with thorough

and appropriate medical monitoring. Therapeutic chelation responds to severe lead poisoning where there are marked symptoms.

Diagnostic chelation involved giving a patient a dose of the drug then collecting all

urine excreted for some period of time as an

aid to the diagnosis of lead poisoning.

In cases where the examining physician determines that chelation is appropriate, you

must be notified in writing of this fact before

such treatment. This will inform you of a potentially harmful treatment, and allow you

to obtain a second opinion.

IX. MEDICAL REMOVAL PROTECTION—

PARAGRAPH (k)

Excessive lead absorption subjects you to

increased risk of disease. Medical removal

protection (MRP) is a means of protecting

you when, for whatever reasons, other methods, such as engineering controls, work practices, and respirators, have failed to provide

the protection you need. MRP involves the

temproary removal of a worker from his or

her regular job to a place of significantly

lower exposure without any loss of earnings,

seniority, or other employment rights or

benefits. The purpose of this program is to

cease further lead absorption and allow your

body to naturally excrete lead which has previously been absorbed. Temporary medical

removal can result from an elevated blood

lead level, or a medical opinion. Up to 18

months of protection is provided as a result
124

§ 1910.1025 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

of either form of removal. The vast majority

of removed workers, however, will return to

their former jobs long before this eighteen

month period expires. The standard contains

special provisions to deal with the extraordinary but possible case where a longterm

worker’s blood lead level does not adequately decline during eighteen months of

removal.

During the first year of the standard, if

your blood lead level is 80 μg/100g or above

you must be removed from any exposure

where your air lead level without a respirator would be 100 μg/m3or above. If you are

removed from your normal job you may not

be returned until your blood lead level declines to at least 60 μg/100g. These criteria

for removal and return will change according

to the following schedule:

Removal blood lead (μg/100

g) Air lead (μg/m3) Return blood lead (μg/100 g)

After Mar. 1, 1980 ............................................... 70 and above ......................... 50 and above ........... At or below 50.

After Mar. 1, 1981 ............................................... 60 and above ......................... 30 and above ........... At or below 40.

After Mar. 1, 1983 ............................................... 50 and above averaged over

six months.

30 and above ........... Do.

You may also be removed from exposure

even if your blood lead levels are below these

criteria if a final medical determination indicates that you temporarily need reduced

lead exposure for medical reasons. If the physician who is implementing your employers

medical program makes a final written opinion recommending your removal or other

special protective measures, your employer

must implement the physician’s recommendation. If you are removed in this

manner, you may only be returned when the

doctor indicates that it is safe for you to do

so.

The standard does not give specific instructions dealing with what an employer

must do with a removed worker. Your job assignment upon removal is a matter for you,

your employer and your union (if any) to

work out consistent with existing procedures

for job assignments. Each removal must be

accomplished in a manner consistent with

existing collective bargaining relationships.

Your employer is given broad discretion to

implement temporary removals so long as no

attempt is made to override existing agreements. Similarly, a removed worker is provided no right to veto an employer’s choice

which satisfies the standard.

In most cases, employers will likely transfer removed employees to other jobs with

sufficiently low lead exposure. Alternatively,

a worker’s hours may be reduced so that the

time weighted average exposure is reduced,

or he or she may be temporarily laid off if no

other alternative is feasible.

In all of these situation, MRP benefits

must be provided during the period of removal—i.e., you continue to receive the

same earnings, seniority, and other rights

and benefits you would have had if you had

not been removed. Earnings includes more

than just your base wage; it includes overtime, shift differentials, incentives, and

other compensation you would have earned if

you had not been removed. During the period

of removal you must also be provided with

appropriate follow-up medical surveillance.

If you were removed because your blood lead

level was too high, you must be provided

with a monthly blood test. If a medical opinion caused your removal, you must be provided medical tests or examinations that the

doctor believes to be appropriate. If you do

not participate in this follow up medical surveillance, you may lose your eligibility for

MRP benefits.

When you are medically eligible to return

to your former job, your employer must return you to your ‘‘former job status.’’ This

means that you are entitled to the position,

wages, benefits, etc., you would have had if

you had not been removed. If you would still

be in your old job if no removal had occurred

that is where you go back. If not, you are returned consistent with whatever job assignment discretion your employer would have

had if no removal had occurred. MRP only

seeks to maintain your rights, not expand

them or diminish them.

If you are removed under MRP and you are

also eligible for worker compensation or

other compensation for lost wages, your employer’s MRP benefits obligation is reduced

by the amount that you actually receive from

these other sources. This is also true if you

obtain other employment during the time

you are laid off with MRP benefits.

The standard also covers situations where

an employer voluntarily removes a worker

from exposure to lead due to the effects of

lead on the employee’s medical condition,

even though the standard does not require

removal. In these situations MRP benefits

must still be provided as though the standard required removal. Finally, it is important to note that in all cases where removal

is required, respirators cannot be used as a

substitute. Respirators may be used before

removal becomes necessary, but not as an alternative to a transfer to a low exposure job,

or to a lay-off with MRP benefits.
125

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

X. EMPLOYEE INFORMATION AND TRAINING—

PARAGRAPH (l)

Your employer is required to provide an information and training program for all employees exposed to lead above the action

level or who may suffer skin or eye irritation

from lead. This program must inform these

employees of the specific hazards associated

with their work environment, protective

measures which can be taken, the danger of

lead to their bodies (including their reproductive systems), and their rights under the

standard. In addition your employer must

make readily available to all employees, including those exposed below the action level,

a copy of the standard and its appendices and

must distribute to all employees any materials provided to the employer by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration

(OSHA).

Your employer is required to complete this

training program for all employees by August 28, 1979. After this date, all new employees must be trained prior to initial assignment to areas where there is a possibility of

exposure over the action level.

This training program must also be provided at least annually thereafter.

XI. SIGNS—PARAGRAPH (m)

The standard requires that the following

warning sign be posted in work areas where

the exposure to lead exceeds the PEL:

WARNING

LEAD WORK AREA

NO SMOKING OR EATING

XII. RECORDKEEPING—PARAGRAPH (n)

Your employer is required to keep all

records of exposure monitoring for airborne

lead. These records must include the name

and job classification of employees measured, details of the sampling and analytic

techniques, the results of this sampling, and

the type of respiratory protection being

worn by the person sampled. Your employer

is also required to keep all records of biological monitoring and medical examination results. These must include the names of the

employees, the physician’s written opinion,

and a copy of the results of the examination.

All of the above kinds of records must be

kept for 40 years, or for at least 20 years

after your termination of employment,

whichever is longer.

Recordkeeping is also required if you are

temporarily removed from your job under

the medical removal protection program.

This record must include your name and social security number, the date of your removal and return, how the removal was or is

being accomplished, and whether or not the

reason for the removal was an elevated blood

lead level. Your employer is required to keep

each medical removal record only for as long

as the duration of an employee’s employment.

The standard requires that if you request

to see or copy environmental monitoring,

blood lead level monitoring, or medical removal records, they must be made available

to you or to a representative that you authorize. Your union also has access to these

records. Medical records other than PbB’s

must also be provided upon request to you,

to your physician or to any other person

whom you may specifically designate. Your

union does not have access to your personal

medical records unless you authorize their

access.

XIII. OBSERVATIONS OF MONITORING—

PARAGRAPH (o)

When air monitoring for lead is performed

at your workplace as required by this standard, your employer must allow you or someone you designate to act as an observer of

the monitoring. Observers are entitled to an

explanation of the measurement procedure,

and to record the results obtained. Since results will not normally be available at the

time of the monitoring, observers are entitled to record or receive the results of the

monitoring when returned by the laboratory.

Your employer is required to provide the observer with any personal protective devices

required to be worn by employees working in

the area that is being monitored. The employer must require the observer to wear all

such equipment and to comply with all other

applicable safety and health procedures.

XIV. EFFECTIVE DATE—PARAGRAPH (p)

The standard’s effective data is March 1,

1979, and employer obligations under the

standard begin to come into effect as of that

date.

XV. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A. Copies of the Standard and explanatory

material may be obtained by writing or calling the OSHA Docket Office, U.S. Department of Labor, room N2634, 200 Constitution

Avenue, N.W., Washington, DC 20210. Telephone: (202) 219–7894.

1. The standard and summary of the statement of reasons (preamble), FEDERAL REGISTER, Volume 43, pp. 52952–53014, November

14, 1978.

2. The full statement of reasons (preamble)

FEDERAL REGISTER, vol. 43, pp. 54354–54509,

November 21, 1978.

3. Partial Administrative Stay and Corrections to the standard, (44 FR 5446–5448) January 26, 1979.

4. Notice of the Partial Judicial Stay (44

FR 14554–14555) March 13, 1979.

5. Corrections to the preamble, FEDERAL

REGISTER, vol. 44, pp. 20680–20681, April 6,

1979.
126

§ 1910.1025 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

1The term inorganic lead used throughout

the medical surveillance appendices is meant

to be synonymous with the definition of lead

set forth in the standard.

6. Additional correction to the preamble

concerning the construction industry, FEDERAL REGISTER, vol. 44, p. 50338, August 28,

1979.

7. Appendices to the standard (Appendices

A, B, C), FEDERAL REGISTER, Vol. 44, pp.

60980–60995, October 23, 1979.

8. Corrections to appendices, FEDERAL REGISTER, Vol. 44, 68828, November 30, 1979.

9. Revision to the standard and an additional appendix (Appendix D), FEDERAL REGISTER, Vol. 47, pp. 51117–51119, November 12,

1982.

10. Notice of reopening of lead rulemaking

for nine remand industry sectors, FEDERAL

REGISTER, vol. 53, pp. 11511–11513, April 7,

1988.

11. Statement of reasons, FEDERAL REGISTER, vol. 54, pp. 29142–29275, July 11, 1989.

12. Statement of reasons, FEDERAL REGISTER, vol. 55, pp. 3146–3167, January 30, 1990.

13. Correction to appendix B, FEDERAL

REGISTER, vol. 55, pp. 4998–4999, February 13,

1991.

14. Correction to appendices, FEDERAL REGISTER, vol. 56, p. 24686, May 31, 1991.

B. Additional information about the standard, its enforcement, and your employer’s

compliance can be obtained from the nearest

OSHA Area Office listed in your telephone

directory under United States Government/

Department of Labor.

APPENDIX C TO §1910.1025—MEDICAL

SURVEILLANCE GUIDELINES

INTRODUCTION

The primary purpose of the Occupational

Safety and Health Act of 1970 is to assure, so

far as possible, safe and healthful working

conditions for every working man and

woman. The occupational health standard

for inorganic lead1 was promulgated to protect workers exposed to inorganic lead including metallic lead, all inorganic lead

compounds and organic lead soaps.

Under this final standard in effect as of

March 1, 1979, occupational exposure to inorganic lead is to be limited to 50 μg/m3

(micrograms per cubic meter) based on an 8

hour time-weighted average (TWA). This

level of exposure eventually must be

achieved through a combination of engineering, work practice and other administrative

controls. Periods of time ranging from 1 to 10

years are provided for different industries to

implement these controls. The schedule

which is based on individual industry considerations is given in Table 1. Until these controls are in place, respirators must be used

to meet the 50 μg/m3 exposure limit.

The standard also provides for a program

of biological monitoring and medical surveillance for all employees exposed to levels of

inorganic lead above the action level of 30 μg/

m3 (TWA) for more than 30 days per year.

The purpose of this document is to outline

the medical surveillance provisions of the

standard for inorganic lead, and to provide

further information to the physician regarding the examination and evaluation of workers exposed to inorganic lead.

Section 1 provides a detailed description of

the monitoring procedure including the required frequency of blood testing for exposed

workers, provisions for medical removal protection (MRP), the recommended right of the

employee to a second medical opinion, and

notification and recordkeeping requirements

of the employer. A discussion of the requirements for respirator use and respirator monitoring and OSHA’s position on prophylactic

chelation therapy are also included in this

section.

Section 2 discusses the toxic effects and

clinical manifestations of lead poisoning and

effects of lead intoxication on enzymatic

pathways in heme synthesis. The adverse effects on both male and female reproductive

capacity and on the fetus are also discussed.

Section 3 outlines the recommended medical evaluation of the worker exposed to inorganic lead including details of the medical

history, physical examination, and recommended laboratory tests, which are based

on the toxic effects of lead as discussed in

Section 2.

Section 4 provides detailed information

concerning the laboratory tests available for

the monitoring of exposed workers. Included

also is a discussion of the relative value of

each test and the limitations and precautions which are necessary in the interpretation of the laboratory results.

TABLE 1

Permissible airborne lead levels by industry (μg/m3) 1

Effective date

Mar. 1,

1979

Mar. 1,

1980

Mar. 1,

1981

Mar. 1,

1982

Mar. 1,

1984

Mar. 1,

1989

(final)

1. Primary lead production ........................................................ 200 200 200 100 100 50

2. Secondary lead production ................................................... 200 200 200 100 50 50

3. Lead-acid battery manufacturing .......................................... 200 200 100 100 50 50

4. Nonferrous foundries ............................................................ 200 100 100 100 50 50
127

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

TABLE 1—Continued

Permissible airborne lead levels by industry (μg/m3) 1

Effective date

Mar. 1,

1979

Mar. 1,

1980

Mar. 1,

1981

Mar. 1,

1982

Mar. 1,

1984

Mar. 1,

1989

(final)

5. Lead pigment manufacturing ................................................ 200 200 200 100 50 50

6. All other industries ................................................................ 200 50 50 50 50 50

1Airborne levels to be achieved without reliance or respirator protection through a combination of engineering, work practice

and other administrative controls. While these controls are being implemented respirators must be used to meet the 50 μg/m3

exposure limit.

I. MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS FOR WORKERS EXPOSED TO INORGANIC LEAD

Under the occupational health standard for

inorganic lead, a program of biological monitoring and medical surveillance is to be

made available to all employees exposed to

lead above the action level of 30 μg/m3 TWA

for more than 30 days each year. This program consists of periodic blood sampling and

medical evaluation to be performed on a

schedule which is defined by previous laboratory results, worker complaints or concerns,

and the clinical assessment of the examining

physician.

Under this program, the blood lead level of

all employees who are exposed to lead above

the action level of 30 μg/m3 is to be determined at least every six months. The frequency is increased to every two months for

employees whose last blood lead level was

between 40 μ g/100 g whole blood and the level

requiring employee medical removal to be

discussed below. For employees who are removed from exposure to lead due to an elevated blood lead, a new blood lead level must

be measured monthly. A zinc protoporphyrin

(ZPP) is required on each occasion that a

blood lead level measurement is made.

An annual medical examination and consultation performed under the guidelines discussed in Section 3 is to be made available to

each employee for whom a blood test conducted at any time during the preceding 12

months indicated a blood lead level at or

above 40 μ g/100 g. Also, an examination is to

be given to all employees prior to their assignment to an area in which airborne lead

concentrations reach or exceed the action

level. In addition, a medical examination

must be provided as soon as possible after

notification by an employee that the employee has developed signs or symptoms

commonly associated with lead intoxication,

that the employee desires medical advice regarding lead exposure and the ability to procreate a healthy child, or that the employee

has demonstrated difficulty in breathing

during a respirator fitting test or during respirator use. An examination is also to be

made available to each employee removed

from exposure to lead due to a risk of sustaining material impairment to health, or

otherwise limited or specially protected pursuant to medical recommendations.

Results of biological monitoring or the recommendations of an examining physician

may necessitate removal of an employee

from further lead exposure pursuant to the

standard’s medical removal protection

(MRP) program. The object of the MRP program is to provide temporary medical removal to workers either with substantially

elevated blood lead levels or otherwise at

risk of sustaining material health impairment from continued substantial exposure to

lead. The following guidelines which are

summarized in Table 2 were created under

the standard for the temporary removal of

an exposed employee and his or her subsequent return to work in an exposure area.

TABLE 2

Effective date

Mar. 1, 1979 Mar. 1, 1980 Mar. 1, 1981 Mar. 1, 1982 Mar. 1, 1983 (final)

A. Blood lead level requiring employee medical removal. (Level

must be confirmed with second

follow-up blood lead level within

two weeks of first report.).

≥80 μg/100 g ≥70μg/100 g ≥60 μg/100 g ≥60 μg/100 g ≥60μg/100 g or average of

last three blood samples

or all blood samples

over previous 6 months

(whichever is over a

longer time period) is 50

μg/100 g or greater unless last blood sample is

40 μg/100 g or less.
128

§ 1910.1025 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

TABLE 2—Continued

Effective date

Mar. 1, 1979 Mar. 1, 1980 Mar. 1, 1981 Mar. 1, 1982 Mar. 1, 1983 (final)

B. Frequency which employees exposed to action level of lead (30

μg/m3 TWA) must have blood

lead level checked (ZPP is also

required in each occasion that a

blood lead is obtained.):

1. Last blood lead level less

than 40 μg/100 g.

Every 6

months

Every 6

months

Every 6

months

Every 6

months

Every 6 months.

2. Last blood lead level between 40 μg/100 g and level

requiring medical removal

(see A above).

Every 2

months

Every 2

months

Every 2

months

Every 2

months

Every 2 months.

3. Employees removed from

exposure to lead because of

an elevated blood lead level.

Every 1

month

Every 1

month

Every 1

month

Every 1

month

Every 1 month.

C. Permissible airborne exposure

limit for workers removed from

work due to an elevated blood

lead level (without regard to respirator protection).

100 μg/m3 8

hr TWA

50 μg/m3 8

hr TWA

30 μg/m3 8

hr TWA

30 μg/m3 8

hr TWA

30 μg/m3 8 hr TWA.

D. Blood lead level confirmed with

a second blood analysis, at

which employee may return to

work. Permissible exposure without regard to respirator protection is listed by industry in Table

I.

·60 μg/100 g ·50 μg/100 g ·40 μg/100 g ·40 μg/100 g ·40 μg/100 g.

NOTE: When medical opinion indicates that an employee is at risk of material impairment from exposure to lead, the physician

can remove an employee from exposures exceeding the action level (or less) or recommend special protective measures as

deemed appropriate and necessary. Medical monitoring during the medical removal period can be more stringent than noted in

the table above if the physician so specifies. Return to work or removal of limitations and special protections is permitted when

the physician indicates that the worker is no longer at risk of material impairment.

Under the standard’s ultimate worker removal criteria, a worker is to be removed

from any work having any eight hour TWA

exposure to lead of 30 μg/m3 or more whenever either of the following circumstances

apply: (1) a blood lead level of 60 μ g/100 g or

greater is obtained and confirmed by a second follow-up blood lead level performed

within two weeks after the employer receives the results of the first blood sampling

test, or (2) the average of the previous three

blood lead determinations or the average of

all blood lead determinations conducted during the previous six months, whichever encompasses the longest time period, equals or

exceeds 50 μ g/100 g, unless the last blood

sample indicates a blood lead level at or

below 40 μ g/100 g in which case the employee

need not be removed. Medical removal is to

continue until two consecutive blood lead

levels are 40 μ g/100 g or less.

During the first two years that the ultimate removal criteria are being phased in,

the return criteria have been set to assure

that a worker’s blood lead level has substantially declined during the period of removal.

From March 1, 1979 to March 1, 1980, the

blood lead level requiring employee medical

removal is 80 μ g/100 g. Workers found to

have a confirmed blood lead at this level or

greater need only be removed from work

having a daily 8 hour TWA exposure to lead

at or above 100 μg/m3. Workers so removed

are to be returned to work when their blood

lead levels are at or below 60 μ g/100 g of

whole blood. From March 1, 1980 to March 1,

1981, the blood lead level requiring medical

removal is 70 μ g/100 g. During this period

workers need only be removed from jobs having a daily 8 hour TWA exposure to lead at

or above 50 μg/m3 and are to be returned to

work when a level of 50 μ g/100 g is achieved.

Beginning March 1, 1981, return depends on a

worker’s blood lead level declining to 40 μ g/

100 g of whole blood.

As part of the standard, the employer is required to notify in writing each employee

whose blood lead level exceeds 40 μ g/100 g. In

addition each such employee is to be informed that the standard requires medical

removal with MRP benefits, discussed below,

when an employee’s blood lead level exceeds

the above defined limits.

In addition to the above blood lead level

criteria, temporary worker removal may

also take place as a result of medical determinations and recommendations. Written

medical opinions must be prepared after

each examination pursuant to the standard.

If the examining physician includes a medical finding, determination or opinion that

the employee has a medical condition which
129

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

places the employee at increased risk of material health impairment from exposure to

lead, then the employee must be removed

from exposure to lead at or above the action

level. Alternatively, if the examining physician recommends special protective measures for an employee (e.g., use of a powered

air purifying respirator) or recommends limitations on an employee’s exposure to lead,

then the employer must implement these

recommendations. Recommendations may be

more stringent than the specific provisions

of the standard. The examining physician,

therefore, is given broad flexibility to tailor

special protective procedures to the needs of

individual employees. This flexibility extends to the evaluation and management of

pregnant workers and male and female workers who are planning to raise children. Based

on the history, physical examination, and

laboratory studies, the physician might recommend special protective measures or medical removal for an employee who is pregnant or who is planning to conceive a child

when, in the physician’s judgment, continued exposure to lead at the current job would

pose a significant risk. The return of the employee to his or her former job status, or the

removal of special protections or limitations, depends upon the examining physician

determining that the employee is no longer

at increased risk of material impairment or

that special measures are no longer needed.

During the period of any form of special

protection or removal, the employer must

maintain the worker’s earnings, seniority,

and other employment rights and benefits

(as though the worker had not been removed)

for a period of up to 18 months. This economic protection will maximize meaningful

worker participation in the medical surveillance program, and is appropriate as part of

the employer’s overall obligation to provide

a safe and healthful workplace. The provisions of MRP benefits during the employee’s

removal period may, however, be conditioned

upon participation in medical surveillance.

On rare occasions, an employee’s blood

lead level may not acceptably decline within

18 months of removal. This situation will

arise only in unusual circumstances, thus

the standard relies on an individual medical

examination to determine how to protect

such an employee. This medical determination is to be based on both laboratory values,

including lead levels, zinc protoporphyrin

levels, blood counts, and other tests felt to

be warranted, as well as the physician’s judgment that any symptoms or findings on

physical examination are a result of lead

toxicity. The medical determination may be

that the employee is incapable of ever safely

returning to his or her former job status.

The medical determination may provide additional removal time past 18 months for

some employees or specify special protective

measures to be implemented.

The lead standard provides for a multiple

physician review in cases where the employee wishes a second opinion concerning

potential lead poisoning or toxicity. If an

employee wishes a second opinion, he or she

can make an appointment with a physician

of his or her choice. This second physician

will review the findings, recommendations or

determinations of the first physician and

conduct any examinations, consultations or

tests deemed necessary in an attempt to

make a final medical determination. If the

first and second physicians do not agree in

their assessment they must try to resolve

their differences. If they cannot reach an

agreement then they must designate a third

physician to resolve the dispute.

The employer must provide examining and

consulting physicians with the following specific information: a copy of the lead regulations and all appendices, a description of the

employee’s duties as related to exposure, the

exposure level to lead and any other toxic

substances (if applicable), a description of

personal protective equipment used, blood

lead levels, and all prior written medical

opinions regarding the employee in the employer’s possession or control. The employer

must also obtain from the physician and provide the employee with a written medical

opinion containing blood lead levels, the

physicians’s opinion as to whether the employee is at risk of material impairment to

health, any recommended protective measures for the employee if further exposure is

permitted, as well as any recommended limitations upon an employee’s use of respirators.

Employers must instruct each physician

not to reveal to the employer in writing or

in any other way his or her findings, laboratory results, or diagnoses which are felt to

be unrelated to occupational lead exposure.

They must also instruct each physician to

advise the employee of any occupationally or

non-occupationally related medical condition requiring further treatment or evaluation.

The standard provides for the use of respirators where engineering and other primary controls have not been fully implemented. However, the use of respirator protection shall not be used in lieu of temporary

medical removal due to elevated blood lead

levels or findings that an employee is at risk

of material health impairment. This is based

on the numerous inadequacies of respirators

including skin rash where the facepiece

makes contact with the skin, unacceptable

stress to breathing in some workers with underlying cardiopulmonary impairment, difficulty in providing adequate fit, the tendency for respirators to create additional hazards by interfering with vision, hearing, and

mobility, and the difficulties of assuring the

maximum effectiveness of a complicated

work practice program involving respirators.
130

§ 1910.1025 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

Respirators do, however, serve a useful function where engineering and work practice

controls are inadequate by providing supplementary, interim, or short-term protection,

provided they are properly selected for the

environment in which the employee will be

working, properly fitted to the employee,

maintained and cleaned periodically, and

worn by the employee when required.

In its final standard on occupational exposure to inorganic lead, OSHA has prohibited

prophylactic chelation. Diagnostic and

therapeutic chelation are permitted only

under the supervision of a licensed physician

with appropriate medical monitoring in an

acceptable clinical setting. The decision to

initiate chelation therapy must be made on

an individual basis and take into account the

severity of symptoms felt to be a result of

lead toxicity along with blood lead levels,

ZPP levels, and other laboratory tests as appropriate. EDTA and penicillamine which

are the primary chelating agents used in the

therapy of occupational lead poisoning have

significant potential side effects and their

use must be justified on the basis of expected

benefits to the worker. Unless frank and severe symptoms are present, therapeutic chelation is not recommended given the opportunity to remove a worker from exposure

and allow the body to naturally excrete accumulated lead. As a diagnostic aid, the chelation mobilization test using CA–EDTA has

limited applicability. According to some investigators, the test can differentiate between lead-induced and other nephropathies.

The test may also provide an estimation of

the mobile fraction of the total body lead

burden.

Employers are required to assure that accurate records are maintained on exposure

monitoring, medical surveillance, and medical removal for each employee. Exposure

monitoring and medical surveillance records

must be kept for 40 years or the duration of

employment plus 20 years, whichever is

longer, while medical removal records must

be maintained for the duration of employment. All records required under the standard must be made available upon request to

the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health and the Director of

the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health. Employers must also make

environmental and biological monitoring

and medical removal records available to affected employees and to former employees or

their authorized employee representatives.

Employees or their specifically designated

representatives have access to their entire

medical surveillance records.

In addition, the standard requires that the

employer inform all workers exposed to lead

at or above the action level of the provisions

of the standard and all its appendices, the

purpose and description of medical surveillance and provisions for medical removal

protection if temporary removal is required.

An understanding of the potential health effects of lead exposure by all exposed employees along with full understanding of their

rights under the lead standard is essential

for an effective monitoring program.

II. ADVERSE HEALTH EFFECTS OF INORGANIC

LEAD

Although the toxicity of lead has been

known for 2,000 years, the knowledge of the

complex relationship between lead exposure

and human response is still being refined.

Significant research into the toxic properties of lead continues throughout the

world, and it should be anticipated that our

understanding of thresholds of effects and

margins of safety will be improved in future

years. The provisions of the lead standard

are founded on two prime medical judgments: first, the prevention of adverse health

effects from exposure to lead throughout a

working lifetime requires that worker blood

lead levels be maintained at or below 40 μ g/

100 g and second, the blood lead levels of

workers, male or female, who intend to parent in the near future should be maintained

below 30 μ g/100 g to minimize adverse reproductive health effects to the parents and developing fetus. The adverse effects of lead on

reproduction are being actively researched

and OSHA encourages the physician to remain abreast of recent developments in the

area to best advise pregnant workers or

workers planning to conceive children.

The spectrum of health effects caused by

lead exposure can be subdivided into five developmental stages: normal, physiological

changes of uncertain significance,

pathophysiological changes, overt symptoms

(morbidity), and mortality. Within this process there are no sharp distinctions, but rather a continuum of effects. Boundaries between categories overlap due to the wide variation of individual responses and exposures

in the working population. OSHA’s development of the lead standard focused on

pathophysiological changes as well as later

stages of disease.

1. Heme Synthesis Inhibition. The earliest

demonstrated effect of lead involves its ability to inhibit at least two enzymes of the

heme synthesis pathway at very low blood

levels. Inhibition of delta aminolevulinic

acid dehydrase (ALA–D) which catalyzes the

conversion of delta-aminolevulinic acid

(ALA) to protoporphyrin is observed at a

blood lead level below 20 μ g/100 g whole

blood. At a blood lead level of 40 ug/100 g,

more than 20% of the population would have

70% inhibition of ALA–D. There is an exponential increase in ALA excretion at blood

lead levels greater than 40 μ g/100 g.

Another enzyme, ferrochelatase, is also inhibited at low blood lead levels. Inhibition of

ferrochelatase leads to increased free erythrocyte protoporphyrin (FEP) in the blood
131

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

which can then bind to zinc to yield zinc

protoporphyrin. At a blood lead level of 50 μ

g/100 g or greater, nearly 100% of the population will have an increase in FEP. There is

also an exponential relationship between

blood lead levels greater than 40 μ g/100 g and

the associated ZPP level, which has led to

the development of the ZPP screening test

for lead exposure.

While the significance of these effects is

subject to debate, it is OSHA’s position that

these enzyme disturbances are early stages

of a disease process which may eventually

result in the clinical symptoms of lead poisoning. Whether or not the effects do

progress to the later stages of clinical disease, disruption of these enzyme processes

over a working lifetime is considered to be a

material impairment of health.

One of the eventual results of lead-induced

inhibition of enzymes in the heme synthesis

pathway is anemia which can be asymptomatic if mild but associated with a wide

array of symptoms including dizziness, fatigue, and tachycardia when more severe.

Studies have indicated that lead levels as

low as 50 μ g/100 g can be associated with a

definite decreased hemoglobin, although

most cases of lead-induced anemia, as well as

shortened red-cell survival times, occur at

lead levels exceeding 80 μ g/100 g. Inhibited

hemoglobin synthesis is more common in

chronic cases whereas shortened erythrocyte

life span is more common in acute cases.

In lead-induced anemias, there is usually a

reticulocytosis along with the presence of

basophilic stippling, and ringed sideroblasts,

although none of the above are

pathognomonic for lead-induced anemia.

2. Neurological Effects. Inorganic lead has

been found to have toxic effects on both the

central and peripheral nervous systems. The

earliest stages of lead-induced central nervous system effects first manifest themselves

in the form of behavioral disturbances and

central nervous system symptoms including

irritability, restlessness, insomnia and other

sleep disturbances, fatigue, vertigo, headache, poor memory, tremor, depression, and

apathy. With more severe exposure, symptoms can progress to drowsiness, stupor, hallucinations, delerium, convulsions and coma.

The most severe and acute form of lead

poisoning which usually follows ingestion or

inhalation of large amounts of lead is acute

encephalopathy which may arise precipitously with the onset of intractable seizures,

coma, cardiorespiratory arrest, and death

within 48 hours.

While there is disagreement about what exposure levels are needed to produce the earliest symptoms, most experts agree that

symptoms definitely can occur at blood lead

levels of 60 μ g/100 g whole blood and therefore recommend a 40 μ g/100 g maximum. The

central nervous system effects frequently are

not reversible following discontinued exposure or chelation therapy and when improvement does occur, it is almost always only

partial.

The peripheral neuropathy resulting from

lead exposure characteristically involves

only motor function with minimal sensory

damage and has a marked predilection for

the extensor muscles of the most active extremity. The peripheral neuropathy can

occur with varying degrees of severity. The

earliest and mildest form which can be detected in workers with blood lead levels as

low as 50 μ g/100 g is manifested by slowing

of motor nerve conduction velocity often

without clinical symptoms. With progression

of the neuropathy there is development of

painless extensor muscle weakness usually

involving the extensor muscles of the fingers

and hand in the most active upper extremity, followed in severe cases by wrist drop or,

much less commonly, foot drop.

In addition to slowing of nerve conduction,

electromyographical studies in patients with

blood lead levels greater than 50 μ g/100 g

have demonstrated a decrease in the number

of acting motor unit potentials, an increase

in the duration of motor unit potentials, and

spontaneous pathological activity including

fibrillations and fasciculations. Whether

these effects occur at levels of 40 μ g/100 g is

undetermined.

While the peripheral neuropathies can occasionally be reversed with therapy, again

such recovery is not assured particularly in

the more severe neuropathies and often improvement is only partial. The lack of reversibility is felt to be due in part to segmental demyelination.

3. Gastrointestinal. Lead may also affect the

gastrointestinal system producing abdominal colic or diffuse abdominal pain, constipation, obstipation, diarrhea, anorexia,

nausea and vomiting. Lead colic rarely develops at blood lead levels below 80 μ g/100 g.

4. Renal. Renal toxicity represents one of

the most serious health effects of lead poisoning. In the early stages of disease nuclear

inclusion bodies can frequently be identified

in proximal renal tubular cells. Renal function remains normal and the changes in this

stage are probably reversible. With more advanced disease there is progressive interstitial fibrosis and impaired renal function.

Eventually extensive interstitial fibrosis ensues with sclerotic glomeruli and dilated and

atrophied proximal tubules; all represent end

stage kidney disease. Azotemia can be progressive, eventually resulting in frank uremia necessitating dialysis. There is occasionally associated hypertension and

hyperuricemia with or without gout.

Early kidney disease is difficult to detect.

The urinalysis is normal in early lead

nephropathy and the blood urea nitrogen and

serum creatinine increase only when two132

§ 1910.1025 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

thirds of kidney function is lost. Measurement of creatinine clearance can often detect earlier disease as can other methods of

measurement of glomerular filtration rate.

An abnormal Ca-EDTA mobilization test has

been used to differentiate between lead-induced and other nephropathies, but this procedure is not widely accepted. A form of

Fanconi syndrome with aminoaciduria,

glycosuria, and hyperphosphaturia indicating severe injury to the proximal renal

tubules is occasionally seen in children.

5. Reproductive effects. Exposure to lead can

have serious effects on reproductive function

in both males and females. In male workers

exposed to lead there can be a decrease in

sexual drive, impotence, decreased ability to

produce healthy sperm, and sterility. Malformed sperm (teratospermia), decreased

number of sperm (hypospermia), and sperm

with decreased motility (asthenospermia)

can all occur. Teratospermia has been noted

at mean blood lead levels of 53 μ g/100 g and

hypospermia and asthenospermia at 41 μ g/

100 g. Furthermore, there appears to be a

dose-response relationship for teratospermia

in lead exposed workers.

Women exposed to lead may experience

menstrual disturbances including

dysmenorrhea, menorrhagia and amenorrhea. Following exposure to lead, women

have a higher frequency of sterility, premature births, spontaneous miscarriages,

and stillbirths.

Germ cells can be affected by lead and

cause genetic damage in the egg or sperm

cells before conception and result in failure

to implant, miscarriage, stillbirth, or birth

defects.

Infants of mothers with lead poisoning

have a higher mortality during the first year

and suffer from lowered birth weights, slower

growth, and nervous system disorders.

Lead can pass through the placental barrier and lead levels in the mother’s blood are

comparable to concentrations of lead in the

umbilical cord at birth. Transplacental passage becomes detectable at 12–14 weeks of

gestation and increases until birth.

There is little direct data on damage to the

fetus from exposure to lead but it is generally assumed that the fetus and newborn

would be at least as susceptible to neurological damage as young children. Blood lead

levels of 50–60 μ g/100 g in children can cause

significant neurobehavioral impairments and

there is evidence of hyperactivity at blood

levels as low as 25 μ g/100 g. Given the overall

body of literature concerning the adverse

health effects of lead in children, OSHA feels

that the blood lead level in children should

be maintained below 30 μ g/100 g with a population mean of 15 μ g/100 g. Blood lead levels

in the fetus and newborn likewise should not

exceed 30 μ g/100 g.

Because of lead’s ability to pass through

the placental barrier and also because of the

demonstrated adverse effects of lead on reproductive function in both the male and female as well as the risk of genetic damage of

lead on both the ovum and sperm, OSHA recommends a 30 μ g/100 g maximum permissible

blood lead level in both males and females

who wish to bear children.

6. Other toxic effects. Debate and research

continue on the effects of lead on the human

body. Hypertension has frequently been

noted in occupationally exposed individuals

although it is difficult to assess whether this

is due to lead’s adverse effects on the kidney

or if some other mechanism is involved. Vascular and electrocardiogarphic changes have

been detected but have not been well characterized. Lead is thought to impair thyroid

function and interfere with the pituitary-adrenal axis, but again these effects have not

been well defined.

III. MEDICAL EVALUATION

The most important principle in evaluating a worker for any occupational disease

including lead poisoning is a high index of

suspicion on the part of the examining physician. As discussed in Section 2, lead can affect numerous organ systems and produce a

wide array of signs and symptoms, most of

which are non-specific and subtle in nature

at least in the early stages of disease. Unless

serious concern for lead toxicity is present,

many of the early clues to diagnosis may

easily be overlooked.

The crucial initial step in the medical

evaluation is recognizing that a worker’s

employment can result in exposure to lead.

The worker will frequently be able to define

exposures to lead and lead containing materials but often will not volunteer this information unless specifically asked. In other

situations the worker may not know of any

exposures to lead but the suspicion might be

raised on the part of the physician because of

the industry or occupation of the worker.

Potential occupational exposure to lead and

its compounds occur in at least 120 occupations, including lead smelting, the manufacture of lead storage batteries, the manufacture of lead pigments and products containing pigments, solder manufacture, shipbuilding and ship repair, auto manufacturing, construction, and painting.

Once the possibility for lead exposure is

raised, the focus can then be directed toward

eliciting information from the medical history, physical exam, and finally from laboratory data to evaluate the worker for potential lead toxicity.

A complete and detailed work history is

important in the initial evaluation. A listing

of all previous employment with information

on work processes, exposure to fumes or

dust, known exposures to lead or other toxic

substances, respiratory protection used, and

previous medical surveillance should all be
133

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

included in the worker’s record. Where exposure to lead is suspected, information concerning on-the-job personal hygiene, smoking or eating habits in work areas, laundry

procedures, and use of any protective clothing or respiratory protection equipment

should be noted. A complete work history is

essential in the medical evaluation of a

worker with suspected lead toxicity, especially when long term effects such as

neurotoxicity and nephrotoxicity are considered.

The medical history is also of fundamental

importance and should include a listing of

all past and current medical conditions, current medications including proprietary drug

intake, previous surgeries and hospitalizations, allergies, smoking history, alcohol

consumption, and also non-occupational lead

exposures such as hobbies (hunting, riflery).

Also known childhood exposures should be

elicited. Any previous history of

hematological, neurological, gastrointestinal, renal, psychological, gynecological, genetic, or reproductive problems

should be specifically noted.

A careful and complete review must be performed to assess both recognized complaints

and subtle or slowly acquired symptoms

which the worker might not appreciate as

being significant. The review of symptoms

should include the following:

General—weight loss, fatigue, decreased

appetite.

Head, Eyes, Ears, Nose, Throat (HEENT)—

headaches, visual disturbances or decreased

visual acuity, hearing deficits or tinnitus,

pigmentation of the oral mucosa, or metallic

taste in mouth.

Cardio-pulmonary—shortness of breath,

cough, chest pains, palpitations, or orthopnea.

Gastrointestinal—nausea, vomiting, heartburn, abdominal pain, constipation or diarrhea.

Neurologic—irritability, insomnia, weakness (fatigue), dizziness, loss of memory, confusion, hallucinations, incoordination, ataxia, decreased strength in hands or feet, disturbances in gait, difficulty in climbing

stairs, or seizures.

Hematologic—pallor, easy fatigability, abnormal blood loss, melena.

Reproductive (male and female and spouse

where relevant)—history of infertility, impotence, loss of libido, abnormal menstrual periods, history of miscarriages, stillbirths, or

children with birth defects.

Musculo-skeletal—muscle and joint pains.

The physical examination should emphasize the neurological, gastrointestinal, and

cardiovascular systems. The worker’s weight

and blood pressure should be recorded and

the oral mucosa checked for pigmentation

characteristic of a possible Burtonian or lead

line on the gingiva. It should be noted, however, that the lead line may not be present

even in severe lead poisoning if good oral hygiene is practiced.

The presence of pallor on skin examination

may indicate an anemia, which if severe

might also be associated with a tachycardia.

If an anemia is suspected, an active search

for blood loss should be undertaken including potential blood loss through the gastrointestinal tract.

A complete neurological examination

should include an adequate mental status

evaluation including a search for behavioral

and psychological disturbances, memory

testing, evaluation for irritability, insomnia,

hallucinations, and mental clouding. Gait

and coordination should be examined along

with close observation for tremor. A detailed

evaluation of peripheral nerve function including careful sensory and motor function

testing is warranted. Strength testing particularly of extensor muscle groups of all extremities is of fundamental importance.

Cranial nerve evaluation should also be included in the routine examination.

The abdominal examination should include

auscultation for bowel sounds and abdominal

bruits and palpation for organomegaly,

masses, and diffuse abdominal tenderness.

Cardiovascular examination should evaluate possible early signs of congestive heart

failure. Pulmonary status should be addressed particularly if respirator protection

is contemplated.

As part of the medical evaluation, the lead

standard requires the following laboratory

studies:

1. Blood lead level

2. Hemoglobin and hematocrit determinations, red cell indices, and examination of

the peripheral blood smear to evaluate red

blood cell morphology

3. Blood urea nitrogen

4. Serum creatinine

5. Routine urinalysis with microscopic examination.

6. A zinc protoporphyrin level

In addition to the above, the physician is

authorized to order any further laboratory

or other tests which he or she deems necessary in accordance with sound medical

practice. The evaluation must also include

pregnancy testing or laboratory evaluation

of male fertility if requested by the employee.

Additional tests which are probably not

warranted on a routine basis but may be appropriate when blood lead and ZPP levels are

equivocal include delta aminolevulinic acid

and coproporphyrin concentrations in the

urine, and dark-field illumination for detection of basophilic stippling in red blood cells.
134

§ 1910.1025 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

If an anemia is detected further studies including a careful examination of the peripheral smear, reticulocyte count, stool for occult blood, serum iron, total iron binding capacity, bilirubin, and, if appropriate, vitamin B12 and folate may be of value in attempting to identify the cause of the anemia.

If a peripheral neuropathy is suspected,

nerve conduction studies are warranted both

for diagnosis and as a basis to monitor any

therapy.

If renal disease is questioned, a 24 hour

urine collection for creatinine clearance,

protein, and electrolytes may be indicated.

Elevated uric acid levels may result from

lead-induced renal disease and a serum uric

acid level might be performed.

An electrocardiogram and chest x-ray may

be obtained as deemed appropriate.

Sophisticated and highly specialized testing should not be done routinely and where

indicated should be under the direction of a

specialist.

IV. LABORATORY EVALUATION

The blood lead level at present remains the

single most important test to monitor lead

exposure and is the test used in the medical

surveillance program under the lead standard to guide employee medical removal. The

ZPP has several advantages over the blood

lead level. Because of its relatively recent

development and the lack of extensive data

concerning its interpretation, the ZPP currently remains an ancillary test.

This section will discuss the blood lead

level and ZPP in detail and will outline their

relative advantages and disadvantages.

Other blood tests currently available to

evaluate lead exposure will also be reviewed.

The blood lead level is a good index of current or recent lead absorption when there is

no anemia present and when the worker has

not taken any chelating agents. However,

blood lead levels along with urinary lead levels do not necessarily indicate the total body

burden of lead and are not adequate measures of past exposure. One reason for this is

that lead has a high affinity for bone and up

to 90% of the body’s total lead is deposited

there. A very important component of the

total lead body burden is lead in soft tissue

(liver, kidney, and brain). This fraction of

the lead body burden, the biologically active

lead, is not entirely reflected by blood lead

levels since it is a function of the dynamics

of lead absorption, distribution, deposition

in bone and excretion. Following discontinuation of exposure to lead, the excess body

burden is only slowly mobilized from bone

and other relatively stable body stores and

excreted. Consequently, a high blood lead

level may only represent recent heavy exposure to lead without a significant total body

excess and likewise a low blood lead level

does not exclude an elevated total body burden of lead.

Also due to its correlation with recent exposures, the blood lead level may vary considerably over short time intervals.

To minimize laboratory error and erroneous results due to contamination, blood

specimens must be carefully collected after

thorough cleaning of the skin with appropriate methods using lead-free blood containers and analyzed by a reliable laboratory. Under the standard, samples must be

analyzed in laboratories which are approved

by the Center for Disease Control (CDC) or

which have received satisfactory grades in

proficiency testing by the CDC in the previous year. Analysis is to be made using

atomic absorption spectrophotometry, anodic stripping voltammetry or any method

which meets the accuracy requirements set

forth by the standard.

The determination of lead in urine is generally considered a less reliable monitoring

technique than analysis of whole blood primarily due to individual variability in urinary excretion capacity as well as the technical difficulty of obtaining accurate 24 hour

urine collections. In addition, workers with

renal insufficiency, whether due to lead or

some other cause, may have decreased lead

clearance and consequently urine lead levels

may underestimate the true lead burden.

Therefore, urine lead levels should not be

used as a routine test.

The zinc protoporphyrin test, unlike the

blood lead determination, measures an adverse metabolic effect of lead and as such is

a better indicator of lead toxicity than the

level of blood lead itself. The level of ZPP reflects lead absorption over the preceding 3 to

4 months, and therefore is a better indicator

of lead body burden. The ZPP requires more

time than the blood lead to read significantly elevated levels; the return to normal

after discontinuing lead exposure is also

slower. Furthermore, the ZPP test is simpler, faster, and less expensive to perform

and no contamination is possible. Many investigators believe it is the most reliable

means of monitoring chronic lead absorption.

Zinc protoporphyrin results from the inhibition of the enzyme ferrochelatase which

catalyzes the insertion of an iron molecule

into the protoporphyrin molecule, which

then becomes heme. If iron is not inserted

into the molecule then zinc, having a greater

affinity for protoporphyrin, takes the place

of the iron, forming ZPP.

An elevation in the level of circulating

ZPP may occur at blood lead levels as low as

20–30 μ g/100 g in some workers. Once the

blood lead level has reached 40 μ g/100 g there

is more marked rise in the ZPP value from

its normal range of less than 100 μ g/100 ml.

Increases in blood lead levels beyond 40 μ g/
135

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

100 g are associated with exponential increases in ZPP.

Whereas blood lead levels fluctuate over

short time spans, ZPP levels remain relatively stable. ZPP is measured directly in

red blood cells and is present for the cell’s

entire 120 day life-span. Therefore, the ZPP

level in blood reflects the average ZPP production over the previous 3–4 months and

consequently the average lead exposure during that time interval.

It is recommended that a hematocrit be determined whenever a confirmed ZPP of 50 μ

g/100 ml whole blood is obtained to rule out

a significant underlying anemia. If the ZPP

is in excess of 100 μ g/100 ml and not associated with abnormal elevations in blood lead

levels, the laboratory should be checked to

be sure that blood leads were determined

using atomic absorption spectrophotometry

anodic stripping voltammetry, or any method which meets the accuracy requirements

set forth by the standard by a CDC approved

laboratory which is experienced in lead level

determinations. Repeat periodic blood lead

studies should be obtained in all individuals

with elevated ZPP levels to be certain that

an associated elevated blood lead level has

not been missed due to transient fluctuations in blood leads.

ZPP has a characteristic fluorescence spectrum with a peak at 594 nm which is detectable with a hematofluorimeter. The

hematofluorimeter is accurate and portable

and can provide on-site, instantaneous results for workers who can be frequently tested via a finger prick.

However, careful attention must be given

to calibration and quality control procedures. Limited data on blood lead—ZPP correlations and the ZPP levels which are associated with the adverse health effects discussed in Section 2 are the major limitations

of the test. Also it is difficult to correlate

ZPP levels with environmental exposure and

there is some variation of response with age

and sex. Nevertheless, the ZPP promises to

be an important diagnostic test for the early

detection of lead toxicity and its value will

increase as more data is collected regarding

its relationship to other manifestations of

lead poisoning.

Levels of delta-aminolevulinic acid (ALA)

in the urine are also used as a measure of

lead exposure. Increasing concentrations of

ALA are believed to result from the inhibition of the enzyme delta-aminolevulinic acid

dehydrase (ALA–D). Although the test is relatively easy to perform, inexpensive, and

rapid, the disadvantages include variability

in results, the necessity to collect a complete 24 hour urine sample which has a specific gravity greater than 1.010, and also the

fact that ALA decomposes in the presence of

light.

The pattern of porphyrin excretion in the

urine can also be helpful in identifying lead

intoxication. With lead poisoning, the urine

concentrations of coproporphyrins I and II,

porphobilinogen and uroporphyrin I rise. The

most important increase, however, is that of

coproporphyrin III; levels may exceed 5,000 μ

g/1 in the urine in lead poisoned individuals,

but its correlation with blood lead levels and

ZPP are not as good as those of ALA. Increases in urinary porphyrins are not diagnostic of lead toxicity and may be seen in

porphyria, some liver diseases, and in patients with high reticulocyte counts.

Summary. The Occupational Safety and

Health Administration’s standard for inorganic lead places significant emphasis on the

medical surveillance of all workers exposed

to levels of inorganic lead above the action

level of 30 μg/m3 TWA. The physician has a

fundamental role in this surveillance program, and in the operation of the medical removal protection program.

Even with adequate worker education on

the adverse health effects of lead and appropriate training in work practices, personal

hygiene and other control measures, the

physician has a primary responsibility for

evaluating potential lead toxicity in the

worker. It is only through a careful and detailed medical and work history, a complete

physical examination and appropriate laboratory testing that an accurate assessment

can be made. Many of the adverse health effects of lead toxicity are either irreversible

or only partially reversible and therefore

early detection of disease is very important.

This document outlines the medical monitoring program as defined by the occupational safety and health standard for inorganic lead. It reviews the adverse health effects of lead poisoning and describes the important elements of the history and physical

examinations as they relate to these adverse

effects. Finally, the appropriate laboratory

testing for evaluating lead exposure and toxicity is presented.

It is hoped that this review and discussion

will give the physician a better understanding of the OSHA standard with the ultimate goal of protecting the health and wellbeing of the worker exposed to lead under his

or her care.

[43 FR 53007, Nov. 14, 1978]

EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER citations affecting § 1910.1025 see the List of

CFR Sections Afffected in the Finding Aids

section of this volume.

§ 1910.1027 Cadmium.

(a) Scope. This standard applies to all

occupational exposures to cadmium

and cadmium compounds, in all forms,
136

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

and in all industries covered by the Occupational Safety and Health Act, except the construction-related industries, which are covered under 29 CFR

1926.63.

(b) Definitions.

Action level (AL) is defined as an airborne concentration of cadmium of 2.5

micrograms per cubic meter of air (2.5

μg/m3), calculated as an 8-hour timeweighted average (TWA).

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Authorized person means any person

authorized by the employer and required by work duties to be present in

regulated areas or any person authorized by the OSH Act or regulations

issued under it to be in regulated areas.

Director means the Director of the

National Institute for Occupational

Safety and Health (NIOSH), U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee.

Employee exposure and similar language referring to the air cadmium

level to which an employee is exposed

means the exposure to airborne cadmium that would occur if the employee

were not using respiratory protective

equipment.

Final medical determination is the

written medical opinion of the employee’s health status by the examining

physician under paragraphs (l)(3)-(12) of

this section or, if multiple physician

review under paragraph (l)(13) of this

section or the alternative physician determination under paragraph (l)(14) of

this section is invoked, it is the final,

written medical finding, recommendation or determination that emerges

from that process.

High-efficiency particulate air (HEPA)

filter means a filter capable of trapping

and retaining at least 99.97 percent of

mono-dispersed particles of 0.3 micrometers in diameter.

Regulated area means an area demarcated by the employer where an employee’s exposure to airborne concentrations of cadmium exceeds, or can

reasonably be expected to exceed the

permissible exposure limit (PEL).

This section means this cadmium

standard.

(c) Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL).

The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of cadmium in excess of five

micrograms per cubic meter of air (5

μg/m3), calculated as an eight-hour

time-weighted average exposure

(TWA).

(d) Exposure monitoring—(1) General.

(i) Each employer who has a workplace

or work operation covered by this section shall determine if any employee

may be exposed to cadmium at or

above the action level.

(ii) Determinations of employee exposure shall be made from breathing

zone air samples that reflect the monitored employee’s regular, daily 8-hour

TWA exposure to cadmium.

(iii) Eight-hour TWA exposures shall

be determined for each employee on

the basis of one or more personal

breathing zone air samples reflecting

full shift exposure on each shift, for

each job classification, in each work

area. Where several employees perform

the same job tasks, in the same job

classification, on the same shift, in the

same work area, and the length, duration, and level of cadmium exposures

are similar, an employer may sample a

representative fraction of the employees instead of all employees in order to

meet this requirement. In representative sampling, the employer shall sample the employee(s) expected to have

the highest cadmium exposures.

(2) Specific. (i) Initial monitoring. Except as provided for in paragraphs

(d)(2)(ii) and (d)(2)(iii) of this section,

the employer shall monitor employee

exposures and shall base initial determinations on the monitoring results.

(ii) Where the employer has monitored after September 14, 1991, under

conditions that in all important aspects closely resemble those currently

prevailing and where that monitoring

satisfies all other requirements of this

section, including the accuracy and

confidence levels of paragraph (d)(6) of

this section, the employer may rely on

such earlier monitoring results to satisfy the requirements of paragraph

(d)(2)(i) of this section.

(iii) Where the employer has objective data, as defined in paragraph (n)(2)

of this section, demonstrating that employee exposure to cadmium will not
137

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

exceed the action level under the expected conditions of processing, use, or

handling, the employer may rely upon

such data instead of implementing initial monitoring.

(3) Monitoring Frequency (periodic

monitoring). (i) If the initial monitoring

or periodic monitoring reveals employee exposures to be at or above the

action level, the employer shall monitor at a frequency and pattern needed

to represent the levels of exposure of

employees and where exposures are

above the PEL to assure the adequacy

of respiratory selection and the effectiveness of engineering and work practice controls. However, such exposure

monitoring shall be performed at least

every six months. The employer, at a

minimum, shall continue these semiannual measurements unless and until

the conditions set out in paragraph

(d)(3)(ii) of this section are met.

(ii) If the initial monitoring or the

periodic monitoring indicates that employee exposures are below the action

level and that result is confirmed by

the results of another monitoring

taken at least seven days later, the employer may discontinue the monitoring

for those employees whose exposures

are represented by such monitoring.

(4) Additional Monitoring. The employer also shall institute the exposure

monitoring required under paragraphs

(d)(2)(i) and (d)(3) of this section whenever there has been a change in the raw

materials, equipment, personnel, work

practices, or finished products that

may result in additional employees

being exposed to cadmium at or above

the action level or in employees already exposed to cadmium at or above

the action level being exposed above

the PEL, or whenever the employer has

any reason to suspect that any other

change might result in such further exposure.

(5) Employee Notification of Monitoring

Results. (i) Within 15 working days

after the receipt of the results of any

monitoring performed under this section, the employer shall notify each affected employee individually in writing

of the results. In addition, within the

same time period the employer shall

post the results of the exposure monitoring in an appropriate location that

is accessible to all affected employees.

(ii) Wherever monitoring results indicate that employee exposure exceeds

the PEL, the employer shall include in

the written notice a statement that

the PEL has been exceeded and a description of the corrective action being

taken by the employer to reduce employee exposure to or below the PEL.

(6) Accuracy of measurement. The employer shall use a method of monitoring and analysis that has an accuracy of not less than plus or minus 25

percent (±25%), with a confidence level

of 95 percent, for airborne concentrations of cadmium at or above the action level, the permissible exposure

limit (PEL), and the separate engineering control air limit (SECAL).

(e) Regulated areas—(1) Establishment.

The employer shall establish a regulated area wherever an employee’s exposure to airborne concentrations of

cadmium is, or can reasonably be expected to be in excess of the permissible exposure limit (PEL).

(2) Demarcation. Regulated areas shall

be demarcated from the rest of the

workplace in any manner that adequately establishes and alerts employees of the boundaries of the regulated

area.

(3) Access. Access to regulated areas

shall be limited to authorized persons.

(4) Provision of respirators. Each person entering a regulated area shall be

supplied with and required to use a respirator, selected in accordance with

paragraph (g)(2) of this section.

(5) Prohibited activities. The employer

shall assure that employees do not eat,

drink, smoke, chew tobacco or gum, or

apply cosmetics in regulated areas,

carry the products associated with

these activities into regulated areas, or

store such products in those areas.

(f) Methods of compliance—(1) Compliance hierarchy. (i) Except as specified in

paragraphs (f)(1) (ii), (iii) and (iv) of

this section the employer shall implement engineering and work practice

controls to reduce and maintain employee exposure to cadmium at or

below the PEL, except to the extent

that the employer can demonstrate

that such controls are not feasible.

(ii) Except as specified in paragraphs

(f)(1) (iii) and (iv) of this section, in industries where a separate engineering

control air limit (SECAL) has been
138

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

specified for particular processes (See

Table 1 in this paragraph (f)(1)(ii)), the

employer shall implement engineering

and work practice controls to reduce

and maintain employee exposure at or

below the SECAL, except to the extent

that the employer can demonstrate

that such controls are not feasible.

TABLE I—SEPARATE ENGINEERING CONTROL AIRBORNE LIMITS (SECALS) FOR PROCESSES IN

SELECTED INDUSTRIES

Industry Process SECAL

(μg/m3)

Nickel cadmium battery ....................... Plate making, plate preparation ...................................................................... 50

All other processes .......................................................................................... 15

Zinc/Cadmium refining* ....................... Cadmium refining, casting, melting, oxide production, sinter plant ................ 50

Pigment manufacture .......................... Calcine, crushing, milling, blending ................................................................. 50

All other processes .......................................................................................... 15

Stabilizers* .......................................... Cadmium oxide charging, crushing, drying, blending ..................................... 50

Lead smelting* .................................... Sinter plant, blast furnace, baghouse, yard area ............................................ 50

Plating* ................................................ Mechanical plating ........................................................................................... 15

*Processes in these industries that are not specified in this table must achieve the PEL using engineering controls and work

practices as required in f(1)(i).

(iii) The requirement to implement

engineering and work practice controls

to achieve the PEL or, where applicable, the SECAL does not apply where

the employer demonstrates the following:

(A) The employee is only intermittently exposed; and

(B) The employee is not exposed

above the PEL on 30 or more days per

year (12 consecutive months).

(iv) Wherever engineering and work

practice controls are required and are

not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the PEL or, where applicable, the SECAL, the employer

nonetheless shall implement such controls to reduce exposures to the lowest

levels achievable. The employer shall

supplement such controls with respiratory protection that complies with

the requirements of paragraph (g) of

this section and the PEL.

(v) The employer shall not use employee rotation as a method of compliance.

(2) Compliance program. (i) Where the

PEL is exceeded, the employer shall establish and implement a written compliance program to reduce employee

exposure to or below the PEL by means

of engineering and work practice controls, as required by paragraph (f)(1) of

this section. To the extent that engineering and work practice controls

cannot reduce exposures to or below

the PEL, the employer shall include in

the written compliance program the

use of appropriate respiratory protection to achieve compliance with the

PEL.

(ii) Written compliance programs

shall include at least the following:

(A) A description of each operation in

which cadmium is emitted; e.g., machinery used, material processed, controls in place, crew size, employee job

responsibilities, operating procedures,

and maintenance practices;

(B) A description of the specific

means that will be employed to achieve

compliance, including engineering

plans and studies used to determine

methods selected for controlling exposure to cadmium, as well as, where necessary, the use of appropriate respiratory protection to achieve the

PEL;

(C) A report of the technology considered in meeting the PEL;

(D) Air monitoring data that document the sources of cadmium emissions;

(E) A detailed schedule for implementation of the program, including documentation such as copies of purchase

orders for equipment, construction

contracts, etc.;

(F) A work practice program that includes items required under paragraphs

(h), (i), and (j) of this section;

(G) A written plan for emergency situations, as specified in paragraph (h) of

this section; and

(H) Other relevant information.

(iii) The written compliance programs shall be reviewed and updated at
139

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

least annually, or more often if necessary, to reflect significant changes in

the employer’s compliance status.

(iv) Written compliance programs

shall be provided upon request for examination and copying to affected employees, designated employee representatives as well as to the Assistant

Secretary, and the Director.

(3) Mechanical ventilation. (i) When

ventilation is used to control exposure,

measurements that demonstrate the effectiveness of the system in controlling

exposure, such as capture velocity,

duct velocity, or static pressure shall

be made as necessary to maintain its

effectiveness.

(ii) Measurements of the system’s effectiveness in controlling exposure

shall be made as necessary within five

working days of any change in production, process, or control that might result in a significant increase in employee exposure to cadmium.

(iii) Recirculation of air. If air from

exhaust ventilation is recirculated into

the workplace, the system shall have a

high efficiency filter and be monitored

to assure effectiveness.

(iv) Procedures shall be developed

and implemented to minimize employee exposure to cadmium when

maintenance of ventilation systems

and changing of filters is being conducted.

(g) Respiratory protection—(1) General.

For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer

must provide respirators that comply

with the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and workpractice controls when employee exposure levels exceed the PEL.

(ii) Maintenance and repair activities, and brief or intermittent operations, for which employee exposures

exceed the PEL and engineering and

work-practice controls are not feasible

or are not required.

(iii) Activities in regulated areas

specified in paragraph (e) of this section.

(iv) Work operations for which the

employer has implemented all feasible

engineering and work-practice controls

and such controls are not sufficient to

reduce employee exposures to or below

the PEL.

(v) Work operations for which an employee is exposed to cadmium at or

above the action level, and the employee requests a respirator.

(vi) Work operations for which an

employee is exposed to cadmium above

the PEL and engineering controls are

not required by paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of

this section.

(vii) Emergencies.

(2) Respirator program. (i) The employer must implement a respiratory

protection program in accordance with

29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except

(d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).

(ii) No employees must use a respirator if, based on their most recent

medical examination, the examining

physician determines that they will be

unable to continue to function normally while using a respirator. If the

physician determines that the employee must be limited in, or removed

from, their current job because of their

inability to use a respirator, the limitation or removal must be in accordance with paragraphs (l) (11) and (12) of

this section.

(iii) If an employee has breathing difficulty during fit testing or respirator

use, the employer must provide the employee with a medical examination in

accordance with paragraph (l)(6)(ii) of

this section to determine if the employee can use a respirator while performing the required duties.

(3) Respirator selection. (i) The employer must select the appropriate respirator from Table 2 of this section.

TABLE 2—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR CADMIUM

Airborne concentration or condition of use a Required respirator type b

10 X or less ................................................. A half mask, air-purifying equipped with a HEPAc filter.d

25 X or less ................................................. A powered air-purifying respirator (‘‘PAPR’’) with a loose-fitting hood or helmet

equipped with a HEPA filter, or a supplied-air respirator with a loose-fitting hood

or helmet facepiece operated in the continuous flow mode.
140

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

TABLE 2—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR CADMIUM—Continued

Airborne concentration or condition of use a Required respirator type b

50 X or less ................................................. A full facepiece air-purifying respirator equipped with a HEPA filter, or a powered

air-purifying respirator with a tight-fitting half mask equipped with a HEPA filter,

or a supplied-air respirator with a tight-fitting half mask operated in the continuous flow mode.

250 X or less ............................................... A powered air-purifying respirator with a tight fitting full facepiece equipped with a

HEPA filter, or a supplied-air respirator with a tight-fitting full facepiece operated

in the continuous flow mode.

1000 X or less ............................................. A supplied air respirator with half mask or full facepiece operated in the pressure

demand or other positive pressure mode.

>1000 X or unknown concentrations .......... A self-contained breathing apparatus with a full facepiece operated in the pressure

demand or other positive pressure mode, or a supplied-air respirator with a full

facepiece operated in the pressure demand or other positive pressure mode and

equipped with an auxiliary escape type self-contained breathing apparatus operated in the pressure demand mode.

Fire fighting ................................................. A self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece operated in the pressure

demand or other positive pressure mode.

a Concentrations expressed as multiple of the PEL.

b Respirators assigned for higher environmental concentrations may be used at lower exposure levels. Quantitative fit testing is

required for all tight-fitting air purifying respirators where airborne concentration of cadmium exceeds 10 times the TWA PEL (10

X 5 ug/m(3) = 50 ug/m(3)). A full facepiece respirator is required when eye irritation is experienced. c HEPA means High-efficiency Particulate Air.

dFit testing, qualitative or quantitative, is required.

SOURCE: Respiratory Decision Logic, NIOSH, 1987.

(ii) The employer must provide an

employee with a powered air-purifying

respirator instead of a negative-pressure respirator when an employee who

is entitled to a respirator chooses to

use this type of respirator and such a

respirator provides adequate protection

to the employee.

(h) Emergency situations. The employer shall develop and implement a

written plan for dealing with emergency situations involving substantial

releases of airborne cadmium. The plan

shall include provisions for the use of

appropriate respirators and personal

protective equipment. In addition, employees not essential to correcting the

emergency situation shall be restricted

from the area and normal operations

halted in that area until the emergency is abated.

(i) Protective work clothing and equipment—(1) Provision and use. If an employee is exposed to airborne cadmium

above the PEL or where skin or eye irritation is associated with cadmium

exposure at any level, the employer

shall provide at no cost to the employee, and assure that the employee

uses, appropriate protective work

clothing and equipment that prevents

contamination of the employee and the

employee’s garments. Protective work

clothing and equipment includes, but is

not limited to:

(i) Coveralls or similar full-body

work clothing;

(ii) Gloves, head coverings, and boots

or foot coverings; and

(iii) Face shields, vented goggles, or

other appropriate protective equipment that complies with 29 CFR

1910.133.

(2) Removal and storage. (i) The employer shall assure that employees remove all protective clothing and equipment contaminated with cadmium at

the completion of the work shift and do

so only in change rooms provided in accordance with paragraph (j)(1) of this

section.

(ii) The employer shall assure that no

employee takes cadmium-contaminated protective clothing or equipment

from the workplace, except for employees authorized to do so for purposes of

laundering, cleaning, maintaining, or

disposing of cadmium contaminated

protective clothing and equipment at

an appropriate location or facility

away from the workplace.

(iii) The employer shall assure that

contaminated protective clothing and

equipment, when removed for laundering, cleaning, maintenance, or disposal, is placed and stored in sealed,

impermeable bags or other closed, impermeable containers that are designed

to prevent dispersion of cadmium dust.

(iv) The employer shall assure that

bags or containers of contaminated
141

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

protective clothing and equipment that

are to be taken out of the change

rooms or the workplace for laundering,

cleaning, maintenance or disposal shall

bear labels in accordance with paragraph (m)(3) of this section.

(3) Cleaning, replacement, and disposal.

(i) The employer shall provide the protective clothing and equipment required by paragraph (i)(1) of this section in a clean and dry condition as

often as necessary to maintain its effectiveness, but in any event at least

weekly. The employer is responsible

for cleaning and laundering the protective clothing and equipment required

by this paragraph to maintain its effectiveness and is also responsible for disposing of such clothing and equipment.

(ii) The employer also is responsible

for repairing or replacing required protective clothing and equipment as

needed to maintain its effectiveness.

When rips or tears are detected while

an employee is working they shall be

immediately mended, or the worksuit

shall be immediately replaced.

(iii) The employer shall prohibit the

removal of cadmium from protective

clothing and equipment by blowing,

shaking, or any other means that disperses cadmium into the air.

(iv) The employer shall assure that

any laundering of contaminated clothing or cleaning of contaminated equipment in the workplace is done in a

manner that prevents the release of

airborne cadmium in excess of the permissible exposure limit prescribed in

paragraph (c) of this section.

(v) The employer shall inform any

person who launders or cleans protective clothing or equipment contaminated with cadmium of the potentially

harmful effects of exposure to cadmium and that the clothing and equipment should be laundered or cleaned in

a manner to effectively prevent the release of airborne cadmium in excess of

the PEL.

(j) Hygiene areas and practices—(1)

General. For employees whose airborne

exposure to cadmium is above the PEL,

the employer shall provide clean

change rooms, handwashing facilities,

showers, and lunchroom facilities that

comply with 29 CFR 1910.141.

(2) Change rooms. The employer shall

assure that change rooms are equipped

with separate storage facilities for

street clothes and for protective clothing and equipment, which are designed

to prevent dispersion of cadmium and

contamination of the employee’s street

clothes.

(3) Showers and handwashing facilities.

(i) The employer shall assure that employees who are exposed to cadmium

above the PEL shower during the end

of the work shift.

(ii) The employer shall assure that

employees whose airborne exposure to

cadmium is above the PEL wash their

hands and faces prior to eating, drinking, smoking, chewing tobacco or gum,

or applying cosmetics.

(4) Lunchroom facilities. (i) The employer shall assure that the lunchroom

facilities are readily accessible to employees, that tables for eating are

maintained free of cadmium, and that

no employee in a lunchroom facility is

exposed at any time to cadmium at or

above a concentration of 2.5 μg/m3.

(ii) The employer shall assure that

employees do not enter lunchroom facilities with protective work clothing

or equipment unless surface cadmium

has been removed from the clothing

and equipment by HEPA vacuuming or

some other method that removes cadmium dust without dispersing it.

(k) Housekeeping. (1) All surfaces

shall be maintained as free as practicable of accumulations of cadmium.

(2) All spills and sudden releases of

material containing cadmium shall be

cleaned up as soon as possible.

(3) Surfaces contaminated with cadmium shall, wherever possible, be

cleaned by vacuuming or other methods that minimize the likelihood of

cadmium becoming airborne.

(4) HEPA-filtered vacuuming equipment or equally effective filtration

methods shall be used for vacuuming.

The equipment shall be used and

emptied in a manner that minimizes

the reentry of cadmium into the workplace.

(5) Shoveling, dry or wet sweeping,

and brushing may be used only where

vacuuming or other methods that minimize the likelihood of cadmium becoming airborne have been tried and

found not to be effective.

(6) Compressed air shall not be used

to remove cadmium from any surface
142

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

unless the compressed air is used in

conjunction with a ventilation system

designed to capture the dust cloud created by the compressed air.

(7) Waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, personal protective equipment,

and clothing contaminated with cadmium and consigned for disposal shall

be collected and disposed of in sealed

impermeable bags or other closed, impermeable containers. These bags and

containers shall be labeled in accordance with paragraph (m)(2) of this section.

(l) Medical surveillance—(1) General—

(i) Scope. (A) Currently exposed—The

employer shall institute a medical surveillance program for all employees

who are or may be exposed to cadmium

at or above the action level unless the

employer demonstrates that the employee is not, and will not be, exposed

at or above the action level on 30 or

more days per year (twelve consecutive

months); and,

(B) Previously exposed—The employer shall also institute a medical

surveillance program for all employees

who prior to the effective date of this

section might previously have been exposed to cadmium at or above the action level by the employer, unless the

employer demonstrates that the employee did not prior to the effective

date of this section work for the employer in jobs with exposure to cadmium for an aggregated total of more

than 60 months.

(ii) To determine an employee’s fitness for using a respirator, the employer shall provide the limited medical examination specified in paragraph

(l)(6) of this section.

(iii) The employer shall assure that

all medical examinations and procedures required by this standard are performed by or under the supervision of a

licensed physician, who has read and is

familiar with the health effects section

of appendix A to this section, the regulatory text of this section, the protocol

for sample handling and laboratory selection in appendix F to this section,

and the questionnaire of appendix D to

this section. These examinations and

procedures shall be provided without

cost to the employee and at a time and

place that is reasonable and convenient

to employees.

(iv) The employer shall assure that

the collecting and handling of biological samples of cadmium in urine (CdU),

cadmium in blood (CdB), and beta-2

microglobulin in urine (β2-M) taken

from employees under this section is

done in a manner that assures their reliability and that analysis of biological

samples of cadmium in urine (CdU),

cadmium in blood (CdB), and beta-2

microglobulin in urine (β2-M) taken

from employees under this section is

performed in laboratories with demonstrated proficiency for that particular analyte. (See appendix F to this

section.)

(2) Initial examination. (i) The employer shall provide an initial

(preplacement) examination to all employees covered by the medical surveillance program required in paragraph

(l)(1)(i) of this section. The examination shall be provided to those employees within 30 days after initial assignment to a job with exposure to cadmium or no later than 90 days after the

effective date of this section, whichever date is later.

(ii) The initial (preplacement) medical examination shall include:

(A) A detailed medical and work history, with emphasis on: Past, present,

and anticipated future exposure to cadmium; any history of renal, cardiovascular, respiratory, hematopoietic,

reproductive, and/or musculo-skeletal

system dysfunction; current usage of

medication with potential nephrotoxic

side-effects; and smoking history and

current status; and

(B) Biological monitoring that includes the following tests:

(1) Cadmium in urine (CdU), standardized to grams of creatinine (g/Cr);

(2) Beta-2 microglobulin in urine (β2-

M), standardized to grams of creatinine

(g/Cr), with pH specified, as described

in appendix F to this section; and

(3) Cadmium in blood (CdB), standardized to liters of whole blood (lwb).

(iii) Recent Examination: An initial

examination is not required to be provided if adequate records show that the

employee has been examined in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (l)(2)(ii) of this section within

the past 12 months. In that case, such

records shall be maintained as part of

the employee’s medical record and the
143

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

prior exam shall be treated as if it were

an initial examination for the purposes

of paragraphs (l)(3) and (4) of this section.

(3) Actions triggered by initial biological

monitoring: (i) If the results of the initial biological monitoring tests show

the employee’s CdU level to be at or

below 3 μg/g Cr, β2-M level to be at or

below 300 μg/g Cr and CdB level to be at

or below 5 μg/lwb, then:

(A) For currently exposed employees,

who are subject to medical surveillance

under paragraph (l)(1)(i)(A) of this section, the employer shall provide the

minimum level of periodic medical surveillance in accordance with the requirements in paragraph (l)(4)(i) of this

section; and

(B) For previously exposed employees, who are subject to medical surveillance under paragraph (l)(1)(i)(B) of

this section, the employer shall provide

biological monitoring for CdU, β2-M,

and CdB one year after the initial biological monitoring and then the employer shall comply with the requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(v) of this section.

(ii) For all employees who are subject

to medical surveillance under paragraph (l)(1)(i) of this section, if the results of the initial biological monitoring tests show the level of CdU to

exceed 3 μg/g Cr, the level of β2-M to exceed 300 μg/g Cr, or the level of CdB to

exceed 5 μg/lwb, the employer shall:

(A) Within two weeks after receipt of

biological monitoring results, reassess

the employee’s occupational exposure

to cadmium as follows:

(1) Reassess the employee’s work

practices and personal hygiene;

(2) Reevaluate the employee’s respirator use, if any, and the respirator

program;

(3) Review the hygiene facilities;

(4) Reevaluate the maintenance and

effectiveness of the relevant engineering controls;

(5) Assess the employee’s smoking

history and status;

(B) Within 30 days after the exposure

reassessment, specified in paragraph

(l)(3)(ii)(A) of this section, take reasonable steps to correct any deficiencies

found in the reassessment that may be

responsible for the employee’s excess

exposure to cadmium; and,

(C) Within 90 days after receipt of biological monitoring results, provide a

full medical examination to the employee in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section. After completing the medical examination, the examining physician

shall determine in a written medical

opinion whether to medically remove

the employee. If the physician determines that medical removal is not necessary, then until the employee’s CdU

level falls to or below 3 μg/g Cr, β2-M

level falls to or below 300 μg/g Cr and

CdB level falls to or below 5 μg/lwb, the

employer shall:

(1) Provide biological monitoring in

accordance with paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B)

of this section on a semiannual basis;

and

(2) Provide annual medical examinations in accordance with paragraph

(l)(4)(ii) of this section.

(iii) For all employees who are subject to medical surveillance under

paragraph (l)(1)(i) of this section, if the

results of the initial biological monitoring tests show the level of CdU to be

in excess of 15 μg/g Cr, or the level of

CdB to be in excess of 15 μg/lwb, or the

level of β2-M to be in excess of 1,500 μg/

g Cr, the employer shall comply with

the requirements of paragraphs

(l)(3)(ii)(A)–(B) of this section. Within

90 days after receipt of biological monitoring results, the employer shall provide a full medical examination to the

employee in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of

this section. After completing the medical examination, the examining physician shall determine in a written medical opinion whether to medically remove the employee. However, if the

initial biological monitoring results

and the biological monitoring results

obtained during the medical examination both show that: CdU exceeds 15 μg/

g Cr; or CdB exceeds 15 μg/lwb; or β2-M

exceeds 1500 μg/g Cr, and in addition

CdU exceeds 3 μg/g Cr or CdB exceeds 5

μg/liter of whole blood, then the physician shall medically remove the employee from exposure to cadmium at or

above the action level. If the second set

of biological monitoring results obtained during the medical examination

does not show that a mandatory removal trigger level has been exceeded,
144

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

then the employee is not required to be

removed by the mandatory provisions

of this paragraph. If the employee is

not required to be removed by the mandatory provisions of this paragraph or

by the physician’s determination, then

until the employee’s CdU level falls to

or below 3 μg/g Cr, β2-M level falls to or

below 300 μg/g Cr and CdB level falls to

or below 5 μg/lwb, the employer shall:

(A) Periodically reassess the employee’s occupational exposure to cadmium;

(B) Provide biological monitoring in

accordance with paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B)

of this section on a quarterly basis; and

(C) Provide semiannual medical examinations in accordance with paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section.

(iv) For all employees to whom medical surveillance is provided, beginning

on January 1, 1999, and in lieu of paragraphs (l)(3)(i)–(iii) of this section:

(A) If the results of the initial biological monitoring tests show the employee’s CdU level to be at or below 3

μg/g Cr, β2-M level to be at or below 300

μg/g Cr and CdB level to be at or below

5 μg/lwb, then for currently exposed

employees, the employer shall comply

with the requirements of paragraph

(l)(3)(i)(A) of this section, and for previously exposed employees, the employer shall comply with the requirements of paragraph (l)(3)(i)(B) of this

section;

(B) If the results of the initial biological monitoring tests show the level

of CdU to exceed 3 μg/g Cr, the level of

β2-M to exceed 300 μg/g Cr, or the level

of CdB to exceed 5 μg/lwb, the employer

shall comply with the requirements of

paragraphs (l)(3)(ii)(A)–(C) of this section; and,

(C) If the results of the initial biological monitoring tests show the level

of CdU to be in excess of 7 μg/g Cr, or

the level of CdB to be in excess of 10 μg/

lwb, or the level of β2-M to be in excess

of 750 μg/g Cr, the employer shall: Comply with the requirements of paragraphs (l)(3)(ii)(A)–(B) of this section;

and, within 90 days after receipt of biological monitoring results, provide a

full medical examination to the employee in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section. After completing the medical examination, the examining physician

shall determine in a written medical

opinion whether to medically remove

the employee. However, if the initial

biological monitoring results and the

biological monitoring results obtained

during the medical examination both

show that: CdU exceeds 7 μg/g Cr; or

CdB exceeds 10 μg/lwb; or β2-M exceeds

750 μg/g Cr, and in addition CdU exceeds

3 μg/g Cr or CdB exceeds 5 μg/liter of

whole blood, then the physician shall

medically remove the employee from

exposure to cadmium at or above the

action level. If the second set of biological monitoring results obtained

during the medical examination does

not show that a mandatory removal

trigger level has been exceeded, then

the employee is not required to be removed by the mandatory provisions of

this paragraph. If the employee is not

required to be removed by the mandatory provisions of this paragraph or by

the physician’s determination, then

until the employee’s CdU level falls to

or below 3 μg/g Cr, β2-M level falls to or

below 300 μg/g Cr and CdB level falls to

or below 5 μg/lwb, the employer shall:

periodically reassess the employee’s

occupational exposure to cadmium;

provide biological monitoring in accordance with paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B) of

this section on a quarterly basis; and

provide semiannual medical examinations in accordance with paragraph

(l)(4)(ii) of this section.

(4) Periodic medical surveillance. (i)

For each employee who is covered

under paragraph (l)(1)(i)(A) of this section, the employer shall provide at

least the minimum level of periodic

medical surveillance, which consists of

periodic medical examinations and

periodic biological monitoring. A periodic medical examination shall be provided within one year after the initial

examination required by paragraph

(l)(2) of this section and thereafter at

least biennially. Biological sampling

shall be provided at least annually, either as part of a periodic medical examination or separately as periodic biological monitoring.

(ii) The periodic medical examination

shall include:

(A) A detailed medical and work history, or update thereof, with emphasis

on: Past, present and anticipated future exposure to cadmium; smoking
145

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

history and current status; reproductive history; current use of medications with potential nephrotoxic sideeffects; any history of renal, cardiovascular, respiratory, hematopoietic,

and/or musculo-skeletal system dysfunction; and as part of the medical

and work history, for employees who

wear respirators, questions 3–11 and 25–

32 in Appendix D to this section;

(B) A complete physical examination

with emphasis on: Blood pressure, the

respiratory system, and the urinary

system;

(C) A 14 inch by 17 inch, or a reasonably standard sized posterior-anterior

chest X-ray (after the initial X-ray, the

frequency of chest X-rays is to be determined by the examining physician);

(D) Pulmonary function tests, including forced vital capacity (FVC) and

forced expiratory volume at 1 second

(FEV1);

(E) Biological monitoring, as required in paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B) of this

section;

(F) Blood analysis, in addition to the

analysis required under paragraph

(l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, including

blood urea nitrogen, complete blood

count, and serum creatinine;

(G) Urinalysis, in addition to the

analysis required under paragraph

(l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, including

the determination of albumin, glucose,

and total and low molecular weight

proteins;

(H) For males over 40 years old, prostate palpation, or other at least as effective diagnostic test(s); and

(I) Any additional tests deemed appropriate by the examining physician.

(iii) Periodic biological monitoring

shall be provided in accordance with

paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.

(iv) If the results of periodic biological monitoring or the results of biological monitoring performed as part of

the periodic medical examination show

the level of the employee’s CdU, β2-M,

or CdB to be in excess of the levels

specified in paragraphs (l)(3)(ii) or (iii);

or, beginning on January 1, 1999, in excess of the levels specified in paragraphs (l)(3)(ii) or (iv) of this section,

the employer shall take the appropriate actions specified in paragraphs

(l)(3)(ii)–(iv) of this section.

(v) For previously exposed employees

under paragraph (l)(1)(i)(B) of this section:

(A) If the employee’s levels of CdU

did not exceed 3 μg/g Cr, CdB did not

exceed 5 μg/lwb, and β2-M did not exceed 300 μg/g Cr in the initial biological

monitoring tests, and if the results of

the followup biological monitoring required by paragraph (l)(3)(i)(B) of this

section one year after the initial examination confirm the previous results,

the employer may discontinue all periodic medical surveillance for that employee.

(B) If the initial biological monitoring results for CdU, CdB, or β2-M

were in excess of the levels specified in

paragraph (l)(3)(i) of this section, but

subsequent biological monitoring results required by paragraph (l)(3)(ii)–

(iv) of this section show that the employee’s CdU levels no longer exceed 3

μg/g Cr, CdB levels no longer exceed 5

μg/lwb, and β2-M levels no longer exceed 300 μg/g Cr, the employer shall

provide biological monitoring for CdU,

CdB, and β2-M one year after these

most recent biological monitoring results. If the results of the followup biological monitoring, specified in this

paragraph, confirm the previous results, the employer may discontinue

all periodic medical surveillance for

that employee.

(C) However, if the results of the follow-up tests specified in paragraph

(l)(4)(v)(A) or (B) of this section indicate that the level of the employee’s

CdU, β2–M, or CdB exceeds these same

levels, the employer is required to provide annual medical examinations in

accordance with the provisions of paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section until the

results of biological monitoring are

consistently below these levels or the

examining physician determines in a

written medical opinion that further

medical surveillance is not required to

protect the employee’s health.

(vi) A routine, biennial medical examination is not required to be provided in accordance with paragraphs

(l)(3)(i) and (l)(4) of this section if adequate medical records show that the

employee has been examined in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section within

the past 12 months. In that case, such
146

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

records shall be maintained by the employer as part of the employee’s medical record, and the next routine, periodic medical examination shall be

made available to the employee within

two years of the previous examination.

(5) Actions triggered by medical examinations. (i) If the results of a medical

examination carried out in accordance

with this section indicate any laboratory or clinical finding consistent with

cadmium toxicity that does not require

employer action under paragraph (l)(2),

(3) or (4) of this section, the employer,

within 30 days, shall reassess the employee’s occupational exposure to cadmium and take the following corrective action until the physician determines they are no longer necessary:

(A) Periodically reassess: The employee’s work practices and personal

hygiene; the employee’s respirator use,

if any; the employee’s smoking history

and status; the respiratory protection

program; the hygiene facilities; and the

maintenance and effectiveness of the

relevant engineering controls;

(B) Within 30 days after the reassessment, take all reasonable steps to correct the deficiencies found in the reassessment that may be responsible for

the employee’s excess exposure to cadmium;

(C) Provide semiannual medical reexaminations to evaluate the abnormal

clinical sign(s) of cadmium toxicity

until the results are normal or the employee is medically removed; and

(D) Where the results of tests for

total proteins in urine are abnormal,

provide a more detailed medical evaluation of the toxic effects of cadmium

on the employee’s renal system.

(6) Examination for respirator use. (i)

To determine an employee’s fitness for

respirator use, the employer shall provide a medical examination that includes the elements specified in paragraph (l)(6)(i)(A)–(D) of this section.

This examination shall be provided

prior to the employee’s being assigned

to a job that requires the use of a respirator or no later than 90 days after

this section goes into effect, whichever

date is later, to any employee without

a medical examination within the preceding 12 months that satisfies the requirements of this paragraph.

(A) A detailed medical and work history, or update thereof, with emphasis

on: Past exposure to cadmium; smoking history and current status; any history of renal, cardiovascular, respiratory, hematopoietic, and/or musculoskeletal system dysfunction; a description of the job for which the respirator is required; and questions 3–11

and 25–32 in appendix D to this section;

(B) A blood pressure test;

(C) Biological monitoring of the employee’s levels of CdU, CdB and β2-M in

accordance with the requirements of

paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section,

unless such results already have been

obtained within the previous 12

months; and

(D) Any other test or procedure that

the examining physician deems appropriate.

(ii) After reviewing all the information obtained from the medical examination required in paragraph (l)(6)(i)

of this section, the physician shall determine whether the employee is fit to

wear a respirator.

(iii) Whenever an employee has exhibited difficulty in breathing during a

respirator fit test or during use of a

respirator, the employer, as soon as

possible, shall provide the employee

with a periodic medical examination in

accordance with paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of

this section to determine the employee’s fitness to wear a respirator.

(iv) Where the results of the examination required under paragraph

(l)(6)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section are

abnormal, medical limitation or prohibition of respirator use shall be considered. If the employee is allowed to wear

a respirator, the employee’s ability to

continue to do so shall be periodically

evaluated by a physician.

(7) Emergency examinations. (i) In addition to the medical surveillance required in paragraphs (l)(2)–(6) of this

section, the employer shall provide a

medical examination as soon as possible to any employee who may have

been acutely exposed to cadmium because of an emergency.

(ii) The examination shall include

the requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(ii)

of this section, with emphasis on the

respiratory system, other organ systems considered appropriate by the examining physician, and symptoms of
147

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

acute overexposure, as identified in

paragraphs II (B)(1)–(2) and IV of appendix A to this section.

(8) Termination of employment examination. (i) At termination of employment, the employer shall provide a

medical examination in accordance

with paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section,

including a chest X-ray, to any employee to whom at any prior time the

employer was required to provide medical surveillance under paragraphs

(l)(1)(i) or (l)(7) of this section. However, if the last examination satisfied

the requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(ii)

of this section and was less than six

months prior to the date of termination, no further examination is required unless otherwise specified in

paragraphs (l)(3) or (l)(5) of this section;

(ii) However, for employees covered

by paragraph (l)(1)(i)(B) of this section,

if the employer has discontinued all

periodic medical surveillance under

paragraph (l)(4)(v) of this section, no

termination of employment medical

examination is required.

(9) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide the

following information to the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this standard and appendices;

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s former, current, and anticipated duties as they relate to the employee’s occupational exposure to cadmium;

(iii) The employee’s former, current,

and anticipated future levels of occupational exposure to cadmium;

(iv) A description of any personal

protective equipment, including respirators, used or to be used by the employee, including when and for how

long the employee has used that equipment; and

(v) relevant results of previous biological monitoring and medical examinations.

(10) Physician’s written medical opinion. (i) The employer shall promptly

obtain a written, signed medical opinion from the examining physician for

each medical examination performed

on each employee. This written opinion

shall contain:

(A) The physician’s diagnosis for the

employee;

(B) The physician’s opinion as to

whether the employee has any detected

medical condition(s) that would place

the employee at increased risk of material impairment to health from further exposure to cadmium, including

any indications of potential cadmium

toxicity;

(C) The results of any biological or

other testing or related evaluations

that directly assess the employee’s absorption of cadmium;

(D) Any recommended removal from,

or limitation on the activities or duties

of the employee or on the employee’s

use of personal protective equipment,

such as respirators;

(E) A statement that the physician

has clearly and carefully explained to

the employee the results of the medical

examination, including all biological

monitoring results and any medical

conditions related to cadmium exposure that require further evaluation or

treatment, and any limitation on the

employee’s diet or use of medications.

(ii) The employer promptly shall obtain a copy of the results of any biological monitoring provided by an employer to an employee independently of

a medical examination under paragraphs (l)(2) and (l)(4) of this section,

and, in lieu of a written medical opinion, an explanation sheet explaining

those results.

(iii) The employer shall instruct the

physician not to reveal orally or in the

written medical opinion given to the

employer specific findings or diagnoses

unrelated to occupational exposure to

cadmium.

(11) Medical Removal Protection

(MRP)—(i) General. (A) The employer

shall temporarily remove an employee

from work where there is excess exposure to cadmium on each occasion that

medical removal is required under

paragraph (l)(3), (l)(4), or (l)(6) of this

section and on each occasion that a

physician determines in a written medical opinion that the employee should

be removed from such exposure. The

physician’s determination may be

based on biological monitoring results,

inability to wear a respirator, evidence

of illness, other signs or symptoms of
148

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

cadmium-related dysfunction or disease, or any other reason deemed medically sufficient by the physician.

(B) The employer shall medically remove an employee in accordance with

paragraph (l)(11) of this section regardless of whether at the time of removal

a job is available into which the removed employee may be transferred.

(C) Whenever an employee is medically removed under paragraph (l)(11)

of this section, the employer shall

transfer the removed employee to a job

where the exposure to cadmium is

within the permissible levels specified

in that paragraph as soon as one becomes available.

(D) For any employee who is medically removed under the provisions of

paragraph (l)(11)(i) of this section, the

employer shall provide follow-up biological monitoring in accordance with

(l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section at least

every three months and follow-up medical examinations semi-annually at

least every six months until in a written medical opinion the examining

physician determines that either the

employee may be returned to his/her

former job status as specified under

paragraph (l)(11)(iv)–(v) of this section

or the employee must be permanently

removed from excess cadmium exposure.

(E) The employer may not return an

employee who has been medically removed for any reason to his/her former

job status until a physician determines

in a written medical opinion that continued medical removal is no longer

necessary to protect the employee’s

health.

(ii) Where an employee is found unfit

to wear a respirator under paragraph

(l)(6)(ii) of this section, the employer

shall remove the employee from work

where exposure to cadmium is above

the PEL.

(iii) Where removal is based on any

reason other than the employee’s inability to wear a respirator, the employer shall remove the employee from

work where exposure to cadmium is at

or above the action level.

(iv) Except as specified in paragraph

(l)(11)(v) of this section, no employee

who was removed because his/her level

of CdU, CdB and/or β2-M exceeded the

medical removal trigger levels in paragraph (l)(3) or (l)(4) of this section may

be returned to work with exposure to

cadmium at or above the action level

until the employee’s levels of CdU fall

to or below 3 μg/g Cr, CdB falls to or

below 5 μg/lwb, and β2-M falls to or

below 300 μg/g Cr.

(v) However, when in the examining

physician’s opinion continued exposure

to cadmium will not pose an increased

risk to the employee’s health and there

are special circumstances that make

continued medical removal an inappropriate remedy, the physician shall fully

discuss these matters with the employee, and then in a written determination may return a worker to his/

her former job status despite what

would otherwise be unacceptably high

biological monitoring results. Thereafter, the returned employee shall continue to be provided with medical surveillance as if he/she were still on medical removal until the employee’s levels of CdU fall to or below 3 μg/g Cr,

CdB falls to or below 5 μg/lwb, and β2-

M falls to or below 300 μg/g Cr.

(vi) Where an employer, although not

required by paragraph (l)(11)(i)–(iii) of

this section to do so, removes an employee from exposure to cadmium or

otherwise places limitations on an employee due to the effects of cadmium

exposure on the employee’s medical

condition, the employer shall provide

the same medical removal protection

benefits to that employee under paragraph (l)(12) of this section as would

have been provided had the removal

been required under paragraph

(l)(11)(i)–(iii) of this section.

(12) Medical Removal Protection Benefits (MRPB). (i) The employer shall provide MRPB for up to a maximum of 18

months to an employee each time and

while the employee is temporarily

medically removed under paragraph

(l)(11) of this section.

(ii) For purposes of this section, the

requirement that the employer provide

MRPB means that the employer shall

maintain the total normal earnings, seniority, and all other employee rights

and benefits of the removed employee,

including the employee’s right to his/

her former job status, as if the employee had not been removed from the

employee’s job or otherwise medically

limited.
149

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

(iii) Where, after 18 months on medical removal because of elevated biological monitoring results, the employee’s monitoring results have not declined to a low enough level to permit

the employee to be returned to his/her

former job status:

(A) The employer shall make available to the employee a medical examination pursuant to this section in

order to obtain a final medical determination as to whether the employee

may be returned to his/her former job

status or must be permanently removed from excess cadmium exposure;

and

(B) The employer shall assure that

the final medical determination indicates whether the employee may be returned to his/her former job status and

what steps, if any, should be taken to

protect the employee’s health.

(iv) The employer may condition the

provision of MRPB upon the employee’s participation in medical surveillance provided in accordance with this

section.

(13) Multiple physician review. (i) If

the employer selects the initial physician to conduct any medical examination or consultation provided to an employee under this section, the employee

may designate a second physician to:

(A) Review any findings, determinations, or recommendations of the initial physician; and

(B) Conduct such examinations, consultations, and laboratory tests as the

second physician deems necessary to

facilitate this review.

(ii) The employer shall promptly notify an employee of the right to seek a

second medical opinion after each occasion that an initial physician provided by the employer conducts a medical examination or consultation pursuant to this section. The employer

may condition its participation in, and

payment for, multiple physician review

upon the employee doing the following

within fifteen (15) days after receipt of

this notice, or receipt of the initial

physician’s written opinion, whichever

is later:

(A) Informing the employer that he

or she intends to seek a medical opinion; and

(B) Initiating steps to make an appointment with a second physician.

(iii) If the findings, determinations,

or recommendations of the second physician differ from those of the initial

physician, then the employer and the

employee shall assure that efforts are

made for the two physicians to resolve

any disagreement.

(iv) If the two physicians have been

unable to quickly resolve their disagreement, then the employer and the

employee, through their respective

physicians, shall designate a third physician to:

(A) Review any findings, determinations, or recommendations of the other

two physicians; and

(B) Conduct such examinations, consultations, laboratory tests, and discussions with the other two physicians

as the third physician deems necessary

to resolve the disagreement among

them.

(v) The employer shall act consistently with the findings, determinations, and recommendations of the

third physician, unless the employer

and the employee reach an agreement

that is consistent with the recommendations of at least one of the

other two physicians.

(14) Alternate physician determination.

The employer and an employee or designated employee representative may

agree upon the use of any alternate

form of physician determination in lieu

of the multiple physician review provided by paragraph (l)(13) of this section, so long as the alternative is expeditious and at least as protective of the

employee.

(15) Information the employer must provide the employee. (i) The employer

shall provide a copy of the physician’s

written medical opinion to the examined employee within two weeks after

receipt thereof.

(ii) The employer shall provide the

employee with a copy of the employee’s biological monitoring results and

an explanation sheet explaining the results within two weeks after receipt

thereof.

(iii) Within 30 days after a request by

an employee, the employer shall provide the employee with the information the employer is required to provide the examining physician under

paragraph (l)(9) of this section.
150

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(16) Reporting. In addition to other

medical events that are required to be

reported on the OSHA Form No. 200,

the employer shall report any abnormal condition or disorder caused by occupational exposure to cadmium associated with employment as specified in

Chapter (V)(E) of the Reporting Guidelines for Occupational Injuries and Illnesses.

(m) Communication of cadmium hazards to employees—(1) General. In communications concerning cadmium hazards, employers shall comply with the

requirements of OSHA’s Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200,

including but not limited to the requirements concerning warning signs

and labels, material safety data sheets

(MSDS), and employee information and

training. In addition, employers shall

comply with the following requirements:

(2) Warning signs. (i) Warning signs

shall be provided and displayed in regulated areas. In addition, warning signs

shall be posted at all approaches to

regulated areas so that an employee

may read the signs and take necessary

protective steps before entering the

area.

(ii) Warning signs required by paragraph (m)(2)(i) of this section shall

bear the following information:

DANGER

CADMIUM

CANCER HAZARD

CAN CAUSE LUNG AND KIDNEY DISEASE

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

RESPIRATORS REQUIRED IN THIS AREA

(iii) The employer shall assure that

signs required by this paragraph are illuminated, cleaned, and maintained as

necessary so that the legend is readily

visible.

(3) Warning labels. (i) Shipping and

storage containers containing cadmium, cadmium compounds, or cadmium contaminated clothing, equipment, waste, scrap, or debris shall bear

appropriate warning labels, as specified

in paragraph (m)(3)(ii) of this section.

(ii) The warning labels shall include

at least the following information:

DANGER

CONTAINS CADMIUM

CANCER HAZARD

AVOID CREATING DUST

CAN CAUSE LUNG AND KIDNEY DISEASE

(iii) Where feasible, installed cadmium products shall have a visible

label or other indication that cadmium

is present.

(4) Employee information and training.

(i) The employer shall institute a

training program for all employees who

are potentially exposed to cadmium,

assure employee participation in the

program, and maintain a record of the

contents of such program.

(ii) Training shall be provided prior

to or at the time of initial assignment

to a job involving potential exposure to

cadmium and at least annually thereafter.

(iii) The employer shall make the

training program understandable to

the employee and shall assure that

each employee is informed of the following:

(A) The health hazards associated

with cadmium exposure, with special

attention to the information incorporated in appendix A to this section;

(B) The quantity, location, manner of

use, release, and storage of cadmium in

the workplace and the specific nature

of operations that could result in exposure to cadmium, especially exposures

above the PEL;

(C) The engineering controls and

work practices associated with the employee’s job assignment;

(D) The measures employees can take

to protect themselves from exposure to

cadmium, including modification of

such habits as smoking and personal

hygiene, and specific procedures the

employer has implemented to protect

employees from exposure to cadmium

such as appropriate work practices,

emergency procedures, and the provision of personal protective equipment;

(E) The purpose, proper selection, fitting, proper use, and limitations of respirators and protective clothing;

(F) The purpose and a description of

the medical surveillance program required by paragraph (l) of this section;

(G) The contents of this section and

its appendices; and

(H) The employee’s rights of access

to records under §1910.20(e) and (g).

(iv) Additional access to information

and training program and materials.
151

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

(A) The employer shall make a copy

of this section and its appendices readily available without cost to all affected employees and shall provide a

copy if requested.

(B) The employer shall provide to the

Assistant Secretary or the Director,

upon request, all materials relating to

the employee information and the

training program.

(n) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure monitoring. (i) The employer shall establish

and keep an accurate record of all air

monitoring for cadmium in the workplace.

(ii) This record shall include at least

the following information:

(A) The monitoring date, duration,

and results in terms of an 8-hour TWA

of each sample taken;

(B) The name, social security number, and job classification of the employees monitored and of all other employees whose exposures the monitoring is intended to represent;

(C) A description of the sampling and

analytical methods used and evidence

of their accuracy;

(D) The type of respiratory protective device, if any, worn by the monitored employee;

(E) A notation of any other conditions that might have affected the

monitoring results.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

this record for at least thirty (30)

years, in accordance with 29 CFR

1910.20.

(2) Objective data for exemption from requirement for initial monitoring. (i) For

purposes of this section, objective data

are information demonstrating that a

particular product or material containing cadmium or a specific process,

operation, or activity involving cadmium cannot release dust or fumes in

concentrations at or above the action

level even under the worst-case release

conditions. Objective data can be obtained from an industry-wide study or

from laboratory product test results

from manufacturers of cadmium-containing products or materials. The data

the employer uses from an industrywide survey must be obtained under

workplace conditions closely resembling the processes, types of material,

control methods, work practices and

environmental conditions in the employer’s current operations.

(ii) The employer shall establish and

maintain a record of the objective data

for at least 30 years.

(3) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an

accurate record for each employee covered by medical surveillance under

paragraph (l)(1)(i) of this section.

(ii) The record shall include at least

the following information about the

employee:

(A) Name, social security number,

and description of the duties;

(B) A copy of the physician’s written

opinions and an explanation sheet for

biological monitoring results;

(C) A copy of the medical history,

and the results of any physical examination and all test results that are required to be provided by this section,

including biological tests, X-rays, pulmonary function tests, etc., or that

have been obtained to further evaluate

any condition that might be related to

cadmium exposure;

(D) The employee’s medical symptoms that might be related to exposure

to cadmium; and

(E) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required by

paragraph (l)(9)(ii)–(v) of this section.

(iii) The employer shall assure that

this record is maintained for the duration of employment plus thirty (30)

years, in accordance with 29 CFR

1910.20.

(4) Training. The employer shall certify that employees have been trained

by preparing a certification record

which includes the identity of the person trained, the signature of the employer or the person who conducted the

training, and the date the training was

completed. The certification records

shall be prepared at the completion of

training and shall be maintained on

file for one (1) year beyond the date of

training of that employee.

(5) Availability. (i) Except as otherwise provided for in this section, access

to all records required to be maintained by paragraphs (n)(1)–(4) of this

section shall be in accordance with the

provisions of 29 CFR 1910.20.

(ii) Within 15 days after a request,

the employer shall make an employee’s

medical records required to be kept by
152

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

paragraph (n)(3) of this section available for examination and copying to

the subject employee, to designated

representatives, to anyone having the

specific written consent of the subject

employee, and after the employee’s

death or incapacitation, to the employee’s family members.

(6) Transfer of records. Whenever an

employer ceases to do business and

there is no successor employer to receive and retain records for the prescribed period or the employer intends

to dispose of any records required to be

preserved for at least 30 years, the employer shall comply with the requirements concerning transfer of records

set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20 (h).

(o) Observation of monitoring—(1) Employee observation. The employer shall

provide affected employees or their

designated representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of

employee exposure to cadmium.

(2) Observation procedures. When observation of monitoring requires entry

into an area where the use of protective clothing or equipment is required,

the employer shall provide the observer

with that clothing and equipment and

shall assure that the observer uses

such clothing and equipment and complies with all other applicable safety

and health procedures.

(p) Dates—(1) Effective date. This section shall become effective December

14, 1992.

(2) Start-up dates. All obligations of

this section commence on the effective

date except as follows:

(i) Exposure monitoring. Except for

small businesses (nineteen (19) or fewer

employees), initial monitoring required

by paragraph (d)(2) of this section shall

be completed as soon as possible and in

any event no later than 60 days after

the effective date of this standard. For

small businesses, initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section shall be completed as soon as possible and in any event no later than 120

days after the effective date of this

standard.

(ii) Regulated areas. Except for small

business, defined under paragraph

(p)(2)(i) of this section, regulated areas

required to be established by paragraph

(e) of this section shall be set up as

soon as possible after the results of exposure monitoring are known and in

any event no later than 90 days after

the effective date of this section. For

small businesses, regulated areas required to be established by paragraph

(e) of this section shall be set up as

soon as possible after the results of exposure monitoring are known and in

any event no later than 150 days after

the effective date of this section.

(iii) Respiratory protection. Except for

small businesses, defined under paragraph (p)(2)(i) of this section, respiratory protection required by paragraph (g) of this section shall be provided as soon as possible and in any

event no later than 90 days after the effective date of this section. For small

businesses, respiratory protection required by paragraph (g) of this section

shall be provided as soon as possible

and in any event no later than 150 days

after the effective date of this section.

(iv) Compliance program. Written compliance programs required by paragraph (f)(2) of this section shall be

completed and available for inspection

and copying as soon as possible and in

any event no later than 1 year after the

effective date of this section.

(v) Methods of compliance. The engineering controls required by paragraph

(f)(1) of this section shall be implemented as soon as possible and in any

event no later than two (2) years after

the effective date of this section. Work

practice controls shall be implemented

as soon as possible. Work practice controls that are directly related to engineering controls to be implemented in

accordance with the compliance plan

shall be implemented as soon as possible after such engineering controls

are implemented.

(vi) Hygiene and lunchroom facilities.

(A) Handwashing facilities, permanent

or temporary, shall be provided in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.141 (d)(1) and

(2) as soon as possible and in any event

no later than 60 days after the effective

date of this section.

(B) Change rooms, showers, and

lunchroom facilities shall be completed

as soon as possible and in any event no

later than 1 year after the effective

date of this section.

(vii) Employee information and training. Except for small businesses, defined under paragraph (p)(2)(i) of this
153

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

section, employee information and

training required by paragraph (m)(4)

of this section shall be provided as soon

as possible and in any event no later

than 90 days after the effective date of

this standard. For small businesses,

employee information and training required by paragraph (m)(4) of this

standard shall be provided as soon as

possible and in any event no later than

180 days after the effective date of this

standard.

(viii) Medical surveillance. Except for

small businesses, defined under paragraph (p)(2)(i) of this section, initial

medical examinations required by

paragraph (l) of this section shall be

provided as soon as possible and in any

event no later than 90 days after the effective date of this standard. For small

businesses, initial medical examinations required by paragraph (l) of this

section shall be provided as soon as

possible and in any event no later than

180 days after the effective date of this

standard.

(q) Appendices. (1) Appendix C to this

section is incorporated as part of this

section, and compliance with its contents is mandatory.

(2) Except where portions of appendices A, B, D, E, and F to this section

are expressly incorporated in requirements of this section, these appendices

are purely informational and are not

intended to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed or to detract from any existing obligations.

APPENDIX A TO §1910.1027—SUBSTANCE

SAFETY DATA SHEET

CADMIUM

I. Substance Identification

A. Substance: Cadmium.

B. 8-Hour, Time-weighted-average, Permissible Exposure Limit (TWA PEL):

1. TWA PEL: Five micrograms of cadmium

per cubic meter of air 5 μg/m3, time-weighted

average (TWA) for an 8-hour workday.

C. Appearance: Cadmium metal—soft, bluewhite, malleable, lustrous metal or grayishwhite powder. Some cadmium compounds

may also appear as a brown, yellow, or red

powdery substance.

II. Health Hazard Data

A. Routes of Exposure. Cadmium can cause

local skin or eye irritation. Cadmium can affect your health if you inhale it or if you

swallow it.

B. Effects of Overexposure.

1. Short-term (acute) exposure: Cadmium

is much more dangerous by inhalation than

by ingestion. High exposures to cadmium

that may be immediately dangerous to life

or health occur in jobs where workers handle

large quantities of cadmium dust or fume;

heat cadmium-containing compounds or cadmium-coated surfaces; weld with cadmium

solders or cut cadmium-containing materials

such as bolts.

2. Severe exposure may occur before symptoms appear. Early symptoms may include

mild irritation of the upper respiratory

tract, a sensation of constriction of the

throat, a metallic taste and/or a cough. A period of 1–10 hours may precede the onset of

rapidly progressing shortness of breath,

chest pain, and flu-like symptoms with

weakness, fever, headache, chills, sweating

and muscular pain. Acute pulmonary edema

usually develops within 24 hours and reaches

a maximum by three days. If death from asphyxia does not occur, symptoms may resolve within a week.

3. Long-term (chronic) exposure. Repeated

or long-term exposure to cadmium, even at

relatively low concentrations, may result in

kidney damage and an increased risk of cancer of the lung and of the prostate.

C. Emergency First Aid Procedures.

1. Eye exposure: Direct contact may cause

redness or pain. Wash eyes immediately with

large amounts of water, lifting the upper and

lower eyelids. Get medical attention immediately.

2. Skin exposure: Direct contact may result in irritation. Remove contaminated

clothing and shoes immediately. Wash affected area with soap or mild detergent and

large amounts of water. Get medical attention immediately.

3. Ingestion: Ingestion may result in vomiting, abdominal pain, nausea, diarrhea,

headache and sore throat. Treatment for

symptoms must be administered by medical

personnel. Under no circumstances should

the employer allow any person whom he retains, employs, supervises or controls to engage in therapeutic chelation. Such treatment is likely to translocate cadmium from

pulmonary or other tissue to renal tissue.

Get medical attention immediately.

4. Inhalation: If large amounts of cadmium

are inhaled, the exposed person must be

moved to fresh air at once. If breathing has

stopped, perform cardiopulmonary resuscitation. Administer oxygen if available. Keep

the affected person warm and at rest. Get

medical attention immediately.

5. Rescue: Move the affected person from

the hazardous exposure. If the exposed person has been overcome, attempt rescue only

after notifying at least one other person of

the emergency and putting into effect established emergency procedures. Do not become
154

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

a casualty yourself. Understand your emergency rescue procedures and know the location of the emergency equipment before the

need arises.

III. Employee Information

A. Protective Clothing and Equipment.

1. Respirators: You may be required to

wear a respirator for non-routine activities;

in emergencies; while your employer is in

the process of reducing cadmium exposures

through engineering controls; and where engineering controls are not feasible. If respirators are worn in the future, they must

have a joint Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) and National Institute for

Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH)

label of approval. Cadmium does not have a

detectable odor except at levels well above

the permissible exposure limits. If you can

smell cadmium while wearing a respirator,

proceed immediately to fresh air. If you experience difficulty breathing while wearing a

respirator, tell your employer.

2. Protective Clothing: You may be required to wear impermeable clothing, gloves,

foot gear, a face shield, or other appropriate

protective clothing to prevent skin contact

with cadmium. Where protective clothing is

required, your employer must provide clean

garments to you as necessary to assure that

the clothing protects you adequately. The

employer must replace or repair protective

clothing that has become torn or otherwise

damaged.

3. Eye Protection: You may be required to

wear splash-proof or dust resistant goggles

to prevent eye contact with cadmium.

B. Employer Requirements.

1. Medical: If you are exposed to cadmium

at or above the action level, your employer

is required to provide a medical examination, laboratory tests and a medical history

according to the medical surveillance provisions under paragraph (1) of this standard.

(See summary chart and tables in this appendix A.) These tests shall be provided

without cost to you. In addition, if you are

accidentally exposed to cadmium under conditions known or suspected to constitute

toxic exposure to cadmium, your employer is

required to make special tests available to

you.

2. Access to Records: All medical records

are kept strictly confidential. You or your

representative are entitled to see the records

of measurements of your exposure to cadmium. Your medical examination records

can be furnished to your personal physician

or designated representative upon request by

you to your employer.

3. Observation of Monitoring: Your employer is required to perform measurements

that are representative of your exposure to

cadmium and you or your designated representative are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are entitled to observe

the steps taken in the measurement procedure, and to record the results obtained.

When the monitoring procedure is taking

place in an area where respirators or personal protective clothing and equipment are

required to be worn, you or your representative must also be provided with, and must

wear the protective clothing and equipment.

C. Employee Requirements—You will not

be able to smoke, eat, drink, chew gum or tobacco, or apply cosmetics while working

with cadmium in regulated areas. You will

also not be able to carry or store tobacco

products, gum, food, drinks or cosmetics in

regulated areas because these products easily become contaminated with cadmium

from the workplace and can therefore create

another source of unnecessary cadmium exposure.

Some workers will have to change out of

work clothes and shower at the end of the

day, as part of their workday, in order to

wash cadmium from skin and hair.

Handwashing and cadmium-free eating facilities shall be provided by the employer

and proper hygiene should always be performed before eating. It is also recommended

that you do not smoke or use tobacco products, because among other things, they naturally contain cadmium. For further information, read the labeling on such products.

IV. Physician Information

A. Introduction.—The medical surveillance

provisions of paragraph (1) generally are

aimed at accomplishing three main interrelated purposes: First, identifying employees at higher risk of adverse health effects

from excess, chronic exposure to cadmium;

second, preventing cadmium-induced disease;

and third, detecting and minimizing existing

cadmium-induced disease. The core of medical surveillance in this standard is the early

and periodic monitoring of the employee’s

biological indicators of: (a) Recent exposure

to cadmium; (b) cadmium body burden; and

(c) potential and actual kidney damage associated with exposure to cadmium.

The main adverse health effects associated

with cadmium overexposure are lung cancer

and kidney dysfunction. It is not yet known

how to adequately biologically monitor

human beings to specifically prevent cadmium-induced lung cancer. By contrast, the

kidney can be monitored to provide prevention and early detection of cadmium-induced

kidney damage. Since, for non-carcinogenic

effects, the kidney is considered the primary

target organ of chronic exposure to cadmium, the medical surveillance provisions of

this standard effectively focus on cadmiuminduced kidney disease. Within that focus,

the aim, where possible, is to prevent the

onset of such disease and, where necessary,

to minimize such disease as may already

exist. The by-products of successful prevention of kidney disease are anticipated to be
155

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

the reduction and prevention of other cadmium-induced diseases.

B. Health Effects.—The major health effects associated with cadmium overexposure

are described below.

1. Kidney: The most prevalent non-malignant disease observed among workers chronically exposed to cadmium is kidney dysfunction. Initially, such dysfunction is manifested as proteinuria. The proteinuria associated with cadmium exposure is most commonly characterized by excretion of low-molecular weight proteins (15,000 to 40,000 MW)

accompanied by loss of electrolytes, uric

acid, calcium, amino acids, and phosphate.

The compounds commonly excreted include:

beta-2-microglobulin (β2-M), retinol binding

protein (RBP), immunoglobulin light chains,

and lysozyme. Excretion of low molecular

weight proteins are characteristic of damage

to the proximal tubules of the kidney (Iwao

et al., 1980).

It has also been observed that exposure to

cadmium may lead to urinary excretion of

high-molecular weight proteins such as albumin, immunoglobulin G, and glycoproteins

(Ex. 29). Excretion of high-molecular weight

proteins is typically indicative of damage to

the glomeruli of the kidney. Bernard et al.,

(1979) suggest that damage to the glomeruli

and damage to the proximal tubules of the

kidney may both be linked to cadmium exposure but they may occur independently of

each other.

Several studies indicate that the onset of

low-molecular weight proteinuria is a sign of

irreversible kidney damage (Friberg et al.,

1974; Roels et al., 1982; Piscator 1984; Elinder

et al., 1985; Smith et al., 1986). Above specific

levels of β2-M associated with cadmium exposure it is unlikely that β2-M levels return to

normal even when cadmium exposure is

eliminated by removal of the individual from

the cadmium work environment (Friberg,

Ex. 29, 1990).

Some studies indicate that such proteinuria may be progressive; levels of β2-M observed in the urine increase with time even

after cadmium exposure has ceased. See, for

example, Elinder et al., 1985. Such observations, however, are not universal, and it has

been suggested that studies in which proteinuria has not been observed to progress may

not have tracked patients for a sufficiently

long time interval (Jarup, Ex. 8–661).

When cadmium exposure continues after

the onset of proteinuria, chronic

nephrotoxicity may occur (Friberg, Ex. 29).

Uremia results from the inability of the

glomerulus to adequately filter blood. This

leads to severe disturbance of electrolyte

concentrations and may lead to various clinical complications including kidney stones

(L–140–50).

After prolonged exposure to cadmium, glomerular proteinuria, glucosuria,

aminoaciduria, phosphaturia, and

hypercalciuria may develop (Exs. 8–86, 4–28,

14–18). Phosphate, calcium, glucose, and

amino acids are essential to life, and under

normal conditions, their excretion should be

regulated by the kidney. Once low molecular

weight proteinuria has developed, these elements dissipate from the human body. Loss

of glomerular function may also occur,

manifested by decreased glomerular filtration rate and increased serum creatinine. Severe cadmium-induced renal damage may

eventually develop into chronic renal failure

and uremia (Ex. 55).

Studies in which animals are chronically

exposed to cadmium confirm the renal effects observed in humans (Friberg et al.,

1986). Animal studies also confirm problems

with calcium metabolism and related skeletal effects which have been observed among

humans exposed to cadmium in addition to

the renal effects. Other effects commonly reported in chronic animal studies include anemia, changes in liver morphology,

immunosuppression and hypertension. Some

of these effects may be associated with cofactors. Hypertension, for example, appears

to be associated with diet as well as cadmium exposure. Animals injected with cadmium have also shown testicular necrosis

(Ex. 8–86B).

2. Biological Markers

It is universally recognized that the best

measures of cadmium exposures and its effects are measurements of cadmium in biological fluids, especially urine and blood. Of

the two, CdU is conventionally used to determine body burden of cadmium in workers

without kidney disease. CdB is conventionally used to monitor for recent exposure to

cadmium. In addition, levels of CdU and CdB

historically have been used to predict the

percent of the population likely to develop

kidney disease (Thun et al., Ex. L–140–50;

WHO, Ex. 8–674; ACGIH, Exs. 8–667, 140–50).

The third biological parameter upon which

OSHA relies for medical surveillance is Beta2-microglobulin in urine (β2-M), a low molecular weight protein. Excess β2-M has been

widely accepted by physicians and scientists

as a reliable indicator of functional damage

to the proximal tubule of the kidney (Exs. 8–

447, 144–3–C, 4–47, L–140–45, 19–43–A).

Excess β2-M is found when the proximal tubules can no longer reabsorb this protein in

a normal manner. This failure of the proximal tubules is an early stage of a kind of

kidney disease that commonly occurs among

workers with excessive cadmium exposure.

Used in conjunction with biological test results indicating abnormal levels of CdU and

CdB, the finding of excess β2-M can establish

for an examining physician that any existing

kidney disease is probably cadmium-related

(Trs. 6/6/90, pp. 82–86, 122, 134). The upper limits of normal levels for cadmium in urine and
156

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

cadmium in blood are 3 μg Cd/gram creatinine in urine and 5 μgCd/liter whole blood,

respectively. These levels were derived from

broad-based population studies.

Three issues confront the physicians in the

use of β2-M as a marker of kidney dysfunction and material impairment. First, there

are a few other causes of elevated levels of

β2-M not related to cadmium exposures, some

of which may be rather common diseases and

some of which are serious diseases (e.g.,

myeloma or transient flu, Exs. 29 and 8–086).

These can be medically evaluated as alternative causes (Friberg, Ex. 29). Also, there

are other factors that can cause β2-M to degrade so that low levels would result in

workers with tubular dysfunction. For example, regarding the degradation of β2-M, workers with acidic urine (pH<6) might have β2-M

levels that are within the ‘‘normal’’ range

when in fact kidney dysfunction has occurred (Ex. L–140–1) and the low molecular

weight proteins are degraded in acid urine.

Thus, it is very important that the pH of

urine be measured, that urine samples be

buffered as necessary (See appendix F.), and

that urine samples be handled correctly, i.e.,

measure the pH of freshly voided urine samples, then if necessary, buffer to pH>6 (or

above for shipping purposes), measure pH

again and then, perhaps, freeze the sample

for storage and shipping. (See also appendix

F.) Second, there is debate over the pathological significance of proteinuria, however,

most world experts believe that β2-M levels

greater than 300 μg/g Cr are abnormal

(Elinder, Ex. 55, Friberg, Ex. 29). Such levels

signify kidney dysfunction that constitutes

material impairment of health. Finally, detection of β2-M at low levels has often been

considered difficult, however, many laboratories have the capability of detecting excess

β2-M using simple kits, such as the Phadebas

Delphia test, that are accurate to levels of

100 μg β2-M/g Cr U (Ex. L–140–1).

Specific recommendations for ways to

measure β2-M and proper handling of urine

samples to prevent degradation of β2-M have

been addressed by OSHA in appendix F, in

the section on laboratory standardization.

All biological samples must be analyzed in a

laboratory that is proficient in the analysis

of that particular analyte, under paragraph

(l)(1)(iv). (See appendix F). Specifically,

under paragraph (l)(1)(iv), the employer is to

assure that the collecting and handling of biological samples of cadmium in urine (CdU),

cadmium in blood (CdB), and beta-2 microglobulin in urine (β2-M) taken from employees is collected in a manner that assures reliability. The employer must also assure that

analysis of biological samples of cadmium in

urine (CdU), cadmium in blood (CdB), and

beta-2 microglobulin in urine (β2-M) taken

from employees is performed in laboratories

with demonstrated proficiency for that particular analyte. (See appendix F.)

3. Lung and Prostate Cancer

The primary sites for cadmium-associated

cancer appear to be the lung and the prostate (L–140–50). Evidence for an association

between cancer and cadmium exposure derives from both epidemiological studies and

animal experiments. Mortality from prostate

cancer associated with cadmium is slightly

elevated in several industrial cohorts, but

the number of cases is small and there is not

clear dose-response relationship. More substantive evidence exists for lung cancer.

The major epidemiological study of lung

cancer was conducted by Thun et al., (Ex. 4–

68). Adequate data on cadmium exposures

were available to allow evaluation of doseresponse relationships between cadmium exposure and lung cancer. A statistically significant excess of lung cancer attributed to

cadmium exposure was observed in this

study even when confounding variables such

as co-exposure to arsenic and smoking habits

were taken into consideration (Ex. L–140–50).

The primary evidence for quantifying a

link between lung cancer and cadmium exposure from animal studies derives from two

rat bioassay studies; one by Takenaka et al.,

(1983), which is a study of cadmium chloride

and a second study by Oldiges and Glaser

(1990) of four cadmium compounds.

Based on the above cited studies, the U.S.

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)

classified cadmium as ‘‘B1’’, a probable

human carcinogen, in 1985 (Ex. 4–4). The

International Agency for Research on Cancer

(IARC) in 1987 also recommended that cadmium be listed as ‘‘2A’’, a probable human

carcinogen (Ex. 4–15). The American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) has recently recommended that

cadmium be labeled as a carcinogen. Since

1984, NIOSH has concluded that cadmium is

possibly a human carcinogen and has recommended that exposures be controlled to

the lowest level feasible.

4. Non-carcinogenic Effects

Acute pneumonitis occurs 10 to 24 hours

after initial acute inhalation of high levels

of cadmium fumes with symptoms such as

fever and chest pain (Exs. 30, 8–86B). In extreme exposure cases pulmonary edema may

develop and cause death several days after

exposure. Little actual exposure measurement data is available on the level of airborne cadmium exposure that causes such

immediate adverse lung effects, nonetheless,

it is reasonable to believe a cadmium concentration of approximately 1 mg/m3 over an

eight hour period is ‘‘immediately dangerous’’ (55 FR 4052, ANSI; Ex. 8–86B).

In addition to acute lung effects and chronic renal effects, long term exposure to cadmium may cause other severe effects on the

respiratory system. Reduced pulmonary

function and chronic lung disease indicative
157

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

of emphysema have been observed in workers

who have had prolonged exposure to cadmium dust or fumes (Exs. 4–29, 4–22, 4–42, 4–

50, 4–63). In a study of workers conducted by

Kazantzis et al., a statistically significant

excess of worker deaths due to chronic bronchitis was found, which in his opinion was directly related to high cadmium exposures of

1 mg/m3 or more (Tr. 6/8/90, pp. 156–157).

Cadmium need not be respirable to constitute a hazard. Inspirable cadmium particles that are too large to be respirable but

small enough to enter the tracheobronchial

region of the lung can lead to

bronchoconstriction, chronic pulmonary disease, and cancer of that portion of the lung.

All of these diseases have been associated

with occupational exposure to cadmium (Ex.

8–86B). Particles that are constrained by

their size to the extra-thoracic regions of the

respiratory system such as the nose and

maxillary sinuses can be swallowed through

mucocillary clearance and be absorbed into

the body (ACGIH, Ex. 8–692). The impaction

of these particles in the upper airways can

lead to anosmia, or loss of sense of smell,

which is an early indication of overexposure

among workers exposed to heavy metals.

This condition is commonly reported among

cadmium-exposed workers (Ex. 8–86–B).

C. Medical Surveillance

In general, the main provisions of the medical surveillance section of the standard,

under paragraphs (l)(1)–(17) of the regulatory

text, are as follows:

1. Workers exposed above the action level

are covered;

2. Workers with intermittent exposures are

not covered;

3. Past workers who are covered receive biological monitoring for at least one year;

4. Initial examinations include a medical

questionnaire and biological monitoring of

cadmium in blood (CdB), cadmium in urine

(CdU), and Beta-2-microglobulin in urine (β2-

M);

5. Biological monitoring of these three

analytes is performed at least annually; full

medical examinations are performed biennially;

6. Until five years from the effective date

of the standard, medical removal is required

when CdU is greater than 15 μg/gram creatinine (g Cr), or CdB is greater than 15 μg/liter

whole blood (lwb), or β2-M is greater than

1500 μg/g Cr, and CdB is greater than 5 μg/lwb

or CdU is greater than 3 μg/g Cr;

7. Beginning five years after the standard

is in effect, medical removal triggers will be

reduced;

8. Medical removal protection benefits are

to be provided for up to 18 months;

9. Limited initial medical examinations

are required for respirator usage;

10. Major provisions are fully described

under section (l) of the regulatory text; they

are outlined here as follows:

A. Eligibility

B. Biological monitoring

C. Actions triggered by levels of CdU, CdB,

and β2-M (See Summary Charts and Tables in Attachment-1.)

D. Periodic medical surveillance

E. Actions triggered by periodic medical

surveillance (See appendix A Summary

Chart and Tables in Attachment-1.)

F. Respirator usage

G. Emergency medical examinations

H. Termination examination

I. Information to physician

J. Physician’s medical opinion

K. Medical removal protection

L. Medical removal protection benefits

M. Multiple physician review

N. Alternate physician review

O. Information employer gives to employee

P. Recordkeeping

Q. Reporting on OSHA form 200

11. The above mentioned summary of the

medical surveillance provisions, the summary chart, and tables for the actions triggered at different levels of CdU, CdB and β2-

M (in appendix A Attachment-1) are included

only for the purpose of facilitating understanding of the provisions of paragraphs

(l)(3) of the final cadmium standard. The

summary of the provisions, the summary

chart, and the tables do not add to or reduce

the requirements in paragraph (l)(3).

D. Recommendations to Physicians

1. It is strongly recommended that patients with tubular proteinuria are counseled

on: The hazards of smoking; avoidance of

nephrotoxins and certain prescriptions and

over-the-counter medications that may exacerbate kidney symptoms; how to control diabetes and/or blood pressure; proper hydration, diet, and exercise (Ex. 19–2). A list of

prominent or common nephrotoxins is attached. (See appendix A Attachment-2.)

2. DO NOT CHELATE; KNOW WHICH

DRUGS ARE NEPHROTOXINS OR ARE ASSOCIATED WITH NEPHRITIS.

3. The gravity of cadmium-induced renal

damage is compounded by the fact there is

no medical treatment to prevent or reduce

the accumulation of cadmium in the kidney

(Ex. 8–619). Dr. Friberg, a leading world expert on cadmium toxicity, indicated in 1992,

that there is no form of chelating agent that

could be used without substantial risk. He

stated that tubular proteinuria has to be

treated in the same way as other kidney disorders (Ex. 29).

4. After the results of a workers’ biological

monitoring or medical examination are received the employer is required to provide an

information sheet to the patient, briefly explaining the significance of the results. (See

Attachment 3 of this appendix A.)
158

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

5. For additional information the physician

is referred to the following additional resources:

a. The physician can always obtain a copy

of the preamble, with its full discussion of

the health effects, from OSHA’s Computerized Information System (OCIS).

b. The Docket Officer maintains a record of

the rulemaking. The Cadmium Docket (H–

057A), is located at 200 Constitution Ave.

NW., room N–2625, Washington, DC 20210;

telephone: 202–219–7894.

c. The following articles and exhibits in

particular from that docket (H–057A):

Exhibit num- ber Author and paper title

8–447 .......... Lauwerys et. al., Guide for physicians, ‘‘Health Maintenance of Workers Exposed to Cadmium,’’ published by the

Cadmium Council.

4–67 ............ Takenaka, S., H. Oldiges, H. Konig, D. Hochrainer, G. Oberdorster. ‘‘Carcinogenicity of Cadmium Chloride

Aerosols in Wistar Rats’’. JNCI 70:367–373, 1983. (32)

4–68 ............ Thun, M.J., T.M. Schnoor, A.B. Smith, W.E. Halperin, R.A. Lemen. ‘‘Mortality Among a Cohort of U.S. Cadmium

Production Workers—An Update.’’ JNCI 74(2):325–33, 1985. (8)

4–25 ............ Elinder, C.G., Kjellstrom, T., Hogstedt, C., et al., ‘‘Cancer Mortality of Cadmium Workers.’’ Brit. J. Ind. Med.

42:651–655, 1985. (14)

4–26 ............ Ellis, K.J. et al., ‘‘Critical Concentrations of Cadmium in Human Renal Cortex: Dose Effect Studies to Cadmium

Smelter Workers.’’ J. Toxicol. Environ. Health 7:691–703, 1981. (76)

4–27 ............ Ellis, K.J., S.H. Cohn and T.J. Smith. ‘‘Cadmium Inhalation Exposure Estimates: Their Significance with Respect

to Kidney and Liver Cadmium Burden.’’ J. Toxicol. Environ. Health 15:173–187, 1985.

4–28 ............ Falck, F.Y., Jr., Fine, L.J., Smith, R.G., McClatchey, K.D., Annesley, T., England, B., and Schork, A.M. ‘‘Occupational Cadmium Exposure and Renal Status.’’ Am. J. Ind. Med. 4:541, 1983. (64)

8–86A .......... Friberg, L., C.G. Elinder, et al., ‘‘Cadmium and Health a Toxicological and Epidemiological Appraisal, Volume I,

Exposure, Dose, and Metabolism.’’ CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, FL, 1986. (Available from the OSHA Technical Data Center)

8–86B .......... Friberg, L., C.G. Elinder, et al., ‘‘Cadmium and Health: A Toxicological and Epidemiological Appraisal, Volume II,

Effects and Response.’’ CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, FL, 1986. (Available from the OSHA Technical Data

Center)

L–140–45 .... Elinder, C.G., ‘‘Cancer Mortality of Cadmium Workers’’, Brit. J. Ind. Med., 42, 651–655, 1985.

L–140–50 .... Thun, M., Elinder, C.G., Friberg, L, ‘‘Scientific Basis for an Occupational Standard for Cadmium, Am. J. Ind.

Med., 20; 629–642, 1991.

V. Information Sheet

The information sheet (appendix A Attachment-3.) or an equally explanatory one

should be provided to you after any biological monitoring results are reviewed by the

physician, or where applicable, after any

medical examination.

ATTACHMENT 1—APPENDIX A SUMMARY CHART

AND TABLES A AND B OF ACTIONS TRIGGERED BY BIOLOGICAL MONITORING

APPENDIX A SUMMARY CHART: SECTION (1)(3)

MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE

Categorizing Biological Monitoring Results

(A) Biological monitoring results categories are set forth in Appendix A Table A

for the periods ending December 31, 1998 and

for the period beginning January 1, 1999.

(B) The results of the biological monitoring for the initial medical exam and the

subsequent exams shall determine an employee’s biological monitoring result category.

Actions Triggered by Biological Monitoring

(A)

(i) The actions triggered by biological

monitoring for an employee are set forth in

Appendix A Table B.

(ii) The biological monitoring results for

each employee under section (1)(3) shall determine the actions required for that employee. That is, for any employee in biological monitoring category C, the employer will

perform all of the actions for which there is

an X in column C of Appendix A Table B.

(iii) An employee is assigned the alphabetical category (‘‘A’’ being the lowest) depending upon the test results of the three biological markers.

(iv) An employee is assigned category A if

monitoring results for all three biological

markers fall at or below the levels indicated

in the table listed for category A.

(v) An employee is assigned category B if

any monitoring result for any of the three

biological markers fall within the range of

levels indicated in the table listed for category B, providing no result exceeds the levels listed for category B.

(vi) An employee is assigned category C if

any monitoring result for any of the three

biological markers are above the levels listed for category C.

(B) The user of Appendix A Tables A and B

should know that these tables are provided

only to facilitate understanding of the relevant provisions of paragraph (l)(3) of this

section. Appendix A Tables A and B are not

meant to add to or subtract from the requirements of those provisions.

APPENDIX A TABLE A—CATEGORIZATION

OF BIOLOGICAL MONITORING RESULTS
159

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

APPLICABLE THROUGH 1998 ONLY

Biological marker

Monitoring result categories

A B C

Cadmium in urine (CdU) (μg/g creatinine) ........................................................ ≤3 >3 and ≤15 >15

β2-microglobulin (β2–M) (μg/g creatinine) ......................................................... ≤300 >300 and ≤1500 >1500*

Cadmium in blood (CdB) (μg/liter whole blood) ............................................... ≤5 >5 and ≤15 >15

* If an employee’s β2–M levels are above 1,500 μg/g creatinine, in order for mandatory medical removal to be required (See

Appendix A Table B.), either the employee’s CdU level must also be >3 μg/g creatinine or CdB level must also be >5 μg/liter whole blood.

APPLICABLE BEGINNING JANUARY 1, 1999

Biological marker

Monitoring result categories

A B C

Cadmium in urine (CdU) (μg/g creatinine) ........................................................ ≤3 >3 and ≤7 >7

β2-microglobulin (β2–M) (μg/g creatinine) ......................................................... ≤300 >300 and ≤750 >750*

Cadmium in blood (CdB) (μg/liter whole blood) ............................................... ≤5 >5 and ≤10 >10

*If an employee’s β2–M levels are above 750 μg/g creatinine, in order for mandatory medical removal to be required (See Appendix A Table B.), either the employee’s CdU level must also be >3 μg/g creatinine or CdB level must also be >5 μg/liter whole

blood.

APPENDIX A TABLE B—ACTIONS

DETERMINED BY BIOLOGICAL MONITORING

This table presents the actions required

based on the monitoring result in Appendix

A Table A. Each item is a separate requirement in citing non-compliance. For example,

a medical examination within 90 days for an

employee in category B is separate from the

requirement to administer a periodic medical examination for category B employees

on an annual basis.

Required actions

Monitoring result category

A1 B1 C 1

(1) Biological monitoring:

(a) Annual. .................................................................................................................... X

(b) Semiannual ............................................................................................................. X

(c) Quarterly ................................................................................................................. X

(2) Medical examination:

(a) Biennial ................................................................................................................... X

(b) Annual. .................................................................................................................... X

(c) Semiannual. ............................................................................................................ X

(d) Within 90 days ........................................................................................................ X X

(3) Assess within two weeks:

(a) Excess cadmium exposure .................................................................................... X X

(b) Work practices ........................................................................................................ X X

(c) Personal hygiene .................................................................................................... X X

(d) Respirator usage .................................................................................................... X X

(e) Smoking history ...................................................................................................... X X

(f) Hygiene facilities ...................................................................................................... X X

(g) Engineering controls ............................................................................................... X X

(h) Correct within 30 days ............................................................................................ X X

(i) Periodically assess exposures ................................................................................ X

(4) Discretionary medical removal ...................................................................................... X X

(5) Mandatory medical removal .......................................................................................... X2

1For all employees covered by medical surveillance exclusively because of exposures prior to the effective date of this standard, if they are in Category A, the employer shall follow the requirements of paragraphs (l)(3)(i)(B) and (l)(4)(v)(A). If they are in

Category B or C, the employer shall follow the requirements of paragraphs (l)(4)(v)(B)–(C). 2See footnote Appendix A Table A.

APPENDIX A—ATTACHMENT 2—LIST OF

MEDICATIONS

A list of the more common medications

that a physician, and the employee, may

wish to review is likely to include some of

the following: (1) Anticonvulsants:

Paramethadione, phenytoin, trimethadone;

(2) antihypertensive drugs: Captopril,

methyldopa; (3) antimicrobials:

Aminoglycosides, amphotericin B,

cephalosporins, ethambutol; (4)

antineoplastic agents: Cisplatin,

methotrexate, mitomycin-C, nitrosoureas,
160

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

radiation; (4) sulfonamide diuretics: Acetazolamide, chlorthalidone, furosemide,

thiazides; (5) halogenated alkanes, hydrocarbons, and solvents that may occur in

some settings: Carbon tetrachloride, ethylene glycol, toluene; iodinated radiographic

contrast media; nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs; and, (7) other miscellaneous

compounds: Acetominophen, allopurinol,

amphetamines, azathioprine, cimetidine,

cyclosporine, lithium, methoxyflurane,

methysergide, D-penicillamine, phenacetin,

phenendione. A list of drugs associated with

acute interstitial nephritis includes: (1)

Antimicrobial drugs: Cephalosporins, chloramphenicol, colistin, erythromycin,

ethambutol, isoniazid, para-aminosalicylic

acid, penicillins, polymyxin B, rifampin,

sulfonamides, tetracyclines, and

vancomycin; (2) other miscellaneous drugs:

Allopurinol, antipyrene, azathioprine,

captopril, cimetidine, clofibrate,

methyldopa, phenindione, phenylpropanolamine, phenytoin, probenecid, sulfinpyrazone,

sulfonamid diuretics, triamterene; and, (3)

metals: Bismuth, gold.

This list have been derived from commonly

available medical textbooks (e.g., Ex. 14–18).

The list has been included merely to facilitate the physician’s, employer’s, and employee’s understanding. The list does not

represent an official OSHA opinion or policy

regarding the use of these medications for

particular employees. The use of such medications should be under physician discretion.

ATTACHMENT 3—BIOLOGICAL MONITORING AND

MEDICAL EXAMINATION RESULTS

Employee llllllllllllllllll

Testing Date llllllllllllllll

Cadmium in Urine lll μg/g Cr—Normal

Levels: ≤3 μg/g Cr.

Cadmium in Blood lll μg/lwb—Normal

Levels: ≤5 μg/lwb.

Beta-2-microglobulin in Urine lll μg/g

Cr—Normal Levels: ≤300 μg/g Cr.

Physical Examination Results: N/A lll

Satisfactory lll Unsatisfactory lll (see

physician again).

Physician’s Review of Pulmonary Function

Test: N/A lll Normal lll Abnormal

lll.

Next biological monitoring or medical examination scheduled for lllllllllll

The biological monitoring program has

been designed for three main purposes: 1) to

identify employees at risk of adverse health

effects from excess, chronic exposure to cadmium; 2) to prevent cadmium-induced disease(s); and 3) to detect and minimize existing cadmium-induced disease(s).

The levels of cadmium in the urine and

blood provide an estimate of the total

amount of cadmium in the body. The amount

of a specific protein in the urine (beta-2-

microglobulin) indicates changes in kidney

function. All three tests must be evaluated

together. A single mildly elevated result

may not be important if testing at a later

time indicates that the results are normal

and the workplace has been evaluated to decrease possible sources of cadmium exposure.

The levels of cadmium or beta-2-microglobulin may change over a period of days to

months and the time needed for those

changes to occur is different for each worker.

If the results for biological monitoring are

above specific ‘‘high levels’’ [cadmium urine

greater than 10 micrograms per gram of creatinine (μg/g Cr), cadmium blood greater

than 10 micrograms per liter of whole blood

(μg/lwb), or beta-2-microglobulin greater

than 1000 micrograms per gram of creatinine

(μg/g Cr)], the worker has a much greater

chance of developing other kidney diseases.

One way to measure for kidney function is

by measuring beta-2-microglobulin in the

urine. Beta-2-microglobulin is a protein

which is normally found in the blood as it is

being filtered in the kidney, and the kidney

reabsorbs or returns almost all of the beta-2-

microglobulin to the blood. A very small

amount (less than 300 μg/g Cr in the urine) of

beta-2-microglobulin is not reabsorbed into

the blood, but is released in the urine. If cadmium damages the kidney, the amount of

beta-2-microglobulin in the urine increases

because the kidney cells are unable to reabsorb the beta-2-microglobulin normally. An

increase in the amount of beta-2-microglobulin in the urine is a very early sign of kidney dysfunction. A small increase in beta-2-

microglobulin in the urine will serve as an

early warning sign that the worker may be

absorbing cadmium from the air, cigarettes

contaminated in the workplace, or eating in

areas that are cadmium contaminated.

Even if cadmium causes permanent

changes in the kidney’s ability to reabsorb

beta-2-microglobulin, and the beta-2-microglobulin is above the ‘‘high levels’’, the loss

of kidney function may not lead to any serious health problems. Also, renal function

naturally declines as people age. The risk for

changes in kidney function for workers who

have biological monitoring results between

the ‘‘normal values’’ and the ‘‘high levels’’ is

not well known. Some people are more cadmium-tolerant, while others are more cadmium-susceptible.

For anyone with even a slight increase of

beta-2-microglobulin, cadmium in the urine,

or cadmium in the blood, it is very important to protect the kidney from further damage. Kidney damage can come from other

sources than excess cadmium-exposure so it

is also recommended that if a worker’s levels

are ‘‘high’’ he/she should receive counseling

about drinking more water; avoiding cadmium-tainted tobacco and certain medications (nephrotoxins, acetaminophen); controlling diet, vitamin intake, blood pressure

and diabetes; etc.
161

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

APPENDIX B TO §1910.1027—SUBSTANCE

TECHNICAL GUIDELINES FOR CADMIUM

I. Cadmium Metal

A. Physical and Chemical Data.

1. Substance Identification.

Chemical name: Cadmium.

Formula: Cd.

Molecular Weight: 112.4.

Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) Registry

No.: 7740–43–9.

Other Identifiers: RETCS EU9800000; EPA

D006; DOT 2570 53.

Synonyms: Colloidal Cadmium: Kadmium

(German): CI 77180.

2. Physical data.

Boiling point: (760 mm Hg): 765 degrees C.

Melting point: 321 degrees C.

Specific Gravity: (H2 O=@ 20 °C): 8.64.

Solubility: Insoluble in water; soluble in dilute nitric acid and in sulfuric acid.

Appearance: Soft, blue-white, malleable,

lustrous metal or grayish-white powder.

B. Fire, Explosion and Reactivity Data.

1. Fire.

Fire and Explosion Hazards: The finely divided metal is pyrophoric, that is the dust is

a severe fire hazard and moderate explosion

hazard when exposed to heat or flame. Burning material reacts violently with extinguishing agents such as water, foam, carbon

dioxide, and halons.

Flash point: Flammable (dust).

Extinguishing media: Dry sand, dry dolomite, dry graphite, or sodimum chloride.

2. Reactivity.

Conditions contributing to instability: Stable

when kept in sealed containers under normal

temperatures and pressure, but dust may ignite upon contact with air. Metal tarnishes

in moist air.

Incompatibilities: Ammonium nitrate, fused:

Reacts violently or explosively with cadmium dust below 20 °C. Hydrozoic acid: Violent explosion occurs after 30 minutes. Acids:

Reacts violently, forms hydrogen gas. Oxidizing agents or metals: Strong reaction

with cadmium dust. Nitryl fluoride at slightly elevated temperature: Glowing or white

incandescence occurs. Selenium: Reacts

exothermically. Ammonia: Corrosive reaction. Sulfur dioxide: Corrosive reaction. Fire

extinguishing agents (water, foam, carbon

dioxide, and halons): Reacts violently. Tellurium: Incandescent reaction in hydrogen atmosphere.

Hazardous decomposition products: The heated metal rapidly forms highly toxic, brownish fumes of oxides of cadmium.

C. Spill, Leak and Disposal Procedures.

1. Steps to be taken if the materials is released

or spilled. Do not touch spilled material. Stop

leak if you can do it without risk. Do not get

water inside container. For large spills, dike

spill for later disposal. Keep unnecessary

people away. Isolate hazard area and deny

entry. The Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 Section 304 requires

that a release equal to or greater than the

reportable quantity for this substance (1

pound) must be immediately reported to the

local emergency planning committee, the

state emergency response commission, and

the National Response Center (800) 424–8802;

in Washington, DC metropolitan area (202)

426–2675.

II. Cadmium Oxide

A. Physical and Chemical Date.

1. Substance identification.

Chemical name: Cadmium Oxide.

Formula: CdO.

Molecular Weight: 128.4.

CAS No.: 1306–19–0.

Other Identifiers: RTECS EV1929500.

Synonyms: Kadmu tlenek (Polish).

2. Physical data.

Boiling point (760 mm Hg): 950 degrees C decomposes.

Melting point: 1500 °C.

Specific Gravity: (H2 O=1@20 °C): 7.0.

Solubility: Insoluble in water; soluble in

acids and alkalines.

Appearance: Red or brown crystals.

B. Fire, Explosion and Reactivity Data.

1. Fire.

Fire and Explosion Hazards: Negligible fire

hazard when exposed to heat or flame.

Flash point: Nonflammable.

Extinguishing media: Dry chemical, carbon

dioxide, water spray or foam.

2. Reactivity.

Conditions contributing to instability: Stable

under normal temperatures and pressures.

Incompatibilities: Magnesium may reduce

CdO2 explosively on heating.

Hazardous decomposition products: Toxic

fumes of cadmium.

C. Spill Leak and Disposal Procedures.

1. Steps to be taken if the material is released

or spilled. Do not touch spilled material. Stop

leak if you can do it without risk. For small

spills, take up with sand or other absorbent

material and place into containers for later

disposal. For small dry spills, use a clean

shovel to place material into clean, dry container and then cover. Move containers from

spill area. For larger spills, dike far ahead of

spill for later disposal. Keep unnecessary

people away. Isolate hazard area and deny

entry. The Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 Section 304 requires

that a release equal to or greater than the

reportable quantity for this substance (1

pound) must be immediately reported to the

local emergency planning committee, the

state emergency response commission, and

the National Response Center (800) 424–8802;

in Washington, DC metropolitan area (202)

426–2675.

III. Cadmium Sulfide.

A. Physical and Chemical Data.

1. Substance Identification.

Chemical name: Cadmium sulfide.

Formula: CdS.
162

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

Molecular weight: 144.5.

CAS No. 1306–23–6.

Other Identifiers: RTECS EV3150000.

Synonyms: Aurora yellow; Cadmium Golden

366; Cadmium Lemon Yellow 527; Cadmium

Orange; Cadmium Primrose 819; Cadmium

Sulphide; Cadmium Yellow; Cadmium Yellow

000; Cadmium Yellow Conc. Deep; Cadmium

Yellow Conc. Golden; Cadmium Yellow Conc.

Lemon; Cadmium Yellow Conc. Primrose;

Cadmium Yellow Oz. Dark; Cadmium Yellow

Primrose 47–1400; Cadmium Yellow 10G

Conc.; Cadmium Yellow 892; Cadmopur Golden Yellow N; Cadmopur Yellow: Capsebon;

C.I. 77199; C.I. Pigment Orange 20; CI Pigment Yellow 37; Ferro Lemon Yellow; Ferro

Orange Yellow; Ferro Yellow; Greenockite;

NCI–C02711.

2. Physical data.

Boiling point (760 mm. Hg): sublines in N2 at

980 °C.

Melting point: 1750 degrees C (100 atm).

Specific Gravity: (H2 O=1@ 20 °C): 4.82.

Solubility: Slightly soluble in water; soluble

in acid.

Appearance: Light yellow or yellow-orange

crystals.

B. Fire, Explosion and Reactivity Data.

1. Fire.

Fire and Explosion Hazards: Neglible fire

hazard when exposed to heat or flame.

Flash point: Nonflammable.

Extinguishing media: Dry chemical, carbon

dioxide, water spray or foam.

2. Reactivity.

Conditions contributing to instability: Generally non-reactive under normal conditions.

Reacts with acids to form toxic hydrogen

sulfide gas.

Incompatibilities: Reacts vigorously with

iodinemonochloride.

Hazardous decomposition products: Toxic

fumes of cadmium and sulfur oxides.

C. Spill Leak and Disposal Procedures.

1. Steps to be taken if the material is released

or spilled. Do not touch spilled material. Stop

leak if you can do it without risk. For small,

dry spills, with a clean shovel place material

into clean, dry container and cover. Move

containers from spill area. For larger spills,

dike far ahead of spill for later disposal.

Keep unnecessary people away. Isolate hazard and deny entry.

IV. Cadmium Chloride.

A. Physical and Chemical Data.

1. Substance Identification.

Chemcail name: Cadmium chloride.

Formula: CdC12.

Molecular weight: 183.3.

CAS No. 10108–64–2.

Other Identifiers: RTECS EY0175000.

Synonyms: Caddy; Cadmium dichloride; NA

2570 (DOT); UI-CAD; dichlorocadmium.

2. Physical data.

Boiling point (760 mm Hg): 960 degrees C.

Melting point: 568 degrees C.

Specific Gravity: (H2 O=1 @ 20 °C): 4.05.

Solubility: Soluble in water (140 g/100 cc);

soluble in acetone.

Appearance: Small, white crystals.

B. Fire, Explosion and Reactivity Data.

1. Fire.

Fire and Explosion Hazards: Negligible fire

and negligible explosion hazard in dust form

when exposed to heat or flame.

Flash point: Nonflamable.

Extinguishing media: Dry chemical, carbon

dioxide, water spray or foam.

2. Reactivity.

Conditions contributing to instability: Generally stable under normal temperatures and

pressures.

Incompatibilities: Bromine triflouride rapidly attacks cadmium chloride. A mixture of

potassium and cadmium chloride may

produce a strong explosion on impact.

Hazardous decomposition products: Thermal

ecompostion may release toxic fumes of hydrogen chloride, chloride, chlorine or oxides

of cadmium.

C. Spill Leak and Disposal Procedures.

1. Steps to be taken if the materials is released

or spilled. Do not touch spilled material. Stop

leak if you can do it without risk. For small,

dry spills, with a clean shovel place material

into clean, dry container and cover. Move

containers from spill area. For larger spills,

dike far ahead of spill for later disposal.

Keep unnecessary people away. Isolate hazard and deny entry. The Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 Section 304 requires that a release equal to or

greater than the reportable quantity for this

substance (100 pounds) must be immediately

reported to the local emergency planning

committee, the state emergency response

commission, and the National Response Center (800) 424–8802; in Washington, DC Metropolitan area (202) 426–2675.

APPENDIX C TO §1910.1027 [RESERVED]

APPENDIX D TO § 1910.1027—OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HISTORY INTERVIEW

WITH REFERENCE TO CADMIUM EXPOSURE

Directions

(To be read by employee and signed prior to

the interview)

Please answer the questions you will be

asked as completely and carefully as you

can. These questions are asked of everyone

who works with cadmium. You will also be

asked to give blood and urine samples. The

doctor will give your employer a written

opinion on whether you are physically capable of working with cadmium. Legally, the

doctor cannot share personal information

you may tell him/her with your employer.

The following information is considered

strictly confidential. The results of the tests
163

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

will go to you, your doctor and your employer. You will also receive an information

sheet explaining the results of any biological

monitoring or physical examinations performed.

If you are just being hired, the results of

this interview and examination will be used

to:

(1) Establish your health status and see if

working with cadmium might be expected to

cause unusual problems,

(2) Determine your health status today and

see if there are changes over time,

(3) See if you can wear a respirator safely.

If you are not a new hire:

OSHA says that everyone who works with

cadmium can have periodic medical examinations performed by a doctor. The reasons

for this are:

(a) If there are changes in your health, either because of cadmium or some other reason, to find them early,

(b) to prevent kidney damage.

Please sign below.

I have read these directions and understand them:

llllllllllllllllllllllll

Employee signature

llllllllllllllllllllllll

Date

Thank you for answering these questions.

(Suggested Format)

Name llllllllllllllllllll

Age lllllllllllllllllllll

Social Security # llllllllllllll

Company llllllllllllllllll

Job lllllllllllllllllllll

Type of Preplacement Exam:

[ ] Periodic

[ ] Termination

[ ] Initial

[ ] Other

Blood Pressure lllllllllllllll

Pulse Rate lllllllllllllllll

1. How long have you worked at the job listed above?

[ ] Not yet hired

[ ] Number of months

[ ] Number of years

2. Job Duties etc.

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

3. Have you ever been told by a doctor that

you had bronchitis?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

If yes, how long ago?

[ ] Number of months

[ ] Number of years

4. Have you ever been told by a doctor that

you had emphysema?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

If yes, how long ago?

[ ] Number of years

[ ] Number of months

5. Have you ever been told by a doctor that

you had other lung problems?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

If yes, please describe type of lung problems and when you had these problems

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

6. In the past year, have you had a cough?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

If yes, did you cough up sputum?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

If yes, how long did the cough with sputum

production last?

[ ] Less than 3 months

[ ] 3 months or longer

If yes, for how many years have you had

episodes of cough with sputum production lasting this long?

[ ] Less than one

[ ] 1

[ ] 2

[ ] Longer than 2

7. Have you ever smoked cigarettes?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

8. Do you now smoke cigarettes?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

9. If you smoke or have smoked cigarettes,

for how many years have you smoked, or

did you smoke?

[ ] Less than 1 year

[ ] Number of years

What is or was the greatest number of

packs per day that you have smoked?

[ ] Number of packs

If you quit smoking cigarettes, how many

years ago did you quit?

[ ] Less than 1 year

[ ] Number of years

How many packs a day do you now smoke?

[ ] Number of packs per day

10. Have you ever been told by a doctor that

you had a kidney or urinary tract disease

or disorder?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

11. Have you ever had any of these disorders?

Kidney stones ................ [ ] Yes [ ] No

Protein in urine ............. [ ] Yes [ ] No

Blood in urine ................ [ ] Yes [ ] No

Difficulty urinating ....... [ ] Yes [ ] No

Other kidney/Urinary

disorders.

[ ] Yes [ ] No

Please describe problems, age, treatment,

and follow up for any kidney or urinary

problems you have had:

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll
164

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

12. Have you ever been told by a doctor or

other health care provider who took your

blood pressure that your blood pressure

was high?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

13. Have you ever been advised to take any

blood pressure medication?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

14. Are you presently taking any blood pressure medication?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

15. Are you presently taking any other medication?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

16. Please list any blood pressure or other

medications and describe how long you

have been taking each one:

Medicine:

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

How Long Taken

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

17. Have you ever been told by a doctor that

you have diabetes? (sugar in your blood

or urine)

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

If yes, do you presently see a doctor about

your diabetes?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

If yes, how do you control your blood

sugar?

[ ] Diet alone

[ ] Diet plus oral medicine

[ ] Diet plus insulin (injection)

18. Have you ever been told by a doctor that

you had:

Anemia .......................... [ ] Yes [ ] No

A low blood count? ........ [ ] Yes [ ] No

19. Do you presently feel that you tire or run

out of energy sooner than normal or

sooner than other people your age?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

If yes, for how long have you felt that you

tire easily?

[ ] Less than 1 year

[ ] Number of years

20. Have you given blood within the last

year?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

If yes, how many times?

[ ] Number of times

How long ago was the last time you gave

blood?

[ ] Less than 1 month

[ ] Number of months

21. Within the last year have you had any injuries with heavy bleeding?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

If yes, how long ago?

[ ] Less than 1 month

[ ] Nnumber of months

Describe: llllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

22. Have you recently had any surgery?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

If yes, please describe: lllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

23. Have you seen any blood lately in your

stool or after a bowel movement?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

24. Have you ever had a test for blood in your

stool?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

If yes, did the test show any blood in the

stool?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

What further evaluation and treatment were

done? lllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

The following questions pertain to the

ability to wear a respirator. Additional information for the physician can be found in

The Respiratory Protective Devices Manual.

25. Have you ever been told by a doctor that

you have asthma?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

If yes, are you presently taking any medication for asthma? Mark all that apply.

[ ] Shots

[ ] Pills

[ ] Inhaler

26. Have you ever had a heart attack?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

If yes, how long ago?

[ ] Number of years

[ ] Number of months

27. Have you ever had pains in your chest?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

If yes, when did it usually happen?

[ ] While resting

[ ] While working

[ ] While exercising

[ ] Activity didn’t matter

28. Have you ever had a thyroid problem?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

29. Have you ever had a seizure or fits?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No
165

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

30. Have you ever had a stroke (cerebrovascular accident)?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

31. Have you ever had a ruptured eardrum or

a serious hearing problem?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

32. Do you now have a claustrophobia, meaning fear of crowded or closed in spaces or

any psychological problems that would

make it hard for you to wear a respirator?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

The following questions pertain to reproductive history.

33. Have you or your partner had a problem

conceiving a child?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

If yes, specify:

[ ] Self

[ ] Present mate

[ ] Previous mate

34. Have you or your partner consulted a

physician for a fertility or other reproductive problem?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

If yes, specify who consulted the physician:

[ ] Self

[ ] Spouse/partner

[ ] Self and partner

If yes, specify diagnosis made: lllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

35. Have you or your partner ever conceived

a child resulting in a miscarriage, still

birth or deformed offspring?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

If yes, specify:

[ ] Miscarriage

[ ] Still birth

[ ] Deformed offspring

If outcome was a deformed offspring, please

specify type: lllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

36. Was this outcome a result of a pregnancy

of:

[ ] Yours with present partner

[ ] Yours with a previous partner

37. Did the timing of any abnormal pregnancy outcome coincide with present employment?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

List dates of occurrences: llllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

38. What is the occupation of your spouse or

partner?

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

For Women Only

39. Do you have menstrual periods?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

Have you had menstrual irregularities?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

If yes, specify type: lllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

If yes, what was the approximated date this

problem began? llllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

Approximate date problem stopped? llll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

For Men Only

40. Have you ever been diagnosed by a physician as having prostate gland problem(s)?

[ ] Yes

[ ] No

If yes, please describe type of problem(s) and

what was done to evaluate and treat the

problem(s): llllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

APPENDIX E TO §1910.1027—CADMIUM IN

WORKPLACE ATMOSPHERES

Method Number: ID–189

Matrix: Air

OSHA Permissible Exposure Limits: 5 μg/m3

(TWA), 2.5 μg/m3 (Action Level TWA)

Collection Procedure: A known volume of air

is drawn through a 37-mm diameter filter

cassette containing a 0.8-μm mixed cellulose ester membrane filter (MCEF).

Recommended Air Volume: 960 L

Recommended Sampling Rate: 2.0 L/min

Analytical Procedure: Air filter samples are

digested with nitric acid. After digestion,

a small amount of hydrochloric acid is

added. The samples are then diluted to

volume with deionized water and analyzed by either flame atomic absorption

spectroscopy (AAS) or flameless atomic

absorption spectroscopy using a heated

graphite furnace atomizer (AAS-HGA).

Detection Limits:

Qualitative: 0.2 μg/m3 for a 200 L sample by

Flame AAS, 0.007 μg/m3 for a 60 L sample

by AAS–HGA

Quantitative: 0.70 μg/m3 for a 200 L sample by

Flame AAS, 0.025 μg/m3 for a 60 L sample

by AAS–HGA

Precision and Accuracy: (Flame AAS Analysis and AAS–HGA Analysis):

Validation Level: 2.5 to 10 μg/m3 for a 400 L

air vol, 1.25 to 5.0 μg/m3 for a 60 L air vol

CV1 (pooled): 0.010, 0.043

Analytical Bias: +4.0%, ¥5.8%

Overall Analytical Error:±6.0%, ±14.2%

Method Classification: Validated
166

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

Date: June, 1992

Inorganic Service Branch II, OSHA Salt

Lake Technical Center, Salt Lake City, Utah

Commercial manufacturers and products

mentioned in this method are for descriptive

use only and do not constitute endorsements

by USDOL-OSHA. Similar products from

other sources can be substituted.

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1. Scope

This method describes the collection of

airborne elemental cadmium and cadmium

compounds on 0.8-μm mixed cellulose ester

membrane filters and their subsequent analysis by either flame atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) or flameless atomic absorption spectroscopy using a heated graphite

furnace atomizer (AAS-HGA). It is applicable

for both TWA and Action Level TWA Permissible Exposure Level (PEL) measurements.

The two atomic absorption analytical techniques included in the method do not differentiate between cadmium fume and cadmium dust samples. They also do not differentiate between elemental cadmium and

its compounds.

1.2. Principle

Airborne elemental cadmium and cadmium

compounds are collected on a 0.8-μm mixed

cellulose ester membrane filter (MCEF). The

air filter samples are digested with concentrated nitric acid to destroy the organic

matrix and dissolve the cadmium analytes.

After digestion, a small amount of concentrated hydrochloric acid is added to help

dissolve other metals which may be present.

The samples are diluted to volume with deionized water and then aspirated into the

oxidizing air/acetylene flame of an atomic

absorption spectrophotometer for analysis of

elemental cadmium.

If the concentration of cadmium in a sample solution is too low for quantitation by

this flame AAS analytical technique, and the

sample is to be averaged with other samples

for TWA calculations, aliquots of the sample

and a matrix modifier are later injected onto

a L’vov platform in a pyrolytically-coated

graphite tube of a Zeeman atomic absorption

spectrophotometer/graphite furnace assembly for analysis of elemental cadmium. The

matrix modifier is added to stabilize the cadmium metal and minimize sodium chloride

as an interference during the high temperature charring step of the analysis (5.1., 5.2.).

1.3. History

Previously, two OSHA sampling and analytical methods for cadmium were used concurrently (5.3., 5.4.). Both of these methods

also required 0.8-μm mixed cellulose ester

membrane filters for the collection of air

samples. These cadmium air filter samples

were analyzed by either flame atomic absorption spectroscopy (5.3.) or inductively

coupled plasma/atomic emission spectroscopy (ICP-AES) (5.4.). Neither of these two

analytical methods have adequate sensitivity for measuring workplace exposure to

airborne cadmium at the new lower TWA and

Action Level TWA PEL levels when consecutive samples are taken on one employee and

the sample results need to be averaged with

other samples to determine a single TWA.

The inclusion of two atomic absorption analytical techniques in the new sampling and

analysis method for airborne cadmium permits quantitation of sample results over a

broad range of exposure levels and sampling

periods. The flame AAS analytical technique

included in this method is similar to the previous procedure given in the General Metals

Method ID–121 (5.3.) with some modifications. The sensitivity of the AAS-HGA analytical technique included in this method is

adequate to measure exposure levels at 1/10

the Action Level TWA, or lower, when less

than full-shift samples need to be averaged

together.

1.4. Properties (5.5.)

Elemental cadmium is a silver-white, bluetinged, lustrous metal which is easily cut

with a knife. It is slowly oxidized by moist

air to form cadmium oxide. It is insoluble in

water, but reacts readily with dilute nitric

acid. Some of the physical properties and

other descriptive information of elemental

cadmium are given below:

CAS No..............................................7440–43–9

Atomic Number ...........................................48

Atomic Symbol...........................................Cd

Atomic Weight .......................................112.41

Melting Point ........................................321 °C

Boiling Point .........................................765 °C

Density..................................8.65 g/mL (25 °C)

The properties of specific cadmium compounds are described in reference 5.5.

1.5. Method Performance

A synopsis of method performance is presented below. Further information can be

found in Section 4.

1.5.1. The qualitative and quantitative detection limits for the flame AAS analytical

technique are 0.04 μg (0.004 μg/mL) and 0.14 μg

(0.014 μg/mL) cadmium, respectively, for a 10

mL solution volume. These correspond, respectively, to 0.2 μg/m3 and 0.70 μg/m3 for a

200 L air volume.

1.5.2. The qualitative and quantitative detection limits for the AAS-HGA analytical

technique are 0.44 ng (0.044 ng/mL) and 1.5 ng

(0.15 ng/mL) cadmium, respectively, for a 10

mL solution volume. These correspond, respectively, to 0.007 μg/m3 and 0.025 μg/m3 for

a 60 L air volume.

1.5.3. The average recovery by the flame

AAS analytical technique of 17 spiked MCEF
167

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

samples containing cadmium in the range of

0.5 to 2.0 times the TWA target concentration of 5 μg/m3 (assuming a 400 L air volume)

was 104.0% with a pooled coefficient of variation (CV1) of 0.010. The flame analytical

technique exhibited a positive bias of +4.0%

for the validated concentration range. The

overall analytical error (OAE) for the flame

AAS analytical technique was ±6.0%.

1.5.4. The average recovery by the AASHGA analytical technique of 18 spiked MCEF

samples containing cadmium in the range of

0.5 to 2.0 times the Action Level TWA target

concentration of 2.5 μg/m3 (assuming a 60 L

air volume) was 94.2% with a pooled coefficient of variation (CV1) of 0.043. The AASHGA analytical technique exhibited a negative bias of ¥5.8% for the validated concentration range. The overall analytical

error (OAE) for the AAS-HGA analytical

technique was ±14.2%.

1.5.5. Sensitivity in flame atomic absorption is defined as the characteristic concentration of an element required to produce

a signal of 1% absorbance (0.0044 absorbance

units). Sensitivity values are listed for each

element by the atomic absorption spectrophotometer manufacturer and have proved

to be a very valuable diagnostic tool to determine if instrumental parameters are optimized and if the instrument is performing up

to specification. The sensitivity of the spectrophotometer used in the validation of the

flame AAS analytical technique agreed with

the manufacturer specifications (5.6.); the 2

μg/mL cadmium standard gave an absorbance

reading of 0.350 abs. units.

1.5.6. Sensitivity in graphite furnace atomic absorption is defined in terms of the characteristic mass, the number of picograms required to give an integrated absorbance

value of 0.0044 absorbance-second (5.7.). Data

suggests that under Stabilized Temperature

Platform Furnace (STPF) conditions (see

Section 1.6.2.), characteristic mass values are

transferable between properly functioning

instruments to an accuracy of about 20%

(5.2.). The characteristic mass for STPF

analysis of cadmium with Zeeman background correction listed by the manufacturer of the instrument used in the validation of the AAS-HGA analytical technique

was 0.35 pg. The experimental characteristic

mass value observed during the determination of the working range and detection limits of the AAS-HGA analytical technique was

0.41 pg.

1.6. Interferences

1.6.1. High concentrations of silicate interfere in determining cadmium by flame AAS

(5.6.). However, silicates are not significantly

soluble in the acid matrix used to prepare

the samples.

1.6.2. Interferences, such as background absorption, are reduced to a minimum in the

AAS-HGA analytical technique by taking

full advantage of the Stabilized Temperature

Platform Furnace (STPF) concept. STPF includes all of the following parameters (5.2.):

a. Integrated Absorbance,

b. Fast Instrument Electronics and Sampling

Frequency,

c. Background Correction,

d. Maximum Power Heating,

e. Atomization off the L’vov platform in a

pyrolytically coated graphite tube,

f. Gas Stop during Atomization,

g. Use of Matrix Modifiers.

1.7. Toxicology (5.14.)

Information listed within this section is

synopsis of current knowledge of the physiological effects of cadmium and is not intended to be used as the basis for OSHA policy. IARC classifies cadmium and certain of

its compounds as Group 2A carcinogens

(probably carcinogenic to humans). Cadmium fume is intensely irritating to the respiratory tract. Workplace exposure to cadmium can cause both chronic and acute effects. Acute effects include

tracheobronchitis, pneumonitis, and pulmonary edema. Chronic effects include anemia, rhinitis/anosmia, pulmonary emphysema, proteinuria and lung cancer. The primary target organs for chronic disease are

the kidneys (non-carcinogenic) and the lungs

(carcinogenic).

2. SAMPLING

2.1. Apparatus

2.1.1. Filter cassette unit for air sampling:

A 37-mm diameter mixed cellulose ester

membrane filter with a pore size of 0.8-μm

contained in a 37-mm polystyrene two- or

three-piece cassette filter holder (part no.

MAWP 037 A0, Millipore Corp., Bedford, MA).

The filter is supported with a cellulose

backup pad. The cassette is sealed prior to

use with a shrinkable gel band.

2.1.2. A calibrated personal sampling pump

whose flow is determined to an accuracy of

±5% at the recommended flow rate with the

filter cassette unit in line.

2.2. Procedure

2.2.1. Attach the prepared cassette to the

calibrated sampling pump (the backup pad

should face the pump) using flexible tubing.

Place the sampling device on the employee

such that air is sampled from the breathing

zone.

2.2.2. Collect air samples at a flow rate of

2.0 L/min. If the filter does not become overloaded, a full-shift (at least seven hours)

sample is strongly recommended for TWA

and Action Level TWA measurements with a

maximum air volume of 960 L. If overloading

occurs, collect consecutive air samples for

shorter sampling periods to cover the full

workshift.
168

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

2.2.3. Replace the end plugs into the filter

cassettes immediately after sampling.

Record the sampling conditions.

2.2.4. Securely wrap each sample filter cassette end-to-end with an OSHA Form 21 sample seal.

2.2.5. Submit at least one blank sample

with each set of air samples. The blank sample should be handled the same as the other

samples except that no air is drawn through

it.

2.2.6. Ship the samples to the laboratory

for analysis as soon as possible in a suitable

container designed to prevent damage in

transit.

3. ANALYSIS

3.1. Safety Precautions

3.1.1. Wear safety glasses, protective clothing and gloves at all times.

3.1.2. Handle acid solutions with care. Handle all cadmium samples and solutions with

extra care (see Sect. 1.7.). Avoid their direct

contact with work area surfaces, eyes, skin

and clothes. Flush acid solutions which contact the skin or eyes with copious amounts

of water.

3.1.3. Perform all acid digestions and acid

dilutions in an exhaust hood while wearing a

face shield. To avoid exposure to acid vapors,

do not remove beakers containing concentrated acid solutions from the exhaust

hood until they have returned to room temperature and have been diluted or emptied.

3.1.4. Exercise care when using laboratory

glassware. Do not use chipped pipets, volumetric flasks, beakers or any glassware with

sharp edges exposed in order to avoid the

possibility of cuts or abrasions.

3.1.5. Never pipet by mouth.

3.1.6. Refer to the instrument instruction

manuals and SOPs (5.8., 5.9.) for proper and

safe operation of the atomic absorption spectrophotometer, graphite furnace atomizer

and associated equipment.

3.1.7. Because metallic elements and other

toxic substances are vaporized during AAS

flame or graphite furnace atomizer operation, it is imperative that an exhaust vent

be used. Always ensure that the exhaust system is operating properly during instrument

use.

3.2. Apparatus for Sample and Standard

Preparation

3.2.1. Hot plate, capable of reaching 150 °C,

installed in an exhaust hood.

3.2.2. Phillips beakers, 125 mL.

3.2.3. Bottles, narrow-mouth, polyethylene

or glass with leakproof caps: used for storage

of standards and matrix modifier.

3.2.4. Volumetric flasks, volumetric pipets,

beakers and other associated general laboratory glassware.

3.2.5. Forceps and other associated general

laboratory equipment.

3.3. Apparatus for Flame AAS Analysis

3.3.1. Atomic absorption spectrophotometer consisting of a(an):

Nebulizer and burner head

Pressure regulating devices capable of maintaining constant oxidant and fuel pressures

Optical system capable of isolating the desired wavelength of radiation (228.8 nm)

Adjustable slit

Light measuring and amplifying device

Display, strip chart, or computer interface

for indicating the amount of absorbed radiation

Cadmium hollow cathode lamp or

electrodeless discharge lamp (EDL) and

power supply

3.3.2. Oxidant: compressed air, filtered to

remove water, oil and other foreign substances.

3.3.3. Fuel: standard commercially available tanks of acetylene dissolved in acetone;

tanks should be equipped with flash arresters.

CAUTION: Do not use grades of acetylene

containing solvents other than acetone because they may damage the PVC tubing used

in some instruments.

3.3.4. Pressure-reducing valves: two gauge,

two-stage pressure regulators to maintain

fuel and oxidant pressures somewhat higher

than the controlled operating pressures of

the instrument.

3.3.5. Exhaust vent installed directly above

the spectrophotometer burner head.

3.4. Apparatus for AAS–HGA Analysis

3.4.1. Atomic absorption spectrophotometer consisting of a(an):

Heated graphite furnace atomizer (HGA)

with argon purge system

Pressure-regulating devices capable of maintaining constant argon purge pressure

Optical system capable of isolating the desired wavelength of radiation (228.8 nm)

Adjustable slit

Light measuring and amplifying device

Display, strip chart, or computer interface

for indicating the amount of absorbed radiation (as integrated absorbance, peak area)

Background corrector: Zeeman or deuterium

arc. The Zeeman background corrector is

recommended

Cadmium hollow cathode lamp or

electrodeless discharge lamp (EDL) and

power supply

Autosampler capable of accurately injecting

5 to 20 μL sample aliquots onto the L’vov

Platform in a graphite tube

3.4.2. Pyrolytically coated graphite tubes

containing solid, pyrolytic L’vov platforms.

3.4.3. Polyethylene sample cups, 2.0 to 2.5

mL, for use with the autosampler.

3.4.4. Inert purge gas for graphite furnace

atomizer: compressed gas cylinder of purified

argon.
169

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

3.4.5. Two gauge, two-stage pressure regulator for the argon gas cylinder.

3.4.6. Cooling water supply for graphite furnace atomizer.

3.4.7. Exhaust vent installed directly above

the graphite furnace atomizer.

3.5. Reagents

All reagents should be ACS analytical reagent grade or better.

3.5.1. Deionized water with a specific conductance of less than 10 μS.

3.5.2. Concentrated nitric acid, HNO3.

3.5.3. Concentrated hydrochloric acid, HCl.

3.5.4. Ammonium phosphate, monobasic,

NH4 H2 PO4.

3.5.5. Magnesium nitrate, Mg(NO3)2 • 6H2 O.

3.5.6. Diluting solution (4% HNO3, 0.4%

HCl): Add 40 mL HNO3 and 4 mL HCl carefully to approximately 500 mL deionized

water and dilute to 1 L with deionized water.

3.5.7. Cadmium standard stock solution,

1,000 μg/mL: Use a commercially available

certified 1,000 μg/mL cadmium standard or,

alternatively, dissolve 1.0000 g of cadmium

metal in a minimum volume of 1:1 HCl and

dilute to 1 L with 4% HNO3. Observe expiration dates of commercial standards. Properly

dispose of commercial standards with no expiration dates or prepared standards one

year after their receipt or preparation date.

3.5.8. Matrix modifier for AAS–HGA analysis: Dissolve 1.0 g NH4 H2 PO4 and 0.15 g

Mg(NO3)2 · 6H2 O in approximately 200 mL deionized water. Add 1 mL HNO3 and dilute to

500 mL with deionized water.

3.5.9 Nitric Acid, 1:1 HNO3/DI H2 O mixture: Carefully add a measured volume of

concentrated HNO3 to an equal volume of DI

H2 O.

3.5.10. Nitric acid, 10% v/v: Carefully add

100 mL of concentrated HNO3 to 500 mL of DI

H2 O and dilute to 1 L.

3.6. Glassware Preparation

3.6.1. Clean Phillips beakers by refluxing

with 1:1 nitric acid on a hot plate in a fume

hood. Thoroughly rinse with deionized water

and invert the beakers to allow them to

drain dry.

3.6.2. Rinse volumetric flasks and all other

glassware with 10% nitric acid and deionized

water prior to use.

3.7. Standard Preparation for Flame AAS

Analysis

3.7.1. Dilute stock solutions: Prepare 1, 5,

10 and 100 μg/mL cadmium standard stock solutions by making appropriate serial dilutions of 1,000 μg/mL cadmium standard stock

solution with the diluting solution described

in Section 3.5.6.

3.7.2. Working standards: Prepare cadmium

working standards in the range of 0.02 to 2.0

μg/mL by making appropriate serial dilutions of the dilute stock solutions with the

same diluting solution. A suggested method

of preparation of the working standards is

given below.

Working standard Std solu- tion Aliquot Final vol.

(μg/mL) (μg/mL) (mL) (mL)

0.02 ................................ 1 10 500

0.05 ................................ 5 5 500

0.1 .................................. 10 5 500

0.2 .................................. 10 10 500

0.5 .................................. 10 25 500

1 ..................................... 100 5 500

2 ..................................... 100 10 500

Store the working standards in 500-mL,

narrow-mouth polyethylene or glass bottles

with leak proof caps. Prepare every twelve

months.

3.8. Standard Preparation for AAS–HGA

Analysis

3.8.1. Dilute stock solutions: Prepare 10, 100

and 1,000 ng/mL cadmium standard stock solutions by making appropriate ten-fold serial

dilutions of the 1,000 μg/mL cadmium standard stock solution with the diluting solution

described in Section 3.5.6.

3.8.2. Working standards: Prepare cadmium

working standards in the range of 0.2 to 20

ng/mL by making appropriate serial dilutions of the dilute stock solutions with the

same diluting solution. A suggested method

of preparation of the working standards is

given below.

Working standard Std solution Aliquot Final vol.

(ng/mL) (ng/mL) (mL) (mL)

0.2 .................................. 10 2 100

0.5 .................................. 10 5 100

1 ..................................... 10 10 100

2 ..................................... 100 2 100

5 ..................................... 100 5 100

10 ................................... 100 10 100

20 ................................... 1,000 2 100

Store the working standards in narrowmouth polyethylene or glass bottles with

leakproof caps. Prepare monthly.

3.9. Sample Preparation

3.9.1. Carefully transfer each sample filter

with forceps from its filter cassette unit to a

clean, separate 125-mL Phillips beaker along

with any loose dust found in the cassette.

Label each Phillips beaker with the appropriate sample number.

3.9.2. Digest the sample by adding 5 mL of

concentrated nitric acid (HNO3) to each Phillips beaker containing an air filter sample.

Place the Phillips beakers on a hot plate in

an exhaust hood and heat the samples until

approximately 0.5 mL remains. The sample
170

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

solution in each Phillips beaker should become clear. If it is not clear, digest the sample with another portion of concentrated nitric acid.

3.9.3. After completing the HNO3 digestion

and cooling the samples, add 40 μ L (2 drops)

of concentrated HCl to each air sample solution and then swirl the contents. Carefully

add about 5 mL of deionized water by pouring it down the inside of each beaker.

3.9.4. Quantitatively transfer each cooled

air sample solution from each Phillips beaker to a clean 10-mL volumetric flask. Dilute

each flask to volume with deionized water

and mix well.

3.10. Flame AAS Analysis

Analyze all of the air samples for their

cadmium content by flame atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) according to the instructions given below.

3.10.1. Set up the atomic absorption spectrophotometer for the air/acetylene flame

analysis of cadmium according to the SOP

(5.8.) or the manufacturer’s operational instructions. For the source lamp, use the cadmium hollow cathode or electrodeless discharge lamp operated at the manufacturer’s

recommended rating for continuous operation. Allow the lamp to warm up 10 to 20

min or until the energy output stabilizes.

Optimize conditions such as lamp position,

burner head alignment, fuel and oxidant flow

rates, etc. See the SOP or specific instrument manuals for details. Instrumental parameters for the Perkin-Elmer Model 603

used in the validation of this method are

given in Attachment 1.

3.10.2. Aspirate and measure the absorbance of a standard solution of cadmium. The

standard concentration should be within the

linear range. For the instrumentation used

in the validation of this method a 2 μg/mL

cadmium standard gives a net absorbance

reading of about 0.350 abs. units (see Section

1.5.5.) when the instrument and the source

lamp are performing to manufacturer specifications.

3.10.3. To increase instrument response,

scale expand the absorbance reading of the

aspirated 2 μg/mL working standard approximately four times. Increase the integration

time to at least 3 seconds to reduce signal

noise.

3.10.4. Autozero the instrument while aspirating a deionized water blank. Monitor the

variation in the baseline absorbance reading

(baseline noise) for a few minutes to insure

that the instrument, source lamp and associated equipment are in good operating condition.

3.10.5. Aspirate the working standards and

samples directly into the flame and record

their absorbance readings. Aspirate the deionized water blank immediately after every

standard or sample to correct for and monitor any baseline drift and noise. Record the

baseline absorbance reading of each deionized water blank. Label each standard and

sample reading and its accompanying baseline reading.

3.10.6. It is recommended that the entire

series of working standards be analyzed at

the beginning and end of the analysis of a set

of samples to establish a concentration-response curve, ensure that the standard readings agree with each other and are reproducible. Also, analyze a working standard after

every five or six samples to monitor the performance of the spectrophotometer. Standard readings should agree within ±10 to 15%

of the readings obtained at the beginning of

the analysis.

3.10.7. Bracket the sample readings with

standards during the analysis. If the absorbance reading of a sample is above the absorbance reading of the highest working standard, dilute the sample with diluting solution

and reanalyze. Use the appropriate dilution

factor in the calculations.

3.10.8. Repeat the analysis of approximately 10% of the samples for a check of precision.

3.10.9. If possible, analyze quality control

samples from an independent source as a

check on analytical recovery and precision.

3.10.10. Record the final instrument settings at the end of the analysis. Date and

label the output.

3.11. AAS–HGA Analysis

Initially analyze all of the air samples for

their cadmium content by flame atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) according to

the instructions given in Section 3.10. If the

concentration of cadmium in a sample solution is less than three times the quantitative

detection limit [0.04 μg/mL (40 ng/mL) for the

instrumentation used in the validation] and

the sample results are to be averaged with

other samples for TWA calculations, proceed

with the AAS–HGA analysis of the sample as

described below.

3.11.1. Set up the atomic absorption spectrophotometer and HGA for flameless atomic

absorption analysis of cadmium according to

the SOP (5.9.) or the manufacturer’s operational instructions and allow the instrument to stabilize. The graphite furnace atomizer is equipped with a pyrolytically coated graphite tube containing a pyrolytic platform. For the source lamp, use a cadmium

hollow cathode or electrodeless discharge

lamp operated at the manufacturer’s recommended setting for graphite furnace operation. The Zeeman background corrector and

EDL are recommended for use with the L’vov

platform. Instrumental parameters for the

Perkin-Elmer Model 5100 spectrophotometer

and Zeeman HGA–600 graphite furnace used

in the validation of this method are given in

Attachment 2.

3.11.2. Optimize the energy reading of the

spectrophotometer at 228.8 nm by adjusting
171

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

the lamp position and the wavelength according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

3.11.3. Set up the autosampler to inject a 5-

μ L aliquot of the working standard, sample

or reagent blank solution onto the L’vov

platform along with a 10-μ L overlay of the

matrix modifier.

3.11.4. Analyze the reagent blank (diluting

solution, Section 3.5.6.) and then autozero

the instrument before starting the analysis

of a set of samples. It is recommended that

the reagent blank be analyzed several times

during the analysis to assure the integrated

absorbance (peak area) reading remains at or

near zero.

3.11.5. Analyze a working standard approximately midway in the linear portion of the

working standard range two or three times

to check for reproducibility and sensitivity

(see sections 1.5.5. and 1.5.6.) before starting

the analysis of samples. Calculate the experimental characteristic mass value from the

average integrated absorbance reading and

injection volume of the analyzed working

standard. Compare this value to the manufacturer’s suggested value as a check of proper instrument operation.

3.11.6. Analyze the reagent blank, working

standard, and sample solutions. Record and

label the peak area (abs-sec) readings and

the peak and background peak profiles on

the printer/plotter.

3.11.7. It is recommended the entire series

of working standards be analyzed at the beginning and end of the analysis of a set of

samples. Establish a concentration-response

curve and ensure standard readings agree

with each other and are reproducible. Also,

analyze a working standard after every five

or six samples to monitor the performance of

the system. Standard readings should agree

within ±15% of the readings obtained at the

beginning of the analysis.

3.11.8. Bracket the sample readings with

standards during the analysis. If the peak

area reading of a sample is above the peak

area reading of the highest working standard, dilute the sample with the diluting solution and reanalyze. Use the appropriate dilution factor in the calculations.

3.11.9. Repeat the analysis of approximately 10% of the samples for a check of precision.

3.11.10. If possible, analyze quality control

samples from an independent source as a

check of analytical recovery and precision.

3.11.11. Record the final instrument settings at the end of the analysis. Date and

label the output.

3.12. Calculations

NOTE: Standards used for HGA analysis are

in ng/mL. Total amounts of cadmium from

calculations will be in ng (not μg) unless a

prior conversion is made.

3.12.1. Correct for baseline drift and noise

in flame AAS analysis by subtracting each

baseline absorbance reading from its corresponding working standard or sample absorbance reading to obtain the net absorbance reading for each standard and sample.

3.12.2. Use a least squares regression program to plot a concentration-response curve

of net absorbance reading (or peak area for

HGA analysis) versus concentration (μg/mL

or ng/mL) of cadmium in each working

standard.

3.12.3. Determine the concentration (μg/mL

or ng/mL) of cadmium in each sample from

the resulting concentration-response curve.

If the concentration of cadmium in a sample

solution is less than three times the quantitative detection limit [0.04 μg/mL (40 ng/

mL) for the instrumentation used in the validation of the method] and if consecutive

samples were taken on one employee and the

sample results are to be averaged with other

samples to determine a single TWA, reanalyze the sample by AAS–HGA as described in

Section 3.11. and report the AAS–HGA analytical results.

3.12.4. Calculate the total amount (μg or

ng) of cadmium in each sample from the

sample solution volume (mL):

W = (C)(sample vol, mL)(DF)

Where:

W = Total cadmium in sample

C = Calculated concentration of cadmium

DF = Dilution Factor (if applicable)

3.12.5. Make a blank correction for each air

sample by subtracting the total amount of

cadmium in the corresponding blank sample

from the total amount of cadmium in the

sample.

3.12.6. Calculate the concentration of cadmium in an air sample (mg/m3 or μg/m3) by

using one of the following equations:

mg/m3 = Wbc/(Air vol sampled, L)

or

μg/m3 = (Wbc)(1,000 ng/μg)/(Air vol sampled, L)

Where:

Wbc = blank corrected total μg cadmium in

the sample. (1μg=1,000 ng)

4. BACKUP DATA

4.1. Introduction

4.1.1. The purpose of this evaluation is to

determine the analytical method recovery,

working standard range, and qualitative and

quantitative detection limits of the two

atomic absorption analytical techniques included in this method. The evaluation consisted of the following experiments:

1. An analysis of 24 samples (six samples

each at 0.1, 0.5, 1 and 2 times the TWA–PEL)

for the analytical method recovery study of

the flame AAS analytical technique.

2. An analysis of 18 samples (six samples

each at 0.5, 1 and 2 times the Action Level

TWA–PEL) for the analytical method recovery study of the AAS–HGA analytical technique.
172

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

3. Multiple analyses of the reagent blank

and a series of standard solutions to determine the working standard range and the

qualitative and quantitative detection limits

for both atomic absorption analytical techniques.

4.1.2. The analytical method recovery results at all test levels were calculated from

concentration-response curves and statistically examined for outliers at the 99% confidence level. Possible outliers were determined using the Treatment of Outliers test

(5.10.). In addition, the sample results of the

two analytical techniques, at 0.5, 1.0 and 2.0

times their target concentrations, were tested for homogeneity of variances also at the

99% confidence level. Homogeneity of the coefficients of variation was determined using

the Bartlett’s test (5.11.). The overall analytical error (OAE) at the 95% confidence level

was calculated using the equation (5.12.):

OAE = ±[| Bias|+(1.96)(CV1(pooled))(100%)]

4.1.3. A derivation of the International

Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry

(IUPAC) detection limit equation (5.13.) was

used to determine the qualitative and quantitative detection limits for both atomic absorption analytical techniques:

Cld = k(sd)/m (Equation 1)

Where:

Cld = the smallest reliable detectable concentration an analytical instrument can

determine at a given confidence level.

k = 3 for the Qualitative Detection Limit at

the 99.86% Confidence Level

= 10 for the Quantitative Detection Limit at

the 99.99% Confidence Level.

sd = standard deviation of the reagent blank

(Rbl) readings.

m = analytical sensitivity or slope as calculated by linear regression.

4.1.4. Collection efficiencies of metallic

fume and dust atmospheres on 0.8-μ m mixed

cellulose ester membrane filters are well

documented and have been shown to be excellent (5.11.). Since elemental cadmium and

the cadmium component of cadmium compounds are nonvolatile, stability studies of

cadmium spiked MCEF samples were not

performed.

4.2. Equipment

4.2.1. A Perkin-Elmer (PE) Model 603 spectrophotometer equipped with a manual gas

control system, a stainless steel nebulizer, a

burner mixing chamber, a flow spoiler and a

10 cm. (one-slot) burner head was used in the

experimental validation of the flame AAS

analytical technique. A PE cadmium hollow

cathode lamp, operated at the manufacturer’s recommended current setting for continuous operation (4 mA), was used as the

source lamp. Instrument parameters are listed in Attachment 1.

4.2.2. A PE Model 5100 spectrophotometer,

Zeeman HGA–600 graphite furnace atomizer

and AS–60 HGA autosampler were used in the

experimental validation of the AAS–HGA analytical technique. The spectrophotometer

was equipped with a PE Series 7700 professional computer and Model PR–310 printer. A

PE System 2 cadmium electrodeless discharge lamp, operated at the manufacturer’s

recommended current setting for modulated

operation (170 mA), was used as the source

lamp. Instrument parameters are listed in

Attachment 2.

4.3. Reagents

4.3.1. J.T. Baker Chem. Co. (Analyzed

grade) concentrated nitric acid, 69.0–71.0%,

and concentrated hydrochloric acid, 36.5–

38.0%, were used to prepare the samples and

standards.

4.3.2. Ammonium phosphate, monobasic,

NH4 H2 PO4 and magnesium nitrate,

Mg(NO3)26H2 O, both manufactured by the

Mallinckrodt Chem. Co., were used to prepare the matrix modifier for AAS–HGA analysis.

4.4. Standard Preparation for Flame AAS

Analysis

4.4.1. Dilute stock solutions: Prepared 0.01,

0.1, 1, 10 and 100 μg/mL cadmium standard

stock solutions by making appropriate serial

dilutions of a commercially available 1,000

μg/mL cadmium standard stock solution

(RICCA Chemical Co., Lot# A102) with the

diluting solution (4% HNO3, 0.4% HCl).

4.4.2. Analyzed Standards: Prepared cadmium standards in the range of 0.001 to 2.0

μg/mL by pipetting 2 to 10 mL of the appropriate dilute cadmium stock solution into a

100-mL volumetric flask and diluting to volume with the diluting solution. (See Section

3.7.2.)

4.5. Standard Preparation for AAS–HGA

Analysis

4.5.1. Dilute stock solutions: Prepared 1, 10,

100 and 1,000 ng/mL cadmium standard stock

solutions by making appropriate serial dilutions of a commercially available 1,000 μg/mL

cadmium standard stock solution (J.T.

Baker Chemical Co., Instra-analyzed, Lot#

D22642) with the diluting solution (4% HNO3,

0.4% HCl).

4.5.2. Analyzed Standards: Prepared cadmium standards in the range of 0.1 to 40 ng/

mL by pipetting 2 to 10 mL of the appropriate dilute cadmium stock solution into a

100-mL volumetric flask and diluting to volume with the diluting solution. (See Section

3.8.2.)

4.6. Detection Limits and Standard Working

Range for Flame AAS Analysis

4.6.1. Analyzed the reagent blank solution

and the entire series of cadmium standards

in the range of 0.001 to 2.0 μg/mL three to six

times according to the instructions given in
173

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

Section 3.10. The diluting solution (4% HNO3,

0.4% HCl) was used as the reagent blank. The

integration time on the PE 603 spectrophotometer was set to 3.0 seconds and a fourfold expansion of the absorbance reading of

the 2.0 μg/mL cadmium standard was made

prior to analysis. The 2.0 μg/mL standard

gave a net absorbance reading of 0.350 abs.

units prior to expansion in agreement with

the manufacturer’s specifications (5.6.).

4.6.2. The net absorbance readings of the

reagent blank and the low concentration Cd

standards from 0.001 to 0.1 μg/mL and the statistical analysis of the results are shown in

Table I. The standard deviation, sd, of the

six net absorbance readings of the reagent

blank is 1.05 abs. units. The slope, m, as calculated by a linear regression plot of the net

absorbance readings (shown in Table II) of

the 0.02 to 1.0 μg/mL cadmium standards

versus their concentration is 772.7 abs. units/

(μg/mL).

4.6.3. If these values for sd and the slope,

m, are used in Eqn. 1 (Sect. 4.1.3.), the qualitative and quantitative detection limits as

determined by the IUPAC Method are:

Cld=(3)(1.05 abs. units)/(772.7 abs. units/(μg/

mL))

= 0.0041 μg/mL for the qualitative detection

limit.

Cld=(10)(1.05 abs. units)/(772.7 abs. units/μg/

mL))

=0.014 μg/mL for the quantitative detection

limit.

The qualitative and quantitative detection

limits for the flame AAS analytical technique are 0.041 μg and 0.14 μg cadmium, respectively, for a 10 mL solution volume.

These correspond, respectively, to 0.2 μg/m3

and 0.70 μg/m3 for a 200 L air volume.

4.6.4. The recommended Cd standard working range for flame AAS analysis is 0.02 to

2.0 μg/mL. The net absorbance readings of

the reagent blank and the recommended

working range standards and the statistical

analysis of the results are shown in Table II.

The standard of lowest concentration in the

working range, 0.02 μg/mL, is slightly greater

than the calculated quantitative detection

limit, 0.014 μg/mL. The standard of highest

concentration in the working range, 2.0 μg/

mL, is at the upper end of the linear working

range suggested by the manufacturer (5.6.).

Although the standard net absorbance readings are not strictly linear at concentrations

above 0.5 μg/mL, the deviation from linearity

is only about 10% at the upper end of the recommended standard working range. The deviation from linearity is probably caused by

the four-fold expansion of the signal suggested in the method. As shown in Table II,

the precision of the standard net absorbance

readings are excellent throughout the recommended working range; the relative

standard deviations of the readings range

from 0.009 to 0.064.

4.7. Detection Limits and Standard

Working Range for AAS–HGA Analysis

4.7.1. Analyzed the reagent blank solution

and the entire series of cadmium standards

in the range of 0.1 to 40 ng/mL according to

the instructions given in Section 3.11. The

diluting solution (4% HNO3, 0.4% HCl) was

used as the reagent blank. A fresh aliquot of

the reagent blank and of each standard was

used for every analysis. The experimental

characteristic mass value was 0.41 pg, calculated from the average peak area (abs-sec)

reading of the 5 ng/mL standard which is approximately midway in the linear portion of

the working standard range. This agreed

within 20% with the characteristic mass

value, 0.35 pg, listed by the manufacturer of

the instrument (5.2.).

4.7.2. The peak area (abs-sec) readings of

the reagent blank and the low concentration

Cd standards from 0.1 to 2.0 ng/mL and statistical analysis of the results are shown in

Table III. Five of the reagent blank peak

area readings were zero and the sixth reading

was 1 and was an outlier. The near lack of a

blank signal does not satisfy a strict interpretation of the IUPAC method for determining the detection limits. Therefore, the

standard deviation of the six peak area readings of the 0.2 ng/mL cadmium standard, 0.75

abs-sec, was used to calculate the detection

limits by the IUPAC method. The slope, m,

as calculated by a linear regression plot of

the peak area (abs-sec) readings (shown in

Table IV) of the 0.2 to 10 ng/mL cadmium

standards versus their concentration is 51.5

abs-sec/(ng/mL).

4.7.3. If 0.75 abs-sec (sd) and 51.5 abs-sec/(ng/

mL) (m) are used in Eqn. 1 (Sect. 4.1.3.), the

qualitative and quantitative detection limits

as determined by the IUPAC method are:

Cld = (3)(0.75 abs-sec)/(51.5 abs-sec/(ng/mL)

= 0.044 ng/mL for the qualitative detection

limit.

Cld= (10)(0.75 abs-sec)/(51.5 abs-sec/(ng/mL) =

0.15 ng/mL for the quantitative detection

limit.

The qualitative and quantitative detection

limits for the AAS-HGA analytical technique

are 0.44 ng and 1.5 ng cadmium, respectively,

for a 10 mL solution volume. These correspond, respectively, to 0.007 μg/m3 and 0.025

μg/m3 for a 60 L air volume.

4.7.4. The peak area (abs-sec) readings of

the Cd standards from 0.2 to 40 ng/mL and

the statistical analysis of the results are

given in Table IV. The recommended standard working range for AAS-HGA analysis is

0.2 to 20 ng/mL. The standard of lowest concentration in the recommended working

range is slightly greater than the calculated

quantitative detection limit, 0.15 ng/mL. The

deviation from linearity of the peak area

readings of the 20 ng/mL standard, the highest concentration standard in the recommended working range, is approximately
174

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

10%. The deviations from linearity of the

peak area readings of the 30 and 40 ng/mL

standards are significantly greater than 10%.

As shown in Table IV, the precision of the

peak area readings are satisfactory throughout the recommended working range; the relative standard deviations of the readings

range from 0.025 to 0.083.

4.8. Analytical Method Recovery for Flame

AAS Analysis

4.8.1. Four sets of spiked MCEF samples

were prepared by injecting 20 μL of 10, 50, 100

and 200 μg/mL dilute cadmium stock solutions on 37 mm diameter filters (part no.

AAWP 037 00, Millipore Corp., Bedford, MA)

with a calibrated micropipet. The dilute

stock solutions were prepared by making appropriate serial dilutions of a commercially

available 1,000 μg/mL cadmium standard

stock solution (RICCA Chemical Co., Lot#

A102) with the diluting solution (4% HNO3,

0.4% HCl). Each set contained six samples

and a sample blank. The amount of cadmium

in the prepared sets were equivalent to 0.1,

0.5, 1.0 and 2.0 times the TWA PEL target

concentration of 5 μg/m3 for a 400 L air volume.

4.8.2. The air-dried spiked filters were digested and analyzed for their cadmium content by flame atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) following the procedure described in Section 3. The 0.02 to 2.0μg/mL

cadmium standards (the suggested working

range) were used in the analysis of the

spiked filters.

4.8.3. The results of the analysis are given

in Table V. One result at 0.5 times the TWA

PEL target concentration was an outlier and

was excluded from statistical analysis. Experimental justification for rejecting it is

that the outlier value was probably due to a

spiking error. The coefficients of variation

for the three test levels at 0.5 to 2.0 times the

TWA PEL target concentration passed the

Bartlett’s test and were pooled.

4.8.4. The average recovery of the six

spiked filter samples at 0.1 times the TWA

PEL target concentration was 118.2% with a

coefficient of variation (CV1) of 0.128. The average recovery of the spiked filter samples in

the range of 0.5 to 2.0 times the TWA target

concentration was 104.0% with a pooled coefficient of variation (CV1) of 0.010. Consequently, the analytical bias found in these

spiked sample results over the tested concentration range was +4.0% and the OAE was

±6.0%.

4.9. Analytical Method Recovery for AASHGA Analysis

4.9.1. Three sets of spiked MCEF samples

were prepared by injecting 15μ L of 5, 10 and

20 μg/mL dilute cadmium stock solutions on

37 mm diameter filters (part no. AAWP 037

00, Millipore Corp., Bedford, MA) with a calibrated micropipet. The dilute stock solutions were prepared by making appropriate

serial dilutions of a commercially available

certified 1,000 μg/mL cadmium standard

stock solution (Fisher Chemical Co., Lot#

913438–24) with the diluting solution (4%

HNO3, 0.4% HCl). Each set contained six samples and a sample blank. The amount of cadmium in the prepared sets were equivalent to

0.5, 1 and 2 times the Action Level TWA target concentration of 2.5 μg/m3 for a 60 L air

volume.

4.9.2. The air-dried spiked filters were digested and analyzed for their cadmium content by flameless atomic absorption spectroscopy using a heated graphite furnace atomizer following the procedure described in

Section 3. A five-fold dilution of the spiked

filter samples at 2 times the Action Level

TWA was made prior to their analysis. The

0.05 to 20 ng/mL cadmium standards were

used in the analysis of the spiked filters.

4.9.3. The results of the analysis are given

in Table VI. There were no outliers. The coefficients of variation for the three test levels at 0.5 to 2.0 times the Action Level TWA

PEL passed the Bartlett’s test and were

pooled. The average recovery of the spiked

filter samples was 94.2% with a pooled coefficient of variation (CV1) of 0.043. Consequently, the analytical bias was ¥5.8% and

the OAE was ±14.2%.

4.10. Conclusions

The experiments performed in this evaluation show the two atomic absorption analytical techniques included in this method to be

precise and accurate and have sufficient sensitivity to measure airborne cadmium over a

broad range of exposure levels and sampling

periods.

5. REFERENCES

5.1. Slavin, W. Graphite Furnace AAS—A

Source Book; Perkin-Elmer Corp., Spectroscopy Div.: Ridgefield, CT, 1984; p. 18 and pp.

83–90.

5.2. Grosser, Z., Ed.; Techniques in Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption

Spectrophotometry; Perkin-Elmer Corp.,

Spectroscopy Div.: Ridgefield, CT, 1985.

5.3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Salt Lake Technical Center:

Metal and Metalloid Particulate in Workplace Atmospheres (Atomic Absorption)

(USDOL/OSHA Method No. ID–121). In OSHA

Analytical Methods Manual 2nd ed. Cincinnati, OH: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, 1991.

5.4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Salt Lake Technical Center:

Metal and Metalloid Particulate in Workplace Atmospheres (ICP) (USDOL/OSHA

Method No. ID–125G). In OSHA Analytical

Methods Manual 2nd ed. Cincinnati, OH:
175

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, 1991.

5.5. Windholz, M., Ed.; The Merck Index,

10th ed.; Merck & Co.: Rahway, NJ, 1983.

5.6. Analytical Methods for Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry, The Perkin-Elmer

Corporation: Norwalk, CT, 1982.

5.7. Slavin, W., D.C. Manning, G. Carnrick,

and E. Pruszkowska: Properties of the Cadmium Determination with the Platform Furnace and Zeeman Background Correction.

Spectrochim. Acta 38B:1157–1170 (1983).

5.8. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Salt Lake Technical Center:

Standard Operating Procedure for Atomic

Absorption. Salt Lake City, UT: USDOL/

OSHA-SLTC, In progress.

5.9. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Salt Lake Technical Center:

AAS-HGA Standard Operating Procedure.

Salt Lake City, UT: USDOL/OSHA-SLTC, In

progress.

5.10. Mandel, J.: Accuracy and Precision,

Evaluation and Interpretation of Analytical

Results, The Treatment of Outliers. In Treatise On Analytical Chemistry, 2nd ed., Vol.1,

edited by I. M. Kolthoff and P. J. Elving.

New York: John Wiley and Sons, 1978. pp.

282–285.

5.11. National Institute for Occupational

Safety and Health: Documentation of the

NIOSH Validation Tests by D. Taylor, R.

Kupel, and J. Bryant (DHEW/NIOSH Pub. No.

77–185). Cincinnati, OH: National Institute

for Occupational Safety and Health, 1977.

5.12. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Analytical Laboratory: Precision and Accuracy Data Protocol for Laboratory Validations. In OSHA Analytical Methods Manual 1st ed. Cincinnati, OH: American

Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (Pub. No. ISBN: 0–936712–66–X), 1985.

5.13. Long, G.L. and J.D. Winefordner:

Limit of Detection—A Closer Look at the

IUPAC Definition. Anal.Chem. 55:712A–724A

(1983).

5.14. American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists: Documentation of Threshold Limit Values and Biological Exposure Indices. 5th ed. Cincinnati, OH:

American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, 1986.

TABLE I—CD DETECTION LIMIT STUDY

[Flame AAS Analysis]

STD (μg/mL) Absorbance reading at 228.8 nm Statistical analysis

Reagent blank ...... 5 2

4 3

4 3

n=6.

mean=3.50.

std dev=1.05.

CV=0.30.

0.001 ..................... 6 6

2 4

6 6

n=6.

mean=5.00.

std dev=1.67.

CV=0.335.

TABLE I—CD DETECTION LIMIT STUDY—

Continued

[Flame AAS Analysis]

STD (μg/mL) Absorbance reading at 228.8 nm Statistical analysis

0.002 ..................... 5 7

7 3

7 4

n=6.

mean=5.50.

std dev=1.76.

CV=0.320.

0.005 ..................... 7 7

8 8

8 6

n=6.

mean=7.33.

std dev=0.817.

CV=0.111.

0.010 ..................... 10 9

10 13

10 10

n=6.

mean=10.3.

std dev=1.37.

CV=0.133.

0.020 ..................... 20 23

20 22

20 20

n=6.

mean=20.8.

std dev=1.33.

CV=0.064.

0.050 ..................... 42 42

42 42

42 45

n=6.

mean=42.5.

std dev=1.22.

CV=0.029.

0.10 ....................... 84

80

83

n=3.

mean=82.3.

std dev=2.08.

CV=0.025.

TABLE II—CD STANDARD WORKING RANGE

STUDY

[Flame AAS Analysis]

STD (μg/mL) Absorbance reading at 228.8 nm Statistical analysis

Reagent blank ...... 5 2

4 3

4 3

n=6.

mean=3.50.

std dev=1.05.

CV=0.30.

0.020 ..................... 20 23

20 22

20 20

n=6.

mean=20.8.

std dev=1.33.

CV=0.064.

0.050 ..................... 42 42

42 42

42 45

n=6.

mean=42.5.

std dev=1.22.

CV=0.029.

0.10 ....................... 84

80

83

n=3.

mean=82.3.

std dev=2.08.

CV=0.025.

0.20 ....................... 161

161

158

n=3.

mean=160.0.

std dev=1.73.

CV=0.011.

0.50 ....................... 391

389

393

n=3.

mean=391.0.

std dev=2.00.

CV=0.005.

1.00 ....................... 760

748

752

n=3.

mean=753.3.

std dev=6.11.

CV=0.008.

2.00 ....................... 1416

1426

1401

n=3.

mean=1414.3.

std dev=12.6.

CV=0.009.
176

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

TABLE III—CD DETECTION LIMIT STUDY

[AAS–HGA Analysis]

STD (ng/mL)

Peak area

readings ×

10 3 at

228.8 nm

Statistical analysis

Reagent blank ........... 0 0

0 1

0 0

n=6.

mean=0.167.

std dev=0.41.

CV=2.45.

0.1 ............................. 8 6

5 7

13 7

n=6.

mean=7.7.

std dev=2.8.

CV=0.366.

0.2 ............................. 11 13

11 12

12 12

n=6.

mean=11.8.

std dev=0.75.

CV=0.064.

0.5 ............................. 28 33

26 28

28 30

n=6.

mean=28.8.

std dev=2.4.

CV=0.083.

1.0 ............................. 52 55

56 58

54 54

n=6.

mean=54.8.

std dev=2.0.

CV=0.037.

2.0 ............................. 101 112

110 110

110 110

n=6.

mean=108.8.

std dev=3.9.

CV=0.036.

TABLE IV—CD STANDARD WORKING RANGE

STUDY

[AAS-HGA Analysis]

STD (ng/mL)

Peak area

readings ×

10 3 at

228.8 nm

Statistical analysis

0.2 ............................. 11 13

11 12

12 12

n=6.

mean=11.8.

std dev=0.75.

CV=0.064.

0.5 ............................. 28 33

26 28

28 30

n=6.

mean=28.8.

std dev=2.4.

CV=0.083.

1.0 ............................. 52 55

56 58

54 54

n=6.

mean=54.8.

std dev=2.0.

CV=0.037.

2.0 ............................. 101 112

110 110

110 110

n=6.

mean=108.8.

std dev=3.9.

CV=0.036.

5.0 ............................. 247 265

268 275

259 279

n=6.

mean=265.5.

std dev=11.5.

CV=0.044.

10.0 ........................... 495 520

523 513

516 533

n=6.

mean=516.7.

std dev=12.7.

CV=0.025.

20.0 ........................... 950 953

951 958

949 890

n=6.

mean=941.8.

std dev=25.6.

CV=0.027.

30.0 ........................... 1269 1291

1303 1307

1295 1290

n=6.

mean=1293.

std dev=13.3.

CV=0.010.

40.0 ........................... 1505 1567

1535 1567

1566 1572

n=6.

mean=1552.

std dev=26.6.

CV=0.017.

TABLE V—ANALYTICAL METHOD RECOVERY

[Flame AAS Analysis]

Test level 0.5× Percent

rec.

μg taken

1.0× Percent

rec.

μg taken

2.0× Percent

rec. μg taken μg found μg found μg found

1.00 ................................................... 1.0715 107.2 2.00 2.0688 103.4 4.00 4.1504 103.8

1.00 ................................................... 1.0842 108.4 2.00 2.0174 100.9 4.00 4.1108 102.8

1.00 ................................................... 1.0842 108.4 2.00 2.0431 102.2 4.00 4.0581 101.5

1.00 ................................................... *1.0081 *100.8 2.00 2.0431 102.2 4.00 4.0844 102.1

1.00 ................................................... 1.0715 107.2 2.00 2.0174 100.9 4.00 4.1504 103.8

1.00 ................................................... 1.0842 108.4 2.00 2.0045 100.2 4.00 4.1899 104.7

n= 5 6 6

mean= 107.9 101.6 103.1

std dev= 0.657 1.174 1.199

CV1= 0.006 0.011 0.012

CV1 (pooled)=0.010

* Rejected as an outlier—this value did not pass the outlier T-test at the 99% confidence level.
177

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

Test level 0.1×

Percent rec.

μg taken μg found

0.200 .................................................................................................................................... 0.2509 125.5

0.200 .................................................................................................................................... 0.2509 125.5

0.200 .................................................................................................................................... 0.2761 138.1

0.200 .................................................................................................................................... 0.2258 112.9

0.200 .................................................................................................................................... 0.2258 112.9

0.200 .................................................................................................................................... 0.1881 94.1

n= ......................................................................................................................................... 6

mean= .................................................................................................................................. 118.2

std dev= ............................................................................................................................... 15.1

CV1= .................................................................................................................................... 0.128

TABLE VI—ANALYTICAL METHOD RECOVERY

[AAS–HGA analysis]

Test level 0.5× Percent

rec.

ng

taken

1.0× Percent

rec.

ng

taken

2.0× Percent

rec. ng taken ng

found ng found ng found

75 ................................................................. 71.23 95.0 150 138.00 92.0 300 258.43 86.1

75 ................................................................. 71.47 95.3 150 138.29 92.2 300 258.46 86.2

75 ................................................................. 70.02 93.4 150 136.30 90.9 300 280.55 93.5

75 ................................................................. 77.34 103.1 150 146.62 97.7 300 288.34 96.1

75 ................................................................. 78.32 104.4 150 145.17 96.8 300 261.74 87.2

75 ................................................................. 71.96 95.9 150 144.88 96.6 300 277.22 92.4

n= 6 6 6

mean= 97.9 94.4 90.3

std dev= 4.66 2.98 4.30

CV1= 0.048 0.032 0.048

CV1(pooled)=0.043

ATTACHMENT 1

Instrumental Parameters for Flame AAS

Analysis

Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer

(Perkin-Elmer Model 603)

Flame: Air/Acetylene—lean, blue

Oxidant Flow: 55

Fuel Flow: 32

Wavelength: 228.8 nm

Slit: 4 (0.7 nm)

Range: UV

Signal: Concentration (4 exp)

Integration Time: 3 sec

ATTACHMENT 2

Instrumental Parameters for HGA Analysis

Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer

(Perkin-Elmer Model 5100)

Signal Type: Zeeman AA

Slitwidth: 0.7 nm

Wavelength: 228.8 nm

Measurement: Peak Area

Integration Time: 6.0 sec

BOC Time: 5 sec

BOC=Background Offset Correction.

ZEEMAN GRAPHITE FURNACE (PERKIN-ELMER MODEL HGA–600)

Step Ramp time

(sec)

Hold time

(sec)

Temp. (°

C)

Argon flow

(mL/min) Read (sec)

1) Predry ................................................................................. 5 10 90 300 ..................

2) Dry ...................................................................................... 30 10 140 300 ..................

3) Char .................................................................................... 10 20 900 300 ..................

4) Cool Down .......................................................................... 1 8 30 300 ..................

5) Atomize ............................................................................... 0 5 1600 0 ¥1

6) Burnout ............................................................................... 1 8 2500 300 ..................
178

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

APPENDIX F TO § 1910.1027—NONMANDATORY PROTOCOL FOR BIOLOGICAL

MONITORING

1.00 Introduction

Under the final OSHA cadmium rule (29

CFR part 1910), monitoring of biological

specimens and several periodic medical examinations are required for eligible employees. These medical examinations are to be

conducted regularly, and medical monitoring

is to include the periodic analysis of cadmium in blood (CDB), cadmium in urine

(CDU) and beta-2-microglobulin in urine

(B2MU). As CDU and B2MU are to be normalized to the concentration of creatinine in

urine (CRTU), then CRTU must be analyzed

in conjunction with CDU and B2MU analyses.

The purpose of this protocol is to provide

procedures for establishing and maintaining

the quality of the results obtained from the

analyses of CDB, CDU and B2MU by commercial laboratories. Laboratories conforming

to the provisions of this nonmandatory protocol shall be known as ‘‘participating laboratories.’’ The biological monitoring data

from these laboratories will be evaluated by

physicians responsible for biological monitoring to determine the conditions under

which employees may continue to work in

locations exhibiting airborne-cadmium concentrations at or above defined actions levels (see paragraphs (l)(3) and (l)(4) of the

final rule). These results also may be used to

support a decision to remove workers from

such locations.

Under the medical monitoring program for

cadmium, blood and urine samples must be

collected at defined intervals from workers

by physicians responsible for medical monitoring; these samples are sent to commerical

laboratories that perform the required analyses and report results of these analyses to

the responsible physicians. To ensure the accuracy and reliability of these laboratory

analyses, the laboratories to which samples

are submitted should participate in an ongoing and efficacious proficiency testing program. Availability of proficiency testing programs may vary with the analyses performed.

To test proficiency in the analysis of CDB,

CDU and B2MU, a laboratory should participate either in the interlaboratory comparison program operated by the Centre de

Toxicologie du Quebec (CTQ) or an equivalent program. (Currently, no laboratory in

the U.S. performs proficiency testing on

CDB, CDU or B2MU.) Under this program,

CTQ sends participating laboratories 18 samples of each analyte (CDB, CDU and/or

B2MU) annually for analysis. Participating

laboratories must return the results of these

analyses to CTQ within four to five weeks

after receiving the samples.

The CTQ program pools analytical results

from many participating laboratories to derive consensus mean values for each of the

samples distributed. Results reported by

each laboratory then are compared against

these consensus means for the analyzed samples to determine the relative performance

of each laboratory. The proficiency of a participating laboratory is a function of the extent of agreement between results submitted

by the participating laboratory and the consensus values for the set of samples analyzed.

Proficiency testing for CRTU analysis

(which should be performed with CDU and

B2MU analyses to evaluate the results properly) also is recommended. In the U.S., only

the College of American Pathologists (CAP)

currently conducts CRTU proficiency testing; participating laboratories should be accredited for CRTU analysis by the CAP.

Results of the proficiency evaluations will

be forwarded to the participating laboratory

by the proficiency-testing laboratory, as well

as to physicians designated by the participating laboratory to receive this information. In addition, the participating laboratory should, on request, submit the results of

their internal Quality Assurance/Quality

Control (QA/QC) program for each analytic

procedure (i.e., CDB, CDU and/or B2MU) to

physicians designated to receive the proficiency results. For participating laboratories offering CDU and/or B2MU analyses,

QA/QC documentation also should be provided for CRTU analysis. (Laboratories

should provide QA/QC information regarding

CRTU analysis directly to the requesting

physician if they perform the analysis inhouse; if CRTU analysis is performed by another laboratory under contract, this information should be provided to the physician

by the contract laboratory.)

QA/QC information, along with the actual

biological specimen measurements, should

be provided to the responsible physician

using standard formats. These physicians

then may collate the QA/QC information

with proficiency test results to compare the

relative performance of laboratories, as well

as to facilitate evaluation of the worker

monitoring data. This information supports

decisions made by the physician with regard

to the biological monitoring program, and

for mandating medical removal.

This protocol describes procedures that

may be used by the responsible physicians to

identify laboratories most likely to be proficient in the analysis of samples used in the

biological monitoring of cadmium; also provided are procedures for record keeping and

reporting by laboratories participating in

proficiency testing programs, and recommendations to assist these physicians in

interpreting analytical results determined

by participating laboratories. As the collection and handling of samples affects the
179

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

quality of the data, recommendations are

made for these tasks. Specifications for analytical methods to be used in the medical

monitoring program are included in this protocol as well.

In conclusion, this document is intended as

a supplement to characterize and maintain

the quality of medical monitoring data collected under the final cadmium rule promulgated by OSHA (29 CFR part 1910). OSHA has

been granted authority under the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 to protect workers from the effects of exposure to

hazardous substances in the work place and

to mandate adequate monitoring of workers

to determine when adverse health effects

may be occurring. This nonmandatory protocol is intended to provide guidelines and

recommendations to improve the accuracy

and reliability of the procedures used to analyze the biological samples collected as part

of the medical monitoring program for cadmium.

2.0 Definitions

When the terms below appear in this protocol, use the following definitions.

Accuracy: A measure of the bias of a data

set. Bias is a systematic error that is either

inherent in a method or caused by some artifact or idiosyncracy of the measurement system. Bias is characterized by a consistent deviation (positive or negative) in the results

from an accepted reference value.

Arithmetic Mean: The sum of measurements

in a set divided by the number of measurements in a set.

Blind Samples: A quality control procedure

in which the concentration of analyte in the

samples should be unknown to the analyst at

the time that the analysis is performed.

Coefficient of Variation: The ratio of the

standard deviation of a set of measurements

to the mean (arithmetic or geometric) of the

measurements.

Compliance Samples: Samples from exposed

workers sent to a participating laboratory

for analysis.

Control Charts: Graphic representations of

the results for quality control samples being

analyzed by a participating laboratory.

Control Limits: Statistical limits which define when an analytic procedure exceeds acceptable parameters; control limits provide a

method of assessing the accuracy of analysts, laboratories, and discrete analytic

runs.

Control Samples: Quality control samples.

F/T: The measured amount of an analyte

divided by the theoretical value (defined

below) for that analyte in the sample analyzed; this ratio is a measure of the recovery

for a quality control sample.

Geometric Mean: The natural antilog of the

mean of a set of natural log-transformed

data.

Geometric Standard Deviation: The antilog

of the standard deviation of a set of natural

log-transformed data.

Limit of Detection: Using a predefined level

of confidence, this is the lowest measured

value at which some of the measured material is likely to have come from the sample.

Mean: A central tendency of a set of data;

in this protocol, this mean is defined as the

arithmetic mean (see definition of arithmetic

mean above) unless stated otherwise.

Performance: A measure of the overall quality of data reported by a laboratory.

Pools: Groups of quality-control samples to

be established for each target value (defined

below) of an analyte. For the protocol provided in attachment 3, for example, the theoretical value of the quality control samples

of the pool must be within a range defined as

plus or minus (±) 50% of the target value.

Within each analyte pool, there must be

quality control samples of at least 4 theoretical values.

Precision: The extent of agreement between

repeated, independent measurements of the

same quantity of an analyte.

Proficiency: The ability to satisfy a specified level of analyte performance.

Proficiency Samples: Specimens, the values

of which are unknown to anyone at a participating laboratory, and which are submitted

by a participating laboratory for proficiency

testing.

Quality or Data Quality: A measure of the

confidence in the measurement value.

Quality Control (QC) Samples: Specimens,

the value of which is unknown to the analyst, but is known to the appropriate QA/QC

personnel of a participating laboratory;

when used as part of a laboratory QA/QC program, the theoretical values of these samples

should not be known to the analyst until the

analyses are complete. QC samples are to be

run in sets consisting of one QC sample from

each pool (see definition of ‘‘pools’’ above).

Sensitivity: For the purposes of this protocol, the limit of detection.

Standard Deviation: A measure of the distribution or spread of a data set about the

mean; the standard deviation is equal to the

positive square root of the variance, and is

expressed in the same units as the original

measurements in the data set.

Standards: Samples with values known by

the analyst and used to calibrate equipment

and to check calibration throughout an analytic run. In a laboratory QA/QC program,

the values of the standards must exceed the

values obtained for compliance samples such

that the lowest standard value is near the

limit of detection and the highest standard

is higher than the highest compliance sample or QC sample. Standards of at least three

different values are to be used for calibration, and should be constructed from at least

2 different sources.
180

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

Target Value: Those values of CDB, CDU or

B2MU which trigger some action as prescribed in the medical surveillance section of

the regulatory text of the final cadmium

rule. For CDB, the target values are 5, 10 and

15 μg/l. For CDU, the target values are 3, 7,

and 15 μg/g CRTU. For B2 MU, the target values are 300, 750 and 1500 μg/g CRTU. (Note

that target values may vary as a function of

time.)

Theoretical Value (or Theoretical Amount):

The reported concentration of a quality-control sample (or calibration standard) derived

from prior characterizations of the sample.

Value or Measurement Value: The numerical

result of a measurement.

Variance: A measure of the distribution or

spread of a data set about the mean; the

variance is the sum of the squares of the differences between the mean and each discrete

measurement divided by one less than the

number of measurements in the data set.

3.0 Protocol

This protocol provides procedures for characterizing and maintaining the quality of

analytic results derived for the medical monitoring program mandated for workers under

the final cadmium rule.

3.1 Overview

The goal of this protocol is to assure that

medical monitoring data are of sufficient

quality to facilitate proper interpretation.

The data quality objectives (DQOs) defined

for the medical monitoring program are

summarized in Table 1. Based on available

information, the DQOs presented in Table 1

should be achievable by the majority of laboratories offering the required analyses commercially; OSHA recommends that only laboratories meeting these DQOs be used for the

analysis of biological samples collected for

monitoring cadmium exposure.

TABLE 1—RECOMMENDED DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES (DQOS) FOR THE CADMIUM MEDICAL

MONITORING PROGRAM

Analyte/concentration pool Limit of detection Precision

(CV) (%) Accuracy

Cadmium in blood ........................ 0.5 μg/l ........................................ .................... ±1 μg/l or 15% of the mean.

≤2 μg/l ................................... ...................................................... 40

>2μg/l ..................................... ...................................................... 20

Cadmium in urine ......................... 0.5 μg/g creatinine ...................... .................... ±1 μg/l or 15% of the mean.

≤2 μg/l creatinine .................. ...................................................... 40

>2μg/l creatinine .................... ...................................................... 20

β-2-microglobulin in urine: 100

μg/g creatine.

100 μg/g creatinine ..................... 5 ±15% of the mean.

To satisfy the DQOs presented in Table 1,

OSHA provides the following guidelines:

1. Procedures for the collection and handling of blood and urine are specified (Section 3.4.1 of this protocol);

2. Preferred analytic methods for the analysis of CDB, CDU and B2MU are defined (and

a method for the determination of CRTU

also is specified since CDU and B2MU results

are to be normalized to the level of CRTU).

3. Procedures are described for identifying

laboratories likely to provide the required

analyses in an accurate and reliable manner;

4. These guidelines (Sections 3.2.1 to 3.2.3,

and Section 3.3) include recommendations

regarding internal QA/QC programs for participating laboratories, as well as levels of

proficiency through participation in an

interlaboratory proficiency program;

5. Procedures for QA/QC record keeping

(Section 3.3.2), and for reporting QC/QA results are described (Section 3.3.3); and,

6. Procedures for interpreting medical

monitoring results are specified (Section

3.4.3).

Methods recommended for the biological

monitoring of eligible workers are:

1. The method of Stoeppler and Brandt

(1980) for CDB determinations (limit of detection: 0.5 μg/l);

2. The method of Pruszkowska et al. (1983)

for CDU determinations (limit of detection:

0.5 μg/l of urine); and,

3. The Pharmacia Delphia test kit

(Pharmacia 1990) for the determination of

B2MU (limit of detection: 100 μg/l urine).

Because both CDU and B2MU should be reported in μg/g CRTU, an independent determination of CRTU is recommended. Thus,

both the OSHA Salt Lake City Technical

Center (OSLTC) method (OSHA, no date) and

the Jaffe method (Du Pont, no date) for the

determination of CRTU are specified under

this protocol (i.e., either of these 2 methods

may be used). Note that although detection

limits are not reported for either of these

CRTU methods, the range of measurements

expected for CRTU (0.9-1.7 μg/l) are well

above the likely limit of detection for either

of these methods (Harrison, 1987).

Laboratories using alternate methods

should submit sufficient data to the responsible physicians demonstrating that the alternate method is capable of satisfying the
181

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

defined data quality objectives of the program. Such laboratories also should submit a

QA/QC plan that documents the performance

of the alternate method in a manner entirely

equivalent to the QA/QC plans proposed in

Section 3.3.1.

3.2 Duties of the Responsible Physician

The responsible physician will evaluate biological monitoring results provided by participating laboratories to determine whether

such laboratories are proficient and have

satisfied the QA/QC recommendations. In determining which laboratories to employ for

this purpose, these physicians should review

proficiency and QA/QC data submitted to

them by the participating laboratories.

Participating laboratories should demonstrate proficiency for each analyte (CDU,

CDB and B2MU) sampled under the biological

monitoring program. Participating laboratories involved in analyzing CDU and B2MU

also should demonstrate proficiency for

CRTU analysis, or provide evidence of a contract with a laboratory proficient in CRTU

analysis.

3.2.1 Recommendations for Selecting

Among Existing Laboratories

OSHA recommends that existing laboratories providing commercial analyses for

CDB, CDU and/or B2MU for the medical monitoring program satisfy the following criteria:

1. Should have performed commercial analyses for the appropriate analyte (CDB, CDU

and/or B2MU) on a regular basis over the last

2 years;

2. Should provide the responsible physician

with an internal QA/QC plan;

3. If performing CDU or B2MU analyses,

the participating laboratory should be accredited by the CAP for CRTU analysis, and

should be enrolled in the corresponding CAP

survey (note that alternate credentials may

be acceptable, but acceptability is to be determined by the responsible physician); and,

4. Should have enrolled in the CTQ interlaboratory comparison program for the appropriate analyte (CDB, CDU and/or B2MU).

Participating laboratories should submit

appropriate documentation demonstrating

compliance with the above criteria to the responsible physician. To demonstrate compliance with the first of the above criteria, participating laboratories should submit the

following documentation for each analyte

they plan to analyze (note that each document should cover a period of at least 8 consecutive quarters, and that the period designated by the term ‘‘regular analyses’’ is at

least once a quarter):

1. Copies of laboratory reports providing

results from regular analyses of the appropriate analyte (CDB, CDU and/or B2MU);

2. Copies of 1 or more signed and executed

contracts for the provision of regular analyses of the appropriate analyte (CDB, CDU

and/or B2MU); or,

3. Copies of invoices sent to 1 or more clients requesting payment for the provision of

regular analyses of the appropriate analyte

(CDB, CDU and/or B2MU). Whatever the form

of documentation submitted, the specific

analytic procedures conducted should be

identified directly. The forms that are copied

for submission to the responsible physician

also should identify the laboratory which

provided these analyses.

To demonstrate compliance with the second of the above criteria, a laboratory

should submit to the responsible physician

an internal QA/QC plan detailing the standard operating procedures to be adopted for

satisfying the recommended QA/QC procedures for the analysis of each specific

analyte (CDB, CDU and/or B2MU). Procedures for internal QA/QC programs are detailed in Section 3.3.1 below.

To satisfy the third of the above criteria,

laboratories analyzing for CDU or B2MU also

should submit a QA/QC plan for creatinine

analysis (CRTU); the QA/QC plan and characterization analyses for CRTU must come

from the laboratory performing the CRTU

analysis, even if the CRTU analysis is being

performed by a contract laboratory.

Laboratories enrolling in the CTQ program

(to satisfy the last of the above criteria)

must remit, with the enrollment application,

an initial fee of approximately $100 per

analyte. (Note that this fee is only an estimate, and is subject to revision without notice.) Laboratories should indicate on the application that they agree to have proficiency

test results sent by the CTQ directly to the

physicians designated by participating laboratories.

Once a laboratory’s application is processed by the CTQ, the laboratory will be assigned a code number which will be provided

to the laboratory on the initial confirmation

form, along with identification of the specific analytes for which the laboratory is

participating. Confirmation of participation

will be sent by the CTQ to physicians designated by the applicant laboratory.

3.2.2 Recommended Review of Laboratories

Selected to Perform Analyses

Six months after being selected initially to

perform analyte determinations, the status

of participating laboratories should be reviewed by the responsible physicians. Such

reviews should then be repeated every 6

months or whenever additional proficiency

or QA/QC documentation is received (whichever occurs first).

As soon as the responsible physician has

received the CTQ results from the first 3

rounds of proficiency testing (i.e., 3 sets of 3

samples each for CDB, CDU and/or B2MU) for

a participating laboratory, the status of the

laboratory’s continued participation should
182

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

be reviewed. Over the same initial 6-month

period, participating laboratories also should

provide responsible physicians the results of

their internal QA/QC monitoring program

used to assess performance for each analyte

(CDB, CDU and/or B2MU) for which the laboratory performs determinations. This information should be submitted using appropriate forms and documentation.

The status of each participating laboratory

should be determined for each analyte (i.e.,

whether the laboratory satisfies minimum

proficiency guidelines based on the proficiency samples sent by the CTQ and the results of the laboratory’s internal QA/QC program). To maintain competency for analysis

of CDB, CDU and/or B2MU during the first

review, the laboratory should satisfy performance requirements for at least 2 of the 3

proficiency samples provided in each of the 3

rounds completed over the 6-month period.

Proficiency should be maintained for the

analyte(s) for which the laboratory conducts

determinations.

To continue participation for CDU and/or

B2MU analyse, laboratories also should either maintain accreditation for CRTU analysis in the CAP program and participate in

the CAP surveys, or they should contract the

CDU and B2MU analyses to a laboratory

which satisfies these requirements (or which

can provide documentation of accreditation/

participation in an equivalent program).

The performance requirement for CDB

analysis is defined as an analytical result

within ±1 μg/l blood or 15% of the consensus

mean (whichever is greater). For samples exhibiting a consensus mean less than 1 μg/l,

the performance requirement is defined as a

concentration between the detection limit of

the analysis and a maximum of 2 μg/l. The

purpose for redefining the acceptable interval for low CDB values is to encourage proper reporting of the actual values obtained

during measurement; laboratories, therefore,

will not be penalized (in terms of a narrow

range of acceptability) for reporting measured concentrations smaller than 1 μg/l.

The performance requirement for CDU

analysis is defined as an analytical result

within ±1 μg/l urine or 15% of the consensus

mean (whichever is greater). For samples exhibiting a consensus mean less than 1 μg/l

urine, the performance requirement is defined as a concentration between the detection limit of the analysis and a maximum of

2 μg/l urine. Laboratories also should demonstrate proficiency in creatinine analysis

as defined by the CAP. Note that reporting

CDU results, other than for the CTQ proficiency samples (i.e., compliance samples),

should be accompanied with results of analyses for CRTU, and these 2 sets of results

should be combined to provide a measure of

CDU in units of μg/g CRTU.

The performance requirement for B2MU is

defined as analytical results within ± 15% of

the consensus mean. Note that reporting

B2MU results, other than for CTQ proficiency samples (i.e., compliance samples),

should be accompanied with results of analyses for CRTU, and these 2 sets of results

should be combined to provide a measure of

B2MU in units of μg/g CRTU.

There are no recommended performance

checks for CRTU analyses. As stated previously, laboratories performing CRTU analysis in support of CDU or B2MU analyses

should be accredited by the CAP, and participating in the CAP’s survey for CRTU.

Following the first review, the status of

each participating laboratory should be reevaluated at regular intervals (i.e., corresponding to receipt of results from each

succeeding round of proficiency testing and

submission of reports from a participating

laboratory’s internal QA/QC program).

After a year of collecting proficiency test

results, the following proficiency criterion

should be added to the set of criteria used to

determine the participating laboratory’s status (for analyzing CDB, CDU and/or B2MU):

A participating laboratory should not fail

performance requirements for more than 4

samples from the 6 most recent consecutive

rounds used to assess proficiency for CDB,

CDU and/or B2MU separately (i.e., a total of

18 discrete proficiency samples for each

analyte). Note that this requirement does

not replace, but supplements, the recommendation that a laboratory should satisfy the performance criteria for at least 2 of

the 3 samples tested for each round of the

program.

3.2.3 Recommendations for Selecting

Among Newly-Formed Laboratories (or

Laboratories that Previously Failed to

Meet the Protocol Guidelines)

OSHA recommends that laboratories that

have not previously provided commercial

analyses of CDB, CDU and/or B2MU (or have

done so for a period less than 2 years), or

which have provided these analyses for 2 or

more years but have not conformed previously with these protocol guidelines,

should satisfy the following provisions for

each analyte for which determinations are to

be made prior to being selected to analyze

biological samples under the medical monitoring program:

1. Submit to the responsible physician an

internal QA/QC plan detailing the standard

operating procedures to be adopted for satisfying the QA/QC guidelines (guidelines for internal QA/QC programs are detailed in Section 3.3.1);

2. Submit to the responsible physician the

results of the initial characterization analyses for each analyte for which determinations are to be made;

3. Submit to the responsible physician the

results, for the initial 6-month period, of the

internal QA/QC program for each analyte for
183

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

which determinations are to be made (if no

commercial analyses have been conducted

previously, a minimum of 2 mock standardization trials for each analyte should be

completed per month for a 6-month period);

4. Enroll in the CTQ program for the appropriate analyte for which determinations are

to be made, and arrange to have the CTQ

program submit the initial confirmation of

participation and proficiency test results directly to the designated physicians. Note

that the designated physician should receive

results from 3 completed rounds from the

CTQ program before approving a laboratory

for participation in the biological monitoring program;

5. Laboratories seeking participation for

CDU and/or B2MU analyses should submit to

the responsible physician documentation of

accreditation by the CAP for CRTU analyses

performed in conjunction with CDU and/or

B2MU determinations (if CRTU analyses are

conducted by a contract laboratory, this laboratory should submit proof of CAP accreditation to the responsible physician); and,

6. Documentation should be submitted on

an appropriate form.

To participate in CDB, CDU and/or B2MU

analyses, the laboratory should satisfy the

above criteria for a minimum of 2 of the 3

proficiency samples provided in each of the 3

rounds of the CTQ program over a 6-month

period; this procedure should be completed

for each appropriate analyte. Proficiency

should be maintained for each analyte to

continue participation. Note that laboratories seeking participation for CDU or

B2MU also should address the performance

requirements for CRTU, which involves providing evidence of accreditation by the CAP

and participation in the CAP surveys (or an

equivalent program).

The performance requirement for CDB

analysis is defined as an analytical result

within ±1 μg/l or 15% of the consensus mean

(whichever is greater). For samples exhibiting a consensus mean less than 1 μg/l, the

performance requirement is defined as a concentration between the detection limit of

the analysis and a maximum of 2 μg/l. The

purpose of redefining the acceptable interval

for low CDB values is to encourage proper reporting of the actual values obtained during

measurement; laboratories, therefore, will

not be penalized (in terms of a narrow range

of acceptability) for reporting measured concentrations less than 1 μg/l.

The performance requirement for CDU

analysis is defined as an analytical result

within ±1 μg/l urine or 15% of the consensus

mean (whichever is greater). For samples exhibiting a consensus mean less than 1 μg/l

urine, the performance requirement is defined as a concentration that falls between

the detection limit of the analysis and a

maximum of 2 μg/l urine. Performance requirements for the companion CRTU analysis (defined by the CAP) also should be met.

Note that reporting CDU results, other than

for CTQ proficiency testing should be accompanied with results of CRTU analyses, and

these 2 sets of results should be combined to

provide a measure of CDU in units of μg/g

CRTU.

The performance requirement for B2MU is

defined as an analytical result within ±15%

of the consensus mean. Note that reporting

B2MU results, other than for CTQ proficiency testing should be accompanied with

results of CRTU analysis, these 2 sets of results should be combined to provide a measure of B2MU in units of μg/g CRTU.

Once a new laboratory has been approved

by the responsible physician for conducting

analyte determinations, the status of this

approval should be reviewed periodically by

the responsible physician as per the criteria

presented under Section 3.2.2.

Laboratories which have failed previously

to gain approval of the responsible physician

for conducting determinations of 1 or more

analytes due to lack of compliance with the

criteria defined above for existing laboratories (Section 3.2.1), may obtain approval by

satisfying the criteria for newly-formed laboratories defined under this section; for

these laboratories, the second of the above

criteria may be satisfied by submitting a

new set of characterization analyses for each

analyte for which determinations are to be

made.

Reevaluation of these laboratories is discretionary on the part of the responsible

physician. Reevaluation, which normally

takes about 6 months, may be expedited if

the laboratory can achieve 100% compliance

with the proficiency test criteria using the 6

samples of each analyte submitted to the

CTQ program during the first 2 rounds of

proficiency testing.

For laboratories seeking reevaluation for

CDU or B2MU analysis, the guidelines for

CRTU analyses also should be satisfied, including accreditation for CRTU analysis by

the CAP, and participation in the CAP survey program (or accreditation/participation

in an equivalent program).

3.2.4 Future Modifications to the Protocol

Guidelines

As participating laboratories gain experience with analyses for CDB, CDU and B2MU,

it is anticipated that the performance

achievable by the majority of laboratories

should improve until it approaches that reported by the research groups which developed each method. OSHA, therefore, may

choose to recommend stricter performance

guidelines in the future as the overall performance of participating laboratories improves.
184

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

3.3 Guidelines for Record Keeping and

Reporting

To comply with these guidelines, participating laboratories should satisfy the abovestated performance and proficiency recommendations, as well as the following internal QA/QC, record keeping, and reporting

provisions.

If a participating laboratory fails to meet

the provisions of these guidelines, it is recommended that the responsible physician

disapprove further analyses of biological

samples by that laboratory until it demonstrates compliance with these guidelines.

On disapproval, biological samples should be

sent to a laboratory that can demonstrate

compliance with these guidelines, at least

until the former laboratory is reevaluated by

the responsible physician and found to be in

compliance.

The following record keeping and reporting

procedures should be practiced by participating laboratories.

3.3.1 Internal Quality Assurance/Quality

Control Procedures

Laboratories participating in the cadmium

monitoring program should develop and

maintain an internal quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) program that incorporates procedures for establishing and

maintaining control for each of the analytic

procedures (determinations of CDB, CDU

and/or B2MU) for which the laboratory is

seeking participation. For laboratories analyzing CDU and/or B2MU, a QA/QC program

for CRTU also should be established.

Written documentation of QA/QC procedures should be described in a formal QA/QC

plan; this plan should contain the following

information: Sample acceptance and handling procedures (i.e., chain-of-custody);

sample preparation procedures; instrument

parameters; calibration procedures; and, calculations. Documentation of QA/QC procedures should be sufficient to identify analytical problems, define criteria under which

analysis of compliance samples will be suspended, and describe procedures for corrective actions.

3.3.1.1 QA/QC procedures for establishing

control of CDB and CDU analyses

The QA/QC program for CDB and CDU

should address, at a minimum, procedures

involved in calibration, establishment of

control limits, internal QC analyses and

maintaining control, and corrective-action

protocols. Participating laboratory should

develop and maintain procedures to assure

that analyses of compliance samples are

within control limits, and that these procedures are documented thoroughly in a QA/QC

plan.

A nonmandatory QA/QC protocol is presented in Attachment 1. This attachment is

illustrative of the procedures that should be

addressed in a proper QA/QC program.

Calibration. Before any analytic runs are

conducted, the analytic instrument should

be calibrated. Calibration should be performed at the beginning of each day on

which QC and/or compliance samples are run.

Once calibration is established, QC or compliance samples may be run. Regardless of

the type of samples run, about every fifth

sample should serve as a standard to assure

that calibration is being maintained.

Calibration is being maintained if the

standard is within ±15% of its theoretical

value. If a standard is more than ±15% of its

theoretical value, the run has exceeded control limits due to calibration error; the entire set of samples then should be reanalyzed

after recalibrating or the results should be

recalculated based on a statistical curve derived from that set of standards.

It is essential that the value of the highest

standard analyzed be higher than the highest

sample analyzed; it may be necessary, therefore, to run a high standard at the end of the

run, which has been selected based on results

obtained over the course of the run (i.e.,

higher than any standard analyzed to that

point).

Standards should be kept fresh; as samples

age, they should be compared with new

standards and replaced if necessary.

Internal Quality Control Analyses. Internal

QC samples should be determined interspersed with analyses of compliance samples.

At a minimum, these samples should be run

at a rate of 5% of the compliance samples or

at least one set of QC samples per analysis of

compliance samples, whichever is greater. If

only 2 samples are run, they should contain

different levels of cadmium.

Internal QC samples may be obtained as

commercially-available reference materials

and/or they may be internally prepared. Internally-prepared samples should be well

characterized and traced, or compared to a

reference material for which a consensus

value is available.

Levels of cadmium contained in QC samples should not be known to the analyst

prior to reporting the results of the analysis.

Internal QC results should be plotted or

charted in a manner which describes sample

recovery and laboratory control limits.

Internal Control Limits. The laboratory protocol for evaluating internal QC analyses per

control limits should be clearly defined.

Limits may be based on statistical methods

(e.g., as 2σ

℘ from the laboratory mean recovery), or on proficiency testing limits

(e.g.,±1μg or 15% of the mean, whichever is

greater). Statistical limits that exceed ±40%

should be reevaluated to determine the

source error in the analysis.

When laboratory limits are exceeded, analytic work should terminate until the source
185

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

of error is determined and corrected; compliance samples affected by the error should be

reanalyzed. In addition, the laboratory protocol should address any unusual trends that

develop which may be biasing the results.

Numerous, consecutive results above or

below laboratory mean recoveries, or outside

laboratory statistical limits, indicate that

problems may have developed.

Corrective Actions. The QA/QC plan should

document in detail specific actions taken if

control limits are exceeded or unusual trends

develop. Corrective actions should be noted

on an appropriate form, accompanied by supporting documentation.

In addition to these actions, laboratories

should include whatever additional actions

are necessary to assure that accurate data

are reported to the responsible physicians.

Reference Materials. The following reference

materials may be available:

Cadmium in Blood (CDB)

1. Centre de Toxicologie du Quebec, Le

Centre Hospitalier de l’Universite Laval, 2705

boul. Laurier, Quebec, Que., Canada G1V 4G2.

(Prepared 6 times per year at 1–15 μg Cd/l.)

2. H. Marchandise, Community Bureau of

Reference-BCR, Directorate General XII,

Commission of the European Communities,

200, rue de la Loi, B–1049, Brussels, Belgium.

(Prepared as Bl CBM–1 at 5.37 μg Cd/l, and Bl

CBM–2 at 12.38 μg Cd/l.)

3. Kaulson Laboratories Inc., 691 Bloomfield Ave., Caldwell, NJ 07006; tel: (201) 226–

9494, FAX (201) 226–3244. (Prepared as #0141

[As, Cd, Hg, Pb] at 2 levels.)

Cadmium in Urine (CDU)

1. Centre de Toxicologie du Quebec, Le

Centre Hospitalier de l’Universite Laval, 2705

boul. Laurier, Quebec, Que., Canada G1V 4G2.

(Prepared 6 times per year.)

2. National Institute of Standards and

Technology (NIST), Dept. of Commerce, Gaithersburg, MD; tel: (301) 975–6776. (Prepared

as SRM 2670 freeze-dried urine [metals]; set

includes normal and elevated levels of metals; cadmium is certified for elevated level of

88.0 μg/l in reconstituted urine.)

3. Kaulson Laboratories Inc., 691 Bloomfield Ave., Caldwell, NJ 07006; tel: (201) 226–

9494, FAX (201) 226–3244. (Prepared as #0140

[As, Cd, Hg, Pb] at 2 levels.)

3.3.1.2 QA/QC procedures for establishing

control of B2MU

A written, detailed QA/QC plan for B2MU

analysis should be developed. The QA/QC

plan should contain a protocol similar to

those protocols developed for the CDB/CDU

analyses. Differences in analyses may warrant some differences in the QA/QC protocol,

but procedures to ensure analytical integrity

should be developed and followed.

Examples of performance summaries that

can be provided include measurements of accuracy (i.e., the means of measured values

versus target values for the control samples)

and precision (i.e., based on duplicate analyses). It is recommended that the accuracy

and precision measurements be compared to

those reported as achievable by the

Pharmacia Delphia kit (Pharmacia 1990) to

determine if and when unsatisfactory analyses have arisen. If the measurement error of

1 or more of the control samples is more

than 15%, the run exceeds control limits.

Similarly, this decision is warranted when

the average CV for duplicate samples is

greater than 5%.

3.3.2 Procedures for Record Keeping

To satisfy reporting requirements for commercial analyses of CDB, CDU and/or B2MU

performed for the medical monitoring program mandated under the cadmium rule,

participating laboratories should maintain

the following documentation for each

analyte:

1. For each analytic instrument on which

analyte determinations are made, records relating to the most recent calibration and QC

sample analyses;

2. For these instruments, a tabulated

record for each analyte of those determinations found to be within and outside of control limits over the past 2 years;

3. Results for the previous 2 years of the

QC sample analyses conducted under the internal QA/QC program (this information

should be: Provided for each analyte for

which determinations are made and for each

analytic instrument used for this purpose,

sufficient to demonstrate that internal QA/

QC programs are being executed properly,

and consistent with data sent to responsible

physicians.

4. Duplicate copies of monitoring results

for each analyte sent to clients during the

previous 5 years, as well as associated information; supporting material such as chainof-custody forms also should be retained;

and,

5. Proficiency test results and related materials received while participating in the

CTQ interlaboratory program over the past 2

years; results also should be tabulated to

provide a serial record of relative error (derived per Section 3.3.3 below).

3.3.3 Reporting Procedures

Participating laboratories should maintain

these documents: QA/QC program plans; QA/

QC status reports; CTQ proficiency program

reports; and, analytical data reports. The information that should be included in these

reports is summarized in Table 2; a copy of

each report should be sent to the responsible

physician.
186

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

TABLE 2—REPORTING PROCEDURES FOR LABORATORIES PARTICIPATING IN THE CADMIUM MEDICAL

MONITORING PROGRAM

Report Frequency (time frame) Contents

1 QA/QC Program Plan ........... Once (initially) ......................... A detailed description of the QA/QC protocol to be established by the laboratory to maintain control of analyte determinations.

2 QA/QC Status Report ........... Every 2 months ....................... Results of the QC samples incorporated into regular runs for

each instrument (over the period since the last report).

3 Proficiency Report ................. Attached to every data report Results from the last full year of proficiency samples submitted to the CTQ program and Results of the 100 most recent QC samples incorporated into regular runs for each

instrument.

4 Analytical Data Report .......... For all reports of data results .. Date the sample was received; Date the sample was analyzed; Appropriate chain-of-custody information; Types of

analyses performed; Results of the requested analyses and

Copy of the most current proficiency report.

As noted in Section 3.3.1, a QA/QC program

plan should be developed that documents internal QA/QC procedures (defined under Section 3.3.1) to be implemented by the participating laboratory for each analyte; this plan

should provide a list identifying each instrument used in making analyte determinations.

A QA/QC status report should be written

bimonthly for each analyte. In this report,

the results of the QC program during the reporting period should be reported for each

analyte in the following manner: The number (N) of QC samples analyzed during the

period; a table of the target levels defined for

each sample and the corresponding measured

values; the mean of F/T value (as defined

below) for the set of QC samples run during

the period; and, use of X ̄ ±2s√ (as defined

below) for the set of QC samples run during

the period as a measure of precision.

As noted in Section 2, an F/T value for a

QC sample is the ratio of the measured concentration of analyte to the established (i.e.,

reference) concentration of analyte for that

QC sample. The equation below describes the

derivation of the mean for F/T values, X,

(with N being the total number of samples

analyzed):

X

F T

N = ∑( ) /

The standard deviation, s√, for these measurements is derived using the following equation (note that 2s√ is twice this value):

σ

∧

= ( ) −

−





















∑ F T X

N

/

2

1

2

1

The nonmandatory QA/QC protocol (see Attachment 1) indicates that QC samples

should be divided into several discrete pools,

and a separate estimate of precision for each

pools then should be derived. Several precision estimates should be provided for concentrations which differ in average value.

These precision measures may be used to

document improvements in performance

with regard to the combined pool.

Participating laboratories should use the

CTQ proficiency program for each analyte.

Results of the this program will be sent by

CTQ directly to physicians designated by the

participating laboratories. Proficiency results from the CTQ program are used to establish the accuracy of results from each

participating laboratory, and should be provided to responsible physicians for use in

trend analysis. A proficiency report consisting of these proficiency results should accompany data reports as an attachment.

For each analyte, the proficiency report

should include the results from the 6 previous proficiency rounds in the following format:

1. Number (N) of samples analyzed;

2. Mean of the target levels, (1/N)Σi, with Ti

being a consensus mean for the sample;

3. Mean of the measurements, (1/N)Σi, with

Mi being a sample measurement;

4. A measure of error defined by:

(1/N)Σ(Ti¥ Mi)2

Analytical data reports should be submitted to responsible physicians directly.

For each sample, report the following information: The date the sample was received;

the date the sample was analyzed; appropriate chain-of-custody information; the

type(s) of analyses performed; and, the results of the analyses. This information

should be reported on a form similar to the

form provided an appropriate form. The most

recent proficiency program report should accompany the analytical data reports (as an

attachment).

Confidence intervals for the analytical results should be reported as X±2s√, with X

being the measured value and 2s√ the standard deviation calculated as described above.
187

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

For CDU or B2MU results, which are combined with CRTU measurements for proper

reporting, the 95% confidence limits are derived from the limits for CDU or B2MU, (p),

and the limits for CRTU, (q), as follows:

X

Y Y

± Y p X q 



 



( ) × + ×

1

2

2 2 2 2

1

2

For these calculations, X± p is the measurement and confidence limits for CDU or

B2MU, and Y± q is the measurement and confidence limit for CRTU.

Participating laboratories should notify

responsible physicians as soon as they receive information indicating a change in

their accreditation status with the CTQ or

the CAP. These physicians should not be expected to wait until formal notice of a status

change has been received from the CTQ or

the CAP.

3.4 Instructions to Physicians

Physicians responsible for the medical

monitoring of cadmium-exposed workers

must collect the biological samples from

workers; they then should select laboratories

to perform the required analyses, and should

interpret the analytic results.

3.4.1 Sample Collection and Holding

Procedures

Blood Samples. The following procedures

are recommended for the collection, shipment and storage of blood samples for CDB

analysis to reduce analytical variablility;

these recommendations were obtained primarily through personal communications

with J.P. Weber of the CTQ (1991), and from

reports by the Centers for Disease Control

(CDC, 1986) and Stoeppler and Brandt (1980).

To the extent possible, blood samples

should be collected from workers at the same

time of day. Workers should shower or thoroughly wash their hands and arms before

blood samples are drawn. The following materials are needed for blood sample collection: Alcohol wipes; sterile gauze sponges;

band-aids; 20-gauge, 1.5-in. stainless steel

needles (sterile); preprinted labels; tourniquets; vacutainer holders; 3-ml ‘‘metal

free’’ vacutainer tubes (i.e., dark-blue caps),

with EDTA as an anti-coagulant; and,

styrofoam vacutainer shipping containers.

Whole blood samples are taken by

venipuncture. Each blue-capped tube should

be labeled or coded for the worker and company before the sample is drawn. (Bluecapped tubes are recommended instead of

red-capped tubes because the latter may consist of red coloring pigment containing cadmium, which could contaminate the samples.) Immediately after sampling, the

vacutainer tubes must be thoroughly mixed

by inverting the tubes at least 10 times

manually or mechanically using a Vortex device (for 15 sec). Samples should be refrigerated immediately or stored on ice until

they can be packed for shipment to the participating laboratory for analysis.

The CDC recommends that blood samples

be shipped with a ‘‘cool pak’’ to keep the

samples cold during shipment. However, the

CTQ routinely ships and receives blood samples for cadmium analysis that have not

been kept cool during shipment. The CTQ

has found no deterioration of cadmium in biological fluids that were shipped via parcel

post without a cooling agent, even though

these deliveries often take 2 weeks to reach

their destination.

Urine Samples. The following are recommended procedures for the collection,

shipment and storage of urine for CDU and

B2MU analyses, and were obtained primarily

through personal communications with J.P.

Weber of the CTQ (1991), and from reports by

the CDC (1986) and Stoeppler and Brandt

(1980).

Single ‘‘spot’’ samples are recommended.

As B2M can degrade in the bladder, workers

should first empty their bladder and then

drink a large glass of water at the start of

the visit. Urine samples then should be collected within 1 hour. Separate samples

should be collected for CDU and B2MU using

the following materials: Sterile urine collection cups (250 ml); small sealable plastic

bags; preprinted labels; 15-ml polypropylene

or polyethylene screw-cap tubes; lab gloves

(‘‘metal free’’); and, preservatives (as indicated).

The sealed collection cup should be kept in

the plastic bag until collection time. The

workers should wash their hands with soap

and water before receiving the collection

cup. The collection cup should not be opened

until just before voiding and the cup should

be sealed immediately after filling. It is important that the inside of the container and

cap are not touched by, or come into contact

with, the body, clothing or other surfaces.

For CDU analyzes, the cup is swirled gently to resuspend any solids, and the 15-ml

tube is filled with 10-12 ml urine. The CDC

recommends the addition of 100 μ l concentrated HNO3 as a preservative before sealing the tube and then freezing the sample.

The CTQ recommends minimal handling and

does not acidify their interlaboratory urine

reference materials prior to shipment, nor do

they freeze the sample for shipment. At the

CTQ, if the urine sample has much sediment,

the sample is acidified in the lab to free any

cadmium in the precipitate.

For B2M, the urine sample should be collected directly into a polyethylene bottle

previously washed with dilute nitric acid.

The pH of the urine should be measured and

adjusted to 8.0 with 0.1 N NaOH immediately
188

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

following collection. Samples should be frozen and stored at –20 °C until testing is performed. The B2M in the samples should be

stable for 2 days when stored at 2–8 °C, and

for at least 2 months at –20 °C. Repeated

freezing and thawing should be avoided to

prevent denaturing the B2M (Pharmacia

1990).

3.4.2 Recommendations for Evaluating

Laboratories

Using standard error data and the results

of proficiency testing obtained from CTQ, responsible physicians can make an informed

choice of which laboratory to select to analyze biological samples. In general, laboratories with small standard errors and little

disparity between target and measured values tend to make precise and accurate sample determinations. Estimates of precision

provided to the physicians with each set of

monitoring results can be compared to previously-reported proficiency and precision

estimates. The latest precision estimates

should be at least as small as the standard

error reported previously by the laboratory.

Moreover, there should be no indication that

precision is deteriorating (i.e., increasing

values for the precision estimates). If precision is deteriorating, physicians may decide

to use another laboratory for these analyses.

QA/QC information provided by the participating laboratories to physicians can, therefore, assist physicians in evaluating laboratory performance.

3.4.3 Use and Interpretation of Results

When the responsible physician has received the CDB, CDU and/or B2MU results,

these results must be compared to the action

levels discussed in the final rule for cadmium. The comparison of the sample results

to action levels is straightforward. The

measured value reported from the laboratory

can be compared directly to the action levels; if the reported value exceeds an action

level, the required actions must be initiated.

4.0 Background

Cadmium is a naturally-occurring environmental contaminant to which humans are

continually exposed in food, water, and air.

The average daily intake of cadmium by the

U.S. population is estimated to be 10–20 μg/

day. Most of this intake is via ingestion, for

which absorption is estimated at 4–7%

(Kowal et al. 1979). An additional nonoccupational source of cadmium is smoking tobacco; smoking a pack of cigarettes a day

adds an additional 2–4 μg cadmium to the

daily intake, assuming absorption via inhalation of 25–35% (Nordberg and Nordberg 1988;

Friberg and Elinder 1988; Travis and Haddock

1980).

Exposure to cadmium fumes and dusts in

an occupational setting where air concentrations are 20–50 μg/m3 results in an additional

daily intake of several hundred micrograms

(Friberg and Elinder 1988, p. 563). In such a

setting, occupational exposure to cadmium

occurs primarily via inhalation, although additional exposure may occur through the ingestion of material via contaminated hands

if workers eat or smoke without first washing. Some of the particles that are inhaled

initially may be ingested when the material

is deposited in the upper respiratory tract,

where it may be cleared by mucociliary

transport and subsequently swallowed.

Cadmium introduced into the body

through inhalation or ingestion is transported by the albumin fraction of the blood

plasma to the liver, where it accumulates

and is stored principally as a bound form

complexed with the protein metallothionein.

Metallothionein-bound cadmium is the main

form of cadmium subsequently transported

to the kidney; it is these 2 organs, the liver

and kidney, in which the majority of the

cadmium body burden accumulates. As much

as one half of the total body burden of cadmium may be found in the kidneys (Nordberg

and Nordberg 1988).

Once cadmium has entered the body, elimination is slow; about 0.02% of the body burden is excreted per day via urinary/fecal

elimination. The whole-body half-life of cadmium is 10–35 years, decreasing slightly with

increasing age (Travis and Haddock 1980).

The continual accumulation of cadmium is

the basis for its chronic noncarcinogenic toxicity. This accumulation makes the kidney

the target organ in which cadmium toxicity

usually is first observed (Piscator 1964).

Renal damage may occur when cadmium levels in the kidney cortex approach 200 μg/g

wet tissue-weight (Travis and Haddock 1980).

The kinetics and internal distribution of

cadmium in the body are complex, and depend on whether occupational exposure to

cadmium is ongoing or has terminated. In

general, cadmium in blood is related principally to recent cadmium exposure, while

cadmium in urine reflects cumulative exposure (i.e., total body burden) (Lauwerys et al.

1976; Friberg and Elinder 1988).

4.1 Health Effects

Studies of workers in a variety of industries indicate that chronic exposure to cadmium may be linked to several adverse

health effects including kidney dysfunction,

reduced pulmonary function, chronic lung

disease and cancer (Federal Register 1990).

The primary sites for cadmium-associated

cancer appear to be the lung and the prostate.

Cancer. Evidence for an association between cancer and cadmium exposure comes

from both epidemiological studies and animal experiments. Pott (1965) found a statistically significant elevation in the incidence
189

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

of prostate cancer among a cohort of cadmium workers. Other epidemiology studies

also report an elevated incidence of prostate

cancer; however, the increases observed in

these other studies were not statistically

significant (Meridian Research, Inc. 1989).

One study (Thun et al. 1985) contains sufficiently quantitative estimates of cadmium

exposure to allow evaluation of dose-response relationships between cadmium exposure and lung cancer. A statistically significant excess of lung cancer attributed to cadmium exposure was found in this study, even

after accounting for confounding variables

such as coexposure to arsenic and smoking

habits (Meridian Research, Inc. 1989).

Evidence for quantifying a link between

lung cancer and cadmium exposure comes

from a single study (Takenaka et al. 1983). In

this study, dose-response relationships developed from animal data were extrapolated to

humans using a variety of models. OSHA

chose the multistage risk model for estimating the risk of cancer for humans using

these animal data. Animal injection studies

also suggest an association between cadmium exposure and cancer, particularly observations of an increased incidence of tumors at sites remote from the point of injection. The International Agency for Research

on Cancer (IARC) (Supplement 7, 1987) indicates that this, and related, evidence is sufficient to classify cadmium as an animal carcinogen. However, the results of these injection studies cannot be used to quantify risks

attendant to human occupational exposures

due to differences in routes of exposure (Meridian Research, Inc. 1989).

Based on the above-cited studies, the U.S.

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)

classifies cadmium as ‘‘B1,’’ a probable

human carcinogen (USEPA 1985). IARC in

1987 recommended that cadmium be listed as

a probable human carcinogen.

Kidney Dysfunction. The most prevalent

nonmalignant effect observed among workers chronically exposed to cadmium is kidney dysfunction. Initially, such dysfunction

is manifested by proteinuria (Meridian Research, Inc. 1989; Roth Associates, Inc. 1989).

Proteinuria associated with cadmium exposure is most commonly characterized by excretion of low-molecular weight proteins

(15,000–40,000 MW), accompanied by loss of

electrolytes, uric acid, calcium, amino acids,

and phosphate. Proteins commonly excreted

include β-2-microglobulin (B2M), retinolbinding protein (RBP), immunoglobulin light

chains, and lysozyme. Excretion of low molecular weight proteins is characteristic of

damage to the proximal tubules of the kidney (Iwao et al. 1980).

Exposure to cadmium also may lead to urinary excretion of high-molecular weight proteins such as albumin, immunoglobulin G,

and glycoproteins (Meridian Research, Inc.

1989; Roth Associates, Inc. 1989). Excretion of

high-molecular weight proteins is indicative

of damage to the glomeruli of the kidney.

Bernard et al. (1979) suggest that cadmiumassociated damage to the glomeruli and

damage to the proximal tubules of the kidney develop independently of each other, but

may occur in the same individual.

Several studies indicate that the onset of

low-molecular weight proteinuria is a sign of

irreversible kidney damage (Friberg et al.

1974; Roels et al. 1982; Piscator 1984; Elinder

et al. 1985; Smith et al. 1986). For many

workers, once sufficiently elevated levels of

B2M are observed in association with cadmium exposure, such levels do not appear to

return to normal even when cadmium exposure is eliminated by removal of the worker

from the cadmium-contaminated work environment (Friberg, exhibit 29, 1990).

Some studies indicate that cadmium-induced proteinuria may be progressive; levels

of B2MU increase even after cadmium exposure has ceased (Elinder et al. 1985). Other researchers have reached similar conclusions

(Frieburg testimony, OSHA docket exhibit

29, Elinder testimony, OSHA docket exhibit

55, and OSHA docket exhibits 8–86B). Such

observations are not universal, however

(Smith et al. 1986; Tsuchiya 1976). Studies in

which proteinuria has not been observed,

however, may have initiated the reassessment too early (Meridian Research, Inc.1989;

Roth Associates, Inc. 1989; Roels 1989).

A quantitative assessment of the risks of

developing kidney dysfunction as a result of

cadmium exposure was performed using the

data from Ellis et al. (1984) and Falck et al.

(1983). Meridian Research, Inc. (1989) and

Roth Associates, Inc. (1989) employed several

mathematical models to evaluate the data

from the 2 studies, and the results indicate

that cumulative cadmium exposure levels

between 5 and 100 μg-years/m3 correspond

with a one-in-a-thousand probability of developing kidney dysfunction.

When cadmium exposure continues past

the onset of early kidney damage (manifested as proteinuria), chronic

nephrotoxicity may occur (Meridian Research, Inc. 1989; Roth Associates, Inc. 1989).

Uremia, which is the loss of the glomerulus’

ability to adequately filter blood, may result. This condition leads to severe disturbance of electrolyte concentrations, which

may result in various clinical complications

including atherosclerosis, hypertension, pericarditis, anemia, hemorrhagic tendencies,

deficient cellular immunity, bone changes,

and other problems. Progression of the disease may require dialysis or a kidney transplant.

Studies in which animals are chronically

exposed to cadmium confirm the renal effects observed in humans (Friberg et al.

1986). Animal studies also confirm cadmiumrelated problems with calcium metabolism

and associated skeletal effects, which also
190

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

have been observed among humans. Other effects commonly reported in chronic animal

studies include anemia, changes in liver

morphology, immunosuppression and hypertension. Some of these effects may be associated with cofactors; hypertension, for example, appears to be associated with diet, as

well as with cadmium exposure. Animals injected with cadmium also have shown testicular necrosis.

4.2 Objectives for Medical Monitoring

In keeping with the observation that renal

disease tends to be the earliest clinical manifestation of cadmium toxicity, the final cadmium standard mandates that eligible workers must be medically monitored to prevent

this condition (as well as cadmimum-induced

cancer). The objectives of medical-monitoring, therefore, are to: Identify workers at

significant risk of adverse health effects

from excess, chronic exposure to cadmium;

prevent future cases of cadmium-induced disease; detect and minimize existing cadmiuminduced disease; and, identify workers most

in need of medical intervention.

The overall goal of the medical monitoring

program is to protect workers who may be

exposed continuously to cadmium over a 45-

year occupational lifespan. Consistent with

this goal, the medical monitoring program

should assure that:

1. Current exposure levels remain sufficiently low to prevent the accumulation of

cadmium body burdens sufficient to cause

disease in the future by monitoring CDB as

an indicator of recent cadmium exposure;

2. Cumulative body burdens, especially

among workers with undefined historical exposures, remain below levels potentially capable of leading to damage and disease by assessing CDU as an indicator of cumulative

exposure to cadmium; and,

3. Health effects are not occurring among

exposed workers by determining B2MU as an

early indicator of the onset of cadmium-induced kidney disease.

4.3 Indicators of Cadmium Exposure and

Disease

Cadmium is present in whole blood bound

to albumin, in erythrocytes, and as a

metallothionein-cadmium complex. The

metallothionein-cadmium complex that represents the primary transport mechanism for

cadmium delivery to the kidney. CDB concentrations in the general, nonexposed population average 1 μg Cd/l whole blood, with

smokers exhibiting higher levels (see Section

5.1.6). Data presented in Section 5.1.6 shows

that 95% of the general population not occupationally exposed to cadmium have CDB

levels less than 5 μg Cd/l.

If total body burdens of cadmium remain

low, CDB concentrations indicate recent exposure (i.e., daily intake). This conclusion is

based on data showing that cigarette smokers exhibit CDB concentrations of 2–7 μg/l depending on the number of cigarettes smoked

per day (Nordberg and Nordberg 1988), while

CDB levels for those who quit smoking return to general population values (approximately 1 μg/l) within several weeks

(Lauwerys et al. 1976). Based on these observations, Lauwerys et al. (1976) concluded

that CDB has a biological half-life of a few

weeks to less than 3 months. As indicated in

Section 3.1.6, the upper 95th percentile for

CDB levels observed among those who are

not occupationally exposed to cadmium is 5

μg/l, which suggests that the absolute upper

limit to the range reported for smokers by

Nordberg and Nordberg may have been affected by an extreme value (i.e., beyond 2σ

above the mean).

Among occupationally-exposed workers,

the occupational history of exposure to cadmium must be evaluated to interpret CDB

levels. New workers, or workers with low exposures to cadmium, exhibit CDB levels that

are representative of recent exposures, similar to the general population. However, for

workers with a history of chronic exposure

to cadmium, who have accumulated significant stores of cadmium in the kidneys/liver,

part of the CDB concentrations appear to indicate body burden. If such workers are removed from cadmium exposure, their CDB

levels remain elevated, possibly for years, reflecting prior long-term accumulation of

cadmium in body tissues. This condition

tends to occur, however, only beyond some

threshold exposure value, and possibly indicates the capacity of body tissues to accumulate cadmium which cannot be excreted

readily (Friberg and Elinder 1988; Nordberg

and Nordberg 1988).

CDU is widely used as an indicator of cadmium body burdens (Nordberg and Nordberg

1988). CDU is the major route of elimination

and, when CDU is measured, it is commonly

expressed either as μg Cd/l urine

(unadjusted), μg Cd/l urine (adjusted for specific gravity), or μg Cd/g CRTU (see Section

5.2.1). The metabolic model for CDU is less

complicated than CDB, since CDU is

dependentin large part on the body (i.e., kidney) burden of cadmium. However, a small

proportion of CDU still be attributed to recent cadmium exposure, particularly if exposure to high airborne concentrations of cadmium occurred. Note that CDU is subject to

larger interindividual and day-to-day variations than CDB, so repeated measurements

are recommended for CDU evaluations.

CDU is bound principally to

metallothionein, regardless of whether the

cadmium originates from metallothionein in

plasma or from the cadmium pool accumulated in the renal tubules. Therefore, measurement of metallothionein in urine may

provide information similar to CDU, while

avoiding the contamination problems that
191

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

may occur during collection and handling

urine for cadmium analysis (Nordberg and

Nordberg 1988). However, a commercial

method for the determination of

metallothionein at the sensitivity levels required under the final cadmium rule is not

currently available; therefore, analysis of

CDU is recommended.

Among the general population not occupationally exposed to cadmium, CDU levels average less than 1 μg/l (see Section 5.2.7). Normalized for creatinine (CRTU), the average

CDU concentration of the general population

is less than 1 μg/g CRTU. As cadmium accumulates over the lifespan, CDU increases

with age. Also, cigarette smokers may eventually accumulate twice the cadmium body

burden of nonsmokers, CDU is slightly higher in smokers than in nonsmokers, even several years after smoking cessation (Nordberg

and Nordberg 1988). Despite variations due to

age and smoking habits, 95% of those not occupationally exposed to cadmium exhibit

levels of CDU less than 3 μg/g CRTU (based

on the data presented in Section 5.2.7).

About 0.02% of the cadmium body burden

is excreted daily in urine. When the critical

cadmium concentration (about 200 ppm) in

the kidney is reached, or if there is sufficient

cadmium-induced kidney dysfunction, dramatic increases in CDU are observed

(Nordberg and Nordberg 1988). Above 200

ppm, therefore, CDU concentrations cease to

be an indicator of cadmium body burden, and

are instead an index of kidney failure.

Proteinuria is an index of kidney dysfunction, and is defined by OSHA to be a material impairment. Several small proteins may

be monitored as markers for proteinuria.

Below levels indicative of proteinuria, these

small proteins may be early indicators of increased risk of cadmium-induced renal tubular disease. Analytes useful for monitoring

cadmium-induced renal tubular damage include:

1. β-2-Microglobulin (B2M), currently the

most widely used assay for detecting kidney

dysfunction, is the best characterized

analyte available (Iwao et al. 1980; Chia et al.

1989);

2. Retinol Binding Protein (RBP) is more

stable than B2M in acidic urine (i.e., B2M

breakdown occurs if urinary pH is less than

5.5; such breakdown may result in false [i.e.,

low] B2M values [Bernard and Lauwerys,

1990]);

3. N-Acetyl-B-Glucosaminidase (NAG) is

the analyte of an assay that is simple, inexpensive, reliable, and correlates with cadmium levels under 10 μg/g CRTU, but the

assay is less sensitive than RBP or B2M

(Kawada et al. 1989);

4. Metallothionein (MT) correlates with

cadmium and B2M levels, and may be a better predictor of cadmium exposure than CDU

and B2M (Kawada et al. 1989);

5. Tamm-Horsfall Glycoprotein (THG) increases slightly with elevated cadmium levels, but this elevation is small compared to

increases in urinary albumin, RBP, or B2M

(Bernard and Lauwerys 1990);

6. Albumin (ALB), determined by the biuret method, is not sufficiently sensitive to

serve as an early indicator of the onset of

renal disease (Piscator 1962);

7. Albumin (ALB), determined by the

Amido Black method, is sensitive and reproducible, but involves a time-consuming procedure (Piscator 1962);

8. Glycosaminoglycan (GAG) increases

among cadmium workers, but the significance of this effect is unknown because no

relationship has been found between elevated

GAG and other indices of tubular damage

(Bernard and Lauwerys 1990);

9. Trehalase seems to increase earlier than

B2M during cadmium exposure, but the procedure for analysis is complicated and unreliable (Iwata et al. 1988); and,

10. Kallikrein is observed at lower concentrations among cadmium-exposed workers than among normal controls (Roels et al.

1990).

Of the above analytes, B2M appears to be

the most widely used and best characterized

analyte to evaluate the presence/absence, as

well as the extent of, cadmium-induced renal

tubular damage (Kawada, Koyama, and Suzuki 1989; Shaikh and Smith 1984; Nogawa

1984). However, it is important that samples

be collected and handled so as to minimize

B2M degradation under acidic urine conditions.

The threshold value of B2MU commonly

used to indicate the presence of kidney damage 300 μg/g CRTU (Kjellstrom et al. 1977a;

Buchet et al. 1980; and Kowal and Zirkes

1983). This value represents the upper 95th or

97.5th percentile level of urinary excretion

observed among those without tubular dysfunction (Elinder, exbt L–140–45, OSHA docket H057A). In agreement with these conclusions, the data presented in Section 5.3.7 of

this protocol generally indicate that the

level of 300 μg/g CRTU appears to define the

boundary for kidney dysfunction. It is not

clear, however, that this level represents the

upper 95th percentile of values observed

among those who fail to demonstrate proteinuria effects.

Although elevated B2MU levels appear to

be a fairly specific indicator of disease associated with cadmium exposure, other conditions that may lead to elevated B2MU levels

include high fevers from influenza, extensive

physical exercise, renal disease unrelated to

cadmium exposure, lymphomas, and AIDS

(Iwao et al. 1980; Schardun and van Epps

1987). Elevated B2M levels observed in association with high fevers from influenza or

from extensive physical exercise are transient, and will return to normal levels once
192

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

the fever has abated or metabolic rates return to baseline values following exercise.

The other conditions linked to elevated B2M

levels can be diagnosed as part of a properlydesigned medical examination. Consequently, monitoring B2M, when accompanied by regular medical examinations and

CDB and CDU determinations (as indicators

of present and past cadmium exposure), may

serve as a specific, early indicator of cadmium-induced kidney damage.

4.4 Criteria for Medical Monitoring of

Cadmium Workers

Medical monitoring mandated by the final

cadmium rule includes a combination of regular medical examinations and periodic monitoring of 3 analytes: CDB, CDU and B2MU.

As indicated above, CDB is monitored as an

indicator of current cadmium exposure,

while CDU serves as an indicator of the cadmium body burden; B2MU is assessed as an

early marker of irreversible kidney damage

and disease.

The final cadmium rule defines a series of

action levels that have been developed for

each of the 3 analytes to be monitored. These

action levels serve to guide the responsible

physician through a decision-making process. For each action level that is exceeded, a

specific response is mandated. The sequence

of action levels, and the attendant actions,

are described in detail in the final cadmium

rule.

Other criteria used in the medical decision-making process relate to tests performed during the medical examination (including a determination of the ability of a

worker to wear a respirator). These criteria,

however, are not affected by the results of

the analyte determinations addressed in the

above paragraphs and, consequently, will not

be considered further in these guidelines.

4.5 Defining to Quality and Proficiency of

the Analyte Determinations

As noted above in Sections 2 and 3, the

quality of a measurement should be defined

along with its value to properly interpret the

results. Generally, it is necessary to know

the accuracy and the precision of a measurement before it can be properly evaluated.

The precision of the data from a specific laboratory indicates the extent to which the repeated measurements of the same sample

vary within that laboratory. The accuracy of

the data provides an indication of the extent

to which these results deviate from average

results determined from many laboratories

performing the same measurement (i.e., in

the absence of an independent determination

of the true value of a measurement). Note

that terms are defined operationally relative

to the manner in which they will be used in

this protocol. Formal definitions for the

terms in italics used in this section can be

found in the list of definitions (Section 2).

Another data quality criterion required to

properly evaluate measurement results is

the limit of detection of that measurement.

For measurements to be useful, the range of

the measurement which is of interest for biological monitoring purposes must lie entirely above the limit of detection defined

for that measurement.

The overall quality of a laboratory’s results is termed the performance of that laboratory. The degree to which a laboratory

satisfies a minimum performance level is referred to as the proficiency of the laboratory. A successful medical monitoring program, therefore, should include procedures

developed for monitoring and recording laboratory performance; these procedures can

be used to identify the most proficient laboratories.

5.0 Overview of Medical Monitoring Tests

for CDB, CDU, B2MU and CRTU

To evaluate whether available methods for

assessing CDB, CDU, B2MU and CRTU are

adequate for determining the parameters defined by the proposed action levels, it is necessary to review procedures available for

sample collection, preparation and analysis.

A variety of techniques for these purposes

have been used historically for the determination of cadmium in biological matrices

(including CDB and CDU), and for the determination of specific proteins in biological

matrices (including B2MU). However, only

the most recent techniques are capable of

satisfying the required accuracy, precision

and sensitivity (i.e., limit of detection) for

monitoring at the levels mandated in the

final cadmium rule, while still facilitating

automated analysis and rapid processing.

5.1 Measuring Cadmium in Blood (CDB)

Analysis of biological samples for cadmium requires strict analytical discipline regarding collection and handling of samples.

In addition to occupational settings, where

cadmium contamination would be apparent,

cadmium is a ubiquitous environmental contaminant, and much care should be exercised

to ensure that samples are not contaminated

during collection, preparation or analysis.

Many common chemical reagents are contaminated with cadmium at concentrations

that will interfere with cadmium analysis;

because of the widespread use of cadmium

compounds as colored pigments in plastics

and coatings, the analyst should continually

monitor each manufacturer’s chemical reagents and collection containers to prevent

contamination of samples.

Guarding against cadmium contamination

of biological samples is particularly important when analyzing blood samples because

cadmium concentrations in blood samples
193

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

from nonexposed populations are generally

less than 2 μg/l (2 ng/ml), while occupationally-exposed workers can be at medical risk

to cadmium toxicity if blood concentrations

exceed 5 μg/l (ACGIH 1991 and 1992). This narrow margin between exposed and unexposed

samples requires that exceptional care be

used in performing analytic determinations

for biological monitoring for occupational

cadmium exposure.

Methods for quantifying cadmium in blood

have improved over the last 40 years primarily because of improvements in analytical instrumentation. Also, due to improvements in analytical techniques, there is less

need to perform extensive multi-step sample

preparations prior to analysis. Complex sample preparation was previously required to

enhance method sensitivity (for cadmium),

and to reduce interference by other metals

or components of the sample.

5.1.1 Analytical Techniques Used to

Monitor Cadmium in Biological Matrices

TABLE 3—COMPARISON OF ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES/INSTRUMENTATION FOR DETERMINATION OF

CADMIUM IN BIOLOGICAL SAMPLES

Analytical proce- dure

Limit of detection [ng/(g or

ml)]

Specified biologi- cal matrix Reference Comments

Flame Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy (FAAS).

≥1.0 Any matrix ........... Perkin-Elmer

(1982).

Not sensitive enough for biomonitoring without

extensive sample digestion, metal chelation

and organic solvent extraction.

Graphite Furnace

Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy (GFAAS).

0.04 Urine .................... Pruszkowska et

al. (1983).

Methods of choice for routine cadmium analysis.

≥0.20 Blood ................... Stoeppler and

Brandt (1980).

Inductively-Coupled Argon-Plasma Atomic

Emission Spectroscopy (ICAP

AES).

2.0 Any matrix ........... NIOSH (1984A) ... Requires extensive sample preparation and

concentration of metal with chelating resin.

Advantage is simultaneous analyses for as

many as 10 metals from 1 sample.

Neutron Activation

Gamma Spectroscopy (NA).

1.5 In vivo (liver) ........ Ellis et al. (1983) Only available in vivo method for direct determination of cadmium body tissue burdens;

expensive; absolute determination of cadmium in reference materials.

Isotope Dilution

Mass Spectroscopy (IDMS).

<1.0 Any matrix ........... Michiels and

DeBievre (1986).

Suitable for absolute determination of cadmium in reference materials; expensive.

Differential Pulse

Anodic Stripping

Voltammetry

(DPASV).

<1.0 Any matrix ........... Stoeppler and

Brandt (1980).

Suitable for absolute determination of cadmium in reference materials; efficient method to check accuracy of analytical method.

A number of analytical techniques have

been used for determining cadmium concentrations in biological materials. A summary of the characteristics of the most widely employed techniques is presented in Table

3. The technique most suitable for medical

monitoring for cadmium is atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS).

To obtain a measurement using AAS, a

light source (i.e., hollow cathode or lectrodefree discharge lamp) containing the element

of interest as the cathode, is energized and

the lamp emits a spectrum that is unique for

that element. This light source is focused

through a sample cell, and a selected wavelength is monitored by a monochrometer and

photodetector cell. Any ground state atoms

in the sample that match those of the lamp

element and are in the path of the emitted

light may absorb some of the light and decrease the amount of light that reaches the

photodetector cell. The amount of light absorbed at each characteristic wavelength is

proportional to the number of ground state

atoms of the corresponding element that are

in the pathway of the light between the

source and detector.

To determine the amount of a specific metallic element in a sample using AAS, the

sample is dissolved in a solvent and aspirated into a high-temperature flame as an

aerosol. At high temperatures, the solvent is

rapidly evaporated or decomposed and the

solute is initially solidified; the majority of

the sample elements then are transformed

into an atomic vapor. Next, a light beam is

focused above the flame and the amount of

metal in the sample can be determined by

measuring the degree of absorbance of the

atoms of the target element released by the

flame at a characteristic wavelength.
194

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

A more refined atomic absorption technique, flameless AAS, substitutes an

electrothermal, graphite furnace for the

flame. An aliquot (10–100 μl) of the sample is

pipetted into the cold furnace, which is then

heated rapidly to generate an atomic vapor

of the element.

AAS is a sensitive and specific method for

the elemental analysis of metals; its main

drawback is nonspecific background

absorbtion and scattering of the light beam

by particles of the sample as it decomposes

at high temperatures; nonspecific absorbance reduces the sensitivity of the analytical

method. The problem of nonspecific absorbance and scattering can be reduced by extensive sample pretreatment, such as ashing

and/or acid digestion of the sample to reduce

its organic content.

Current AAS instruments employ background correction devices to adjust electronically for background absorbtion and

scattering. A common method to correct for

background effects is to use a deuterium arc

lamp as a second light source. A continuum

light source, such as the deuterium lamp,

emits a broad spectrum of wavelengths instead of specific wavelengths characteristic

of a particular element, as with the hollow

cathode tube. With this system, light from

the primary source and the continuum

source are passed alternately through the

sample cell. The target element effectively

absorbs light only from the primary source

(which is much brighter than the continuum

source at the characteristic wavelengths),

while the background matrix absorbs and

scatters light from both sources equally.

Therefore, when the ratio of the two beams

is measured electronically, the effect of nonspecific background absorption and scattering is eliminated. A less common, but

more sophisticated, backgrond correction

system is based on the Zeeman effect, which

uses a magnetically-activated light polarizer

to compensate electronically for nonspecific

absorbtion and scattering.

Atomic emission spectroscopy with inductively-coupled argon plasma (AES–ICAP) is

widely used to analyze for metals. With this

instrument, the sample is aspirated into an

extremely hot argon plasma flame, which excites the metal atoms; emission spectra specific for the sample element then are generated. The quanta of emitted light passing

through a monochrometer are amplified by

photomultiplier tubes and measured by a

photodetector to determine the amount of

metal in the sample. An advantage of AES–

ICAP over AAS is that multi-elemental analyses of a sample can be performed by simultaneously measuring specific elemental

emission energies. However, AES–ICAP lacks

the sensitivity of AAS, exhibiting a limit of

detection which is higher than the limit of

detection for graphite-furnace AAS (Table 3).

Neutron activation (NA) analysis and isotope dilution mass spectrometry (IDMS) are

2 additional, but highly specialized, methods

that have been used for cadmium determinations. These methods are expensive because

they require elaborate and sophisticated instrumentation.

NA analysis has the distinct advantage

over other analytical methods of being able

to determine cadmium body burdens in specific organs (e.g., liver, kidney) in vivo (Ellis

et al. 1983). Neutron bombardment of the target transforms cadmium-113 to cadmium-114,

which promptly decays (<10¥14 sec) to its

ground state, emitting gamma rays that are

measured using large gamma detectors; appropriate shielding and instrumentation are

required when using this method.

IDMS analysis, a definitive but laborious

method, is based on the change in the ratio

of 2 isotopes of cadmium (cadmium 111 and

112) that occurs when a known amount of the

element (with an artificially altered ratio of

the same isotopes [i.e., a cadmium 111

‘‘spike’’] is added to a weighed aliquot of the

sample (Michiels and De Bievre 1986).

5.1.2 Methods Developed for CDB

Determinations

A variety of methods have been used for

preparing and analyzing CDB samples; most

of these methods rely on one of the analytical techniques described above. Among the

earliest reports, Princi (1947) and Smith et

al. (1955) employed a colorimetric procedure

to analyze for CDB and CDU. Samples were

dried and digested through several cycles

with concentrated mineral acids (HNO3 and

H2 SO4) and hydrogen peroxide (H2 O2). The

digest was neutralized, and the cadmium was

complexed with diphenylthiocarbazone and

extracted with chloroform. The dithizonecadmium complex then was quantified using

a spectrometer.

Colorimetric procedures for cadmium analyses were replaced by methods based on

atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) in the

early 1960s, but many of the complex sample

preparation procedures were retained.

Kjellstrom (1979) reports that in Japanese,

American and Swedish laboratories during

the early 1970s, blood samples were wet ashed

with mineral acids or ashed at high temperature and wetted with nitric acid. The cadmium in the digest was complexed with

metal chelators including diethyl

dithiocarbamate (DDTC), ammonium pyrrolidine dithiocarbamate (APDC) or

diphenylthiocarbazone (dithizone) in ammonia-citrate buffer and extracted with methyl

isobutyl ketone (MIBK). The resulting solution then was analyzed by flame AAS or

graphite-furnace AAS forcadmium determinations using deuterium-lamp background

correction.

In the late 1970s, researchers began developing simpler preparation procedures. Roels
195

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

et al. (1978) and Roberts and Clark (1986) developed simplified digestion procedures.

Using the Roberts and Clark method, a 0.5

ml aliquot of blood is collected and transferred to a digestion tube containing 1 ml

concentrated HNO3. The blood is then digested at 110 °C for 4 hours. The sample is reduced in volume by continued heating, and

0.5 ml 30% H2 O2 is added as the sample dries.

The residue is dissolved in 5 ml dilute (1%)

HNO3, and 20 μl of sample is then analyzed by

graphite-furnace AAS with deuterium-background correction.

The current trend in the preparation of

blood samples is to dilute the sample and add

matrix modifiers to reduce background interference, rather than digesting the sample

to reduce organic content. The method of

Stoeppler and Brandt (1980), and the abbreviated procedure published in the American

Public Health Association’s (APHA) Methods

for Biological Monitoring (1988), are straightforward and are nearly identical. For the

APHA method, a small aliquot (50–300 μ l) of

whole blood that has been stabilized with

ethylenediaminetetraacetate (EDTA) is

added to 1.0 ml 1MHNO3, vigorously shaken

and centrifuged. Aliquots (10–25 μ l) of the supernatant then are then analyzed by graphite-furnace AAS with appropriate background correction.

Using the method of Stoeppler and Brandt

(1980), aliquots (50–200 μ l) of whole blood

that have been stabilized with EDTA are

pipetted into clean polystyrene tubes and

mixed with 150-600 μ l of 1 M HNO3. After vigorous shaking, the solution is centrifuged

and a 10–25 μ l aliquot of the supernatant

then is analyzed by graphite-furnace AAS

with appropriate background correction.

Claeys-Thoreau (1982) and DeBenzo et al.

(1990) diluted blood samples at a ratio of 1:10

with a matrix modifier (0.2% Triton X–100, a

wetting agent) for direct determinations of

CDB. DeBenzo et al. also demonstrated that

aqueous standards of cadmium, instead of

spiked, whole-blood samples, could be used

to establish calibration curves if standards

and samples are treated with additional

small volumes of matrix modifiers (i.e., 1%

HNO3, 0.2% ammonium hydrogenphosphate

and 1 mg/ml magnesium salts).

These direct dilution procedures for CDB

analysis are simple and rapid. Laboratories

can process more than 100 samples a day

using a dedicated graphite-furnace AAS, an

auto-sampler, and either a Zeeman- or a deuterium-background correction system. Several authors emphasize using optimum settings for graphite-furnace temperatures during the drying, charring, and atomization

processes associated with the flameless AAS

method, and the need to run frequent QC

samples when performing automated analysis.

5.1.3 Sample Collection and Handling

Sample collection procedures are addressed

primarily to identify ways to minimize the

degree of variability that may be introduced

by sample collection during medical monitoring. It is unclear at this point the extent

to which collection procedures contribute to

variability among CDB samples. Sources of

variation that may result from sampling

procedures include time-of-day effects and

introduction of external contamination during the collection process. To minimize these

sources, strict adherence to a sample collection protocol is recommended. Such a protocol must include provisions for thorough

cleaning of the site from which blood will be

extracted; also, every effort should be made

to collect samples near the same time of day.

It is also important to recognize that under

the recent OSHA blood-borne pathogens

standard (29 CFR 1910.1030), blood samples

and certain body fluids must be handled and

treated as if they are infectious.

5.1.4 Best Achievable Performance

The best achievable performance using a

particular method for CDB determinations is

assumed to be equivalent to the performance

reported by research laboratories in which

the method was developed.

For their method, Roberts and Clark (1986)

demonstrated a limit of detection of 0.4 μg

Cd/l in whole blood, with a linear response

curve from 0.4 to 16.0 μg Cd/l. They report a

coefficient of variation (CV) of 6.7% at 8.0 μg/

l.

The APHA (1988) reports a range of 1.0–25

μg/l, with a CV of 7.3% (concentration not

stated). Insufficient documentation was

available to critique this method.

Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) achieved a detection limit of 0.2 μg Cd/l whole blood, with

a linear range of 0.4–12.0 μg Cd/l, and a CV of

15–30%, for samples at <1.0 μg/l. Improved

precision (CV of 3.8%) was reported for CDB

concentrations at 9.3 μg/l.

5.1.5 General Method Performance

For any particular method, the performance expected from commercial laboratories

may be somewhat lower than that reported

by the research laboratory in which the

method was developed. With participation in

appropriate proficiency programs and use of

a proper in-house QA/QC program incorporating provisions for regular corrective actions, the performance of commercial laboratories is expected to approach that reported

by research laboratories. Also, the results reported for existing proficiency programs

serve as a gauge of the likely level of performance that currently can be expected

from commercial laboratories offering these

analyses.

Weber (1988) reports on the results of the

proficiency program run by the Centre de
196

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

Toxicologie du Quebec (CTQ). As indicated

previously, participants in that program receive 18 blood samples per year having cadmium concentrations ranging from 0.2–20 μg/

l. Currently, 76 laboratories are participating

in this program. The program is established

for several analytes in addition to cadmium,

and not all of these laboratories participate

in the cadmium proficiency-testing program.

Under the CTQ program, cadmium results

from individual laboratories are compared

against the consensus mean derived for each

sample. Results indicate that after receiving

60 samples (i.e., after participation for approximately three years), 60% of the laboratories in the program are able to report results that fall within ±1 μg/l or 15% of the

mean, whichever is greater. (For this procedure, the 15% criterion was applied to concentrations exceeding 7 μg/l.) On any single

sample of the last 20 samples, the percentage

of laboratories falling within the specified

range is between 55 and 80%.

The CTQ also evaluates the performance of

participating laboratories against a less severe standard: ±2 μg/l or 15% of the mean,

whichever is greater (Weber 1988); 90% of participating laboratories are able to satisfy

this standard after approximately 3 years in

the program. (The 15% criterion is used for

concentrations in excess of 13 μg/l.) On any

single sample of the last 15 samples, the percentage of laboratories falling within the

specified range is between 80 and 95% (except

for a single test for which only 60% of the

laboratories achieved the desired performance).

Based on the data presented in Weber

(1988), the CV for analysis of CDB is nearly

constant at 20% for cadmium concentrations

exceeding 5 μg/l, and increases for cadmium

concentrations below 5 μg/l. At 2 μg/l, the reported CV rises to approximately 40%. At 1

μg/l, the reported CV is approximately 60%.

Participating laboratories also tend to

overestimate concentrations for samples exhibiting concentrations less than 2 μg/l (see

Figure 11 of Weber 1988). This problem is due

in part to the proficiency evaluation criterion that allows reporting a minimum ±2.0

μg/l for evaluated CDB samples. There is currently little economic or regulatory incentive for laboratories participating in the

CTQ program to achieve greater accuracy for

CDB samples containing cadmium at concentrations less than 2.0 μg/l, even if the laboratory has the experience and competency

to distinguish among lower concentrations

in the samples obtained from the CTQ.

The collective experience of international

agencies and investigators demonstrate the

need for a vigorous QC program to ensure

that CDB values reported by participating

laboratories are indeed reasonably accurate.

As Friberg (1988) stated:

‘‘Information about the quality of published

data has often been lacking. This is of concern as assessment of metals in trace concentrations in biological media are fraught

with difficulties from the collection, handling, and storage of samples to the chemical

analyses. This has been proven over and over

again from the results of interlaboratory

testing and quality control exercises. Large

variations in results were reported even from

‘experienced’ laboratories.’’

The UNEP/WHO global study of cadmium

biological monitoring set a limit for CDB accuracy using the maximum allowable deviation method at Y=X±(0.1X+1) for a targeted

concentration of 10 μg Cd/l (Friberg and

Vahter 1983). The performance of participating laboratories over a concentration

range of 1.5–12 μg/l was reported by Lind et

al. (1987). Of the 3 QC runs conducted during

1982 and 1983, 1 or 2 of the 6 laboratories

failed each run. For the years 1983 and 1985,

between zero and 2 laboratories failed each of

the consecutive QC runs.

In another study (Vahter and Friberg 1988),

QC samples consisting of both external (unknown) and internal (stated) concentrations

were distributed to laboratories participating in the epidemiology research. In this

study, the maximum acceptable deviation

between the regression analysis of reported

results and reference values was set at

Y=X±(0.05X+0.2) for a concentration range of

0.3–5.0 μg Cd/l. It is reported that only 2 of 5

laboratories had acceptable data after the

first QC set, and only 1 of 5 laboratories had

acceptable data after the second QC set. By

the fourth QC set, however, all 5 laboratories

were judged proficient.

The need for high quality CDB monitoring

is apparent when the toxicological and biological characteristics of this metal are considered; an increase in CDB from 2 to 4 μg/l

could cause a doubling of the cadmium accumulation in the kidney, a critical target tissue for selective cadmium accumulation

(Nordberg and Nordberg 1988).

Historically, the CDC’s internal QC program for CDB cadmium monitoring program

has found achievable accuracy to be ±10% of

the true value at CDB concentrations ≥5.0 μg/

l (Paschal 1990). Data on the performance of

laboratories participating in this program

currently are not available.

5.1.6 Observed CDB Concentrations

As stated in Section 4.3, CDB concentrations are representative of ongoing levels of

exposure to cadmium. Among those who

have been exposed chronically to cadmium

for extended periods, however, CDB may contain a component attributable to the general

cadmium body burden.

5.1.6.1 CDB Concentrations Among Unexposed

Samples

Numerous studies have been conducted examining CDB concentrations in the general
197

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

population, and in control groups used for

comparison with cadmium-exposed workers.

A number of reports have been published

that present erroneously high values of CDB

(Nordberg and Nordberg 1988). This problem

was due to contamination of samples during

sampling and analysis, and to errors in analysis. Early AAS methods were not sufficiently sensitive to accurately estimate CDB

concentrations.

Table 4 presents results of recent studies

reporting CDB levels for the general U.S.

population not exposed occupationally to

cadmium. Other surveys of tissue cadmium

using U.S. samples and conducted as part of

a cooperative effort among Japan, Sweden

and the U.S., did not collect CDB data because standard analytical methodologies

were unavailable, and because of analytic

problems (Kjellstrom 1979; SWRI 1978).
198

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

TABLE 4—BLOOD

CADMIUM

CONCENTRATIONS OF U.S. POPULATION

NOT

OCCUPATIONALLY EXPOSED TO

CADMIUM a

Study No. No. in study (n) Sex Age Smoking habits b Arithmetic mean (± S.D.) c Absolute range or (95% CI) d Geometric mean (± GSD) e Lower 95th percentile of distribution f Upper 95th percentile of distribution f Reference

1 ................................................. 80 M 4 to 69 ........... NS,S 1.13 0.35–3.3 0.98±1.71 0.4 2.4 Kowal et al. (1979).

88 F 4 to 69 ........... NS,S 1.03 0.21–3.3 0.91±1.63 0.4 2.0

115 M/F 4 to 69 ........... NS 0.95 0.21–3.3 0.85±1.59 0.4 1.8

31 M/F 4 to 69 ........... S 1.54 0.4–3.3 1.37±1.65 0.6 3.2

2 ................................................. 10 M Adults ............. (?) 2.0±2.1 (0.5–5.0) g (0) g (5.8) Ellis et al. (1983).3 ................................................. 24 M Adults ............. NS 0.6±1/87 0.2 1.8 Frieberg and Vahter

(1983).

20 M Adults ............. S 1.2±2.13 0.3 4.464 F Adults ............. NS 0.5±1.85 0.2 1.439 F Adults ............. S 0.8±2.22 0.2 3.1

4 ................................................. 32 M Adults ............. S,NS 1.2±2.0 0.4 3.9 Thun et al. (1989).5 ................................................. 35 M Adults ............. (?) 2.1±2.1 (0.5–7.3) g (0) g (5.6) Mueller et al. (1989).

a Concentrations reported in μg Cd/l blood unless otherwise stated. b NS—never smoked; S—current cigarette smoker.c S.D.—Arithmetic Standard Deviation.d C.I.—Confidence interval.e GSD—Geometric Standard Deviation.f Based on an assumed lognormal distribution.g Based on an assumed normal distribution.
199

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

Arithmetic and/or geometric means and

standard deviations are provided in Table 4

for measurements among the populations defined in each study listed. The range of reported measurements and/or the 95% upper

and lower confidence intervals for the means

are presented when this information was reported in a study. For studies reporting either an arithmetic or geometric standard deviation along with a mean, the lower and

upper 95th percentile for the distribution

also were derived and reported in the table.

The data provided in table 4 from Kowal et

al. (1979) are from studies conducted between

1974 and 1976 evaluating CDB levels for the

general population in Chicago, and are considered to be representative of the U.S. population. These studies indicate that the average CDB concentration among those not occupationally exposed to cadmium is approximately 1 μg/l.

In several other studies presented in Table

4, measurements are reported separately for

males and females, and for smokers and nonsmokers. The data in this table indicate that

similar CDB levels are observed among

males and females in the general population,

but that smokers tend to exhibit higher CDB

levels than nonsmokers. Based on the Kowal

et al. (1979) study, smokers not occupationally exposed to cadmium exhibit an average

CDB level of 1.4 μg/l.

In general, nonsmokers tend to exhibit levels ranging to 2 μg/l, while levels observed

among smokers range to 5 μg/l. Based on the

data presented in Table 4, 95% of those not

occupationally exposed to cadmium exhibit

CDB levels less than 5 μg/l.

5.1.6.2 CDB concentrations among exposed

workers

Table 5 is a summary of results from studies reporting CDB levels among workers exposed to cadmium in the work place. As in

Table 4, arithmetic and/or geometric means

and standard deviations are provided if reported in the listed studies. The absolute

range, or the 95% confidence interval around

the mean, of the data in each study are provided when reported. In addition, the lower

and upper 95th percentile of the distribution

are presented for each study i which a mean

and corresponding standard deviation were

reported. Table 5 also provides estimates of

the duration, and level, of exposure to cadmium in the work place if these data were

reported in the listed studies. The data presented in table 5 suggest that CDB levels are

dose related. Sukuri et al. (1983) show that

higher CDB levels are observed among workers experiencing higher work place exposure.

This trend appears to be true of the studies

listed in the table.

CDB levels reported in table 5 are higher

among those showing signs of cadmium-related kidney damage than those showing no

such damage. Lauwerys et al. (1976) report

CDB levels among workers with kidney lesions that generally are above the levels reported for workers without kidney lesions.

Ellis et al. (1983) report a similar observation

comparing workers with and without renal

dysfunction, although they found more overlap between the 2 groups than Lauwerys et

al.
200

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

TABLE 5—BLOOD

CADMIUM IN

WORKERS EXPOSED TO

CADMIUM IN THE

WORKPLACE

Study

number

Work environment (worker population monitored) Number in study Employment in years (mean) Mean con- centration of cadmium in air

(μg/m 3)

Concentrations of Cadmium in blood a

Arithmetic

mean (±

S.D.) b

Absolute

range or

(95% C.I.) c

Geometric

mean

(GSD)d

Lower 95th

percentile of

range e

( )f

Upper 95th

percentile of

range e

( )f

Reference

1 ............. Ni-Cd battery plant and Cd production plant: 3–40 ≤90 Lauwerys et al. 1976.

(Workers without kidney lesions) .. 96 ...................... .......................... 21.4±1.9 .................. .................. (18) (25)(Workers with kidney lesions) ....... 25 ...................... .......................... 38.8±3.8 .................. .................. (32) (45)

2 ............. Ni-Cd battery plant: Adamsson et al.

(1979).

(Smokers) .......................................... 7 (5) 10.1 22.7 7.3–67.2(Nonsmokers) .................................... 8 (9) 7.0 7.0 4.9–10.5

3 ............. Cadmium alloy plant: Sukuri et al. 1982.

(High exposure group) ................... 7 (10.6) [1,000–5 yrs; 20.8±7.1 .................. .................. (7.3) (34)(Low exposure group) ................... 9 (7.3) 40–5 yrs] 7.1±1.1 .................. .................. (5.1) (9.1)

4 ............. Retrospective study of workers with

renal problems:

19 15–41 .................... Roels et al. 1982.

(Before removal) ............................ .............. (27.2) .......................... 39.9±3.7 11–179 .................. (34) (46)(After removal) ............................... .............. g(4.2) .......................... 14.1±5.6 5.7–27.4 .................. (4.4) (24)

5 ............. Cadmium production plant: Ellis et al. 1983.

(Workers without renal dysfunction). 33 1–34 .......................... 15±5.7 7–31 .................. (5.4) (25)(Workers with renal dysfunction) ... 18 10–34 .......................... 24±8.5 10–34 .................. (9.3) (39)

6 ............. Cd-Cu alloy plant .............................. 75 Up to 39 .......................... .................... .................. 8.8±1.1 7.5 10 Mason et al. 1988.7 ............. Cadmium recovery operation—Current (19) and former (26) workers. 45 (19.0) .......................... .................... .................. 7.9±2.0 2.5 25 Thun et al. 1989.8 ............. Cadmium recovery operation 40 ...................... .......................... 10.2±5.3 2.2–18.8 .................. (1.3) (19) Mueller et al.

1989.

a Concentrations reported in μg Cd/l blood unless otherwise stated. b S.D.—Standard Deviation.c C.I.—Confidence Interval.d GSD—Geometric Standard Deviation.e Based on an assumed lognormal distribution.f Based on an assumed normal distribution.g Years following removal.
201

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

The data in table 5 also indicate that CDB

levels are higher among those experiencing

current occupational exposure than those

who have been removed from such exposure.

Roels et al. (1982) indicate that CDB levels

observed among workers experiencing ongoing exposure in the work place are almost

entirely above levels observed among workers removed from such exposure. This finding

suggests that CDB levels decrease once cadmium exposure has ceased.

A comparison of the data presented in tables 4 and 5 indicates that CDB levels observed among cadmium-exposed workers is

significantly higher than levels observed

among the unexposed groups. With the exception of 2 studies presented in table 5 (1 of

which includes former workers in the sample

group tested), the lower 95th percentile for

CDB levels among exposed workers are

greater than 5 μg/l, which is the value of the

upper 95th percentile for CDB levels observed

among those who are not occupationally exposed. Therefore, a CDB level of 5 μg/l represents a threshold above which significant

work place exposure to cadmium may be occurring.

5.1.7 Conclusions and Recommendations for

CDB

Based on the above evaluation, the following recommendations are made for a CDB

proficiency program.

5.1.7.1 Recommended method

The method of Stoeppler and Brandt (1980)

should be adopted for analyzing CDB. This

method was selected over other methods for

its straightforward sample-preparation procedures, and because limitations of the

method were described adequately. It also is

the method used by a plurality of laboratories currently participating in the CTQ

proficiency program. In a recent CTQ interlaboratory comparison report (CTQ 1991),

analysis of the methods used by laboratories

to measure CDB indicates that 46% (11 of 24)

of the participating laboratories used the

Stoeppler and Brandt methodology (HNO3

deproteinization of blood followed by analysis of the supernatant by GF-AAS). Other

CDB methods employed by participating laboratories identified in the CTQ report include dilution of blood (29%), acid digestion

(12%) and miscellaneous methods (12%).

Laboratories may adopt alternate methods, but it is the responsibility of the laboratory to demonstrate that the alternate

methods meet the data quality objectives defined for the Stoeppler and Brandt method

(see Section 5.1.7.2 below).

5.1.7.2 Data quality objectives

Based on the above evaluation, the following data quality objectives (DQOs) should

facilitate interpretation of analytical results.

Limit of Detection. 0.5 μg/l should be achievable using the Stoeppler and Brandt method.

Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) report a limit of

detection equivalent to ≤0.2 μg/l in whole

blood using 25 μ l aliquots of deproteinized,

diluted blood samples.

Accuracy. Initially, some of the laboratories performing CDB measurements may

be expected to satisfy criteria similar to the

less severe criteria specified by the CTQ program, i.e., measurements within 2 μg/l or 15%

(whichever is greater) of the target value.

About 60% of the laboratories enrolled in the

CTQ program could meet this criterion on

the first proficiency test (Weber 1988).

Currently, approximately 12 laboratories

in the CTQ program are achieving an accuracy for CDB analysis within the more severe constraints of ±1 μg/l or 15% (whichever

is greater). Later, as laboratories gain experience, they should achieve the level of accuracy exhibited by these 12 laboratories. The

experience in the CTQ program has shown

that, even without incentives, laboratories

benefit from the feedback of the program;

after they have analyzed 40–50 control samples from the program, performance improves to the point where about 60% of the

laboratories can meet the stricter criterion

of ±1 μg/l or 15% (Weber 1988). Thus, this

stricter target accuracy is a reasonable DQO.

Precision. Although Stoeppler and Brandt

(1980) suggest that a coefficient of variation

(CV) near 1.3% (for a 10 μg/l concentration) is

achievable for within-run reproducibility, it

is recognized that other factors affecting

within- and between-run comparability will

increase the achievable CV. Stoeppler and

Brandt (1980) observed CVs that were as high

as 30% for low concentrations (0.4 μg/l), and

CVs of less than 5% for higher concentrations.

For internal QC samples (see Section 3.3.1),

laboratories should attain an overall precision near 25%. For CDB samples with concentrations less than 2 μg/l, a target precision of 40% is reasonable, while precisions of

20% should be achievable for concentrations

greater than 2 μg/l. Although these values

are more strict than values observed in the

CTQ interlaboratory program reported by

Webber (1988), they are within the achievable

limits reported by Stoeppler and Brandt

(1980).

5.1.7.3 Quality assurance/quality control

Commercial laboratories providing measurement of CDB should adopt an internal

QA/QC program that incorporates the following components: Strict adherence to the

selected method, including all calibration requirements; regular incorporation of QC

samples during actual runs; a protocol for

corrective actions, and documentation of
202

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

these actions; and, participation in an interlaboratory proficiency program. Note that

the nonmandatory QA/QC program presented

in Attachment 1 is based on the Stoeppler

and Brandt method for CDB analysis. Should

an alternate method be adopted, the laboratory should develop a QA/QC program satisfying the provisions of Section 3.3.1.

5.2 Measuring Cadmium in Urine (CDU)

As in the case of CDB measurement, proper

determination of CDU requires strict analytical discipline regarding collection and handling of samples. Because cadmium is both

ubiquitous in the environment and employed

widely in coloring agents for industrial products that may be used during sample collection, preparation and analysis, care should

be exercised to ensure that samples are not

contaminated during the sampling procedure.

Methods for CDU determination share

many of the same features as those employed

for the determination of CDB. Thus, changes

and improvements to methods for measuring

CDU over the past 40 years parallel those

used to monitor CDB. The direction of development has largely been toward the simplification of sample preparation techniques

made possible because of improvements in

analytic techniques.

5.2.1 Units of CDU Measurement

Procedures adopted for reporting CDU concentrations are not uniform. In fact, the situation for reporting CDU is more complicated than for CDB, where concentrations

are normalized against a unit volume of

whole blood.

Concentrations of solutes in urine vary

with several biological factors (including the

time since last voiding and the volume of

liquid consumed over the last few hours); as

a result, solute concentrations should be

normalized against another characteristic of

urine that represents changes in solute concentrations. The 2 most common techniques

are either to standardize solute concentrations against the concentration of creatinine, or to standardize solute concentrations

against the specific gravity of the urine.

Thus, CDU concentrations have been reported in the literature as ‘‘uncorrected’’

concentrations of cadmium per volume of

urine (i.e., μg Cd/l urine), ‘‘corrected’’ concentrations of cadmium per volume of urine

at a standard specific gravity (i.e., μg Cd/l

urine at a specific gravity of 1.020), or ‘‘corrected’’ mass concentration per unit mass of

creatinine (i.e., μg Cd/g creatinine). (CDU

concentrations [whether uncorrected or corrected for specific gravity, or normalized to

creatinine] occasionally are reported in

nanomoles [i.e., nmoles] of cadmium per unit

mass or volume. In this protocol, these values are converted to μg of cadmium per unit

mass or volume using 89 nmoles of

cadmium=10 μg.)

While it is agreed generally that urine values of analytes should be normalized for reporting purposes, some debate exists over

what correction method should be used. The

medical community has long favored normalization based on creatinine concentration, a common urinary constituent. Creatinine is a normal product of tissue catabolism, is excreted at a uniform rate, and the

total amount excreted per day is constant on

a day-to-day basis (NIOSH 1984b). While this

correction method is accepted widely in Europe, and within some occupational health

circles, Kowals (1983) argues that the use of

specific gravity (i.e., total solids per unit

volume) is more straightforward and practical (than creatinine) in adjusting CDU values for populations that vary by age or gender.

Kowals (1983) found that urinary creatinine

(CRTU) is lower in females than males, and

also varies with age. Creatinine excretion is

highest in younger males (20–30 years old),

decreases at middle age (50–60 years), and

may rise slightly in later years. Thus, cadmium concentrations may be underestimated for some workers with high CRTU levels.

Within a single void urine collection, urine

concentration of any analyte will be affected

by recent consumption of large volumes of

liquids, and by heavy physical labor in hot

environments. The absolute amount of

analyte excreted may be identical, but concentrations will vary widely so that urine

must be corrected for specific gravity (i.e.,

to normalize concentrations to the quantity

of total solute) using a fixed value (e.g., 1.020

or 1.024). However, since heavy-metal exposure may increase urinary protein excretion,

there is a tendency to underestimate cadmium concentrations in samples with high

specific gravities when specific-gravity corrections are applied.

Despite some shortcomings, reporting solute concentrations as a function of creatinine concentration is accepted generally;

OSHA therefore recommends that CDU levels

be reported as the mass of cadmium per unit

mass of creatinine (μg/g CTRU).

Reporting CDU as μg/g CRTU requires an

additional analytical process beyond the

analysis of cadmium: Samples must be analyzed independently for creatinine so that results may be reported as the ratio of cadmium to creatinine concentrations found in

the urine sample. Consequently, the overall

quality of the analysis depends on the combined performance by a laboratory on these

2 determinations. The analysis used for CDU

determinations is addressed below in terms

of μg Cd/l, with analysis of creatinine addressed separately. Techniques for assessing

creatinine are discussed in Section 5.4.
203

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

Techniques for deriving cadmium as a

ratio of CRTU, and the confidence limits for

independent measurements of cadmium and

CRTU, are provided in Section 3.3.3.

5.2.2 Analytical Techniques Used to

Monitor CDU

Analytical techniques used for CDU determinations are similar to those employed for

CDB determinations; these techniques are

summarized in Table 3. As with CDB monitoring, the technique most suitable for CDU

determinations is atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS). AAS methods used for CDU

determinations typically employ a graphite

furnace, with background correction made

using either the deuterium-lamp or Zeeman

techniques; Section 5.1.1 provides a detailed

description of AAS methods.

5.2.3 Methods Developed for CDU

Determinations

Princi (1947), Smith et al. (1955), Smith and

Kench (1957), and Tsuchiya (1967) used colorimetric procedures similar to those described

in the CDB section above to estimate CDU

concentrations. In these methods, urine (50

ml) is reduced to dryness by heating in a

sand bath and digested (wet ashed) with mineral acids. Cadmium then is complexed with

dithiazone, extracted with chloroform and

quantified by spectrophotometry. These

early studies typically report reagent blank

values equivalent to 0.3 μg Cd/l, and CDU

concentrations among nonexposed control

groups at maximum levels of 10 μg Cd/l— erroneously high values when compared to

more recent surveys of cadmium concentrations in the general population.

By the mid-1970s, most analytical procedures for CDU analysis used either wet

ashing (mineral acid) or high temperatures

(>400 °C) to digest the organic matrix of

urine, followed by cadmium chelation with

APDC or DDTC solutions and extraction

with MIBK. The resulting aliquots were analyzed by flame or graphite-furnace AAS

(Kjellstrom 1979).

Improvements in control over temperature

parameters with electrothermal heating devices used in conjunction with flameless

AAS techniques, and optimization of temperature programs for controlling the drying, charring, and atomization processes in

sample analyses, led to improved analytical

detection of diluted urine samples without

the need for sample digestion or ashing.

Roels et al. (1978) successfully used a simple

sample preparation, dilution of 1.0 ml

aliquots of urine with 0.1 N HNO3, to achieve

accurate low-level determinations of CDU.

In the method described by Pruszkowska

et al. (1983), which has become the preferred

method for CDU analysis, urine samples were

diluted at a ratio of 1:5 with water;

diammonium hydrogenphosphate in dilute

HNO3 was used as a matrix modifier. The matrix modifier allows for a higher charring

temperature without loss of cadmium

through volatilization during

preatomization. This procedure also employs

a stabilized temperature platform in a

graphite furnace, while nonspecific background absorbtion is corrected using the

Zeeman technique. This method allows for

an absolute detection limit of approximately

0.04 μg Cd/l urine.

5.2.4 Sample Collection and Handling

Sample collection procedures for CDU may

contribute to variability observed among

CDU measurements. Sources of variation attendant to sampling include time-of-day, the

interval since ingestion of liquids, and the

introduction of external contamination during the collection process. Therefore, to minimize contributions from these variables,

strict adherence to a sample-collection protocol is recommended. This protocol should

include provisions for normalizing the conditions under which urine is collected. Every

effort also should be made to collect samples

during the same time of day.

Collection of urine samples from an industrial work force for biological monitoring

purposes usually is performed using ‘‘spot’’

(i.e., single-void) urine with the pH of the

sample determined immediately. Logistic

and sample-integrity problems arise when efforts are made to collect urine over long periods (e.g., 24 hrs). Unless single-void urines

are used, there are numerous opportunities

for measurement error because of poor control over sample collection, storage and environmental contamination.

To minimize the interval during which

sample urine resides in the bladder, the following adaption to the ‘‘spot’’ collection procedure is recommended: The bladder should

first be emptied, and then a large glass of

water should be consumed; the sample may

be collected within an hour after the water is

consumed.

5.2.5 Best Achievable Performance

Performance using a particular method for

CDU determinations is assumed to be equivalent to the performance reported by the research laboratories in which the method was

developed. Pruszkowska et al. (1983) report a

detection limit of 0.04 μg/l CDU, with a CV of

<4% between 0–5 μg/l. The CDC reports a minimum CDU detection limit of 0.07 μg/l using

a modified method based on Pruszkowska et

al. (1983). No CV is stated in this protocol;

the protocol contains only rejection criteria

for internal QC parameters used during accuracy determinations with known standards

(Attachment 8 of exhibit 106 of OSHA docket

H057A). Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) report a

CDU detection limit of 0.2 μ/l for their methodology.
204

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

5.2.6 General Method Performance

For any particular method, the expected

initial performance from commercial laboratories may be somewhat lower than that reported by the research laboratory in which

the method was developed. With participation in appropriate proficiency programs,

and use of a proper in-house QA/QC program

incorporating provisions for regular corrective actions, the performance of commercial

laboratories may be expected to improve and

approach that reported by a research laboratories. The results reported for existing proficiency programs serve to specify the initial

level of performance that likely can be expected from commercial laboratories offering analysis using a particular method.

Weber (1988) reports on the results of the

CTQ proficiency program, which includes

CDU results for laboratories participating in

the program. Results indicate that after receiving 60 samples (i.e., after participating in

the program for approximately 3 years), approximately 80% of the participating laboratories report CDU results ranging between ±2

μg/l or 15% of the consensus mean, whichever

is greater. On any single sample of the last

15 samples, the proportion of laboratories

falling within the specified range is between

75 and 95%, except for a single test for which

only 60% of the laboratories reported acceptable results. For each of the last 15 samples,

approximately 60% of the laboratories reported results within ±1 μg or 15% of the

mean, whichever is greater. The range of

concentrations included in this set of samples was not reported.

Another report from the CTQ (1991) summarizes preliminary CDU results from their

1991 interlaboratory program. According to

the report, for 3 CDU samples with values of

9.0, 16.8, 31.5 μg/l, acceptable results (target

of ±2 μg/l or 15 % of the consensus mean,

whichever is greater) were achieved by only

44–52% of the 34 laboratories participating in

the CDU program. The overall CVs for these

3 CDU samples among the 34 participating

laboratories were 31%, 25%, and 49%, respectively. The reason for this poor performance

has not been determined.

A more recent report from the CTQ (Weber,

private communication) indicates that 36%

of the laboratories in the program have been

able to achieve the target of ±1 μg/l or 15%

for more than 75% of the samples analyzed

over the last 5 years, while 45% of participating laboratories achieved a target of ±2

μg/l or 15% for more than 75% of the samples

analyzed over the same period.

Note that results reported in the interlaboratory programs are in terms of μg Cd/l of

urine, unadjusted for creatinine. The performance indicated, therefore, is a measure

of the performance of the cadmium portion

of the analyses, and does not include variation that may be introduced during the

analysis of CRTU.

5.2.7 Observed CDU Concentrations

Prior to the onset of renal dysfunction,

CDU concentrations provide a general indication of the exposure history (i.e., body burden) (see Section 4.3). Once renal dysfunction

occurs, CDU levels appear to increase and

are no longer indicative solely of cadmium

body burden (Friberg and Elinder 1988).

5.2.7.1 Range of CDU concentrations observed

among unexposed samples

Surveys of CDU concentrations in the general population were first reported from cooperative studies among industrial countries

(i.e., Japan, U.S. and Sweden) conducted in

the mid-1970s. In summarizing these data,

Kjellstrom (1979) reported that CDU concentrations among Dallas, Texas men (age

range: <9–59 years; smokers and nonsmokers)

varied from 0.11–1.12 μg/l (uncorrected for

creatinine or specific gravity). These CDU

concentrations are intermediate between

population values found in Sweden (range:

0.11–0.80 μg/l) and Japan (range: 0.14–2.32 μg/l).

Kowal and Zirkes (1983) reported CDU concentrations for almost 1,000 samples collected during 1978–79 from the general U.S.

adult population (i.e., nine states; both genders; ages 20–74 years). They report that CDU

concentrations are lognormally distributed;

low levels predominated, but a small proportion of the population exhibited high levels.

These investigators transformed the CDU

concentrations values, and reported the

same data 3 different ways: μg/l urine

(unadjusted), μg/l (specific gravity adjusted

to 1.020), and μg/g CRTU. These data are summarized in Tables 6 and 7.

Based on further statistical examination of

these data, including the lifestyle characteristics of this group, Kowal (1988) suggested

increased cadmium absorption (i.e., body

burden) was correlated with low dietary intakes of calcium and iron, as well as cigarette smoking.

CDU levels presented in Table 6 are adjusted for age and gender. Results suggest

that CDU levels may be slightly different

among men and women (i.e., higher among

men when values are unadjusted, but lower

among men when the values are adjusted, for

specific gravity or CRTU). Mean differences

among men and women are small compared

to the standard deviations, and therefore

may not be significant. Levels of CDU also

appear to increase with age. The data in

Table 6 suggest as well that reporting CDU

levels adjusted for specific gravity or as a

function of CRTU results in reduced variability.
205

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

TABLE 6—URINE CADMIUM CONCENTRATIONS IN THE U.S. ADULT POPULATION: NORMAL AND

CONCENTRATION-ADJUSTED VALUES BY AGE AND SEX 1

Geometric means (and geometric standard deviations)

Unadjusted

(μg/l)

SG-adjusted 2

μg/l at 1.020)

Creatine-adjusted (μg/g)

Sex:

Male (n=484) ................................................................ 0.55 (2.9) 0.73 (2.6) 0.55 (2.7)

Female (n=498) ............................................................ 0.49 (3.0) 0.86 (2.7) 0.78 (2.7)

Age:

20–29 (n=222) .............................................................. 0.32 (3.0) 0.43 (2.7) 0.32 (2.7)

30–39 (n=141) .............................................................. 0.46 (3.2) 0.70 (2.8) 0.54 (2.7)

40–49 (n=142) .............................................................. 0.50 (3.0) 0.81 (2.6) 0.70 (2.7)

50–59 (n=117) .............................................................. 0.61 (2.9) 0.99 (2.4) 0.90 (2.3)

60–69 (n=272) .............................................................. 0.76 (2.6) 1.16 (2.3) 1.03 (2.3)

1From Kowal and Zirkes 1983.

2SC-adjusted is adjusted for specific gravity.

TABLE 7—URINE CADMIUM CONCENTRATIONS IN THE U.S. ADULT POPULATION: CUMULATIVE

FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION OF URINARY CADMIUM (N=982) 1

Range of concentrations Unadjusted

(μg/l) percent

SG-adjusted

(μg/l at 1.020)

percent

Creatine-adjusted (μg/g)

percent

<0.5 ...................................................................................... 43.9 28.0 35.8

0.6–1.0 ............................................................................... 71.7 56.4 65.6

1.1–1.5 ............................................................................... 84.4 74.9 81.4

1.6–2.0 ............................................................................... 91.3 84.7 88.9

2.1–3.0 ............................................................................... 97.3 94.4 95.8

3.1–4.0 ............................................................................... 98.8 97.4 97.2

4.1–5.0 ............................................................................... 99.4 98.2 97.9

5.1–10.0 ............................................................................. 99.6 99.4 99.3

10.0–20.0 ........................................................................... 99.8 99.6 99.6

1Source: Kowal and Zirkes (1983).

The data in the Table 6 indicate the geometric mean of CDU levels observed among

the general population is 0.52 μ/g Cd/l urine

(unadjusted), with a geometric standard deviation of 3.0. Normalized for creatinine, the

geometric mean for the population is 0.66 μ/

g CRTU, with a geometric standard deviation of 2.7. Table 7 provides the distributions of CDU concentrations for the general

population studied by Kowal and Zirkes. The

data in this table indicate that 95% of the

CDU levels observed among those not occupationally exposed to cadmium are below 3 μ/

g CRTU.

5.2.7.2 Range of CDU concentrations observed

among exposed workers

Table 8 is a summary of results from available studies of CDU concentrations observed

among cadmium-exposed workers. In this

table, arithmetic and/or geometric means

and standard deviations are provided if reported in these studies. The absolute range

for the data in each study, or the 95% confidence interval around the mean of each

study, also are provided when reported. The

lower and upper 95th percentile of the distribution are presented for each study in

which a mean and corresponding standard

deviation were reported. Table 8 also provides estimates of the years of exposure, and

the levels of exposure, to cadmium in the

work place if reported in these studies. Concentrations reported in this table are in μ/g

CRTU, unless otherwise stated.
206

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

TABLE 8—URINE

CADMIUM

CONCENTRATIONS IN

WORKERS EXPOSED TO

CADMIUM IN THE

WORKPLACE

Study

number

Work environment (worker population monitored) Number in Study (n) Employment in years (mean) Mean Con- centration of cadmium in air

(μg/m 3)

Concentration of cadmium in Urine a

Arithmetic

mean (±

S.D.) b

Absolute

range or

(95% C.I.) c

Geometric

mean

(GSD) d

Lower 95th

percentile of

range e

( )f

Upper 95th

percentile of

range e

( )f

Reference

1 ............. Ni-Cd battery plant and

Cd production plant.

.............. 3–40 ≤ 90 .................... .................. .................. .................... .................... Lauwerys et al. 1976.

(Workers without kidney lesions). 96 ...................... .......................... 16.3±16.7 .................. .................. (0) (44)(Workers with kidneylesions).

25 ...................... .......................... 48.2±42.6 .................. .................. (0) (120)

2 ............. Ni-Cd battery plant .......... .............. ...................... .......................... .................... .................. .................. .................... .................... Adamsson et al. (1979).

(Smokers) .................... 7 (5) 10.1 5.5 1.0–14.7 .................. .................... ....................(Nonsmokers) .............. 8 (9) 7.0 3.6 0.5–9.3 .................. .................... ....................

3 ............. Cadmium salts production

facility.

148 (15.4) .......................... 15.8 2–150 .................. .................... .................... Butchet et al. 1980.

4 ............. Retrospective study of

workers with renalproblems.

19 15–41 .......................... .................... .................. .................. .................... .................... Roels et al. 1982.

(Before removal) .......... .............. (27.2) .......................... 39.4±28.1 10.8–117 .................. (0) (88)(After removal) ............. .............. (4.2) g .......................... 16.4±9.0 80–42.3 .................. (1.0) (32)

5 ............. Cadmium production

plant.

.............. ...................... .......................... .................... .................. .................. .................... .................... Ellis et al. 1983.

(Workers without renaldysfunction).

33 1–34 .......................... 9.4±6.9 2-27 .................. (0) (21)

(Workers with renaldysfunction).

18 10–34 .......................... 22.8±12.7 8–55 .................. (1) (45)

6 ............. Cd-Cu alloy plant ............ 75 Up to 39 Note h 6.9±9.4 .................. .................. (0) (23) Mason et al. 1988.7 ............. Cadmium recovery operation. 45 (19) 87 9.3±6.9 .................. .................. (0) (21) Thun et al. 1989.8 ............. Pigment manufacturing

plant.

29 (12.8) 0.18–3.0 .................... 0.2–9.5 1.1 .................... .................... Mueller et al. 1989.

9 ............. Pigment manufacturing

plant.

26 (12.1) ≤3.0 .................... .................. 1.25±2.45 0.3 6 Kawada et al. 1990.

a Concentrations reported in μg/g Cr. b S.D.—Standard Deviation.c C.I.—Confidence Interval.d GSD—Geometric Standard Deviation.e Based on an assumed lognormal distribution.f Based on an assumed normal distribution.g Years following removal.h Equivalent to 50 for 20–22 yrs
207

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

Data in Table 8 from Lauwerys et al. (1976)

and Ellis et al. (1983) indicate that CDU concentrations are higher among those exhibiting kidney lesions or dysfunction than

among those lacking these symptoms. Data

from the study by Roels et al. (1982) indicate

that CDU levels decrease among workers removed from occupational exposure to cadmium in comparison to workers experiencing

ongoing exposure. In both cases, however,

the distinction between the 2 groups is not

as clear as with CDB; there is more overlap

in CDU levels observed among each of the

paired populations than is true for corresponding CDB levels. As with CDB levels,

the data in Table 8 suggest increased CDU

concentrations among workers who experienced increased overall exposure.

Although a few occupationally-exposed

workers in the studies presented in Table 8

exhibit CDU levels below 3 μg/g CRTU, most

of those workers exposed to cadmium levels

in excess of the PEL defined in the final cadmium rule exhibit CDU levels above 3 μg/g

CRTU; this level represents the upper 95th

percentile of the CDU distribution observed

among those who are not occupationally exposed to cadmium (Table 7).

The mean CDU levels reported in Table 8

among occupationally-exposed groups studied (except 2) exceed 3 μg/g CRTU. Correspondingly, the level of exposure reported

in these studies (with 1 exception) are significantly higher than what workers will experience under the final cadmium rule. The 2

exceptions are from the studies by Mueller et

al. (1989) and Kawada et al. (1990); these studies indicate that workers exposed to cadmium during pigment manufacture do not

exhibit CDU levels as high as those levels observed among workers exposed to cadmium

in other occupations. Exposure levels, however, were lower in the pigment manufacturing plants studied. Significantly, workers

removed from occupational cadmium exposure for an average of 4 years still exhibited

CDU levels in excess of 3 μg/g CRTU (Roels et

al. 1982). In the single-exception study with a

reported level of cadmium exposure lower

than levels proposed in the final rule (i.e.,

the study of a pigment manufacturing plant

by Kawada et al. 1990), most of the workers

exhibited CDU levels less than 3 μg/g CRTU

(i.e., the mean value was only 1.3 μg/g

CRTU). CDU levels among workers with such

limited cadmium exposure are expected to be

significantly lower than levels of other studies reported in Table 8.

Based on the above data, a CDU level of 3

μg/g CRTU appear to represent a threshold

above which significant work place exposure

to cadmium occurs over the work span of

those being monitored. Note that this

threshold is not as distinct as the corresponding threshold described for CDB. In

general, the variability associated with CDU

measurements among exposed workers appears to be higher than the variability associated with CDB measurements among similar workers.

5.2.8 Conclusions and Recommendations for

CDU

The above evaluation supports the following recommendations for a CDU proficiency program. These recommendations

address only sampling and analysis procedures for CDU determinations specifically,

which are to be reported as an unadjusted μg

Cd/l urine. Normalizing this result to creatinine requires a second analysis for CRTU so

that the ratio of the 2 measurements can be

obtained. Creatinine analysis is addressed in

Section 5.4. Formal procedures for combining the 2 measurements to derive a value

and a confidence limit for CDU in μg/g CRTU

are provided in Section 3.3.3.

5.2.8.1 Recommended method

The method of Pruszkowska et al. (1983)

should be adopted for CDU analysis. This

method is recommended because it is simple,

straightforward and reliable (i.e., small variations in experimental conditions do not affect the analytical results).

A synopsis of the methods used by laboratories to determine CDU under the interlaboratory program administered by the CTQ

(1991) indicates that more than 78% (24 of 31)

of the participating laboratories use a dilution method to prepare urine samples for

CDU analysis. Laboratories may adopt alternate methods, but it is the responsibility of

the laboratory to demonstrate that the alternate methods provide results of comparable quality to the Pruszkowska method.

5.2.8.2 Data quality objectives

The following data quality objectives

should facilitate interpretation of analytical

results, and are achievable based on the

above evaluation.

Limit of Detection. A level of 0.5 μg/l (i.e.,

corresponding to a detection limit of 0.5 μg/

g CRTU, assuming 1 g CRT/l urine) should be

achievable. Pruszkowska et al. (1983)

achieved a limit of detection of 0.04 μg/l for

CDU based on the slope of the curve for their

working standards (0.35 pg Cd/0.0044, A

signal=1% absorbance using GF-AAS).

The CDC reports a minimum detection

limit for CDU of 0.07 μg/l using a modified

Pruszkowska method. This limit of detection

was defined as 3 times the standard deviation

calculated from 10 repeated measurements of

a ‘‘low level’’ CDU test sample (Attachment

8 of exhibit 106 of OSHA docket H057A).

Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) report a limit

of detection for CDU of 0.2 μg/l using an

aqueous dilution (1:2) of the urine samples.

Accuracy. A recent report from the CTQ

(Weber, private communication) indicates

that 36% of the laboratories in the program
208

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

achieve the target of ±1 μg/l or 15% for more

than 75% of the samples analyzed over the

last 5 years, while 45% of participating laboratories achieve a target of ±2 μg/l or 15%

for more than 75% of the samples analyzed

over the same period. With time and a strong

incentive for improvement, it is expected

that the proportion of laboratories successfully achieving the stricter level of accuracy

should increase. It should be noted, however,

these indices of performance do not include

variations resulting from the ancillary

measurement of CRTU (which is recommended for the proper recording of results). The low cadmium levels expected to

be measured indicate that the analysis of

creatinine will contribute relatively little to

the overall variability observed among creatinine-normalized CDU levels (see Section

5.4). The initial target value for reporting

CDU under this program, therefore, is set at

±1 μg/g CRTU or 15% (whichever is greater).

Precision. For internal QC samples (which

are recommended as part of an internal QA/

QC program, Section 3.3.1), laboratories

should attain an overall precision of 25%.

For CDB samples with concentrations less

than 2 μg/l, a target precision of 40% is acceptable, while precisions of 20% should be

achievable for CDU concentrations greater

than 2 μg/l. Although these values are more

stringent than those observed in the CTQ

interlaboratory program reported by Webber

(1988), they are well within limits expected

to be achievable for the method as reported

by Stoeppler and Brandt (1980).

5.2.8.3 Quality assurance/quality control

Commercial laboratories providing CDU

determinations should adopt an internal QA/

QC program that incorporates the following

components: Strict adherence to the selected

method, including calibration requirements;

regular incorporation of QC samples during

actual runs; a protocol for corrective actions, and documentation of such actions;

and, participation in an interlaboratory proficiency program. Note that the nonmandatory program presented in Attachment 1 as

an example of an acceptable QA/QC program,

is based on using the Pruszkowska method

for CDU analysis. Should an alternate method be adopted by a laboratory, the laboratory should develop a QA/QC program equivalent to the nonmandatory program, and

which satisfies the provisions of Section

3.3.1.

5.3 Monitoring β-2–Microglobulin in Urine

(B2MU)

As indicated in Section 4.3, B2MU appears

to be the best of several small proteins that

may be monitored as early indicators of cadmium-induced renal damage. Several analytic techniques are available for measuring

B2M.

5.3.1 Units of B2MU Measurement

Procedures adopted for reporting B2MU

levels are not uniform. In these guidelines,

OSHA recommends that B2MU levels be reported as μg/g CRTU, similar to reporting

CDU concentrations. Reporting B2MU normalized to the concentration of CRTU requires an additional analytical process beyond the analysis of B2M: Independent analysis for creatinine so that results may be reported as a ratio of the B2M and creatinine

concentrations found in the urine sample.

Consequently, the overall quality of the

analysis depends on the combined performance on these 2 analyses. The analysis used

for B2MU determinations is described in

terms of μg B2M/l urine, with analysis of creatinine addressed separately. Techniques

used to measure creatinine are provided in

Section 5.4. Note that Section 3.3.3 provides

techniques for deriving the value of B2M as

function of CRTU, and the confidence limits

for independent measurements of B2M and

CRTU.

5.3.2 Analytical Techniques Used to

Monitor B2MU

One of the earliest tests used to measure

B2MU was the radial immunodiffusion technique. This technique is a simple and specific

method for identification and quantitation

of a number of proteins found in human

serum and other body fluids when the protein is not readily differentiated by standard

electrophoretic procedures. A quantitative

relationship exists between the concentration of a protein deposited in a well that is

cut into a thin agarose layer containing the

corresponding monospecific antiserum, and

the distance that the resultant complex diffuses. The wells are filled with an unknown

serum and the standard (or control), and incubated in a moist environment at room

temperature. After the optimal point of diffusion has been reached, the diameters of the

resulting precipition rings are measured. The

diameter of a ring is related to the concentration of the constituent substance. For

B2MU determinations required in the medical monitoring program, this method requires a process that may be insufficient to

concentrate the protein to levels that are required for detection.

Radioimmunoassay (RIA) techniques are

used widely in immunologic assays to measure the concentration of antigen or antibody

in body-fluid samples. RIA procedures are

based on competitive-binding techniques. If

antigen concentration is being measured, the

principle underlying the procedure is that

radioactive-labeled antigen competes with

the sample’s unlabeled antigen for binding

sites on a known amount of immobile antibody. When these 3 components are present

in the system, an equilibrium exists. This

equilibrium is followed by a separation of
209

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

the free and bound forms of the antigen. Either free or bound radioactive-labeled antigen can be assessed to determine the amount

of antigen in the sample. The analysis is performed by measuring the level of radiation

emitted either by the bound complex following removal of the solution containing

the free antigen, or by the isolated solution

containing the residual-free antigen. The

main advantage of the RIA method is the extreme sensitivity of detection for emitted radiation and the corresponding ability to detect trace amounts of antigen. Additionally,

large numbers of tests can be performed rapidly.

The enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay

(ELISA) techniques are similar to RIA techniques except that nonradioactive labels are

employed. This technique is safe, specific

and rapid, and is nearly as sensitive as RIA

techniques. An enzyme-labeled antigen is

used in the immunologic assay; the labeled

antigen detects the presence and quantity of

unlabeled antigen in the sample. In a representative ELISA test, a plastic plate is

coated with antibody (e.g., antibody to B2M).

The antibody reacts with antigen (B2M) in

the urine and forms an antigen-antibody

complex on the plate. A second anti-B2M

antibody (i.e., labeled with an enzyme) is

added to the mixture and forms an antibodyantigen-antibody complex. Enzyme activity

is measured spectrophotometrically after

the addition of a specific chromogenic substrate which is activated by the bound enzyme. The results of a typical test are calculated by comparing the

spectrophotometric reading of a serum sample to that of a control or reference serum.

In general, these procedures are faster and

require less laboratory work than other

methods.

In a fluorescent ELISA technique (such as

the one employed in the Pharmacia Delphia

test for B2M), the labeled enzyme is bound to

a strong fluorescent dye. In the Pharmacia

Delphia test, an antigen bound to a fluorescent dye competes with unlabeled antigen in

the sample for a predetermined amount of

specific, immobile antibody. Once equilibrium is reached, the immobile phase is removed from the labeled antigen in the sample solution and washed; an enhancement solution then is added that liberates the fluorescent dye from the bound antigen-antibody

complex. The enhancement solution also

contains a chelate that complexes with the

fluorescent dye in solution; this complex increases the fluorescent properties of the dye

so that it is easier to detect.

To determine the quantity of B2M in a

sample using the Pharmacia Delphia test,

the intensity of the fluorescence of the enhancement solution is measured. This intensity is proportional to the concentration of

labeled antigen that bound to the immobile

antibody phase during the initial competition with unlabeled antigen from the sample.

Consequently, the intensity of the fluorescence is an inverse function of the concentration of antigen (B2M) in the original

sample. The relationship between the fluorescence level and the B2M concentration in

the sample is determined using a series of

graded standards, and extrapolating these

standards to find the concentration of the

unknown sample.

5.3.3 Methods Developed for B2MU

Determinations

B2MU usually is measured by

radioimmunoassay (RIA) or enzyme-linked

immunosorbent assay (ELISA); however,

other methods (including gel electrophoresis,

radial immunodiffusion, and nephelometric

assays) also have been described (Schardun

and van Epps 1987). RIA and ELISA methods

are preferred because they are sensitive at

concentrations as low as micrograms per

liter, require no concentration processes, are

highly reliable and use only a small sample

volume.

Based on a survey of the literature, the

ELISA technique is recommended for monitoring B2MU. While RIAs provide greater

sensitivity (typically about 1 μg/l, Evrin et

al. 1971), they depend on the use of

radioisotopes; use of radioisotopes requires

adherence to rules and regulations established by the Atomic Energy Commission,

and necessitates an expensive radioactivity

counter for testing. Radioisotopes also have

a relatively short half-life, which corresponds to a reduced shelf life, thereby increasing the cost and complexity of testing.

In contrast, ELISA testing can be performed

on routine laboratory spectrophotometers,

do not necessitate adherence to additional

rules and regulations governing the handling

of radioactive substances, and the test kits

have long shelf lives. Further, the range of

sensitivity commonly achieved by the recommended ELISA test (i.e., the Pharmacia

Delphia test) is approximately 100 μg/l

(Pharmacia 1990), which is sufficient for

monitoring B2MU levels resulting from cadmium exposure. Based on the studies listed

in Table 9 (Section 5.3.7), the average range

of B2M concentrations among the general,

nonexposed population falls between 60 and

300 μg/g CRTU. The upper 95th percentile of

distributions, derived from studies in Table 9

which reported standard deviations, range

between 180 and 1,140 μg/g CRTU. Also, the

Pharmacia Delphia test currently is the

most widely used test for assessing B2MU.
210

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

5.3.4 Sample Collection and Handling

As with CDB or CDU, sample collection

procedures are addressed primarily to identify ways to minimize the degree of variability introduced by sample collection during medical monitoring. It is unclear the extent to which sample collection contributes

to B2MU variability. Sources of variation include time-of-day effects, the interval since

consuming liquids and the quantity of liquids consumed, and the introduction of external contamination during the collection

process. A special problem unique to B2M

sampling is the sensitivity of this protein to

degradation under acid conditions commonly

found in the bladder. To minimize this problem, strict adherence to a sampling protocol

is recommended. The protocol should include

provisions for normalizing the conditions

under which the urine is collected. Clearly,

it is important to minimize the interval

urine spends in the bladder. It also is recommended that every effort be made to collect samples during the same time of day.

Collection of urine samples for biological

monitoring usually is performed using

‘‘spot’’ (i.e., single-void) urine. Logistics and

sample integrity become problems when efforts are made to collect urine over extended

periods (e.g., 24 hrs). Unless single-void

urines are used, numerous opportunities

exist for measurement error because of poor

control over sample collection, storage and

environmental contamination.

To minimize the interval that sample

urine resides in the bladder, the following

adaption to the ‘‘spot’’ collection procedure

is recommended: The bladder should be

emptied and then a large glass of water

should be consumed; the sample then should

be collected within an hour after the water is

consumed.

5.3.5 Best Achievable Performance

The best achievable performance is assumed to be equivalent to the performance

reported by the manufacturers of the

Pharmacia Delphia test kits (Pharmacia

1990). According to the insert that comes

with these kits, QC results should be within

±2 SDs of the mean for each control sample

tested; a CV of less than or equal to 5.2%

should be maintained. The total CV reported

for test kits is less than or equal to 7.2%.

5.3.6 General Method Performance

Unlike analyses for CDB and CDU, the

Pharmacia Delphia test is standardized in a

commercial kit that controls for many

sources of variation. In the absence of data

to the contrary, it is assumed that the

achievable performance reported by the

manufacturer of this test kit will serve as an

achievable performance objective. The CTQ

proficiency testing program for B2MU analysis is expected to use the performance parameters defined by the test kit manufacturer as the basis of the B2MU proficiency

testing program.

Note that results reported for the test kit

are expressed in terms of μg B2M/l of urine,

and have not been adjusted for creatinine.

The indicated performance, therefore, is a

measure of the performance of the B2M portion of the analyses only, and does not include variation that may have been introduced during the analysis of creatinine.

5.3.7 Observed B2MU Concentrations

As indicated in Section 4.3, the concentration of B2MU may serve as an early indicator

of the onset of kidney damage associated

with cadmium exposure.

5.3.7.1 Range of B2MU Concentrations

Among Unexposed Samples

Most of the studies listed in Table 9 report

B2MU levels for those who were not occupationally exposed to cadmium. Studies noted

in the second column of this table (which

contain the footnote ‘‘d’’) reported B2MU

concentrations among cadmium-exposed

workers who, nonetheless, showed no signs of

proteinuria. These latter studies are included in this table because, as indicated in

Section 4.3, monitoring B2MU is intended to

provide advanced warning of the onset of

kidney dysfunction associated with cadmium

exposure, rather than to distinguish relative

exposure. This table, therefore, indicates the

range of B2MU levels observed among those

who had no symptoms of renal dysfunction

(including cadmium-exposed workers with

none of these symptoms).

TABLE 9—B-2–MICROGLOBULIN CONCENTRATIONS OBSERVED IN URINE AMONG THOSE NOT

OCCUPATIONALLY EXPOSED TO CADMIUM

Study

No.

No. in

study

Geometric

mean

Geometric

standard

deviation

Lower

95th percentile of

distributiona

Upper

95th percentile of

distributiona

Reference

1 ............ 133 m b 115 μg/

g c.

4.03 ....... 12 .......... 1,140 μg/

g c.

Ishizaki et al. 1989.

2 ............ 161 f b .. 146 μg/

g c.

3.11 ....... 23 .......... 940 μg/

g c.

Ishizaki et al. 1989.
211

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

TABLE 9—B-2–MICROGLOBULIN CONCENTRATIONS OBSERVED IN URINE AMONG THOSE NOT

OCCUPATIONALLY EXPOSED TO CADMIUM—Continued

Study

No.

No. in

study

Geometric

mean

Geometric

standard

deviation

Lower

95th percentile of

distributiona

Upper

95th percentile of

distributiona

Reference

3 ............ 10 ......... 84 μg/g ............... ............... ............... Ellis et al. 1983.

4 ............ 203 ....... 76 μg/l .. ............... ............... ............... Stewart and Hughes 1981.

5 ............ 9 ........... 103 μg/g ............... ............... ............... Chia et al. 1989.

6 ............ 47 d ....... 86 μg/L 1.9 ......... 30 μg/1 .. 250 μg/L Kjellstrom et al. 1977.

7 ............ 1,000 e .. 68.1 μg/

gr Crf

.

3.1 m & f < 10 μg/

gr Cr h.

320 μg/gr

Cr h.

Kowal 1983.

8 ............ 87 ......... 71 μg/g i ............... 7 h .......... 200 h ...... Buchet et al. 1980.

9 ............ 10 ......... 0.073

mg/

24h.

............... ............... ............... Evrin et al. 1971.

10 .......... 59 ......... 156 μg/g 1.1 j ........ 130 ........ 180 ........ Mason et al. 1988.

11 .......... 8 ........... 118 μg/g ............... ............... ............... Iwao et al. 1980.

12 .......... 34 ......... 79 μg/g ............... ............... ............... Wibowo et al. 1982.

13 .......... 41 m .... .............. ............... ............... 400 μg/gr

Cr k.

Falck et al. 1983.

14 .......... 35 n ....... 67 ......... ............... ............... ............... Roels et al. 1991.

15 .......... 31 d ....... 63 ......... ............... ............... ............... Roels et al. 1991.

16 .......... 36 d ....... 77 i ........ ............... ............... ............... Miksche et al. 1981.

17 .......... 18 n ....... 130 ....... ............... ............... ............... Kawada et al. 1989.

18 .......... 32 p ....... 122 ....... ............... ............... ............... Kawada et al. 1989.

19 .......... 18 d ....... 295 ....... 1.4 ......... 170 ........ 510 ........ Thun et al. 1989.

a—Based on an assumed lognormal distribution.

b—m = males, f = females.

c—Aged general population from non-polluted area; 47.9% population aged 50–69; 52.1% ≥ 70 years of

age; values reported in study.

d—Exposed workers without proteinuria.

e—492 females, 484 male.

f—Creatinine adjusted; males = 68.1 μg/g Cr, females = 64.3 μg/g Cr.

h—Reported in the study.

i—Arithmetic mean.

j—Geometric standard error.

k—Upper 95% tolerance limits: for Falck this is based on the 24 hour urine sample.

n—Controls.

p—Exposed synthetic resin and pigment workers without proteinuria; Cadmium in urine levels up to 10 μg/g

Cr.

To the extent possible, the studies listed in

Table 9 provide geometric means and geometric standard deviations for measurements among the groups defined in each

study. For studies reporting a geometric

standard deviation along with a mean, the

lower and upper 95th percentile for these distributions were derived and reported in the

table.

The data provided from 15 of the 19 studies

listed in Table 9 indicate that the geometric

mean concentration of B2M observed among

those who were not occupationally exposed

to cadmium is 70–170 μg/g CRTU. Data from

the 4 remaining studies indicate that exposed workers who exhibit no signs of proteinuria show mean B2MU levels of 60–300 μg/

g CRTU. B2MU values in the study by Thun

et al. (1989), however, appear high in comparison to the other 3 studies. If this study is

removed, B2MU levels for those who are not

occupationally exposed to cadmium are similar to B2MU levels found among cadmiumexposed workers who exhibit no signs of kidney dysfunction. Although the mean is high

in the study by Thun et al., the range of

measurements reported in this study is within the ranges reported for the other studies.

Determining a reasonable upper limit from

the range of B2M concentrations observed

among those who do not exhibit signs of proteinuria is problematic. Elevated B2MU levels are among the signs used to define the

onset of kidney dysfunction. Without access

to the raw data from the studies listed in

Table 9, it is necessary to rely on reported

standard deviations to estimate an upper

limit for normal B2MU concentrations (i.e.,

the upper 95th percentile for the distributions measured). For the 8 studies reporting

a geometric standard deviation, the upper

95th percentiles for the distributions are 180–
212

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

1140 μg/g CRTU. These values are in general

agreement with the upper 95th percentile for

the distribution (i.e., 631 μg/g CRTU) reported by Buchet et al. (1980). These upper

limits also appear to be in general agreement with B2MU values (i.e., 100–690 μg/g

CRTU) reported as the normal upper limit by

Iwao et al. (1980), Kawada et al. (1989),

Wibowo et al. (1982), and Schardun and van

Epps (1987). These values must be compared

to levels reported among those exhibiting

kidney dysfunction to define a threshold

level for kidney dysfunction related to cadmium exposure.

5.3.7.2 Range of B2MU Concentrations

Among Exposed Workers

Table 10 presents results from studies reporting B2MU determinations among those

occupationally exposed to cadmium in the

work place; in some of these studies, kidney

dysfunction was observed among exposed

workers, while other studies did not make an

effort to distinguish among exposed workers

based on kidney dysfunction. As with Table

9, this table provides geometric means and

geometric standard deviations for the groups

defined in each study if available. For studies reporting a geometric standard deviation

along with a mean, the lower and upper 95th

percentiles for the distributions are derived

and reported in the table.

TABLE 10—B-2-MICROGLOBULIN CONCENTRATIONS OBSERVED IN URINE AMONG OCCUPATIONALLYEXPOSED WORKERS

Study No. N

Concentration of B-2-Microglobulin in urine

Reference Geometric

mean

(μg/g) a

Geom

std dev

L 95% of

range b

U 95% of

range b

1 ................................... 1,42

4

160 6.19 8.1 3,300 Ishizaki et al., 1989.

2 ................................... 1,75

4

260 6.50 12 5,600 Ishizaki et al., 1989.

3 ................................... 33 210 .............. ................ ................ Ellis et al., 1983.

4 ................................... 65 210 .............. ................ ................ Chia et al., 1989.

5 ................................... c44 5,700 6.49 d 300 d 98,000 Kjellstrom et al., 1977.

6 ................................... 148 e 180 .............. f 110 f 280 Buchet et al., 1980.

7 ................................... 37 160 3.90 17 1,500 Kenzaburo et al., 1979.

8 ................................... c 45 3,300 8.7 d 310 d 89,000 Mason et al., 1988.

9 ................................... c 10 6,100 5.99 f 650 f 57,000 Falck et al., 1983.

10 ................................... c 11 3,900 2.96 d 710 d 15,000 Elinder et al., 1985.

11 ................................... c 12 300 .............. ................ ................ Roels et al., 1991.

12 ................................... g 8 7,400 .............. ................ ................ Roels et al., 1991.

13 ................................... c 23 h 1,800 .............. ................ ................ Roels et al., 1989.

14 ................................... 10 690 .............. ................ ................ Iwao et al., 1980.

15 ................................... 34 71 .............. ................ ................ Wibowo et al., 1982.

16 ................................... c 15 4,700 6.49 d 590 d 93,000 Thun et al., 1989.

a Unless otherwise stated.

bBased on an assumed lognormal distribution.

cAmong workers diagnosed as having renal dysfunction; for Elinder this means β 2 levels greater than 300

micrograms per gram creatinine (μg/gr Cr); for Roels, 1991, range = 31 ¥ 35, 170 μgβ2/gr Cr and geometric

mean = 63 among healthy workers; for Mason β2 > 300 μg/gr Cr. dBased on a detailed review of the data by OSHA.

eArthmetic mean.

f Reported in the study.

g Retired workers.

h 1,800 μgβ2/gr Cr for first survey; second survey = 1,600; third survey = 2,600; fourth survey = 2,600; fifth

survey = 2,600.

The data provided in Table 10 indicate that

the mean B2MU concentration observed

among workers experiencing occupational

exposure to cadmium (but with undefined

levels of proteinuria) is 160–7400 μg/g CRTU.

One of these studies reports geometric means

lower than this range (i.e., as low as 71 μg/g

CRTU); an explanation for this wide spread

in average concentrations is not available.

Seven of the studies listed in Table 10 report a range of B2MU levels among those diagnosed as having renal dysfunction. As indicated in this table, renal dysfunction (proteinuria) is defined in several of these studies by B2MU levels in excess of 300 μg/g CRTU
213

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

(see footnote ‘‘c’’ of Table 10); therefore, the

range of B2MU levels observed in these studies is a function of the operational definition

used to identify those with renal dysfunction. Nevertheless, a B2MU level of 300 μg/g

CRTU appears to be a meaningful threshold

for identifying those having early signs of

kidney damage. While levels much higher

than 300 μg/g CRTU have been observed

among those with renal dysfunction, the

vast majority of those not occupationally exposed to cadmium exhibit much lower B2MU

concentrations (see Table 9). Similarly, the

vast majority of workers not exhibiting renal

dysfunction are found to have levels below

300 μg/g CRTU (Table 9).

The 300 μg/g CRTU level for B2MU proposed

in the above paragraph has support among

researchers as the threshold level that distinguishes between cadmium-exposed workers with and without kidney dysfunction.

For example, in the guide for physicians who

must evaluate cadmium-exposed workers

written for the Cadmium Council by Dr.

Lauwerys, levels of B2M greater than 200–300

μg/g CRTU are considered to require additional medical evaluation for kidney dysfunction (exhibit 8–447, OSHA docket H057A).

The most widely used test for measuring

B2M (i.e., the Pharmacia Delphia test) defines B2MU levels above 300 μg/l as abnormal

(exhibit L–140–1, OSHA docket H057A).

Dr. Elinder, chairman of the Department

of Nephrology at the Karolinska Institute,

testified at the hearings on the proposed cadmium rule. According to Dr. Elinder (exhibit

L–140–45, OSHA docket H057A), the normal

concentration of B2MU has been well documented (Evrin and Wibell 1972; Kjellstrom et

al. 1977a; Elinder et al. 1978, 1983; Buchet et

al. 1980; Jawaid et al. 1983; Kowal and Zirkes,

1983). Elinder stated that the upper 95 or 97.5

percentiles for B2MU among those without

tubular dysfunction is below 300 μg/g CRTU

(Kjellstrom et al. 1977a; Buchet et al. 1980;

Kowal and Zirkes, 1983). Elinder defined levels of B2M above 300 μg/g CRTU as ‘‘slight’’

proteinuria.

5.3.8 Conclusions and Recommendations for

B2MU

Based on the above evaluation, the following recommendations are made for a

B2MU proficiency testing program. Note

that the following discussion addresses only

sampling and analysis for B2MU determinations (i.e., to be reported as an unadjusted μg

B2M/l urine). Normalizing this result to creatinine requires a second analysis for CRTU

(see Section 5.4) so that the ratio of the 2

measurements can be obtained.

5.3.8.1 Recommended method

The Pharmacia Delphia method

(Pharmacia 1990) should be adopted as the

standard method for B2MU determinations.

Laboratories may adopt alternate methods,

but it is the responsibility of the laboratory

to demonstrate that alternate methods provide results of comparable quality to the

Pharmacia Delphia method.

5.3.8.2 Data quality objectives

The following data quality objectives

should facilitate interpretation of analytical

results, and should be achievable based on

the above evaluation.

Limit of Detection. A limit of 100 μg/l urine

should be achievable, although the insert to

the test kit (Pharmacia 1990) cites a detection limit of 150 μg/l; private conversations

with representatives of Pharmacia, however,

indicate that the lower limit of 100 μg/l

should be achievable provided an additional

standard of 100 μg/l B2M is run with the other

standards to derive the calibration curve

(Section 3.3.1.1). The lower detection limit is

desirable due to the proximity of this detection limit to B2MU values defined for the

cadmium medical monitoring program.

Accuracy. Because results from an interlaboratory proficiency testing program are not

available currently, it is difficult to define

an achievable level of accuracy. Given the

general performance parameters defined by

the insert to the test kits, however, an accuracy of ±15% of the target value appears

achievable.

Due to the low levels of B2MU to be measured generally, it is anticipated that the

analysis of creatinine will contribute relatively little to the overall variability observed among creatinine-normalized B2MU

levels (see Section 5.4). The initial level of

accuracy for reporting B2MU levels under

this program should be set at ±15%.

Precision. Based on precision data reported

by Pharmacia (1990), a precision value (i.e.,

CV) of 5% should be achievable over the defined range of the analyte. For internal QC

samples (i.e., recommended as part of an internal QA/QC program, Section 3.3.1), laboratories should attain precision near 5% over

the range of concentrations measured.

5.3.8.3 Quality assurance/quality control

Commercial laboratories providing measurement of B2MU should adopt an internal

QA/QC program that incorporates the following components: Strict adherence to the

Pharmacia Delphia method, including calibration requirements; regular use of QC samples during routine runs; a protocol for corrective actions, and documentation of these

actions; and, participation in an interlaboratory proficiency program. Procedures that

may be used to address internal QC requirements are presented in Attachment 1. Due to

differences between analyses for B2MU and

CDB/CDU, specific values presented in Attachment 1 may have to be modified. Other
214

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

components of the program (including characterization runs), however, can be adapted

to a program for B2MU.

5.4 Monitoring Creatinine in Urine (CRTU)

Because CDU and B2MU should be reported

relative to concentrations of CRTU, these

concentrations should be determined in addition CDU and B2MU determinations.

5.4.1 Units of CRTU Measurement

CDU should be reported as μg Cd/g CRTU,

while B2MU should be reported as μg B2M/g

CRTU. To derive the ratio of cadmium or

B2M to creatinine, CRTU should be reported

in units of g crtn/l of urine. Depending on the

analytical method, it may be necessary to

convert results of creatinine determinations

accordingly.

5.4.2 Analytical Techniques Used to

Monitor CRTU

Of the techniques available for CRTU determinations, an absorbance

spectrophotometric technique and a highperformance liquid chromatography (HPLC)

technique are identified as acceptable in this

protocol.

5.4.3 Methods Developed for CRTU

Determinations

CRTU analysise performed in support of either CDU or B2MU determinations should be

performed using either of the following 2

methods:

1. The Du Pont method (i.e., Jaffe method),

in which creatinine in a sample reacts with

picrate under alkaline conditions, and the

resulting red chromophore is monitored (at

510 nm) for a fixed interval to determine the

rate of the reaction; this reaction rate is proportional to the concentration of creatinine

present in the sample (a copy of this method

is provided in Attachment 2 of this protocol);

or,

2. The OSHA SLC Technical Center

(OSLTC) method, in which creatinine in an

aliquot of sample is separated using an

HPLC column equipped with a UV detector;

the resulting peak is quantified using an

electrical integrator (a copy of this method

is provided in Attachment 3 of this protocol).

5.4.4 Sample Collection and Handling

CRTU samples should be segregated from

samples collected for CDU or B2MU analysis.

Sample-collection techniques have been described under Section 5.2.4. Samples should

be preserved either to stabilize CDU (with

HNO3) or B2MU (with NaOH). Neither of

these procedures should adversely affect

CRTU analysis (see Attachment 3).

5.4.5 General Method Performance

Data from the OSLTC indicate that a CV

of 5% should be achievable using the OSLTC

method (Septon, L private communication).

The achievable accuracy of this method has

not been determined.

Results reported in surveys conducted by

the CAP (CAP 1991a, 1991b and 1992) indicate

that a CV of 5% is achievable. The accuracy

achievable for CRTU determinations has not

been reported.

Laboratories performing creatinine analysis under this protocol should be CAP accredited and should be active participants in

the CAP surveys.

5.4.6 Observed CRTU Concentrations

Published data suggest the range of CRTU

concentrations is 1.0–1.6 g in 24-hour urine

samples (Harrison 1987). These values are

equivalent to about 1 g/l urine.

5.4.7 Conclusions and Recommendations for

CRTU

5.4.7.1 Recommended method

Use either the Jaffe method (Attachment

2) or the OSLTC method (Attachment 3). Alternate methods may be acceptable provided

adequate performance is demonstrated in the

CAP program.

5.4.7.2 Data quality objectives

Limit of Detection. This value has not been

formally defined; however, a value of 0.1 g/l

urine should be readily achievable.

Accuracy. This value has not been defined

formally; accuracy should be sufficient to retain accreditation from the CAP.

Precision. A CV of 5% should be achievable

using the recommended methods.

6.0 References

Adamsson E, Piscator M, and Nogawa K.

(1979). Pulmonary and gastrointestinal exposure to cadmium oxide dust in a battery factory. Environmental Health Perspectives, 28,

219–222.

American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH). (1986). Documentation of the Threshold Limit Values and

Biological Exposure Indices. 5th edition. p.

BEI–55.

Bernard A, Buchet J, Roels H, Masson P,

and Lauwerys R. (1979). Renal excretion of

proteins and enzymes in workers exposed to

cadmium. European Journal of Clinical Investigation, 9, 11–22.

Bernard A and Lauwerys R. (1990). Early

markers of cadmium nephrotoxicity: Biological significance and predictive value.

Toxocological and Environmental Chemistry, 27,

65–72.

Braunwald E, Isselbacher K, Petersdorf R,

Wilson J, Martin J, and Fauci A (Eds.).
215

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

(1987). Harrison’s Principles of Internal Medicine. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company.

Buchet J, Roels H, Bernard I, and

Lauwerys R. (1980). Assessment of renal

funcion of workers exposed to inorganic lead,

cadmium, or mercury vapor. Journal of Occupational Medicine, 22, 741–750.

CAP. (1991). Urine Chemistry, Series 1: Survey (Set U–B).

College of American Pathologists.

CAP. (1991). Urine Chemistry, Series 1: Survey (Set U–C). College of American

Pathologists.

CAP. (1992). Urine Chemistry, Series 1: Survey (Set U–A). College of American Pathologists.

CDC. (1986). Centers for Disease Control,

Division of Environmental Health Laboratory Sciences, Center for Environmental

Health, Atlanta, Georgia. Docket No. 106A.

Lake Couer d’Alene, Idaho cadmium and lead

study: 86–0030, Specimen collection and shipping protocol.

CDC. (1990). Centers for Disease Control,

Nutritional Biochemistry Branch. 4/27/90

Draft SOP for Method 0360A ‘‘Determination

of cadmium in urine by graphite furnace

atomic absorption spectrometry with

Zeeman background correction.

Centre de Toxicologie du Quebec. (1991).

Interlaboratory comparison program report

for run #2. Shipping date 3/11/91. Addition

BLR 9/19.

Chia K, Ong C, Ong H, and Endo G. (1989).

Renal tubular function of workers exposed to

low levels of cadmium. British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 46, 165–170.

Claeys-Thoreau F. (1982). Determination of

low levels of cadmium and lead in biological

fluids with simple dilution by atomic absorption spectrophotometry using Zeeman effect

background absorption and the L’Vov platform. Atomic Spectroscopy, 3, 188–191.

DeBenzo Z, Fraile R, and Carrion N. (1990).

Electrothermal atomization atomic absorption spectrometry with stabilized aqueous

standards for the determination of cadmium

in whole blood. Analytica Chimica Acta, 231,

283–288.

Elinder C, Edling C, Lindberg E, Kagedal

B, and Vesterberg O. (1985). Assessment of

renal function in workers previously exposed

to cadmium. British Journal of Internal Medicine, 42, 754.

Ellis K, Cohn S, and Smith T. (1985). Cadmium inhalation exposure estimates: Their

significance with respect to kidney and liver

cadmium burden. Journal of Toxicology and

Environmental Health, 15, 173–187.

Ellis K, Yasumura S, Vartsky D, and Cohn

S. (1983). Evaluation of biological indicators

of body burden of cadmium in humans. Fundamentals and Applied Toxicology, 3, 169–174.

Ellis K, Yeun K, Yasumura S, and Cohn S.

(1984). Dose-response analysis of cadmium in

man: Body burden vs kidney function. Environmental Research, 33, 216–226.

Evrin P, Peterson A, Wide I, and Berggard

I. (1971). Radioimmunoassay of B–2-microglobulin in human biological fluids.

Scandanavian Journal of Clinical Laboratory

Investigation, 28, 439–443.

Falck F, Fine L, Smith R, Garvey J,

Schork A, England B, McClatchey K, and

Linton J. (1983). Metallothionein and occupational exposure to cadmium. British Journal

of Industrial Medicine, 40, 305–313.

FEDERAL REGISTER. (1990). Occupational exposure to cadmium: Proposed rule. 55/22/4052–

4147, February 6.

Friberg, Exhibit 29, (1990). Exhibit No. 29 of

the OSHA Federal Docket H057A. Washington, DC.

Friberg L. (1988). Quality assurance. In T.

Clarkson (Ed.), Biological Monitoring of Toxic

Metals (pp. 103–105). New York: Plenum Press.

Friberg L, and Elinder C. (1988). Cadmium

toxicity in humans. In Essential and Trace

Elements in Human Health and Disease (pp.

559–587). Docket Number 8–660.

Friberg L, Elinder F, et al. (1986). Cadmium

and Health: A Toxicological and Epidemiological Appraisal. Volume II, Effects and Response.

Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.

Friberg L, Piscator M, Nordberg G, and

Kjellstrom T. (1974). Cadmium in the Environment (2nd ed.). Cleveland:CRC.

Friberg L and Vahter M. (1983). Assessment

of exposure to lead and cadmium through biological monitoring: Results of a UNEP/WHO

global study. Environmental Research, 30, 95–

128.

Gunter E, and Miller D. (1986). Laboratory

procedures used by the division of environmental health laboratory sciences center for

environmental health, Centers for Disease

Control for the hispanic health and nutrition

examination survey (HHANES). Atlanta, GA:

Centers for Disease Control.

Harrison. (1987). Harrison’s Principles of

Internal Medicine. Braunwald, E;

Isselbacher, KJ; Petersdorf, RG; Wilson, JD;

Martin, JB; and Fauci, AS Eds. Eleventh Ed.

McGraw Hill Book Company. San Francisco.

Henry J. (1991). Clinical Diagnosis and Management by Laboratory Methods (18th edition).

Philadelphia: WB Saunders Company.

IARC (1987). IRAC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans. Overall Evaluation of Carcinogenicity: Update of

Volume 1–42. Supplemental 7, 1987.

Ishizaki M, Kido T, Honda R, Tsuritani I,

Yamada Y, Nakagawa H, and Nogawa K.

(1989). Dose-response relationship between

urinary cadmium and B-2-microglobulin in a

Japanese environmentally cadmium exposed

population. Toxicology, 58, 121–131.

Iwao S, Tsuchiya K, and Sakurai H. (1980).

Serum and urinary B-2-microglobulin among

cadmium-exposed workers. Journal of Occupational Medicine, 22, 399–402.

Iwata K, Katoh T, Morikawa Y, Aoshima

K, Nishijo M, Teranishi H, and Kasuya M.
216

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(1988). Urinary trehalase activity as an indicator of kidney injury due to environmental

cadmium exposure. Archives of Toxicology, 62,

435–439.

Kawada T, Koyama H, and Suzuki S. (1989).

Cadmium, NAG activity, and B-2-microglobulin in the urine of cadmium pigment workers. British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 46,

52–55.

Kawada T, Tohyama C, and Suzuki S.

(1990). Significance of the excretion of urinary indicator proteins for a low level of occupational exposure to cadmium. International Archives of Occupational Environmental Health, 62, 95–100.

Kjellstrom T. (1979). Exposure and accumulation of cadmium in populations from

Japan, the United States, and Sweden. Environmental Health Perspectives, 28, 169–197.

Kjellstrom T, Evrin P, and Rahnster B.

(1977). Dose-response analysis of cadmium-induced tubular proteinuria. Environmental Research, 13, 303–317.

Kjellstrom T, Shiroishi K, and Evrin P.

(1977). Urinary B-2-microglobulin excretion

among people exposed to cadmium in the

general environment. Environmental Research, 13, 318–344.

Kneip T, & Crable J (Eds.). (1988). Method

107. Cadmium in blood. Methods for biological

monitoring (pp.161–164). Washington, DC:

American Public Health Association.

Kowal N. (1988). Urinary cadmium and B-2-

microglobulin: Correlation with nutrition

and smoking history. Journal of Toxicology

and Environmental Health, 25, 179–183.

Kowal N, Johnson D, Kraemer D, and

Pahren H. (1979). Normal levels of cadmium

in diet, urine, blood, and tissues of inhabitants of the United States. Journal of Toxicology and Environmental Health, 5, 995–1014.

Kowal N and Zirkes M. (1983). Urinary cadmium and B-2-microglobulin: Normal values

and concentration adjustment. Journal of

Toxicology and Environmental Health, 11, 607–

624.

Lauwerys R, Buchet J, and Roels H. (1976).

The relationship between cadmium exposure

or body burden and the concentration of cadmium in blood and urine in man. International Archives of Occupational and Environmental Health, 36, 275–285

Lauwerys R, Roels H, Regniers, Buchet J,

and Bernard A. (1979). Significance of cadmium concentration in blood and in urine in

workers exposed to cadmium. Environmental

Research, 20, 375–391.

Lind B, Elinder C, Friberg L, Nilsson B,

Svartengren M, and Vahter M. (1987). Quality

control in the analysis of lead and cadmium

in blood. Fresenius’ Zeitschrift fur Analytical

Chemistry, 326, 647–655.

Mason H, Davison A, Wright A, Guthrie C,

Fayers P, Venables K, Smith N, Chettle D,

Franklin D, Scott M, Holden H, Gompertz D,

and Newman-Taylor A. (1988). Relations between liver cadmium, cumulative exposure,

and renal function in cadmium alloy workers. British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 45,

793–802.

Meridian Research, Inc. (1989). Quantitative

Assessment of Cancer Risks Associated with Occupational Exposure to Cd. Prepared by Meridian Research, Inc. and Roth Associates, Inc.

for the Occupational Safety & Health Administration. June 12, 1989.

Meridian Research, Inc and Roth Associates, Inc. (1989). Quantitative Assessment of the

Risk of Kidney Dysfunction Associated with Occupational Exposure to Cd. Prepared by Meridian Research, Inc. and Roth Associates, Inc.

for the Occupational Safety & Health Administration. July 31 1989.

Micheils E and DeBievre P. (1986). Method

25–Determination of cadmium in whole blood

by isotope dilution mass spectrometry.

O’Neill I, Schuller P, and Fishbein L (Eds.),

Environmental Carcinogens Selected Methods of

Analysis (Vol. 8). Lyon, France: International

Agency for Research on Cancer.

Mueller P, Smith S, Steinberg K, and Thun

M. (1989). Chronic renal tubular effects in relation to urine cadmium levels. Nephron, 52,

45–54.

NIOSH. (1984a). Elements in blood or tissues. Method 8005 issued 5/15/85 and Metals in

urine. Method 8310 issued 2/15/84 In P. Eller

(Ed.), NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods

(Vol. 1, Ed. 3). Cincinnati, Ohio: US–DHHS.

NIOSH. (1984b). Lowry L. Section F: Special considerations for biological samples in

NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods (Vol. 1,

3rd ed). P. Eller (Ed.). Cincinnati, Ohio: US–

DHHS.

Nordberg G and Nordberg M. (1988). Biological monitoring of cadmium. In T.

Clarkson, L. Friberg, G. Nordberg, and P.

Sager (Eds.), Biological Monitoring of Toxic

Metals, New York: Plenum Press.

Nogawa K. (1984). Biologic indicators of

cadmium nephrotoxicity in persons with

low-level cadmium exposure. Environmental

Health Perspectives, 54, 163–169.

OSLTC (no date). Analysis of Creatinine

for the Normalization of Cadmium and Beta2-Microglobulin Concentrations in Urine.

OSHA Salt Lake Technical Center. Salt

Lake City, UT. Paschal. (1990). Attachment 8

of exhibit 106 of the OSHA docket H057A.

Perkin-Elmer Corporation. (1982). Analytical Methods for Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy.

Perkin-Elmer Corporation. (1977). Analytical Methods Using the HGA Graphite Furnace.

Pharmacia Diagnostics. (1990). Pharmacia

DELFIA system B–2-microglobulin kit insert. Uppsala, Sweden: Pharmacia

Diagnostics.

Piscator M. (1962). Proteinuria in chronic

cadmium poisoning. Archives of Environmental Health,5, 55–62.
217

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

Potts, C.L. (1965). Cadmium Proteinuria—

The Health Battery Workers Exposed to Cadmium Oxide dust. Ann Occup Hyg, 3:55–61,

1965.

Princi F. (1947). A study of industrial exposures to cadmium. Journal of Industrial Hygiene and Toxicology, 29, 315–320.

Pruszkowska E, Carnick G, and Slavin W.

(1983). Direct determination of cadmium in

urine with use of a stabilized temperature

platform furnace and Zeeman background

correction. Clinical Chemistry, 29, 477–480.

Roberts C and Clark J. (1986). Improved determination of cadmium in blood and plasma

by flameless atomic absorption spectroscopy. Bulletin of Environmental Contamination

and Toxicology, 36, 496–499.

Roelandts I. (1989). Biological reference

materials. Soectrochimica Acta, 44B, 281–290.

Roels H, Buchet R, Lauwerys R, Bruaux P,

Clays-Thoreau F, Laafontaine A,

Overschelde J, and Verduyn J. (1978). Lead

and cadmium absorption among children

near a nonferrous metal plant. Environmental

Research, 15, 290–308.

Roels H, Djubgang J, Buchet J, Bernard A,

and Lauwerys R. (1982). Evolution of cadmium-induced renal dysfunction in workers

removed from exposure. Scandanavian Journal of Work and Environmental Health, 8, 191–

200.

Roels H, Lauwerys R, and Buchet J. (1989).

Health significance of cadmium induced

renal dysfunction: A five year follow-up.

British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 46, 755–

764.

Roels J, Lauwerys R, Buchet J, Bernard A,

Chettle D, Harvey T, and Al-Haddad I. (1981).

In vivo measurements of liver and kidney

cadmium in workers exposed to this metal:

Its significance with respect to cadmium in

blood and urine. Environmental Research, 26,

217–240.

Roels H, Lauwerys R, Buchet J, Bernard A,

Lijnen P, and Houte G. (1990). Urinary

kallikrein activity in workers exposed to

cadmium, lead, or mercury vapor. British

Journal of Industrial Medicine, 47, 331–337.

Sakurai H, Omae K, Toyama T, Higashi T,

and Nakadate T. (1982). Cross-sectional study

of pulmonary function in cadmium alloy

workers. Scandanavian Journal of Work and

Environmental Health, 8, 122–130.

Schardun G and van Epps L. (1987). B–2-

microglobulin: Its significance in the evaluation of renal function. Kidney International,

32, 635–641.

Shaikh Z, and Smith L. (1984). Biological

indicators of cadmium exposure and toxicity. Experentia, 40, 36–43.

Smith J and Kench J. (1957). Observations

on urinary cadmium and protein excretion in

men exposed to cadmium oxide dust and

fume. British Journal of Industrial Medicine,

14, 240–245.

Smith J, Kench J, and Lane R. (1955). Determination of Cadmium in urine and observations on urinary cadmium and protein excretion in men exposed to cadmium oxide

dust. British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 12,

698–701.

SWRI (Southwest Research Institute).

(1978). The distribution of cadmium and

other metals in human tissues. Health Effects Research Lab, Research Triangle Park,

NC, Population Studies Division. NTIS No.

PB–285–200.

Stewart M and Hughes E. (1981). Urinary B–

2-microglobulin in the biological monitoring

of cadmium workers. British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 38, 170–174.

Stoeppler K and Brandt M. (1980). Contributions to automated trace analysis. Part

V. Determination of cadmium in whole blood

and urine by electrothermal atomic absorption spectrophotometry. Fresenius’ Zeitschrift

fur Analytical Chemistry, 300, 372–380.

Takenaka et al. (1983). Carcinogencity of Cd

Chloride Aerosols in White Rates. INCI 70: 367–

373, 1983.

Thun M, Osorio A, Schober S, Hannon W,

Lewis B, and Halperin W. (1989). Nephropathy

in cadmium workers: Assessment of risk

from airborne occupational exposure to cadmium. British Journal of Industrial Medicine,

46, 689–697.

Thun M, Schnorr T, Smith A, Halperin W,

and Lemen R. (1985). Mortality among a cohort of US cadmium production workers—an

update. Journal of the National Cancer Institute, 74, 325–333.

Travis D and Haddock A. (1980). Interpretation of the observed age-dependency of cadmium body burdens in man. Environmental

Research, 22, 46–60.

Tsuchiya K. (1967). Proteinuria of workers

exposed to cadmium fume. Archives of Environmental Health, 14, 875–880.

Tsuchiya K. (1976). Proteinuria of cadmium

workers. Journal of Occupational Medicine, 18,

463–470.

Tsuchiya K, Iwao S, Sugita M, Sakurai H.

(1979). Increased urinary B-2-microglobulin

in cadmium exposure: Dose-effect relationship and biological significance of B-2-microglobulin. Environmental Health Perspectives,

28, 147–153.

USEPA. (1985). Updated Mutagenicity and

Carcinogenicity Assessments of Cd: Addendum to the Health Assessment Document for

Cd (May 1981). Final Report. June 1985.

Vahter M and Friberg L. (1988). Quality

control in integrated human exposure monitoring of lead and cadmium. Fresenius’

Zeitschrift fur Analytical Chemistry, 332, 726–

731.

Weber J. (1988). An interlaboratory comparison programme for several toxic substances in blood and urine. The Science of the

Total Environment, 71, 111–123.

Weber J. (1991a). Accuracy and precision of

trace metal determinations in biological

fluids. In K. Subramanian, G. Iyengar, and K.
218

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

Okamot (Eds.), Biological Trace Element Research-Multidisciplinary Perspectives, ACS

Symposium Series 445. Washington, DC:

American Chemical Society.

Weber J. (1991b). Personal communication

about interlaboratory program and shipping

biological media samples for cadmium analyses.

Wibowo A, Herber R, van Deyck W, and

Zielhuis R. (1982). Biological assessment of

exposure in factories with second degree

usage of cadmium compounds. International

Archives of Occupational Environmental

Health, 49, 265–273.

Attachment 1: Nonmandatory Protocol for

an Internal Quality Assurance/Quality

Control Program

The following is an example of the type of

internal quality assurance/quality control

program that assures adequate control to

satisfy OSHA requirements under this protocol. However, other approaches may also

be acceptable.

As indicated in Section 3.3.1 of the protocol, the QA/QC program for CDB and CDU

should address, at a minimum, the following:

• calibration;

• establishment of control limits;

• internal QC analyses and maintaining

control; and

• corrective action protocols.

This illustrative program includes both

initial characterization runs to establish the

performance of the method and ongoing

analysis of quality control samples

intermixed with compliance samples to

maintain control.

Calibration

Before any analytical runs are conducted,

the analytic instrument must be calibrated.

This is to be done at the beginning of each

day on which quality control samples and/or

compliance samples are run. Once calibration is established, quality control samples

or compliance samples may be run. Regardless of the type of samples run, every fifth

sample must be a standard to assure that the

calibration is holding.

Calibration is defined as holding if every

standard is within plus or minus (±) 15% of

its theoretical value. If a standard is more

than plus or minus 15% of its theoretical

value, then the run is out of control due to

calibration error and the entire set of samples must either be reanalyzed after recalibrating or results should be recalculated

based on a statistical curve derived from the

measurement of all standards.

It is essential that the highest standard

run is higher than the highest sample run.

To assure that this is the case, it may be

necessary to run a high standard at the end

of the run, which is selected based on the results obtained over the course of the run.

All standards should be kept fresh, and as

they get old, they should be compared with

new standards and replaced if they exceed

the new standards by ± 15%.

INITIAL CHARACTERIZATION RUNS AND

ESTABLISHING CONTROL

A participating laboratory should establish

four pools of quality control samples for

each of the analytes for which determinations will be made. The concentrations of

quality control samples within each pool are

to be centered around each of the four target

levels for the particular analyte identified in

Section 4.4 of the protocol.

Within each pool, at least 4 quality control

samples need to be established with varying

concentrations ranging between plus or

minus 50% of the target value of that pool.

Thus for the medium-high cadmium in blood

pool, the theoretical values of the quality

control samples may range from 5 to 15 μg/l,

(the target value is 10 μg/l). At least 4 unique

theoretical values must be represented in

this pool.

The range of theoretical values of plus or

minus 50% of the target value of a pool

means that there will be overlap of the pools.

For example, the range of values for the medium-low pool for cadmium in blood is 3.5 to

10.5 μg/l while the range of values for the medium-high pool is 5 to 15 μg/l. Therefore, it is

possible for a quality control sample from

the medium-low pool to have a higher concentration of cadmium than a quality control sample from the medium-high pool.

Quality control samples may be obtained

as commercially available reference materials, internally prepared, or both. Internally

prepared samples should be well characterized and traced or compared to a reference

material for which a consensus value for concentration is available. Levels of analyte in

the quality control samples must be concealed from the analyst prior to the reporting of analytical results. Potential sources of

materials that may be used to construct

quality control samples are listed in Section

3.3.1 of the protocol.

Before any compliance samples are analyzed, control limits must be established.

Control limits should be calculated for every

pool of each analyte for which determinations will be made and control charts should

be kept for each pool of each analyte. A separate set of control charts and control limits

should be established for each analytical instrument in a laboratory that will be used

for analysis of compliance samples.

At the beginning of this QA/QC program,

control limits should be based on the results

of the analysis of 20 quality control samples

from each pool of each analyte. For any

given pool, the 20 quality control samples

should be run on 20 different days. Although

no more than one sample should be run from
219

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

1 Note that the value,‘‘40%’’ may change

over time as experience is gained with the

program.

any single pool on a particular day, a laboratory may run quality control samples from

different pools on the same day. This constitutes a set of initial characterization

runs.

For each quality control sample analyzed,

the value F/T (defined in the glossary) should

be calculated. To calculate the control limits for a pool of an analyte, it is first necessary to calculate the mean, X ̄ , of the F/T

values for each quality control sample in a

pool and then to calculate its standard deviation σ. Thus, for the control limit for a

pool, X ̄ is calculated as:

F

T

N

∑









and σ is calculated as

F

T

X

N

− 







−

























∑ 2

1

2

1

Where N is the number of quality control

samples run for a pool.

The control limit for a particular pool is

then given by the mean plus or minus 2

standard deviations (X ± 3σ).

The control limits may be no greater than

40% of the mean F/T value. If three standard

deviations are greater than 40% of the mean

F/T value, then analysis of compliance samples may not begin.1 Instead, an investigation into the causes of the large standard deviation should begin, and the inadequacies

must be remedied. Then, control limits must

be reestablished which will mean repeating

the running 20 quality control samples from

each pool over 20 days.

Internal Quality Control Analyses and

Maintaining Control

Once control limits have been established

for each pool of an analyte, analysis of compliance samples may begin. During any run

of compliance samples, quality control samples are to be interspersed at a rate of no less

than 5% of the compliance sample workload.

When quality control samples are run, however, they should be run in sets consisting of

one quality control sample from each pool.

Therefore, it may be necessary, at times, to

intersperse quality control samples at a rate

greater than 5%.

There should be at least one set of quality

control samples run with any analysis of

compliance samples. At a minimum, for example, 4 quality control samples should be

run even if only 1 compliance sample is run.

Generally, the number of quality control

samples that should be run are a multiple of

four with the minimum equal to the smallest

multiple of four that is greater than 5% of

the total number of samples to be run. For

example, if 300 compliance samples of an

analyte are run, then at least 16 quality control samples should be run (16 is the smallest

multiple of four that is greater than 15,

which is 5% of 300).

Control charts for each pool of an analyte

(and for each instrument in the laboratory

to be used for analysis of compliance samples) should be established by plotting F/T

versus date as the quality control sample results are reported. On the graph there should

be lines representing the control limits for

the pool, the mean F/T limits for the pool,

and the theoretical F/T of 1.000. Lines representing plus or minus (±) 2s√ should also be

represented on the charts. A theoretical example of a control chart is presented in Figure 1.

FIGURE 1—THEORETICAL EXAMPLE OF A CONTROL CHART FOR A POOL OF AN ANALYTE

1.162 (Upper Control Limit)

X

1.096 (Upper 2s√ Line)

X

X 1.000 (Theoretical Mean)

X X 0.964 (Mean)

X X

X

X 0.832 (Lower 2s√ Line)

X

0.766 (Lower Control Limit)

March 2 2 3 5 6 9 10 13 16 17
220

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

All quality control samples should be plotted on the chart, and the charts should be

checked for visual trends. If a quality control sample falls above or below the control

limits for its pool, then corrective steps

must be taken (see the section on corrective

actions below). Once a laboratory’s program

has been established, control limits should

be updated every 2 months.

The updated control limits should be calculated from the results of the last 100 quality control samples run for each pool. If 100

quality control samples from a pool have not

been run at the time of the update, then the

limits should be based on as many as have

been run provided at least 20 quality control

samples from each pool have been run over 20

different days.

The trends that should be looked for on the

control charts are:

1. 10 consecutive quality control samples

falling above or below the mean;

2. 3 consecutive quality control samples

falling more than 2σ from the mean (above or

below the 2σ lines of the chart); or

3. the mean calculated to update the control limits falls more than 10% above or

below the theoretical mean of 1.000.

If any of these trends is observed, then all

analysis must be stopped, and an investigation into the causes of the errors must begin.

Before the analysis of compliance samples

may resume, the inadequacies must be remedied and the control limits must be reestablished for that pool of an analyte. Reestablishment of control limits will entail running 20 sets of quality control samples over

20 days.

Note that alternative procedures for defining internal quality control limits may also

be acceptable. Limits may be based, for example, on proficiency testing, such as ± 1 μg

or 15% of the mean (whichever is greater).

These should be clearly defined.

Corrective actions

Corrective action is the term used to describe the identification and remediation of

errors occurring within an analysis. Corrective action is necessary whenever the result

of the analysis of any quality control sample

falls outside of the established control limits. The steps involved may include simple

things like checking calculations of basic instrument maintenance, or it may involve

more complicated actions like major instrument repair. Whatever the source of error, it

must be identified and corrected (and a Corrective Action Report (CAR) must be completed. CARs should be kept on file by the

laboratory.

ATTACHMENT 2—CREATININE IN URINE (JAFFE

PROCEDURE)

Intended use: The CREA pack is used in

the Du Pont ACA discrete clinical analyzer

to quantitatively measure creatinine in

serum and urine.

Summary: The CREA method employs a

modification of the kinetic Jaffe reaction reported by Larsen. This method has been reported to be less susceptible than conventional methods to interference from non-creatinine, Jaffe-positive compounds.1

A split sample comparison between the

CREA method and a conventional Jaffe procedure on Autoanalyzer showed a good correlation. (See Specific Performance Characteristics).

* Note: Numbered subscripts refer to the

bibliography and lettered subscripts refer to

footnotes.

Autoanalyzer, is a registered trademark

of Technicon Corp., Tarrytown, NY.

Principles of Procedure: In the presence of

a strong base such as NaOH, picrate reacts

with creatinine to form a red chromophore.

The rate of increasing absorbance at 510 nm

due to the formation of this chromophore

during a 17.07-second measurement period is

directly proportional to the creatinine concentration in the sample.

Creatinine + Picrate Red chromophore (absorbs at 510 nm) NaOH  → 

Reagents:

Compartment a Form Ingredient Quantity b

No. 2, 3, &

4.

Liquid Picrate ...... 0.11 mmol.

Compartment a Form Ingredient Quantity b

6 ................ Liquid NaOH (for

pH adjustment) c.

a. Compartments are numbered 1–7, with compartment #7 located closest to pack fill position #2.

b. Nominal value at manufacture.

c. See Precautions.
221

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

Precautions: Compartment #6 contains 75μ

L of 10 N NaOH; avoid contact; skin irritant;

rinse contacted area with water. Comply

with OSHA’S Bloodborne Pathogens Standard while handling biological samples (29

CFR 1910.1039).

Used packs contain human body fluids;

handle with appropriate care.

FOR IN VITRO DIAGNOSTIC USE

Mixing and Diluting:

Mixing and diluting are automatically performed by the ACA discrete clinical analyzer. The sample cup must contain sufficient quantity to accommodate the sample

volume plus the ‘‘dead volume’’; precise cup

filling is not required.

SAMPLE CUP VOLUMES (μ L)

Analyzer

Standard Microsystem

Dead Total Dead Total

II, III .......................................................................... 120 3000 10 500

IV, SX ....................................................................... 120 3000 30 500

V ............................................................................... 90 3000 10 500

Storage of Unprocessed Packs: Store at 2–

8 °C. Do not freeze. Do not expose to temperatures above 35 °C or to direct sunlight.

Expiration: Refer to EXPIRATION DATE

on the tray label.

Specimen Collection: Serum or urine can

be collected and stored by normal procedures.2

Known Interfering Substances 3

• Serum Protein Influence—Serum protein

levels exert a direct influence on the CREA

assay. The following should be taken into account when this method is used for urine

samples and when it is calibrated:

Aqueous creatinine standards or urine

specimens will give CREA results depressed

by approximately 0.7 mg/dL [62 μmol/L]d and

will be less precise than samples containing

more than 3 g/dL [30 g/L] protein.

All urine specimens should be diluted with

an albumin solution to give a final protein

concentration of at least 3 g/dL [30 g/L]. Du

Pont Enzyme Diluent (Cat. #790035–901) may

be used for this purpose.

• High concentration of endrogenous bilirubin (>20 mg/dL [>342 μmol/L]) will give depressed CREA results (average depression 0.8

mg/dL [71 μmol/L]).4

• Grossly hemolyzed (hemoglobin >100 mg/

dL [>62 μmol/L]) or visibly lipemic specimens

may cause falsely elevated CREA results.5,6

• The following cephalosporin antibiotics

do not interfere with the CREA method when

present at the concentrations indicated. Systematic inaccuracies (bias) due to these substances are less than or equal to 0.1 mg/dL

[8.84 μmol/L] at CREA concentrations of approximately 1 mg/dL [88 μmol/L].

Antibiotic

Peak serum level 7,8,9 Drug concentration

mg/dL [mmol/L] mg/dL [mmol/L]

Cephaloridine ....................................................................... 1.4 0.3 25 6.0

Cephalexin ........................................................................... 0.6–2.0 0.2–0.6 25 7.2

Cephamandole ..................................................................... 1.3–2.5 0.3–0.5 25 4.9

Cephapirin ............................................................................ 2.0 D0.4 25 5.6

Cephradine .......................................................................... 1.5–2.0 0.4–0.6 25 7.1

Cefazolin .............................................................................. 2.5–5.0 0.55–1.1 50 11.0

• The following cephalosporin antibiotics

have been shown to affect CREA results

when present at the indicated concentrations. System inaccuracies (bias) due to

these substances are greater that 0.1 mg/dL

[8.84 μmol/L] at CREA concentrations of:

Antibiotic

Peak serum level8,10 Drug concentration

mg/dL [mmol/L] mg/dL [mmol/L] Effect

Cephalothin ...................................................... 1–6 0.2–1.5 100 25.2 ↓20–25%

Cephoxitin ........................................................ 2.0 0.5 5.0 1.2 ↑35–40%
222

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

• The single wavelength measurement used

in this method eliminates interference from

chromophores whose 510 nm absorbance is

constant throughout the measurement period.

• Each laboratory should determine the acceptability of its own blood collection tubes

and serum separation products. Variations in

these products may exist between manufacturers and, at times, from lot to lot.

d. Systeme International d’unites (S.I.

Units) are in brackets.

Procedure:

TEST MATERIALS

Item II, III Du Pont

Cat. No.

IV, SX Du

Pont Cat. No.

V Du Pont

Cat. No.

ACA CREA Analytical Test Pack ...................................... 701976901 701976901 701976901

Sample System Kit or .......................................................... 710642901 710642901 713697901

Micro Sample System Kit and ............................................. 702694901 710356901 NA

Micro Sample System Holders ............................................ 702785000 NA NA

DYLUX Photosensitive ...................................................... ........................ ........................ ........................

Printer Paper ........................................................................ 700036000 NA NA

Thermal Printer Paper ......................................................... NA 710639901 713645901

Du Pont Purified Water ........................................................ 704209901 710615901 710815901

Cell Wash Solution .............................................................. 701864901 710664901 710864901

Test Steps: The operator need only load

the sample kit and appropriate test pack(s)

into a properly prepared ACA discrete clinical analyzer. It automatically advances the

pack(s) through the test steps and prints a

result(s). See the Instrument Manual of the

ACA analyzer for details of mechanical

travel of the test pack(s).

Preset Creatinine (CREA)—Test Conditions

• Sample Volume: 200 μ L

• Diluent: Purified Water

• Temperature: 37.0 ± 0.1 °C

• Reaction Period: 29 seconds

• Type of Measurement: Rate

• Measurement Period: 17.07 seconds

• Wavelength: 510 nm

• Units: mg/dL [μmol/L]

CALIBRATION: The general calibration

procedure is described in the Calibration/

Verification chapter of the Manuals.

The following information should be considered when calibrating the CREA method.

• Assay Range: 0–20 mg/mL [0–1768 μmol/L] e.

• Reference Material: Protein containing

primary standards f or secondary calibrators such as Du Pont Elevated Chemistry Control (Cat. #790035903) and Normal

Chemistry Control (Cat.•#790035905)g.

• Suggested Calibration Levels: 1,5,20, mg/

mL [88, 442, 1768 μmol/L].

• Calibration Scheme: 3 levels, 3 packs per

level.

• Frequency: Each new pack lot. Every 3

months for any one pack lot.

e. For the results in S.I. units [μmol/L] the

conversion factory is 88.4.

f. Refer to the Creatinine Standard Preparation and Calibration Procedure available

on request from a Du Pont Representative.

g. If the Du Pont Chemistry Controls are

being used, prepare them according to the instructions on the product insert sheets.

PRESET CREATININE (CREA) TEST CONDITIONS

Item ACA II analyzer

ACA III, IV, SX, V

analyzer

Count by ...... One (1) ...........

[Five (5)] .........

NA

Decimal Point 0.0 mg/dL ....... 000.0 mg/dL

Location ....... [000.0 μmol/L] [000 μmol/L]

Assigned

Starting.

999.8 .............. ¥1.000 E1

Point or Offset Co.

[9823.] ............ [¥8.840 E2]

Scale Factor

or Assigned.

0.2000 ............

mg/dL/count h ..

2.004 E-1 h

Linear Term

C1 h.

[0.3536 μmol/L/

count].

[1.772E1]

h. The preset scale factor (linear term) was

derived from the molar absorptivity of the

indicator and is based on an absorbance to

activity relationship (sensitivity) of 0.596

(mA/min)/(U/L). Due to small differences in

filters and electronic components between

instruments, the actual scale factor (linear

term) may differ slightly from that given

above.

Quality Control: Two types of quality control procedures are recommended:

• General Instrument Check. Refer to the

Filter Balance Procedure and the Absorbance Test Method described in the ACA Analyzer Instrument Manual. Refer also to the

ABS Test Methodology literature.

• Creatinine Method Check. At least once

daily run a CREA test on a solution of
223

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

known creatinine activity such as an assayed control or calibration standard other

than that used to calibrate the CREA method. For further details review the Quality

Assurance Section of the Chemistry Manual.

The result obtained should fall within acceptable limits defined by the day-to-day

variability of the system as measured in the

user’s laboratory. (See SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS for guidance.) If the result falls outside the laboratory’s acceptable limits, follow the procedure outlined in the Chemistry Troubleshooting Section of the Chemistry Manual.

A possible system malfunction is indicated

when analysis of a sample with five consecutive test packs gives the following results:

Level SD

1 mg/dL ........................................... >0.15 mg/dL

[88 μmol/L] ...................................... [>13 μmol/L]

20 mg/dL ......................................... >0.68 mg/dL

[1768 μmol/L] .................................. [>60 μmol/L]

Refer to the procedure outlined in the

Trouble Shooting Section of the Manual.

Results: The ACA analyzer automatically

calculates and prints the CREA result in mg/

dL [μmol/L].

Limitation of Procedure: Results >20 mg/dL

[1768 μmol/L]:

• Dilute with suitable protein base diluent.

Reassay. Correct for diluting before reporting.

The reporting system contains error messages to warn the operator of specific malfunctions. Any report slip containing a letter

code or word immediately following the numerical value should not be reported. Refer

to the Manual for the definition of error

codes.

Reference Interval

Serum: 11, i

Males 0.8–1.3 md/dL

[71–115 μ mol/L]

Females 0.6–1.0 md/dL

[53–88 μ mol/L]

Urine: 12

Males 0.6–2.5 g/24 hr

[53–221 mmol/24 hr]

Females 0.6–1.5 g/24 hr

[53–133 mmol/24 hr]

i. Reference interval data obtained from

200 apparently healthy individuals (71 males,

129 females) between the ages of 19 and 72.

Each laboratory should establish its own

reference intervals for CREA as performed

on the analyzer.

Specific Performance Characteristics j

REPRODUCIBILITY k

Material Mean

Standard deviation (%

CV)

Within-run Betweenday

Lyophilized ... 1.3 0.05 (3.7) 0.05 (3.7)

Control [115] [4.4] [4.4]

Lyophilized ... 20.6 0.12 (0.6) 0.37 (1.8)

Control [1821] [10.6] [32.7]

CORRELATION—REGRESSION STATISTICS l

Comparative method Slope Intercept Correlation

coefficient n

Autoanalyzer .................................................................... 1.03 0.03[2.7] 0.997 260

j. All specific performance characteristics

tests were run after normal recommended

equipment quality control checks were performed (see Instrument Manual).

k. Specimens at each level were analyzed

in duplicate for twenty days. The within-run

and between-day standard deviations were

calculated by the analysis of variance method.

l. Model equation for regression statistics

is:

Result of ACA Analyzer = Slope (Comparative method result) + intercept 

Assay Range m

0.0–20.0 mg/dl

[0–1768 μmol]

m. See REPRODUCIBILITY for method

performance within the assay range.
224

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

Analytical Specificity

See KNOWN INTERFERING SUBSTANCES section for details.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

1Larsen, K, Clin Chem Acta 41, 209 (1972).

2Tietz, NW, Fundamentals of Clinical

Chemistry, W. B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia,

PA, 1976, pp 47–52, 1211. 3 Supplementary information pertaining to

the effects of various drugs and patient conditions on in vivo or in vitro diagnostic levels can be found in ‘‘Drug Interferences with

Clinical Laboratory Tests,’’ Clin. Chem 21 (5)

(1975), and ‘‘Effects of Disease on Clinical

Laboratory Tests,’’ Clin Chem, 26 (4) 1D–476D

(1980). 4Watkins, R. Fieldkamp, SC, Thibert, RJ,

and Zak, B, Clin Chem, 21, 1002 (1975). 5 Kawas, EE, Richards, AH, and Bigger, R,

An Evaluation of a Kinetic Creatinine Test

for the Du Pont ACA, Du Pont Company,

Wilmington, DE (February 1973). (Reprints

available from DuPont Company, Diagnostic

Systems) 6Westgard, JO, Effects of Hemolysis and

Lipemia on ACA Creatinine Method, 0.200 μL,

Sample Size, Du Pont Company, Wilmington, DE (October 1972). 7Physicians’ Desk Reference, Medical Economics Company, 33 Edition, 1979. 8 Henry, JB, Clinical Diagnosis and Management by Laboratory Methods, W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, PA 1979, Vol. III. 9 Krupp, MA, Tierney, LM Jr., Jawetz, E,

Roe, RI, Camargo, CA, Physicians Handbook,

Lange Medical Publications, Los Altos, CA,

1982 pp 635–636. 10 Sarah, AJ, Koch, TR, Drusano, GL,

Celoxitin Falsely Elevates Creatinine Levels,

JAMA 247, 205–206 (1982). 11 Gadsden, RH, and Phelps, CA, A Normal

Range Study of Amylase in Urine and Serum

on the Du Pont ACA, Du Pont Company, Wilmington, DE (March 1978). (Reprints available from DuPont Company, Diagnostic Systems) 12 Dicht, JJ, Reference Intervals for Serum

Amylase and Urinary Creatinine on the Du

Pont ACA Discrete Clinical Analyzer, Du

Pont Company, Wilmington, DE (November

1984).

ATTACHMENT 3—ANALYSIS OF CREATININE FOR

THE NORMALIZATION OF CADMIUM AND BETA–

2–MICROGLOBULIN CONCENTRATIONS IN URINE

(OSLTC PROCEDURE).

Matrix: Urine.

Target concentration: 1.1 g/L (this amount

is representative of creatinine concentrations found in urine).

Procedure: A 1.0 mL aliquot of urine is

passed through a C18 SEP-PAK (Waters Associates). Approximately 30 mL of HPLC

(high performance liquid chromatography)

grade water is then run through the SEPPAK. The resulting solution is diluted to

volume in a 100-mL volumetric flask and

analyzed by HPLC using an ultraviolet (UV)

detector.

Special requirements: After collection,

samples should be appropriately stabilized

for cadmium (Cd) analysis by using 10% high

purity (with low Cd background levels) nitric

acid (exactly 1.0 mL of 10% nitric acid per 10

mL of urine) or stabilized for Beta-2–Microglobulin (B2M) by taking to pH 7 with dilute

NaOH (exactly 1.0 mL of 0.11 N NaOH per 10

mL of urine). If not immediately analyzed,

the samples should be frozen and shipped by

overnight mail in an insulated container.

Dated: January 1992.

David B. Armitage,

Duane Lee,

Chemists.

Organic Service Branch II, OSHA Technical

Center, Salt Lake City, Utah

1. General Discussion

1.1 Background

1.1.1. History of procedure

Creatinine has been analyzed by several

methods in the past. The earliest methods were of the wet chemical type. As an

example, creatinine reacts with sodium

picrate in basic solution to form a red

complex, which is then analyzed

colorimetrically (Refs. 5.1. and 5.2.).

Since industrial hygiene laboratories will

be analyzing for Cd and B2M in urine,

they will be normalizing those concentrations to the concentration of creatinine in urine. A literature search revealed several HPLC methods (Refs. 5.3.,

5.4., 5.5. and 5.6.) for creatinine in urine

and because many industrial hygiene laboratories have HPLC equipment, it was

desirable to develop an industrial hygiene HPLC method for creatinine in

urine. The method of Hausen, Fuchs, and

Wachter was chosen as the starting point

for method development. SEP-PAKs were

used for sample clarification and cleanup

in this method to protect the analytical

column. The urine aliquot which has

been passed through the SEP-PAK is

then analyzed by reverse-phase HPLC

using ion-pair techniques.

This method is very similar to that of

Ogata and Taguchi (Ref. 5.6.), except

they used centrifugation for sample

clean-up. It is also of note that they did

a comparison of their HPLC results to

those of the Jaffe method (a picric acid

method commonly used in the health

care industry) and found a linear relationship of close to 1:1. This indicates

that either HPLC or colorimetric methods may be used to measure creatinine

concentrations in urine.

1.1.2. Physical properties (Ref. 5.7.)
225

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

Molecular weight: 113.12

Molecular formula: C4–H7–N3–0

Chemical name: 2-amino-1,5-dihydro-1-methyl-4H-imidazol-4-one

CAS No.: 60–27–5

Melting point: 300 °C (decomposes)

Appearance: white powder

Solubility: soluble in water; slightly soluble

in alcohol; practically insoluble in acetone, ether, and chloroform

Synonyms: 1-methylglycocyamidine, 1-

methylhydantoin-2-imide

Structure: see Figure #1

1.2. Advantages

1.2.1. This method offers a simple, straightforward, and specific alternative method

to the Jaffe method.

1.2.2. HPLC instrumentation is commonly

found in many industrial hygiene laboratories.

2. Sample stabilization procedure

2.1. Apparatus

Metal-free plastic container for urine sample.

2.2. Reagents

2.2.1. Stabilizing Solution—

(1) Nitric acid (10%, high purity with low

Cd background levels) for stabilizing

urine for Cd analysis or

(2) NaOH, 0.11 N, for stabilizing urine for

B2M analysis.

2.2.2. HPLC grade water

2.3. Technique

2.3.1. Stabilizing solution is added to the

urine sample (see section 2.2.1.). The stabilizing solution should be such that for

each 10 mL of urine, add exactly 1.0 mL

of stabilizer solution. (Never add water

or urine to acid or base. Always add acid

or base to water or urine.) Exactly 1.0

mL of 0.11 N NaOH added to 10 mL of

urine should result in a pH of 7. Or add

1.0 mL of 10% nitric acid to 10 mL of

urine.

2.3.2. After sample collection seal the plastic bottle securely and wrap it with an

appropriate seal. Urine samples should be

frozen and then shipped by overnight

mail (if shipping is necessary) in an insulated container. (Do not fill plastic bottle too full. This will allow for expansion

of contents during the freezing process.)

2.4. The Effect of Preparation and Stabilization Techniques on Creatinine Concentrations

Three urine samples were prepared by

making one sample acidic, not treating a

second sample, and adjusting a third

sample to pH 7. The samples were analyzed in duplicate by two different procedures. For the first procedure a 1.0 mL

aliquot of urine was put in a 100-mL volumetric flask, diluted to volume with

HPLC grade water, and then analyzed directly on an HPLC. The other procedure

used SEP-PAKs. The SEP-PAK was

rinsed with approximately 5 mL of methanol followed by approximately 10 mL of

HPLC grade water and both rinses were

discarded. Then, 1.0 mL of the urine sample was put through the SEP-PAK, followed by 30 mL of HPLC grade water.

The urine and water were transferred to

a 100-mL volumetric flask, diluted to volume with HPLC grade water, and analyzed by HPLC. These three urine samples were analyzed on the day they were

obtained and then frozen. The results

show that whether the urine is acidic,

untreated or adjusted to pH 7, the resulting answer for creatinine is essentially

unchanged. The purpose of stabilizing

the urine by making it acidic or neutral

is for the analysis of Cd or B2M respectively.

COMPARISON OF PREPARATION & STABILIZATION

TECHNIQUES

Sample

w/o SEPPAK g/L

creatinine

with SEPPAK g/L

creatinine

Acid ..................................... 1.10 1.10

Acid ..................................... 1.11 1.10

Untreated ............................. 1.12 1.11

Untreated ............................. 1.11 1.12

pH 7 ..................................... 1.08 1.02

pH 7 ..................................... 1.11 1.08

2.5. Storage

After 4 days and 54 days of storage in a

freezer, the samples were thawed,

brought to room temperature and analyzed using the same procedures as in

section 2.4. The results of several days of

storage show that the resulting answer of

creatinine is essentially unchanged.
226

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

STORAGE DATA

Sample

4 days 54 days

w/o SEPPAK g/L

creatinine

with SEPPAK g/L

creatinine

w/o SEPPAK g/L

creatinine

with SEPPAK g/L

creatinine

Acid .......................................................................... 1.09 1.09 1.08 1.09

Acid .......................................................................... 1.10 1.10 1.09 1.10

Acid .......................................................................... .................... .................... 1.09 1.09

Untreated ................................................................. 1.13 1.14 1.09 1.11

Untreated ................................................................. 1.15 1.14 1.10 1.10

Untreated ................................................................. .................... .................... 1.09 1.10

pH 7 ......................................................................... 1.14 1.13 1.12 1.12

pH 7 ......................................................................... 1.14 1.13 1.12 1.12

pH 7 ......................................................................... .................... .................... 1.12 1.12

2.6. Interferences

None.

2.7. Safety precautions

2.7.1. Make sure samples are properly

sealed and frozen before shipment to

avoid leakage.

2.7.2. Follow the appropriate shipping procedures.

The following modified special safety precautions are based on those recommended by the Centers for Disease

Control (CDC) (Ref. 5.8.). and OSHA’s

Bloodborne Pathogens standard (29 CFR

1910.1039).

2.7.3. Wear gloves, lab coat, and safety

glasses while handling all human urine

products. Disposable plastic, glass, and

paper (pipet tips, gloves, etc.) that contact urine should be placed in a biohazard autoclave bag. These bags should

be kept in appropriate containers until

sealed and autoclaved. Wipe down all

work surfaces with 10% sodium hypochlorite solution when work is finished.

2.7.4. Dispose of all biological samples and

diluted specimens in a biohazard autoclave bag at the end of the analytical

run.

2.7.5. Special care should be taken when

handling and dispensing nitric acid. Always remember to add acid to water (or

urine). Nitric acid is a corrosive chemical capable of severe eye and skin damage. Wear metal-free gloves, a lab coat,

and safety glasses. If the nitric acid

comes in contact with any part of the

body, quickly wash with copious quantities of water for at least 15 minutes.

2.7.6. Special care should be taken when

handling and dispensing NaOH. Always

remember to add base to water (or

urine). NaOH can cause severe eye and

skin damage. Always wear the appropriate gloves, a lab coat, and safety

glasses. If the NaOH comes in contact

with any part of the body, quickly wash

with copious quantities of water for at

least 15 minutes.

3. Analytical procedure

3.1. Apparatus

3.1.1. A high performance liquid chromatograph equipped with pump, sample

injector and UV detector.

3.1.2. A C18 HPLC column; 25 cm x 4.6 mm

I.D.

3.1.3. An electronic integrator, or some

other suitable means of determining

analyte response.

3.1.4. Stripchart recorder.

3.1.5. C18 SEP-PAKs (Waters Associates) or

equivalent.

3.1.6. Luer-lock syringe for sample preparation (5 mL or 10 mL).

3.1.7. Volumetric pipettes and flasks for

standard and sample preparation.

3.1.8. Vacuum system to aid sample preparation (optional).

3.2. Reagents

3.2.1. Water, HPLC grade.

3.2.2. Methanol, HPLC grade.

3.2.3. PIC B–7 (Waters Associates) in small

vials.

3.2.4. Creatinine, anhydrous, Sigma

hemical Corp., purity not listed.

3.2.5. 1–Heptanesulfonic acid, sodium salt

monohydrate.

3.2.6. Phosphoric acid.

3.2.7. Mobile phase. It can be prepared by

mixing one vial of PIC B–7 into a 1 L solution of 50% methanol and 50% water.

The mobile phase can also be made by

preparing a solution that is 50% methanol and 50% water with 0.005M

heptanesulfonic acid and adjusting the

pH of the solution to 3.5 with phosphoric

acid.

3.3. Standard preparation

3.3.1. Stock standards are prepared by

weighing 10 to 15 mg of creatinine. This

is transferred to a 25-mL volumetric

flask and diluted to volume with HPLC

grade water.
227

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

3.3.2. Dilutions to a working range of 3 to

35 μg/mL are made in either HPLC grade

water or HPLC mobile phase (standards

give the same detector response in either

solution).

3.4. Sample preparation

3.4.1. The C18 SEP-PAK is connected to a

Luer-lock syringe. It is rinsed with 5 mL

HPLC grade methanol and then 10 mL of

HPLC grade water. These rinses are discarded.

3.4.2. Exactly 1.0 mL of urine is pipetted

into the syringe. The urine is put

through the SEP-PAK into a suitable

container using a vacuum system.

3.4.3. The walls of the syringe are rinsed in

several stages with a total of approximately 30 mL of HPLC grade water.

These rinses are put through the SEPPAK into the same container. The resulting solution is transferred to a 100-mL

volumetric flask and then brought to

volume with HPLC grade water.

3.5. Analysis (conditions and hardware are

those used in this evaluation.)

3.5.1. Instrument conditions

Column: Zorbax ODS, 5–6 μm particle size;

25 cm x 4.6 mm I.D.

Mobile phase: See Section 3.2.7.

Detector: Dual wavelength UV; 229 nm (primary) 254 nm (secondary)

Flow rate: 0.7 mL/ minute

Retention time: 7.2 minutes

Sensitivity: 0.05 AUFS

Injection volume: 20μl

3.5.2. Chromatogram (see Figure #2)
228

§ 1910.1027 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

3.6. Interferences

3.6.1. Any compound that has the same retention time as creatinine and absorbs at

229 nm is an interference.

3.6.2. HPLC conditions may be varied to

circumvent interferences. In addition,

analysis at another UV wavelength (i.e.

254 nm) would allow a comparison of the

ratio of response of a standard to that of

a sample. Any deviations would indicate

an interference.

3.7. Calculations
229

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

3.7.1. A calibration curve is constructed by

plotting detector response versus standard concentration (See Figure #3).

3.7.2. The concentration of creatinine in a

sample is determined by finding the concentration corresponding to its detector

response. (See Figure #3).
230

§ 1910.1028 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

3.7.3. The μg/mL creatinine from section

3.7.2. is then multiplied by 100 (the dilution factor). This value is equivalent to

the micrograms of creatinine in the 1.0

mL stabilized urine aliquot or the milligrams of creatinine per liter of urine.

The desired units, g/L, is determined by

the following relationship:

g L g mL mg L / / / = = μ

1000 1000

3.7.4. The resulting value for creatinine is

used to normalize the urinary concentration of the desired analyte (A) (Cd or

B2M) by using the following formula.

μ μ g A/g creatinine = g A/L (experimental)

g/L creatinine

Where A is the desired analyte. The protocol

of reporting such normalized results is μg A/

g creatinine.

3.8. Safety precautions See section 2.7.

4. Conclusions

The determination of creatinine in urine

by HPLC is a good alternative to the Jaffe

method for industrial hygiene laboratories.

Sample clarification with SEP–PAKs did not

change the amount of creatinine found in

urine samples. However, it does protect the

analytical column. The results of this creatinine in urine procedure are unaffected by the

pH of the urine sample under the conditions

tested by this procedure. Therefore, no special measures are required for creatinine

analysis whether the urine sample has been

stabilized with 10% nitric acid for the Cd

analysis or brought to a pH of 7 with 0.11 N

NaOH for the B2M analysis.

5. References

5.1. Clark, L.C.; Thompson, H.L.; Anal. Chem.

1949, 21, 1218.

5.2. Peters, J.H.; J. Biol. Chem. 1942, 146, 176.

5.3. Hausen, V.A.; Fuchs, D.; Wachter, H.; J.

Clin. Chem. Clin. Biochem. 1981, 19, 373–378.

5.4. Clark, P.M.S.; Kricka L.J.; Patel, A.; J.

Liq. Chrom. 1980, 3(7), 1031–1046.

5.5. Ballerini, R.; Chinol, M.; Cambi, A.; J.

Chrom. 1979, 179, 365–369.

5.6. Ogata, M.; Taguchi, T.; Industrial Health

1987, 25, 225–228.

5.7. ‘‘Merck Index’’, 11th ed.; Windholz, Martha Ed.; Merck: Rahway, N.J., 1989; p 403.

5.8. Kimberly, M.; ‘‘Determination of Cadmium

in Urine by Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrometry with Zeeman Background Correction.’’, Centers for Disease

Control, Atlanta, Georgia, unpublished,

update 1990.

[57 FR 42389, Sept. 14, 1992, as amended at 57

FR 49272, Oct. 30, 1992; 58 FR 21781, Apr. 23,

1993; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 63 FR 1288, Jan.

8, 1998]

§ 1910.1028 Benzene.

(a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to all occupational exposures to benzene. Chemical Abstracts

Service Registry No. 71–43–2, except as

provided in paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3)

of this section.

(2) This section does not apply to:

(i) The storage, transportation, distribution, dispensing, sale or use of

gasoline, motor fuels, or other fuels

containing benzene subsequent to its

final discharge from bulk wholesale

storage facilities, except that operations where gasoline or motor fuels

are dispensed for more than 4 hours per

day in an indoor location are covered

by this section.

(ii) Loading and unloading operations

at bulk wholesale storage facilities

which use vapor control systems for all

loading and unloading operations, except for the provisions of 29 CFR

1910.1200 as incorporated into this section and the emergency provisions of

paragraphs (g) and (i)(4) of this section.

(iii) The storage, transportation, distribution or sale of benzene or liquid

mixtures containing more than 0.1 percent benzene in intact containers or in

transportation pipelines while sealed

in such a manner as to contain benzene

vapors or liquid, except for the provisions of 29 CFR 1910.1200 as incorporated into this section and the emergency provisions of paragraphs (g) and

(i)(4) of this section.

(iv) Containers and pipelines carrying

mixtures with less than 0.1 percent

benzene and natural gas processing

plants processing gas with less than 0.1

percent benzene.
231

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1028

(v) Work operations where the only

exposure to benzene is from liquid mixtures containing 0.5 percent or less of

benzene by volume, or the vapors released from such liquids until September 12, 1988; work operations where

the only exposure to benzene is from

liquid mixtures containing 0.3 percent

or less of benzene by volume or the vapors released from such liquids from

September 12, 1988, to September 12,

1989; and work operations where the

only exposure to benzene is from liquid

mixtures containing 0.1 percent or less

of benzene by volume or the vapors released from such liquids after September 12, 1989; except that tire building machine operators using solvents

with more than 0.1 percent benzene are

covered by paragraph (i) of this section.

(vi) Oil and gas drilling, production

and servicing operations.

(vii) Coke oven batteries.

(3) The cleaning and repair of barges

and tankers which have contained benzene are excluded from paragraph (f)

methods of compliance, paragraph

(e)(1) exposure monitoring-general, and

paragraph (e)(6) accuracy of monitoring. Engineering and work practice

controls shall be used to keep exposures below 10 ppm unless it is proven

to be not feasible.

(b) Definitions.

Action level means an airborne concentration of benzene of 0.5 ppm calculated as an 8-hour time-weighted average.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Authorized person means any person

specifically authorized by the employer

whose duties require the person to

enter a regulated area, or any person

entering such an area as a designated

representative of employees for the

purpose of exercising the right to observe monitoring and measuring procedures under paragraph (l) of this section, or any other person authorized by

the Act or regulations issued under the

Act.

Benzene (C6 H6) (CAS Registry No. 71–

43–2) means liquefied or gaseous benzene. It includes benzene contained in

liquid mixtures and the benzene vapors

released by these liquids. It does not

include trace amounts of unreacted

benzene contained in solid materials.

Bulk wholesale storage facility means a

bulk terminal or bulk plant where fuel

is stored prior to its delivery to wholesale customers.

Container means any barrel, bottle,

can, cylinder, drum, reaction vessel,

storage tank, or the like, but does not

include piping systems.

Day means any part of a calendar

day.

Director means the Director of the

National Institute for Occupational

Safety and Health, U.S. Department of

Health and Human Services, or designee.

Emergency means any occurrence

such as, but not limited to, equipment

failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment which may or

does result in an unexpected significant release of benzene.

Employee exposure means exposure to

airborne benzene which would occur if

the employee were not using respiratory protective equipment.

Regulated area means any area where

airborne concentrations of benzene exceed or can reasonably be expected to

exceed, the permissible exposure limits, either the 8-hour time weighted average exposure of 1 ppm or the shortterm exposure limit of 5 ppm for 15

minutes.

Vapor control system means any equipment used for containing the total vapors displaced during the loading of

gasoline, motor fuel or other fuel tank

trucks and the displacing of these vapors through a vapor processing system

or balancing the vapor with the storage

tank. This equipment also includes systems containing the vapors displaced

from the storage tank during the unloading of the tank truck which balance the vapors back to the tank

truck.

(c) Permissible exposure limits (PELs)—

(1) Time-weighted average limit (TWA).

The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of benzene in excess of one

part of benzene per million parts of air

(1 ppm) as an 8-hour time-weighted average.
232

§ 1910.1028 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(2) Short-term exposure limit (STEL).

The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of benzene in excess of five

(5) ppm as averaged over any 15 minute

period.

(d) Regulated areas. (1) The employer

shall establish a regulated area wherever the airborne concentration of benzene exceeds or can reasonably be expected to exceed the permissible exposure limits, either the 8-hour time

weighted average exposure of 1 ppm or

the short-term exposure limit of 5 ppm

for 15 minutes.

(2) Access to regulated areas shall be

limited to authorized persons.

(3) Regulated areas shall be determined from the rest of the workplace

in any manner that minimizes the

number of employees exposed to benzene within the regulated area.

(e) Exposure monitoring—(1) General.

(i) Determinations of employee exposure shall be made from breathing zone

air samples that are representative of

each employee’s average exposure to

airborne benzene.

(ii) Representative 8-hour TWA employee exposures shall be determined

on the basis of one sample or samples

representing the full shift exposure for

each job classification in each work

area.

(iii) Determinations of compliance

with the STEL shall be made from 15

minute employee breathing zone samples measured at operations where

there is reason to believe exposures are

high, such as where tanks are opened,

filled, unloaded or gauged; where containers or process equipment are

opened and where benzene is used for

cleaning or as a solvent in an uncontrolled situation. The employer may

use objective data, such as measurements from brief period measuring devices, to determine where STEL monitoring is needed.

(iv) Except for initial monitoring as

required under paragraph (e)(2) of this

section, where the employer can document that one shift will consistently

have higher employee exposures for an

operation, the employer shall only be

required to determine representative

employee exposure for that operation

during the shift on which the highest

exposure is expected.

(2) Initial monitoring. (i) Each employer who has a place of employment

covered under paragraph (a)(1) of this

section shall monitor each of these

workplaces and work operations to determine accurately the airborne concentrations of benzene to which employees may be exposed.

(ii) The initial monitoring required

under paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section

shall be completed by 60 days after the

effective date of this standard or within 30 days of the introduction of benzene into the workplace. Where the employer has monitored within one year

prior to the effective date of this standard and the monitoring satisfies all

other requirements of this section, the

employer may rely on such earlier

monitoring results to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this

section.

(3) Periodic monitoring and monitoring

frequency. (i) If the monitoring required

by paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section reveals employee exposure at or above

the action level but at or below the

TWA, the employer shall repeat such

monitoring for each such employee at

least every year.

(ii) If the monitoring required by

paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section reveals employee exposure above the

TWA, the employer shall repeat such

monitoring for each such employee at

least every six (6) months.

(iii) The employer may alter the

monitoring schedule from every six

months to annually for any employee

for whom two consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart indicate that the employee exposure has

decreased to the TWA or below, but is

at or above the action level.

(iv) Monitoring for the STEL shall be

repeated as necessary to evaluate exposures of employees subject to short

term exposures.

(4) Termination of monitoring. (i) If the

initial monitoring required by paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section reveals

employee exposure to be below the action level the employer may discontinue the monitoring for that employee, except as otherwise required by

paragraph (e)(5) of this section.

(ii) If the periodic monitoring required by paragraph (e)(3) of this section reveals that employee exposures,
233

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1028

as indicated by at least two consecutive measurements taken at least 7

days apart, are below the action level

the employer may discontinue the

monitoring for that employee, except

as otherwise required by paragraph

(e)(5).

(5) Additional monitoring. (i) The employer shall institute the exposure

monitoring required under paragraphs

(e)(2) and (e)(3) of this section when

there has been a change in the production, process, control equipment, personnel or work practices which may result in new or additional exposures to

benzene, or when the employer has any

reason to suspect a change which may

result in new or additional exposures.

(ii) Whenever spills, leaks, ruptures

or other breakdowns occur that may

lead to employee exposure, the employer shall monitor (using area or personal sampling) after the cleanup of

the spill or repair of the leak, rupture

or other breakdown to ensure that exposures have returned to the level that

existed prior to the incident.

(6) Accuracy of monitoring. Monitoring

shall be accurate, to a confidence level

of 95 percent, to within plus or minus

25 percent for airborne concentrations

of benzene.

(7) Employee notification of monitoring

results. (i) The employer shall, within

15 working days after the receipt of the

results of any monitoring performed

under this standard, notify each employee of these results in writing either

individually or by posting of results in

an appropriate location that is accessible to affected employees.

(ii) Whenever the PELs are exceeded,

the written notification required by

paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section shall

contain the corrective action being

taken by the employer to reduce the

employee exposure to or below the

PEL, or shall refer to a document

available to the employee which states

the corrective actions to be taken.

(f) Methods of compliance—(1) Engineering controls and work practices. (i)

The employer shall institute engineering controls and work practices to reduce and maintain employee exposure

to benzene at or below the permissible

exposure limits, except to the extent

that the employer can establish that

these controls are not feasible or where

the provisions of paragraph (f)(1)(iii) or

(g)(1) of this section apply.

(ii) Wherever the feasible engineering

controls and work practices which can

be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the

PELs, the employer shall use them to

reduce employee exposure to the lowest

levels achievable by these controls and

shall supplement them by the use of

respiratory protection which complies

with the requirements of paragraph (g)

of this section.

(iii) Where the employer can document that benzene is used in a workplace less than a total of 30 days per

year, the employer shall use engineering controls, work practice controls or

respiratory protection or any combination of these controls to reduce employee exposure to benzene to or below

the PELs, except that employers shall

use engineering and work practice controls, if feasible, to reduce exposure to

or below 10 ppm as an 8-hour TWA.

(2) Compliance program. (i) When any

exposures are over the PEL, the employer shall establish and implement a

written program to reduce employee

exposure to or below the PEL primarily by means of engineering and

work practice controls, as required by

paragraph (f)(1) of this section.

(ii) The written program shall include a schedule for development and

implementation of the engineering and

work practice controls. These plans

shall be reviewed and revised as appropriate based on the most recent exposure monitoring data, to reflect the

current status of the program.

(iii) Written compliance programs

shall be furnished upon request for examination and copying to the Assistant Secretary, the Director, affected

employees and designated employee

representatives.

(g) Respiratory protection—(1) General.

For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer

must provide respirators that comply

with the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and workpractice controls.

(ii) Work operations for which the

employer establishes that compliance
234

§ 1910.1028 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

with either the TWA or STEL through

the use of engineering and work-practice controls is not feasible; for example, some maintenance and repair activities, vessel cleaning, or other operations for which engineering and workpractice controls are infeasible because

exposures are intermittent and limited

in duration.

(iii) Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practice

controls are not yet sufficient, or are

not required under paragraph (f)(1)(iii)

of this section, to reduce employee exposure to or below the PELs.

(iv) Emergencies.

(2) Respirator program. (i) The employer must implement a respiratory

protection program in accordance with

29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except

(d)(1)(iii), (d)(3)(iii)(B)(1), and (2)), and

(f) through (m).

(ii) For air-purifying respirators, the

employer must replace the air-purifying element at the expiration of its

service life or at the beginning of each

shift in which such elements are used,

whichever comes first.

(iii) If NIOSH approves an air-purifying element with an end-of-servicelife indicator for benzene, such an element may be used until the indicator

shows no further useful life.

(3) Respirator selection. (i) The employer must select the appropriate respirator from Table 1 of this section.

(ii) Any employee who cannot use a

negative-pressure respirator must be

allowed to use a respirator with less

breathing resistance, such as a powered

air-purifying respirator or supplied-air

respirator.

TABLE 1—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR BENZENE

Airborne concentration of benzene or con- dition of use Respirator type

(a) Less than or equal to 10 ppm ............... (1) Half-mask air-purifying respirator with organic vapor cartridge.

(b) Less than or equal to 50 ppm ............... (1) Full facepiece respirator with organic vapor cartridges.

(1) Full facepiece gas mask with chin style canister.1

(c) Less than or equal to 100 ppm ............. (1) Full facepiece powered air-purifying respirator with organic vapor canister.1

(d) Less than or equal to 1,000 ppm .......... (1) Supplied air respirator with full facepiece in positive-pressure mode.

(e) Greater than 1,000 ppm or unknown

concentration.

(1) Self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece in positive pressure

mode.

(2) Full facepiece positive-pressure supplied-air respirator with auxiliary self-contained air supply.

(f) Escape .................................................... (1) Any organic vapor gas mask; or

(2) Any self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece.

(g) Firefighting ............................................. (1) Full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus in positive pressure mode.

1 Canisters must have a minimum service life of four (4) hours when tested at 150 ppm benzene, at a flow rate of 64 LPM, 25

deg. C, and 85% relative humidity for non-powered air purifying respirators. The flow rate shall be 115 LPM and 170 LPM respectively for tight fitting and loose fitting powered air-purifying respirators.

(h) Protective clothing and equipment.

Personal protective clothing and equipment shall be worn where appropriate

to prevent eye contact and limit dermal exposure to liquid benzene. Protective clothing and equipment shall be

provided by the employer at no cost to

the employee and the employer shall

assure its use where appropriate. Eye

and face protection shall meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.133.

(i) Medical surveillance—(1) General. (i)

The employer shall make available a

medical surveillance program for employees who are or may be exposed to

benzene at or above the action level 30

or more days per year; for employees

who are or may be exposed to benzene

at or above the PELs 10 or more days

per year; for employees who have been

exposed to more than 10 ppm of benzene for 30 or more days in a year prior

to the effective date of the standard

when employed by their current employer; and for employees involved in

the tire building operations called tire

building machine operators, who use

solvents containing greater than 0.1

percent benzene.

(ii) The employer shall assure that

all medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician and

that all laboratory tests are conducted

by an accredited laboratory.

(iii) The employer shall assure that

persons other than licensed physicians
235

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1028

who administer the pulmonary function testing required by this section

shall complete a training course in

spirometry sponsored by an appropriate governmental, academic or professional institution.

(iv) The employer shall assure that

all examinations and procedures are

provided without cost to the employee

and at a reasonable time and place.

(2) Initial examination. (i) Within 60

days of the effective date of this standard, or before the time of initial assignment, the employer shall provide each

employee covered by paragraph (i)(1)(i)

of this section with a medical examination including the following elements:

(A) A detailed occupational history

which includes:

(1) Past work exposure to benzene or

any other hematological toxins,

(2) A family history of blood

dyscrasias including hematological

neoplasms;

(3) A history of blood dyscrasias including genetic hemoglobin abnormalities, bleeding abnormalities, abnormal

function of formed blood elements;

(4) A history of renal or liver dysfunction;

(5) A history of medicinal drugs routinely taken;

(6) A history of previous exposure to

ionizing radiation and

(7) Exposure to marrow toxins outside of the current work situation.

(B) A complete physical examination.

(C) Laboratory tests. A complete blood

count including a leukocyte count with

differential, a quantitative

thrombocyte count, hematocrit, hemoglobin, erythrocyte count and erythrocyte indices (MCV, MCH, MCHC).

The results of these tests shall be reviewed by the examining physician.

(D) Additional tests as necessary in

the opinion of the examining physician, based on alterations to the components of the blood or other signs

which may be related to benzene exposure; and

(E) For all workers required to wear

respirators for at least 30 days a year,

the physical examination shall pay special attention to the cardiopulmonary

system and shall include a pulmonary

function test.

(ii) No initial medical examination is

required to satisfy the requirements of

paragraph (i)(2)(i) of this section if adequate records show that the employee

has been examined in accordance with

the procedures of paragraph (i)(2)(i) of

this section within the twelve months

prior to the effective date of this standard.

(3) Periodic examinations. (i) The employer shall provide each employee

covered under paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this

section with a medical examination annually following the previous examination. These periodic examinations shall

incude at least the following elements:

(A) A brief history regarding any new

exposure to potential marrow toxins,

changes in medicinal drug use, and the

appearance of physical signs relating

to blood disorders:

(B) A complete blood count including

a leukocyte count with differential,

quantitative thrombocyte count, hemoglobin, hematocrit, erythrocyte

count and erythrocyte indices (MCV,

MCH, MCHC); and

(C) Appropriate additional tests as

necessary, in the opinion of the examining physician, in consequence of alterations in the components of the

blood or other signs which may be related to benzene exposure.

(ii) Where the employee develops

signs and symptoms commonly associated with toxic exposure to benzene,

the employer shall provide the employee with an additional medical examination which shall include those

elements considered appropriate by the

examining physician.

(iii) For persons required to use respirators for at least 30 days a year, a

pulmonary function test shall be performed every three (3) years. A specific

evaluation of the cardiopulmonary system shall be made at the time of the

pulmonary function test.

(4) Emergency examinations. (i) In addition to the surveillance required by

(i)(1)(i), if an employee is exposed to

benzene in an emergency situation, the

employer shall have the employee provide a urine sample at the end of the

employee’s shift and have a urinary

phenol test performed on the sample

within 72 hours. The urine specific

gravity shall be corrected to 1.024.

(ii) If the result of the urinary phenol

test is below 75 mg phenol/L of urine,

no further testing is required.
236

§ 1910.1028 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(iii) If the result of the urinary phenol test is equal to or greater than 75

mg phenol/L of urine, the employer

shall provide the employee with a complete blood count including an erythrocyte count, leukocyte count with differential and thrombocyte count at

monthly intervals for a duration of

three (3) months following the emergency exposure.

(iv) If any of the conditions specified

in paragraph (i)(5)(i) of this section exists, then the further requirements of

paragraph (i)(5) of this section shall be

met and the employer shall, in addition, provide the employees with periodic examinations if directed by the

physician.

(5) Additional examinations and referrals. (i) Where the results of the complete blood count required for the initial and periodic examinations indicate

any of the following abnormal conditions exist, then the blood count shall

be repeated within 2 weeks.

(A) The hemoglobin level or the hematocrit falls below the normal limit

[outside the 95% confidence interval

(C.I.)] as determined by the laboratory

for the particular geographic area and/

or these indices show a persistent

downward trend from the individual’s

pre-exposure norms; provided these

findings cannot be explained by other

medical reasons.

(B) The thrombocyte (platelet) count

varies more than 20 percent below the

employee’s most recent values or falls

outside the normal limit (95% C.I.) as

determined by the laboratory.

(C) The leukocyte count is below

4,000 per mm3 or there is an abnormal

differential count.

(ii) If the abnormality persists, the

examining physician shall refer the

employee to a hematologist or an internist for further evaluation unless

the physician has good reason to believe such referral is unnecessary. (See

Appendix C for examples of conditions

where a referral may be unnecessary.)

(iii) The employer shall provide the

hematologist or internist with the information required to be provided to

the physician under paragraph (i)(6) of

this section and the medical record required to be maintained by paragraph

(k)(2)(ii) of this section.

(iv) The hematologist’s or internist’s

evaluation shall include a determination as to the need for additional tests,

and the employer shall assure that

these tests are provided.

(6) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide the

following information to the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this regulation and its

appendices;

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the

employee’s exposure;

(iii) The employee’s actual or representative exposure level:

(iv) A description of any personal

protective equipment used or to be

used; and

(v) Information from previous employment-related medical examinations of the affected employee which is

not otherwise available to the examining physician.

(7) Physician’s written opinions. (i) For

each examination under this section,

the employer shall obtain and provide

the employee with a copy of the examining physician’s written opinion within 15 days of the examination. The

written opinion shall be limited to the

following information:

(A) The occupationally pertinent results of the medical examination and

tests;

(B) The physician’s opinion concerning whether the employee has any

detected medical conditions which

would place the employee’s health at

greater than normal risk of material

impairment from exposure to benzene;

(C) The physician’s recommended

limitations upon the employee’s exposure to benzene or upon the employee’s

use of protective clothing or equipment

and respirators.

(D) A statement that the employee

has been informed by the physician of

the results of the medical examination

and any medical conditions resulting

from benzene exposure which require

further explanation or treatment.

(ii) The written opinion obtained by

the employer shall not reveal specific

records, findings and diagnoses that

have no bearing on the employee’s ability to work in a benzene-exposed workplace.
237

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1028

(8) Medical removal plan. (i) When a

physician makes a referral to a hematologist/internist as required under

paragraph (i)(5)(ii) of this section, the

employee shall be removed from areas

where exposures may exceed the action

level until such time as the physician

makes a determination under paragraph (i)(8)(ii) of this section.

(ii) Following the examination and

evaluation by the hematologist/internist, a decision to remove an employee

from areas where benzene exposure is

above the action level or to allow the

employee to return to areas where benzene exposure is above the action level

shall be made by the physician in consultation with the hematologist/internist. This decision shall be communicated in writing to the employer and

employee. In the case of removal, the

physician shall state the required probable duration of removal from occupational exposure to benzene above the

action level and the requirements for

future medical examinations to review

the decision.

(iii) For any employee who is removed pursuant to paragraph (i)(8)(ii)

of this section, the employer shall provide a follow-up examination. The physician, in consultation with the hematologist/internist, shall make a decision within 6 months of the date the

employee was removed as to whether

the employee shall be returned to the

usual job or whether the employee

should be removed permanently.

(iv) Whenever an employee is temporarily removed from benzene exposure

pursuant to paragraph (i)(8)(i) or

(i)(8)(ii) of this section, the employer

shall transfer the employee to a comparable job for which the employee is

qualified (or can be trained for in a

short period) and where benzene exposures are as low as possible, but in no

event higher than the action level. The

employer shall maintain the employee’s current wage rate, seniority and

other benefits. If there is no such job

available, the employer shall provide

medical removal protection benefits

until such a job becomes available or

for 6 months, whichever comes first.

(v) Whenever an employee is removed

permanently from benzene exposure

based on a physician’s recommendation

pursuant to paragraph (i)(8)(iii) of this

section, the employee shall be given

the opportunity to transfer to another

position which is available or later becomes available for which the employee is qualified (or can be trained

for in a short period) and where benzene exposures are as low as possible

but in no event higher than the action

level. The employer shall assure that

such employee suffers no reduction in

current wage rate, seniority or other

benefits as a result of the transfer.

(9) Medical removal protection benefits.

(i) The employer shall provide to an

employee 6 months of medical removal

protection benefits immediately following each occasion an employee is

removed from exposure to benzene because of hematological findings pursuant to paragraphs (i)(8) (i) and (ii) of

this section, unless the employee has

been transferred to a comparable job

where benzene exposures are below the

action level.

(ii) For the purposes of this section,

the requirement that an employer provide medical removal protection benefits means that the employer shall

maintain the current wage rate, seniority and other benefits of an employee

as though the employee had not been

removed.

(iii) The employer’s obligation to

provide medical removal protection

benefits to a removed employee shall

be reduced to the extent that the employee receives compensation for earnings lost during the period of removal

either from a publicly or employerfunded compensation program, or from

employment with another employer

made possible by virtue of the employee’s removal.

(j) Communication of benzene hazards

to employees—(1) Signs and labels. (i) The

employer shall post signs at entrances

to regulated areas. The signs shall bear

the following legend:

DANGER

BENZENE

CANCER HAZARD

FLAMMABLE—NO SMOKING

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

RESPIRATOR REQUIRED

(ii) The employer shall ensure that

lables or other appropriate forms of

warning are provided for containers of

benzene within the workplace. There is
238

§ 1910.1028 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

no requirement to label pipes. The labels shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(f) and in addition shall include the following legend:

DANGER

CONTAINS BENZENE

CANCER HAZARD

(2) Material safety data sheets. (i) Employers shall obtain or develop, and

shall provide access to their employees, to a material safety data sheet

(MSDS) which addresses benzene and

complies with 29 CFR 1910.1200.

(ii) Employers who are manufacturers or importers shall:

(A) Comply with paragraph (a) of this

section, and

(B) Comply with the requirement in

OSHA’s Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200, that they deliver

to downstream employers an MSDS

which addresses benzene.

(3) Information and training. (i) The

employer shall provide employees with

information and training at the time of

their initial assignment to a work area

where benzene is present. If exposures

are above the action level, employees

shall be provided with information and

training at least annually thereafter.

(ii) The training program shall be in

accordance with the requirements of 29

CFR 1910.1200(h) (1) and (2), and shall

include specific information on benzene

for each category of information included in that section.

(iii) In addition to the information

required under 29 CFR 1910.1200, the

employer shall:

(A) Provide employees with an explanation of the contents of this section,

including Appendices A and B, and indicate to them where the standard is

available; and

(B) Describe the medical surveillance

program required under paragraph (i)

of this section, and explain the information contained in Appendix C.

(k) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure measurements. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of

all measurements required by paragraph (e) of this section, in accordance

with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(ii) This record shall include:

(A) The dates, number, duration, and

results of each of the samples taken,

including a description of the procedure used to determine representative

employee exposures;

(B) A description of the sampling and

analytical methods used;

(C) A description of the type of respiratory protective devices worn, if

any; and

(D) The name, social security number, job classification and exposure levels of the employee monitored and all

other employees whose exposure the

measurement is intended to represent.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

this record for at least 30 years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(2) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an

accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance required

by paragraph (i) of this section, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(ii) This record shall include:

(A) The name and social security

number of the employee;

(B) The employer’s copy of the physician’s written opinion on the initial,

periodic and special examinations, including results of medical examinations and all tests, opinions and recommendations;

(C) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to benzene;

(D) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required by

paragraphs (i)(6) (ii) through (v) of this

section; and

(E) A copy of the employee’s medical

and work history related to exposure

to benzene or any other hematologic

toxins.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

this record for at least the duration of

employment plus 30 years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(3) Availability. (i) The employer shall

assure that all records required to be

maintained by this section shall be

made available upon request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for

examination and copying.

(ii) Employee exposure monitoring

records required by this paragraph

shall be provided upon request for examination and copying to employees,

employee representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29

CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g)

through (i).
239

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1028

(iii) Employee medical records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request for examination and

copying, to the subject employee, to

anyone having the specific written consent of the subject employee, and to

the Assistant Secretary in accordance

with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(4) Transfer of records. (i) The employer shall comply with the requirements involving transfer of records set

forth in 29 CFR 1019.20(h).

(ii) If the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor employer

to receive and retain the records for

the prescribed period, the employer

shall notify the Director, at least three

(3) months prior to disposal, and transmit them to the Director if required by

the Director within that period.

(l) Observation of monitoring—(1) Employee observation. The employer shall

provide affected employees, or their

designated representatives, an opportunity to observe the measuring or

monitoring of employee exposure to

benzene conducted pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section.

(2) Observation procedures. When observation of the measuring or monitoring of employee exposure to benzene

requires entry into areas where the use

of protective clothing and equipment

or respirators is required, the employer

shall provide the observer with personal protective clothing and equipment or respirators required to be worn

by employees working in the area, assure the use of such clothing and equipment or respirators, and require the

observer to comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures.

(m) Dates—(1) Effective date. The

standard shall become effective December 10, 1987.

(2) Start-up dates. (i) The requirements of paragraph (a) through (m) of

this section, except the engineering

control requirements of paragraph

(f)(1) of this section shall be completed

within sixty (60) days after the effective date of the standard.

(ii) Engineering and work practice

controls required by paragraph (f)(1) of

this section shall be implemented no

later than 2 years after the effective

date of the standard.

(iii) Coke and coal chemical operations may comply with paragraph

(m)(2)(ii) of this section or alternately

include within the compliance program

required by paragraph (f)(2) of this section, a requirement to phase in engineering controls as equipment is repaired and replaced. For coke and coal

chemical operations choosing the latter alternative, compliance with the

engineering controls requirements of

paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be

achieved no later than 5 years after the

effective date of this standard and substantial compliance with the engineering control requirements shall be

achieved within 3 years of the effective

date of this standard.

(n) Appendices. The information contained in Appendices A, B, C, and D is

not intended, by itself, to create any

additional obligations not otherwise

imposed or to detract from any existing obligations. The protocols on respiratory fit testing in Appendix E are

mandatory.

APPENDIX A TO §1910.1028—SUBSTANCE

SAFETY DATA SHEET, BENZENE

I. SUBSTANCE IDENTIFICATION

A. Substance: Benzene.

B. Permissible Exposure: Except as to the

use of gasoline, motor fuels and other fuels

subsequent to discharge from bulk terminals

and other exemptions specified in

§1910.1028(a)(2):

1. Airborne: The maximum time-weighted

average (TWA) exposure limit is 1 part of

benzene vapor per million parts of air (1

ppm) for an 8-hour workday and the maximum short-term exposure limit (STEL) is 5

ppm for any 15-minute period.

2. Dermal: Eye contact shall be prevented

and skin contact with liquid benzene shall be

limited.

C. Appearance and odor: Benzene is a clear,

colorless liquid with a pleasant, sweet odor.

The odor of benzene does not provide adequate warning of its hazard.

II. HEALTH HAZARD DATA

A. Ways in which benzene affects your

health. Benzene can affect your health if you

inhale it, or if it comes in contact with your

skin or eyes. Benzene is also harmful if you

happen to swallow it.

B. Effects of overexposure. 1. Short-term

(acute) overexposure: If you are overexposed

to high concentrations of benzene, well

above the levels where its odor is first recognizable, you may feel breathless, irritable,

euphoric, or giddy; you may experience irritation in eyes, nose, and respiratory tract.
240

§ 1910.1028 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

You may develop a headache, feel dizzy, nauseated, or intoxicated. Severe exposures may

lead to convulsions and loss of consciousness.

2. Long-term (chronic) exposure. Repeated

or prolonged exposure to benzene, even at

relatively low concentrations, may result in

various blood disorders, ranging from anemia

to leukemia, an irreversible, fatal disease.

Many blood disorders associated with benzene exposure may occur without symptoms.

III. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT

A. Respirators. Respirators are required for

those operations in which engineering controls or work practice controls are not feasible to reduce exposure to the permissible

level. However, where employers can document that benzene is present in the workplace less than 30 days a year, respirators

may be used in lieu of engineering controls.

If respirators are worn, they must have joint

Mine Safety and Health Administration and

the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) seal of approval, and

cartridge or canisters must be replaced before the end of their service life, or the end

of the shift, whichever occurs first. If you experience difficulty breathing while wearing a

respirator, you may request a positive pressure respirator from your employer. You

must be thoroughly trained to use the assigned respirator, and the training will be

provided by your employer.

B. Protective Clothing. You must wear appropriate protective clothing (such as boots,

gloves, sleeves, aprons, etc.) over any parts

of your body that could be exposed to liquid

benzene.

C. Eye and Face Protection. You must wear

splash-proof safety goggles if it is possible

that benzene may get into your eyes. In addition, you must wear a face shield if your

face could be splashed with benzene liquid.

IV. EMERGENCY AND FIRST AID PROCEDURES

A. Eye and face exposure. If benzene is

splashed in your eyes, wash it out immediately with large amounts of water. If irritation persists or vision appears to be affected see a doctor as soon as possible.

B. Skin exposure. If benzene is spilled on

your clothing or skin, remove the contaminated clothing and wash the exposed skin

with large amounts of water and soap immediately. Wash contaminated clothing before

you wear it again.

C. Breathing. If you or any other person

breathes in large amounts of benzene, get

the exposed person to fresh air at once.

Apply artificial respiration if breathing has

stopped. Call for medical assistance or a doctor as soon as possible. Never enter any vessel or confined space where the benzene concentration might be high without proper

safety equipment and at least one other person present who will stay outside. A life line

should be used.

D. Swallowing. If benzene has been swallowed and the patient is conscious, do not induce vomiting. Call for medical assistance or

a doctor immediately.

V. MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS

If you are exposed to benzene at a concentration at or above 0.5 ppm as an 8-hour

time-weighted average, or have been exposed

at or above 10 ppm in the past while employed by your current employer, your employer is required to provide a medical examination and history and laboratory tests

within 60 days of the effective date of this

standard and annually thereafter. These

tests shall be provided without cost to you.

In addition, if you are accidentally exposed

to benzene (either by ingestion, inhalation,

or skin/eye contact) under emergency conditions known or suspected to constitute toxic

exposure to benzene, your employer is required to make special laboratory tests

available to you.

VI. OBSERVATION OF MONITORING

Your employer is required to perform

measurements that are representative of

your exposure to benzene and you or your

designated representative are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are entitled to observe the steps taken in the

measurement procedure, and to record the

results obtained. When the monitoring procedure is taking place in an area where respirators or personal protective clothing and

equipment are required to be worn, you or

your representative must also be provided

with, and must wear the protective clothing

and equipment.

VII. ACCESS TO RECORDS

You or your representative are entitled to

see the records of measurements of your exposure to benzene upon written request to

your employer. Your medical examination

records can be furnished to yourself, your

physician or designated representative upon

request by you to your employer.

VIII. PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE USE, HANDLING

AND STORAGE

Benzene liquid is highly flammable. It

should be stored in tightly closed containers

in a cool, well ventilated area. Benzene vapor

may form explosive mixtures in air. All

sources of ignition must be controlled. Use

nonsparking tools when opening or closing

benzene containers. Fire extinguishers,

where provided, must be readily available.

Know where they are located and how to operate them. Smoking is prohibited in areas

where benzene is used or stored. Ask your supervisor where benzene is used in your area

and for additional plant safety rules.
241

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1028

APPENDIX B TO §1910.1028—SUBSTANCE

TECHNICAL GUIDLINES, BENZENE

I. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL DATA

A. Substance identification.

1. Synonyms: Benzol, benzole, coal naphtha,

cyclohexatriene, phene, phenyl hydride,

pyrobenzol. (Benzin, petroleum benzin and

Benzine do not contain benzene).

2. Formula: C6 H6 (CAS Registry Number:

71–43–2)

B. Physical data.

1. Boiling Point (760 mm Hg); 80.1 ° C (176

° F)

2. Specific Gravity (water=1): 0.879

3. Vapor Density (air=1): 2.7

4. Melting Point: 5.5 ° C (42 ° F)

5. Vapor Pressure at 20 ° C (68 ° F): 75 mm

Hg

6. Solubility in Water: .06%

7. Evaporation Rate (ether=1): 2.8

8. Appearance and Odor: Clear, colorless

liquid with a distinctive sweet odor.

II. FIRE, EXPLOSION, AND REACTIVITY HAZARD

DATA

A. Fire.

1. Flash Point (closed cup): ¥11 ° C (12 ° F)

2. Autoignition Temperature: 580 ° C (1076 °

F)

3. Flammable limits in Air. % by Volume:

Lower: 1.3%, Upper: 7.5%

4. Extinguishing Media: Carbon dioxide,

dry chemical, or foam.

5. Special Fire-Fighting procedures: Do not

use solid stream of water, since stream will

scatter and spread fire. Fine water spray can

be used to keep fire-exposed containers cool.

6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: Benzene is a flammable liquid. Its vapors can

form explosive mixtures. All ignition sources

must be controlled when benzene is used,

handled, or stored. Where liquid or vapor

may be released, such areas shall be considered as hazardous locations. Benzene vapors

are heavier than air; thus the vapors may

travel along the ground and be ignited by

open flames or sparks at locations remote

from the site at which benzene is handled.

7. Benzene is classified as a 1 B flammable

liquid for the purpose of conforming to the

requirements of 29 CFR 1910.106. A concentration exceeding 3,250 ppm is considered

a potential fire explosion hazard. Locations

where benzene may be present in quantities

sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable

mixtures are considered Class I Group D for

the purposes of conforming to the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.309.

B. Reactivity.

1. Conditions contributing to instability:

Heat.

2. Incompatibility: Heat and oxidizing materials.

3. Hazardous decomposition products:

Toxic gases and vapors (such as carbon monoxide).

III. SPILL AND LEAK PROCEDURES

A. Steps to be taken if the material is released or spilled. As much benzene as possible should be absorbed with suitable materials, such as dry sand or earth. That remaining must be flushed with large amounts

of water. Do not flush benzene into a confined space, such as a sewer, because of explosion danger. Remove all ignition sources.

Ventilate enclosed places.

B. Waste disposal method. Disposal methods must conform to other jurisdictional regulations. If allowed, benzene may be disposed

of: (a) By absorbing it in dry sand or earth

and disposing in a sanitary landfill; (b) if

small quantities, by removing it to a safe location from buildings or other combustible

sources, pouring it in dry sand or earth and

cautiously igniting it; and (c) if large quantities, by atomizing it in a suitable combustion chamber.

IV. MISCELLANEOUS PRECAUTIONS

A. High exposure to benzene can occur

when transferring the liquid from one container to another. Such operations should be

well ventilated and good work practices

must be established to avoid spills.

B. Use non-sparking tools to open benzene

containers which are effectively grounded

and bonded prior to opening and pouring.

C. Employers must advise employees of all

plant areas and operations where exposure to

benzene could occur. Common operations in

which high exposures to benzene may be encountered are: the primary production and

utilization of benzene, and transfer of benzene.

APPENDIX C TO §1910.1028—MEDICAL

SURVEILLANCE GUIDELINES FOR BENZENE

I. ROUTE OF ENTRY

Inhalation; skin absorption.

II. TOXICOLOGY

Benzene is primarily an inhalation hazard.

Systemic absorption may cause depression of

the hematopoietic system, pancytopenia,

aplastic anemia, and leukemia. Inhalation of

high concentrations can affect central nervous system function. Aspiration of small

amounts of liquid benzene immediately

causes pulmonary edema and hemorrhage of

pulmonary tissue. There is some absorption

through the skin. Absorption may be more

rapid in the case of abraded skin, and benzene may be more readily absorbed if it is

present in a mixture or as a contaminant in

solvents which are readily absorbed. The

defatting action of benzene may produce primary irritation due to repeated or prolonged
242

§ 1910.1028 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

contact with the skin. High concentration

are irritating to the eyes and the mucuous

membranes of the nose, and respiratory

tract.

III. SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS

Direct skin contact with benzene may

cause erythema. Repeated or prolonged contact may result in drying, scaling dermatitis, or development of secondary skin infections. In addition, there is benzene absorption through the skin. Local effects of

benzene vapor or liquid on the eye are slight.

Only at very high concentrations is there

any smarting sensation in the eye. Inhalation of high concentrations of benzene may

have an initial stimulatory effect on the central nervous system characterized by exhilaration, nervous excitation, and/or giddiness,

followed by a period of depression, drowsiness, or fatigue. A sensation of tightness in

the chest accompanied by breathlessness

may occur and ultimately the victim may

lose consciousness. Tremors, convulsions and

death may follow from respiratory paralysis

or circulatory collapse in a few minutes to

several hours following severe exposures.

The detrimental effect on the blood-forming system of prolonged exposure to small

quantities of benzene vapor is of extreme importance. The hematopoietic system is the

chief target for benzene’s toxic effects which

are manifested by alterations in the levels of

formed elements in the peripheral blood.

These effects have occurred at concentrations of benzene which may not cause irritation of mucous membranes, or any unpleasant sensory effects. Early signs and symptoms of benzene morbidity are varied, often

not readily noticed and non-specific. Subjective complaints of headache, dizziness, and

loss of appetite may precede or follow clinical signs. Rapid pulse and low blood pressure, in addition to a physical appearance of

anemia, may accompany a subjective complaint of shortness of breath and excessive

tiredness. Bleeding from the nose, gums, or

mucous membranes, and the development of

purpuric spots (small bruises) may occur as

the condition progresses. Clinical evidence of

leukopenia, anemia, and thrombocytopenia,

singly or in combination, has been frequently reported among the first signs.

Bone marrow may appear normal, aplastic,

or hyperplastic, and may not, in all situations, correlate with peripheral blood forming tissues. Because of variations in the susceptibility to benzene morbidity, there is no

‘‘typical’’ blood picture. The onset of effects

of prolonged benzene exposure may be delayed for many months or years after the actual exposure has ceased and identification

or correlation with benzene exposure must

be sought out in the occupational history.

IV. TREATMENT OF ACUTE TOXIC EFFECTS

Remove from exposure immediately. Make

sure you are adequately protected and do not

risk being overcome by fumes. Give oxygen

or artificial resuscitation if indicated. Flush

eyes, wash skin if contaminated and remove

all contaminated clothing. Symptoms of intoxication may persist following severe exposures. Recovery from mild exposures is

usually rapid and complete.

V. SURVEILLANCE AND PREVENTIVE

CONSIDERATIONS

A. General

The principal effects of benzene exposure

which form the basis for this regulation are

pathological changes in the hematopoietic

system, reflected by changes in the peripheral blood and manifesting clinically as

pancytopenia, aplastic anemia, and leukemia. Consequently, the medical surveillance program is designed to observe, on a

regular basis, blood indices for early signs of

these effects, and although early signs of leukemia are not usually available, emerging

diagnostic technology and innovative regimes make consistent surveillance for leukemia, as well as other hematopoietic effects, essential.

Initial examinations are to be provided

within 60 days of the effective date of this

standard, or at the time of initial assignment, and periodic examinations annually

thereafter. There are special provisions for

medical tests in the event of hematologic abnormalities or for emergency situations.

The blood values which require referral to

a hematologist or internist are noted in the

standard in paragraph (i)(5). The standard

specifies that blood abnormalities that persist must be referred ‘‘unless the physician

has good reason to believe such referral is

unnecessary’’ (paragraph (i)(5)). Examples of

conditions that could make a referral unnecessary despite abnormal blood limits are

iron or folate deficiency, menorrhagia, or

blood loss due to some unrelated medical abnormality.

Symptoms and signs of benzene toxicity

can be non-specific. Only a detailed history

and appropriate investigative procedures

will enable a physician to rule out or confirm conditions that place the employee at

increased risk. To assist the examining physician with regard to which laboratory tests

are necessary and when to refer an employee

to the specialist, OSHA has established the

following guidelines.

B. Hematology Guidelines

A minimum battery of tests is to be performed by strictly standardized methods.

1. Red cell, white cell, platelet counts,

white blood cell differential, hematacrit and
243

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1028

red cell indices must be performed by an accredited laboratory. The normal ranges for

the red cell and white cell counts are influenced by altitude, race, and sex, and therefore should be determined by the accredited

laboratory in the specific area where the

tests are performed.

Either a decline from an absolute normal

or an individual’s base line to a subnormal

value or a rise to a supra-normal value, are

indicative of potential toxicity, particularly

if all blood parameters decline. The normal

total white blood count is approximately

7,200/mm3 plus or minus 3,000. For cigarette

smokers the white count may be higher and

the upper range may be 2,000 cells higher

than normal for the laboratory. In addition,

infection, allergies and some drugs may raise

the white cell count. The normal platelet

count is approximately 250,000 with a range

of 140,000 to 400,000. Counts outside this range

should be regarded as possible evidence of

benzene toxicity.

Certain abnormalities found through routine screening are of greater significance in

the benzene-exposed worker and require

prompt consultation with a specialist, namely:

a. Thrombocytopenia.

b. A trend of decreasing white cell, red cell,

or platelet indices in an individual over time

is more worrisome than an isolated abnormal finding at one test time. The importance

of trend highlights the need to compare an

individual’s test results to baseline and/or

previous periodic tests.

c. A constellation or pattern of abnormalities in the different blood indices is of more

significance than a single abnormality. A

low white count not associated with any abnormalities in other cell indices may be a

normal statistical variation, whereas if the

low white count is accompanied by decreases

in the platelet and/or red cell indices, such a

pattern is more likely to be associated with

benzene toxicity and merits thorough investigation.

Anemia, leukopenia, macrocytosis or an

abnormal differential white blood cell count

should alert the physician to further investigate and/or refer the patient if repeat tests

confirm the abnormalities. If routine screening detects an abnormality, follow-up tests

which may be helpful in establishing the etiology of the abnormality are the peripheral

blood smear and the reticulocyte count.

The extreme range of normal for

reticulocytes is 0.4 to 2.5 percent of the red

cells, the usual range being 0.5 to 1.2 percent

of the red cells, but the typical value is in

the range of 0.8 to 1.0 percent. A decline in

reticulocytes to levels of less than 0.4 percent is to be regarded as possible evidence

(unless another specific cause is found) of

benzene toxicity requiring accelerated surveillance. An increase in reticulocyte levels

to about 2.5 percent may also be consistent

with (but is not as characteristic of) benzene

toxicity.

2. An important diagnostic test is a careful

examination of the peripheral blood smear.

As with reticulocyte count the smear should

be with fresh uncoagulated blood obtained

from a needle tip following venipuncture or

from a drop of earlobe blood (capillary

blood). If necessary, the smear may, under

certain limited conditions, be made from a

blood sample anticoagulated with EDTA (but

never with oxalate or heparin). When the

smear is to be prepared from a specimen of

venous blood which has been collected by a

commercial Vacutainer  type tube containing neutral EDTA, the smear should be

made as soon as possible after the

venesection. A delay of up to 12 hours is permissible between the drawing of the blood

specimen into EDTA and the preparation of

the smear if the blood is stored at refrigerator (not freezing) temperature.

3. The minimum mandatory observations

to be made from the smear are:

a. The differential white blood cell count.

b. Description of abnormalities in the appearance of red cells.

c. Description of any abnormalities in the

platelets.

d. A careful search must be made throughout of every blood smear for immature white

cells such as band forms (in more than normal proportion, i.e., over 10 percent of the

total differential count), any number of

metamyelocytes, myelocytes or myeloblasts.

Any nucleate or multinucleated red blood

cells should be reported. Large ‘‘giant’’

platelets or fragments of megakaryocytes

must be recognized.

An increase in the proportion of band

forms among the neutrophilic granulocytes

is an abnormality deserving special mention,

for it may represent a change which should

be considered as an early warning of benzene

toxicity in the absence of other causative

factors (most commonly infection). Likewise, the appearance of metamyelocytes, in

the absence of another probable cause, is to

be considered a possible indication of benzene-induced toxicity.

An upward trend in the number of

basophils, which normally do not exceed

about 2.0 percent of the total white cells, is

to be regarded as possible evidence of benzene toxicity. A rise in the eosinophil count

is less specific but also may be suspicious of

toxicity if the rises above 6.0 percent of the

total white count.

The normal range of monocytes is from 2.0

to 8.0 percent of the total white count with

an average of about 5.0 percent. About 20 percent of individuals reported to have mild but

persisting abnormalities caused by exposure

to benzene show a persistent monocytosis.

The findings of a monocyte count which persists at more than 10 to 12 percent of the normal white cell count (when the total count is
244

§ 1910.1028 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

normal) or persistence of an absolute monocyte count in excess of 800/mm3 should be regarded as a possible sign of benzene-induced

toxicity.

A less frequent but more serious indication

of benzene toxicity is the finding in the peripheral blood of the so-called ‘‘pseudo’’ (or

acquired) Pelger-Huet anomaly. In this

anomaly many, or sometimes the majority,

of the neutrophilic granulocytes possess two

round nuclear segements—less often one or

three round segments—rather than three

normally elongated segments. When this

anomaly is not hereditary, it is often but not

invariably predictive of subsequent leukemia. However, only about two percent of

patients who ultimately develop acute

myelogenous leukemia show the acquired

Pelger-Huet anomaly. Other tests that can

be administered to investigate blood abnormalities are discussed below; however, such

procedures should be undertaken by the hematologist.

An uncommon sign, which cannot be detected from the smear, but can be elicited by

a ‘‘sucrose water test’’ of peripheral blood, is

transient paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH), which may first occur insidiously during a period of established

aplastic anemia, and may be followed within

one to a few years by the appearance of rapidly fatal acute myelogenous leukemia. Clinical detection of PNH, which occurs in only

one or two percent of those destined to have

acute myelogenous leukemia, may be difficult; if the ‘‘sucrose water test’’ is positive,

the somewhat more definitive Ham test, also

known as the acid-serum hemolysis test,

may provide confirmation.

e. Individuals documented to have developed acute myelogenous leukemia years

after initial exposure to benzene may have

progressed through a preliminary phase of

hematologic abnormality. In some instances

pancytopenia (i.e., a lowering in the counts

of all circulating blood cells of bone marrow

origin, but not to the extent implied by the

term ‘‘aplastic anemia’’) preceded leukemia

for many years. Depression of a single blood

cell type or platelets may represent a harbinger of aplasia or leukemia. The finding of

two or more cytopenias, or pancytopenia in

a benzene-exposed individual, must be regarded as highly suspicious of more advanced

although still reversible, toxicity.

‘‘Pancytopenia’’ coupled with the appearance

of immature cells (myelocytes, myeloblasts,

erythroblasts, etc.), with abnormal cells

(pseudo Pelger-Huet anomaly, atypical nuclear heterochromatin, etc.), or unexplained

elevations of white blood cells must be regarded as evidence of benzene overexposure

unless proved otherwise. Many severely

aplastic patients manifested the ominous

finding of 5–10 percent myeloblasts in the

marrow, occasional myeloblasts and

myelocytes in the blood and 20–30% monocytes. It is evident that isolated cytopenias,

pancytopenias, and even aplastic anemias induced by benzene may be reversible and complete recovery has been reported on cessation of exposure. However, since any of

these abnormalities is serious, the employee

must immediately be removed from any possible exposure to benzene vapor. Certain

tests may substantiate the employee’s prospects for progression or regression. One such

test would be an examination of the bone

marrow, but the decision to perform a bone

marrow aspiration or needle biopsy is made

by the hematologist.

The findings of basophilic stippling in circulating red blood cells (usually found in 1 to

5% of red cells following marrow injury), and

detection in the bone marrow of what are

termed ‘‘ringed sideroblasts’’ must be taken

seriously, as they have been noted in recent

years to be premonitory signs of subsequent

leukemia.

Recently peroxidase-staining of circulating

or marrow neutrophil granulocytes, employing benzidine dihydrochloride, have revealed

the disappearance of, or diminution in, peroxidase in a sizable proportion of the

granulocytes, and this has been reported as

an early sign of leukemia. However, relatively few patients have been studied to

date. Granulocyte granules are normally

strongly peroxidase positive. A steady decline in leukocyte alkaline phosphatase has

also been reported as suggestive of early

acute leukemia. Exposure to benzene may

cause an early rise in serum iron, often but

not always associated with a fall in the

reticulocyte count. Thus, serial measurements of serum iron levels may provide a

means of determining whether or not there

is a trend representing sustained suppression

of erythropoiesis.

Measurement of serum iron, determination

of peroxidase and of alkaline phosphatase activity in peripheral granulocytes can be performed in most pathology laboratories. Peroxidase and alkaline phosphatase staining

are usually undertaken when the index of

suspecion for leukemia is high.

APPENDIX D TO § 1910.1028—SAMPLING

AND ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR BENZENE MONITORING AND MEASUREMENT PROCEDURES

Measurements taken for the purpose of determining employee exposure to benzene are

best taken so that the representative average 8-hour exposure may be determined from

a single 8-hour sample or two (2) 4-hour samples. Short-time interval samples (or grab

samples) may also be used to determine average exposure level if a minimum of five

measurements are taken in a random manner over the 8-hour work shift. Random sampling means that any portion of the work

shift has the same change of being sampled
245

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1028

as any other. The arithmetic average of all

such random samples taken on one work

shift is an estimate of an employee’s average

level of exposure for that work shift. Air

samples should be taken in the employee’s

breathing zone (air that would most nearly

represent that inhaled by the employee).

Sampling and analysis must be performed

with procedures meeting the requirements of

the standard.

There are a number of methods available

for monitoring employee exposures to benzene. The sampling and analysis may be performed by collection of the benzene vaptor or

charcoal absorption tubes, with subsequent

chemical analysis by gas chromatography.

Sampling and analysis may also be performed by portable direct reading instruments, real-time continuous monitoring systems, passive dosimeters or other suitable

methods. The employer has the obligation of

selecting a monitoring method which meets

the accuracy and precision requirements of

the standard under his unique field conditions. The standard requires that the method

of monitoring must have an accuracy, to a 95

percent confidence level, of not less than

plus or minus 25 percent for concentrations

of benzene greater than or equal to 0.5 ppm.

The OSHA Laboratory modified NIOSH

Method S311 and evaluated it at a benzene

air concentration of 1 ppm. A procedure for

determining the benzene concentration in

bulk material samples was also evalauted.

This work, reported in OSHA Laboratory

Method No. 12, includes the following two

analytical procedures:

I. OSHA Method 12 for Air Samples

Analyte: Benzene

Matrix: Air

Procedure: Adsorption on charcoal,

desorption with carbon disulfide, analysis

by GC.

Detection limit: 0.04 ppm

Recommended air volume and sampling rate:

10L to 0.2 L/min.

1. Principle of the Method.

1.1 A known volume of air is drawn

through a charcoal tube to trap the organic

vapors present.

1.2. The charcoal in the tube is transferred

to a small, stoppered vial, and the anlyte is

desorbed with carbon disulfide.

1.3. An aliquot of the desorbed sample is injected into a gas chromatograph.

1.4 The area of the resulting peak is determined and compared with areas obtained

from standards.

2. Advantages and disadvantages of the

method.

2.1 The sampling device is small, portable,

and involved no liquids. Interferences are

minimal, and most of those which do occur

can be eliminated by altering

chromatographic conditions. The samples

are analyzed by means of a quick, instrumental method.

2.2 The amount of sample which can be

taken is limited by the number of milligrams that the tube will hold before overloading. When the sample value obtained for

the backup section of the charcoal tube exceeds 25 percent of that found on the front

section, the possibility of sample loss exists.

3. Apparatus.

3.1 A calibrated personal sampling pump

whose flow can be determined within ±5 percent at the recommended flow rate.

3.2. Charcoal tubes: Glass with both ends

flame sealed, 7 cm long with a 6-mm O.D. and

a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 sections of 20/40

mesh activated charcoal separated by a 2-

mm portion of urethane foam. The activated

charcoal is prepared from coconut shells and

is fired at 600 °C prior to packing. The adsorbing section contains 100 mg of charcoal,

the back-up section 50 mg. A 3-mm portion of

urethane foam is placed between the outlet

end of the tube and the back-up section. A

plug of silanized glass wool is placed in front

of the adsorbing section. The pressure drop

across the tube must be less than one inch of

mercury at a flow rate of 1 liter per minute.

3.3. Gas chromatograph equipped with a

flame ionization detector.

3.4. Column (10-ft × 1⁄8-in stainless steel)

packed with 80/100 Supelcoport coated with

20 percent SP 2100, 0.1 percent CW 1500.

3.5. An electronic integrator or some other

suitable method for measuring peak area.

3.6. Two-milliliter sample vials with Teflon-lined caps.

3.7. Microliter syringes: 10-microliter (10-

μL syringe, and other convenient sizes for

making standards, 1-μL syringe for sample

injections.

3.8. Pipets: 1.0 mL delivery pipets

3.9. Volumetric flasks: convenient sizes for

making standard solutions.

4. Reagents.

4.1. Chromatographic quality carbon disulfide (CS2). Most commercially available carbon disulfide contains a trace of benzene

which must be removed. It can be removed

with the following procedure:

Heat under reflux for 2 to 3 hours, 500 mL

of carbon disulfide, 10 mL concentrated sulfuric acid, and 5 drops of concentrated nitric

acid. The benzene is converted to

nitrobenzene. The carbon disulfide layer is

removed, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and distilled. The recovered carbon disulfide should be benzene free. (It has recently been determined that benzene can

also be removed by passing the carbon disulfide through 13x molecular sieve).

4.2. Benzene, reagent grade.

4.3. p-Cymene, reagent grade, (internal

standard).

4.4. Desorbing reagent. The desorbing reagent is prepared by adding 0.05 mL of p-cymene per milliliter of carbon disulfide. (The
246

§ 1910.1028 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

internal standard offers a convenient means

correcting analytical response for slight inconsistencies in the size of sample injections. If the external standard technique is

preferred, the internal standard can be eliminated).

4.5. Purified GC grade helium, hydrogen

and air.

5. Procedure.

5.1. Cleaning of equipment. All glassware

used for the laboratory analysis should be

properly cleaned and free of organics which

could interfere in the analysis.

5.2. Calibration of personal pumps. Each

pump must be calibrated with a representative charcoal tube in the line.

5.3. Collection and shipping of samples.

5.3.1. Immediately before sampling, break

the ends of the tube to provide an opening at

least one-half the internal diameter of the

tube (2 mm).

5.3.2. The smaller section of the charcoal is

used as the backup and should be placed

nearest the sampling pump.

5.3.3. The charcoal tube should be placed in

a vertical position during sampling to minimize channeling through the charcoal.

5.3.4 Air being sampled should not be

passed through any hose or tubing before entering the charcoal tube.

5.3.5. A sample size of 10 liters is recommended. Sample at a flow rate of approximately 0.2 liters per minute. The flow rate

should be known with an accuracy of at least

±5 percent.

5.3.6. The charcoal tubes should be capped

with the supplied plastic caps immediately

after sampling.

5.3.7. Submit at least one blank tube (a

charcoal tube subjected to the same handling

procedures, without having any air drawn

through it) with each set of samples.

5.3.8. Take necessary shipping and packing

precautions to minimize breakage of samples.

5.4. Analysis of samples.

5.4.1. Preparation of samples. In preparation for analysis, each charcoal tube is

scored with a file in front of the first section

of charcoal and broken open. The glass wool

is removed and discarded. The charcoal in

the first (larger) section is transferred to a 2-

ml vial. The separating section of foam is removed and discarded; the second section is

transferred to another capped vial. These

two sections are analyzed separately.

5.4.2. Desorption of samples. Prior to analysis, 1.0 mL of desorbing solution is pipetted

into each sample container. The desorbing

solution consists of 0.05 μL internal standard

per mL of carbon disulfide. The sample vials

are capped as soon as the solvent is added.

Desorption should be done for 30 minutes

with occasional shaking.

5.4.3. GC conditions. Typical operating conditions for the gas chromatograph are:

1.30 mL/min (60 psig) helium carrier gas

flow.

2.30 mL/min (40 psig) hydrogen gas flow to

detector.

3.240 mL/min (40 psig) air flow to detector.

4.150 ° C injector temperature.

5.250 ° C detector temperature.

6.100 ° C column temperature.

5.4.4. Injection size. 1 μ L.

5.4.5. Measurement of area. The peak areas

are measured by an electronic integrator or

some other suitable form of area measurement.

5.4.6. An internal standard procedure is

used. The integrator is calibrated to report

results in ppm for a 10 liter air sample after

correction for desorption efficiency.

5.5. Determination of desorption efficiency.

5.5.1. Importance of determination. The

desorption efficiency of a particular compound can vary from one laboratory to another and from one lot of chemical to another. Thus, it is necessary to determine, at

least once, the percentage of the specific

compound that is removed in the desorption

process, provided the same batch of charcoal

is used.

5.5.2. Procedure for determining desorption

efficiency. The reference portion of the charcoal tube is removed. To the remaining portion, amounts representing 0.5X, 1X, and 2X

and (X represents target concentration)

based on a 10 L air sample are injected into

several tubes at each level. Dilutions of benzene with carbon disulfide are made to allow

injection of measurable quantities. These

tubes are then allowed to equilibrate at least

overnight. Following equilibration they are

analyzed following the same procedure as the

samples. Desorption efficiency is determined

by dividing the amount of benzene found by

amount spiked on the tube.

6. Calibration and standards. A series of

standards varying in concentration over the

range of interest is prepared and analyzed

under the same GC conditions that will be

used on the samples. A calibration curve is

prepared by plotting concentration (μg/mL)

versus peak area.

7. Calculations. Benzene air concentration

can be calculated from the following equation:

mg/m3=(A)(B)/(C)(D)

Where: A=μg/mL benzene, obtained from the

calibration curve

B=desorption volume (1 mL)

C=Liters of air sampled

D=desorption efficiency

The concentration in mg/m3 can be converted to ppm (at 25° and 760 mm) with following equation:

ppm=(mg/m3)(24.46)/(78.11)

Where: 24.46=molar volume of an ideal gas

25 ° C and 760 mm

78.11=molecular weight of benzene
247

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1028

8. Backup Data.

8.1 Detection limit—Air Samples.

The detection limit for the analytical procedure is 1.28 ng with a coefficient of variation of 0.023 at this level. This would be

equivalent to an air concentration of 0.04

ppm for a 10 L air sample. This amount provided a chromatographic peak that could be

identifiable in the presence of possible interferences. The detection limit data were obtained by making 1 μL injections of a 1.283

μg/mL standard.

Injection Area

Count

1 .......................................................... 655.4

2 .......................................................... 617.5

3 .......................................................... 662.0 X ̄ =640.2

4 .......................................................... 641.1 SD=14.9

5 .......................................................... 636.4 CV=0.023

6 .......................................................... 629.2

8.2. Pooled coefficient of variation—Air

Samples. The pooled coefficient of variation

for the analytical procedure was determined

by 1 μL replicate injections of analytical

standards. The standards were 16.04, 32.08,

and 64.16 μg/mL, which are equivalent to 0.5,

1.0, and 2.0 ppm for a 10 L air sample respectively.

Injection

Area Counts

0.5 ppm 1.0 ppm 2.0 ppm

1 ............................. 3996.5 8130.2 16481

2 ............................. 4059.4 8235.6 16493

3 ............................. 4052.0 8307.9 16535

4 ............................. 4027.2 8263.2 16609

5 ............................. 4046.8 8291.1 16552

6 ............................. 4137.9 8288.8 16618

X ̄ = 4053.3 8254.0 16548.3

SD= 47.2 62.5 57.1

CV= 0.0116 0.0076 0.0034

C ̄ V ̄ =0.008 ............... .................. .................. ....................

8.3. Storage data—Air Samples

Samples were generated at 1.03 ppm benzene at 80% relative humidity, 22 ° C, and 643

mm. All samples were taken for 50 minutes

at 0.2 L/min. Six samples were analyzed immediately and the rest of the samples were

divided into two groups by fifteen samples

each. One group was stored at refrigerated

temperature of ¥25 ° C, and the other group

was stored at ambient temperature (approximately 23 ° C). These samples were analyzed

over a period of fifteen days. The results are

tabulated below.

PERCENT RECOVERY

Day analyzed Refrigerated Ambient

0 ......................... 97.4 98.7 98.9 97.4 98.7 98.9

0 ......................... 97.1 100.6 100.9 97.1 100.6 100.9

2 ......................... 95.8 96.4 95.4 95.4 96.6 96.9

5 ......................... 93.9 93.7 92.4 92.4 94.3 94.1

9 ......................... 93.6 95.5 94.6 95.2 95.6 96.6

13 ....................... 94.3 95.3 93.7 91.0 95.0 94.6

PERCENT RECOVERY—Continued

Day analyzed Refrigerated Ambient

15 ....................... 96.8 95.8 94.2 92.9 96.3 95.9

8.4. Desorption data.

Samples were prepared by injecting liquid

benzene onto the A section of charcoal tubes.

Samples were prepared that would be equivalent to 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 ppm for a 10 L air sample.

PERCENT RECOVERY

Sample 0.5 ppm 1.0 ppm 2.0 ppm

1 ......................................... 99.4 98.8 99.5

2 ......................................... 99.5 98.7 99.7

3 ......................................... 99.2 98.6 99.8

4 ......................................... 99.4 99.1 100.0

5 ......................................... 99.2 99.0 99.7

6 ......................................... 99.8 99.1 99.9

X ̄ = ...................................... 99.4 98.9 99.8

SD= .................................... 0.22 0.21 0.18

CV= .................................... 0.0022 0.0021 0.0018

X ̄ =99.4

8.5. Carbon disulfide.

Carbon disulfide from a number of sources

was analyzed for benzene contamination.

The results are given in the following table.

The benzene contamiant can be removed

with the procedures given in section 4.1.

Sample μg Benzene/mL

ppm

equivalent (for

10 L air

sample)

Aldrich Lot 83017 .................................. 4.20 0.13

Baker Lot 720364 .................................. 1.01 0.03

Baker Lot 822351 .................................. 1.01 0.03

Malinkrodt Lot WEMP ............................ 1.74 0.05

Malinkrodt Lot WDSJ ............................ 5.65 0.18

Malinkrodt Lot WHGA ............................ 2.90 0.09

Treated CS2 ........................................... .............. ..............

II. OSHA LABORATORY METHOD NO. 12 FOR

BULK SAMPLES

Analyte: Benzene.

Matrix: Bulk Samples.

Procedure: Bulk Samples are analyzed directly by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC).

Detection limits: 0.01% by volume.

1. Principle of the method.

1.1. An aliquot of the bulk sample to be

analyzed is injected into a liquid chromatograph.

1.2. The peak area for benzene is determined and compared to areas obtained from

standards.

2. Advantages and disadvantages of the

method.

2.1. The analytical procedure is quick, sensitive, and reproducible.

2.2. Reanalysis of samples is possible.

2.3. Interferences can be circumvented by

proper selection of HPLC parameters.
248

§ 1910.1029 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

2.4. Samples must be free of any particulates that may clog the capillary tubing in

the liquid chromatograph. This may require

distilling the sample or clarifying with a

clarification kit.

3. Apparatus.

3.1. Liquid chromatograph equipped with a

UV detector.

3.2. HPLC Column that will separate benzene from other components in the bulk sample being analyzed. The column used for validation studies was a Waters uBondapack C18,

30 cm x 3.9 mm.

3.3. A clarification kit to remove any particulates in the bulk if necessary.

3.4. A micro-distillation apparatus to distill any samples if necessary.

3.5. An electronic integrator or some other

suitable method of measuring peak areas.

3.6. Microliter syringes—10 μL syringe and

other convenient sizes for making standards.

10 μL syringe for sample injections.

3.7. Volumetric flasks, 5 mL and other convenient sizes for preparing standards and

making dilutions.

4. Reagents.

4.1. Benzene, reagent grade.

4.2. HPLC grade water, methyl alcohol, and

isopropyl alcohol.

5. Collection and shipment of samples.

5.1. Samples should be transported in glass

containers with Teflon-lined caps.

5.2. Samples should not be put in the same

container used for air samples.

6. Analysis of samples.

6.1. Sample preparation.

If necessary, the samples are distilled or

clarified. Samples are analyzed undiluted. If

the benzene concentration is out of the

working range, suitable dilutions are made

with isopropyl alcohol.

6.2. HPLC conditions.

The typical operating conditions for the

high performance liquid chromatograph are:

1. Mobile phase—Methyl alcohol/water, 50/

50

1. Analytical wavelength—254 nm

3. Injection size—10 μL

6.3. Measurement of peak area and calibration.

Peak areas are measured by an integrator

or other suitable means. The integrator is

calibrated to report results % in benzene by

volume.

7. Calculations.

Since the integrator is programmed to report results in % benzene by volume in an

undiluted sample, the following equation is

used:

% Benzene by Volume=A x B

Where: A=% by volume on report

B=Dilution Factor

(B=1 for undiluted sample)

8. Backup Data.

8.1. Detection limit—Bulk Samples.

The detection limit for the analytical procedure for bulk samples is 0.88 μg, with a coefficient of variation of 0.019 at this level.

This amount provided a chromatographic

peak that could be identifiable in the presence of possible interferences. The detection

limit date were obtained by making 10 μL injections of a 0.10% by volume standard.

Injection Area Count

1 ................................................ 45386

2 ................................................ 44214

3 ................................................ 43822 X ̄ =44040.1

4 ................................................ 44062 SD=852.5

6 ................................................ 42724 CV=0.019

8.2. Pooled coefficient of variation—Bulk

Samples.

The pooled coefficient of variation for analytical procedure was determined by 50 μL

replicate injections of analytical standards.

The standards were 0.01, 0.02, 0.04, 0.10, 1.0,

and 2.0% benzene by volume.

AREA COUNT (PERCENT)

Injection No. 0.01 0.02 0.04 0.10 1.0 2.0

1 ................................................................................................ 45386 84737 166097 448497 4395380 9339150

2 ................................................................................................ 44241 84300 170832 441299 4590800 9484900

3 ................................................................................................ 43822 83835 164160 443719 4593200 9557580

4 ................................................................................................ 44062 84381 164445 444842 4642350 9677060

5 ................................................................................................ 44006 83012 168398 442564 4646430 9766240

6 ................................................................................................ 42724 81957 173002 443975 4646260 ..............

X ̄ = 44040.1 83703.6 167872 444149 4585767 9564986

SD = 852.5 1042.2 3589.8 2459.1 96839.3 166233

CV = 0.0194 0.0125 0.0213 0.0055 0.0211 0.0174

C ̄ V ̄ = 0.017

[52 FR 34562, Sept. 11, 1987, as amended at 54

FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13,

1996; 63 FR 1289, Jan. 8, 1998; 63 FR 20099, Apr.

23, 1998]

§ 1910.1029 Coke oven emissions.

(a) Scope and application. This section

applies to the control of employee exposure to coke oven emissions, except
249

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1029

that this section shall not apply to

working conditions with regard to

which other Federal agencies exercise

statutory authority to prescribe or enforce standards affecting occupational

safety and health.

(b) Definitions. For the purpose of this

section:

Authorized person means any person

specifically authorized by the employer

whose duties require the person to

enter a regulated area, or any person

entering such an area as a designated

representative of employees for the

purpose of exercising the opportunity

to observe monitoring and measuring

procedures under paragraph (n) of this

section.

Beehive oven means a coke oven in

which the products of carbonization

other than coke are not recovered, but

are released into the ambient air.

Coke oven means a retort in which

coke is produced by the destructive distillation or carbonization of coal.

Coke oven battery means a structure

containing a number of slot-type coke

ovens.

Coke oven emissions means the benzene-soluble fraction of total particulate matter present during the destructive distillation or carbonization of

coal for the production of coke.

Director means the Director, National

Institute for Occupational Safety and

Health, U.S. Department of Health,

Education, and Welfare, or his or her

designee.

Emergency means any occurence such

as, but not limited to, equipment failure which is likely to, or does, result in

any massive release of coke oven emissions.

Existing coke oven battery means a

battery in operation or under construction on January 20, 1977, and which is

not a rehabilitated coke oven battery.

Rehabilitated coke oven battery means

a battery which is rebuilt, overhauled,

renovated, or restored such as from the

pad up, after January 20, 1977.

Secretary means the Secretary of

Labor, U.S. Department of Labor, or

his or her designee.

Stage charging means a procedure by

which a predetermined volume of coal

in each larry car hopper is introduced

into an oven such that no more than

two hoppers are discharging simultaneously.

Sequential charging means a procedure, usually automatically timed, by

which a predetermined volume of coal

in each larry car hopper is introduced

into an oven such that no more than

two hoppers commence or finish discharging simultaneously although, at

some point, all hoppers are discharging

simultaneously.

Pipeline charging means any apparatus used to introduce coal into an

oven which uses a pipe or duct permanently mounted onto an oven and

through which coal is charged.

Green plush means coke which when

removed from the oven results in emissions due to the presence of

unvolatilized coal.

(c) Permissible exposure limit. The employer shall assure that no employee in

the regulated area is exposed to coke

oven emissions at concentrations

greater than 150 micrograms per cubic

meter of air (150 μg/m 3), averaged over

any 8-hour period.

(d) Regulated areas. (1) The employer

shall establish regulated areas and

shall limit access to them to authorized persons.

(2) The employer shall establish the

following as regulated areas:

(i) The coke oven battery including

topside and its machinery, pushside

and its machinery, coke side and its

machinery, and the battery ends; the

wharf; and the screening station;

(ii) The beehive oven and its machinery.

(e) Exposure monitoring and measurement—(1) Monitoring program. (i) Each

employer who has a place of employment where coke oven emissions are

present shall monitor employees employed in the regulated area to measure their exposure to coke oven emissions.

(ii) The employer shall obtain measurements which are representative of

each employee’s exposure to coke oven

emissions over an eight-hour period.

All measurements shall determine exposure without regard to the use of respiratory protection.

(iii) The employer shall collect

fullshift (for at least seven continuous

hours) personal samples, including at

least one sample during each shift for
250

§ 1910.1029 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

each battery and each job classification within the regulated areas including at least the following job classifications:

(a) Lidman;

(b) Tar chaser;

(c) Larry car operator;

(d) Luterman;

(e) Machine operator, coke side;

(f) Benchman, coke side;

(g) Benchman, pusher side;

(h) Heater;

(i) Quenching car operator;

(j) Pusher machine operator;

(k) Screening station operator;

(l) Wharfman;

(m) Oven patcher;

(n) Oven repairman;

(o) Spellman; and

(p) Maintenance personnel.

(iv) The employer shall repeat the

monitoring and measurements required

by this paragraph (e)(1) at least every

three months.

(2) Redetermination. Whenever there

has been a production, process, or control change which may result in new or

additional exposure to coke oven emissions, or whenever the employer has

any other reason to suspect an increase

in employee exposure, the employer

shall repeat the monitoring and measurements required by paragraph (e)(1)

of this section for those employees affected by such change or increase.

(3) Employee notification. (i) The employer shall notify each employee in

writing of the exposure measurements

which represent that employe’s exposure within five working days after the

receipt of the results of measurements

required by paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2)

of this section.

(ii) Whenever such results indicate

that the representative employee exposure exceeds the permissible exposure

limit, the employer shall, in such notification, inform each employee of that

fact and of the corrective action being

taken to reduce exposure to or below

the permissible exposure limit.

(4) Accuracy of measurement. The employer shall use a method of monitoring and measurement which has an

accuracy (with a confidence level of

95%) of not less than plus or minus 35%

for concentrations of coke oven emissions greater than or equal to 150 μg/

m 3.

(f) Methods of compliance. The employer shall control employee exposure

to coke oven emmissions by the use of

engineering controls, work practices

and respiratory protection as follows:

(1) Priority of compliance methods—(i)

Existing coke oven batteries. (a) The employer shall institute the engineering

and work practice controls listed in

paragraphs (f)(2), (f)(3) and (f)(4) of this

section in existing coke oven batteries

at the earliest possible time, but not

later than January 20, 1980, except to

the extent that the employer can establish that such controls are not feasible. In determining the earliest possible time for institution of engineering and work practice controls, the requirement, effective August 27, 1971, to

implement feasible administrative or

engineering controls to reduce exposures to coal tar pitch volatiles, shall

be considered. Wherever the engineering and work practice controls which

can be instituted are not sufficient to

reduce employee exposures to or below

the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to

reduce exposures to the lowest level

achievable by these controls and shall

supplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies

with the requirements of paragraph (g)

of this section.

(b) The engineering and work practice controls required under paragraphs

(f)(2), (f)(3) and (f)(4) of this section are

minimum requirements generally applicable to all existing coke oven batteries. If, after implementing all controls required by paragraphs (f)(2),

(f)(3) and (f)(4) of this section, or after

January 20, 1980, whichever is sooner,

employee exposures still exceed the

permissible exposure limit, employers

shall implement any other engineering

and work practice controls necessary

to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit except to the

extent that the employer can establish

that such controls are not feasible.

Whenever the engineering and work

practice controls which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer

shall nonetheless use them to reduce
251

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1029

exposures to the lowest level achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory

protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section.

(ii) New or rehabilitated coke oven batteries. (a) The employer shall institute

the best available engineering and

work practice controls on all new or rehabilitated coke oven batteries to reduce and maintain employee exposures

at or below the permissible exposure

limit, except to the extent that the employer can establish that such controls

are not feasible. Wherever the engineering and work practice controls

which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to

or below the permissible exposure

limit, the employer shall nonetheless

use them to reduce exposures to the

lowest level achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the

use of respiratory protection which

complies with the requirements of

paragraph (g) of this section.

(b) If, after implementing all the engineering and work practice controls

required by paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(a) of

this section, employee exposures still

exceed the permissible exposure limit,

the employer shall implement any

other engineering and work practice

controls necessary to reduce exposure

to or below the permissible exposure

limit except to the extent that the employer can establish that such controls

are not feasible. Wherever the engineering and work practice controls

which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to

or below the permissible exposure

limit, the employer shall nonetheless

use them to reduce exposures to the

lowest level achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the

use of respiratory protection which

complies with the requirements of

paragraph (g) of this section.

(iii) Beehive ovens. (a) The employer

shall institute engineering and work

practice controls on all beehive ovens

at the earliest possible time to reduce

and maintain employee exposures at or

below the permissible exposure limit,

except to the extent that the employer

can establish that such controls are

not feasible. In determining the earliest possible time for institution of engineering and work practice controls,

the requirement, effective August 27,

1971, to implement feasible administrative or engineering controls to reduce

exposures to coal tar pitch volatiles,

shall be considered. Wherever the engineering and work practice controls

which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to

or below the permissible exposure

limit, the employer shall nonetheless

use them to reduce exposures to the

lowest level achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the

use of respiratory protection which

complies with the requirements of

paragraph (g) of this section.

(b) If, after implementing all engineering and work practice controls required by paragraph (f)(1)(iii)(a) of this

section, employee exposures still exceed the permissible exposure limit,

the employer shall implement any

other engineering and work practice

controls necessary to reduce exposures

to or below the permissible exposure

limit except to the extent that the employer can establish that such controls

are not feasible. Whenever the engineering and work practice controls

which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to

or below the permissible exposure

limit, the employer shall nonetheless

use them to reduce exposures to the

lowest level achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the

use of respiratory protection which

complies with the requirements of

paragraph (g) of this section.

(2) Engineering controls—(i) Charging.

The employer shall equip and operate

existing coke oven batteries with all of

the following engineering controls to

control coke oven emissions during

charging operations:

(a) One of the following methods of

charging:

(1) Stage charging as described in

paragraph (f)(3)(i)(b) of this section; or

(2) Sequential charging as described

in paragraph (f)(3)(i)(b) of this section

except that paragraph (f)(3)(i)(b)(3)(iv)

of this section does not apply to sequential charging; or

(3) Pipeline charging or other forms

of enclosed charging in accordance

with paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section,
252

§ 1910.1029 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

except that paragraphs (f)(2)(i)(b), (d),

(e), (f) and (h) of this section do not

apply;

(b) Drafting from two or more points

in the oven being charged, through the

use of double collector mains, or a

fixed or moveable jumper pipe system

to another oven, to effectively remove

the gases from the oven to the collector mains;

(c) Aspiration systems designed and

operated to provide sufficient negative

pressure and flow volume to effectively

move the gases evolved during charging into the collector mains, including

sufficient steam pressure, and steam

jets of sufficient diameter;

(d) Mechanical volumetric controls

on each larry car hopper to provide the

proper amount of coal to be charged

through each charging hole so that the

tunnel head will be sufficient to permit

the gases to move from the oven into

the collector mains;

(e) Devices to facilitate the rapid and

continuous flow of coal into the oven

being charged, such as stainless steel

liners, coal vibrators or pneumatic

shells;

(f) Individually operated larry car

drop sleeves and slide gates designed

and maintained so that the gases are

effectively removed from the oven into

the collector mains;

(g) Mechanized gooseneck and standpipe cleaners;

(h) Air seals on the pusher machine

leveler bars to control air infiltration

during charging; and

(i) Roof carbon cutters or a compressed air system or both on the pusher machine rams to remove roof carbon.

(ii) Coking. The employer shall equip

and operate existing coke oven batteries with all of the following engineering controls to control coke oven

emissions during coking operations;

(a) A pressure control system on each

battery to obtain uniform collector

main pressure;

(b) Ready access to door repair facilities capable of prompt and efficient repair of doors, door sealing edges and all

door parts;

(c) An adequate number of spare

doors available for replacement purposes;

(d) Chuck door gaskets to control

chuck door emissions until such door is

repaired, or replaced; and

(e) Heat shields on door machines.

(3) Work practice controls—(i) Charging. The employer shall operate existing coke oven batteries with all of the

following work practices to control

coke oven emissions during the charging operation:

(a) Establishment and implementation of a detailed, written inspection

and cleaning procedure for each battery consisting of at least the following

elements:

(1) Prompt and effective repair or replacement of all engineering controls;

(2) Inspection and cleaning of goosenecks and standpipes prior to each

charge to a specified minimum diameter sufficient to effectively move the

evolved gases from the oven to the collector mains;

(3) Inspection for roof carbon buildup prior to each charge and removal of

roof carbon as necessary to provide an

adequate gas channel so that the gases

are effectively moved from the oven

into the collector mains;

(4) Inspection of the steam aspiration

system prior to each charge so that

sufficient pressure and volume is maintained to effectively move the gases

from the oven to the collector mains;

(5) Inspection of steam nozzles and

liquor sprays prior to each charge and

cleaning as necessary so that the

steam nozzles and liquor sprays are

clean;

(6) Inspection of standpipe caps prior

to each charge and cleaning and luting

or both as necessary so that the gases

are effectively moved from the oven to

the collector mains; and

(7) Inspection of charging holes and

lids for cracks, warpage and other defects prior to each charge and removal

of carbon to prevent emissions, and application of luting material to standpipe and charging hole lids where necessary to obtain a proper seal.

(b) Establishment and implementation of a detailed written charging procedure, designed and operated to eliminate emissions during charging for

each battery, consisting of at least the

following elements:

(1) Larry car hoppers filled with coal

to a predetermined level in accordance
253

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1029

with the mechanical volumetric controls required under paragraph

(f)(2)(i)(d) of this section so as to maintain a sufficient gas passage in the

oven to be charged;

(2) The larry car aligned over the

oven to be charged, so that the drop

sleeves fit tightly over the charging

holes; and

(3) The oven charged in accordance

with the following sequence of requirements:

(i) The aspiration system turned on;

(ii) Coal charged through the outermost hoppers, either individually or together depending on the capacity of the

aspiration system to collect the gases

involved;

(iii) The charging holes used under

paragraph (f)(3)(i)(b)(3)(ii) of this section relidded or otherwise sealed off to

prevent leakage of coke oven emissions;

(iv) If four hoppers are used, the third

hopper discharged and relidded or otherwise sealed off to prevent leakage of

coke oven emissions;

(v) The final hopper discharged until

the gas channel at the top of the oven

is blocked and then the chuck door

opened and the coal leveled;

(vi) When the coal from the final hopper is discharged and the leveling operation complete, the charging hole

relidded or otherwise sealed off to prevent leakage of coke oven emissions;

and

(vii) The aspiration system turned off

only after the charging holes have been

closed.

(c) Establishment and implementation of a detailed written charging procedure, designed and operated to eliminate emissions during charging of each

pipeline or enclosed charged battery.

(ii) Coking. The employer shall operate existing coke oven batteries pursuant to a detailed written procedure established and implemented for the control of coke oven emissions during coking, consisting of at least the following

elements:

(a) Checking oven back pressure controls to maintain uniform pressure

conditions in the collecting main;

(b) Repair, replacement and adjustment of oven doors and chuck doors

and replacement of door jambs so as to

provide a continuous metal-to-metal

fit;

(c) Cleaning of oven doors, chuck

doors and door jambs each coking cycle

so as to provide an effective seal;

(d) An inspection system and corrective action program to control door

emissions to the maximum extent possible; and

(e) Luting of doors that are sealed by

luting each coking cycle and reluting,

replacing or adjusting as necessary to

control leakage.

(iii) Pushing. The employer shall operate existing coke oven batteries with

the following work practices to control

coke oven emissions during pushing operations:

(a) Coke and coal spillage quenched

as soon as practicable and not shoveled

into a heated oven; and

(b) A detailed written procedure for

each battery established and implemented for the control of emissions

during pushing consisting of the following elements:

(1) Dampering off the ovens and removal of charging hole lids to effectively control coke oven emissions during the push;

(2) Heating of the coal charge uniformly for a sufficient period so as to

obtain proper coking including preventing green pushes;

(3) Prevention of green pushes to the

maximum extent possible;

(4) Inspection, adjustment and correction of heating flue temperatures

and defective flues at least weekly and

after any green push, so as to prevent

green pushes;

(5) Cleaning of heating flues and related equipment to prevent green

pushes, at least weekly and after any

green push.

(iv) Maintenance and repair. The employer shall operate existing coke oven

batteries pursuant to a detailed written procedure of maintenance and repair established and implemented for

the effective control of coke oven emissions consisting of the following elements:

(a) Regular inspection of all controls,

including goosenecks, standpipes,

standpipe caps, charging hold lids and

castings, jumper pipes and air seals for

cracks, misalignment or other defects
254

§ 1910.1029 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

and prompt implementation of the necessary repairs as soon as possible;

(b) Maintaining the regulated area in

a neat, orderly condition free of coal

and coke spillage and debris;

(c) Regular inspection of the damper

system, aspiration system and collector main for cracks or leakage, and

prompt implementation of the necessary repairs;

(d) Regular inspection of the heating

system and prompt implementation of

the necessary repairs;

(e) Prevention of miscellaneous fugitive topside emissions;

(f) Regular inspection and patching

of oven brickwork;

(g) Maintenance of battery equipment and controls in good working

order;

(h) Maintenance and repair of coke

oven doors, chuck doors, door jambs

and seals; and

(i) Repairs instituted and completed

as soon as possible, including temporary repair measures instituted and

completed where necessary, including

but not limited to:

(1) Prevention of miscellaneous fugitive topside emissions; and

(2) Chuck door gaskets, which shall

be installed prior to the start of the

next coking cycle.

(4) Filtered air. (i) The employer shall

provided positive-pressure, temperature controlled filtered air for larry

car, pusher machine, door machine,

and quench car cabs.

(ii) The employer shall provide standby pulpits on the battery topside, at

the wharf, and at ther screening station, equipped with positive-pressure,

temperature controlled filtered air.

(5) Emergencies. Whenever an emergency occurs, the next coking cycle

may not begin until the cause of the

emergency is determined and corrected, unless the employer can establish that it is necessary to initiate the

next coking cycle in order to determine the cause of the emergency.

(6) Compliance program. (i) Each employer shall establish and implement a

written program to reduce exposures

solely by means of the engineering and

work practice controls required in

paragraph (f) of this section.

(ii) The written program shall include at least the following:

(a) A description of each coke oven

operation by battery, including work

force and operating crew, coking time,

operating procedures and maintenance

practices;

(b) Engineering plans and other studies used to determine the controls for

the coke battery;

(c) A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible exposure limit;

(d) Monitoring data obtained in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section;

(e) A detailed schedule for the implementation of the engineering and work

practice controls required in paragraph

(f) of this section; and

(f) Other relevant information.

(iii) If, after implementing all controls required by paragraph (f)(2)–(f)(4)

of this section, or after January 20,

1980, whichever is sooner, or after completion of a new or rehabilitated battery the permissible exposure limit is

still exceeded, the employer shall develop a detailed written program and

schedule for the implementation of any

additional engineering controls and

work practices necessary to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit.

(iv) Written plans for such programs

shall be submitted, upon request, to

the Secretary and the Director, and

shall be available at the worksite for

examination and copying by the Secretary, the Director, and the authorized employee representative. The

plans required under paragraph (f)(6) of

this section shall be revised and updated at least every six months to reflect the current status of the program.

(7) Training in compliance procedures.

The employer shall incorporate all

written procedures and schedules required under this paragraph (f) in the

information and training program required under paragraph (k) of this section and, where appropriate, post in

the regulated area.

(g) Respiratory protection—(1) General.

For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer

must provide respirators that comply

with the requirements of this paragraph. Compliance with the permissible exposure limit may not be
255

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1029

achieved by the use of respirators except during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and workpractice controls.

(ii) Work operations, such as maintenance and repair activity, for which engineering and work-practice controls

are technologically not feasible.

(iii) Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practice

controls are not yet sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the

permissible exposure limit.

(iv) Emergencies.

(2) Respirator program. The employer

must implement a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29

CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except

(d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).

(3) Respirator selection. The employer

must select appropriate respirators or

combination of respirators from Table

I of this section.

TABLE I—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR COKE OVEN EMISSIONS

Airborne concentration of coke oven emis- sions Required respirator

(a) Any concentration .................................. (1) A Type C supplied air respirator operated in pressure demand or other positive

pressure or continuous flow mode; or

(2) A powered air-purifying particulate filter respirator for dust and mist or

(3) A powered air-purifying particulate filter respirator or combination chemical cartridge and particulate filter respirator for coke oven emissions.

(b) Concentrations not greater than 1500

ug/m 3.

(1) Any particulate filter respirator for dust and mist except single-use respirator; or

(2) Any particulate filter respirator or combination chemical cartridge and particulate

filter respirator for coke oven emissions; or

(3) Any respirator listed in paragraph (g)(3)(a) of this section.

(h) Protective clothing and equipment—

(1) Provision and use. The employer

shall provide and assure the use of appropriate protective clothing and

equipment, such as but not limited to:

(i) Flame resistant jacket and pants;

(ii) Flame resistant gloves;

(iii) Face shields or vented goggles

which comply with § 1910.133(a)(2) of

this part;

(iv) Footwear providing insulation

from hot surfaces for footwear;

(v) Safety shoes which comply with

§ 1910.136 of this part; and

(vi) Protective helmets which comply

with §1910.135 of this part.

(2) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The

employer shall provide the protective

clothing required by paragraphs (h)(1)

(i) and (ii) of this section in a clean and

dry condition at least weekly.

(ii) The employer shall clean, launder, or dispose of protective clothing

required by paragraphs (h)(1) (i) and (ii)

of this section.

(iii) The employer shall repair or replace the protective clothing and

equipment as needed to maintain their

effectiveness.

(iv) The employer shall assure that

all protective clothing is removed at

the completion of a work shift only in

change rooms prescribed in paragraph

(i)(1) of this section.

(v) The employer shall assure that

contaminated protective clothing

which is to be cleaned, laundered, or

disposed of, is placed in a closable container in the change room.

(vi) The employer shall inform any

person who cleans or launders protective clothing required by this section,

of the potentially harmful effects of exposure to coke oven emissions.

(i) Hygiene facilities and practices—(1)

Change rooms. The employer shall provide clean change rooms equipped with

storage facilities for street clothes and

separate storage facilities for protective clothing and equipment whenever

employees are required to wear protective clothing and equipment in accordance with paragraph (h)(1) of this section.

(2) Showers. (i) The employer shall assure that employees working in the

regulated area shower at the end of the

work shift.

(ii) The employer shall provide shower facilities in accordance with

§ 1910.141(d)(3) of this part.

(3) Lunchrooms. The employer shall

provide lunchroom facilities which

have a temperature controlled, positive
256

§ 1910.1029 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

pressure, filtered air supply, and which

are readily accessible to employees

working in the regulated area.

(4) Lavatories. (i) The employer shall

assure that employees working in the

regulated area wash their hands and

face prior to eating.

(ii) The employer shall provide lavatory facilities in accordance with

§ 1910.141(d) (1) and (2) of this part.

(5) Prohibition of activities in the regulated area. (i) The employer shall assure

that in the regulated area, food or beverages are not present or consumed,

smoking products are not present or

used, and cosmetics are not applied, except that these activities may be conducted in the lunchrooms, change

rooms and showers required under

paragraphs (i)(1)–(i)(3) of this section.

(ii) Drinking water may be consumed

in the regulated area.

(j) Medical surveillance—(1) General requirements. (i) Each employer shall institute a medical surveillance program

for all employees who are employed in

a regulated area at least 30 days per

year.

(ii) This program shall provide each

employee covered under paragraph

(j)(1)(i) of this section with an opportunity for medical examinations in accordance with this paragraph (j).

(iii) The employer shall inform any

employee who refuses any required

medical examination of the possible

health consequences of such refusal

and shall obtain a signed statement

from the employee indicating that the

employee understands the risk involved in the refusal to be examined.

(iv) The employer shall assure that

all medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, and

are provided without cost to the employee.

(2) Initial examinations. At the time of

initial assignment to a regulated area

or upon the institution of the medical

surveillance program, the employer

shall provide a medical examination

for employees covered under paragraph

(j)(1)(i) of this section including at

least the following elements:

(i) A work history and medical history which shall include smoking history and the presence and degree of

respiratory symptoms, such as breathlessness, cough, sputum production,

and wheezing;

(ii) A 14′′×17′′ posterior-anterior chest

x-ray and International Labour Office

UICC/Cincinnati (ILO U/C) rating;

(iii) Pulmonary function tests including forced vital capacity (FVC) and

forced expiratory volume at one second

(FEV 1.0) with recording of type of

equipment used;

(iv) Weight;

(v) A skin examination;

(vi) Urinalysis for sugar, albumin,

and hematuria; and

(vii) A urinary cytology examination.

(3) Periodic examinations. (i) The employer shall provide the examinations

specified in paragraphs (j)(2) (i)–(vi) of

this section at least annually for employees covered under paragraph

(j)(1)(i) of this section.

(ii) The employer shall provide the

examinations specified in paragraphs

(j)(2)(i) and (j)(2)(iii) through (vii) of

this section at least semi-annually for

employees 45 years of age or older or

with five (5) or more years employment

in the regulated area.

(iii) Whenever an employee who is 45

years of age or older or with five (5) or

more years employment in the regulated area transfers or is transferred

from employment in a regulated area,

the employer shall continue to provide

the examinations specified in paragraphs (j)(2)(i) and (j)(2)(iii) through

(vii) of this section semi-annually, as

long as that employee is employed by

the same employer or a successor employer.

(iv) The employer shall provide the xray specified in paragraph (j)(2)(ii) of

this section at least annually for employees covered under paragraph (j)(3)

of this section.

(v) Whenever an employee has not

taken the examinations specified in

paragraphs (j)(3) (i)–(iii) of this section

with the six (6) months preceding the

termination of employment the employer shall provide such examinations

to the employee upon termination of

employment.

(4) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide the

following information to the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this regulation and its

Appendixes;
257

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1029

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the

employee’s exposure;

(iii) The employee’s exposure level or

estimated exposure level;

(iv) A description of any personal

protective equipment used or to be

used; and

(v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee which is not readily available to

the examining physician.

(5) Physician’s written opinion. (i) The

employer shall obtain a written opinion from the examining physician

which shall include:

(a) The results of the medical examinations;

(b) The physician’s opinion as to

whether the employee has any detected

medical conditions which would place

the employee at increased risk of material impairment of the employee’s

health from exposure to coke oven

emissions;

(c) Any recommended limitations

upon the employee’s exposure to coke

oven emissions or upon the use of protective clothing or equipment such as

respirators; and

(d) A statement that the employee

has been informed by the physician of

the results of the medical examination

and any medical conditions which require further explanation or treatment.

(ii) The employer shall instruct the

physician not to reveal in the written

opinion specific findings or diagnoses

unrelated to occupational exposure.

(iii) The employer shall provide a

copy of the written opinion to the affected employee.

(k) Employee information and training—(1) Training program. (i) The employer shall institute a training program for employees who are employed

in the regulated area and shall assure

their participation.

(ii) The training program shall be

provided as of January 27, 1977 for employees who are employed in the regulated area at that time or at the time

of initial assignment to a regulated

area.

(iii) The training program shall be

provided at least annually for all employees who are employed in the regulated area, except that training regarding the occupational safety and health

hazards associated with exposure to

coke oven emissions and the purpose,

proper use, and limitations of respiratory protective devices shall be

provided at least quarterly until January 20, 1978.

(iv) The training program shall include informing each employee of:

(a) The information contained in the

substance information sheet for coke

oven emissions (Appendix A);

(b) The purpose, proper use, and limitations of respiratory protective devices required in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section;

(c) The purpose for and a description

of the medical surveillance program required by paragraph (j) of this section

including information on the occupational safety and health hazards associated with exposure to coke oven emissions;

(d) A review of all written procedures

and schedules required under paragraph (f) of this section; and

(e) A review of this standard.

(2) Access to training materials. (i) The

employer shall make a copy of this

standard and its appendixes readily

available to all employees who are employed in the regulated area.

(ii) The employer shall provide upon

request all materials relating to the

employee information and training

program to the Secretary and the Director.

(l) Precautionary signs and labels—(1)

General. (i) The employer may use labels or signs required by other statutes, regulations or ordinances in addition to, or in combination with, signs

and labels required by this paragraph.

(ii) The employer shall assure that no

statement appears on or near any sign

required by this paragraph which contradicts or detracts from the effects of

the required sign.

(iii) The employer shall assure that

signs required by this paragraph are illuminated and cleaned as necessary so

that the legend is readily visible.

(2) Signs. (i) The employer shall post

signs in the regulated area bearing the

legends:
258

§ 1910.1029 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

DANGER

CANCER HAZARD

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

NO SMOKING OR EATING

(ii) In addition, not later than January 20, 1978, the employer shall post

signs in the areas where the permissible exposure limit is exceeded bearing

the legend:

DANGER

RESPIRATOR REQUIRED

(3) Labels. The employer shall apply

precautionary labels to all containers

of protective clothing contaminated

with coke oven emissions bearing the

legend:

CAUTION

CLOTHING CONTAMINATED WITH COKE

EMISSIONS

DO NOT REMOVE DUST BY BLOWING OR

SHAKING

(m) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure measurements. The employer shall establish

and maintain an accurate record of all

measurements taken to monitor employee exposure to coke oven emissions

required in paragraph (e) of this section.

(i) This record shall include:

(a) Name, social security number,

and job classification of the employees

monitored;

(b) The date(s), number, duration and

results of each of the samples taken,

including a description of the sampling

procedure used to determine representative employee exposure where applicable;

(c) The type of respiratory protective

devices worn, if any;

(d) A description of the sampling and

analytical methods used and evidence

of their accuracy; and

(e) The environmental variables that

could affect the measurement of employee exposure.

(ii) The employer shall maintain this

record for at lest 40 years or for the duration of employment plus 20 years,

whichever is longer.

(2) Medical surveillance. The employer

shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee subject

to medical surveillance as required by

paragraph (j) of this section.

(i) The record shall include:

(a) The name, social security number, and description of duties of the

employee;

(b) A copy of the physician’s written

opinion;

(c) The signed statement of any refusal to take a medical examination

under paragraph (j)(1)(ii) of this section; and

(d) Any employee medical complaints

related to exposure to coke oven emissions.

(ii) The employer shall keep, or assure that the examining physician

keeps, the following medical records:

(a) A copy of the medical examination results including medical and

work history required under paragraph

(j)(2) of this section;

(b) A description of the laboratory

procedures used and a copy of any

standards or guidelines used to interpret the test results;

(c) The initial x-ray;

(d) The x-rays for the most recent

five (5) years;

(e) Any x-ray with a demonstrated

abnormality and all subsequent x-rays;

(f) The initial cytologic examination

slide and written description;

(g) The cytologic examination slide

and written description for the most

recent 10 years; and

(h) Any cytologic examination slides

with demonstrated atypia, if such

atypia persists for 3 years, and all subsequent slides and written descriptions.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

medical records required under paragraph (m)(2) of this section for at least

40 years, or for the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is

longer.

(3) Availability. (i) The employer shall

make available upon request all

records required to be maintained by

paragraph (m) of this section to the

Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.

(ii) Employee exposure measurement

records and employee medical records
259

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1029

required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29

CFR 1910.20(a)–(e) and (g)–(i).

(4) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever

the employer ceases to do business, the

successor employer shall receive and

retain all records required to be maintained by paragraph (m) of this section.

(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to

do business and there is no successor

employer to receive and retain the

records for the prescribed period, these

records shall be transmitted by registered mail to the Director.

(iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records required to

be maintained under paragraphs (m)(1)

and (m)(2) of this section, the employer

shall transmit these records by registered mail to the Director or shall

continue to retain such records.

(iv) The employer shall also comply

with any additional requirements involving transfer of records set forth in

29 CFR 1910.20(h).

(n) Observation of monitoring—(1) Employee observation. The employer shall

provide affected employees or their

representatives an opportunity to observe any measuring or monitoring of

employee exposure to coke oven emissions conducted pursuant to paragraph

(e) of this section.

(2) Observation procedures. (i) Whenever observation of the measuring or

monitoring of employee exposure to

coke oven emissions requires entry

into an area where the ues of protective clothing or equipment is required,

the employer shall provide the observer

with and assure the use of such equipment and shall require the observer to

comply with all other applicable safety

and health procedures.

(ii) Without interfering with the

measurement, observers shall be entitled to:

(a) An Explanation of the measurement procedures;

(b) Observe all steps related to the

measurement of coke oven emissions

performed at the place of exposure; and

(c) Record the results obtained.

(o) Effective date. This standard shall

become effective January 20, 1977.

(p) Appendices. The information contained in the appendixes to this section

is not intended, by itself, to create any

additional obligations not otherwise

imposed or to detract from any existing obligation.

[39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 63

FR 33468, June 18, 1998]

APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1029—COKE OVEN

EMISSIONS SUBSTANCE INFORMATION

SHEET

I. SUBSTANCE IDENTIFICATION

A. Substance: Coke Oven Emissions

B. Definition: The benzene-soluble fraction

of total particulate matter present during

the destructive distillation or carbonization

of coal for the production of coke.

C. Permissible Exposure Limit: 150

micrograms per cubic meter of air determined as an average over an 8-hour period.

D. Regulated areas: Only employees authorized by your employer should enter a regulated area. The employer is required to designate the following areas as regulated

areas: the coke oven battery, including topside and its machinery, pushside and its machinery, cokeside and its machinery, and the

battery ends; the screening station; and the

wharf; and the beehive ovens and their machinery.

II. HEALTH HAZARD DATA

Exposure to coke oven emissions is a cause

of lung cancer, and kidney cancer, in humans. Although there have not been an excess number of skin cancer cases in humans,

repeated skin contact with coke oven emissions should be avoided.

III. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT

A. Respirators: Respirators will be provided

by your employer for routine use if your employer is in the process of implementing engineering and work practice controls or

where engineering and work practice controls are not feasible or insufficient to reduce exposure to or below the PEL. You

must wear respirators for non-routine activities or in emergency situations where you

are likely to be exposed to levels of coke

oven emissions in excess of the permissible

exposure limit. Until January 20, 1978, the

routine wearing of respirators is voluntary.

Until that date, if you choose not to wear a

respirator you do not have to do so. You

must still have your respirator with you and

you must still wear it if you are near visible

emissions. Since how well your respirator

fits your face is very important, your employer is required to conduct fit tests to

make sure the respirator seals properly when

you wear it. These tests are simple and rapid

and will be explained to you during your

training sessions.
260

§ 1910.1029 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

B. Protective clothing: Your employer is required to provide, and you must wear, appropriate, clean, protective clothing and equipment to protect your body from repeated

skin contact with coke oven emissions and

from the heat generated during the coking

process. This clothing should include such

items as jacket and pants and flame resistant gloves. Protective equipment should include face shield or vented goggles, protective helmets and safety shoes, insulated from

hot surfaces where appropriate.

IV. HYGIENE FACILITIES AND PRACTICES

You must not eat, drink, smoke, chew gum

or tobacco, or apply cosmetics in the regulated area, except that drinking water is permitted. Your employer is required to provide

lunchrooms and other areas for these purposes.

Your employer is required to provide showers, washing facilities, and change rooms. If

you work in a regulated area, you must wash

your face, and hands before eating. You must

shower at the end of the work shift. Do not

take used protective clothing out of the

change rooms without your employer’s permission. Your employer is required to provide for laundering or cleaning of your protective clothing.

V. SIGNS AND LABELS

Your employer is required to post warning

signs and labels for your protection. Signs

must be posted in regulated areas. The signs

must warn that a cancer hazard is present,

that only authorized employees may enter

the area, and that no smoking or eating is

allowed. In regulated areas where coke oven

emissions are above the permissible exposure

limit, the signs should also warn that respirators must be worn.

VI. MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS

If you work in a regulated area at least 30

days per year, your employer is required to

provide you with a medical examination

every year. The medical examination must

include a medical history, a chest x-ray, pulmonary function test, weight comparison,

skin examination, a urinalysis, and a urine

cytology exam for early detection of urinary

cancer. The urine cytology exam is only included in the initial exam until you are either 45 years or older, or have 5 or more

years employment in the regulated areas

when the medical exams including this test,

but excepting the x-ray exam, are to be given

every six months; under these conditions,

you are to be given an x-ray exam at least

once a year. The examining physician will

provide a written opinion to your employer

containing the results of the medical exams.

You should also receive a copy of this opinion.

VII. OBSERVATION OF MONITORING

Your employer is required to monitor your

exposure to coke oven emissions and you are

entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are entitled to receive an explanation of the measurement procedure, observe the steps taken in the measurement

procedure, and to record the results obtained. When the monitoring procedure is

taking place in an area where respirators or

personal protective clothing and equipment

are required to be worn, you must also be

provided with and must wear the protective

clothing and equipment.

VIII. ACCESS TO RECORDS

You or your representative are entitled to

records of your exposure to coke oven emissions upon request to your employer. Your

medical examination records can be furnished to your physician upon request to

your employer.

IX. TRAINING AND EDUCATION

Additional information on all of these

items plus training as to hazards of coke

oven emissions and the engineering and work

practice controls associated with your job

will also be provided by your employer.

[39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 63

FR 33468, June 18, 1998]

APPENDIX B TO § 1910.1029—INDUSTRIAL

HYGIENE AND MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE GUIDELINES

I. INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE GUIDELINES

A. Sampling (Benzene-Soluble Fraction

Total Particulate Matter).

Samples collected should be full shift (at

least 7-hour) samples. Sampling should be

done using a personal sampling pump with

pulsation damper at a flow rate of 2 liters

per minute. Samples should be collected on

0.8 micrometer pore size silver membrane filters (37 mm diameter) preceded by Gelman

glass fiber type A–E filters encased in threepiece plastic (polystyrene) field monitor cassettes. The cassette face cap should be on

and the plug removed. The rotameter should

be checked every hour to ensure that proper

flow rates are maintained.

A minimum of three full-shift samples

should be collected for each job classification on each battery, at least one from each

shift. If disparate results are obtained for

particular job classification, sampling

should be repeated. It is advisable to sample

each shift on more than one day to account

for environmental variables (wind, precipitation, etc.) which may affect sampling. Differences in exposures among different work

shifts may indicate a need to improve work
261

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1030

practices on a particular shift. Sampling results from different shifts for each job classification should not be averaged. Multiple

samples from same shift on each battery

may be used to calculate an average exposure for a particular job classification.

B. Analysis.

1. All extraction glassware is cleaned with

dichromic acid cleaning solution, rinsed with

tap water, then dionized water, acetone, and

allowed to dry completely. The glassware is

rinsed with nanograde benzene before use.

The Teflon cups are cleaned with benzene

then with acetone.

2. Pre-weigh the 2 ml Teflon cups to one

hundredth of a milligram (0.01 mg) on a

autobalance AD 2 Tare weight of the cups is

about 50 mg.

3. Place the silver membrane filter and

glass fiber filter into a 15 ml test tube.

4. Extract with 5 ml of benzene for five

minutes in an ultrasonic cleaner.

5. Filter the extract in 15 ml medium glass

fritted funnels.

6. Rinse test tube and filters with two 1.5

ml aliquots of benzene and filter through the

fritted glass funnel.

7. Collect the extract and two rinses in a 10

ml Kontes graduated evaporative concentrator.

8. Evaporate down to 1 ml while rinsing the

sides with benzene.

9. Pipet 0.5 ml into the Teflon cup and

evaporate to dryness in a vacuum oven at 40

°C for 3 hours.

10. Weigh the Teflon cup and the weight

gain is due to the benzene soluble residue in

half the Sample.

II. MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE GUIDELINES

A. General. The minimum requirements for

the medical examination for coke oven

workers are given in paragraph (j) of the

standard. The initial examination is to be

provided to all coke oven workers who work

at least 30 days in the regulated area. The

examination includes a 14′′ X 17′′ posterioranterior chest x-ray reading and a ILO/UC

rating to assure some standardization of xray reading, pulmonary function tests (FVC

and FEV 1.0), weight, urinalysis, skin examination, and a urinary cytologic examination. These tests are needed to serve as the

baseline for comparing the employee’s future

test results. Periodic exams include all the

elements of the initial exam, except that the

urine cytologic test is to be performed only

on those employees who are 45 years or older

or who have worked for 5 or more years in

the regulated area; periodic exams, with the

exception of x-rays, are to be performed

semiannually for this group instead of annually; for this group, x-rays will continue to

be given at least annually. The examination

contents are minimum requirements; additional tests such as lateral and oblique xrays or additional pulmonary function tests

may be performed if deemed necessary.

B. Pulmonary function tests.

Pulmonary function tests should be performed in a manner which minimizes subject

and operator bias. There has been shown to

be learning effects with regard to the results

obtained from certain tests, such as FEV 1.0.

Best results can be obtained by multiple

trials for each subject. The best of three

trials or the average of the last three of five

trials may be used in obtaining reliable results. The type of equipment used (manufacturer, model, etc.) should be recorded with

the results as reliability and accuracy varies

and such information may be important in

the evaluation of test results. Care should be

exercised to obtain the best possible testing

equipment.

[41 FR 46784, Oct. 22, 1976, as amended at 42

FR 3304, Jan. 18, 1977; 45 FR 35283, May 23,

1980; 50 FR 37353, 37354, Sept. 13, 1985; 54 FR

24334, June 7, 1989; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 63

FR 1290, Jan. 8, 1998; 63 FR 33468, June 18,

1998]

§ 1910.1030 Bloodborne pathogens.

(a) Scope and Application. This section

applies to all occupational exposure to

blood or other potentially infectious

materials as defined by paragraph (b)

of this section.

(b) Definitions. For purposes of this

section, the following shall apply:

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, or designated

representative.

Blood means human blood, human

blood components, and products made

from human blood.

Bloodborne Pathogens means pathogenic microorganisms that are present

in human blood and can cause disease

in humans. These pathogens include,

but are not limited to, hepatitis B

virus (HBV) and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).

Clinical Laboratory means a workplace where diagnostic or other screening procedures are performed on blood

or other potentially infectious materials.

Contaminated means the presence or

the reasonably anticipated presence of

blood or other potentially infectious

materials on an item or surface.

Contaminated Laundry means laundry

which has been soiled with blood or

other potentially infectious materials

or may contain sharps.
262

§ 1910.1030 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

Contaminated Sharps means any contaminated object that can penetrate

the skin including, but not limited to,

needles, scalpels, broken glass, broken

capillary tubes, and exposed ends of

dental wires.

Decontamination means the use of

physical or chemical means to remove,

inactivate, or destroy bloodborne

pathogens on a surface or item to the

point where they are no longer capable

of transmitting infectious particles and

the surface or item is rendered safe for

handling, use, or disposal.

Director means the Director of the

National Institute for Occupational

Safety and Health, U.S. Department of

Health and Human Services, or designated representative.

Engineering Controls means controls

(e.g., sharps disposal containers, selfsheathing needles) that isolate or remove the bloodborne pathogens hazard

from the workplace.

Exposure Incident means a specific

eye, mouth, other mucous membrane,

non-intact skin, or parenteral contact

with blood or other potentially infectious materials that results from the

performance of an employee’s duties.

Handwashing Facilities means a facility providing an adequate supply of

running potable water, soap and single

use towels or hot air drying machines.

Licensed Healthcare Professional is a

person whose legally permitted scope

of practice allows him or her to independently perform the activities required by paragraph (f) Hepatitis B

Vaccination and Post-exposure Evaluation and Follow-up.

HBV means hepatitis B virus.

HIV means human immunodeficiency

virus.

Occupational Exposure means reasonably anticipated skin, eye, mucous

membrane, or parenteral contact with

blood or other potentially infectious

materials that may result from the

performance of an employee’s duties.

Other Potentially Infectious Materials

means

(1) The following human body fluids:

semen, vaginal secretions, cerebrospinal fluid, synovial fluid, pleural

fluid, pericardial fluid, peritoneal fluid,

amniotic fluid, saliva in dental procedures, any body fluid that is visibly

contaminated with blood, and all body

fluids in situations where it is difficult

or impossible to differentiate between

body fluids;

(2) Any unfixed tissue or organ (other

than intact skin) from a human (living

or dead); and

(3) HIV-containing cell or tissue cultures, organ cultures, and HIV- or

HBV-containing culture medium or

other solutions; and blood, organs, or

other tissues from experimental animals infected with HIV or HBV.

Parenteral means piercing mucous

membranes or the skin barrier through

such events as needlesticks, human

bites, cuts, and abrasions.

Personal Protective Equipment is specialized clothing or equipment worn by

an employee for protection against a

hazard. General work clothes (e.g., uniforms, pants, shirts or blouses) not intended to function as protection

against a hazard are not considered to

be personal protective equipment.

Production Facility means a facility

engaged in industrial-scale, large-volume or high concentration production

of HIV or HBV.

Regulated Waste means liquid or

semi-liquid blood or other potentially

infectious materials; contaminated

items that would release blood or other

potentially infectious materials in a

liquid or semi-liquid state if compressed; items that are caked with

dried blood or other potentially infectious materials and are capable of releasing these materials during handling; contaminated sharps; and pathological and microbiological wastes containing blood or other potentially infectious materials.

Research Laboratory means a laboratory producing or using research-laboratory-scale amounts of HIV or HBV.

Research laboratories may produce

high concentrations of HIV or HBV but

not in the volume found in production

facilities.

Source Individual means any individual, living or dead, whose blood or

other potentially infectious materials

may be a source of occupational exposure to the employee. Examples include, but are not limited to, hospital

and clinic patients; clients in institutions for the developmentally disabled;

trauma victims; clients of drug and alcohol treatment facilities; residents of
263

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1030

hospices and nursing homes; human remains; and individuals who donate or

sell blood or blood components.

Sterilize means the use of a physical

or chemical procedure to destroy all

microbial life including highly resistant bacterial endospores.

Universal Precautions is an approach

to infection control. According to the

concept of Universal Precautions, all

human blood and certain human body

fluids are treated as if known to be infectious for HIV, HBV, and other

bloodborne pathogens.

Work Practice Controls means controls

that reduce the likelihood of exposure

by altering the manner in which a task

is performed (e.g., prohibiting recapping of needles by a two-handed technique).

(c) Exposure control—(1) Exposure Control Plan. (i) Each employer having an

employee(s) with occupational exposure as defined by paragraph (b) of this

section shall establish a written Exposure Control Plan designed to eliminate or minimize employee exposure.

(ii) The Exposure Control Plan shall

contain at least the following elements:

(A) The exposure determination required by paragraph(c)(2),

(B) The schedule and method of implementation for paragraphs (d) Methods of Compliance, (e) HIV and HBV

Research Laboratories and Production

Facilities, (f) Hepatitis B Vaccination

and Post-Exposure Evaluation and Follow-up, (g) Communication of Hazards

to Employees, and (h) Recordkeeping,

of this standard, and

(C) The procedure for the evaluation

of circumstances surrounding exposure

incidents as required by paragraph

(f)(3)(i) of this standard.

(iii) Each employer shall ensure that

a copy of the Exposure Control Plan is

accessible to employees in accordance

with 29 CFR 1910.20(e).

(iv) The Exposure Control Plan shall

be reviewed and updated at least annually and whenever necessary to reflect

new or modified tasks and procedures

which affect occupational exposure and

to reflect new or revised employee positions with occupational exposure.

(v) The Exposure Control Plan shall

be made available to the Assistant Secretary and the Director upon request

for examination and copying.

(2) Exposure determination. (i) Each

employer who has an employee(s) with

occupational exposure as defined by

paragraph (b) of this section shall prepare an exposure determination. This

exposure determination shall contain

the following:

(A) A list of all job classifications in

which all employees in those job classifications have occupational exposure;

(B) A list of job classifications in

which some employees have occupational exposure, and

(C) A list of all tasks and procedures

or groups of closely related task and

procedures in which occupational exposure occurs and that are performed by

employees in job classifications listed

in accordance with the provisions of

paragraph (c)(2)(i)(B) of this standard.

(ii) This exposure determination

shall be made without regard to the

use of personal protective equipment.

(d) Methods of compliance—(1) General.

Universal precautions shall be observed

to prevent contact with blood or other

potentially infectious materials. Under

circumstances in which differentiation

between body fluid types is difficult or

impossible, all body fluids shall be considered potentially infectious materials.

(2) Engineering and work practice controls. (i) Engineering and work practice

controls shall be used to eliminate or

minimize employee exposure. Where

occupational exposure remains after

institution of these controls, personal

protective equipment shall also be

used.

(ii) Engineering controls shall be examined and maintained or replaced on

a regular schedule to ensure their effectiveness.

(iii) Employers shall provide

handwashing facilities which are readily accessible to employees.

(iv) When provision of handwashing

facilities is not feasible, the employer

shall provide either an appropriate antiseptic hand cleanser in conjunction

with clean cloth/paper towels or antiseptic towelettes. When antiseptic

hand cleansers or towelettes are used,

hands shall be washed with soap and

running water as soon as feasible.
264

§ 1910.1030 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(v) Employers shall ensure that employees wash their hands immediately

or as soon as feasible after removal of

gloves or other personal protective

equipment.

(vi) Employers shall ensure that employees wash hands and any other skin

with soap and water, or flush mucous

membranes with water immediately or

as soon as feasible following contact of

such body areas with blood or other potentially infectious materials.

(vii) Contaminated needles and other

contaminated sharps shall not be bent,

recapped, or removed except as noted

in paragraphs (d)(2)(vii)(A) and

(d)(2)(vii)(B) below. Shearing or breaking of contaminated needles is prohibited.

(A) Contaminated needles and other

contaminated sharps shall not be bent,

recapped or removed unless the employer can demonstrate that no alternative is feasible or that such action is

required by a specific medical or dental

procedure.

(B) Such bending, recapping or needle

removal must be accomplished through

the use of a mechanical device or a

one-handed technique.

(viii) Immediately or as soon as possible after use, contaminated reusable

sharps shall be placed in appropriate

containers until properly reprocessed.

These containers shall be:

(A) Puncture resistant;

(B) Labeled or color-coded in accordance with this standard;

(C) Leakproof on the sides and bottom; and

(D) In accordance with the requirements set forth in paragraph

(d)(4)(ii)(E) for reusable sharps.

(ix) Eating, drinking, smoking, applying cosmetics or lip balm, and handling contact lenses are prohibited in

work areas where there is a reasonable

likelihood of occupational exposure.

(x) Food and drink shall not be kept

in refrigerators, freezers, shelves, cabinets or on countertops or benchtops

where blood or other potentially infectious materials are present.

(xi) All procedures involving blood or

other potentially infectious materials

shall be performed in such a manner as

to minimize splashing, spraying, spattering, and generation of droplets of

these substances.

(xii) Mouth pipetting/suctioning of

blood or other potentially infectious

materials is prohibited.

(xiii) Specimens of blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be

placed in a container which prevents

leakage during collection, handling,

processing, storage, transport, or shipping.

(A) The container for storage, transport, or shipping shall be labeled or

color-coded according to paragraph

(g)(1)(i) and closed prior to being

stored, transported, or shipped. When a

facility utilizes Universal Precautions

in the handling of all specimens, the

labeling/color-coding of specimens is

not necessary provided containers are

recognizable as containing specimens.

This exemption only applies while such

specimens/containers remain within

the facility. Labeling or color-coding

in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i)

is required when such specimens/containers leave the facility.

(B) If outside contamination of the

primary container occurs, the primary

container shall be placed within a second container which prevents leakage

during handling, processing, storage,

transport, or shipping and is labeled or

color-coded according to the requirements of this standard.

(C) If the specimen could puncture

the primary container, the primary

container shall be placed within a secondary container which is puncture-resistant in addition to the above characteristics.

(xiv) Equipment which may become

contaminated with blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be

examined prior to servicing or shipping

and shall be decontaminated as necessary, unless the employer can demonstrate that decontamination of such

equipment or portions of such equipment is not feasible.

(A) A readily observable label in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i)(H)

shall be attached to the equipment

stating which portions remain contaminated.

(B) The employer shall ensure that

this information is conveyed to all affected employees, the servicing representative, and/or the manufacturer,
265

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1030

as appropriate, prior to handling, servicing, or shipping so that appropriate

precautions will be taken.

(3) Personal protective equipment—(i)

Provision. When there is occupational

exposure, the employer shall provide,

at no cost to the employee, appropriate

personal protective equipment such as,

but not limited to, gloves, gowns, laboratory coats, face shields or masks

and eye protection, and mouthpieces,

resuscitation bags, pocket masks, or

other ventilation devices. Personal

protective equipment will be considered ‘‘appropriate’’ only if it does not

permit blood or other potentially infectious materials to pass through to or

reach the employee’s work clothes,

street clothes, undergarments, skin,

eyes, mouth, or other mucous membranes under normal conditions of use

and for the duration of time which the

protective equipment will be used.

(ii) Use. The employer shall ensure

that the employee uses appropriate

personal protective equipment unless

the employer shows that the employee

temporarily and briefly declined to use

personal protective equipment when,

under rare and extraordinary circumstances, it was the employee’s professional judgment that in the specific

instance its use would have prevented

the delivery of health care or public

safety services or would have posed an

increased hazard to the safety of the

worker or co-worker. When the employee makes this judgement, the circumstances shall be investigated and

documented in order to determine

whether changes can be instituted to

prevent such occurences in the future.

(iii) Accessibility. The employer shall

ensure that appropriate personal protective equipment in the appropriate

sizes is readily accessible at the worksite or is issued to employees.

Hypoallergenic gloves, glove liners,

powderless gloves, or other similar alternatives shall be readily accessible to

those employees who are allergic to the

gloves normally provided.

(iv) Cleaning, Laundering, and Disposal. The employer shall clean, launder, and dispose of personal protective

equipment required by paragraphs (d)

and (e) of this standard, at no cost to

the employee.

(v) Repair and Replacement. The employer shall repair or replace personal

protective equipment as needed to

maintain its effectiveness, at no cost

to the employee.

(vi) If a garment(s) is penetrated by

blood or other potentially infectious

materials, the garment(s) shall be removed immediately or as soon as feasible.

(vii) All personal protective equipment shall be removed prior to leaving

the work area.

(viii) When personal protective equipment is removed it shall be placed in

an appropriately designated area or

container for storage, washing, decontamination or disposal.

(ix) Gloves. Gloves shall be worn when

it can be reasonably anticipated that

the employee may have hand contact

with blood, other potentially infectious

materials, mucous membranes, and

non-intact skin; when performing vascular access procedures except as specified in paragraph (d)(3)(ix)(D); and

when handling or touching contaminated items or surfaces.

(A) Disposable (single use) gloves

such as surgical or examination gloves,

shall be replaced as soon as practical

when contaminated or as soon as feasible if they are torn, punctured, or

when their ability to function as a barrier is compromised.

(B) Disposable (single use) gloves

shall not be washed or decontaminated

for re-use.

(C) Utility gloves may be decontaminated for re-use if the integrity of the

glove is not compromised. However,

they must be discarded if they are

cracked, peeling, torn, punctured, or

exhibit other signs of deterioration or

when their ability to function as a barrier is compromised.

(D) If an employer in a volunteer

blood donation center judges that routine gloving for all phlebotomies is not

necessary then the employer shall:

(1) Periodically reevaluate this policy;

(2) Make gloves available to all employees who wish to use them for phlebotomy;

(3) Not discourage the use of gloves

for phlebotomy; and
266

§ 1910.1030 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(4) Require that gloves be used for

phlebotomy in the following circumstances:

(i) When the employee has cuts,

scratches, or other breaks in his or her

skin;

(ii) When the employee judges that

hand contamination with blood may

occur, for example, when performing

phlebotomy on an uncooperative

source individual; and

(iii) When the employee is receiving

training in phlebotomy.

(x) Masks, Eye Protection, and Face

Shields. Masks in combination with eye

protection devices, such as goggles or

glasses with solid side shields, or chinlength face shields, shall be worn whenever splashes, spray, spatter, or droplets of blood or other potentially infectious materials may be generated and

eye, nose, or mouth contamination can

be reasonably anticipated.

(xi) Gowns, Aprons, and Other Protective Body Clothing. Appropriate protective clothing such as, but not limited

to, gowns, aprons, lab coats, clinic

jackets, or similar outer garments

shall be worn in occupational exposure

situations. The type and characteristics will depend upon the task and degree of exposure anticipated.

(xii) Surgical caps or hoods and/or

shoe covers or boots shall be worn in

instances when gross contamination

can reasonably be anticipated (e.g., autopsies, orthopaedic surgery).

(4) Housekeeping—(i) General. Employers shall ensure that the worksite is

maintained in a clean and sanitary

condition. The employer shall determine and implement an appropriate

written schedule for cleaning and

method of decontamination based upon

the location within the facility, type of

surface to be cleaned, type of soil

present, and tasks or procedures being

performed in the area.

(ii) All equipment and environmental

and working surfaces shall be cleaned

and decontaminated after contact with

blood or other potentially infectious

materials.

(A) Contaminated work surfaces shall

be decontaminated with an appropriate

disinfectant after completion of procedures; immediately or as soon as feasible when surfaces are overtly contaminated or after any spill of blood or

other potentially infectious materials;

and at the end of the work shift if the

surface may have become contaminated since the last cleaning.

(B) Protective coverings, such as

plastic wrap, aluminum foil, or imperviously-backed absorbent paper used to

cover equipment and environmental

surfaces, shall be removed and replaced

as soon as feasible when they become

overtly contaminated or at the end of

the workshift if they may have become

contaminated during the shift.

(C) All bins, pails, cans, and similar

receptacles intended for reuse which

have a reasonable likelihood for becoming contaminated with blood or

other potentially infectious materials

shall be inspected and decontaminated

on a regularly scheduled basis and

cleaned and decontaminated immediately or as soon as feasible upon visible contamination.

(D) Broken glassware which may be

contaminated shall not be picked up

directly with the hands. It shall be

cleaned up using mechanical means,

such as a brush and dust pan, tongs, or

forceps.

(E) Reusable sharps that are contaminated with blood or other potentially infectious materials shall not be

stored or processed in a manner that

requires employees to reach by hand

into the containers where these sharps

have been placed.

(iii) Regulated Waste—(A) Contaminated Sharps Discarding and Containment. (1) Contaminated sharps shall be

discarded immediately or as soon as

feasible in containers that are:

(i) Closable;

(ii) Puncture resistant;

(iii) Leakproof on sides and bottom;

and

(iv) Labeled or color-coded in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this

standard.

(2) During use, containers for contaminated sharps shall be:

(i) Easily accessible to personnel and

located as close as is feasible to the immediate area where sharps are used or

can be reasonably anticipated to be

found (e.g., laundries);

(ii) Maintained upright throughout

use; and

(iii) Replaced routinely and not be allowed to overfill.
267

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1030

(3) When moving containers of contaminated sharps from the area of use,

the containers shall be:

(i) Closed immediately prior to removal or replacement to prevent spillage or protrusion of contents during

handling, storage, transport, or shipping;

(ii) Placed in a secondary container if

leakage is possible. The second container shall be:

(A) Closable;

(B) Constructed to contain all contents and prevent leakage during handling, storage, transport, or shipping;

and

(C) Labeled or color-coded according

to paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this standard.

(4) Reusable containers shall not be

opened, emptied, or cleaned manually

or in any other manner which would

expose employees to the risk of

percutaneous injury.

(B) Other Regulated Waste Containment—(1) Regulated waste shall be

placed in containers which are:

(i) Closable;

(ii) Constructed to contain all contents and prevent leakage of fluids during handling, storage, transport or

shipping;

(iii) Labeled or color-coded in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i) this

standard; and

(iv) Closed prior to removal to prevent spillage or protrusion of contents

during handling, storage, transport, or

shipping.

(2) If outside contamination of the

regulated waste container occurs, it

shall be placed in a second container.

The second container shall be:

(i) Closable;

(ii) Constructed to contain all contents and prevent leakage of fluids during handling, storage, transport or

shipping;

(iii) Labeled or color-coded in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this

standard; and

(iv) Closed prior to removal to prevent spillage or protrusion of contents

during handling, storage, transport, or

shipping.

(C) Disposal of all regulated waste

shall be in accordance with applicable

regulations of the United States,

States and Territories, and political

subdivisions of States and Territories.

(iv) Laundry. (A) Contaminated laundry shall be handled as little as possible with a minimum of agitation. (1)

Contaminated laundry shall be bagged

or containerized at the location where

it was used and shall not be sorted or

rinsed in the location of use.

(2) Contaminated laundry shall be

placed and transported in bags or containers labeled or color-coded in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i) of

this standard. When a facility utilizes

Universal Precautions in the handling

of all soiled laundry, alternative labeling or color-coding is sufficient if it

permits all employees to recognize the

containers as requiring compliance

with Universal Precautions.

(3) Whenever contaminated laundry

is wet and presents a reasonable likelihood of soak-through of or leakage

from the bag or container, the laundry

shall be placed and transported in bags

or containers which prevent soakthrough and/or leakage of fluids to the

exterior.

(B) The employer shall ensure that

employees who have contact with contaminated laundry wear protective

gloves and other appropriate personal

protective equipment.

(C) When a facility ships contaminated laundry off-site to a second facility which does not utilize Universal

Precautions in the handling of all laundry, the facility generating the contaminated laundry must place such

laundry in bags or containers which

are labeled or color-coded in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i).

(e) HIV and HBV Research Laboratories and Production Facilities. (1) This

paragraph applies to research laboratories and production facilities engaged in the culture, production, concentration, experimentation, and manipulation of HIV and HBV. It does not

apply to clinical or diagnostic laboratories engaged solely in the analysis of

blood, tissues, or organs. These requirements apply in addition to the

other requirements of the standard.

(2) Research laboratories and production facilities shall meet the following

criteria:

(i) Standard microbiological practices.

All regulated waste shall either be incinerated or decontaminated by a

method such as autoclaving known to
268

§ 1910.1030 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

effectively destroy bloodborne pathogens.

(ii) Special practices. (A) Laboratory

doors shall be kept closed when work

involving HIV or HBV is in progress.

(B) Contaminated materials that are

to be decontaminated at a site away

from the work area shall be placed in a

durable, leakproof, labeled or colorcoded container that is closed before

being removed from the work area.

(C) Access to the work area shall be

limited to authorized persons. Written

policies and procedures shall be established whereby only persons who have

been advised of the potential biohazard, who meet any specific entry requirements, and who comply with all

entry and exit procedures shall be allowed to enter the work areas and animal rooms.

(D) When other potentially infectious

materials or infected animals are

present in the work area or containment module, a hazard warning sign incorporating the universal biohazard

symbol shall be posted on all access

doors. The hazard warning sign shall

comply with paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this

standard.

(E) All activities involving other potentially infectious materials shall be

conducted in biological safety cabinets

or other physical-containment devices

within the containment module. No

work with these other potentially infectious materials shall be conducted

on the open bench.

(F) Laboratory coats, gowns, smocks,

uniforms, or other appropriate protective clothing shall be used in the work

area and animal rooms. Protective

clothing shall not be worn outside of

the work area and shall be decontaminated before being laundered.

(G) Special care shall be taken to

avoid skin contact with other potentially infectious materials. Gloves

shall be worn when handling infected

animals and when making hand contact with other potentially infectious

materials is unavoidable.

(H) Before disposal all waste from

work areas and from animal rooms

shall either be incinerated or decontaminated by a method such as

autoclaving known to effectively destroy bloodborne pathogens.

(I) Vacuum lines shall be protected

with liquid disinfectant traps and highefficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters or filters of equivalent or superior

efficiency and which are checked routinely and maintained or replaced as

necessary.

(J) Hypodermic needles and syringes

shall be used only for parenteral injection and aspiration of fluids from laboratory animals and diaphragm bottles. Only needle-locking syringes or

disposable syringe-needle units (i.e.,

the needle is integral to the syringe)

shall be used for the injection or aspiration of other potentially infectious

materials. Extreme caution shall be

used when handling needles and syringes. A needle shall not be bent,

sheared, replaced in the sheath or

guard, or removed from the syringe following use. The needle and syringe

shall be promptly placed in a punctureresistant container and autoclaved or

decontaminated before reuse or disposal.

(K) All spills shall be immediately

contained and cleaned up by appropriate professional staff or others properly trained and equipped to work with

potentially concentrated infectious

materials.

(L) A spill or accident that results in

an exposure incident shall be immediately reported to the laboratory director or other responsible person.

(M) A biosafety manual shall be prepared or adopted and periodically reviewed and updated at least annually

or more often if necessary. Personnel

shall be advised of potential hazards,

shall be required to read instructions

on practices and procedures, and shall

be required to follow them.

(iii) Containment equipment. (A) Certified biological safety cabinets (Class

I, II, or III) or other appropriate combinations of personal protection or

physical containment devices, such as

special protective clothing, respirators,

centrifuge safety cups, sealed centrifuge rotors, and containment caging

for animals, shall be used for all activities with other potentially infectious

materials that pose a threat of exposure to droplets, splashes, spills, or

aerosols.
269

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1030

(B) Biological safety cabinets shall

be certified when installed, whenever

they are moved and at least annually.

(3) HIV and HBV research laboratories shall meet the following criteria:

(i) Each laboratory shall contain a

facility for hand washing and an eye

wash facility which is readily available

within the work area.

(ii) An autoclave for decontamination of regulated waste shall be available.

(4) HIV and HBV production facilities

shall meet the following criteria:

(i) The work areas shall be separated

from areas that are open to unrestricted traffic flow within the building. Passage through two sets of doors

shall be the basic requirement for

entry into the work area from access

corridors or other contiguous areas.

Physical separation of the high-containment work area from access corridors or other areas or activities may

also be provided by a double-doored

clothes-change room (showers may be

included), airlock, or other access facility that requires passing through

two sets of doors before entering the

work area.

(ii) The surfaces of doors, walls,

floors and ceilings in the work area

shall be water resistant so that they

can be easily cleaned. Penetrations in

these surfaces shall be sealed or capable of being sealed to facilitate decontamination.

(iii) Each work area shall contain a

sink for washing hands and a readily

available eye wash facility. The sink

shall be foot, elbow, or automatically

operated and shall be located near the

exit door of the work area.

(iv) Access doors to the work area or

containment module shall be self-closing.

(v) An autoclave for decontamination

of regulated waste shall be available

within or as near as possible to the

work area.

(vi) A ducted exhaust-air ventilation

system shall be provided. This system

shall create directional airflow that

draws air into the work area through

the entry area. The exhaust air shall

not be recirculated to any other area of

the building, shall be discharged to the

outside, and shall be dispersed away

from occupied areas and air intakes.

The proper direction of the airflow

shall be verified (i.e., into the work

area).

(5) Training Requirements. Additional

training requirements for employees in

HIV and HBV research laboratories and

HIV and HBV production facilities are

specified in paragraph (g)(2)(ix).

(f) Hepatitis B vaccination and post-exposure evaluation and follow-up—(1)

General. (i) The employer shall make

available the hepatitis B vaccine and

vaccination series to all employees

who have occupational exposure, and

post-exposure evaluation and follow-up

to all employees who have had an exposure incident.

(ii) The employer shall ensure that

all medical evaluations and procedures

including the hepatitis B vaccine and

vaccination series and post-exposure

evaluation and follow-up, including

prophylaxis, are:

(A) Made available at no cost to the

employee;

(B) Made available to the employee

at a reasonable time and place;

(C) Performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician or by or

under the supervision of another licensed healthcare professional; and

(D) Provided according to recommendations of the U.S. Public

Health Service current at the time

these evaluations and procedures take

place, except as specified by this paragraph (f).

(iii) The employer shall ensure that

all laboratory tests are conducted by

an accredited laboratory at no cost to

the employee.

(2) Hepatitis B Vaccination. (i) Hepatitis B vaccination shall be made available after the employee has received

the training required in paragraph

(g)(2)(vii)(I) and within 10 working days

of initial assignment to all employees

who have occupational exposure unless

the employee has previously received

the complete hepatitis B vaccination

series, antibody testing has revealed

that the employee is immune, or the

vaccine is contraindicated for medical

reasons.

(ii) The employer shall not make participation in a prescreening program a

prerequisite for receiving hepatitis B

vaccination.
270

§ 1910.1030 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(iii) If the employee initially declines

hepatitis B vaccination but at a later

date while still covered under the

standard decides to accept the vaccination, the employer shall make available hepatitis B vaccination at that

time.

(iv) The employer shall assure that

employees who decline to accept hepatitis B vaccination offered by the employer sign the statement in appendix

A.

(v) If a routine booster dose(s) of hepatitis B vaccine is recommended by the

U.S. Public Health Service at a future

date, such booster dose(s) shall be

made available in accordance with section (f)(1)(ii).

(3) Post-exposure Evaluation and Follow-up. Following a report of an exposure incident, the employer shall make

immediately available to the exposed

employee a confidential medical evaluation and follow-up, including at least

the following elements:

(i) Documentation of the route(s) of

exposure, and the circumstances under

which the exposure incident occurred;

(ii) Identification and documentation

of the source individual, unless the employer can establish that identification

is infeasible or prohibited by state or

local law;

(A) The source individual’s blood

shall be tested as soon as feasible and

after consent is obtained in order to determine HBV and HIV infectivity. If

consent is not obtained, the employer

shall establish that legally required

consent cannot be obtained. When the

source individual’s consent is not required by law, the source individual’s

blood, if available, shall be tested and

the results documented.

(B) When the source individual is already known to be infected with HBV

or HIV, testing for the source individual’s known HBV or HIV status need

not be repeated.

(C) Results of the source individual’s

testing shall be made available to the

exposed employee, and the employee

shall be informed of applicable laws

and regulations concerning disclosure

of the identity and infectious status of

the source individual.

(iii) Collection and testing of blood

for HBV and HIV serological status;

(A) The exposed employee’s blood

shall be collected as soon as feasible

and tested after consent is obtained.

(B) If the employee consents to baseline blood collection, but does not give

consent at that time for HIV serologic

testing, the sample shall be preserved

for at least 90 days. If, within 90 days of

the exposure incident, the employee

elects to have the baseline sample tested, such testing shall be done as soon

as feasible.

(iv) Post-exposure prophylaxis, when

medically indicated, as recommended

by the U.S. Public Health Service;

(v) Counseling; and

(vi) Evaluation of reported illnesses.

(4) Information Provided to the

Healthcare Professional. (i) The employer shall ensure that the healthcare

professional responsible for the employee’s Hepatitis B vaccination is provided a copy of this regulation.

(ii) The employer shall ensure that

the healthcare professional evaluating

an employee after an exposure incident

is provided the following information:

(A) A copy of this regulation;

(B) A description of the exposed employee’s duties as they relate to the exposure incident;

(C) Documentation of the route(s) of

exposure and circumstances under

which exposure occurred;

(D) Results of the source individual’s

blood testing, if available; and

(E) All medical records relevant to

the appropriate treatment of the employee including vaccination status

which are the employer’s responsibility

to maintain.

(5) Healthcare Professional’s Written

Opinion. The employer shall obtain and

provide the employee with a copy of

the evaluating healthcare professional’s written opinion within 15 days

of the completion of the evaluation.

(i) The healthcare professional’s written opinion for Hepatitis B vaccination

shall be limited to whether Hepatitis B

vaccination is indicated for an employee, and if the employee has received such vaccination.

(ii) The healthcare professional’s

written opinion for post-exposure evaluation and follow-up shall be limited to

the following information:
271

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1030

(A) That the employee has been informed of the results of the evaluation;

and

(B) That the employee has been told

about any medical conditions resulting

from exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials which require further evaluation or treatment.

(iii) All other findings or diagnoses

shall remain confidential and shall not

be included in the written report.

(6) Medical recordkeeping. Medical

records required by this standard shall

be maintained in accordance with paragraph (h)(1) of this section.

(g) Communication of hazards to employees—(1) Labels and signs—(i) Labels.

(A) Warning labels shall be affixed to

containers of regulated waste, refrigerators and freezers containing blood

or other potentially infectious material; and other containers used to

store, transport or ship blood or other

potentially infectious materials, except as provided in paragraph

(g)(1)(i)(E), (F) and (G).

(B) Labels required by this section

shall include the following legend:

(C) These labels shall be fluorescent

orange or orange-red or predominantly

so, with lettering and symbols in a contrasting color.

(D) Labels shall be affixed as close as

feasible to the container by string,

wire, adhesive, or other method that

prevents their loss or unintentional removal.

(E) Red bags or red containers may

be substituted for labels.

(F) Containers of blood, blood components, or blood products that are labeled as to their contents and have

been released for transfusion or other

clinical use are exempted from the labeling requirements of paragraph (g).

(G) Individual containers of blood or

other potentially infectious materials

that are placed in a labeled container

during storage, transport, shipment or

disposal are exempted from the labeling requirement.

(H) Labels required for contaminated

equipment shall be in accordance with

this paragraph and shall also state

which portions of the equipment remain contaminated.

(I) Regulated waste that has been decontaminated need not be labeled or

color-coded.

(ii) Signs. (A) The employer shall post

signs at the entrance to work areas

specified in paragraph (e), HIV and

HBV Research Laboratory and Production Facilities, which shall bear the

following legend:

(Name of the Infectious Agent)

(Special requirements for entering the area)

(Name, telephone number of the laboratory

director or other responsible person.)

(B) These signs shall be fluorescent

orange-red or predominantly so, with

lettering and symbols in a contrasting

color.

(2) Information and Training. (i) Employers shall ensure that all employees

with occupational exposure participate

in a training program which must be

provided at no cost to the employee

and during working hours.

(ii) Training shall be provided as follows:

(A) At the time of initial assignment

to tasks where occupational exposure

may take place;

(B) Within 90 days after the effective

date of the standard; and

(C) At least annually thereafter.

(iii) For employees who have received

training on bloodborne pathogens in

the year preceding the effective date of
272

§ 1910.1030 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

the standard, only training with respect to the provisions of the standard

which were not included need be provided.

(iv) Annual training for all employees shall be provided within one year of

their previous training.

(v) Employers shall provide additional training when changes such as

modification of tasks or procedures or

institution of new tasks or procedures

affect the employee’s occupational exposure. The additional training may be

limited to addressing the new exposures created.

(vi) Material appropriate in content

and vocabulary to educational level,

literacy, and language of employees

shall be used.

(vii) The training program shall contain at a minimum the following elements:

(A) An accessible copy of the regulatory text of this standard and an explanation of its contents;

(B) A general explanation of the epidemiology and symptoms of bloodborne

diseases;

(C) An explanation of the modes of

transmission of bloodborne pathogens;

(D) An explanation of the employer’s

exposure control plan and the means

by which the employee can obtain a

copy of the written plan;

(E) An explanation of the appropriate

methods for recognizing tasks and

other activities that may involve exposure to blood and other potentially infectious materials;

(F) An explanation of the use and

limitations of methods that will prevent or reduce exposure including appropriate engineering controls, work

practices, and personal protective

equipment;

(G) Information on the types, proper

use, location, removal, handling, decontamination and disposal of personal

protective equipment;

(H) An explanation of the basis for

selection of personal protective equipment;

(I) Information on the hepatitis B

vaccine, including information on its

efficacy, safety, method of administration, the benefits of being vaccinated,

and that the vaccine and vaccination

will be offered free of charge;

(J) Information on the appropriate

actions to take and persons to contact

in an emergency involving blood or

other potentially infectious materials;

(K) An explanation of the procedure

to follow if an exposure incident occurs, including the method of reporting

the incident and the medical follow-up

that will be made available;

(L) Information on the post-exposure

evaluation and follow-up that the employer is required to provide for the

employee following an exposure incident;

(M) An explanation of the signs and

labels and/or color coding required by

paragraph (g)(1); and

(N) An opportunity for interactive

questions and answers with the person

conducting the training session.

(viii) The person conducting the

training shall be knowledgeable in the

subject matter covered by the elements

contained in the training program as it

relates to the workplace that the training will address.

(ix) Additional Initial Training for

Employees in HIV and HBV Laboratories and Production Facilities. Employees in HIV or HBV research laboratories and HIV or HBV production facilities shall receive the following initial training in addition to the above

training requirements.

(A) The employer shall assure that

employees demonstrate proficiency in

standard microbiological practices and

techniques and in the practices and operations specific to the facility before

being allowed to work with HIV or

HBV.

(B) The employer shall assure that

employees have prior experience in the

handling of human pathogens or tissue

cultures before working with HIV or

HBV.

(C) The employer shall provide a

training program to employees who

have no prior experience in handling

human pathogens. Initial work activities shall not include the handling of

infectious agents. A progression of

work activities shall be assigned as

techniques are learned and proficiency

is developed. The employer shall assure

that employees participate in work activities involving infectious agents

only after proficiency has been demonstrated.
273

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1030

(h) Recordkeeping—(1) Medical

Records. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record

for each employee with occupational

exposure, in accordance with 29 CFR

1910.20.

(ii) This record shall include:

(A) The name and social security

number of the employee;

(B) A copy of the employee’s hepatitis B vaccination status including the

dates of all the hepatitis B vaccinations and any medical records relative

to the employee’s ability to receive

vaccination as required by paragraph

(f)(2);

(C) A copy of all results of examinations, medical testing, and follow-up

procedures as required by paragraph

(f)(3);

(D) The employer’s copy of the

healthcare professional’s written opinion as required by paragraph (f)(5); and

(E) A copy of the information provided to the healthcare professional as

required by paragraphs (f)(4)(ii)(B)(C)

and (D).

(iii) Confidentiality. The employer

shall ensure that employee medical

records required by paragraph (h)(1)

are:

(A) Kept confidential; and

(B) Not disclosed or reported without

the employee’s express written consent

to any person within or outside the

workplace except as required by this

section or as may be required by law.

(iv) The employer shall maintain the

records required by paragraph (h) for at

least the duration of employment plus

30 years in accordance with 29 CFR

1910.20.

(2) Training Records. (i) Training

records shall include the following information:

(A) The dates of the training sessions;

(B) The contents or a summary of the

training sessions;

(C) The names and qualifications of

persons conducting the training; and

(D) The names and job titles of all

persons attending the training sessions.

(ii) Training records shall be maintained for 3 years from the date on

which the training occurred.

(3) Availability. (i) The employer shall

ensure that all records required to be

maintained by this section shall be

made available upon request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for

examination and copying.

(ii) Employee training records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request for examination and

copying to employees, to employee representatives, to the Director, and to

the Assistant Secretary.

(iii) Employee medical records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request for examination and

copying to the subject employee, to

anyone having written consent of the

subject employee, to the Director, and

to the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(4) Transfer of Records. (i) The employer shall comply with the requirements involving transfer of records set

forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).

(ii) If the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor employer

to receive and retain the records for

the prescribed period, the employer

shall notify the Director, at least three

months prior to their disposal and

transmit them to the Director, if required by the Director to do so, within

that three month period.

(i) Dates—(1) Effective Date. The

standard shall become effective on

March 6, 1992.

(2) The Exposure Control Plan required by paragraph (c) of this section

shall be completed on or before May 5,

1992.

(3) Paragraph (g)(2) Information and

Training and (h) Recordkeeping shall

take effect on or before June 4, 1992.

(4) Paragraphs (d)(2) Engineering and

Work Practice Controls, (d)(3) Personal

Protective Equipment, (d)(4) Housekeeping, (e) HIV and HBV Research

Laboratories and Production Facilities, (f) Hepatitis B Vaccination and

Post-Exposure Evaluation and Followup, and (g) (1) Labels and Signs, shall

take effect July 6, 1992.

APPENDIX A TO SECTION 1910.1030—HEPATITIS B VACCINE DECLINATION

(MANDATORY)

I understand that due to my occupational

exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials I may be at risk of acquiring

hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection. I have

been given the opportunity to be vaccinated
274

§ 1910.1043 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

with hepatitis B vaccine, at no charge to myself. However, I decline hepatitis B vaccination at this time. I understand that by declining this vaccine, I continue to be at risk

of acquiring hepatitis B, a serious disease. If

in the future I continue to have occupational

exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials and I want to be vaccinated

with hepatitis B vaccine, I can receive the

vaccination series at no charge to me.

[56 FR 64175, Dec. 6, 1991, as amended at 57

FR 12717, Apr. 13, 1992; 57 FR 29206, July 1,

1992; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996]

§ 1910.1043 Cotton dust.

(a) Scope and application. (1) This section, in its entirety, applies to the control of employee exposure to cotton

dust in all workplaces where employees

engage in yarn manufacturing, engage

in slashing and weaving operations, or

work in waste houses for textile operations.

(2) This section does not apply to the

handling or processing of woven or

knitted materials; to maritime operations covered by 29 CFR Parts 1915

and 1918; to harvesting or ginning of

cotton; or to the construction industry.

(3) Only paragraphs (h) Medical surveillance, (k)(2) through (4) Recordkeeping—Medical Records, and Appendices B, C and D of this section apply

in all work places where employees exposed to cotton dust engage in cottonseed processing or waste processing operations.

(4) This section applies to yarn manufacturing and slashing and weaving

operations exclusively using washed

cotton (as defined by paragraph (n) of

this section) only to the extent specified by paragraph (n) of this section.

(5) This section, in its entirety, applies to the control of all employees exposure to the cotton dust generated in

the preparation of washed cotton from

opening until the cotton is thoroughly

wetted.

(6) This section does not apply to

knitting, classing or warehousing operations except that employers with

these operations, if requested by

NIOSH, shall grant NIOSH access to

their employees and workplaces for exposure monitoring and medical examinations for purposes of a health study

to be performed by NIOSH on a sampling basis.

(b) Definitions. For the purpose of this

section:

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee;

Blow down means the general cleaning of a room or a part of a room by

the use of compressed air.

Blow off means the use of compressed

air for cleaning of short duration and

usually for a specific machine or any

portion of a machine.

Cotton dust means dust present in the

air during the handling or processing of

cotton, which may contain a mixture

of many substances including ground

up plant matter, fiber, bacteria, fungi,

soil, pesticides, non-cotton plant matter and other contaminants which may

have accumulated with the cotton during the growing, harvesting and subsequent processing or storage periods.

Any dust present during the handling

and processing of cotton through the

weaving or knitting of fabrics, and dust

present in other operations or manufacturing processes using raw or waste

cotton fibers or cotton fiber byproducts

from textile mills are considered cotton dust within this definition. Lubricating oil mist associated with weaving

operations is not considered cotton

dust.

Director means the Director of the

National Institute for Occupational

Safety and Health (NIOSH), U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee.

Equivalent Instrument means a cotton

dust sampling device that meets the

vertical elutriator equivalency requirements as described in paragraph

(d)(1)(iii) of this section.

Lint-free respirable cotton dust means

particles of cotton dust of approximately 15 micrometers or less aerodynamic equivalent diameter;

Vertical elutriator cotton dust sampler

or vertical elutriator means a dust sampler which has a particle size cut-off at

approximately 15 micrometers aerodynamic equivalent diameter when operating at the flow rate of 7.4 ± 0.2 liters of air per minute;

Waste processing means waste recycling (sorting, blending, cleaning and

willowing) and garnetting.
275

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043

Yarn manufacturing means all textile

mill operations from opening to, but

not including, slashing and weaving.

(c) Permissible exposure limits and action levels—(1) Permissible exposure limits

(PEL). (i) The employer shall assure

that no employee who is exposed to

cotton dust in yarn manufacturing and

cotton washing operations is exposed

to airborne concentrations of lint-free

respirable cotton dust greater than 200

μg/m3 mean concentration, averaged

over an eight-hour period, as measured

be a vertical elutriator or an equivalent instrument.

(ii) The employer shall assure that no

employee who is exposed to cotton dust

in textile mill waste house operations

or is exposed in yarn manufacturing to

dust from ‘‘lower grade washed cotton’’

as defined in paragraph (n)(5) of this

section is exposed to airborne concentrations of lint-free respirable cotton dust greater than 500 μg/m3 mean

concentration, averaged over an eighthour period, as measured by a vertical

elutriator or an equivalent instrument.

(iii) The employer shall assure that

no employee who is exposed to cotton

dust in the textile processes known as

slashing and weaving is exposed to airborne concentrations of lint-free respirable cotton dust greater than 750 μg/

m3 mean concentration, averaged over

an eight hour period, as measured by a

vertical elutriator or an equivalent instrument.

(2) Action levels. (i) The action level

for yarn manufacturing and cotton

washing operations is an airborne concentration of lint-free respirable cotton dust of 100 μg/m3 mean concentration, averaged over an eight-hour period, as measured by a vertical

elutriator or an equivalent instrument.

(ii) The action level for waste houses

for textile operations is an airborne

concentration of lint-free respirable

cotton dust of 250 μg/m3 mean concentration, averaged over an eighthour period, as measured by a vertical

elutriator or an equivalent instrument.

(iii) The action level for the textile

processes known as slashing and weaving is an airborne concentration of

lint-free respirable cotton dust of 375

μg/m3 mean concentration, averaged

over an eight-hour period, as measured

by a vertical elutriator or an equivalent instrument.

(d) Exposure monitoring and measurement—(1) General. (i) For the purposes

of this section, employee exposure is

that exposure which would occur if the

employee were not using a respirator.

(ii) The sampling device to be used

shall be either the vertical elutriator

cotton dust sampler or an equivalent

instrument.

(iii) If an alternative to the vertical

elutriator cotton dust sampler is used,

the employer shall establish equivalency by reference to an OSHA opinion

or by documenting, based on data developed by the employer or supplied by

the manufacturer, that the alternative

sampling devices meets the following

criteria:

(A) It collects respirable particulates

in the same range as the vertical

elutriator (approximately 15 microns);

(B) Replicate exposure data used to

establish equivalency are collected in

side-by-side field and laboratory comparisons; and

(C) A minimum of 100 samples over

the range of 0.5 to 2 times the permissible exposure limit are collected, and

90% of these samples have an accuracy

range of plus or minus 25 per cent of

the vertical elutriator reading with a

95% confidence level as demonstrated

by a statistically valid protocol. (An

acceptable protocol for demonstrating

equivalency is described in Appendix E

of this section.)

(iv) OSHA will issue a written opinion stating that an instrument is

equivalent to a vertical elutriator cotton dust sampler if

(A) A manufacturer or employer requests an opinion in writing and supplies the following information:

(1) Sufficient test data to demonstrate that the instrument meets the

requirements specified in this paragraph and the protocol specified in Appendix E of this section;

(2) Any other relevant information

about the instrument and its testing

requested by OSHA; and

(3) A certification by the manufacturer or employer that the information

supplied is accurate, and

(B) if OSHA finds, based on information submitted about the instrument,
276

§ 1910.1043 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

that the instrument meets the requirements for equivalency specified by

paragraph (d) of this section.

(2) Initial monitoring. Each employer

who has a place of employment within

the scope of paragraph (a)(1), (a)(4), or

(a)(5) of this section shall conduct

monitoring by obtaining measurements

which are representative of the exposure of all employees to airborne concentrations of lint-free respirable cotton dust over an eight-hour period. The

sampling program shall include at

least one determination during each

shift for each work area.

(3) Periodic monitoring. (i) If the initial monitoring required by paragraph

(d)(2) of this section or any subsequent

monitoring reveals employee exposure

to be at or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall repeat

the monitoring for those employees at

least annually.

(ii) If the initial monitoring required

by paragraph (d)(2) of this section or

any subsequent monitoring reveals employee exposure to be above the PEL,

the employer shall repeat the monitoring for those employees at least

every six months.

(iii) Whenever there has been a production, process, or control change

which may result in new or additional

exposure to cotton dust, or whenever

the employer has any other reason to

suspect an increase in employee exposure, the employer shall repeat the

monitoring and measurements for

those employees affected by the change

or increase.

(4) Employee notification. (i) Within

twenty working days after the receipt

of monitoring results, the employer

shall notify each employee in writing

of the exposure measurements which

represent that employee’s exposure.

(ii) Whenever the results indicate

that the employee’s exposure exceeds

the applicable permissible exposure

limit specified in paragraph (c) of this

section, the employer shall include in

the written notice a statement that

the permissible exposure limit was exceeded and a description of the corrective action taken to reduce exposure

below the permissible exposure limit.

(e) Methods of compliance—(1) Engineering and work practice controls. The

employer shall institute engineering

and work practice controls to reduce

and maintain employee exposure to

cotton dust at or below the permissible

exposure limit specified in paragraph

(c) of this section, except to the extent

that the employer can establish that

such controls are not feasible.

(2) Whenever feasible engineering and

work practice controls are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to

or below the permissible exposure

limit, the employer shall nonetheless

institute these controls to reduce exposure to the lowest feasible level, and

shall supplement these controls with

the use of respirators which shall comply with the provisions of paragraph (f)

of this section.

(3) Compliance program. (i) Where the

most recent exposure monitoring data

indicates that any employee is exposed

to cotton dust levels greater than the

permissible exposure limit, the employer shall establish and implement a

written program sufficient to reduce

exposures to or below the permissible

exposure limit solely by means of engineering controls and work practices as

required by paragraph (e)(1) of this section.

(ii) The written program shall include at least the following:

(A) A description of each operation or

process resulting in employee exposure

to cotton dust at levels greater than

the PEL;

(B) Engineering plans and other studies used to determine the controls for

each process;

(C) A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible exposure limit;

(D) Monitoring data obtained in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section;

(E) A detailed schedule for development and implementation of engineering and work practice controls, including exposure levels projected to be

achieved by such controls;

(F) Work practice program; and

(G) Other relevant information.

(iii) The employer’s schedule as set

forth in the compliance program, shall

project completion of the implementation of the compliance program no

later than March 27, 1984 or as soon as

possible if monitoring after March 27,

1984 reveals exposures over the PEL,
277

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043

except as provided in paragraph

(m)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.

(iv) The employer shall complete the

steps set forth in his program by the

dates in the schedule.

(v) Written programs shall be submitted, upon request, to the Assistant

Secretary and the Director, and shall

be available at the worksite for examination and copying by the Assistant

Secretary, the Director, and any affected employee or their designated

representatives.

(vi) The written program required

under paragraph (e)(3) of this section

shall be revised and updated when necessary to reflect the current status of

the program and current exposure levels.

(4) Mechanical ventilation. When mechanical ventilation is used to control

exposure, measurements which demonstrate the effectiveness of the system to control exposure, such as capture velocity, duct velocity, or static

pressure shall be made at reasonable

intervals.

(f) Respiratory protection—(1) General.

For employees who are required to use

respirators by this section, the employer must provide respirators that

comply with the requirements of this

paragraph. Respirators must be used

during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and workpractice controls.

(ii) Maintenance and repair activities

for which engineering and work-practice controls are not feasible.

(iii) Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practice

controls are not yet sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the

permissible exposure limits.

(iv) Work operations specified under

paragraph (g)(1) of this section.

(v) Periods for which an employee requests a respirator.

(2) Respirator program. (i) The employer must implement a respiratory

protection program in accordance with

29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except

(d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).

(ii) Whenever a physician determines

that an employee who works in an area

in which the cotton-dust concentration

exceeds the PEL is unable to use a respirator, including a powered air-purifying respirator, the employee must be

given the opportunity to transfer to an

available position, or to a position that

becomes available later, that has a cotton-dust concentration at or below the

PEL. The employer must ensure that

such employees retain their current

wage rate or other benefits as a result

of the transfer.

(3) Respirator selection. (i) The employer must select the appropriate respirator from Table I of this section.

TABLE I

Cotton dust concentration Required respirator

Not greater than:

(a) 5 × the applicable permissible exposure limit (PEL).A disposable respirator with a particulate filter.

(b) 10 × the applicable PEL ................. A quarter or half-mask respirator, other than a disposable respirator, equipped with

particulate filters.

(c) 100 × the applicable PEL ............... A full facepiece respirator equipped with high-efficiency particulate filters.

(d) Greater than 100 × the applicable

PEL.

A powered air-purifying respirator equipped with high-efficiency particulate filters.

Notes:

1. A disposable respirator means the filter element is an inseparable part of the respirator.

2. Any respirators permitted at higher environmental concentrations can be used at lower concentrations.

3. Self-contained breathing apparatus are not required respirators but are permitted respirators.

4. Supplied air respirators are not required but are permitted under the following conditions: Cotton dust concentration not

greater than 10X the PEL—Any supplied air respirator; not greater than 100X the PEL—Any supplied air respirator with full facepiece, helmet or hood; greater than 100X the PEL—A supplied air respirator operated in positive pressure mode.

(ii) Whenever respirators are required

by this section for cotton-dust concentrations that do not exceed the applicable permissible exposure limit by

a multiple of 100 (100 X), the employer

must, when requested by an employee,

provide a powered air-purifying respirator with a high-efficiency particulate filter instead of the respirator
278

§ 1910.1043 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

specified in paragraphs (a), (b), or (c) of

Table I of this section.

(g) Work practices. Each employer

shall, regardless of the level of employee exposure, immediately establish

and implement a written program of

work practices which shall minimize

cotton dust exposure. The following

shall be included were applicable:

(1) Compressed air ‘‘blow down’’

cleaning shall be prohibited where alternative means are feasible. Where

compressed air is used for cleaning, the

employees performing the ‘‘blow down’’

or ‘‘blow off’’ shall wear suitable respirators. Employees whose presence is

not required to perform ‘‘blow down’’

or ‘‘blow of’’ shall be required to leave

the area affected by the ‘‘blow down’’

or ‘‘blow off’’ during this cleaning operation.

(2) Cleaning of clothing or floors with

compressed air shall be prohibited.

(3) Floor sweeping shall be performed

with a vacuum or with methods designed to minimize dispersal of dust.

(4) In areas where employees are exposed to concentrations of cotton dust

greater than the permissible exposure

limit, cotton and cotton waste shall be

stacked, sorted, baled, dumped, removed or otherwise handled by mechanical means, except where the employer can show that it is infeasible to

do so. Where infeasible, the method

used for handling cotton and cotton

waste shall be the method which reduces exposure to the lowest level feasible.

(h) Medical survelliance—(1) General.

(i) Each employer covered by the

standard shall institute a program of

medical surveillance for all employees

exposed to cotton dust.

(ii) The employer shall assure that

all medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician and

are provided without cost to the employee.

(iii) Persons other than licensed physicians, who administer the pulmonary

function testing required by this section shall have completed a NIOSH-approved training course in spirometry.

(2) Initial examinations. The employer

shall provide medical surveillance to

each employee who is or may be exposed to cotton dust. For new employees, this examination shall be provided

prior to initial assignment. The medical surveillance shall include at least

the following:

(i) A medical history;

(ii) The standardized questionnaire

contained in Appendix B; and

(iii) A pulmonary function measurement, including a determination of

forced vital capacity (FVC) and forced

expiratory volume in one second

(FEV1), the FEV1/FVC ratio, and the

percentage that the measured values of

FEV1 and FVC differ from the predicted values, using the standard tables

in Appendix C. These determinations

shall be made for each employee before

the employee enters the workplace on

the first day of the work week, preceded by at least 35 hours of no exposure to cotton dust. The tests shall be

repeated during the shift, no less than

4 and no more than 10 hours after the

beginning of the work shift; and, in any

event, no more than one hour after cessation of exposure. Such exposure shall

be typical of the employee’s usual

workplace exposure. The predicted

FEV1 and FVC for blacks shall be multiplied by 0.85 to adjust for ethnic differences.

(iv) Based upon the questionnaire results, each employee shall be graded

according to Schilling’s byssinosis

classification system.

(3) Periodic examinations. (i) The employer shall provide at least annual

medical surveillance for all employees

exposed to cotton dust above the action level in yarn manufacturing,

slashing and weaving, cotton washing

and waste house operations. The employer shall provide medical surveillance at least every two years for all

employees exposed to cotton dust at or

below the action level, for all employees exposed to cotton dust from washed

cotton (except from washed cotton defined in paragraph (n)(3) of this section), and for all employees exposed to

cotton dust in cottonseed processing

and waste processing operations. Periodic medical surveillance shall include

at least an update of the medical history, standardized questionnaire (App.

B–111), Schilling byssinosis grade, and

the pulmonary function measurements

in paragraph (h)(2)(iii) of this section.
279

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043

(ii) Medical surveillance as required

in paragraph (h)(3)(i) of this section

shall be provided every six months for

all employees in the following categories:

(A) An FEV1 of greater than 80 percent of the predicted value, but with an

FEV1 decrement of 5 percent or 200 ml.

on a first working day;

(B) An FEV1 of less than 80 percent of

the predicted value; or

(C) Where, in the opinion of the physician, any significant change in questionnaire findings, pulmonary function

results, or other diagnostic tests have

occurred.

(iii) An employee whose FEV1 is less

than 60 percent of the predicted value

shall be referred to a physician for a

detailed pulmonary examination.

(iv) A comparison shall be made between the current examination results

and those of previous examinations and

a determination made by the physician

as to whether there has been a significant change.

(4) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide the

following information to the examination physician:

(i) A copy of this regulation and its

Appendices:

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the

employee’s exposure;

(iii) The employee’s exposure level or

anticipated exposure level;

(iv) A description of any personal

protective equipment used or to be

used; and

(v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee which is not readily available to

the examining physician.

(5) Physician’s written opinion. (i) The

employer shall obtain and furnish the

employee with a copy of a written

opinion from the examining physician

containing the following:

(A) The results of the medical examination and tests including the FEV1,

FVC, AND FEV1/FVC ratio;

(B) The physician’s opinion as to

whether the employee has any detected

medical conditions which would place

the employee at increased risk of material impairment of the employee’s

health from exposure to cotton dust;

(C) The physician’s recommended

limitations upon the employee’s exposure to cotton dust or upon the employee’s use of respirators including a

determination of whether an employee

can wear a negative pressure respirator, and where the employee cannot, a determination of the employee’s

ability to wear a powered air purifying

respirator; and,

(D) A statement that the employee

has been informed by the physician of

the results of the medical examination

and any medical conditions which require further examination or treatment.

(ii) The written opinion obtained by

the employer shall not reveal specific

findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure.

(i) Employee education and training—

(1) Training program. (i) The employer

shall provide a training program for all

employees exposed to cotton dust and

shall assure that each employee is informed of the following:

(A) The acute and long term health

hazards associated with exposure to

cotton dust;

(B) The names and descriptions of

jobs and processes which could result

in exposure to cotton dust at or above

the PEL.

(C) The measures, including work

practices required by paragraph (g) of

this section, necessary to protect the

employee from exposures in excess of

the permissible exposure limit;

(D) The purpose, proper use and limitations of respirators required by paragraph (f) of this section;

(E) The purpose for and a description

of the medical surveillance program required by paragraph (h) of this section

and other information which will aid

exposed employees in understanding

the hazards of cotton dust exposure;

and

(F) The contents of this standard and

its appendices.

(ii) The training program shall be

provided prior to initial assignment

and shall be repeated annually for each

employee exposed to cotton dust, when

job assignments or work processes

change and when employee performance indicates a need for retraining.

(2) Access to training materials. (i)

Each employer shall post a copy of this
280

§ 1910.1043 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

section with its appendices in a public

location at the workplace, and shall,

upon request, make copies available to

employees.

(ii) The employer shall provide all

materials relating to the employee

training and information program to

the Assistant Secretary and the Director upon request.

(j) Signs. The employer shall post the

following warning sign in each work

area where the permissible exposure

limit for cotton dust is exceeded:

WARNING

COTTON DUST WORK AREA

MAY CAUSE ACUTE OR DELAYED

LUNG INJURY

(BYSSINOSIS)

RESPIRATORS

REQUIRED IN THIS AREA

(k) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure measurements. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of

all measurements required by paragraph (d) of this section.

(ii) The record shall include:

(A) A log containing the items listed

in paragraph IV (a) of Appendix A, and

the dates, number, duration, and results of each of the samples taken, including a description of the procedure

used to determine representative employee exposure;

(B) The type of protective devices

worn, if any, and length of time worn;

and

(C) The names, social security numbers, job classifications, and exposure

levels of employees whose exposure the

measurement is intended to represent.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

this record for at least 20 years.

(2) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an

accurate medical record for each employee subject to medical surveillance

required by paragraph (h) of this section.

(ii) The record shall include:

(A) The name and social security

number and description of the duties of

the employee;

(B) A copy of the medical examination results including the medical history, questionnaire response, results of

all tests, and the physician’s recommendation;

(C) A copy of the physician’s written

opinion;

(D) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to cotton

dust;

(E) A copy of this standard and its

appendices, except that the employer

may keep one copy of the standard and

the appendices for all employees, provided that he references the standard

and appendices in the medical surveillance record of each employee; and

(F) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required by

paragraph (h)(4) of this section.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

this record for at least 20 years.

(3) Availability. (i) The employer shall

make all records required to be maintained by paragraph (k) of this section

available to the Assistant Secretary

and the Director for examination and

copying.

(ii) Employee exposure measurement

records and employee medical records

required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29

CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g)

through (i).

(4) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever

the employer ceases to do business, the

successor employer shall receive and

retain all records required to be maintained by paragraph (k) of this section.

(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to

do business, and there is no successor

employer to receive and retain the

records for the prescribed period, these

records shall be transmitted to the Director.

(iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records required to

be maintained by this section, the employer shall notify the Director at

least 3 months prior to the disposal of

such records and shall transmit those

records to the Director if the Director

requests them within that period.

(iv) The employer shall also comply

with any additional requirements involving transfer of records set forth in

29 CFR 1910.20(h).
281

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043

(l) Observation of monitoring. (1) The

employer shall provide affected employees or their designated representatives an opportunity to observe any

measuring or monitoring of employee

exposure to cotton dust conducted pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section.

(2) Whenever observation of the

measuring or monitoring of employee

exposure to cotton dust requires entry

into an area where the use of personal

protective equipment is required, the

employer shall provide the observer

with and assure the use of such equipment and shall require the observer to

comply with all other applicable safety

and health procedures.

(3) Without interfering with the

measurement, observers shall be entitled to:

(i) An explanation of the measurement procedures:

(ii) An opportunity to observe all

steps related to the measurement of

airborne concentrations of cotton dust

performed at the place of exposure; and

(iii) An opportunity to record the results obtained.

(m) Effective date—(1) General. This

section is effective March 27, 1980, except as otherwise provided below.

(2) Startup dates—(i) Initial monitoring.

The initial monitoring required by

paragraph (d)(2) of this section shall be

completed as soon as possible but no

later than March 27, 1980.

(ii) Methods of compliance: engineering

and work practice controls. (A) The engineering and work practice controls required by paragraph (e) of this section

shall be implemented no later than

March 27, 1984 except as set forth in

paragraph (m)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.

(B) The engineering and work practice controls required by paragraph (e)

of this section shall be implemented no

later than March 27, 1986, for ring spinning operations (including only ring

spinning and winding, twisting, spooling, beaming and warping following

ring spinning) where the operations

meet the following criteria:

(1) The weight of the yarn being run

is 100 percent cotton and the average

yarn count by weight is 18 or below;

(2) The average weight of the yarn

run is 80 percent or more cotton and

the average yarn count by weight is 16

or below; or

(3) The average weight of the yarn

being run is 50 percent or more cotton

and the average yarn count by weight

is 14 or below:

(C) When the provisions of paragraph

(m)(2)(ii)(B) of this section are being

relied upon, the following definitions

shall apply:

(1) The average cotton content shall

be determined by dividing the total

weight of cotton in the yarns being run

by the total weight of all the yarns

being run in the relevant work area.

(2) The average yarn count shall be

determined by multiplying the yarn

count times the pounds of each particular yarn being run to get the ‘‘total

hank’’ for each of the yarns being run

in the relevant area. The ‘‘total hank’’

values for all of the yarns being run

should then be summed and divided by

the total pounds of yarn being run, to

produce the average yarn count number for all the yarns being run in the

relevant work area.

(D) Where the provisions of paragraph (m)(2)(ii)(B) of this section are

being relied upon, the employer shall

update the employer’s compliance plan

no later than February 13, 1986 to indicate the steps being taken to reduce

cotton dust levels to 200 μg/m3 through

the use of engineering and work practice controls by March 27, 1986.

(E) Where the provisions of paragraph (m)(2)(ii)(B) of the section are

being relied upon, the employer shall

maintain airborne concentrations of

cotton dust below 1000 ug/m3 mean concentration averaged over an eight-hour

period measured by a vertical

elutriator or an equivalent instrument

with engineering accuracy and precision with engineering and work practice controls and shall maintain the

permissible exposure limit specified by

paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section with

any combination of engineering controls, work practice controls and respirators.

(iii) Compliance program. The compliance program required by paragraph

(e)(3) of this section shall be established no later than March 27, 1981.

(iv) Respirators. The respirators required by paragraph (f) of this section

shall be provided no later than April 27,

1980.
282

§ 1910.1043 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(v) Work practices. The work practices

required by paragraph (g) of this section shall be implemented no later

then June 27, 1980.

(vi) Medical surveillance. The medical

surveillance required by paragraph (h)

of this section shall be completed no

later than March 27, 1981 for the textile

industry and no later than June 13, 1986

for the cotton seed processing and

waste processing industry.

(vii) Employee education and training.

The initial education and training required by paragraph (i) of this section

shall be completed as soon as possible

but no later then June 27, 1980.

(3) Amendments. The amendments to

this section published on December 13,

1985 become effective on February 11,

1986. If the amendments are not in effect because of stays of enforcement or

judicial decisions, the provisions published in 29 CFR 1910.1043 as of July 1,

1985 are effective.

(n) Washed Cotton—(1) Exemptions.

Cotton, after it has been washed by the

processes described in this paragraph,

is exempt from all or parts of this section as specified if the requirements of

this paragraph are met.

(2) Initial requirements. (i) In order for

an employer to qualify as exempt or

partially exempt from this standard for

operations using washed cotton, the

employer must demonstrate that the

cotton was washed in a facility which

is open to inspection by the Assistant

Secretary and the employer must provide sufficient accurate documentary

evidence to demonstrate that the washing methods utilized meet the requirements of this paragraph.

(ii) An employer who handles or processes cotton which has been washed in

a facility not under the employer’s

control and claims an exemption or

partial exemption under this paragraph, must obtain from the cotton

washer and make available at the

worksite, to the Assistant Secretary,

to any affected employee, or to their

designated representative the following:

(A) A certification by the washer of

the cotton of the grade of cotton, the

type of washing process, and that the

batch meets the requirements of this

paragraph;

(B) Sufficient accurate documentation by the washer of the cotton grades

and washing process; and

(C) An authorization by the washer

that the Assistant Secretary or the Director may inspect the washer’s washing facilities and documentation of the

process.

(3) Medical and dyed cotton. Medical

grade (USP) cotton, cotton that has

been scoured, bleached and dyed, and

mercerized yarn shall be exempt from

all provisions of this standard.

(4) Higher grade washed cotton. The

handling or processing of cotton

classed as ‘‘low middling light spotted

or better’’ which has been washed:

(i) On a continuous batt system or a

rayon rinse system.

(ii) With water,

(iii) At a temperature of no less than

60° C,

(iv) With a water-to-fiber ratio of no

less than 40:1, and

(v) With bacterial levels in the wash

water controlled to limit bacterial contamination of the cotton, shall be exempt from all provisions of the standard except the requirements of paragraphs (h) Medical Surveillance, (k)(2)

through (4) Recordkeeping-Medical

Records, and Appendices B, C, and D of

this section.

(5) Lower grade washed cotton. The

handling and processing of cotton of

grades lower than ‘‘low middling light

spotted,’’ that has been washed as specified in paragraph (n)(4) of this section

and has also been bleached, shall be exempt from all provisions of the standard except the requirements of paragraphs (c)(1)(ii) Permissible Exposure

Limit, (d) Exposure Monitoring, (h)

Medical Surveillance, (k) Recordkeeping, and Appendices B, C and D of

this section.

(6) Mixed grades of washed cotton. If

more than one grade of washed cotton

is being handled or processed together,

the requirements of the grade with the

most stringent exposure limit, medical

and monitoring requirements shall be

followed.

(o) Appendices. (1) Appendices B, C,

and D of this section are incorporated

as part of this section and the contents

of these appendices are mandatory.
283

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043

(2) Appendix A of this section contains information which is not intended to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed or to detract from any existing obligations.

(3) Appendix E of this section is a

protocol which may be followed in the

validation of alternative measuring devices as equivalent to the vertical

elutriator cotton dust sampler. Other

protocols may be used if it is demonstrated that they are statistically

valid, meet the requirements in paragraph (d)(l)(iii) of this section, and are

appropriate for demonstrating equivalency.

APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1043—AIR SAMPLING AND ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES

FOR DETERMINING CONCENTRATIONS

OF COTTON DUST

I. SAMPLING LOCATIONS

The sampling procedures must be designed

so that samples of the actual dust concentrations are collected accurately and consistently and reflect the concentrations of dust

at the place and time of sampling. Sufficient

number of 6-hour area samples in each distinct work area of the plant should be collected at locations which provide representative samples of air to which the worker is exposed. In order to avoid filter overloading,

sampling time may be shortened when sampling in dusty areas. Samples in each work

area should be gathered simultaneously or

sequentially during a normal operating period. The daily time-weighted average (TWA)

exposure of each worker can then be determined by using the following formula:

Summation of hours spent in each location

and the dust concentration in that location.

Total hours exposed

A time-weighted average concentration

should be computed for each worker and

properly logged and maintained on file for

review.

II. SAMPLING EQUIPMENT

(a) Sampler. The instrument selected for

monitoring is the Lumsden-Lynch vertical

elutriator. It should operate at a flow rate of

7.4±0.2 liters/minute.

The samplers should be cleaned prior to sampling. The pumps should be monitored during

sampling.

(b) Filter Holder. A three-piece cassette

constructed of polystyrene designed to hold

a 37-mm diameter filter should be used. Care

must be exercised to insure that an adequate

seal exists between elements of the cassette.

(c) Filers and Support Pads. The membrane

filters used should be polyvinyl chloride with

a 5-um pore size and 37-mm diameter. A support pad, commonly called a backup pad,

should be used under the filter membrane in

the field monitor cassette.

(d) Balance. A balance sensitive to 10

micrograms should be used.

(e) Monitoring equipment for use in Class

III hazardous locations must be approved for

use in such locations, in accordance with the

requirements of the OSHA electrical standards in Subpart S of Part 1910.

III. INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE

Samplers shall be calibrated when first received from the factory, after repair, and

after receiving any abuse. The samplers

should be calibrated in the laboratory both

before they are used in the field and after

they have been used to collect a large number of field samples. The primary standard,

such as a spirometer or other standard calibrating instruments such as a wet test meter

or a large bubble meter or dry gas meter,

should be used. Instructions for calibration

with the wet test meter follow. If another

calibration device is selected, equivalent

procedures should be used:

(a) Level wet test meter. Check the water

level which should just touch the calibration

point at the left side of the meter. If water

level is low, add water 1–2 °F. warmer than

room temperature of till point. Run the

meter for 30 minutes before calibration;

(b) Place the polyvinyl chloride membrane

filter in the filter cassette;

(c) Assemble the calibration sampling

train;

(d) Connect the wet test meter to the

train.

The pointer on the meter should run clockwise and a pressure drop of not more than 1.0

inch of water indicated. If the pressure drop

is greater than 1.0, disconnect and check the

system;

(e) Operate the system for ten minutes before starting the calibration;

(f) Check the vacuum gauge on the pump

to insure that the pressure drop across the

orifice exceeds 17 inches of mercury;

(g) Record the following on calibration

data sheets:

(1) Wet test meter reading, start and finish;

(2) Elapsed time, start and finish (at least

two minutes);

(3) Pressure drop at manometer;

(4) Air temperature;

(5) Barometric pressure; and

(6) Limiting orifice number;

(h) Calculate the flow rate and compare

against the flow of 7.4±0.2 liters/minute. If

flow is between these limits, perform calibration again, average results, and record

orifice number and flow rate. If flow is not
284

§ 1910.1043 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

within these limits, discard or modify orifice

and repeat procedure;

(i) Record the name of the person performing the calibration, the date, serial

number of the wet test meter, and the number of the critical orifices being calibrated.

IV. SAMPLING PROCEDURE

(a) Sampling data sheets should include a

log of:

(1) The date of the sample collection;

(2) The time of sampling;

(3) The location of the sampler;

(4) The sampler serial number;

(5) The cassette number;

(6) The time of starting and stopping the

sampling and the duration of sampling;

(7) The weight of the filter before and after

sampling;

(8) The weight of dust collected (corrected

for controls);

(9) The dust concentration measured;

(10) Other pertinent information; and

(11) Name of person taking sample

(b) Assembly of filter cassette should be as

follows:

(1) Loosely assemble 3-piece cassette;

(2) Number cassette;

(3) Place absorbant pad in cassette;

(4) Weigh filter to an accuracy of 10 μg;

(5) Place filter in cassette;

(6) Record weight of filter in log, using cassette number for identification;

(7) Fully assemble cassette, using pressure

to force parts tightly together;

(8) Install plugs top and bottom;

(9) Put shrink band on cassette, covering

joint between center and bottom parts of

cassette; and

(10) Set cassette aside until shrink band

dries thoroughly.

(c) Sampling collection should be performed as follows:

(1) Clean lint out of the motor and

elutriator;

(2) Install vertical elutriator in sampling

locations specified above with inlet 41⁄2 to 51⁄2

feet from floor (breathing zone height);

(3) Remove top section of cassette;

(4) Install cassette in ferrule of elutriator;

(5) Tape cassette to ferrule with masking

tape or similar material for air-tight seal;

(6) Remove bottom plug of cassette and attach hose containing critical orifice;

(7) Start elutriator pump and check to see

if gauge reads above 17 in. of Hg vacuum;

(8) Record starting time, cassette number,

and sampler number;

(9) At end of sampling period stop pump

and record time; and

(10) Controls with each batch of samples

collected, two additional filter cassettes

should be subjected to exactly the same handling as the samples, except that they are

not opened. These control filters should be

weighed in the same manner as the sample

filters.

Any difference in weight in the control filters would indicate that the procedure for

handling sample filters may not be adequate

and should be evaluated to ascertain the

cause of the difference, whether and what

necessary corrections must be made, and

whether additional samples must be collected.

(d) Shipping. The cassette with samples

should be collected, along with the appropriate number of blanks, and shipped to the

analytical laboratory in a suitable container

to prevent damage in transit.

(e) Weighing of the sample should be

achieved as follows:

(1) Remove shrink band;

(2) Remove top and middle sections of cassette and botton plug;

(3) Remove filter from cassette and weigh

to an accuracy of 10 μg; and

(4) Record weight in log against original

weight

(f) Calculation of volume of air sampled

should be determined as follows:

(1) From starting and stopping times of

sampling period, determine length of time in

minutes of sampling period; and

(2) Multiply sampling time in minutes by

flow rate of critical orifice in liters per

minute and divide by 1000 to find air quantity in cubic meters.

(g) Calculation of Dust Concentrations

should be made as follows:

(1) Substract weight of clean filter from

dirty filter and apply control correction to

find actual weight of sample. Record this

weight (in μg) in log; and

(2) Divide mass of sample in μg by air volume in cubic meters to find dust concentration in μg/m. Record in log.
285

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043
286

§ 1910.1043 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)
287

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043
288

§ 1910.1043 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)
289

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043
290

§ 1910.1043 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)
291

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043
292

§ 1910.1043 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)
293

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043
294

§ 1910.1043 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)
295

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043
296

§ 1910.1043 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)
297

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043
298

§ 1910.1043 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)
299

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043
300

§ 1910.1043 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)
301

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043
302

§ 1910.1043 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

APPENDIX D TO § 1910.1043—PULMONARY

FUNCTION STANDARDS FOR COTTON

DUST STANDARD

The spirometric measurements of pulmonary function shall conform to the following minimum standards, and these standards are not intended to preclude additional

testing or alternate methods which can be

determined to be superior.

I. APPARATUS

a. The instrument shall be accurate to

within ±50 milliliters or within ±3 percent of

reading, whichever is greater.

b. The instrument should be capable of

measuring vital capacity from 0 to 7 liters

BTPS.

c. The instrument shall have a low inertia

and offer low resistance to airflow such that

the resistance to airflow at 12 liters per second must be less than 1.5 cm H2 O/(liter/sec).

d. The zero time point for the purpose of

timing the FEV1 shall be determined by extrapolating the steepest portion of the volume time curve back to the maximal inspiration volume (1, 2, 3, 4) or by an equivalent

method.

e. Instruments incorporating measurements of airflow to determine volume shall

conform to the same volume accuracy stated

in (a) of this section when presented with

flow rates from at least 0 to 12 liters per second.

f. The instrument or user of the instrument must have a means of correcting volumes to body temperature saturated with

water vapor (BTPS) under conditions of

varying ambient spirometer temperatures

and barometric pressures.

g. The instrument used shall provide a

tracing or display of either flow versus volume or volume versus time during the entire

forced expiration. A tracing or display is

necessary to determine whether the patient

has performed the test properly. The tracing

must be stored and available for recall and

must be of sufficient size that hand measurements may be made within requirement of

paragraph (a) of this section. If a paper

record is made it must have a paper speed of

at least 2 cm/sec and a volume sensitivity of

at least 10.0 mm of chart per liter of volume.

h. The instrument shall be capable of accumulating volume for a minimum of 10 seconds and shall not stop accumulating volume

before (1) the volume change for a 0.5 second

interval is less than 25 milliliters, or (2) the

flow is less than 50 milliliters per second for

a 0.5 second interval.

i. The forced vital capacity (FVC) and

forced expiratory volume in 1 second

(FEV1.0) measurements shall comply with

the accuracy requirements stated in paragraph (a) of this section. That is, they should

be accurately measured to within ±50 ml or

within ±3 percent of reading, whichever is

greater.

j. The instrument must be capable of being

calibrated in the field with respect to the

FEV1 and FVC. This calibration of the FEV1

and FVC may be either directly or indirectly

through volume and time base measurements. The volume calibration source should

provide a volume displacement of at least 2

liters and should be accurate to within ±30

milliliters.

II. TECHNIQUE FOR MEASUREMENT OF FORCED

VITAL CAPACITY MANEUVER

a. Use of a nose clip is recommended but

not required. The procedures shall be explained in simple terms to the patient who

shall be instructed to loosen any tight clothing and stand in front of the apparatus. The

subject may sit, but care should be taken on

repeat testing that the same position be used

and, if possible, the same spirometer. Particular attention shall be given to insure

that the chin is slightly elevated with the

neck slightly extended. The patient shall be

instructed to make a full inspiration from a

normal breathing pattern and then blow into

the apparatus, without interruption, as hard,

fast, and completely as possible. At least

three forced expirations shall be carried out.

During the maneuvers, the patient shall be

observed for compliance with instruction.

The expirations shall be checked visually for

reproducibility from flow-volume or volumetime tracings or displays. The following efforts shall be judged unacceptable when the

patient:

1. Has not reached full inspiration preceding the forced expiration,

2. Has not used maximal effort during the

entire forced expiration,

3. Has not continued the expiration for at

least 5 seconds or until an obvious plateau in

the volume time curve has occurred,

4. Has coughed or closed his glottis,

5. Has an obstructed mouthpiece or a leak

around the mouthpiece (obstruction due to

tongue being placed in front of mouthpiece,

false teeth falling in front of mouthpiece,

etc.)

6. Has an unsatisfactory start of expiration, one characterized by excessive hesitation (or false starts), and therefore not allowing back extrapolation of time 0 (extrapolated volume on the volume time tracing

must be less than 10 percent of the FVC.)

7. Has an excessive variability between the

three acceptable curves. The variation between the two largest FVC’s and FEV1’s of

the three satisfactory tracings should not

exceed 10 percent or ±100 milliliters, whichever is greater.

b. Periodic and routine recalibration of the

instrument or method for recording FVC and

FEV1.0 should be performed using a syringe

or other volume source of at least 2 liters.
303

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1044

III. INTERPRETATION OF SPIROGRAM

a. The first step in evaluating a spirogram

should be to determine whether or not the

patient has performed the test properly or as

described in II above. From the three satisfactory tracings, the forced vital capacity

(FVC) and forced expiratory volume in 1 second (FEV1.0) shall be measured and recorded.

The largest observed FVC and largest observed FEV1 shall be used in the analysis regardless of the curve(s) on which they occur.

b. The following guidelines are recommended by NIOSH for the evaluation and

management of workers exposed to cotton

dust. It is important to note that employees

who show reductions in FEV1/FVC ratio

below .75 or drops in Monday FEV1 of 5 percent or greater on their initial screening

exam, should be re-evaluated within a month

of the first exam. Those who show consistent

decrease in lung function, as shown on the

following table, should be managed as recommended.

IV. QUALIFICATIONS OF PERSONNEL

ADMINISTERING THE TEST

Technicians who perform pulmonary function testing should have the basic knowledge

required to produce meaningful results.

Training consisting of approximately 16

hours of formal instruction should cover the

following areas.

a. Basic physiology of the forced vital capacity maneuver and the determinants of

airflow limitation with emphasis on the relation to reproducibility of results.

b. Instrumentation requirements including

calibration procedures, sources of error and

their correction.

c. Performance of the testing including

subject coaching, recognition of improperly

performed maneuvers and corrective actions.

d. Data quality with emphasis on reproducibility.

e. Actual use of the equipment under supervised conditions.

f. Measurement of tracings and calculations of results.

APPENDIX E TO §1910.1043—VERTICAL

ELUTRIATOR EQUIVALENCY PROTOCOL

a. Samples to be taken—In order to ascertain

equivalency, it is necessary to collect a total

of 100 samples from at least 10 sites in a mill.

That is, there should be 10 replicate readings

at each of 10 sites. The sites should represent

dust levels which vary over the allowable

range of 0.5 to 2 times the permissible exposure limit. Each sample requires the use of

two vertical elutriators (VE’s) and at least

one but not more than two alternative devices (AD’s). Thus, the end result is 200 VE

readings and either 100 or 200 AD readings.

The 2 VE readings and the 1 or 2 AD readings

at each time and site must be made simultaneously. That is, the two VE’s and one or

two AD’s must be arranged together in such

a way that they are measuring essentially

the same dust levels.

b. Data averaging—The two VE readings

taken at each site are then averaged. These

averages are to be used as the 100 VE readings. If two alternate devices were used,

their test results are also averaged. Thus,

after this step is accomplished, there will be

100 VE readings and 100 AD readings.

c. Differences—For each of the 100 sets of

measurements (VE and AD) the difference is

obtained as the average VE reading minus

the AD reading. Call these differences Di.

Thus, we have.

Di = VEi ¥ ADi, i = 1,2, . . . ,100 (1)

Next we compute the arithmetic mean and

standard deviations of the differences, using

equations (2) and (3), respectively.

X

N

D

S

D

D

N

N

D i

i

N

D

i

i

=

=

− ( )

−

=

∑

∑ ∑

1

2

1

3

1

2

2

( )

( )

where N equals the number of differences

(100 in this case), XD is the arithmetic mean

and SD is the standard deviation.

We next calculate the critical value as T =

KSD + | X ̄ D| where K = 1.87, based on 100 samples.

d. Equivalency test. The next step is to obtain the average of the 100 VE readings. This

is obtained by equation (4)

X

n

VE i VE

i

N

= 









 =

∑1 4

1

( )

We next multiply 0.25 by X ̄ VE. If T ≤ 0.25

X ̄ VE, we can say that the alternate device has

passed the equivalency test.

[43 FR 27394, June 23, 1978; 43 FR 35035, Aug.

8, 1978, as amended at 45 FR 67340, Oct. 10,

1980; 50 FR 51173, Dec. 13, 1985; 51 FR 24325,

July 3, 1986; 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 61 FR

5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 63 FR 1290, Jan. 8, 1998]

§ 1910.1044 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane.

(a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to occupational exposure

to 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP).

(2) This section does not apply to:

(i) Exposure to DBCP which results

solely from the application and use of

DBCP as a pesticide; or
304

§ 1910.1044 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(ii) The storage, transportation, distribution or sale of DBCP in intact

containers sealed in such a manner as

to prevent exposure to DBCP vapors or

liquid, except for the requirements of

paragraphs (i), (n) and (o) of this section.

(b) Definitions. Authorized person

means any person required by his duties to be present in regulated areas

and authorized to do so by his employer, by this section, or by the Act.

Authorized person also includes any person entering such areas as a designated

representative of employees exercising

an opportunity to observe employee exposure monitoring.

DBCP means 1,2-dibromo-3-

chloropropane, Chemical Abstracts

Service Registry Number 96–12–8, and

includes all forms of DBCP.

Director means the Director, National

Institute for Occupational Safety and

Health, U.S. Department of Health and

Human Services, or designee.

Emergency means any occurrence

such as, but not limited to equipment

failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment which may,

or does, result in an unexpected release

of DBCP.

OSHA Area Office means the Area Office of the Occupational Safety and

Health Administration having jurisdiction over the geographic area where

the affected workplace is located.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

(c) Permissible exposure limit—(1) Inhalation. The employer shall assure that

no employee is exposed to an airborne

concentration of DBCP in excess of 1

part DBCP per billion parts of air (ppb)

as an 8-hour time-weighted average.

(2) Dermal and eye exposure. The employer shall assure that no employee is

exposed to eye or skin contact with

DBCP.

(d) Notification of use. Within ten (10)

days following the introduction of

DBCP into the workplace, every employer who has a workplace where

DBCP is present, shall report the following information to the nearest

OSHA Area Office for each such workplace;

(1) The address and location of the

workplace:

(2) A brief description of each process

or operation which may result in employee exposure to DBCP;

(3) The number of employees engaged

in each process or operation who may

be exposed to DBCP and an estimate of

the frequency and degree of exposure

that occurs; and

(4) A brief description of the employer’s safety and health program as it relates to limitation of employee exposure to DBCP.

(e) Regulated areas. (1) The employer

shall establish, within each place of

employment, regulated areas wherever

DBCP concentrations are in excess of

the permissible exposure limit.

(2) The employer shall limit access to

regulated areas to authorized persons.

(f) Exposure monitoring—(1) General.

(i) Determinations of airborne exposure

levels shall be made from air samples

that are representative of each employee’s exposure to DBCP over an 8-hour

period.

(ii) For the purposes of this paragraph, employee exposure is that exposure which would occur if the employee

were not using a respirator.

(2) Initial. Each employer who has a

place of employment in which DBCP is

present, shall monitor each workplace

and work operation to accurately determine the airborne concentrations of

DBCP to which employees may be exposed.

(3) Frequency. (i) If the monitoring required by this section reveals employee

exposures to be below the permissible

exposure limit, the employer shall repeat these measurements at least quarterly.

(ii) If the monitoring required by this

section reveals employee exposures to

be in excess of the permissible exposure

limit, the employer shall repeat these

measurements for each such employee

at least monthly. The employer shall

continue monthly monitoring until at

least two consecutive measurements,

taken at least seven (7) days apart, are

below the permissible exposure limit.

Thereafter the employer shall monitor

at least quarterly.

(4) Additional. Whenever there has

been a production, process, control, or

personnel change which may result in
305

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1044

any new or additional exposure to

DBCP, or whenever the employer has

any reason to suspect new or additional exposures to DBCP, the employer shall monitor the employees potentially affected by such change for

the purpose of redetermining their exposure.

(5) Employee notification. (i) Within

five (5) working days after the receipt

of monitoring results, the employer

shall notify each employee in writing

of the measurements which represent

the employee’s exposure.

(ii) Whenever the results indicate

that employee exposure exceeds the

permissible exposure limit, the employer shall include in the written notice a statement that the permissible

exposure limit was exceeded and a description of the corrective action being

taken to reduce exposure to or below

the permissible exposure limit.

(6) Accuracy of measurement. The employer shall use a method of measurement which has an accuracy, to a confidence level of 95 percent, of not less

than plus or minus 25 percent for concentrations of DBCP at or above the

permissible exposure limit.

(g) Methods of compliance—(1) Priority

of compliance methods. The employer

shall institute engineering and work

practice controls to reduce and maintain employee exposures to DBCP at or

below the permissible exposure limit,

except to the extent that the employer

establishes that such controls are not

feasible. Where feasible engineering

and work practice controls are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to

within the permissible exposure limit,

the employer shall nonetheless use

them to reduce exposures to the lowest

level achievable by these controls, and

shall supplement them by use of respiratory protection.

(2) Compliance program. (i) The employer shall establish and implement a

written program to reduce employee

exposures to DBCP to or below the permissible exposure limit solely by

means of engineering and work practice controls as required by paragraph

(g)(1) of this section.

(ii) The written program shall include a detailed schedule for development and implementation of the engineering and work practice controls.

These plans shall be revised at least

every six months to reflect the current

status of the program.

(iii) Written plans for these compliance programs shall be submitted upon

request to the Assistant Secretary and

the Director, and shall be available at

the worksite for examination and copying by the Assistant Secretary, the Director, and any affected employee or

designated representative of employees.

(iv) The employer shall institute and

maintain at least the controls described in his most recent written compliance program.

(h) Respiratory protection—(1) General.

For employees who are required to use

respirators by this section, the employer must provide respirators that

comply with the requirements of this

paragraph. Respirators must be used

during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and workpractice controls.

(ii) Maintenance and repair activities

for which engineering and work-practice controls are not feasible.

(iii) Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practice

controls are not yet sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the

permissible exposure limit.

(iv) Emergencies.

(2) Respirator program. The employer

must implement a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29

CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except

(d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).

(3) Respirator selection. The employer

must select the appropriate respirator

from Table 1 of this section.

TABLE 1—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR DBCP

Airborne concentration of DBCP or condition of use Respirator type

(a) Less than or equal to 10 ppb ................ (1) Any supplied-air respirator; or (2) any self-contained breathing apparatus.

(b) Less than or equal to 50 ppb ................ (1) Any supplied-air respirator with full facepiece, helmet, or hood; or (2) any selfcontained breathing apparatus with full facepiece.
306

§ 1910.1044 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

TABLE 1—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR DBCP—Continued

Airborne concentration of DBCP or condition of use Respirator type

(c) Less than or equal to 1,000 ppb ........... (1) A Type C supplied-air respirator operated in pressure-demand or other positive

pressure or continuous flow mode.

(d) Less than or equal to 2,000 ppb ........... (1) A Type C supplied-air respirator with full facepiece operated in pressure-demand or other positive pressure mode, or with full facepiece, helmet, or hood operated in continuous flow mode.

(e) Greater than 2,000 ppb or entry and

escape from unknown concentrations.

(1) A combination respirator which includes a Type C supplied-air respirator with

full facepiece operated in pressure-demand or other positive pressure or continuous flow mode and an auxiliary self-contained breathing apparatus operated in

pressure-demand or positive pressure mode; or (2) a self-contained breathing

apparatus with full facepiece operated in pressure-demand or other positive

pressure mode.

(f) Firefighting .............................................. (1) A self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece operated in pressuredemand or other positive pressure mode.

(i) Emergency situations—(1) Written

plans. (i) A written plan for emergency

situations shall be developed for each

workplace in which DBCP is present.

(ii) Appropriate portions of the plan

shall be implemented in the event of an

emergency.

(2) Employees engaged in correcting

emergency conditions shall be equipped

as required in paragraphs (h) and (j) of

this section until the emergency is

abated.

(3) Evacuation. Employees not engaged in correcting the emergency

shall be removed and restricted from

the area and normal operations in the

affected area shall not be resumed

until the emergency is abated.

(4) Alerting employees. Where there is

a possibility of employee exposure to

DBCP due to the occurrence of an

emergency, a general alarm shall be installed and maintained to promptly

alert employees of such occurrences.

(5) Medical surveillance. For any employee exposed to DBCP in an emergency situation, the employer shall

provide medical surveillance in accordance with paragraph (m)(6) of this section.

(6) Exposure monitoring. (i) Following

an emergency, the employer shall conduct monitoring which complies with

paragraph (f) of this section.

(ii) In workplaces not normally subject to periodic monitoring, the employer may terminate monitoring when

two consecutive measurements indicate exposures below the permissible

exposure limit.

(j) Protective clothing and equipments—

(1) Provision and use. Where there is

any possibility of eye or dermal contact with liquid or solid DBCP, the employer shall provide, at no cost to the

employee, and assure that the employee wears impermeable protective

clothing and equipment to protect the

area of the body which may come in

contact with DBCP. Eye and face protection shall meet the requirements of

§1910.133 of this part.

(2) Removal and storage. (i) The employer shall assure that employees remove DBCP contaminated work clothing only in change rooms provided in

accordance with paragraph (l) (1) of

this section.

(ii) The employer shall assure that

employees promptly remove any protective clothing and equipment which

becomes contaminated with DBCP-containing liquids and solids. This clothing shall not be reworn until the DBCP

has been removed from the clothing or

equipment.

(iii) The employer shall assure that

no employee takes DBCP contaminated

protective devices and work clothing

out of the change room, except those

employees authorized to do so for the

purpose of laundering, maintenance, of

disposal.

(iv) DBCP-contaminated protective

devices and work clothing shall be

placed and stored in closed containers

which prevent dispersion of the DBCP

outside the container.

(v) Containers of DBCP contaminated

protective devices or work clothing

which are to be taken out of change

rooms or the workplace for cleaning,

maintenance or disposal, shall bear labels in accordance with paragraph

(o)(3) of this section.
307

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1044

(3) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The

employer shall clean, launder, repair,

or replace protective clothing and

equipment required by this paragraph

to maintain their effectiveness. The

employer shall provide clean protective

clothing and equipment at least daily

to each affected employee.

(ii) The employer shall inform any

person who launders or clean DBCPcontaminated protective clothing or

equipment of the potentially harmful

effects of exposure to DBCP.

(iii) The employer shall prohibit the

removal of DBCP from protective

clothing and equipment by blowing or

shaking.

(k) Housekeeping—(1) Surfaces. (i) All

workplace surfaces shall be maintained

free of visible accumulations of DBCP.

(ii) Dry sweeping and the use of compressed air for the cleaning of floors

and other surfaces is prohibited where

DBCP dusts or liquids are present.

(iii) Where vacuuming methods are

selected to clean floors and other surfaces, either portable units or a permanent system may be used.

(a) If a portable unit is selected, the

exhaust shall be attached to the general workplace exhaust ventilation system or collected within the vacuum

unit, equipped with high efficiency filters or other appropriate means of contaminant removal, so that DBCP is not

reintroduced into the workplace air;

and

(b) Portable vacuum units used to

collect DBCP may not be used for other

cleaning purposes and shall be labeled

as prescribed by paragraph (o)(3) of this

section.

(iv) Cleaning of floors and other surfaces contaminated with DBCP-containing dusts shall not be performed by

washing down with a hose, unless a fine

spray has first been laid down.

(2) Liquids. Where DBCP is present in

a liquid form, or as a resultant vapor,

all containers or vessels containing

DBCP shall be enclosed to the maximum extent feasible and tightly covered when not in use.

(3) Waste disposal. DBCP waste scrap,

debris, containers or equipment, shall

be disposed of in sealed bags or other

closed containers which prevent dispersion of DBCP outside the container.

(l) Hygiene facilities and practices—(1)

Change rooms. The employer shall provide clean change rooms equipped with

storage facilities for street clothes and

separate storage facilities for protective clothing and equipment whenever

employees are required to wear protective clothing and equipment in accordance with paragraphs (h) and (j) of this

section.

(2) Showers. (i) The employer shall assure that employees working in the

regulated area shower at the end of the

work shift.

(ii) The employer shall assure that

employees whose skin becomes contaminated with DBCP-containing liquids or solids immediately wash or

shower to remove any DBCP from the

skin.

(iii) The employer shall provide

shower facilities in accordance with 29

CFR 1910.141(d)(3).

(3) Lunchrooms. The employer shall

provide lunchroom facilities which

have a temperature controlled, positive

pressure, filtered air supply, and which

are readily accessible to employees

working in regulated areas.

(4) Lavatories. (i) The employer shall

assure that employees working in the

regulated area remove protective

clothing and wash their hands and face

prior to eating.

(ii) The employer shall provide a sufficient number of lavatory facilities

which comply with 29 CFR 1910.141(d)

(1) and (2).

(5) Prohibition of activities in regulated

areas. The employer shall assure that,

in regulated areas, food or beverages

are not present or consumed, smoking

products and implements are not

present or used, and cosmetics are not

present or applied.

(m) Medical surveillance—(1) General.

(i) The employer shall make available

a medical surveillance program for employees who work in regulated areas

and employees who are subjected to

DBCP exposures in an emergency situation.

(ii) All medical examinations and

procedures shall be performed by or

under the supervision of a licensed physician, and shall be provided without

cost to the employee.

(2) Frequency and content. At the time

of initial assignment, and annually
308

§ 1910.1044 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

thereafter, the employer shall provide

a medical examination for employees

who work in regulated areas, which includes at least the following:

(i) A medical and occupational history including reproductive history.

(ii) A physical examination, including examination of the genito-urinary

tract, testicle size and body habitus,

including a determination of sperm

count.

(iii) A serum specimen shall be obtained and the following determinations made by radioimmunoassay techniques utilizing National Institutes of

Health (NIH) specific antigen or one of

equivalent sensitivity:

(a) Serum follicle stimulating hormone (FSH);

(b) Serum luteinizing hormone (LH);

and

(c) Serum total estrogen (females).

(iv) Any other tests deemed appropriate by the examining physician.

(3) Additional examinations. If the employee for any reason develops signs or

symptoms commonly associated with

exposure to DBCP, the employer shall

provide the employee with a medical

examination which shall include those

elements considered appropriate by the

examining physician.

(4) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide the

following information to the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this regulation and its

appendices;

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the

employee’s exposure;

(iii) The level of DBCP to which the

employee is exposed; and

(iv) A description of any personal

protective equipment used or to be

used.

(5) Physician’s written opinion. (i) For

each examination under this section,

the employer shall obtain and provide

the employee with a written opinion

from the examining physician which

shall include:

(a) The results of the medical tests

performed;

(b) The physician’s opinion as to

whether the employee has any detected

medical condition which would place

the employee at an increased risk of

material impairment of health from

exposure to DBCP; and

(c) Any recommended limitations

upon the employee’s exposure to DBCP

or upon the use of protective clothing

and equipment such as respirators.

(ii) The employer shall instruct the

physician not to reveal in the written

opinion specific findings or diagnoses

unrelated to occupational exposure.

(6) Emergency situations. If the employee is exposed to DBCP in an emergency situation, the employer shall

provide the employee with a sperm

count test as soon as practicable, or, if

the employee has been vasectionized or

is unable to produce a semen specimen,

the hormone tests contained in paragraph (m)(2)(iii) of this section. The

employer shall provide these same

tests three months later.

(n) Employee information and training—(1) Training program. (i) The employer shall institute a training program for all employees who may be exposed to DBCP and shall assure their

participation in such training program.

(ii) The employer shall assure that

each employee is informed of the following:

(a) The information contained in Appendix A;

(b) The quantity, location, manner of

use, release or storage of DBCP and the

specific nature of operations which

could result in exposure to DBCP as

well as any necessary protective steps;

(c) The purpose, proper use, and limitations of respirators;

(d) The purpose and description of

the medical surveillance program required by paragraph (m) of this section;

and

(e) A review of this standard, including appendices.

(2) Access to training materials. (i) The

employer shall make a copy of this

standard and its appendices readily

available to all affected employees.

(ii) The employer shall provide, upon

request, all materials relating to the

employee information and training

program to the Assistant Secretary

and the Director.

(o) Signs and labels—(1) General. (i)

The employer may use labels or signs

required by other statutes, regulations,
309

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1044

or ordinances in addition to or in combination with, signs and labels required

by this paragraph.

(ii) The employer shall assure that no

statement appears on or near any sign

or label required by this paragraph

which contradicts or detracts from the

required sign or label.

(2) Signs. (i) The employer shall post

signs to clearly indicate all regulated

areas. These signs shall bear the legend:

DANGER

1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane

(Insert appropriate trade or common names)

CANCER HAZARD

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

RESPIRATOR REQUIRED

(3) Labels. (i) The employer shall assure that precautionary labels are affixed to all containers of DBCP and of

products containing DBCP in the workplace, and that the labels remain affixed when the DBCP or products containing DBCP are sold, distributed, or

otherwise leave the employer’s workplace. Where DBCP or products containing DBCP are sold, distributed or

otherwise leave the employer’s workplace bearing appropriate labels required by EPA under the regulations in

40 CFR Part 162, the labels required by

this paragraph need not be affixed.

(ii) The employer shall assure that

the precautionary labels required by

this paragraph are readily visible and

legible. The labels shall bear the following legend:

DANGER

1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane

CANCER HAZARD

(p) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure monitoring. (i) The employer shall establish

and maintain an accurate record of all

monitoring required by paragraph (f) of

this section.

(ii) This record shall include:

(a) The dates, number, duration and

results of each of the samples taken,

including a description of the sampling

procedure used to determine representative employee exposure;

(b) A description of the sampling and

analytical methods used;

(c) Type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any; and

(d) Name, social security number,

and job classification of the employee

monitored and of all other employees

whose exposure the measurement is intended to represent.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

this record for at least 40 years or the

duration of employment plus 20 years,

whichever is longer.

(2) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an

accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance required

by paragraph (m) of this section.

(ii) This record shall include:

(a) The name and social security

number of the employee;

(b) A copy of the physician’s written

opinion;

(c) Any employee medical complaints

related to exposure to DBCP;

(d) A copy of the information provided the physician as required by

paragraphs (m)(4)(ii) through (m)(4)(iv)

of this section; and

(e) A copy of the employee’s medical

and work history.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

this record for at least 40 years or the

duration of employment plus 20 years,

whichever is longer.

(3) Availability. (i) The employer shall

assure that all records required to be

maintained by this section be made

available upon request to the Assistant

Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.

(ii) Employee exposure monitoring

records and employee medical records

required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29

CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g)

through (i).

(4) Transfer of records. (i) If the employer ceases to do business, the successor employer shall receive and retain all records required to be maintained by paragraph (p) of this section

for the prescribed period.

(ii) If the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor employer

to receive and retain the records for

the prescribed period, the employer
310

§ 1910.1044 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

shall transmit these records by mail to

the Director.

(iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records required to

be maintained under paragraph (p) of

this section, the employer shall transmit these records by mail to the Director.

(iv) The employer shall also comply

with any additional requirements involving transfer of records set forth in

29 CFR 1910.20(h).

(q) Observation of monitoring—(1) Employee observation. The employer shall

provide affected employees, or their

designated representatives, with an opportunity to observe any monitoring of

employee exposure to DBCP required

by this section.

(2) Observation procedures. (i) Whenever observation of the measuring or

monitoring of employee exposure to

DBCP requires entry into an area

where the use of protective clothing or

equipment is required, the employer

shall provide the observer with personal protective clothing or equipment

required to be worn by employees

working in the area, assure the use of

such clothing and equipment, and require the observer to comply with all

other applicable safety and health procedures.

(ii) Without interfering with the

monitoring or measurement, observers

shall be entitled to:

(a) Receive an explanation of the

measurement procedures;

(b) Observe all steps related to the

measurement of airborne concentrations of DBCP performed at the place

of exposure; and

(c) Record the results obtained.

(r) Appendices. The information contained in the appendices is not intended, by itself, to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed or to detract from any existing

obligation.

APPENDIX A TO §1910.1044—SUBSTANCE

SAFETY DATA SHEET FOR DBCP

I. SUBSTANCE IDENTIFICATION

A. Synonyms and trades names: DBCP; Dibromochloropropane; Fumazone (Dow Chemical Company TM); Nemafume; Nemagon

(Shell Chemical Co. TM); Nemaset; BBC 12;

and OS 1879.

B. Permissible exposure:

1. Airborne. 1 part DBCP vapor per billion

parts of air (1 ppb); time-weighted average

(TWA) for an 8-hour workday.

2. Dermal. Eye contact and skin contact

with DBCP are prohibited.

C. Appearance and odor: Technical grade

DBCP is a dense yellow or amber liquid with

a pungent odor. It may also appear in granular form, or blended in varying concentrations with other liquids.

D. Uses: DBCP is used to control nematodes, very small worm-like plant parasites,

on crops including cotton, soybeans, fruits,

nuts, vegetables and ornamentals.

II. HEALTH HAZARD DATA

A. Routes of entry: Employees may be exposed:

1. Through inhalation (breathing);

2. Through ingestion (swallowing);

3. Skin contact; and

4. Eye contact.

B. Effects of exposure:

1. Acute exposure. DBCP may cause drowsiness, irritation of the eyes, nose, throat and

skin, nausea and vomiting. In addition, overexposure may cause damage to the lungs,

liver or kidneys.

2. Chronic exposure. Prolonged or repeated

exposure to DBCP has been shown to cause

sterility in humans. It also has been shown

to produce cancer and sterility in laboratory

animals and has been determined to constitute an increased risk of cancer in man.

3. Reporting Signs and Symptoms. If you develop any of the above signs or symptoms

that you think are caused by exposure to

DBCP, you should inform your employer.

III. EMERGENCY FIRST AID PROCEDURES

A. Eye exposure. If DBCP liquid or dust containing DBCP gets into your eyes, wash your

eyes immediately with large amounts of

water, lifting the lower and upper lids occasionally. Get medical attention immediately. Contact lenses should not be worn

when working with DBCP.

B. Skin exposure. If DBCP liquids or dusts

containing DBCP get on your skin, immediately wash using soap or mild detergent

and water. If DBCP liquids or dusts containing DBCP penetrate through your clothing, remove the clothing immediately and

wash. If irritation is present after washing

get medical attention.

C. Breathing. If you or any person breathe

in large amounts of DBCP, move the exposed

person to fresh air at once. If breathing has

stopped, perform artificial respiration. Do

not use mouth-to-mouth. Keep the affected

person warm and at rest. Get medical attention as soon as possible.

D. Swallowing. When DBCP has been swallowed and the person is conscious, give the

person large amounts of water immediately.

After the water has been swallowed, try to
311

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1044

get the person to vomit by having him touch

the back of his throat with his finger. Do not

make an unconscious person vomit. Get medical attention immediately.

E. Rescue. Notify someone. Put into effect

the established emergency rescue procedures. Know the locations of the emergency

rescue equipment before the need arises.

IV. RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

A. Respirators. You may be required to

wear a respirator in emergencies and while

your employer is in the process of reducing

DBCP exposures through engineering controls. If respirators are worn, they must have

a National Institute for Occupational Safety

and Health (NIOSH) approval label (Older

respirators may have a Bureau of Mines Approval label). For effective protection, a respirator must fit your face and head snugly.

The respirator should not be loosened or removed in work situations where its use is required. DBCP does not have a detectable

odor except at 1,000 times or more above the

permissible exposure limit. If you can smell

DBCP while wearing a respirator, the respirator is not working correctly; go immediately to fresh air. If you experience difficulty breathing while wearing a respirator,

tell your employer.

B. Protective clothing. When working with

DBCP you must wear for your protection impermeable work clothing provided by your

employer. (Standard rubber and neoprene

protective clothing do not offer adequate

protection).

DBCP must never be allowed to remain on

the skin. Clothing and shoes must not be allowed to become contaminated with DBCP,

and if they do, they must be promptly removed and not worn again until completely

free of DBCP. Turn in impermeable clothing

that has developed leaks for repair or replacement.

C. Eye protection. You must wear splashproof safety goggles where there is any possibility of DBCP liquid or dust contacting

your eyes.

V. PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE USE, HANDLING,

AND STORAGE

A. DBCP must be stored in tightly closed

containers in a cool, well-ventilated area.

B. If your work clothing may have become

contaminated with DBCP, or liquids or dusts

containing DBCP, you must change into

uncontaminated clothing before leaving the

work premises.

C. You must promptly remove any protective clothing that becomes contaminated

with DBCP. This clothing must not be

reworn until the DBCP is removed from the

clothing.

D. If your skin becomes contaminated with

DBCP, you must immediately and thoroughly wash or shower with soap or mild detergent and water to remove any DBCP from

your skin.

E. You must not keep food, beverages, cosmetics, or smoking materials, nor eat or

smoke, in regulated areas.

F. If you work in a regulated area, you

must wash your hands thoroughly with soap

or mild detergent and water, before eating,

smoking or using toilet facilities.

G. If you work in a regulated area, you

must remove any protective equipment or

clothing before leaving the regulated area.

H. Ask your supervisor where DBCP is used

in your work area and for any additional

safety and health rules.

VI. ACCESS TO INFORMATION

A. Each year, your employer is required to

inform you of the information contained in

this Substance Safety Data Sheet for DBCP.

In addition, your employer must instruct

you in the safe use of DBCP, emergency procedures, and the correct use of protective

equipment.

B. Your employer is required to determine

whether you are being exposed to DBCP. You

or your representative have the right to observe employee exposure measurements and

to record the result obtained. Your employer

is required to inform you of your exposure. If

your employer determines that you are being

overexposed, he is required to inform you of

the actions which are being taken to reduce

your exposure.

C. Your employer is required to keep records of your exposure and medical examinations. Your employer is required to keep exposure and medical data for at least 40 years

or the duration of your employment plus 20

years, whichever is longer.

D. Your employer is required to release exposure and medical records to you, your physician, or other individual designated by you

upon your written request.

APPENDIX B TO §1910.1044—SUBSTANCE

TECHNICAL GUIDELINES FOR DBCP

I. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL DATA

A. Substance Identification

1. Synonyms: 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane;

DBCP, Fumazone; Nemafume; Nemagon;

Nemaset; BBC 12; OS 1879. DBCP is also included in agricultural pesticides and fumigants which include the phrase ‘‘Nema—’’ in

their name.

2. Formula: C3H5Br2 C1.

3. Molecular Weight: 236.

B. Physical Data:

1. Boiling point (760 mm HG): 195C (383F)

2. Specific gravity (water=1): 2.093.

3. Vapor density (air=1 at boiling point of

DBCP): Data not available.

4. Melting point: 6C (43F).

5. Vapor pressure at 20C (68F): 0.8 mm Hg

6. Solubility in water: 1000 ppm.
312

§ 1910.1044 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

7. Evaporation rate (Butyl Acetate=1): very

much less than 1.

8. Appearance and odor: Dense yellow or

amber liquid with a pungent odor at high

concentrations. Any detectable odor of

DBCP indicates overexposure.

II. FIRE EXPLOSION AND REACTIVITY HAZARD

DATA

A. Fire

1. Flash point: 170F (77C)

2. Autoignition temperature: Data not

available.

3. Flammable limits in air, percent by volume: Data not available.

4. Extinguishing media: Carbon dioxide,

dry chemical.

5. Special fire-fighting procedures: Do not

use a solid stream of water since a stream

will scatter and spread the fire. Use water

spray to cool containers exposed to a fire.

6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: None

known.

7. For purposes of complying with the requirements of § 1910.106, liquid DBCP is classified as a Class III A combustible liquid.

8. For the purpose of complying with

§ 1910.309, the classification of hazardous locations as described in article 500 of the National Electrical Code for DBCP shall be

Class I, Group D.

9. For the purpose of compliance with

§ 1910.157, DBCP is classified as a Class B fire

hazard.

10. For the purpose of compliance with

§ 1910.178, locations classified as hazardous

locations due to the presence of DBCP shall

be Class I, Group D.

11. Sources of ignition are prohibited where

DBCP presents a fire or explosion hazard.

B. Reactivity

1. Conditions contributing to instability:

None known.

2. Incompatibilities: Reacts with chemically active metals, such as aluminum, magnesium and tin alloys.

3. Hazardous decomposition products:

Toxic gases and vapors (such as HBr, HCl and

carbon monoxide) may be released in a fire

involving DBCP.

4. Special precautions: DBCP will attack

some rubber materials and coatings.

III. SPILL, LEAK AND DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

A. If DBCP is spilled or leaked, the following steps should be taken:

1. The area should be evacuated at once

and re-entered only after thorough ventilation.

2. Ventilate area of spill or leak.

3. If in liquid form, collect for reclamation

or absorb in paper, vermiculite, dry sand,

earth or similar material.

4. If in solid form, collect spilled material

in the most convenient and safe manner for

reclamation or for disposal.

B. Persons not wearing protective equipment must be restricted from areas of spills

or leaks until cleanup has been completed.

C. Waste Disposal Methods:

1. For small quantities of liquid DBCP, absorb on paper towels, remove to a safe place

(such as a fume hood) and burn the paper.

Large quantities can be reclaimed or collected and atomized in a suitable combustion

chamber equipped with an appropriate effluent gas cleaning device. If liquid DBCP is absorbed in vermiculite, dry sand, earth or

similar material and placed in sealed containers it may be disposed of in a State-approved sanitary landfill.

2. If in solid form, for small quantities,

place on paper towels, remove to a safe place

(such as a fume hood) and burn. Large quantities may be reclaimed. However, if this is

not practical, dissolve in a flammable solvent (such as alcohol) and atomize in a suitable combustion chamber equipped with an

appropriate effluent gas cleaning device.

DBCP in solid form may also be disposed in

a state-approved sanitary landfill.

IV. MONITORING AND MEASUREMENT

PROCEDURES

A. Exposure above the permissible exposure limit.

1. Eight Hour Exposure Evaluation: Measurements taken for the purpose of determining

employee exposure under this section are

best taken so that the average 8-hour exposure may be determined from a single 8-hour

sample or two (2) 4-hour samples. Air samples should be taken in the employee’s

breathing zone (air that would most nearly

represent that inhaled by the employee).

2. Monitoring Techniques: The sampling and

analysis under this section may be performed by collecting the DBCP vapor on petroleum based charcoal absorption tubes

with subsequent chemical analyses. The

method of measurement chosen should determine the concentration of airborne DBCP at

the permissible exposure limit to an accuracy of plus or minus 25 percent. If charcoal

tubes are used, a total volume of 10 liters

should be collected at a flow rate of 50 cc. per

minute for each tube. Analyze the resultant

samples as you would samples of halogenated

solvent.

B. Since many of the duties relating to employee protection are dependent on the results of monitoring and measuring procedures, employers should assure that the evaluation of employee exposures is performed

by a competent industrial hygienist or other

technically qualified person.

V. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

Employees should be required to wear appropriate protective clothing to prevent any

possibility of skin contact with DBCP. Because DBCP is absorbed through the skin, it
313

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1044

is important to prevent skin contact with

both liquid and solid forms of DBCP. Protective clothing should include impermeable

coveralls or similar fullbody work clothing,

gloves, headcoverings, and workshoes or shoe

coverings. Standard rubber and neoprene

gloves do not offer adequate protection and

should not be relied upon to keep DBCP off

the skin. DBCP should never be allowed to

remain on the skin. Clothing and shoes

should not be allowed to become contaminated with the material, and if they do, they

should be promptly removed and not worn

again until completely free of the material.

Any protective clothing which has developed

leaks or is otherwise found to be defective

should be repaired or replaced. Employees

should also be required to wear splash-proof

safety goggles where there is any possibility

of DBCP contacting the eyes.

VI. HOUSEKEEPING AND HYGIENE FACILITIES

1. The workplace must be kept clean, orderly and in a sanitary condition;

2. Dry sweeping and the use of compressed

air is unsafe for the cleaning of floors and

other surfaces where DBCP dust or liquids

are found. To minimize the contamination of

air with dust, vacuuming with either portable or permanent systems must be used. If

a portable unit is selected, the exhaust must

be attached to the general workplace exhaust ventilation system, or collected within

the vacuum unit equipped with high efficiency filters or other appropriate means of

contamination removal and not used for

other purposes. Units used to collect DBCP

must be labeled.

3. Adequate washing facilities with hot and

cold water must be provided, and maintained

in a sanitary condition. Suitable cleansing

agents should also be provided to assure the

effective removal of DBCP from the skin.

4. Change or dressing rooms with individual clothes storage facilities must be provided to prevent the contamination of street

clothes with DBCP. Because of the hazardous

nature of DBCP, contaminated protective

clothing must be stored in closed containers

for cleaning or disposal.

VII. MISCELLANEOUS PRECAUTIONS

A. Store DBCP in tightly closed containers

in a cool, well ventilated area.

B. Use of supplied-air suits or other impervious clothing (such as acid suits) may be

necessary to prevent skin contact with

DBCP. Supplied-air suits should be selected,

used, and maintained under the supervision

of persons knowlegeable in the limitations

and potential life-endangering characteristics of supplied-air suits.

C. The use of air-conditioned suits may be

necessary in warmer climates.

D. Advise employees of all areas and operations where exposure to DBCP could occur.

VIII. COMMON OPERATIONS

Common operations in which exposure to

DBCP is likely to occur are: during its production; and during its formulation into pesticides and fumigants.

APPENDIX C TO §1910.1044—MEDICAL

SURVEILLANCE GUIDELINES FOR DBCP

I. ROUTE OF ENTRY

Inhalation; skin absorption

II. TOXICOLOGY

Recent data collected on workers involved

in the manufacture and formulation of DBCP

has shown that DBCP can cause sterility at

very low levels of exposure. This finding is

supported by studies showing that DBCP

causes sterility in animals. Chronic exposure

to DBCP resulted in pronounced necrotic action on the parenchymatous organs (i.e.,

liver, kidney, spleen) and on the testicles of

rats at concentrations as low as 5 ppm. Rats

that were chronically exposed to DBCP also

showed changes in the composition of the

blood, showing low RBC, hemoglobin, and

WBC, and high reticulocyte levels as well as

functional hepatic disturbance, manifesting

itself in a long prothrombin time. Reznik et

al. noted a single dose of 100 mg produced

profound depression of the nervous system of

rats. Their condition gradually improved.

Acute exposure also resulted in the destruction of the sex gland activity of male rats as

well as causing changes in the estrous cycle

in female rats. Animal studies have also associated DBCP with an increased incidence

of carcinoma. Olson, et al. orally administered DBCP to rats and mice 5 times per

week at experimentally predetermined maximally tolerated doses and at half those

doses. As early as ten weeks after initiation

of treatment, DBCP induced a high incidence

of squamous cell carcinomas of the stomach

with metastases in both species. DBCP also

induced mammary adenocarcinomas in the

female rats at both dose levels.

III. SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS

A. Inhalation: Nausea, eye irritation, conjunctivitis, respiratory irritation, pulmonary congestion or edema, CNS depression with apathy, sluggishness, and ataxia.

B. Dermal: Erythema or inflammation and

dermatitis on repeated exposure.

IV. SPECIAL TESTS

A. Semen analysis: The following information excerpted from the document ‘‘Evaluation of Testicular Function’’, submitted by

the Corporate Medical Department of the

Shell Oil Company (exhibit 39–3), may be

useful to physicians conducting the medical

surveillance program;
314

§ 1910.1044 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

In performing semen analyses certain

minimal but specific criteria should be met:

1. It is recommended that a minimum of

three valid semen analyses be obtained in

order to make a determination of an individual’s average sperm count.

2. A period of sexual abstinence is necessary prior to the collection of each

masturbatory sample. It is recommended

that intercourse or masturbation be performed 48 hours before the actual specimen

collection. A period of 48 hours of abstinence

would follow; then the masturbatory sample

would be collected.

3. Each semen specimen should be collected in a clean, widemouthed, glass jar (not

necessarily pre-sterilized) in a manner designated by the examining physician. Any

part of the seminal fluid exam should be initialed only after liquifaction is complete, i.e.,

30 to 45 minutes after collection.

4. Semen volume should be measured to

the nearest 1⁄10 of a cubic centimeter.

5. Sperm density should be determined

using routine techniques involving the use of

a white cell pipette and a hemocytometer

chamber. The immobilizing fluid most effective and most easily obtained for this process is distilled water.

6. Thin, dry smears of the semen should be

made for a morphologic classification of the

sperm forms and should be stained with either hematoxalin or the more difficult, yet

more precise, Papanicolaou technique. Also

of importance to record is obvious sperm agglutination, pyospermia, delayed

liquifaction (greater than 30 minutes), and

hyperviscosity. In addition, pH, using

nitrazine paper, should be determined.

7. A total morphology evaluation should

include percentages of the following:

a. Normal (oval) forms,

b. Tapered forms,

c. Amorphous forms (include large and

small sperm shapes),

d. Duplicated (either heads or tails) forms,

and

e. Immature forms.

8. Each sample should be evaluated for

sperm viability (percent viable sperm moving

at the time of examination) as well as sperm

motility (subjective characterization of ‘‘purposeful forward sperm progression’’ of the

majority of those viable sperm analyzed)

within two hours after collection, ideally by

the same or equally qualified examiner.

B. Serum determinations: The following

serum determinations should be performed

by radioimmuno-assay techniques using National Institutes of Health (NIH) specific

antigen or antigen preparations of equivalent sensitivity:

1. Serum follicle stimulating hormone

(FSH);

2. Serum luteinizing hormone (LH); and

3. Serum total estrogen (females only).

V. TREATMENT

Remove from exposure immediately, give

oxygen or artificial resuscitation if indicated. Contaminated clothing and shoes

should be removed immediately. Flush eyes

and wash contaminated skin. If swallowed

and the person is conscious, induce vomiting.

Recovery from mild exposures is usually

rapid and complete.

VI. SURVEILLANCE AND PREVENTIVE

CONSIDERATIONS

A. Other considerations. DBCP can cause

both acute and chronic effects. It is important that the physician become familiar with

the operating conditions in which exposure

to DBCP occurs. Those with respiratory disorders may not tolerate the wearing of negative pressure respirators.

B. Surveillance and screening. Medical histories and laboratory examinations are required for each employee subject to exposure

to DBCP. The employer should screen employees for history of certain medical conditions (listed below) which might place the

employee at increased risk from exposure.

1. Liver disease. The primary site of biotransformation and detoxification of DBCP

is the liver. Liver dysfunctions likely to inhibit the conjugation reactions will tend to

promote the toxic actions of DBCP. These

precautions should be considered before exposing persons with impaired liver function

to DBCP.

2. Renal disease. Because DBCP has been associated with injury to the kidney it is important that special consideration be given

to those with possible impairment of renal

function.

3. Skin desease. DBCP can penetrate the

skin and can cause erythema on prolonged

exposure. Persons with pre-existing skin disorders may be more susceptible to the effects

of DBCP.

4. Blood dyscrasias. DBCP has been shown

to decrease the content of erythrocytes, hemoglobin, and leukocytes in the blood, as

well as increase the prothrombin time. Persons with existing blood disorders may be

more susceptible to the effects of DBCP.

5. Reproductive disorders. Animal studies

have associated DBCP with various effects

on the reproductive organs. Among these effects are atrophy of the testicles and changes

in the estrous cycle. Persons with pre-existing reproductive disorders may be at increased risk to these effects of DBCP.

REFERENCES

1. Reznik, Ya. B. and Sprinchan, G. K.: Experimental Data on the Gonadotoxic effect

of Nemagon, Gig. Sanit., (6), 1975, pp. 101–102,

(translated from Russian).

2. Faydysh, E. V., Rakhmatullaev, N. N.

and Varshavskii, V. A.: The Cytotoxic Action of Nemagon in a Subacute Experiment,
315

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1045

Med. Zh. Uzbekistana, (No. 1), 1970, pp. 64–65,

(translated from Russian).

3. Rakhmatullaev, N. N.: Hygienic Characteristics of the Nematocide Nemagon in Relation to Water Pollution Control, Hyg.

Sanit., 36(3), 1971, pp. 344–348, (translated from

Russian).

4. Olson, W. A. et al.: Induction of Stomach

Cancer in Rats and Mice by Halogenated Aliphatic Fumigants, Journal of the National

Cancer Institute, (51), 1973, pp. 1993–1995.

5. Torkelson, T. R. et al.: Toxicologic Investigations of 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane,

Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology, 3, 1961

pp. 545–559.

[43 FR 11527, Mar. 17, 1978, as amended at 45

FR 35283, May 23, 1980; 49 FR 18295, Apr. 30,

1984; 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 58 FR 35310,

June 30, 1993; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 63 FR

1291, Jan. 8, 1998]

§ 1910.1045 Acrylonitrile.

(a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to all occupational exposures to acrylonitrile (AN), Chemical

Abstracts Service Registry No.

000107131, except as provided in paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section.

(2) This section does not apply to exposures which result solely from the

processing, use, and handling of the following materials:

(i) ABS resins, SAN resins, nitrile

barrier resins, solid nitrile elastomers,

and acrylic and modacrylic fibers,

when these listed materials are in the

form of finished polymers, and products fabricated from such finished

polymers;

(ii) Materials made from and/or containing AN for which objective data is

reasonably relied upon to demonstrate

that the material is not capable of releasing AN in airborne concentrations

in excess of 1 ppm as an eight (8)-hour

time-weighted average, under the expected conditions of processing, use,

and handling which will cause the

greatest possible release; and

(iii) Solid materials made from and/

or containing AN which will not be

heated above 170 °F during handling,

use, or processing.

(3) An employer relying upon exemption under paragraph (a)(2)(ii) shall

maintain records of the objective data

supporting that exemption, and of the

basis of the employer’s reliance on the

data, as provided in paragraph (q) of

this section.

(b) Definitions. Acrylonitrile or AN

means acrylonitrile monomer, chemical formula CH2=CHCN.

Action level means a concentration of

AN of 1 ppm as an eight (8)-hour timeweighted average.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Authorized person means any person

specifically authorized by the employer

whose duties require the person to

enter a regulated area, or any person

entering such an area as a designated

representative of employees for the

purpose of exercising the opportunity

to observe monitoring procedures

under paragraph (r) of this section.

Decontamination means treatment of

materials and surfaces by water

washdown, ventilation, or other means,

to assure that the materials will not

expose employees to airborne concentrations of AN above 1 means the

Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee.

Emergency means any occurrence

such as, but not limited to, equipment

failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment, which results

in an unexpected massive release of

AN.

Liquid AN means AN monomer in liquid form, and liquid or semiliquid polymer intermediates, including slurries,

suspensions, emulsions, and solutions,

produced during the polymerization of

AN.

OSHA Area Office means the Area Office of the Occupational Safety and

Health Administration having jurisdiction over the geographic area where

the affected workplace is located.

(c) Permissible exposure limits—(1) Inhalation. (i) Time weighted average limit

(TWA). The employer shall assure that

no employee is exposed to an airborne

concentration of acrylonitrile in excess

of two (2) parts acrylonitrile per million parts of air (2 ppm) as an eight (8)-

hour time-weighted average.

(ii) Ceiling limit. The employer shall

assure that no employee is exposed to
316

§ 1910.1045 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

an airborne concentration of acrylonitrile in excess of ten (10) ppm as averaged over any fifteen (15)-minute period during the work day.

(2) Dermal and eye exposure. The employer shall assure that no employee is

exposed to skin contact or eye contact

with liquid AN.

(d) Notification of regulated areas and

emergencies—(1) Regulated areas. Within

thirty (30) days following the establishment of a regulated area pursuant to

paragraph (f) of this section, the employer shall report the following information to the OSHA Area Office:

(i) The address and location of each

establishment which has one or more

regulated areas;

(ii) The locations, within the establishment, of each regulated area;

(iii) A brief description of each process or operation which results in employee exposure to AN in regulated

areas; and

(iv) The number of employees engaged in each process or operation

within each regulated area which results in exposure to AN, and an estimate of the frequency and degree of exposure that occurs.

Whenever there has been a significant change in the information required to be reported by this paragraph, the employer shall promptly

provide the new information to the

OSHA Area Office.

(2) Emergencies. Emergencies, and the

facts obtainable at that time, shall be

reported within seventy-two (72) hours

of the initial occurrence to the OSHA

Area Office. Upon request of the OSHA

Area Office; the employer shall submit

additional information in writing relevant to the nature and extent of employee exposures and measures taken

to prevent future emergencies of a

similar nature.

(e) Exposure monitoring—(1) General.

(i) Determinations of airborne exposure

levels shall be made from air samples

that are representative of each employee’s exposure to AN over an eight (8)-

hour period.

(ii) For the purposes of this section,

employee exposure is that exposure

which would occur if the employee

were not using a respirator.

(2) Initial monitoring. Each employer

who has a place of employment in

which AN is present shall monitor each

such workplace and work operation to

accurately determine the airborne concentrations of AN to which employees

may be exposed.

(3) Frequency. (i) If the monitoring required by this section reveals employee

exposure to be below the action level,

the employer may discontinue monitoring for that employee.

(ii) If the monitoring required by this

section reveals employee exposure to

be at or above the action level but

below the permissible exposure limits,

the employer shall repeat such monitoring for each such employee at least

quarterly. The employer shall continue

these quarterly measurements until at

least two consecutive measurements

taken at least seven (7) days apart, are

below the action level, and thereafter

the employer may discontinue monitoring for that employee.

(iii) If the monitoring required by

this section reveals employee exposure

to be in excess of the permissible exposure limits, the employer shall repeat

these determinations for each such employee at least monthly. The employer

shall continue these monthly measurements until at least two consecutive

measurements, taken at least seven (7)

days apart, are below the permissible

exposure limits, and thereafter the employer shall monitor at least quarterly.

(4) Additional monitoring. Whenever

there has been a production, process,

control, or personnel change which

may result in new or additional exposures to AN, or whenever the employer

has any other reason to suspect a

change which may result in new or additional exposures to AN, additional

monitoring which complies with this

paragraph shall be conducted.

(5) Employee notification. (i) Within

five (5) working days after the receipt

of the results of monitoring required

by this paragraph, the employer shall

notify each employee in writing of the

results which represent that employee’s exposure.

(ii) Whenever the results indicate

that the representative employee exposure exceeds the permissible exposure

limits, the employer shall include in

the written notice a statement that

the permissible exposure limits were
317

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1045

exceeded and a description of the corrective action being taken to reduce

exposure to or below the permissible

exposure limits.

(6) Accuracy of measurement. The

method of measurement of employee

exposures shall be accurate to a confidence level of 95 percent, to within

plus or minus 35 percent for concentrations of AN at or above the permissible

exposure limits, and plus or minus 50

percent for concentrations of AN below

the permissible exposure limits.

(f) Regulated areas. (1) The employer

shall establish regulated areas where

AN concentrations are in excess of the

permissible exposure limits.

(2) Regulated areas shall be demarcated and segregated from the rest of

the workplace, in any manner that

minimizes the number of persons who

will be exposed to AN.

(3) Access to regulated areas shall be

limited to authorized persons or to persons otherwise authorized by the act or

regulations issued pursuant thereto.

(4) The employer shall assure that

food or beverages are not present or

consumed, tobacco products are not

present or used, and cosmetics are not

applied in the regulated area.

(g) Methods of compliance—(1) Engineering and work practice controls. (i) By

November 2, 1980, the employer shall

institute engineering and work practice controls to reduce and maintain

employee exposures to AN, to or below

the permissible exposure limits, except

to the extent that the employer establishes that such controls are not feasible.

(ii) Wherever the engineering and

work practice controls which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce

employee exposures to or below the

permissible exposure limits, the employer shall nonetheless use them to

reduce exposures to the lowest levels

achievable by these controls, and shall

supplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies

with the requirements of paragraph (h)

of this section.

(2) Compliance program. (i) The employer shall establish and implement a

written program to reduce employee

exposures to or below the permissible

exposure limits solely by means of engineering and work practice controls,

as required by paragraph (g)(1) of this

section.

(ii) Written plans for these compliance programs shall include at least

the following:

(A) A description of each operation or

process resulting in employee exposure

to AN above the permissible exposure

limits;

(B) An outline of the nature of the

engineering controls and work practices to be applied to the operation or

process in question;

(C) A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible exposure limits;

(D) A schedule for implementation of

engineering and work practice controls

for the operation or process, which

shall project completion no later than

November 2, 1980; and

(E) Other relevant information.

(iii) The employer shall complete the

steps set forth in the compliance program by the dates in the schedule.

(iv) Written plans shall be submitted

upon request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director, and shall be

available at the worksite for examination and copying by the Assistant Secretary, the Director, or any affected

employee or representative.

(v) The plans required by this paragraph shall be revised and updated at

least every six (6) months to reflect the

current status of the program.

(h) Respiratory protection—(1) General.

For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer

must provide respirators that comply

with the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and workpractice controls.

(ii) Work operations, such as maintenance and repair activities or reactor

cleaning, for which the employer establishes that engineering and work-practice controls are not feasible.

(iii) Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practice

controls are not yet sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the

permissible exposure limits.

(iv) Emergencies.

(2) Respirator program. (i) The employer must implement a respiratory
318

§ 1910.1045 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

protection program in accordance with

29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except

(d)(1)(iii), (d)(3)(iii)(B)(1), and (2)), and

(f) through (m).

(ii) If air-purifying respirators (chemical-cartridge or chemical-canister

types) are used:

(A) The air-purifying canister or cartridge must be replaced prior to the expiration of its service life or at the

completion of each shift, whichever occurs first.

(B) A label must be attached to the

cartridge or canister to indicate the

date and time at which it is first installed on the respirator.

(3) Respirator selection. The employer

must select the appropriate respirator

from Table I of this section.

TABLE I—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR ACRYLONITRILE (AN)

Concentration of AN or condition of use Respirator type

(a) Less than or equal to 20 ppm ............... (1) Chemical cartridge respirator with organic vapor cartridge(s) and half-mask

facepiece; or

(2) Supplied air respirator with half-mask facepiece.

(b) Less than or equal to 100 ppm or maximum use concentration (MUC) of cartridges or canisters, whichever is lower.

(1) Full facepiece respirator with (A) organic vapor cartridges, (B) organic vapor

gas mask chin-style, or (C) organic vapor gas mask canister, front-or backmounted;

(2) Supplied air respirator with full facepiece; or

(3) Self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece.

(c) Less than or equal to 4,000 ppm .......... (1) Supplied air respirator operated in the positive pressure mode with full facepiece, helmet, suit, or hood.

(d) Greater than 4,000 ppm or unknown

concentration.

(1) Supplied air and auxiliary self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece

in positive pressure mode; or

(2) Self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece in positive pressure

mode.

(e) Firefighting ............................................. Self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece in positive pressure mode.

(f) Escape .................................................... (1) Any organic vapor respirator, or

(2) Any self-contained breathing apparatus.

(i) Emergency situations—(1) Written

plans. (i) A written plan for emergency

situations shall be developed for each

workplace where liquid AN is present.

Appropriate portions of the plan shall

be implemented in the event of an

emergency.

(ii) The plan shall specifically provide that employees engaged in correcting emergency conditions shall be

equipped as required in paragraph (h)

of this section until the emergency is

abated.

(iii) Employees not engaged in correcting the emergency shall be evacuated from the area and shall not be permitted to return until the emergency

is abated.

(2) Alerting employees. Where there is

the possibility of employee exposure to

AN in excess of the ceiling limit, a general alarm shall be installed and used

to promptly alert employees of such

occurrences.

(j) Protective clothing and equipment—

(1) Provision and use. Where eye or skin

contact with liquid AN may occur, the

employer shall provide at no cost to

the employee, and assure that employees wear, impermeable protective

clothing or other equipment to protect

any area of the body which may come

in contact with liquid AN. The provision of §§ 1910.132 and 1910.133 shall be

complied with.

(2) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The

employer shall clean, launder, maintain, or replace protective clothing and

equipment required by this section as

needed to maintain their effectiveness.

(ii) The employer shall assure that

impermeable protective clothing which

contacts or is likely to have contacted

liquid AN shall be decontaminated before being removed by the employee.

(iii) The employer shall assure that

an employee whose nonimpermeable

clothing becomes wetted with liquid

AN shall immediately remove that

clothing and proceed to shower. The

clothing shall be decontaminated before it is removed from the regulated

area.

(iv) The employer shall assure that

no employee removes protective clothing or equipment from the change

room, except for those employees authorized to do so for the purpose of

laundering, maintenance, or disposal.
319

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1045

(v) The employer shall inform any

person who launders or cleans protective clothing or equipment of the potentially harmful effects of exposure to

AN.

(k) Housekeeping. (1) All surfaces

shall be maintained free of visible accumulations of liquid AN.

(2) For operations involving liquid

AN, the employer shall institute a program for detecting leaks and spills of

liquid AN, including regular visual inspections.

(3) Where spills of liquid AN are detected, the employer shall assure that

surfaces contacted by the liquid AN are

decontaminated. Employees not engaged in decontamination activities

shall leave the area of the spill, and

shall not be permitted in the area until

decontamination is completed.

(l) Waste disposal. AN waste, scrap,

debris, bags, containers, or equipment

shall be decontaminated before being

incorporated in the general waste disposal system.

(m) Hygiene facilities and practices. (1)

Where employees are exposed to airborne concentrations of AN above the

permissible exposure limits, or where

employees are required to wear protective clothing or equipment pursuant to

paragraph (j) of this section, the facilities required by 29 CFR 1910.141, including clean change rooms and shower facilities, shall be provided by the employer for the use of those employees,

and the employer shall assure that the

employees use the facilities provided.

(2) The employer shall assure that

employees wearing protective clothing

or equipment for protection from skin

contact with liquid AN shall shower at

the end of the work shift.

(3) The employer shall assure that, in

the event of skin or eye exposure to

liquid AN, the affected employee shall

shower immediately to minimize the

danger of skin absorption.

(4) The employer shall assure that

employees working in the regulated

area wash their hands and faces prior

to eating.

(n) Medical surveillance—(1) General.

(i) The employer shall institute a program of medical surveillance for each

employee who is or will be exposed to

AN at or above the action level, without regard to the use of respirators.

The employer shall provide each such

employee with an opportunity for medical examinations and tests in accordance with this paragraph.

(ii) The employer shall assure that

all medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, and

that they shall be provided without

cost to the employee.

(2) Initial examinations. At the time of

initial assignment, or upon institution

of the medical surveillance program,

the employer shall provide each affected employee an opportunity for a

medical examination, including at

least the following elements:

(i) A work history and medical history with special attention to skin,

respiratory, and gastrointestinal systems, and those nonspecific symptoms,

such as headache, nausea, vomiting,

dizziness, weakness, or other central

nervous system dysfunctions that may

be associated with acute or with chronic exposure to AN;

(ii) A complete physical examination

giving particular attention to the peripheral and central nervous system,

gastrointestinal system, respiratory

system, skin, and thyroid;

(iii) A 14- by 17-inch posteroanterior

chest X-ray; and

(iv) Further tests of the intestinal

tract, including fecal occult blood

screening, for all workers 40 years of

age or older, and for any other affected

employees for whom, in the opinion of

the physician, such testing is appropriate.

(3) Periodic examinations. (i) The employer shall provide the examinations

specified in paragraph (n)(2) of this section at least annually for all employees

specified in paragraph (n)(1) of this section.

(ii) If an employee has not had the

examination specified in paragraph

(n)(2) of this section within 6 months

preceding termination of employment,

the employer shall make such examination available to the employee prior

to such termination.

(4) Additional examinations. If the employee for any reason develops signs or

symptoms which may be associated

with exposure to AN, the employer
320

§ 1910.1045 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

shall provide an appropriate examination and emergency medical treatment.

(5) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide the

following information to the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this standard and its appendixes;

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the

employee’s exposure;

(iii) The employee’s representative

exposure level;

(iv) The employee’s anticipated or estimated exposure level (for

preplacement examinations or in cases

of exposure due to an emergency);

(v) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used;

and

(vi) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee, which is not otherwise available to the examining physician.

(6) Physician’s written opinion. (i) The

employer shall obtain a written opinion from the examining physician

which shall include:

(A) The results of the medical examination and test performed;

(B) The physician’s opinion as to

whether the employee has any detected

medical condition(s) which would place

the employee at an increased risk of

material impairment of the employee’s

health from exposure to AN;

(C) Any recommended limitations

upon the employee’s exposure to AN or

upon the use of protective clothing and

equipment such as respirators; and

(D) A statement that the employee

has been informed by the physician of

the results of the medical examination

and any medical conditions which require further examination or treatment.

(ii) The employer shall instruct the

physician not to reveal in the written

opinion specific findings or diagnoses

unrelated to occupational exposure to

AN.

(iii) The employer shall provide a

copy of the written opinion to the affected employee.

(o) Employee information and training—(1) Training program. (i) By January 2, 1979, the employer shall institute

a training program for and assure the

participation of all employees exposed

to AN above the action level, all employees whose exposures are maintained below the action level by engineering and work practice controls,

and all employees subject to potential

skin or eye contact with liquid AN.

(ii) Training shall be provided at the

time of initial assignment, or upon institution of the training program, and

at least annually thereafter, and the

employer shall assure that each employee is informed of the following:

(A) The information contained in appendixes A and B;

(B) The quantity, location, manner of

use, release, or storage of AN, and the

specific nature of operations which

could result in exposure to AN, as well

as any necessary protective steps;

(C) The purpose, proper use, and limitations of respirators and protective

clothing;

(D) The purpose and a description of

the medical surveillance program required by paragraph (n) of this section;

(E) The emergency procedures developed, as required by paragraph (i) of

this section;

(F) Engineering and work practice

controls, their function, and the employee’s relationship to these controls;

and

(G) A review of this standard.

(2) Access to training materials. (i) The

employer shall make a copy of this

standard and its appendixes readily

available to all affected employees.

(ii) The employer shall provide, upon

request, all materials relating to the

employee information and training

program to the Assistant Secretary

and the Director.

(p) Signs and labels—(1) General. (i)

The employer may use labels or signs

required by other statutes, regulations,

or ordinances in addition to, or in combination with, signs and labels required

by this paragraph.

(ii) The employer shall assure that no

statement appears on or near any sign

or label required by this paragraph

which contradicts or detracts from the

required sign or label.

(2) Signs. (i) The employer shall post

signs to clearly indicate all workplaces

where AN concentrations exceed the

permissable exposure limits. The signs

shall bear the following legend:
321

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1045

DANGER

ACRYLONITRILE (AN)

CANCER HAZARD

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

RESPIRATORS MAY BE

REQUIRED

(ii) The employer shall assure that

signs required by this paragraph are illuminated and cleaned as necessary so

that the legend is readily visible.

(3) Labels. (i) The employer shall assure that precautionary labels are affixed to all containers of liquid AN and

AN-based materials not exempted

under paragraph (a)(2) of this standard.

The employer shall assure that the

lables remain affixed when the materials are sold, distributed, or otherwise

leave the employer’s workplace.

(ii) The employer shall assure that

the precautionary labels required by

this paragraph are readily visible and

legible. The labels shall bear the following legend:

DANGER

CONTAINS ACRYLONITRILE (AN)

CANCER HAZARD

(q) Recordkeeping—(1) Objective data

for exempted operations. (i) Where the

processing, use, and handling of materials made from or containing AN are

exempted pursuant to paragraph

(a)(2)(ii) of this section, the employer

shall establish and maintain an accurate record of objective data reasonably relied upon in support of the exemption.

(ii) This record shall include at least

the following information:

(A) The material qualifying for exemption;

(B) The source of the objective data;

(C) The testing protocol, results of

testing, and/or analysis of the material

for the release of AN;

(D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data supports the

exemption; and

(E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, and processing covered by the exemption.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

this record for the duration of the employer’s reliance upon such objective

data.

(2) Exposure monitoring. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an

accurate record of all monitoring required by paragraph (e) of this section.

(ii) This record shall include:

(A) The dates, number, duration, and

results of each of the samples taken,

including a description of the sampling

procedure used to determine representative employee exposure;

(B) A description of the sampling and

analytical methods used and the data

relied upon to establish that the methods used meet the accuracy and precision requirements of paragraph (e)(6) of

this section;

(C) Type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any; and

(D) Name, social security number,

and job classification of the employee

monitored and of all other employees

whose exposure the measurement is intended to represent.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

this record for at least forty (40) years,

or for the duration of employment plus

twenty (20) years, whichever is longer.

(3) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an

accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance as required

by paragraph (n) of this section.

(ii) This record shall include:

(A) A copy of the physician’s written

opinions;

(B) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to AN;

(C) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required by

paragraph (n)(5) of this section; and

(D) A copy of the employee’s medical

and work history.

(iii) The employer shall assure that

this record be maintained for at least

forty (40) years, or for the duration of

employment plus twenty (20) years,

whichever is longer.

(4) Availability. (i) The employer shall

make all records required to be maintained by this section available, upon

request, to the Assistant Secretary and

the Director for examination and copying.

(ii) Records required by paragraphs

(q)(1) through (q)(3) of this section
322

§ 1910.1045 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives,

and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e)

and (q) through (i). Records required by

paragraph (q)(1) shall be provided in

the same manner as exposure monitoring records.

(5) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever

the employer ceases to do business, the

successor employer shall receive and

retain all records required to be maintained by this section for the prescribed period.

(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to

do business and there is no successor

employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, these

records shall be transmitted to the Director.

(iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records required to

be maintained pursuant to this section,

the employer shall notify the Director

at least 3 months prior to the disposal

of the records, and shall transmit them

to the Director upon request.

(iv) The employer shall also comply

with any additional requirements involving transfer of records set forth in

29 CFR 1910.20(h).

(r) Observation of monitoring—(1) Employee observation. The employer shall

provide affected employees, or their

designated representatives, an opportunity to observe any monitoring of

employee exposure to AN conducted

pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section.

(2) Observation procedures. (i) Whenever observation of the monitoring of

employee exposure to AN requires

entry into an area where the use of

protective clothing or equipment is required, the employer shall provide the

observer with personal protective

clothing and equipment required to be

worn by employees working in the

area, assure the use of such clothing

and equipment, and require the observer to comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures.

(ii) Without interfering with the

monitoring, observers shall be entitled:

(A) To receive an explanation of the

measurement procedures;

(B) To observe all steps related to the

measurement of airborne concentrations of AN performed at the place of

exposure; and

(C) To record the results obtained.

(s) Effective date: (1) This section

shall become effective November 2,

1978.

(2) Monitoring and medical surveillance conducted since January 17, 1978,

under the provisions of the emergency

temporary standard may be relied upon

by the employer to meet the initial

monitoring and initial medical surveillance requirements of this section.

(3) Training programs must be implemented by January 2, 1979.

(4) Engineering and work practice

controls required by paragraph (g) of

this section shall be implemented no

later than November 2, 1980.

(t) Appendixes. The information contained in the appendixes is not intended, by itself, to create any additional obligation not otherwise imposed, or to detract from any obligation.

APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1045—SUBSTANCE

SAFETY DATA SHEET FOR ACRYLONITRILE

I. SUBSTANCE IDENTIFICATION

A. Substance: Acrylonitrile (CH2 CHCN).

B. Synonyms: Propenenitrile; vinyl cyanide; cyanoethylene; AN; VCN; acylon;

carbacryl; fumigrian; ventox.

C. Acrylonitrile can be found as a liquid or

vapor, and can also be found in polymer resins, rubbers, plastics, polyols, and other

polymers having acrylonitrile as a raw or intermediate material.

D. AN is used in the manufacture of acrylic

and modiacrylic fibers, acrylic plastics and

resins, speciality polymers, nitrile rubbers,

and other organic chemicals. It has also been

used as a fumigant.

E. Appearance and odor: Colorless to pale

yellow liquid with a pungent odor which can

only be detected at concentrations above the

permissible exposure level, in a range of 13–

19 parts AN per million parts of air (13–19

ppm).

F. Permissible exposure: Exposure may not

exceed either:

1. Two parts AN per million parts of air (2

ppm) averaged over the 8-hour workday; or

2. Ten parts AN per million parts of air (10

ppm) averaged over any 15-minute period in

the workday.

3. In addition, skin and eye contact with

liquid AN is prohibited.
323

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1045

II. HEALTH HAZARD DATA

A. Acrylonitrile can affect your body if

you inhale the vapor (breathing), if it comes

in contact with your eyes or skin, or if you

swallow it. It may enter your body through

your skin.

B. Effects of overexposure: 1. Short-term

exposure: Acrylonitrile can cause eye irritation, nausea, vomiting, headache, sneezing,

weakness, and light-headedness. At high concentrations, the effects of exposure may go

on to loss of consciousness and death. When

acrylonitrile is held in contact with the skin

after being absorbed into shoe leather or

clothing, it may produce blisters following

several hours of no apparent effect. Unless

the shoes or clothing are removed immediately and the area washed, blistering will

occur. Usually there is no pain or inflammation associated with blister formation.

2. Long-term exposure: Acrylonitrile has

been shown to cause cancer in laboratory

animals and has been associated with higher

incidences of cancer in humans. Repeated or

prolonged exposure of the skin to acrylonitrile may produce irritation and dermatitis.

3. Reporting signs and symptoms: You

should inform your employer if you develop

any signs or symptoms and suspect they are

caused by exposure to acrylonitrile.

III. EMERGENCY FIRST AID PROCEDURES

A. Eye exposure: If acrylonitrile gets into

your eyes, wash your eyes immediately with

large amounts of water, lifting the lower and

upper lids occasionally. Get medical attention immediately. Contact lenses should not

be worn when working with this chemical.

B. Skin exposure: If acrylonitrile gets on

your skin, immediately wash the contaminated skin with water. If acrylonitrile soaks

through your clothing, especially your shoes,

remove the clothing immediately and wash

the skin with water. If symptoms occur after

washing, get medical attention immediately.

Thoroughly wash the clothing before

reusing. Contaminated leather shoes or other

leather articles should be discarded.

C. Inhalation: If you or any other person

breathes in large amounts of acrylonitrile,

move the exposed person to fresh air at once.

If breathing has stopped, perform artificial

respiration. Keep the affected person warm

and at rest. Get medical attention as soon as

possible.

D. Swallowing: When acrylonitrile has

been swallowed, give the person large quantities of water immediately. After the water

has been swallowed, try to get the person to

vomit by having him touch the back of his

throat with his finger. Do not make an unconscious person vomit. Get medical attention immediately.

E. Rescue: Move the affected person from

the hazardous exposure. If the exposed person has been overcome, notify someone else

and put into effect the established emergency procedures. Do not become a casualty

yourself. Understand your emergency rescue

procedures and know the location of the

emergency equipment before the need arises.

F. Special first aid procedures: First aid

kits containing an adequate supply (at least

two dozen) of amyl nitrite pearls, each containing 0.3 ml, should be maintained at each

site where acrylonitrile is used. When a person is suspected of receiving an overexposure

to acrylonitrile, immediately remove that

person from the contaminated area using established rescue procedures. Contaminated

clothing must be removed and the acrylonitrile washed from the skin immediately.

Artificial respiration should be started at

once if breathing has stopped. If the person

is unconscious, amyl nitrite may be used as

an antidote by a properly trained individual

in accordance with established emergency

procedures. Medical aid should be obtained

immediately.

IV. RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

A. Respirators. You may be required to

wear a respirator for nonroutine activities,

in emergencies, while your employer is in

the process of reducing acrylonitrile exposures through engineering controls, and in

areas where engineering controls are not feasible. If respirators are worn, they must have

a label issued by the National Institute for

Occupational Safety and Health under the

provisions of 42 CFR part 84 stating that the

respirators have been approved for use with

organic vapors. For effective protection, respirators must fit your face and head snugly.

Respirators must not be loosened or removed

in work situations where their use is required.

Acrylonitrile does not have a detectable

odor except at levels above the permissible

exposure limits. Do not depend on odor to

warn you when a respirator cartridge or canister is exhausted. Cartridges or canisters

must be changed daily or before the end-ofservice-life, whichever comes first. Reuse of

these may allow acrylonitrille to gradually

filter through the cartridge and cause exposures which you cannot detect by odor. If

you can smell acrylonitrile while wearing a

respirator, proceed immediately to fresh air.

If you experience difficulty breathing while

wearing a respirator, tell your employer.

B. Supplied-air suits: In some work situations, the wearing of supplied-air suits may

be necessary. Your employer must instruct

you in their proper use and operation.

C. Protective clothing: You must wear impervious clothing, gloves, face shield, or

other appropriate protective clothing to prevent skin contact with liquid acrylonitrile.

Where protective clothing is required, your
324

§ 1910.1045 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

employer is required to provide clean garments to you as necessary to assume that

the clothing protects you adequately.

Replace or repair impervious clothing that

has developed leaks.

Acrylonitrile should never be allowed to

remain on the skin. Clothing and shoes

which are not impervious to acrylonitrile

should not be allowed to become contaminated with acrylonitrile, and if they do the

clothing and shoes should be promptly removed and decontaminated. The clothing

should be laundered or discarded after the

AN is removed. Once acrylonitrile penetrates

shoes or other leather articles, they should

not be worn again.

D. Eye protection: You must wear

splashproof safety goggles in areas where liquid acrylonitrile may contact your eyes. In

addition, contact lenses should not be worn

in areas where eye contact with acrylonitrile

can occur.

V. PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE USE, HANDLING,

AND STORAGE

A. Acrylonitrile is a flammable liquid, and

its vapors can easily form explosive mixtures

in air.

B. Acrylonitrile must be stored in tightly

closed containers in a cool, well-ventilated

area, away from heat, sparks, flames, strong

oxidizers (especially bromine), strong bases,

copper, copper alloys, ammonia, and amines.

C. Sources of ignition such as smoking and

open flames are prohibited wherever acrylonitrile is handled, used, or stored in a manner that could create a potential fire or explosion hazard.

D. You should use non-sparking tools when

opening or closing metal containers of acrylonitrile, and containers must be bonded and

grounded when pouring or transferring liquid

acrylonitrile.

E. You must immediately remove any nonimpervious clothing that becomes wetted

with acrylonitrile, and this clothing must

not be reworn until the acrylonitrile is removed from the clothing.

F. Impervious clothing wet with liquid acrylonitrile can be easily ignited. This clothing must be washed down with water before

you remove it.

G. If your skin becomes wet with liquid acrylonitrile, you must promptly and thoroughly wash or shower with soap or mild detergent to remove any acrylonitrile from

your skin.

H. You must not keep food, beverages, or

smoking materials, nor are you permitted to

eat or smoke in regulated areas where acrylonitrile concentrations are above the permissible exposure limits.

I. If you contact liquid acrylonitrile, you

must wash your hands thoroughly with soap

or mild detergent and water before eating,

smoking, or using toilet facilities.

J. Fire extinguishers and quick drenching

facilities must be readily available, and you

should know where they are and how to operate them.

K. Ask your supervisor where acrylonitrile

is used in your work area and for any additional plant safety and health rules.

VI. ACCESS TO INFORMATION

A. Each year, your employer is required to

inform you of the information contained in

this Substance Safety Data Sheet for acrylonitrile. In addition, you employer must instruct you in the proper work practices for

using acrylonitrile, emergency procedures,

and the correct use of protective equipment.

B. Your employer is required to determine

whether you are being exposed to acrylonitrile. You or your representative has the

right to observe employee measurements and

to record the results obtained. Your employer is required to inform you of your exposure. If your employer determines that

you are being overexposed, he or she is required to inform you of the actions which

are being taken to reduce your exposure to

within permissible exposure limits.

C. Your employer is required to keep

records of your exposures and medical examinations. These records must be kept by

the employer for at least forty (40) years or

for the period of your employment plus

twenty (20) years, whichever is longer.

D. Your employer is required to release

your exposure and medical records to you or

your representative upon your request.

APPENDIX B TO § 1910.1045—SUBSTANCE

TECHNICAL GUIDELINES FOR ACRYLONITRILE

I. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL DATA

A. Substance identification: 1. Synonyms:

AN; VCN; vinyl cyanide; propenenitrile;

cyanoethylene; Acrylon; Carbacryl;

Fumigrain; Ventox.

2. Formula: CH2=CHCN.

3. Molecular weight: 53.1.

B. Physical data: 1. Boiling point (760 mm

Hg): 77.3 °C (171 °F);

2. Specific gravity (water=1): 0.81 (at 20 °C

or 68 °F);

3. Vapor density (air=1 at boiling point of

acrylonitrile): 1.83;

4. Melting point: ¥83 °C (¥117 °F);

5. Vapor pressure (@20 °F): 83 mm Hg;

6. Solubility in water, percent by weight

@20 °C (68 °F): 7.35;

7. Evaporation rate (Butyl Acetate=1): 4.54;

and

8. Appearance and odor: Colorless to pale

yellow liquid with a pungent odor at concentrations above the permissible exposure

level. Any detectable odor of acrylonitrile

may indicate overexposure.
325

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1045

II. FIRE, EXPLOSION, AND REACTIVITY HAZARD

DATA

A. Fire: 1. Flash point: ¥1 °C (30 °F) (closed

cup).

2. Autoignition temperature: 481 °C (898

°F).

3. Flammable limits air, percent by volume: Lower: 3, Upper: 17.

4. Extinguishing media: Alcohol foam, carbon dioxide, and dry chemical.

5. Special fire-fighting procedures: Do not

use a solid stream of water, since the stream

will scatter and spread the fire. Use water to

cool containers exposed to a fire.

6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: Acrylonitrile is a flammable liquid. Its vapors

can easily form explosive mixtures with air.

All ignition sources must be controlled

where acrylonitrile is handled, used, or

stored in a manner that could create a potential fire or explosion hazard. Acrylonitrile vapors are heavier than air and may

travel along the ground and be ignited by

open flames or sparks at locations remote

from the site at which acrylonitrile is being

handled.

7. For purposes of compliance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.106, acrylonitrile

is classified as a class IB flammable liquid.

For example, 7,500 ppm, approximately onefourth of the lower flammable limit, would

be considered to pose a potential fire and explosion hazard.

8. For purposes of compliance with 29 CFR

1910.157, acrylonitrile is classified as a Class

B fire hazard.

9. For purpose of compliance with 29 CFR

1919.309, locations classified as hazardous due

to the presence of acrylonitrile shall be Class

I, Group D.

B. Reactivity:

1. Conditions contributing to instability:

Acrylonitrile will polymerize when hot, and

the additional heat liberated by the polymerization may cause containers to explode.

Pure AN may self-polymerize, with a rapid

build-up of pressure, resulting in an explosion hazard. Inhibitors are added to the commercial product to prevent self-polymerization.

2. Incompatibilities: Contact with strong

oxidizers (especially bromine) and strong

bases may cause fires and explosions. Contact with copper, copper alloys, ammonia,

and amines may start serious decomposition.

3. Hazardous decompostion products: Toxic

gases and vapors (such as hydrogen cyanide,

oxides of nitrogen, and carbon monoxide)

may be released in a fire involving acrylonitrile and certain polymers made from acrylonitrile.

4. Special precautions: Liquid acrylonitrile

will attack some forms of plastics, rubbers,

and coatings.

III. SPILL, LEAK, AND DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

A. If acrylonitrile is spilled or leaked, the

following steps should be taken:

1. Remove all ignition sources.

2. The area should be evacuated at once

and re-entered only after the area has been

thoroughly ventilated and washed down with

water.

3. If liquid acrylonitrile or polymer intermediate, collect for reclamation or absorb in

paper, vermiculite, dry sand, earth, or similar material, or wash down with water into

process sewer system.

B. Persons not wearing protective equipment should be restricted from areas of spills

or leaks until clean-up has been completed.

C. Waste disposal methods: Waste material

shall be disposed of in a manner that is not

hazardous to employees or to the general

population. Spills of acrylonitrile and flushing of such spills shall be channeled for appropriate treatment or collection for disposal. They shall not be channeled directly

into the sanitary sewer system. In selecting

the method of waste disposal, applicable

local, State, and Federal regulations should

be consulted.

IV. MONITORING AND MEASUREMENT

PROCEDURES

A. Exposure above the Permissible Exposure Limit:

1. Eight-hour exposure evaluation: Measurements taken for the purpose of determining employee exposure under this section

are best taken so that the average 8-hour exposure may be determined from a single 8-

hour sample or two (2) 4-hour samples. Air

samples should be taken in the employee’s

breathing zone (air that would most nearly

represent that inhaled by the employee.)

2. Ceiling evaluation: Measurements taken

for the purpose of determining employee exposure under this section must be taken during periods of maximum expected airborne

concentrations of acrylonitrile in the employee’s breathing zone. A minimum of three

(3) measurements should be taken on one

work shift. The average of all measurements

taken is an estimate of the employee’s ceiling exposure.

3. Monitoring techniques: The sampling

and analysis under this section may be performed by collecting the acrylonitrile vapor

on charcoal adsorption tubes or other composition adsorption tubes, with subsequent

chemical analysis. Sampling and analysis

may also be performed by instruments such

as real-time continuous monitoring systems,

portable direct-reading instruments, or passive dosimeters. Analysis of resultant samples should be by gas chromatograph.

Appendix D lists methods of sampling and

analysis which have been tested by NIOSH

and OSHA for use with acrylonitrile. NIOSH

and OSHA have validated modifications of
326

§ 1910.1045 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

NIOSH Method S–156 (See Appendix D) under

laboratory conditions for concentrations

below 1 ppm. The employer has the obligation of selecting a monitoring method which

meets the accuracy and precision requirements of the standard under his unique field

conditions. The standard requires that methods of monitoring must be accurate, to a 95-

percent confidence level, to ±35-percent for

concentrations of AN at or above 2 ppm, and

to ±–50-percent for concentrations below 2

ppm. In addition to the methods described in

Appendix D, there are numerous other methods available for monitoring for AN in the

workplace. Details on these other methods

have been submitted by various companies

to the rulemaking record, and are available

at the OSHA Docket Office.

B. Since many of the duties relating to employee exposure are dependent on the results

of monitoring and measuring procedures,

employers shall assure that the evaluation of

employee exposures is performed by a competent industrial hygienist or other technically qualified person.

V. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

Employees shall be provided with and required to wear appropriate protective clothing to prevent any possibility of skin contact

with liquid AN. Because acrylonitrile is absorbed through the skin, it is important to

prevent skin contact with liquid AN. Protective clothing shall include impermeable coveralls or similar full-body work clothing,

gloves, head-coverings, as appropriate to protect areas of the body which may come in

contact with liquid AN.

Employers should ascertain that the protective garmets are impermeable to acrylonitrile. Non-impermeable clothing and shoes

should not be allowed to become contaminated with liquid AN. If permeable clothing

does become contaminated, it should be

promptly removed, placed in a regulated

area for removal of the AN, and not worn

again until the AN is removed. If leather

footwear or other leather garments become

wet from acrylonitrile, they should be replaced and not worn again, due to the ability

of leather to absorb acrylonitrile and hold it

against the skin. Since there is no pain associated with the blistering which may result

from skin contact with liquid AN, it is essential that the employee be informed of this

hazard so that he or she can be protected.

Any protective clothing which has developed leaks or is otherwise found to be defective shall be repaired or replaced. Clean protective clothing shall be provided to the employee as necessary to assure its protectiveness. Whenever impervious clothing becomes

wet with liquid AN, it shall be washed down

with water before being removed by the employee. Employees are also required to wear

splash-proof safety goggles where there is

any possibility of acrylonitrile contacting

the eyes.

VI. HOUSEKEEPING AND HYGIENE FACILITIES

For purposes of complying with 29 CFR

1910.141, the following items should be emphasized:

A. The workplace should be kept clean, orderly, and in a sanitary condition. The employer is required to institute a leak and

spill detection program for operations involving liquid AN in order to detect sources

of fugitive AN emissions.

B. Dry sweeping and the use of compressed

air is unsafe for the cleaning of floors and

other surfaces where liquid AN may be

found.

C. Adequate washing facilities with hot

and cold water are to be provided, and maintained in a sanitary condition. Suitable

cleansing agents are also to be provided to

assure the effective removal of acrylonitrile

from the skin.

D. Change or dressing rooms with individual clothes storage facilities must be provided to prevent the contamination of street

clothes with acrylonitrile. Because of the

hazardous nature of acrylonitrile, contaminated protective clothing should be placed in

a regulated area designated by the employer

for removal of the AN before the clothing is

laundered or disposed of.

VII. MISCELLANEOUS PRECAUTIONS

A. Store acrylonitrile in tightly-closed

containers in a cool, well-ventilated area and

take necessary precautions to avoid any explosion hazard.

B. High exposures to acrylonitrile can

occur when transferring the liquid from one

container to another.

C. Non-sparking tools must be used to open

and close metal acrylonitrile containers.

These containers must be effectively grounded and bonded prior to pouring.

D. Never store uninhibited acrylonitrile.

E. Acrylonitrile vapors are not inhibited.

They may form polymers and clog vents of

storage tanks.

F. Use of supplied-air suits or other impervious coverings may be necessary to prevent

skin contact with and provide respiratory

protection from acrylonitrile where the concentration of acrylonitrile is unknown or is

above the ceiling limit. Supplied-air suits

should be selected, used, and maintained

under the immediate supervision of persons

knowledgeable in the limitations and potential life-endangering characteristics of supplied-air suits.

G. Employers shall advise employees of all

areas and operations where exposure to acrylonitrile could occur.
327

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1045

VIII. COMMON OPERATIONS

Common operations in which exposure to

acrylonitrile is likely to occur include the

following: Manufacture of the acrylonitrile

monomer; synthesis of acrylic fibers, ABS,

SAN, and nitrile barrier plastics and resins,

nitrile rubber, surface coatings, specialty

chemicals, use as a chemical intermediate,

use as a fumigant and in the

cyanoethylation of cotton.

APPENDIX C TO § 1910.1045—MEDICAL

SURVEILLANCE GUIDELINES FOR ACRYLONITRILE

I. ROUTE OF ENTRY

Inhalation; skin absorption; ingestion.

II. TOXICOLOGY

Acrylonitrile vapor is an asphyxiant due to

inhibitory action on metabolic enzyme systems. Animals exposed to 75 or 100 ppm for 7

hours have shown signs of anoxia; in some

animals which died at the higher level,

cyanomethemoglobin was found in the blood.

Two human fatalities from accidental

poisioning have been reported; one was

caused by inhalation of an unknown concentration of the vapor, and the other was

thought to be caused by skin absorption or

inhalation. Most cases of intoxication from

industrial exposure have been mild, with

rapid onset of eye irritation, headache,

sneezing, and nausea. Weakness,

lightheadedness, and vomiting may also

occur. Exposure to high concentrations may

produce profound weakness, asphyxia, and

death. The vapor is a severe eye irritant.

Prolonged skin contract with the liquid may

result in absorption with systemic effects,

and in the formation of large blisters after a

latent period of several hours. Although

there is usually little or no pain or inflammation, the affected skin resembles a second-degree thermal burn. Solutions spilled

on exposed skin, or on areas covered only by

a light layer of clothing, evaporate rapidly,

leaving no irritation, or, at the most, mild

transient redness. Repeated spills on exposed

skin may result in dermatitis due to solvent

effects.

Results after 1 year of a planned 2-year

animal study on the effects of exposure to

acrylonitrile have indicated that rats ingesting as little as 35 ppm in their drinking

water develop tumors of the central nervous

system. The interim results of this study

have been supported by a similar study being

conducted by the same laboratory, involving

exposure of rats by inhalation of acrylonitrile vapor, which has shown similar types

of tumors in animals exposed to 80 ppm.

In addition, the preliminary results of an

epidemiological study being performed by

duPont on a cohort of workers in their Camden, S.C. acrylic fiber plant indicate a statistically significant increase in the incidence

of colon and lung cancers among employees

exposed to acrylonitrile.

III. SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF ACUTE

OVEREXPOSURE

Asphyxia and death can occur from exposure to high concentrations of acrylonitrile.

Symptoms of overexposure include eye irritation, headache, sneezing, nausea and vomiting, weakness, and light-headedness. Prolonged skin contact can cause blisters on the

skin with appearance of a second-degree

burn, but with little or no pain. Repeated

skin contact may produce scaling dermatits.

IV. TREATMENT OF ACUTE OVEREXPOSURE

Remove employee from exposure. Immediately flush eyes with water and wash skin

with soap or mild detergent and water. If AN

has been swallowed, and person is conscious,

induce vomiting. Give artificial resuscitation if indicated. More severe cases, such as

those associated with loss of consciousness,

may be treated by the intravenous administration of sodium nitrite, followed by sodium

thiosulfate, although this is not as effective

for acrylonitrile poisoning as for inorganic

cyanide poisoning.

V. SURVEILLANCE AND PREVENTIVE

CONSIDERATIONS

A. As noted above, exposure to acrylonitrile has been linked to increased incidence of cancers of the colon and lung in employees of the duPont acrylic fiber plant in

Camden, S.C. In addition, the animal testing

of acrylonitrile has resulted in the development of cancers of the central nervous system in rats exposed by either inhalation or

ingestion. The physician should be aware of

the findings of these studies in evaluating

the health of employees exposed to acrylonitrile.

Most reported acute effects of occupational

exposure to acrylonitrile are due to its ability to cause tissue anoxia and asphyxia. The

effects are similar to those caused by hydrogen cyanide. Liquid acrylonitrile can be absorbed through the skin upon prolonged contact. The liquid readily penetrates leather,

and will produce burns of the feet if footwear

contaminated with acrylonitrile is not removed.

It is important for the physician to become

familiar with the operating conditions in

which exposure to acrylonitrile may occur.

Those employees with skin diseases may not

tolerate the wearing of whatever protective

clothing may be necessary to protect them

from exposure. In addition, those with chronic respiratory disease may not tolerate the

wearing of negative-pressure respirators.

B. Surveillance and screening. Medical histories and laboratory examinations are required for each employee subject to exposure
328

§ 1910.1045 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

to acrylonitrile above the action level. The

employer must screen employees for history

of certain medical conditions which might

place the employee at increased risk from

exposure.

1. Central nervous system dysfunction. Acute

effects of exposure to acrylonitrile generally

involve the central nervous system. Symptoms of acrylonitrile exposure include headache, nausea, dizziness, and general weakness. The animal studies cited above suggest

possible carcinogenic effects of acrylonitrile

on the central nervous system, since rats exposed by either inhalation or ingestion have

developed similar CNS tumors.

2. Respiratory disease. The du Pont data indicate an increased risk of lung cancer

among employees exposed to acrylonitrile.

3. Gastrointestinal disease. The du Pont data

indicate an increased risk of cancer of the

colon among employees exposed to acrylonitrile. In addition, the animal studies show

possible tumor production in the stomachs of

the rats in the ingestion study.

4. Skin disease. Acrylonitrile can cause skin

burns when prolonged skin contact with the

liquid occurs. In addition, repeated skin contact with the liquid can cause dermatitis.

5. General. The purpose of the medical procedures outlined in the standard is to establish a baseline for future health monitoring.

Persons unusually susceptible to the effects

of anoxia or those with anemia would be expected to be at increased risk. In addition to

emphasis on the CNS, respiratory and

gastro-intestinal systems, the cardiovascular

system, liver, and kidney function should

also be stressed.

APPENDIX D TO § 1910.1045—SAMPLING

AND ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR ACRYLONITRILE

There are many methods available for

monitoring employee exposures to acrylonitrile. Most of these involve the use of charcoal tubes and sampling pumps, with analysis by gas chromatograph. The essential differences between the charcoal tube methods

include, among others, the use of different

desorbing solvents, the use of different lots

of charcoal, and the use of different equipment for analysis of the samples.

Besides charcoal, considerable work has

been performed on methods using porous

polymer sampling tubes and passive

dosimeters. In addition, there are several

portable gas analyzers and monitoring units

available on the open market.

This appendix contains details for the

methods which have been tested at OSHA

Analytical Laboratory in Salt Lake City,

and NIOSH in Cincinnati. Each is a variation

on NIOSH Method S–156, which is also included for reference. This does not indicate

that these methods are the only ones which

will be satisfactory. There also may be workplace situations in which these methods are

not adequate, due to such factors as high humidity. Copies of the other methods available to OSHA are available in the rulemaking record, and may be obtained from

the OSHA Docket Office. These include, the

Union Carbide, Monsanto, Dow Chemical and

Dow Badische methods, as well as NISOH

Method P & CAM 127.

Employers who note problems with sample

breakthrough should try larger charcoal

tubes. Tubes of larger capacity are available,

and are often used for sampling vinyl chloride. In addition, lower flow rates and shorter sampling times should be beneficial in

minimizing breakthrough problems.

Whatever method the employer chooses, he

must assure himself of the method’s accuracy and precision under the unique conditions present in his workplace.

NIOSH METHOD S–156 (UNMODIFIED)

Analyte: Acrylonitrile.

Matrix: Air.

Procedure: Absorption on charcoal,

desorption with methanol, GC.

1. Principle of the method (Reference 11.1).

1.1 A known volume of air is drawn

through a charcoal tube to trap the organic

vapors present.

1.2 The charcoal in the tube is transferred

to a small, stoppered sample container, and

the analyte is desorbed with methanol.

1.3 An aliquot of the desorbed sample is injected into a gas chromatograph.

1.4 The area of the resulting peak is determined and compared with areas obtained for

standards.

2. Range and sensitivity.

2.1 This method was validated over the

range of 17.5–70.0 mg/cu m at an atmospheric

temperature and pressure of 22 °C and 760

MM Hg, using a 20-liter sample. Under the

conditions of sample size (20–liters) the probable useful range of this method is 4.5–135

mg-cu m. The method is capable of measuring much smaller amounts if the

desorption efficiency is adequate. Desorption

efficiency must be determined over the range

used.

2.2 The upper limit of the range of the

method is dependent on the adsorptive capacity of the charcoal tube. This capacity

varies with the concentrations of acrylonitrile and other substances in the air. The

first section of the charcoal tube was found

to hold at least 3.97 mg of acrylonitrile when

a test atmosphere containing 92.0 mg/cu m of

acrylonitrile in air was sampled 0.18 liter per

minute for 240 minutes; at that time the concentration of acrylonitrile in the effluent

was less than 5 percent of that in the influent. (The charcoal tube consists of two sections of activated charcoal separated by a

section of urethane foam. See section 6.2.) If
329

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1045

a particular atmosphere is suspected of containing a large amount of contaminant, a

smaller sampling volume should be taken.

3. Interference.

3.1 When the amount of water in the air is

so great that condensation actually occurs

in the tube, organic vapors will not be

trapped efficiently. Preliminary experiments

using toluene indicate that high humidity

severely decreases the breakthrough volume.

3.2 When interfering compounds are

known or suspected to be present in the air,

such information, including their suspected

identities, should be transmitted with the

sample.

3.3 It must be emphasized that any compound which has the same retention time as

the analyte at the operating conditions described in this method is an interference. Retention time data on a single column cannot

be considered proof of chemical identity.

3.4 If the possibility of interference exists,

separation conditions (column packing, temperature, etc.) must be changed to circumvent the problem.

4. Precision and accuracy.

4.1 The Coefficient of Variation (CVT) for

the total analytical and sampling method in

the range of 17.5–70.0 mg/cu m was 0.073. This

value corresponds to a 3.3 mg/cu m standard

deviation at the (previous) OSHA standard

level (20 ppm). Statistical information and

details of the validation and experimental

test procedures can be found in Reference

11.2.

4.2 On the average the concentrations obtained at the 20 ppm level using the overall

sampling and analytical method were 6.0 percent lower than the ‘‘true’’ concentrations

for a limited number of laboratory experiments. Any difference between the ‘‘found’’

and ‘‘true’’ concentrations may not represent a bias in the sampling and analytical

method, but rather a random variation from

the experimentally determined ‘‘true’’ concentration. Therefore, no recovery correction should be applied to the final result in

section 10.5.

5. Advantages and disadvantages of the method.

5.1 The sampling device is small, portable, and involves no liquids. Interferences

are minimal, and most of those which do

occur can be eliminated by altering

chromatographic conditions. The tubes are

analyzed by means of a quick, instrumental

method.

The method can also be used for the simultaneous analysis of two or more substances

suspected to be present in the same sample

by simply changing gas chromatographic

conditions.

5.2 One disadvantage of the method is

that the amount of sample which can be

taken is limited by the number of milligrams that the tube will hold before overloading. When the sample value obtained for

the backup section of the charcoal tube exceeds 25 percent of that found on the front

section, the possibility of sample loss exists.

5.3 Furthermore, the precision of the

method is limited by the reproducibility of

the pressure drop across the tubes. This drop

will affect the flow rate and cause the volume to be imprecise, because the pump is

usually calibrated for one tube only.

6. Apparatus.

6.1 A calibrated personal sampling pump

whose flow can be determined within ±5 percent at the recommended flow rate. (Reference 11.3).

6.2 Charcoal tubes: Glass tubes with both

ends flame sealed, 7 cm long with a 6-mm

O.D. and a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 sections

of 20/40 mesh activated charcoal separated by

a 2-mm portion of urethane foam. The activated charcoals prepared from coconut shells

and is fired at 600 °C prior to packing. The

adsorbing section contains 100 mg of charcoal, the backup section 50 mg. A 3-mm portion of urethane foam is placed between the

outlet end of the tube and the backup section. A plug of silicated glass wool is placed

in front of the adsorbing section. The pressure drop across the tube must be less than

1 inch of mercury at a flow rate of 1 liter per

minute.

6.3 Gas chromatograph equipped with a

flame ionization detector.

6.4 Column (4–ft×1⁄4-in stainless steel)

packed with 50/80 mesh Poropak, type Q.

6.5 An electronic integrator or some other

suitable method for measuring peak areas.

6.6 Two-milliliter sample containers with

glass stoppers or Teflon-lined caps. If an

automatic sample injector is used, the associated vials may be used.

6.7 Microliter syringes: 10-microliter and

other convenient sizes for making standards.

6.8 Pipets: 1.0-ml delivery pipets.

6.9 Volumetric flask: 10-ml or convenient

sizes for making standard solutions.

7. Reagents.

7.1 Chromatographic quality methanol.

7.2 Acrylonitrile, reagent grade.

7.3 Hexane, reagent grade.

7.4 Purified nitrogen.

7.5 Prepurified hydrogen.

7.6 Filtered compressed air.

8. Procedure.

8.1 Cleaning of equipment. All glassware

used for the laboratory analysis should be

detergent washed and thoroughly rinsed with

tap water and distilled water.

8.2 Calibration of personal pumps. Each

personal pump must be calibrated with a representative charcoal tube in the line. This

will minimize errors associated with uncertainties in the sample volume collected.

8.3 Collection and shipping of samples.

8.3.1 Immediately before sampling, break

the ends of the tube to provide an opening at

least one-half the internal diameter of the

tube (2 mm).
330

§ 1910.1045 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

8.3.2 The smaller section of charcoal is

used as a backup and should be positioned

nearest the sampling pump.

8.3.3 The charcoal tube should be placed

in a vertical direction during sampling to

minimize channeling through the charcoal.

8.3.4 Air being sampled should not be

passed through any hose or tubing before entering the charcoal tube.

8.3.5 A maximum sample size of 20 liters

is recommended. Sample at a flow of 0.20

liter per minute or less. The flow rate should

be known with an accuracy of at least ±5 percent.

8.3.6 The temperature and pressure of the

atmosphere being sampled should be recorded. If pressure reading is not available,

record the elevation.

8.3.7 The charcoal tubes should be capped

with the supplied plastic caps immediately

after sampling. Under no circumstances

should rubber caps be used.

8.3.8 With each batch of 10 samples submit

one tube from the same lot of tubes which

was used for sample collection and which is

subjected to exactly the same handling as

the samples except that no air is drawn

through it. Label this as a blank.

8.3.9 Capped tubes should be packed tightly and padded before they are shipped to

minimize tube breakage during shipping.

8.3.10 A sample of the bulk material

should be submitted to the laboratory in a

glass container with a Teflon-lined cap. This

sample should not be transported in the

same container as the charcoal tubes.

8.4 Analysis of samples.

8.4.1 Preparation of samples. In preparation for analysis, each charcoal tube is

scored with a file in front of the first section

of charcoal and broken open. The glass wool

is removed and discarded. The charcoal in

the first (larger) section is transferred to a 2-

ml stoppered sample container. The separating section of foam is removed and discarded; the second section is transferred to

another stoppered container. These two sections are analyzed separately.

8.4.2 Desorption of samples. Prior to analysis, 1.0 ml of methanol is pipetted into each

sample container. Desorption should be done

for 30 minutes. Tests indicate that this is

adequate if the sample is agitated occasionally during this period. If an automatic sample injector is used, the sample vials should

be capped as soon as the solvent is added to

minimize volatilization.

8.4.3 GC conditions. The typical operating

conditions for the gas chromatograph are:

1. 50 ml/min (60 psig) nitrogen carrier gas

flow.

2. 65 ml/min (24 psig) hydrogen gas flow to

detector.

3. 500 ml/min (50 psig) air flow to detector.

4. 235 °C injector temperature.

5. 255 °C manifold temperature (detector).

6. 155 °C column temperature.

8.4.4 Injection. The first step in the analysis is the injection of the sample into the

gas chromatograph. To eliminate difficulties

arising from blowback or distillation within

the syringe needle, one should employ the

solvent flush injection technique. The 10-

microliter syringe is first flushed with solvent several times to wet the barrel and

plunger. Three microliters of solvent are

drawn into the syringe to increase the accuracy and reproducibility of the injected sample volume. The needle is removed from the

solvent, and the plunger is pulled back about

0.2 microliter to separate the solvent flush

from the sample with a pocket of air to be

used as a marker. The needle is then immersed in the sample, and a 5-microliter aliquot is withdrawn, taking into consideration

the volume of the needle, since the sample in

the needle will be completely injected. After

the needle is removed from the sample and

prior to injection, the plunger is pulled back

1.2 microliters to minimize evaporation of

the sample from the tip of the needle. Observe that the sample occupies 4.9–5.0 microliters in the barrel of the syringe. Duplicate

injections of each sample and standard

should be made. No more than a 3 percent

difference in area is to be expected. An automatic sample injector can be used if it is

shown to give reproducibility at least as

good as the solvent flush method.

8.4.5 Measurement of area. The area of the

sample peak is measured by an electronic integrator or some other suitable form of area

measurement, and preliminary results are

read from a standard curve prepared as discussed below.

8.5 Determination of desorption efficiency.

8.5.1 Importance of determination. The

desorption efficiency of a particular compound can vary from one laboratory to another and also from one batch of charcoal to

another. Thus, it is necessary to determine

at least once the percentage of the specific

compound that is removed in the desorption

process, provided the same batch of charcoal

is used.

8.5.2 Procedure for determining desorption

efficiency. Activated charcoal equivalent to

the amount in the first section of the sampling tube (100 mg) is measured into a 2.5 in,

4-mm I.D. glass tube, flame sealed at one

end. This charcoal must be from the same

batch as that used in obtaining the samples

and can be obtained from unused charcoal

tubes. The open end is capped with Parafilm.

A known amount of hexane solution of acrylonitrile containing 0.239 g/ml is injected directly into the activated charcoal with a

microliter syringe, and tube is capped with

more Parafilm. When using an automatic

sample injector, the sample injector vials,

capped with Teflon-faced septa, may be used

in place of the glass tube.
331

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1045

The amount injected is equivalent to that

present in a 20-liter air sample at the selected level.

Six tubes at each of three levels (0.5X, 1X,

and 2X of the standard) are prepared in this

manner and allowed to stand for at least

overnight to assure complete adsorption of

the analyte onto the charcoal. These tubes

are referred to as the sample. A parallel

blank tube should be treated in the same

manner except that no sample is added to it.

The sample and blank tubes are desorbed and

analyzed in exactly the same manner as the

sampling tube described in section 8.4.

Two or three standards are prepared by injecting the same volume of compound into

1.0 ml of methanol with the same syringe

used in the preparation of the samples. These

are analyzed with the samples.

The desorption efficiency (D.E.) equals the

average weight in mg recovered from the

tube divided by the weight in mg added to

the tube, or

D E. . = Average weight recovered (mg)

weight added (mg)

The desorption efficiency is dependent on

the amount of analyte collected on the charcoal. Plot the desorption efficiency versus

weight of analyte found. This curve is used

in section 10.4 to correct for adsorption

losses.

9. Calibration and standards.

It is convenient to express concentration

of standards in terms of mg/1.0 ml methanol,

because samples are desorbed in this amount

of methanol. The density of the analyte is

used to convert mg into microliters for easy

measurement with a microliter syringe. A

series of standards, varying in concentration

over the range of interest, is prepared and

analyzed under the same GC conditions and

during the same time period as the unknown

samples. Curves are established by plotting

concentration in mg/1.0 ml versus peak area.

NOTE: Since no internal standard is used in

the method, standard solutions must be analyzed at the same time that the sample analysis is done. This will minimize the effect of

known day-to-day variations and variations

during the same day of the FID response.

10. Calculations.

10.1 Read the weight, in mg, corresponding

to each peak area from the standard curve.

No volume corrections are needed, because

the standard curve is based on mg/1.0 ml

methanol and the volume of sample injected

is identical to the volume of the standards

injected.

10.2 Corrections for the bank must be made

for each sample.

mg = mg sample¥mg blank

Where:

mg sample = mg found in front section of

sample tube.

mg sample = mg found in front section of

blank tube.

A similar procedure is followed for the

backup sections.

10.3 Add the weights found in the front and

backup sections to get the total weight in

the sample.

10.4 Read the desorption efficiency from

the curve (see sec. 8.5.2) for the amount

found in the front section. Divide the total

weight by this desorption efficiency to obtain the corrected mg/sample.

Corrected mg/sample = Total weight

D E. .

10.5 The concentration of the analyte in the air sampled can be expressed in mg/cu m.

mg/cu m = Corrected mg (section 10.4) 1,000 (liter/cu m)

air volume sampled (liter)

×

10.6 Another method of expressing concentration is ppm.

ppm =m mg/cu × 24.45/M.W. × 760/P× T. + 273/

298

Where:

P = Pressure (mm Hg) of air sampled.

T = Temperature ( °C) of air sampled.

24.45 = Molar volume (liter/mole) at 25 °C and

760 mm Hg.

M.W. = Molecular weight (g/mole) of analyte.

760 = Standard pressure (mm Hg).

298 = Standard temperature (°K).

11. References.

11.1 White, L. D. et al., ‘‘A Convenient Optimized Method for the Analysis of Selected

Solvent Vapors in the Industrial Atmosphere,’’ Amer. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J., 31:225 (1970).

11.2 Documentation of NIOSH Validation

Tests, NIOSH Contract No. CDC–99–74–45.
332

§ 1910.1045 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

11.3 Final Report, NIOSH Contract HSM–

99–71–31, ‘‘Personal Sampler Pump for Charcoal Tubes,’’ September 15, 1972.

NIOSH Modification of NIOSH Method S–156

The NIOSH recommended method for low

levels for acrylonitrile is a modification of

method S–156. It differs in the following respects:

(1) Samples are desorbed using 1 ml of 1

percent acetone in CS2 rather than methanol.

(2) The analytical column and conditions

are:

Column: 20 percent SP–1000 on 80/100

Supelcoport 10 feet x 1⁄8 inch S.S.

Conditions:

Injector temperature: 200 °C.

Detector temperature: 100 °C.

Column temperature: 85 °C.

Helium flow: 25 ml/min.

Air flow: 450 ml/min.

Hydrogen flow: 55 ml/min.

(3) A 2 μl injection of the desorbed analyte

is used.

(4) A sampling rate of 100 ml/min is recommended.

OSHA Laboratory Modification of NIOSH

Method S–156

Analyte: Acrylonitrile.

Matrix: Air.

Procedure: Adsorption on charcoal,

desorption with methanol, GC.

1. Principle of the Method (Reference 1).

1.1 A known volume of air is drawn

through a charcoal tube to trap the organic

vapors present.

1.2 The charcoal in the tube is transferred

to a small, stoppered sample vial, and the

analyte is desorbed with methanol.

1.3 An aliquot of the desorbed sample is

injected into a gas chromatograph.

1.4 The area of the resulting peak is determined and compared with areas obtained

for standards.

2. Advantages and disadvantages of the method.

2.1 The sampling device is small, portable, and involves no liquids. Interferences

are minimal, and most of those which do

occur can be eliminated by altering

chromatographic conditions. The tubes are

analyzed by means of a quick, instrumental

method.

2.2 This method may not be adequate for

the simultaneous analysis of two or more

substances.

2.3 The amount of sample which can be

taken is limited by the number of milligrams that the tube will hold before overloading. When the sample value obtained for

the backup section of the charcoal tube exceeds 25 percent of that found on the front

section, the possibility of sample loss exists.

2.4 The precision of the method is limited

by the reproducibility of the pressure drop

across the tubes. This drop will affect the

flow rate and cause the volume to be imprecise, because the pump is usually calibrated

for one tube only.

3. Apparatus.

3.1 A calibrated personal sampling pump

whose flow can be determined within ±5 percent at the recommended flow rate.

3.2 Charcoal tubes: Glass tube with both

ends flame sealed, 7 cm long with a 6-mm

O.D. and a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 sections

of 20/40 mesh activated charcoal separated by

a 2-mm portion of urethane foam. The activated charcoal is prepared from coconut

shells and is fired at 600 °C prior to packing.

The adsorbing section contains 100 mg of

charcoal, the back-up section 50 mg. A 3-mm

portion of urethane foam is placed between

the outlet end of the tube and the back-up

section. A plug of sililated glass wool is

placed in front of the adsorbing section. The

pressure drop across the tube must be less

than one inch of mercury at a flow rate of 1

liter per minute.

3.3 Gas chromatograph equipped with a

nitrogen phosphorus detector.

3.4 Column (10-ft x 1/8′′-in stainless steel)

packed with 100/120 Supelcoport coated with

10 percent SP 1000.

3.5 An electronic integrator or some other

suitable method for measuring peak area.

3.6 Two-milliliter sample vials with Teflonlined caps

3.7 Microliter syringes: 10-microliter, and

other convenient sizes for making standards.

3.8 Pipets: 1.0-ml delivery pipets.

3.9 Volumetric flasks: convenient sizes for

making standard solutions.

4. Reagents.

4.1 Chromatographic quality methanol.

4.2 Acrylonitrile, reagent grade.

4.3 Filtered compressed air.

4.4 Purified hydrogen.

4.5 Purified helium.

5. Procedure.

5.1 Cleaning of equipment. All glassware

used for the laboratory analysis should be

properly cleaned and free of organics which

could interfere in the analysis.

5.2 Calibration of personal pumps. Each

pump must be calibrated with a representative charcoal tube in the line.

5.3 Collection and shipping of samples.

5.3.1 Immediately before sampling, break

the ends of the tube to provide an opening at

least one-half the internal diameter of the

tube (2 mm).

5.3.2 The smaller section of the charcoal is

used as the backup and should be placed

nearest the sampling pump.

5.3.3 The charcoal should be placed in a

vertical position during sampling to minimize channeling through the charcoal.
333

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1047

5.3.4 Air being sampled should not be

passed through any hose or tubing before entering the charcoal tube.

5.3.5 A sample size of 20 liters is recommended. Sample at a flow rate of approximately 0.2 liters per minute. The flow rate

should be known with an accuracy of at least

±5 percent.

5.3.6 The temperature and pressure of the

atmosphere being sampled should be recorded.

5.3.7 The charcoal tubes should be capped

with the supplied plastic caps immediately

after sampling. Rubber caps should not be

used.

5.3.8 Submit at least one blank tube (a

charcoal tube subjected to the same handling

procedures, without having any air drawn

through it) with each set of samples.

5.3.9. Take necessary shipping and packing

precautions to minimize breakage of samples.

5.4 Analysis of samples.

5.4.1 Preparation of samples. In preparation for analysis, each charcoal tube is

scored with a file in front of the first section

of charcoal and broken open. The glass wool

is removed and discarded. The charcoal in

the first (larger) section is transferred to a 2-

ml vial. The separating section of foam is removed and discarded; the section is transferred to another capped vial. These two sections are analyzed separately.

5.4.2 Desorption of samples. Prior to analysis, 1.0 ml of methanol is pipetted into each

sample container. Desorption should be done

for 30 minutes in an ultrasonic bath. The

sample vials are recapped as soon as the solvent is added.

5.4.3 GC conditions. The typical operating

conditions for the gas chromatograph are:

1. 30 ml/min (60 psig) helium carrier gas

flow.

2. 3.0 ml/min (30 psig) hydrogen gas flow to

detector.

3. 50 ml/min (60 psig) air flow to detector.

4. 200 °C injector temperature.

5. 200 °C dejector temperature.

6. 100 °C column temperature.

5.4.4 Injection. Solvent flush technique or

equivalent.

5.4.5 Measurement of area. The area of the

sample peak is measured by an electronic

integator or some other suitable form of area

measurement, and preliminary results are

read from a standard curve prepared as discussed below.

5.5 Determination of desorption efficiency.

5.5.1 Importance of determination. The

desorption efficiency of a particular compound can vary from one laboratory to another and also from one batch of charcoal to

another. Thus, it is necessary to determine,

at least once, the percentage of the specific

compound that is removed in the desorption

process, provided the same batch of charcoal

is used.

5.5.2 Procedure for determining desorption

efficiency. The reference portion of the charcoal tube is removed. To the remaining portion, amounts representing 0.5X, 1X, and 2X

(X represents TLV) based on a 20 l air sample

are injected onto several tubes at each level.

Dilutions of acrylonitrile with methanol are

made to allow injection of measurable quantities. These tubes are then allowed to

equilibrate at least overnight. Following

equilibration they are analyzed following the

same procedure as the samples A curve of

the desorption efficiency amt recovered/amt

added is plotted versus amount of analyte

found. This curve is used to correct for adsorption losses.

6. Calibration and standards.

A series of standards, varying in concentration over the range of interest, is prepared and analyzed under the same GC conditions and during the same time period as the

unknown samples. Curves are prepared by

plotting concentration versus peak area.

NOTE: Since no internal standard is used in

the method, standard solutions must be analyzed at the same time that the sample analysis is done. This will minimize the effect of

known day-to-day variations and variations

during the same day of the NPD response.

Multiple injections are necessary.

7. Calculations.

Read the weight, corresponding to each

peak area from the standard curve, correct

for the blank, correct for the desorption efficiency, and make necessary air volume corrections.

8. Reference. NIOSH Method S–156.

[43 FR 45809, Oct. 3, 1978, as amended at 45 FR

35283, May 23, 1980; 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989;

58 FR 35310, June 30, 1993; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13,

1996; 63 FR 1291, Jan. 8, 1998; 63 FR 20099, Apr.

23, 1998]

§ 1910.1047 Ethylene oxide.

(a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to all occupational exposures to ethylene oxide (EtO), Chemical Abstracts Service Registry No. 75–

21–8, except as provided in paragraph

(a)(2) of this section.

(2) This section does not apply to the

processing, use, or handling of products

containing EtO where objective data

are reasonably relied upon that demonstrate that the product is not capable of releasing EtO in airborne concentrations at or above the action

level, and may not reasonably be foreseen to release EtO in excess of the excursion limit, under the expected conditions of processing, use, or handling
334

§ 1910.1047 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

that will cause the greatest possible release.

(3) Where products containing EtO

are exempted under paragraph (a)(2) of

this section, the employer shall maintain records of the objective data supporting that exemption and the basis

for the employer’s reliance on the data,

as provided in paragraph (k)(1) of this

section.

(b) Definitions: For the purpose of this

section, the following definitions shall

apply:

Action level means a concentration of

airborne EtO of 0.5 ppm calculated as

an eight (8)-hour time-weighted average.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Authorized person means any person

specifically authorized by the employer

whose duties require the person to

enter a regulated area, or any person

entering such an area as a designated

representative of employees for the

purpose of exercising the right to observe monitoring and measuring procedures under paragraph (l) of this section, or any other person authorized by

the Act or regulations issued under the

Act.

Director means the Director of the

National Institute for Occupational

Safety and Health, U.S. Department of

Health and Human Services, or designee.

Emergency means any occurrence

such as, but not limited to, equipment

failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment that is likely

to or does result in an unexpected significant release of EtO.

Employee exposure means exposure to

airborne EtO which would occur if the

employee were not using respiratory

protective equipment.

Ethylene oxide or EtO means the

three-membered ring organic compound with chemical formula C2 H4 O.

(c) Permissible exposure limits—(1) 8-

hour time weighted average (TWA). The

employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of EtO in excess of one (1)

part EtO per million parts of air (1

ppm) as an 8-hour time-weighted average (8-hour TWA).

(2) Excursion limit. The employer shall

ensure that no employee is exposed to

an airborne concentration of EtO in excess of 5 parts of EtO per million parts

of air (5 ppm) as averaged over a sampling period of fifteen (15) minutes.

(d) Exposure monitoring—(1) General.

(i) Determinations of employee exposure shall be made from breathing zone

air samples that are representative of

the 8-hour TWA and 15-minute shortterm exposures of each employee.

(ii) Representative 8-hour TWA employee exposure shall be determined on

the basis of one or more samples representing full-shift exposure for each

shift for each job classification in each

work area. Representative 15-minute

short-term employee exposures shall be

determined on the basis of one or more

samples representing 15-minute exposures associated with operations that

are most likely to produce exposures

above the excursion limit for each shift

for each job classification in each work

area.

(iii) Where the employer can document that exposure levels are equivalent for similar operations in different

work shifts, the employer need only determine representative employee exposure for that operation during one

shift.

(2) Initial monitoring. (i) Each employer who has a workplace or work

operation covered by this standard, except as provided for in paragraph (a)(2)

or (d)(2)(ii) of this section, shall perform initial monitoring to determine

accurately the airborne concentrations

of EtO to which employees may be exposed.

(ii) Where the employer has monitored after June 15, 1983 and the monitoring satisfies all other requirements

of this section, the employer may rely

on such earlier monitoring results to

satisfy the requirements of paragraph

(d)(2)(i) of this section.

(iii) Where the employer has previously monitored for the excursion

limit and the monitoring satisfies all

other requirements of this sections, the

employer may rely on such earlier

monitoring results to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this

section.

(3) Monitoring frequency (periodic monitoring). (i) If the monitoring required
335

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1047

by paragraph (d)(2) of this section reveals employee exposure at or above

the action level but at or below the 8-

hour TWA, the employer shall repeat

such monitoring for each such employee at least every 6 months.

(ii) If the monitoring required by

paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section reveals employee exposure above the 8-

hour TWA, the employer shall repeat

such monitoring for each such employee at least every 3 months.

(iii) The employer may alter the

monitoring schedule from quarterly to

semiannually for any employee for

whom two consecutive measurements

taken at least 7 days apart indicate

that the employee’s exposure has decreased to or below the 8-hour TWA.

(iv) If the monitoring required by

paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section reveals employee exposure above the 15

minute excursion limit, the employer

shall repeat such monitoring for each

such employee at least every 3 months,

and more often as necessary to evaluate exposure the employee’s short-term

exposures.

(4) Termination of monitoring. (i) If the

initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section reveals

employee exposure to be below the action level, the employer may discontinue TWA monitoring for those

employees whose exposures are represented by the initial monitoring.

(ii) If the periodic monitoring required by paragraph (d)(3) of this section reveals that employee exposures,

as indicated by at least two consecutive measurements taken at least 7

days apart, are below the action level,

the employer may discontinue TWA

monitoring for those employees whose

exposures are represented by such monitoring.

(iii) If the initial monitoring required

by paragraph (d)(2)(1) of this section reveals employee exposure to be at or

below the excursion limit, the employer may discontinue excursion limit

monitoring for those employees whose

exposures are represented by the initial

monitoring.

(iv) If the periodic monitoring required by paragraph (d)(3) of this section reveals that employee exposures,

as indicated by at least two consecutive measurements taken at least 7

days apart, are at or below the excursion limit, the employer may discontinue excursion limit monitoring

for those employees whose exposures

are represented by such monitoring.

(5) Additional monitoring. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph

(d)(4) of this section, the employer

shall institute the exposure monitoring

required under paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and

(d)(3) of this section whenever there

has been a change in the production,

process, control equipment, personnel

or work practices that may result in

new or additional exposures to EtO or

when the employer has any reason to

suspect that a change may result in

new or additional exposures.

(6) Accuracy of monitoring. (i) Monitoring shall be accurate, to a confidence level of 95 percent, to within

plus or minus 25 percent for airborne

concentrations of EtO at the 1 ppm

TWA and to within plus or minus 35

percent for airborne concentrations of

EtO at the action level of 0.5 ppm.

(ii) Monitoring shall be accurate, to a

confidence level of 95 percent, to within plus or minus 35 percent for airborne

concentrations of EtO at the excursion

limit.

(7) Employee notification of monitoring

results. (i) The employer shall, within

15 working days after the receipt of the

results of any monitoring performed

under this standard, notify the affected

employee of these results in writing either individually or by posting of results in an appropriate location that is

accessible to affected employees.

(ii) The written notification required

by paragraph (d)(7)(i) of this section

shall contain the corrective action

being taken by the employer to reduce

employee exposure to or below the

TWA and/or excursion limit, wherever

monitoring results indicated that the

TWA and/or excursion limit has been

exceeded.

(e) Regulated areas. (1) The employer

shall establish a regulated area wherever occupational exposure to airborne

concentrations of EtO may exceed the

TWA or wherever the EtO concentration exceeds or can reasonably be expected to exceed the excursion limit.

(2) Access to regulated areas shall be

limited to authorized persons.
336

§ 1910.1047 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(3) Regulated areas shall be demarcated in any manner that minimizes

the number of employees within the

regulated area.

(f) Methods of compliance. (1) Engineering controls and work practices. (i) The

employer shall institute engineering

controls and work practices to reduce

and maintain employee exposure to or

below the TWA and to or below the excursion limit, except to the extent that

such controls are not feasible.

(ii) Wherever the feasible engineering

controls and work practices that can

be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the

TWA and to or below the excursion

limit, the employer shall use them to

reduce employee exposure to the lowest

levels achievable by these controls and

shall supplement them by the use of

respiratory protection that complies

with the requirements of paragraph (g)

of this section.

(iii) Engineering controls are generally infeasible for the following operations: collection of quality assurance

sampling from sterilized materials removal of biological indicators from

sterilized materials: loading and unloading of tank cars; changing of ethylene oxide tanks on sterilizers; and vessel cleaning. For these operations, engineering controls are required only

where the Assistant Secretary demonstrates that such controls are feasible.

(2) Compliance program. (i) Where the

TWA or excursion limit is exceeded,

the employer shall establish and implement a written program to reduce exposure to or below the TWA and to or

below the excursion limit by means of

engineering and work practice controls, as required by paragraph (f)(1) of

this section, and by the use of respiratory protection where required or

permitted under this section.

(ii) The compliance program shall include a schedule for periodic leak detection surveys and a written plan for

emergency situations, as specified in

paragraph (h)(i) of this section.

(iii) Written plans for a program required in paragraph (f)(2) shall be developed and furnished upon request for

examination and copying to the Assistant Secretary, the Director, affected

employees and designated employee

representatives. Such plans shall be reviewed at least every 12 months, and

shall be updated as necessary to reflect

significant changes in the status of the

employer’s compliance program.

(iv) The employer shall not implement a schedule of employee rotation

as a means of compliance with the

TWA or excursion limit.

(g) Respiratory protection and personal

protective equipment—(1) General. For

employees who use respirators required

by this section, the employer must provide respirators that comply with the

requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and workpractice controls.

(ii) Work operations, such as maintenance and repair activities and vessel

cleaning, for which engineering and

work-practice controls are not feasible.

(iii) Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practice

controls are not yet sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the

TWA.

(iv) Emergencies.

(2) Respirator program. The employer

must implement a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29

CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except

(d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).

(3) Respirator selection. The employer

must select the appropriate respirator

from Table 1 of this section.

TABLE 1—MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR AIRBORNE ETO

Condition of use or concentration of airborne EtO (ppm) Minimum required respirator

Equal to or less than 50 .............................. (a) Full facepiece respirator with EtO approved canister, front-or back-mounted.

Equal to or less than 2,000 ......................... (a) Positive-pressure supplied air respirator, equipped with full facepiece, hood, or

helmet, or

(b) Continuous-flow supplied air respirator (positive pressure) equipped with hood,

helmet or suit.

Concentration above 2,000 or unknown

concentration (such as in emergencies).

(a) Positive-pressure self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA), equipped with full

facepiece, or
337

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1047

TABLE 1—MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR AIRBORNE ETO—

Continued

Condition of use or concentration of airborne EtO (ppm) Minimum required respirator

(b) Positive-pressure full facepiece supplied air respirator equipped with an auxiliary positive-pressure self-contained breathing apparatus.

Firefighting ................................................... (a) Positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus equipped with full facepiece.

Escape ........................................................ (a) Any respirator described above.

Note. Respirators approved for use in higher concentrations are permitted to be used in lower concentrations.

(4) Protective clothing and equipment.

When employees could have eye or skin

contact with EtO or EtO solutions, the

employer must select and provide, at

no cost to the employee, appropriate

protective clothing or other equipment

in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.132 and

1910.133 to protect any area of the employee’s body that may come in contact with the EtO or EtO solution, and

must ensure that the employee wears

the protective clothing and equipment

provided.

(h) Emergency situations—(1) Written

plan. (i) A written plan for emergency

situations shall be developed for each

workplace where there is a possibility

of an emergency. Appropriate portions

of the plan shall be implemented in the

event of an emergency.

(ii) The plan shall specifically provide that employees engaged in correcting emergency conditions shall be

equipped with respiratory protection as

required by paragraph (g) of this section until the emergency is abated.

(iii) The plan shall include the elements prescribed in 29 CFR 1910.38,

‘‘Employee emergency plans and fire

prevention plans.’’

(2) Alerting employees. Where there is

the possibility of employee exposure to

EtO due to an emergency, means shall

be developed to alert potentially affected employees of such occurrences

promptly. Affected employees shall be

immediately evacuated from the area

in the event that an emergency occurs.

(i) Medical Surveillance—(1) General—

(i) Employees covered. (A) The employer

shall institute a medical surveillance

program for all employees who are or

may be exposed to EtO at or above the

action level, without regard to the use

of respirators, for at least 30 days a

year.

(B) The employer shall make available medical examinations and consultations to all employees who have

been exposed to EtO in an emergency

situation.

(ii) Examination by a physician. The

employer shall ensure that all medical

examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a

licensed physician, and are provided

without cost to the employee, without

loss of pay, and at a reasonable time

and place.

(2) Medical examinations and consultations—(i) Frequency. The employer

shall make available medical examinations and consultations to each employee covered under paragraph (i)(1)(i)

of this section on the following schedules:

(A) Prior to assignment of the employee to an area where exposure may

be at or above the action level for at

least 30 days a year.

(B) At least annually each employee

exposed at or above the action level for

at least 30 days in the past year.

(C) At termination of employment or

reassignment to an area where exposure to EtO is not at or above the action level for at least 30 days a year.

(D) As medically appropriate for any

employee exposed during an emergency.

(E) As soon as possible, upon notification by an employee either (1) that

the employee has developed signs or

symptoms indicating possible overexposure to EtO, or (2) that the employee desires medical advice concerning the effects of current or past

exposure to EtO on the employee’s

ability to produce a healthy child.

(F) If the examining physician determines that any of the examinations

should be provided more frequently
338

§ 1910.1047 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

than specified, the employer shall provide such examinations to affected employees at the frequencies recommended by the physician.

(ii) Content. (A) Medical examinations made available pursuant to paragraphs (i)(2)(i)(A)–(D) of this section

shall include:

(1) A medical and work history with

special emphasis directed to symptoms

related to the pulmonary, hematologic,

neurologic, and reproductive systems

and to the eyes and skin.

(2) A physical examination with particular emphasis given to the pulmonary, hematologic, neurologic, and

reproductive systems and to the eyes

and skin.

(3) A complete blood count to include

at least a white cell count (including

differential cell count), red cell count,

hematocrit, and hemoglobin.

(4) Any laboratory or other test

which the examining physician deems

necessary by sound medical practice.

(B) The content of medical examinations or consultation made available

pursuant to paragraph (i)(2)(i)(E) of

this section shall be determined by the

examining physician, and shall include

pregnancy testing or laboratory evaluation of fertility, if requested by the

employee and deemed appropriate by

the physician.

(3) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide the

following information to the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this standard and Appendices A, B, and C.

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the

employee’s exposure.

(iii) The employee’s representative

exposure level or anticipated exposure

level.

(iv) A description of any personal

protective and respiratory equipment

used or to be used.

(v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee that is not otherwise available

to the examining physician.

(4) Physician’s written opinion. (i) The

employer shall obtain a written opinion from the examining physician. This

written opinion shall contain the results of the medical examination and

shall include:

(A) The physician’s opinion as to

whether the employee has any detected

medical conditions that would place

the employee at an increased risk of

material health impairment from exposure to EtO;

(B) Any recommended limitations on

the employee or upon the use of personal protective equipment such as

clothing or respirators; and

(C) A statement that the employee

has been informed by the physician of

the results of the medical examination

and of any medical conditions resulting

from EtO exposure that require further

explanation or treatment.

(ii) The employer shall instruct the

physician not to reveal in the written

opinion given to the employer specific

findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure to EtO.

(iii) The employer shall provide a

copy of the physician’s written opinion

to the affected employee within 15 days

from its receipt.

(j) Communication of EtO hazards to

employees—(1) Signs and labels. (i) The

employer shall post and maintain legible signs demarcating regulated areas

and entrances or accessways to regulated areas that bear the following legend:

DANGER

ETHYLENE OXIDE

CANCER HAZARD AND REPRODUCTIVE HAZARD

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING MAY BE REQUIRED

TO BE WORN IN THIS AREA

(ii) The employer shall ensure that

precautionary labels are affixed to all

containers of EtO whose contents are

capable of causing employee exposure

at or above the action level or whose

contents may reasonably be foreseen to

cause employee exposure above the excursion limit, and that the labels remain affixed when the containers of

EtO leave the workplace. For the purpose of this paragraph, reaction vessels, storage tanks, and pipes or piping

systems are not considered to be containers. The labels shall comply with

the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(f)

of OSHA’s Hazard Communication
339

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1047

standard, and shall include the following legend:

(A) DANGER

CONTAINS ETHYLENE OXIDE

CANCER HAZARD AND REPRODUCTIVE HAZARD;

and

(B) A warning statement against

breathing airborne concentrations of

EtO.

(iii) The labeling requirements under

this section do not apply where EtO is

used as a pesticide, as such term is defined in the Federal Insecticide. Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C.

136 et seq.), when it is labeled pursuant

to that Act and regulations issued

under that Act by the Environmental

Protection Agency.

(2) Material safety data sheets. Employers who are manufacturers or importers of EtO shall comply with the

requirements regarding development of

material safety data sheets as specified

in 29 CFR 1910.1200(g) of OSHA’s Hazard

Communication standard.

(3) Information and training. (i) The

employer shall provide employees who

are potentially exposed to EtO at or

above the action level or above the excursion limit with information and

training on EtO at the time of initial

assignment and at least annually

thereafter.

(ii) Employees shall be informed of

the following:

(A) The requirements of this section

with an explanation of its contents, including Appendices A and B;

(B) Any operations in their work area

where EtO is present;

(C) The location and availability of

the written EtO final rule; and

(D) The medical surveillance program required by paragraph (i) of this

section with an explanation of the information in Appendix C.

(iii) Employee training shall include

at least:

(A) Methods and observations that

may be used to detect the presence or

release of EtO in the work area (such

as monitoring conducted by the employer, continuous monitoring devices,

etc.);

(B) The physical and health hazards

of EtO;

(C) The measures employees can take

to protect themselves from hazards associated with EtO exposure, including

specific procedures the employer has

implemented to protect employees

from exposure to EtO, such as work

practices, emergency procedures, and

personal protective equipment to be

used; and

(D) The details of the hazard communication program developed by the employer, including an explanation of the

labeling system and how employees can

obtain and use the appropriate hazard

information.

(k) Recordkeeping—(1) Objective data

for exempted operations. (i) Where the

processing, use, or handling of products

made from or containing EtO are exempted from other requirements of this

section under paragraph (a)(2) of this

section, or where objective data have

been relied on in lieu of initial monitoring under paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this

section, the employer shall establish

and maintain an accurate record of objective data reasonably relied upon in

support of the exemption.

(ii) This record shall include at least

the following information:

(A) The product qualifying for exemption;

(B) The source of the objective data;

(C) The testing protocol, results of

testing, and/or analysis of the material

for the release of EtO;

(D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data support the

exemption; and

(E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, or employee exposures covered by the exemption.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

this record for the duration of the employer’s reliance upon such objective

data.

(2) Exposure measurements. (i) The employer shall keep an accurate record of

all measurements taken to monitor

employee exposure to EtO as prescribed

in paragraph (d) of this section.

(ii) This record shall include at least

the following information:

(A) The date of measurement;

(B) The operation involving exposure

to EtO which is being monitored;

(C) Sampling and analytical methods

used and evidence of their accuracy;
340

§ 1910.1047 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(D) Number, duration, and results of

samples taken;

(E) Type of protective devices worn,

if any; and

(F) Name, social security number and

exposure of the employees whose exposures are represented.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

this record for at least thirty (30)

years, in accordance with 29 CFR

1910.20.

(3) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an

accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance by paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this section, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(ii) The record shall include at least

the following information:

(A) The name and social security

number of the employee;

(B) Physicians’ written opinions;

(C) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to EtO; and

(D) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required by

paragraph (i)(3) of this section.

(iii) The employer shall ensure that

this record is maintained for the duration of employment plus thirty (30)

years, in accordance with 29 CFR

1910.20.

(4) Availability. (i) The employer,

upon written request, shall make all

records required to be maintained by

this section available to the Assistant

Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.

(ii) The employer, upon request, shall

make any exemption and exposure

records required by paragraphs (k) (1)

and (2) of this section available for examination and copying to affected employees, former employees, designated

representatives and the Assistant Secretary, in accordance with 29 CFR

1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g) through

(i).

(iii) The employer, upon request,

shall make employee medical records

required by paragraph (k)(3) of this section available for examination and

copying to the subject employee, anyone having the specific written consent

of the subject employee, and the Assistant Secretary, in accordance with

29 CFR 1910.20.

(5) Transfer of records. (i) The employer shall comply with the requirements concerning transfer of records

set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).

(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to

do business and there is no successor

employer to receive and retain the

records for the prescribed period, the

employer shall notify the Director at

least 90 days prior to disposal and

transmit them to the Director.

(l) Observation of monitoring—(1) Employee observation. The employer shall

provide affected employees or their

designated representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of

employee exposure to EtO conducted in

accordance with paragraph (d) of this

section.

(2) Observation procedures. When observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to EtO requires entry

into an area where the use of protective clothing or equipment is required,

the observer shall be provided with and

be required to use such clothing and

equipment and shall comply with all

other applicable safety and health procedures.

(m) Dates—(1)(i) Effective date. The

paragraphs contained in this section

shall become effective August 21, 1984,

except for paragraphs (a)(2), (d), (e),

(f)(2), (g)(3), (h), (i), and (j) which shall

become effective on March 12, 1985.

(ii) The requirements in this section

which pertain only to or are triggered

by the excursion limit shall become effective June 6, 1988, except for the excursion limit provisions in paragraphs

(a)(2), (d), (f)(2), (g)(3) and (j) of this

section which shall become effective

August 25, 1988.

(2) Start-up dates. (i) The start-up

date for the requirements in those

paragraphs that were effective on August 21, 1984, including institution of

work practice controls specified in

paragraph (f)(1), shall be February 19,

1985, except as provided for in paragraph (m)(2)(ii), and the start-up date

for paragraphs (a)(2), (d), (e), (f)(2),

(g)(3), (h), (i), and (j) of this section

shall be September 9, 1985.

(ii) Engineering controls specified by

paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be

implemented by August 21, 1985.

(iii) Compliance with the requirements in this section which pertain

only to or are triggered by the excursion limit shall be by September 6,
341

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1047

1988, except for compliance with the excursion limit provisions of paragraphs

(a)(2), (d), (f)(2), (g)(3), and (j) of this

section, which shall be by October 6,

1988, and implementation of engineering controls specified for compliance

with the excursion limit, which shall

be by December 6, 1988.

(3) Labeling. (i) Paragraph (j)(1)(ii)(A)

of this section as amended is effective

January 9, 1986.

(ii) Paragraph (j)(1)(iii) of this is effective October 11, 1985.

(n) Appendices. The information contained in the appendices is not intended by itself to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed or to detract from any existing

obligation.

APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1047—SUBSTANCE

SAFETY DATA SHEET FOR ETHYLENE

OXIDE (NON-MANDATORY)

I. SUBSTANCE IDENTIFICATION

A. Substance: Ethylene oxide (C2 H4 O).

B. Synonyms: dihydrooxirene, dimethylene

oxide, EO, 1,2-epoxyethane, EtO, ETO,

oxacyclopropane, oxane, oxidoethane, alpha/

beta-oxidoethane, oxiran, oxirane.

C. Ethylene oxide can be found as a liquid

or vapor.

D. EtO is used in the manufacture of ethylene glycol, surfactants, ethanolamines, glycol ethers, and other organic chemicals. EtO

is also used as a sterilant and fumigant.

E. Appearance and odor: Colorless liquid

below 10.7 ° C (51.3 ° F) or colorless gas with

ether-like odor detected at approximately

700 parts EtO per million parts of air (700

ppm).

F. Permissible Exposure: Exposure may

not exceed 1 part EtO per million parts of air

averaged over the 8-hour workday.

II. HEALTH HAZARD DATA

A. Ethylene oxide can cause bodily harm if

you inhale the vapor, if it comes into contact with your eyes or skin, or if you swallow it.

B. Effects of overexposure:

1. Ethylene oxide in liquid form can cause

eye irritation and injury to the cornea, frostbite, and severe irritation and blistering of

the skin upon prolonged or confined contact.

Ingestion of EtO can cause gastric irritation

and liver injury. Acute effects from inhalation of EtO vapors include respiratory irritation and lung injury, headache, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, shortness of breath, and

cyaonosis (blue or purple coloring of skin).

Exposure has also been associated with the

occurrence of cancer, reproductive effects,

mutagenic changes, neurotoxicity, and sensitization.

1. EtO has been shown to cause cancer in

laboratory animals and has been associated

with higher incidences of cancer in humans.

Adverse reproductive effects and chromosome damage may also occur from EtO

exposure.

a. Reporting signs and symptoms: You

should inform your employer if you develop

any signs or symptoms and suspect that they

are caused by exposure to EtO.

III. EMERGENCY FIRST AID PROCEDURES

A. Eye exposure: If EtO gets into your

eyes, wash your eyes immediately with large

amounts of water, lifting the lower and

upper eyelids. Get medical attention immediately. Contact lenses should not be worn

when working with this chemical.

B. Skin exposure: If EtO gets on your skin,

immediately wash the contaminated skin

with water. If EtO soaks through your clothing, especially your shoes, remove the clothing immediately and wash the skin with

water using an emergency deluge shower.

Get medical attention immediately. Thoroughly wash contaminated clothing before

reusing. Contaminated leather shoes or other

leather articles should not be reused and

should be discarded.

C. Inhalation: If large amounts of EtO are

inhaled, the exposed person must be moved

to fresh air at once. If breathing has stopped,

perform cardiopulmonary resuscitation.

Keep the affected person warm and at rest.

Get medical attention immediately.

D. Swallowing: When EtO has been swallowed, give the person large quantities of

water immediately. After the water has been

swallowed, try to get the person to vomit by

having him or her touch the back of the

throat with his or her finger. Do not make

an unconscious person vomit. Get medical

attention immediately.

E. Rescue: Move the affected person from

the hazardous exposure. If the exposed person has been overcome, attempt rescue only

after notifying at least one other person of

the emergency and putting into effect established emergency procedures. Do not become

a casualty yourself. Understand your emergency rescue procedures and know the location of the emergency equipment before the

need arises.

IV. RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

A. Respirators. You may be required to

wear a respirator for nonroutine activities,

in emergencies, while your employer is in

the process of reducing EtO exposures

through engineering controls, and in areas

where engineering controls are not feasible.

As of the effective date of this standard, only

air-supplied, positive-pressure, full-facepiece

respirators are approved for protection
342

§ 1910.1047 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

against EtO. If air-purifying respirators are

worn in the future, they must have a label

issued by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health under the provisions of 42 CFR part 84 stating that the respirators have been approved for use with

ethylene oxide. For effective protection, respirators must fit your face and head snugly.

Respirators must not be loosened or removed

in work situations where their use is required.

EtO does not have a detectable odor except

at levels well above the permissible exposure

limits. If you can smell EtO while wearing a

respirator, proceed immediately to fresh air.

If you experience difficulty breathing while

wearing a respirator, tell your employer.

B. Protective clothing: You may be required to wear impermeable clothing, gloves,

a face shield, or other appropriate protective

clothing to prevent skin contact with liquid

EtO or EtO-containing solutions. Where protective clothing is required, your employer

must provide clean garments to you as necessary to assure that the clothing protects

you adequately.

Replace or repair protective clothing that

has become torn or otherwise damaged.

EtO must never be allowed to remain on

the skin. Clothing and shoes which are not

impermeable to EtO should not be allowed to

become contaminated with EtO, and if they

do, the clothing should be promptly removed

and decontaminated. Contaminated leather

shoes should be discarded. Once EtO penetrates shoes or other leather articles, they

should not be worn again.

C. Eye protection: You must wear

splashproof safety goggles in areas where liquid EtO or EtO-containing solutions may

contact your eyes. In addition, contact

lenses should not be worn in areas where eye

contact with EtO can occur.

V. PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE USE, HANDLING,

AND STORAGE

A. EtO is a flammable liquid, and its vapors can easily form explosive mixtures in

air.

B. EtO must be stored in tighly closed containers in a cool, well-ventilated area, away

from heat, sparks, flames, strong oxidizers,

alkalines, and acids, strong bases, acetylideforming metals such as cooper, silver, mercury and their alloys.

C. Sources of ignition such as smoking material, open flames and some electrical devices are prohibited wherever EtO is handled,

used, or stored in a manner that could create

a potential fire or explosion hazard.

D. You should use non-sparking tools when

opening or closing metal containers of EtO,

and containers must be bonded and grounded

in the rare instances in which liquid EtO is

poured or transferred.

E. Impermeable clothing wet with liquid

EtO or EtO-containing solutions may be easily ignited. If your are wearing impermeable

clothing and are splashed with liquid EtO or

EtO-containing solution, you should immediately remove the clothing while under an

emergency deluge shower.

F. If your skin comes into contact with liquid EtO or EtO-containing solutions, you

should immediately remove the EtO using an

emergency deluge shower.

G. You should not keep food, beverages, or

smoking materials in regulated areas where

employee exposures are above the permissible exposure limits.

H. Fire extinguishers and emergency deluge showers for quick drenching should be

readily available, and you should know

where they are and how to operate them.

I. Ask your supervisor where EtO is used in

your work area and for any additional plant

safety and health rules.

VI. ACCESS TO INFORMATION

A. Each year, your employer is required to

inform you of the information contained in

this standard and appendices for EtO. In addition, your employer must instruct you in

the proper work practices for using EtO

emergency procedures, and the correct use of

protective equipment.

B. Your employer is required to determine

whether you are being exposed to EtO. You

or your representative has the right to observe employee measurements and to record

the results obtained. Your employer is required to inform you of your exposure. If

your employer determine that you are being

overexposed, he or she is required to inform

you of the actions which are being taken to

reduce your exposure to within permissible

exposure limits.

C. Your employer is required to keep

records of your exposures and medical examinations. These exposure records must be

kept by the employer for at least thirty (30)

years. Medical records must be kept for the

period of your employment plus thirty (30)

years.

D. Your employer is required to release

your exposure and medical records to your

physician or designated representative upon

your written request.

VII. STERILANT USE OF ETO IN HOSPITALS AND

HEALTH CARE FACILITIES

This section of Appendix A, for informational purposes, sets forth EPA’s recommendations for modifications in workplace design and practice in hospitals and

health care facilities for which the Environmental Protection Agency has registered

EtO for uses as a sterilant or fumigant under

the Federal Insecticide, Funigicide, and

Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. 136 et seq. These

new recommendations, published in the FEDERAL REGISTER by EPA at 49 FR 15268, as

modified in today’s REGISTER, are intended
343

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1047

to help reduce the exposure of hospital and

health care workers to EtO to 1 ppm. EPA’s

recommended workplace design and workplace practice are as follows:

1. Workplace Design

a. Installation of gas line hand valves. Hand

valves must be installed on the gas supply

line at the connection to the supply cylinders to minimize leakage during cylinder

change.

b. Installation of capture boxes. Sterilizer

operations result in a gas/water discharge at

the completion of the process. This discharge

is routinely piped to a floor drain which is

generally located in an equipment or an adjacent room. When the floor drain is not in

the same room as the sterilizer and workers

are not normally present, all that is necessary is that the room be well ventilated.

The installation of a ‘‘capture box’’ will be

required for those work place layouts where

the floor drain is located in the same room

as the sterilizer or in a room where workers

are normally present. A ‘‘capture box’’ is a

piece of equipment that totally encloses the

floor drain where the discharge from the

sterilizer is pumped. The ‘‘capture box’’ is to

be vented directly to a non-recirculating or

dedicated ventilation system. Sufficient air

intake should be allowed at the bottom of

the box to handle the volume of air that is

ventilated from the top of the box. The ‘‘capture box’’ can be made of metal, plastic,

wood or other equivalent material. The box

is intended to reduce levels of EtO discharged into the work room atmosphere. The

use of a ‘‘capture box’’ is not required if: (1)

The vacuum pump discharge floor drain is located in a well ventilated equipment or other

room where workers are not normally

present or (2) the water sealed vacuum pump

discharges directly to a closed sealed sewer

line (check local plumbing codes).

If it is impractical to install a vented

‘‘capture box’’ and a well ventilated equipment or other room is not feasible, a box

that can be sealed over the floor drain may

be used if: (1) The floor drain is located in a

room where workers are not normally

present and EtO cannot leak into an occupied area, and (2) the sterilizer in use is less

than 12 cubic feet in capacity (check local

plumbing codes).

c. Ventilation of aeration units i. Existing

aeration units. Existing units must be vented

to a non-recirculating or dedicated system or

vented to an equipment or other room where

workers are not normally present and which

is well ventilated. Aerator units must be positioned as close as possible to the sterilizer

to minimize the exposure from the off-gassing of sterilized items.

ii. Installation of new aerator units (where

none exist). New aerator units must be vented

as described above for existing aerators.

Aerators must be in place by July 1, 1986.

d. Ventilation during cylinder change. Workers may be exposed to short but relatively

high levels of EtO during the change of gas

cylinders. To reduce exposure from this

route, users must select one of three alternatives designed to draw off gas that may be

released when the line from the sterilizer to

the cylinder is disconnected:

i. Location of cylinders in a well ventilated

equipment room or other room where workers are not normally present.

ii. Installation of a flexible hose (at least 4′′

in diameter) to a non-recirculating or dedicated ventilation system and located in the

area of cylinder change in such a way that

the hose can be positioned at the point where

the sterilizer gas line is disconnected from

the cylinder.

iii. Installation of a hood that is part of a

non-recirculating or dedicated system and

positioned no more than one foot above the

point where the change of cylinders takes

place.

e. Ventilation of sterilizer door area. One of

the major sources of exposure to EtO occurs

when the sterilizer door is opened following

the completion of the sterilization process.

In order to reduce this avenue of exposure, a

hood or metal canopy closed on each end

must be installed over the sterilizer door.

The hood or metal canopy must be connected

to a non-recirculating or dedicated ventilation system or one that exhausts gases to a

well ventilated equipment or other room

where workers are not normally present. A

hood or canopy over the sterilizer door is required for use even with those sterilizers

that have a purge cycle and must be in place

by July 1, 1986.

f. Ventilation of sterilizer relief valve. Sterilizers are typically equipped with a safety relief device to release gas in case of increased

pressure in the sterilizer. Generally, such relief devices are used on pressure vessels. Although these pressure relief devices are rarely opened for hospital and health care sterilizers, it is suggested that they be designed

to exhaust vapor from the sterilizer by one

of the following methods:

i. Through a pipe connected to the outlet

of the relief valve ventilated directly outdoors at a point high enough to be away from

passers by, and not near any windows that

open, or near any air conditioning or ventilation air intakes.

ii. Through a connection to an existing or

new non-recirculating or dedicated ventilation system.

iii. Through a connection to a well ventilated equipment or other room where workers are not normally present.

g. Ventilation systems. Each hospital and

health care facility affected by this notice

that uses EtO for the sterilization of equipment and supplies must have a ventilation

system which enables compliance with the

requirements of section (b) through (f) in the
344

§ 1910.1047 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

manner described in these sections and within the timeframes allowed. Thus, each affected hospital and health care facility must

have or install a non-recirculating or dedicated ventilation equipment or other room

where workers are not normally present in

which to vent EtO.

h. Installation of alarm systems. An audible

and visual indicator alarm system must be

installed to alert personnel of ventilation

system failures, i.e., when the ventilation

fan motor is not working.

2. Workplace Practices

All the workplace practices discussed in

this unit must be permanently posted near

the door of each sterilizer prior to use by any

operator.

a. Changing of supply line filters. Filters in

the sterilizer liquid line must be changed

when necessary, by the following procedure:

i. Close the cylinder valve and the hose

valve.

ii. Disconnect the cylinder hose (piping)

from the cylinder.

iii. Open the hose valve and bleed slowly

into a proper ventilating system at or near

the in-use supply cylinders.

iv. Vacate the area until the line is empty.

v. Change the filter.

vi. Reconnect the lines and reverse the

value position.

vii. Check hoses, filters, and valves for

leaks with a fluorocarbon leak detector (for

those sterilizers using the 88 percent

chlorofluorocarbon, 12 percent ethylene

oxide mixture (12/88)).

b. Restricted access area. i. Areas involving

use of EtO must be designated as restricted

access areas. They must be identified with

signs or floor marks near the sterilizer door,

aerator, vacuum pump floor drain discharge,

and in-use cylinder storage.

ii. All personnel must be excluded from the

restricted area when certain operations are

in progress, such as discharging a vacuum

pump, emptying a sterilizer liquid line, or

venting a non-purge sterilizer with the door

ajar or other operations where EtO might be

released directly into the face of workers.

c. Door opening procedures. i. Sterilizers with

purge cycles. A load treated in a sterilizer

equipped with a purge cycle should be removed immediately upon completion of the

cycle (provided no time is lost opening the

door after cycle is completed). If this is not

done, the purge cycle should be repeated before opening door.

ii. Sterilizers without purge cycles. For a load

treated in a sterilizer not equipped with a

purge cycle, the sterilizer door must be ajar

6′′ for 15 minutes, and then fully opened for

at least another 15 minutes before removing

the treated load. The length of time of the

second period should be established by peak

monitoring for one hour after the two 15-

minute periods suggested. If the level is

above 10 ppm time-weighted average for 8

hours, more time should be added to the second waiting period (door wide open). However, in no case may the second period be

shortened to less than 15 minutes.

d. Chamber unloading procedures. i. Procedures for unloading the chamber must include the use of baskets or rolling carts, or

baskets and rolling tables to transfer treated

loads quickly, thus avoiding excessive contact with treated articles, and reducing the

duration of exposures.

ii. If rolling carts are used, they should be

pulled not pushed by the sterilizer operators

to avoid offgassing exposure.

e. Maintenance. A written log should be instituted and maintained documenting the

date of each leak detection and any maintenance procedures undertaken. This is a suggested use practice and is not required.

i. Leak detection. Sterilizer door gaskets,

cylinder and vacuum piping, hoses, filters,

and valves must be checked for leaks under

full pressure with a Fluorocarbon leak detector (for 12/88 systems only) every two weeks

by maintenance personnel. Also, the cylinder

piping connections must be checked after

changing cylinders. Particular attention in

leak detection should be given to the automatic solenoid valves that control the flow

of EtO to the sterilizer. Specifically, a check

should be made at the EtO gasline entrance

port to the sterilizer, while the sterilizer

door is open and the solenoid valves are in a

closed position.

ii. Maintenance procedures. Sterilizer/

areator door gaskets, valves, and fittings

must be replaced when necessary as determined by maintenance personnel in their biweekly checks; in addition, visual inspection

of the door gaskets for cracks, debris, and

other foreign substances should be conducted

daily by the operator.

APPENDIX B TO § 1910.1047—SUBSTANCE

TECHNICAL GUIDELINES FOR ETHYLENE OXIDE (NON-MANDATORY)

I. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL DATA

A. Substance identification:

1. Synonyms: dihydrooxirene, dimethylene

oxide, EO, 1,2-epoxyethane, EtO ETO

oxacyclopropane, oxane, oxidoethane, alpha/

beta-oxidoethane, oxiran, oxirane.

2. Formula: (C2 H4 O).

3. Molecular weight: 44.06

B. Physical data:

1. Boiling point (760 mm Hg): 10.70° C (51.3°

F);

2. Specific gravity (water = 1): 0.87 (at 20° C

or 68° F)

3. Vapor density (air = 1): 1.49;

4. Vapor pressure (at 20° C); 1,095 mm Hg;

5. Solubility in water: complete;
345

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1047

6. Appearance and odor: colorless liquid;

gas at temperature above 10.7° F or 51.3° C

with ether-like odor above 700 ppm.

II. FIRE, EXPLOSION, AND REACTIVITY HAZARD

DATA

A. Fire:

1. Flash point: less than O° F (open cup);

2. Stability: decomposes violently at temperatures above 800° F;

3. Flammable limits in air, percent by volume: Lower: 3, Upper: 100;

4. Extinguishing media: Carbon dioxide for

small fires, polymer or alcohol foams for

large fires;

5. Special fire fighting procedures: Dilution

of ethylene oxide with 23 volumes of water

renders it non-flammable;

6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: Vapors of EtO will burn without the presence of

air or other oxidizers. EtO vapors are heavier

than air and may travel along the ground

and be ignited by open flames or sparks at

locations remote from the site at which EtO

is being used.

7. For purposes of compliance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.106, EtO is classified as a flammable gas. For example, 7,500

ppm, approximately one-fourth of the lower

flammable limit, would be considered to pose

a potential fire and explosion hazard.

8. For purposes of compliance with 29 CFR

1910.155, EtO is classified as a Class B fire

hazard.

9. For purpose of compliance with 29 CFR

1919.307, locations classified as hazardous due

to the presence of EtO shall be Class I.

B. Reactivity:

1. Conditions contributing to instability:

EtO will polymerize violently if contaminated with aqueous alkalies, amines, mineral acids, metal chlorides, or metal oxides.

Violent decomposition will also occur at

temperatures above 800 ° F;

2. Incompatabilities: Alkalines and acids;

3. Hazardous decomposition products: Carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide.

III. SPILL, LEAK, AND DISPOSAL PROCEDURES

A. If EtO is spilled or leaked, the following

steps should be taken:

1. Remove all ignition sources.

2. The area should be evacuated at once

and re-entered only after the area has been

thoroughly ventilated and washed down with

water.

B. Persons not wearing appropriate protective equipment should be restricted from

areas of spills or leaks until cleanup has

been completed.

C. Waste disposal methods: Waste material

should be disposed of in a manner that is not

hazardous to employees or to the general

population. In selecting the method of waste

disposal, applicable local, State, and Federal

regulations should be consulted.

IV. MONITORING AND MEASUREMENT

PROCEDURES

A. Exposure above the Permissible Exposure Limit:

1. Eight-hour exposure evaluation: Measurements taken for the purpose of determining employee exposure under this section

are best taken with consecutive samples covering the full shift. Air samples should be

taken in the employee’s breathing zone (air

that would most nearly represent that inhaled by the employee.)

2. Monitoring techniques: The sampling

and analysis under this section may be performed by collection of the EtO vapor on

charcoal adsorption tubes or other composition adsorption tubes, with subsequent

chemical analysis. Sampling and analysis

may also be performed by instruments such

as real-time continuous monitoring systems,

portable direct reading instruments, or passive dosimeters as long as measurements

taken using these methods accurately evaluate the concentration of EtO in employees’

breathing zones.

Appendix D describes the validated method

of sampling and analysis which has been

tested by OSHA for use with EtO. Other

available methods are also described in Appendix D. The employer has the obligation of

selecting a monitoring method which meets

the accuracy and precision requirements of

the standard under his unique field conditions. The standard requires that the method

of monitoring should be accurate, to a 95 percent confidence level, to plus or minus 25

percent for concentrations of EtO at 1 ppm,

and to plus or minus 35 percent for concentrations at 0.5 ppm. In addition to the

method described in Appendix D, there are

numerous other methods available for monitoring for EtO in the workplace. Details on

these other methods have been submitted by

various companies to the rulemaking record,

and are available at the OSHA Docket Office.

B. Since many of the duties relating to employee exposure are dependent on the results

of measurement procedures, employers

should assure that the evaluation of employee exposures is performed by a technically qualified person.

V. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT

Employees should be provided with and be

required to wear appropriate protective

clothing wherever there is significant potential for skin contact with liquid EtO or EtOcontaining solutions. Protective clothing

shall include impermeable coveralls or similar full-body work clothing, gloves, and head

coverings, as appropriate to protect areas of

the body which may come in contact with

liquid EtO or EtO-containing solutions.

Employers should ascertain that the protective garments are impermeable to EtO.

Permeable clothing, including items made of
346

§ 1910.1047 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

rubber, and leather shoes should not be allowed to become contaminated with liquid

EtO. If permeable clothing does become contaminated, it should be immediately removed, while the employer is under an emergency deluge shower. If leather footwear or

other leather garments become wet from EtO

they should be discarded and not be worn

again, because leather absorbs EtO and holds

it against the skin.

Any protective clothing that has been

damaged or is otherwise found to be defective should be repaired or replaced. Clean

protective clothing should be provided to the

employee as necessary to assure employee

protection. Whenever impermeable clothing

becomes wet with liquid EtO, it should be

washed down with water before being removed by the employee. Employees are also

required to wear splash-proof safety goggles

where there is any possibility of EtO contacting the eyes.

VI. MISCELLANEOUS PRECAUTIONS

A. Store EtO in tightly closed containers

in a cool, well-ventilated area and take all

necessary precautions to avoid any explosion

hazard.

B. Non-sparking tools must be used to open

and close metal containers. These containers

must be effectively grounded and bonded.

C. Do not incinerate EtO cartridges, tanks

or other containers.

D. Employers should advise employees of

all areas and operations where exposure to

EtO occur.

VII. COMMON OPERATIONS

Common operations in which exposure to

EtO is likely to occur include the following:

Manufacture of EtO, surfactants,

ethanolamines, glycol ethers, and specialty

chemicals, and use as a sterilant in the hospital, health product and spice industries.

APPENDIX C TO § 1910.1047—MEDICAL

SURVEILLANCE GUIDELINES FOR

ETHYLENE OXIDE (NON-MANDATORY)

I. ROUTE OF ENTRY

Inhalation.

II. TOXICOLOGY

Clinical evidence of adverse effects associated with the exposure to EtO is present in

the form of increased incidence of cancer in

laboratory animals (leukemia, stomach,

brain), mutation in offspring in animals, and

resorptions and spontaneous abortions in

animals and human populations respectively. Findings in humans and experimental

animals exposed to airborne concentrations

of EtO also indicate damage to the genetic

material (DNA). These include hemoglobin

alkylation, unsecheduled DNA synthesis, sister chromatid exchange chromosomal aberration, and functional sperm abnormalities.

Ethylene oxide in liquid form can cause

eye irritation and injury to the cornea, frostbite, severe irritation, and blistering of the

skin upon prolonged or confined contact. Ingestion of EtO can cause gastric irritation

and liver injury. Other effects from inhalation of EtO vapors include respiratory irritation and lung injury, headache, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, dyspnea and cyanosis.

III. SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF ACUTE

OVEREXPOSURE

The early effects of acute overexposure to

EtO are nausea and vomiting, headache, and

irritation of the eyes and respiratory passages. The patient may notice a ‘‘peculiar

taste’’ in the mouth. Delayed effects can include pulmonary edema, drowsiness, weakness, and incoordination. Studies suggest

that blood cell changes, an increase in chromosomal aberrations, and spontaneous abortion may also be causally related to acute

overexposure to EtO.

Skin contact with liquid or gaseous EtO

causes characteristic burns and possibly

even an allergic-type sensitization. The

edema and erythema occurring from skin

contact with EtO progress to vesiculation

with a tendency to coalesce into blebs with

desquamation. Healing occurs within three

weeks, but there may be a residual brown

pigmentation. A 40–80% solution is extremely dangerous, causing extensive blistering after only brief contact. Pure liquid

EtO causes frostbite because of rapid evaporation. In contrast, the eye is relatively insensitive to EtO, but there may be some irritation of the cornea.

Most reported acute effects of occupational

exposure to EtO are due to contact with EtO

in liquid phase. The liquid readily penetrates

rubber and leather, and will produce blistering if clothing or footwear contaminated

with EtO are not removed.

IV. SURVEILLANCE AND PREVENTIVE

CONSIDERATIONS

As noted above, exposure to EtO has been

linked to an increased risk of cancer and reproductive effects including decreased male

fertility, fetotoxicity, and spontaneous abortion. EtO workers are more likely to have

chromosomal damage than similar groups

not exposed to EtO. At the present, limited

studies of chronic effects in humans resulting from exposure to EtO suggest a causal

association with leukemia. Animal studies

indicate leukemia and cancers at other sites

(brain, stomach) as well. The physician

should be aware of the findings of these studies in evaluating the health of employees exposed to EtO.

Adequate screening tests to determine an

employee’s potential for developing serious
347

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1047

chronic diseases, such as cancer, from exposure to EtO do not presently exist. Laboratory tests may, however, give evidence to

suggest that an employee is potentially overexposed to EtO. It is important for the physician to become familiar with the operating

conditions in which exposure to EtO is likely

to occur. The physician also must become familiar with the signs and symptoms that indicate a worker is receiving otherwise unrecognized and unacceptable exposure to EtO.

These elements are especially important in

evaluating the medical and work histories

and in conducting the physical exam. When

an unacceptable exposure in an active employee is identified by the physician, measures taken by the employer to lower exposure should also lower the risk of serious

long-term consequences.

The employer is required to institute a

medical surveillance program for all employees who are or will be exposed to EtO at or

above the action level (0.5 ppm) for at least

30 days per year, without regard to respirator use. All examinations and procedures

must be performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician at a reasonable

time and place for the employee and at no

cost to the employee.

Although broad latitude in prescribing specific tests to be included in the medical surveillance program is extended to the examining physician, OSHA requires inclusion of

the following elements in the routine examination:

(i) Medical and work histories with special

emphasis directed to symptoms related to

the pulmonary, hematologic, neurologic, and

reproductive systems and to the eyes and

skin.

(ii) Physical examination with particular

emphasis given to the pulmonary, hematologic, neurologic, and reproductive systems

and to the eyes and skin.

(iii) Complete blood count to include at

least a white cell count (including differential cell count), red cell count, hematocrit,

and hemoglobin.

(iv) Any laboratory or other test which the

examining physician deems necessary by

sound medical practice.

If requested by the employee, the medical

examinations shall include pregnancy testing or laboratory evaluation of fertility as

deemed appropriate by the physician.

In certain cases, to provide sound medical

advice to the employer and the employee,

the physician must evaluate situations not

directly related to EtO. For example, employees with skin diseases may be unable to

tolerate wearing protective clothing. In addition those with chronic respiratory diseases may not tolerate the wearing of negative pressure (air purifying) respirators. Additional tests and procedures that will help

the physician determine which employees

are medically unable to wear such respirators should include: An evaluation of

cardiovascular function, a baseline chest xray to be repeated at five year intervals, and

a pulmonary function test to be repeated

every three years. The pulmonary function

test should include measurement of the employee’s forced vital capacity (FVC), forced

expiratory volume at one second (FEV1), as

well as calculation of the ratios of FEV1 to

FVC, and measured FVC and measured FEV1

to expected values corrected for variation

due to age, sex, race, and height.

The employer is required to make the prescribed tests available at least annually to

employees who are or will be exposed at or

above the action level, for 30 or more days

per year; more often than specified if recommended by the examining physician; and

upon the employee’s termination of employment or reassignment to another work area.

While little is known about the long term

consequences of high short-term exposures,

it appears prudent to monitor such affected

employees closely in light of existing health

data. The employer shall provide physician

recommended examinations to any employee

exposed to EtO in emergency conditions.

Likewise, the employer shall make available

medical consultations including physician

recommended exams to employees who believe they are suffering signs or symptoms of

exposure to EtO.

The employer is required to provide the

physician with the following informatin: a

copy of this standard and its appendices; a

description of the affected employee’s duties

as they relate to the employee exposure

level; and information from the employee’s

previous medical examinations which is not

readily available to the examining physician. Making this information available to

the physician will aid in the evaluation of

the employee’s health in relation to assigned

duties and fitness to wear personal protective equipment, when required.

The employer is required to obtain a written opinion from the examining physician

containing the results of the medical examinations; the physician’s opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical

conditions which would place the employee

at increased risk of material impairment of

his or her health from exposure to EtO; any

recommended restrictions upon the employee’s exposure to EtO, or upon the use of protective clothing or equipment such as respirators; and a statement that the employee

has been informed by the physician of the results of the medical examination and of any

medical conditions which require further explanation or treatment. This written opinion

must not reveal specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure to

EtO, and a copy of the opinion must be provided to the affected employee.

The purpose in requiring the examining

physician to supply the employer with a
348

§ 1910.1047 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

written opinion is to provide the employer

with a medical basis to aid in the determination of initial placement of employees and to

assess the employee’s ability to use protective clothing and equipment.

APPENDIX D TO § 1910.1047—SAMPLING

AND ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR

ETHYLENE OXIDE (NON-MANDATORY)

A number of methods are available for

monitoring employee exposures to EtO. Most

of these involve the use of charcoal tubes

and sampling pumps, followed by analysis of

the samples by gas chromatograph. The essential differences between the charcoal tube

methods include, among others, the use of

different desorbing solvents, the use of different lots of charcoal, and the use of different equipment for analysis of the samples.

Besides charcoal, methods using passive

dosimeters, gas sampling bags, impingers,

and detector tubes have been utilized for determination of EtO exposure. In addition,

there are several commercially available

portable gas analyzers and monitoring units.

This appendix contains details for the

method which has been tested at the OSHA

Analytical Laboratory in Salt Lake City. Inclusion of this method in the appendix does

not mean that this method is the only one

which will be satisfactory. Copies of descriptions of other methods available are available in the rulemaking record, and may be

obtained from the OSHA Docket Office.

These include the Union Carbide, Dow Chemical, 3M, and DuPont methods, as well as

NIOSH Method S–286. These methods are

briefly described at the end of this appendix.

Employers who note problems with sample

breakthrough using the OSHA or other charcoal methods should try larger charcoal

tubes. Tubes of larger capacity are available.

In addition, lower flow rates and shorter

sampling times should be beneficial in minimizing breakthrough problems. Whatever

method the employer chooses, he must assure himself of the method’s accuracy and

precision under the unique conditions

present in his workplace.

ETHYLENE OXIDE

Method No.: 30.

Matrix: Air.

Target Concentration: 1.0 ppm (1.8 mg/m3).

Procedure: Samples are collected on two

charcoal tubes in series and desorbed with

1% CS2 in benzene. The samples are

derivatized with HBr and treated with sodium carbonate. Analysis is done by gas

chromatography with an electron capture

detector.

Recommended Air Volume and Sampling

Rate: 1 liter and 0.05 Lpm.

Detection Limit of the Overall Procedure:

13.3 ppb (0.024 mg/m3) (Based on 1.0 liter air

sample).

Reliable Quantitation Limit: 52.2 ppb (0.094

mg/m3) (Based on 1.0 liter air sample).

Standard Error of Estimate: 6.59% (See

Backup Section 4.6).

Special Requirements: Samples must be

analyzed within 15 days of sampling date.

Status of Method: The sampling and analytical method has been subjected to the established evaluation procedures of the Organic Method Evaluations Branch.

Date: August 1981.

Chemist: Wayne D. Potter.

ORGANIC SOLVENTS BRANCH, OSHA ANALYTICAL LABORATORY, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH

1. General Discussion.

1.1 Background.

1.1.1 History of Procedure.

Ethylene oxide samples analyzed at the

OSHA Laboratory have normally been collected on activated charcoal and desorbed

with carbon disulfide. The analysis is performed with a gas chromatograph equipped

with a FID (Flame ionization detector) as described in NIOSH Method S286 (Ref. 5.1). This

method is based on a PEL of 50 ppm and has

a detection limit of about 1 ppm.

Recent studies have prompted the need for

a method to analyze and detect ethylene

oxide at very low concentrations.

Several attempts were made to form an ultraviolet (UV) sensitive derivative with

ethylene oxide for analysis with HPLC.

Among those tested that gave no detectable

product were: p-anisidine, methylimidazole,

aniline, and 2,3,6-trichlorobenzoic acid. Each

was tested with catalysts such as

triethylamine, aluminum chloride, methylene chloride and sulfuric acid but no detectable derivative was produced.

The next derivatization attempt was to

react ethylene oxide with HBr to form 2-

bromoethanol. This reaction was successful.

An ECD (electron capture detector) gave a

very good response for 2-bromoethanol due

to the presence of bromine. The use of carbon disulfide as the desorbing solvent gave

too large a response and masked the 2-

bromoethanol. Several other solvents were

tested for both their response on the ECD

and their ability to desorb ethylene oxide

from the charcoal. Among those tested were

toluene, xylene, ethyl benzene, hexane,

cyclohexane and benzene. Benzene was the

only solvent tested that gave a suitable response on the ECD and a high desorption. It

was found that the desorption efficiency was

improved by using 1% CS2 with the benzene.

The carbon disulfide did not significantly

improve the recovery with the other solvents. SKC Lot 120 was used in all tests done

with activated charcoal.

1.1.2 Physical Properties (Ref. 5.2–5.4).

Synonyms: Oxirane; dimethylene oxide,

1,2-epoxy-ethane; oxane; C2 H4 O; ETO;

Molecular Weight: 44.06
349

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1047

Boiling Point: 10.7 ° C (51.3°)

Melting Point: ¥111 ° C

Description: Colorless, flammable gas

Vapor Pressure: 1095 mm. at 20 ° C

Odor: Ether-like odor

Lower Explosive Limits: 3.0% (by volume)

Flash Point (TOC): Below 0 ° F

Molecular Structure: CH 2—CH 2

1.2 Limit Defining Parameters.

1.2.1 Detection Limit of the Analytical

Procedure.

The detection limit of the analytical procedure is 12.0 picograms of ethylene oxide per

injection. This is the amount of analyte

which will give a peak whose height is five

times the height of the baseline noise. (See

Backup Data Section 4.1).

1.2.2 Detection Limit of the Overall Procedure.

The detection limit of the overall procedure is 24.0 ng of ethylene oxide per sample.

This is the amount of analyte spiked on

the sampling device which allows recovery of

an amount of analyte equivalent to the detection limit of the analytical procedure.

(See Backup Data Section 4.2).

1.2.3 Reliable Quantitation Limit.

The reliable quantitation limit is 94.0

nanograms of ethylene oxide per sample.

This is the smallest amount of analyte which

can be quantitated within the requirements

of 75% recovery and 95% confidence limits.

(See Backup Data Section 4.2).

It must be recognized that the reliable

quantitation limit and detection limits reported in the method are based upon optimization of the instrument for the smallest

possible amount of analyte. When the target

concentration of an analyte is exceptionally

higher than these limits, they may not be attainable at the routine operating parameters. In this case, the limits reported on

analysis reports will be based on the operating parameters used during the analysis of

the samples.

1.2.4 Sensitivity.

The sensitivity of the analytical procedure

over a concentration range representing 0.5

to 2 times the target concentration based on

the recommended air volume is 34105 area

units per μg/mL. The sensitivity is determined by the slope of the calibration curve

(See Backup Data Section 4.3).

The sensitivity will vary somewhat with

the particular instrument used in the analysis.

1.2.5 Recovery.

The recovery of analyte from the collection medium must be 75% or greater. The average recovery from spiked samples over the

range of 0.5 to 2 times the target concentration is 88.0% (See Backup Section 4.4). At

lower concentrations the recovery appears to

be non-linear.

1.2.6 Precision (Analytical Method Only).

The pooled coefficient of variation obtained from replicate determination of analytical standards at 0.5X, 1X and 2X the target concentration is 0.036 (See Backup Data

Section 4.5).

1.2.7 Precision (Overall Procedure).

The overall procedure must provide results

at the target concentration that are 25% of

better at the 95% confidence level. The precision at the 95% confidence level for the 15

day storage test is plus or minus 12.9% (See

Backup Data Section 4.6).

This includes an additional plus or minus

5% for sampling error.

1.3 Advantages.

1.3.1 The sampling procedure is convenient.

1.3.2 The analytical procedure is very sensitive and reproducible.

1.3.3 Reanalysis of samples is possible.

1.3.4 Samples are stable for at least 15

days at room temperature.

1.3.5 Interferences are reduced by the

longer GC retention time of the new derivative.

1.4 Disadvantages.

1.4.1 Two tubes in series must be used because of possible breakthrough and migration.

1.4.2 The precision of the sampling rate

may be limited by the reproducibility of the

pressure drop across the tubes. The pumps

are usually calibrated for one tube only.

1.4.3 The use of benzene as the desorption

solvent increases the hazards of analysis because of the potential carcinogenic effects of

benzene.

1.4.4 After repeated injections there can

be a buildup of residue formed on the electron capture detector which decreases sensitivity.

1.4.5 Recovery from the charcoal tubes appears to be nonlinear at low concentrations.

2. Sampling Procedure.

2.1 Apparatus.

2.1.1 A calibrated personal sampling pump

whose flow can be determined within plus or

minus 5% of the recommended flow.

2.1.2 SKC Lot 120 Charcoal tubes: glass

tube with both ends flame sealed, 7 cm long

with a 6 mm O.D. and a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 sections of coconut shell charcoal

separated by a 2-mm portion of urethane

foam. The adsorbing section contains 100 mg

of charcoal, the backup section 50 mg. A 3-

mm portion of urethane foam is placed between the outlet end of the tube and the

backup section. A plug of silylated glass

wool is placed in front of the adsorbing section.

2.2 Reagents.

2.2.1 None required.

2.3 Sampling Technique.

2.3.1 Immediately before sampling, break

the ends of the charcoal tubes. All tubes

must be from the same lot.

2.3.2 Connect two tubes in series to the

sampling pump with a short section of flexible tubing. A minimum amount of tubing is
350

§ 1910.1047 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

used to connect the two sampling tubes together. The tube closer to the pump is used

as a backup. This tube should be identified

as the backup tube.

2.3.3 The tubes should be placed in a

vertical position during sampling to minimize channeling.

2.3.4 Air being sampled should not pass

through any hose or tubing before entering

the charcoal tubes.

2.3.5 Seal the charcoal tubes with plastic

caps immediately after sampling. Also, seal

each sample with OSHA seals lengthwise.

2.3.6 With each batch of samples, submit

at least one blank tube from the same lot

used for samples. This tube should be subjected to exactly the same handling as the

samples (break, seal, transport) except that

no air is drawn through it.

2.3.7 Transport the samples (and corresponding paperwork) to the lab for analysis.

2.3.8 If bulk samples are submitted for

analysis, they shoud be transported in glass

containers with Teflon-lined caps. These

samples must be mailed separately from the

container used for the charcoal tubes.

2.4 Breakthrough.

2.4.1 The breakthrough (5% breakthrough)

volume for a 3.0 mg/m ethylene oxide sample

stream at approximately 85% relative humidity, 22° C and 633 mm is 2.6 liters sampled

at 0.05 liters per minute. This is equivalent

to 7.8 μ g of ethylene oxide. Upon saturation

of the tube it appeared that the water may

be displacing ethylene oxide during sampling.

2.5 Desorption Efficiency.

2.5.1 The desorption efficiency, from liquid injection onto charcoal tubes, averaged

88.0% from 0.5 to 2.0 x the target concentration for a 1.0 liter air sample. At lower

ranges it appears that the desorption efficiency is non-linear (See Backup Data Section 4.2).

2.5.2 The desorption efficiency may vary

from one laboratory to another and also

from one lot of charcoal to another. Thus, it

is necessary to determine the desorption efficiency for a particular lot of charcoal.

2.6 Recommended Air Volume and Sampling Rate.

2.6.1 The recommended air volume is 1.0

liter.

2.6.2 The recommended maximum sampling rate is 0.05 Lpm.

2.7 Interferences.

2.7.1 Ethylene glycol and Freon 12 at target concentration levels did not interfere

with the collection of ethylene oxide.

2.7.2 Suspected interferences should be

listed on the sample data sheets.

2.7.3 The relative humidity may affect the

sampling procedure.

2.8 Safety Precautions.

2.8.1 Attach the sampling equipment to

the employee so that it does not interfere

with work performance.

2.8.2 Wear safety glasses when breaking

the ends of the sampling tubes.

2.8.3 If possible, place the sampling tubes

in a holder so the sharp end is not exposed

while sampling.

3. Analytical Method.

3.1 Apparatus.

3.1.1 Gas chromatograph equipped with a

linearized electron capture detector.

3.1.2 GC column capable of separating the

derivative of ethylene oxide (2-

bromoethanol) from any interferences and

the 1% CS2 in benzene solvent. The column

used for validation studies was: 10 ft x 1⁄8 inch

stainless steel 20% SP–2100, .1% Carbowax

1500 on 100/120 Supelcoport.

3.1.3 An electronic integrator or some

other suitable method of measuring peak

areas.

3.1.4 Two milliliter vials with Teflonlined caps.

3.1.5 Gas tight syringe—500 μ L or other

convenient sizes for preparing standards.

3.1.6 Microliter syringes—10 μ L or other

convenient sizes for diluting standards and 1

μ L for sample injections.

3.1.7 Pipets for dispensing the 1% CS2 in

benzene solvent. The Glenco 1 mL dispenser

is adequate and convenient.

3.1.8 Volumetric flasks—5 mL and other

convenient sizes for preparing standards.

3.1.9 Disposable Pasteur pipets.

3.2 Reagents.

3.2.1 Benzene, reagent grade.

3.2.2 Carbon Disulfide, reagent grade.

3.2.3 Ethylene oxide, 99.7% pure.

3.2.4 Hydrobromic Acid, 48% reagent

grade.

3.2.5 Sodium Carbonate, anhydrous, reagent grade.

3.2.6 Desorbing reagent, 99% Benzene/1%

CS2.

3.3 Sample Preparation.

3.3.1 The front and back sections of each

sample are transferred to separate 2-mL

vials.

3.3.2 Each sample is desorbed with 1.0 mL

of desorbing reagent.

3.3.3 The vials are sealed immediately and

allowed to desorb for one hour with occasional shaking.

3.3.4 Desorbing reagent is drawn off the

charcoal with a disposable pipet and put into

clean 2-mL vials.

3.3.5 One drop of HBr is added to each

vial. Vials are resealed and HBr is mixed well

with the desorbing reagent.

3.3.6 About 0.15 gram of sodium carbonate

is carefully added to each vial. Vials are

again resealed and mixed well.

3.4 Standard Preparation.

3.4.1 Standards are prepared by injecting

the pure ethylene oxide gas into the

desorbing reagent.
351

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1047

3.4.2 A range of standards are prepared to

make a calibration curve. A concentration of

1.0 μ L of ethylene oxide gas per 1 mL

desorbing reagent is equivalent to 1.0 ppm

air concentration (all gas volumes at 25° C

and 760 mm) for the recommended 1 liter air

sample. This amount is uncorrected for

desorption efficiency (See Backup Data Section 4.2. for desorption efficiency corrections).

3.4.3 One drop of HBr per mL of standard

is added and mixed well.

3.4.4 About 0.15 grams of sodium carbonate is carefully added for each drop of

HBr (A small reaction will occur).

3.5 Analysis.

3.5.1 GC Conditions.

Nitrogen flow rate—10mL/min.

Injector Temperature—250° C

Detector Temperature—300° C

Column Temperature—100° C

Injection size—0.8 μ L

Elution time—3.9 minutes

3.5.2 Peak areas are measured by an integrator or other suitable means.

3.5.3 The integrator results are in area

units and a calibration curve is set up with

concentration vs. area units.

3.6 Interferences.

3.6.1 Any compound having the same retention time of 2-bromoethanol is a potential

interference. Possible interferences should

be listed on the sample data sheets.

3.6.2 GC parameters may be changed to

circumvent interferences.

3.6.3 There are usually trace contaminants in benzene. These contaminants, however, posed no problem of interference.

3.6.4 Retention time data on a single column is not considered proof of chemical

identity. Samples over the 1.0 ppm target

level should be confirmed by GC/Mass Spec

or other suitable means.

3.7 Calculations

3.7.1 The concentration in μg/mL for a

sample is determined by comparing the area

of a particular sample to the calibration

curve, which has been prepared from analytical standards.

3.7.2 The amount of analyte in each sample is corrected for desorption efficiency by

use of a desorption curve.

3.7.3 Analytical results (A) from the two

tubes that compose a particular air sample

are added together.

3.7.4 The concentration for a sample is

calculated by the following equation:

ETO AXB

C , mg/m3 =

where:

A=μg/mL

B=desorption volume in milliliters

C=air volume in liters.

3.7.5 To convert mg/m3 to parts per million (ppm) the following relationship is used:

ETO, .45

. ppm = mg/m3 × 24

44 05

where:

mg/m3=results from 3.7.4

24.45=molar volume at 25 ° C and 760mm Hg

44.05=molecular weight of ETO.

3.8 Safety Precautions

3.8.1 Ethylene oxide and benzene are potential carcinogens and care must be exercised when working with these compounds.

3.8.2 All work done with the solvents

(preparation of standards, desorption of samples, etc.) should be done in a hood.

3.8.3 Avoid any skin contact with all of

the solvents.

3.8.4 Wear safety glasses at all times.

3.8.5 Avoid skin contact with HBr because

it is highly toxic and a strong irritant to

eyes and skin.

4. Backup Data.

4.1 Detection Limit Data.

The detection limit was determined by injecting 0.8 μL of a 0.015 μg/mL standard of

ethylene oxide into 1% CS2 in benzene. The

detection limit of the analytical procedure is

taken to be 1.20×10¥5 μg per injection. This is

equivalent to 8.3 ppb (0.015 mg/m3) for the

recommended air volume.

4.2 Desorption Efficiency.

Ethylene oxide was spiked onto charcoal

tubes and the following recovery data was

obtained.

Amount spiked (μg) Amount recovered

(μg) Percent recovery

4.5 4.32 96.0

3.0 2.61 87.0

2.25 2.025 90.0

1.5 1.365 91.0

1.5 1.38 92.0

.75 .6525 87.0

.375 .315 84.0

.375 .312 83.2

.1875 .151 80.5

.094 .070 74.5

At lower amounts the recovery appears to

be non-linear.

4.3 Sensitivity Data.

The following data was used to determine

the calibration curve.

Injection 0.5×.75 μg/mL 1×1.5 μg/mL 2×3.0 μg/mL

1 ............. 30904 59567 111778

2 ............. 30987 62914 106016

3 ............. 32555 58578 106122

4 ............. 32242 57173 109716

X ............ 31672 59558 108408

Slope=34.105.

4.4 Recovery.

The recovery was determined by spiking

ethylene oxide onto lot 120 charcoal tubes

and desorbing with 1% CS2 in Benzene. Recoveries were done at 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 X the
352

§ 1910.1047 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

target concentration (1 ppm) for the recommended air volume.

PERCENT RECOVERY

Sample 0.5x 1.0x 2.0x

1 ..................................... 88.7 95.0 91.7

2 ..................................... 83.8 95.0 87.3

3 ..................................... 84.2 91.0 86.0

4 ..................................... 88.0 91.0 83.0

5 ..................................... 88.0 86.0 85.0

X .................................... 86.5 90.5 87.0

Weighted Average=88.2.

4.5 Precision of the Analytical Procedure.

The following data was used to determine

the precision of the analytical method:

Concentration 0.5x.75

μg/mL

1X1.5

μg/mL

2X3.0

μg/mL

Injection ................................. .7421 1.4899 3.1184

.7441 1.5826 3.0447

.7831 1.4628 2.9149

.7753 1.4244 2.9185

Average ................................. .7612 1.4899 2.9991

Standard Deviation ................ .0211 .0674 .0998

CV .......................................... .0277 .0452 .0333

CV = + +

+ +

3 0277 3 0452 3 0333

3 3 3

2 2 2 (. ) (. ) (. )

CV+0.036

4.6 Storage Data.

Samples were generated at 1.5 mg/m3 ethylene oxide at 85% relative humidity, 22° C and

633 mm. All samples were taken for 20 minutes at 0.05 Lpm. Six samples were analyzed

as soon as possible and fifteen samples were

stored at refrigerated temperature (5° C) and

fifteen samples were stored at ambient temperature (23° C). These stored samples were

analyzed over a period of nineteen days.

PERCENT RECOVERY

Day analyzed Refrigerated Ambient

1 ......................................................... 87.0 87.0

1 ......................................................... 93.0 93.0

1 ......................................................... 94.0 94.0

1 ......................................................... 92.0 92.0

4 ......................................................... 92.0 91.0

4 ......................................................... 93.0 88.0

4 ......................................................... 91.0 89.0

6 ......................................................... 92.0 ................

6 ......................................................... 92.0 ................

8 ......................................................... ................ 92.0

8 ......................................................... ................ 86.0

10 ....................................................... 91.7 ................

10 ....................................................... 95.5 ................

10 ....................................................... 95.7 ................

11 ....................................................... ................ 90.0

11 ....................................................... ................ 82.0

13 ....................................................... 78.0 ................

13 ....................................................... 81.4 ................

13 ....................................................... 82.4 ................

14 ....................................................... ................ 78.5

14 ....................................................... ................ 72.1

18 ....................................................... 66.0 ................

PERCENT RECOVERY—Continued

Day analyzed Refrigerated Ambient

18 ....................................................... 68.0 ................

19 ....................................................... ................ 64.0

19 ....................................................... ................ 77.0

4.7 Breakthrough Data.

Breakthrough studies were done at 2 ppm

(3.6 mg/m3) at approximately 85% relative

humidity at 22° C (ambient temperature).

Two charcoal tubes were used in series. The

backup tube was changed every 10 minutes

and analyzed for breakthrough. The flow

rate was 0.050 Lpm.

Tube No. Time

(minutes)

Percent

breakthrough

1 ....................................................... 10 (1)

2 ....................................................... 20 (1)

3 ....................................................... 30 (1)

4 ....................................................... 40 1.23

5 ....................................................... 50 3.46

6 ....................................................... 60 18.71

7 ....................................................... 70 39.2

8 ....................................................... 80 53.3

9 ....................................................... 90 72.0

10 ..................................................... 100 96.0

11 ..................................................... 110 113.0

12 ..................................................... 120 133.9

1 None.

The 5% breakthrough volume was reached

when 2.6 liters of test atmosphere were

drawn through the charcoal tubes.

5. References.

5.1 ‘‘NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods,’’ 2nd ed. NIOSH: Cincinnati, 1977; Method S286.

5.2 ‘‘IARC Monographs on the Evaluation

of Carcinogenic Risk of Chemicals to Man,’’

International Agency for Research on Cancer: Lyon, 1976; Vol. II, p. 157.

5.3 Sax., N.I. ‘‘Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials,’’ 4th ed.; Van Nostrand

Reinhold Company. New York, 1975; p. 741.

5.4 ‘‘The Condensed Chemical Dictionary’’, 9th ed.; Hawley, G.G., ed.; Van

Nostrand Reinhold Company, New York,

1977; p. 361.

Summary of Other Sampling Procedures

OSHA believes that served other types of

monitoring equipment and techniques exist

for monitoring time-weighted averages. Considerable research and method development

is currently being performed, which will lead

to improvements and a wider variety of monitoring techniques. A combination of monitoring procedures can be used. There probably is no one best method for monitoring

personal exposure to ethylene oxide in all

cases. There are advantages, disadvantages,

and limitations to each method. The method

of choice will depend on the need and requirements. Some commonly used methods
353

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1047

include the use of charcoal tubes, passive

dosimeters, Tedler gas sampling bags, detector tubes, photoionization detection units,

infrared detection units and gas

chromatographs. A number of these methods

are described below.

A. CHARCOAL TUBE SAMPLING PROCEDURES

Qazi-Ketcham method (Ex. 11–133)—This

method consists of collecting EtO on Columbia JXC activated carbon, desorbing the EtO

with carbon disulfide and analyzing by gas

chromatography with flame ionization detection. Union Carbide has recently updated

and revalidated this monitoring procedures.

This method is capable of determining both

eight-hour time-weighted average exposures

and short-term exposures. The method was

validated to 0.5 ppm. Like other charcoal

collecting procedures, the method requires

considerable analytical expertise.

ASTM-proposed method— The Ethylene

Oxide Industry Council (EOIC) has contracted with Clayton Environmental Consultants, Inc. to conduct a collaborative

study for the proposed method. The ASTMProposed method is similar to the method

published by Qazi and Ketcham is the November 1977 American Industrial Hygiene Association Journal, and to the method of

Pilney and Coyne, presented at the 1979

American Industrial Hygiene Conference.

After the air to be sampled is drawn through

an activated charcoal tube, the ethylene

oxide is desorbed from the tube using carbon

disulfide and is quantitated by gas chromatography utilizing a flame ionization detector. The ASTM-proposed method specifies a

large two-section charcoal tube, shipment in

dry ice, storage at less

than ¥5° C, and analysis within three weeks

to prevent migration and sample loss. Two

types of charcoal tubes are being tested—

Pittsburgh Coconut-Based (PCB) and Columbia JXC charcoal. This collaborative study

will give an indication of the inter- and

intralaboratory precision and accuracy of

the ASTM-proposed method. Several laboratories have considerable expertise using the

Qazi-Ketcham and Dow methods.

B. Passive Monitors—Ethylene oxide diffuses into the monitor and is collected in the

sampling media. The DuPont Pro-Tek badge

collects EtO in an absorbing solution, which

is analyzed colorimetrically to determine

the amount of EtO present. The 3M 350 badge

collects the EtO on chemically treated charcoal. Other passive monitors are currently

being developed and tested. Both 3M and DuPont have submitted data indicating their

dosimeters meet the precision and accuracy

requirements of the proposed ethylene oxide

standard. Both presented laboratory validation data to 0.2 ppm (Exs. 11–65, 4–20, 108, 109,

130).

C. Tedlar Gas Sampling Bags-Samples are

collected by drawing a known volume of air

into a Tedlar gas sampling bag. The ethylene

oxide concentration is often determined onsite using a portable gas chromatograph or

portable infrared spectometer.

D. Detector tubes—A known volume of air

is drawn through a detector tube using a

small hand pump. The concentration of EtO

is related to the length of stain developed in

the tube. Detector tubes are economical,

easy to use, and give an immediate readout.

Unfortunately, partly because they are nonspecific, their accuracy is often questionable. Since the sample is taken over a short

period of time, they may be useful for determining the source of leaks.

E. Direct Reading Instruments—There are

numerous types of direct reading instruments, each having its own strengths and

weaknesses (Exs. 135B, 135C, 107, 11–78, 11–

153). Many are relatively new, offering greater sensitivity and specificity. Popular ethylene oxide direct reading instruments include

infrared detection units, photoionization detection units, and gas chromatographs.

Portable infrared analyzers provide an immediate, continuous indication of a concentration value; making them particularly

useful for locating high concentration pockets, in leak detection and in ambient air

monitoring. In infrared detection units, the

amount of infrared light absorbed by the gas

being analyzed at selected infrared wavelengths is related to the concentration of a

particular component. Various models have

either fixed or variable infrared filters, differing cell pathlengths, and microcomputer

controls for greater sensitivity, automation,

and interference elimination.

A fairly recent detection system is

photoionization detection. The molecules are

ionized by high energy ultraviolet light. The

resulting current is measured. Since different substances have different ionization

potentials, other organic compounds may be

ionized. The lower the lamp energy, the better the selectivity. As a continuous monitor,

photoionization detection can be useful for

locating high concentration pockets, in leak

detection, and continuous ambient air monitoring. Both portable and stationary gas

chromatographs are available with various

types of detectors, including photoionization

detectors. A gas chromatograph with a

photoionization detector retains the

photionization sensitivity, but minimizes or

eliminates interferences. For several GC/PID

units, the sensitivity is in the 0.1–0.2 ppm

EtO range. The GC/PID with microprocessors

can sample up to 20 sample points sequentially, calculate and record data, and activate alarms or ventilation systems. Many

are quite flexible and can be configured to

meet the specific analysis needs for the

workplace.

DuPont presented their laboratory validation data of the accuracy of the QaziKetcham charcoal tube, the PCB charcoal
354

§ 1910.1048 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

tube, Miran 103 IR analyzer, 3M #3550 monitor and the Du Pont C–70 badge. Quoting Elbert V. Kring:

We also believe that OSHA’s proposed accuracy in this standard is appropriate. At

plus or minus 25 percent at one part per million, and plus or minus 35 percent below

that. And, our data indicates there’s only

one monitoring method, right now, that

we’ve tested thoroughly, that meets that accuracy requirements. That is the Du Pont

Pro-Tek badge* * *. We also believe that this

kind of data should be confirmed by another

independent laboratory, using the same type

dynamic chamber testing (Tr. 1470)

Additional data by an independent laboratory following their exact protocol was not

submitted. However, information was submitted on comparisons and precision and accuracy of those monitoring procedures which

indicate far better precision and accuracy of

those monitoring procedures than that obtained by Du Pont (Ex. 4–20, 130, 11–68, 11–133,

130, 135A).

The accuracy of any method depends to a

large degree upon the skills and experience

of those who not only collect the samples

but also those who analyze the samples.

Even for methods that are collaboratively

tested, some laboratories are closer to the

true values than others. Some laboratories

may meet the precision and accuracy requirements of the method; others may consistently far exceed them for the same method.

[49 FR 25796, June 22, 1984, as amended at 50

FR 9801, Mar. 12, 1985; 50 FR 41494, Oct. 11,

1985; 51 FR 25053, July 10, 1986; 53 FR 11436,

11437, Apr. 6, 1988; 53 FR 27960, July 26, 1988;

54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13,

1996; 63 FR 1292, Jan. 8, 1998]

§ 1910.1048 Formaldehyde.

(a) Scope and application. This standard applies to all occupational exposures to formaldehyde, i.e. from formaldehyde gas, its solutions, and materials that release formaldehyde.

(b) Definitions. For purposes of this

standard, the following definitions

shall apply:

Action level means a concentration of

0.5 part formaldehyde per million parts

of air (0.5 ppm) calculated as an eight

(8)-hour time-weighted average (TWA)

concentration.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Authorized person means any person

required by work duties to be present

in regulated areas, or authorized to do

so by the employer, by this section, or

by the OSH Act of 1970.

Director means the Director of the

National Institute for Occupational

Safety and Health, U.S. Department of

Health and Human Services, or designee.

Emergency is any occurrence, such as

but not limited to equipment failure,

rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment that results in an uncontrolled release of a significant

amount of formaldehyde.

Employee exposure means the exposure to airborne formaldehyde which

would occur without corrections for

protection provided by any respirator

that is in use.

Formaldehyde means the chemical

substance, HCHO, Chemical Abstracts

Service Registry No. 50–00–0.

(c) Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL)—

(1) TWA: The employer shall assure

that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of formaldehyde

which exceeds 0.75 parts formaldehyde

per million parts of air (0.75 ppm) as an

8-hour TWA.

(2) Short Term Exposure Limit (STEL):

The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of formaldehyde which exceeds two parts formaldehyde per million parts of air (2 ppm) as a 15-minute

STEL.

(d) Exposure monitoring—(1) General.

(i) Each employer who has a workplace

covered by this standard shall monitor

employees to determine their exposure

to formaldehyde.

(ii) Exception. Where the employer

documents, using objective data, that

the presence of formaldehyde or formaldehyde-releasing products in the

workplace cannot result in airborne

concentrations of formaldehyde that

would cause any employee to be exposed at or above the action level or

the STEL under foreseeable conditions

of use, the employer will not be required to measure employee exposure

to formaldehyde.

(iii) When an employee’s exposure is

determined from representative sampling, the measurements used shall be

representative of the employee’s full

shift or short-term exposure to formaldehyde, as appropriate.
355

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

(iv) Representative samples for each

job classification in each work area

shall be taken for each shift unless the

employer can document with objective

data that exposure levels for a given

job classification are equivalent for different work shifts.

(2) Initial monitoring. The employer

shall identify all employees who may

be exposed at or above the action level

or at or above the STEL and accurately determine the exposure of each

employee so identified.

(i) Unless the employer chooses to

measure the exposure of each employee

potentially exposed to formaldehyde,

the employer shall develop a representative sampling strategy and measure

sufficient exposures within each job

classification for each workshift to

correctly characterize and not underestimate the exposure of any employee

within each exposure group.

(ii) The initial monitoring process

shall be repeated each time there is a

change in production, equipment, process, personnel, or control measures

which may result in new or additional

exposure to formaldehyde.

(iii) If the employer receives reports

of signs or symptoms of respiratory or

dermal conditions associated with

formaldehyde exposure, the employer

shall promptly monitor the affected

employee’s exposure.

(3) Periodic monitoring. (i) The employer shall periodically measure and

accurately determine exposure to

formaldehyde for employees shown by

the initial monitoring to be exposed at

or above the action level or at or above

the STEL.

(ii) If the last monitoring results reveal employee exposure at or above the

action level, the employer shall repeat

monitoring of the employees at least

every 6 months.

(iii) If the last monitoring results reveal employee exposure at or above the

STEL, the employer shall repeat monitoring of the employees at least once a

year under worst conditions.

(4) Termination of monitoring. The employer may discontinue periodic monitoring for employees if results from

two consecutive sampling periods

taken at least 7 days apart show that

employee exposure is below the action

level and the STEL. The results must

be statistically representative and consistent with the employer’s knowledge

of the job and work operation.

(5) Accuracy of monitoring. Monitoring

shall be accurate, at the 95 percent

confidence level, to within plus or

minus 25 percent for airborne concentrations of formaldehyde at the

TWA and the STEL and to within plus

or minus 35 percent for airborne concentrations of formaldehyde at the action level.

(6) Employee notification of monitoring

results. Within 15 days of receiving the

results of exposure monitoring conducted under this standard, the employer shall notify the affected employees of these results. Notification

shall be in writing, either by distributing copies of the results to the employees or by posting the results. If the

employee exposure is over either PEL,

the employer shall develop and implement a written plan to reduce employee exposure to or below both PELs,

and give written notice to employees.

The written notice shall contain a description of the corrective action being

taken by the employer to decrease exposure.

(7) Observation of monitoring. (i) The

employer shall provide affected employees or their designated representatives an opportunity to observe any

monitoring of employee exposure to

formaldehyde required by this standard.

(ii) When observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to formaldehyde requires entry into an area

where the use of protective clothing or

equipment is required, the employer

shall provide the clothing and equipment to the observer, require the observer to use such clothing and equipment, and assure that the observer

complies with all other applicable safety and health procedures.

(e) Regulated areas. (1) The employer

shall establish regulated areas where

the concentration of airborne formaldehyde exceeds either the TWA or

the STEL and post all entrances and

accessways with signs bearing the following information:
356

§ 1910.1048 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

DANGER

FORMALDEHYDE

IRRITANT AND POTENTIAL CANCER

HAZARD

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(2) The employer shall limit access to

regulated areas to authorized persons

who have been trained to recognize the

hazards of formaldehyde.

(3) An employer at a multiemployer

worksite who establishes a regulated

area shall communicate the access restrictions and locations of these areas

to other employers with work operations at that worksite.

(f) Methods of compliance—(1) Engineering controls and work practices. The

employer shall institute engineering

and work practice controls to reduce

and maintain employee exposures to

formaldehyde at or below the TWA and

the STEL.

(2) Exception. Whenever the employer

has established that feasible engineering and work practice controls cannot

reduce employee exposure to or below

either of the PELs, the employer shall

apply these controls to reduce employee exposures to the extent feasible

and shall supplement them with respirators which satisfy this standard.

(g) Respiratory protection—(1) General.

For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer

must provide respirators that comply

with the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and workpractice controls.

(ii) Work operations, such as maintenance and repair activities or vessel

cleaning, for which the employer establishes that engineering and work-practice controls are not feasible.

(iii) Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practice

controls are not yet sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the

PELs.

(iv) Emergencies.

(2) Respirator program. (i) The employer must implement a respiratory

protection program in accordance with

29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except

(d)(1)(iii), (d)(3)(iii)(B)(1), and (2)), and

(f) through (m).

(ii) If air-purifying chemical-cartridge respirators are used, the employer must:

(A) Replace the cartridge after three

(3) hours of use or at the end of the

workshift, whichever occurs first, unless the cartridge contains a NIOSH-approved end-of-service-life indicator

(ESLI) to show when breakthrough occurs.

(B) Unless the canister contains a

NIOSH-approved ESLI to show when

breakthrough occurs, replace canisters

used in atmospheres up to 7.5 ppm

(10xPEL) every four (4) hours and industrial-sized canisters used in

atmospheres up to 75 ppm (100xPEL)

every two (2) hours, or at the end of the

workshift, whichever occurs first.

(3) Respirator selection. (i) The employer must select appropriate respirators from Table 1 in this section.

TABLE 1—MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION AGAINST FORMALDEHYDE

Condition of use or formaldehyde concentration (ppm) Minimum respirator required 1

Up to 7.5 ppm. (10 x PEL) .......................... Full facepiece with cartridges or canisters specifically approved for protection

against formaldehyde.2

Up to 75 ppm. (100 x PEL) ......................... Full-face mask with chin style or chest or back mounted type, with industrial size

canister specifically approved for protection against formaldehyde. Type C supplied air respirator, demand type, or continuous flow type, with full facepiece,

hood, or helmet.

Above 75 ppm or unknown. (emergencies).

(100 x PEL).

Self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) with positive pressure full facepiece.

Combination supplied-air, full facepiece positive pressure respirator with auxiliary

self-contained air supply.

Firefighting ................................................... SCBA with positive pressure in full face-piece.

Escape ........................................................ SCBA in demand or pressure demand mode. Full-face mask with chin style or front

or back mounted type industrial size canister specifically approved for protection

against formaldehyde.

1 Respirators specified for use at higher concentrations may be used at lower concentrations.

2A half-mask respirator with cartridges specifically approved for protection against formaldehyde can be substituted for the full

facepiece respirator providing that effective gas-proof goggles are provided and used in combination with the half-mask

respirator.
357

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

(ii) The employer must provide a

powered air-purifying respirator adequate to protect against formaldehyde

exposure to any employee who has difficulty using a negative-pressure respirator.

(h) Protective equipment and clothing.

Employers shall comply with the provisions of 29 CFR 1910.132 and 29 CFR

1910.133. When protective equipment or

clothing is provided under these provisions, the employer shall provide these

protective devices at no cost to the employee and assure that the employee

wears them.

(1) Selection. The employer shall select protective clothing and equipment

based upon the form of formaldehyde

to be encountered, the conditions of

use, and the hazard to be prevented.

(i) All contact of the eyes and skin

with liquids containing 1 percent or

more formaldehyde shall be prevented

by the use of chemical protective

clothing made of material impervious

to formaldehyde and the use of other

personal protective equipment, such as

goggles and face shields, as appropriate

to the operation.

(ii) Contact with irritating or sensitizing materials shall be prevented to

the extent necessary to eliminate the

hazard.

(iii) Where a face shield is worn,

chemical safety goggles are also required if there is a danger of formaldehyde reaching the area of the eye.

(iv) Full body protection shall be

worn for entry into areas where concentrations exceed 100 ppm and for

emergency reentry into areas of unknown concentration.

(2) Maintenance of protective equipment

and clothing. (i) The employer shall assure that protective equipment and

clothing that has become contaminated with formaldehyde is cleaned or

laundered before its reuse.

(ii) When ventilating formaldehydecontaminated clothing and equipment,

the employer shall establish a storage

area so that employee exposure is

minimized. Containers for contaminated clothing and equipment and storage areas shall have labels and signs

containing the following information:

DANGER

FORMALDEHYDE–CONTAMINATED

[CLOTHING] EQUIPMENT

AVOID INHALATION AND SKIN CONTACT

(iii) The employer shall assure that

only persons trained to recognize the

hazards of formaldehyde remove the

contaminated material from the storage area for purposes of cleaning, laundering, or disposal.

(iv) The employer shall assure that

no employee takes home equipment or

clothing that is contaminated with

formaldehyde.

(v) The employer shall repair or replace all required protective clothing

and equipment for each affected employee as necessary to assure its effectiveness.

(vi) The employer shall inform any

person who launders, cleans, or repairs

such clothing or equipment of

formaldehyde’s potentially harmful effects and of procedures to safely handle

the clothing and equipment.

(i) Hygiene protection. (1) The employer shall provide change rooms, as

described in 29 CFR 1910.141 for employees who are required to change from

work clothing into protective clothing

to prevent skin contact with formaldehyde.

(2) If employees’ skin may become

spashed with solutions containing 1

percent or greater formaldehyde, for

example, because of equipment failure

or improper work practices, the employer shall provide conveniently located quick drench showers and assure

that affected employees use these facilities immediately.

(3) If there is any possibility that an

employee’s eyes may be splashed with

solutions containing 0.1 percent or

greater formaldehyde, the employer

shall provide acceptable eyewash facilities within the immediate work area

for emergency use.

(j) Housekeeping. For operations involving formaldehyde liquids or gas,
358

§ 1910.1048 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

the employer shall conduct a program

to detect leaks and spills, including

regular visual inspections.

(1) Preventative maintenance of

equipment, including surveys for leaks,

shall be undertaken at regular intervals.

(2) In work areas where spillage may

occur, the employer shall make provisions to contain the spill, to decontaminate the work area, and to dispose

of the waste.

(3) The employer shall assure that all

leaks are repaired and spills are

cleaned promptly by employees wearing suitable protective equipment and

trained in proper methods for cleanup

and decontamination.

(4) Formaldehyde-contaminated

waste and debris resulting from leaks

or spills shall be placed for disposal in

sealed containers bearing a label warning of formaldehyde’s presence and of

the hazards associated with formaldehyde.

(k) Emergencies. For each workplace

where there is the possibility of an

emergency involving formaldehyde, the

employer shall assure appropriate procedures are adopted to minimize injury

and loss of life. Appropriate procedures

shall be implemented in the event of an

emergency.

(l) Medical surveillance—(1) Employees

covered. (i) The employer shall institute medical surveillance programs for

all employees exposed to formaldehyde

at concentrations at or exceeding the

action level or exceeding the STEL.

(ii) The employer shall make medical

surveillance available for employees

who develop signs and symptoms of

overexposure to formaldehyde and for

all employees exposed to formaldehyde

in emergencies. When determining

whether an employee may be experiencing signs and symptoms of possible

overexposure to formaldehyde, the employer may rely on the evidence that

signs and symptoms associated with

formaldehyde exposure will occur only

in exceptional circumstances when airborne exposure is less than 0.1 ppm and

when formaldehyde is present in material in concentrations less than 0.1 percent.

(2) Examination by a physician. All

medical procedures, including administration of medical disease questionnaires, shall be performed by or under

the supervision of a licensed physician

and shall be provided without cost to

the employee, without loss of pay, and

at a reasonable time and place.

(3) Medical disease questionnaire. The

employer shall make the following

medical surveillance available to employees prior to assignment to a job

where formaldehyde exposure is at or

above the action level or above the

STEL and annually thereafter. The employer shall also make the following

medical surveillance available promptly upon determining that an employee

is experiencing signs and symptoms indicative of possible overexposure to

formaldehyde.

(i) Administration of a medical disease questionnaire, such as in appendix

D, which is designed to elicit information on work history, smoking history,

any evidence of eye, nose, or throat irritation; chronic airway problems or

hyperreactive airway disease: allergic

skin conditions or dermatitis; and

upper or lower respiratory problems.

(ii) A determination by the physician, based on evaluation of the medical disease questionnaire, of whether a

medical examination is necessary for

employees not required to wear respirators to reduce exposure to formaldehyde.

(4) Medical examinations. Medical examinations shall be given to any employee who the physician feels, based

on information in the medical disease

questionnaire, may be at increased risk

from exposure to formaldehyde and at

the time of initial assignment and at

least annually thereafter to all employees required to wear a respirator to

reduce exposure to formaldehyde. The

medical examination shall include:

(i) A physical examination with emphasis on evidence of irritation or sensitization of the skin and respiratory

system, shortness of breath, or irritation of the eyes.

(ii) Laboratory examinations for respirator wearers consisting of baseline

and annual pulmonary function tests.

As a minimum, these tests shall consist of forced vital capacity (FVC),

forced expiratory volume in one second

(FEV1), and forced expiratory flow

(FEF).
359

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

(iii) Any other test which the examining physician deems necessary to

complete the written opinion.

(iv) Counseling of employees having

medical conditions that would be directly or indirectly aggravated by exposure to formaldehyde on the increased risk of impairment of their

health.

(5) Examinations for employees exposed

in an emergency. The employer shall

make medical examinations available

as soon as possible to all employees

who have been exposed to formaldehyde in an emergency.

(i) The examination shall include a

medical and work history with emphasis on any evidence of upper or lower

respiratory problems, allergic conditions, skin reaction or hypersensitivity, and any evidence of eye,

nose, or throat irritation.

(ii) Other examinations shall consist

of those elements considered appropriate by the examining physician.

(6) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide the

following information to the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this standard and appendix A, C, D, and E;

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s job duties as they relate to the

employee’s exposure to formaldehyde;

(iii) The representative exposure

level for the employee’s job assignment;

(iv) Information concerning any personal protective equipment and respiratory protection used or to be used

by the employee; and

(v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee within the control of the employer.

(vi) In the event of a nonroutine examination because of an emergency,

the employer shall provide to the physician as soon as possible: A description of how the emergency occurred

and the exposure the victim may have

received.

(7) Physician’s written opinion. (i) For

each examination required under this

standard, the employer shall obtain a

written opinion from the examining

physician. This written opinion shall

contain the results of the medical examination except that it shall not reveal specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure to

formaldehyde. The written opinion

shall include:

(A) The physician’s opinion as to

whether the employee has any medical

condition that would place the employee at an increased risk of material

impairment of health from exposure to

formaldehyde;

(B) Any recommended limitations on

the employee’s exposure or changes in

the use of personal protective equipment, including respirators;

(C) A statement that the employee

has been informed by the physician of

any medical conditions which would be

aggravated by exposure to formaldehyde, whether these conditions may

have resulted from past formaldehyde

exposure or from exposure in an emergency, and whether there is a need for

further examination or treatment.

(ii) The employer shall provide for retention of the results of the medical

examination and tests conducted by

the physician.

(iii) The employer shall provide a

copy of the physician’s written opinion

to the affected employee within 15 days

of its receipt.

(8) Medical removal. (i) The provisions

of paragraph (l)(8) apply when an employee reports significant irritation of

the mucosa of the eyes or the upper

airways, respiratory sensitization, dermal irritation, or dermal sensitization

attributed to workplace formaldehyde

exposure. Medical removal provisions

do not apply in the case of dermal irritation or dermal sensitization when

the product suspected of causing the

dermal condition contains less than

0.05% formaldehyde.

(ii) An employee’s report of signs or

symptoms of possible overexposure to

formaldehyde shall be evaluated by a

physician selected by the employer

pursuant to paragraph (l)(3). If the physician determines that a medical examination is not necessary under paragraph (l)(3)(ii), there shall be a twoweek evaluation and remediation period to permit the employer to ascertain whether the signs or symptoms

subside untreated or with the use of

creams, gloves, first aid treatment or

personal protective equipment. Industrial hygiene measures that limit the
360

§ 1910.1048 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

employee’s exposure to formaldehyde

may also be implemented during this

period. The employee shall be referred

immediately to a physician prior to expiration of the two-week period if the

signs or symptoms worsen. Earnings,

seniority and benefits may not be altered during the two-week period by

virtue of the report.

(iii) If the signs or symptoms have

not subsided or been remedied by the

end of the two-week period, or earlier if

signs or symptoms warrant, the employee shall be examined by a physician selected by the employer. The

physician shall presume, absent contrary evidence, that observed dermal

irritation or dermal sensitization are

not attributable to formaldehyde when

products to which the affected employee is exposed contain less than

0.1% formaldehyde.

(iv) Medical examinations shall be

conducted in compliance with the requirements of paragraph (l)(5) (i) and

(ii). Additional guidelines for conducting medical exams are contained

in appendix C.

(v) If the physician finds that significant irritation of the mucosa of the

eyes or of the upper airways, respiratory sensitization, dermal irritation, or dermal sensitization result

from workplace formaldehyde exposure

and recommends restrictions or removal, the employer shall promptly

comply with the restrictions or recommendation of removal. In the event

of a recommendation of removal, the

employer shall remove the effected employee from the current formaldehyde

exposure and if possible, transfer the

employee to work having no or significantly less exposure to formaldehyde.

(vi) When an employee is removed

pursuant to paragraph (l)(8)(v), the employer shall transfer the employee to

comparable work for which the employee is qualified or can be trained in

a short period (up to 6 months), where

the formaldehyde exposures are as low

as possible, but not higher than the action level. The employeer shall maintain the employee’s current earnings,

seniority, and other benefits. If there is

no such work available, the employer

shall maintain the employee’s current

earnings, seniority and other benefits

until such work becomes available,

until the employee is determined to be

unable to return to workplace formaldehyde exposure, until the employee

is determined to be able to return to

the original job status, or for six

months, whichever comes first.

(vii) The employer shall arrange for a

follow-up medical examination to take

place within six months after the employee is removed pursuant to this

paragraph. This examination shall determine if the employee can return to

the original job status, or if the removal is to be permanent. The physician shall make a decision within six

months of the date the employee was

removed as to whether the employee

can be returned to the original job status, or if the removal is to be permanent.

(viii) An employer’s obligation to

provide earnings, seniority and other

benefits to a removed employee may be

reduced to the extent that the employee receives compensation for earnings lost during the period of removal

either from a publicly or employerfunded compensation program or from

employment with another employer

made possible by virtue of the employee’s removal.

(ix) In making determinations of the

formaldehyde content of materials

under this paragraph the employer

may rely on objective data.

(9) Multiple physician review. (i) After

the employer selects the initial physician who conducts any medical examination or consultation to determine

whether medical removal or restriction

is appropriate, the employee may designate a second physician to review

any findings, determinations or recommendations of the initial physician

and to conduct such examinations, consultations, and laboratory tests as the

second physician deems necessary and

appropriate to evaluate the effects of

formaldehyde exposure and to facilitate this review.

(ii) The employer shall promptly notify an employee of the right to seek a

second medical opinion after each occasion that an initial physician conducts a medical examination or consultation for the purpose of medical removal or restriction.

(iii) The employer may condition its

participation in, and payment for, the
361

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

multiple physician review mechanism

upon the employee doing the following

within fifteen (15) days after receipt of

the notification of the right to seek a

second medical opinion, or receipt of

the initial physician’s written opinion,

whichever is later;

(A) The employee informs the employer of the intention to seek a second

medical opinion, and

(B) The employee initiates steps to

make an appointment with a second

physician.

(iv) If the findings, determinations or

recommendations of the second physician differ from those of the initial

physician, then the employer and the

employee shall assure that efforts are

made for the two physicians to resolve

the disagreement. If the two physicians

are unable to quickly resolve their disagreement, then the employer and the

employee through their respective physicians shall designate a third physician who shall be a specialist in the

field at issue:

(A) To review the findings, determinations or recommendations of the

prior physicians; and

(B) To conduct such examinations,

consultations, laboratory tests and discussions with the prior physicians as

the third physician deems necessary to

resolve the disagreement of the prior

physicians.

(v) In the alternative, the employer

and the employee or authorized employee representative may jointly designate such third physician.

(vi) The employer shall act consistent with the findings, determinations and recommendations of the

third physician, unless the employer

and the employee reach an agreement

which is otherwise consistent with the

recommendations of at least one of the

three physicians.

(m) Hazard communication—(1) General. Communication of the hazards associated with formaldehyde in the

workplace shall be governed by the requirements of paragraph (m). The definitions of 29 CFR 1910.1200(c) shall

apply under this paragraph.

(i) The following shall be subject to

the hazard communication requirements of this paragraph: Formaldehyde

gas, all mixtures or solutions composed

of greater than 0.1 percent formaldehyde, and materials capable of releasing formaldehyde into the air, under

reasonably foreseeable conditions of

use, at concentrations reaching or exceeding 0.1 ppm.

(ii) As a minimum, specific health

hazards that the employer shall address are: Cancer, irritation and sensitization of the skin and respiratory

system, eye and throat irritation, and

acute toxicity.

(2) Manufacturers and importers who

produce or import formaldehyde or

formaldehyde-containing products

shall provide downstream employers

using or handling these products with

an objective determination through the

required labels and MSDSs if these

items may constitute a health hazard

within the meaning of 29 CFR

1910.1200(d) under normal conditions of

use.

(3) Labels. (i) The employer shall assure that hazard warning labels complying with the requirements of 29 CFR

1910.1200(f) are affixed to all containers

of materials listed in paragraph

(m)(1)(i), except to the extent that 29

CFR 1910.1200(f) is inconsistent with

this paragraph.

(ii) Information on labels. As a minimum, for all materials listed in paragraph (m)(1)(i) capable of releasing

formaldehyde at levels of 0.1 ppm to 0.5

ppm, labels shall identify that the

product contains formaldehyde; list the

name and address of the responsible

party; and state that physical and

health hazard information is readily

available from the employer and from

material safety data sheets.

(iii) For materials listed in paragraph (m)(1)(i) capable of releasing

formaldehyde at levels above 0.5 ppm,

labels shall appropriately address all

hazards as defined in 29 CFR

1910.1200(d) and 29 CFR 1910.1200 appendices A and B, including respiratory

sensitization, and shall contain the

words ‘‘Potential Cancer Hazard.’’

(iv) In making the determinations of

anticipated levels of formaldehyde release, the employer may rely on objective data indicating the extent of potential formaldehyde release under reasonably foreseeable conditions of use.

(v) Substitute warning labels. The employer may use warning labels required
362

§ 1910.1048 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

by other statutes, regulations, or ordinances which impart the same information as the warning statements required by this paragraph.

(4) Material safety data sheets. (i) Any

employer who uses formaldehyde-containing materials listed in paragraph

(m)(1)(i) shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(g) with regard to the development and updating

of material safety data sheets.

(ii) Manufacturers, importers, and

distributors of formaldehyde-containing materials listed in paragraph

(m)(1)(i) shall assure that material

safety data sheets and updated information are provided to all employers

purchasing such materials at the time

of the initial shipment and at the time

of the first shipment after a material

safety data sheet is updated.

(5) Written hazard communication program. The employer shall develop, implement, and maintain at the workplace, a written hazard communication

program for formaldehyde exposures in

the workplace, which at a minimum

describes how the requirements specified in this paragraph for labels and

other forms of warning and material

safety data sheets, and paragraph (n)

for employee information and training,

will be met. Employers in multi-employer workplaces shall comply with

the requirements of 29 CFR

1910.1200(e)(2).

(n) Employee information and training—(1) Participation. The employer

shall assure that all employees who are

assigned to workplaces where there is

exposure to formaldehyde participate

in a training program, except that

where the employer can show, using

objective data, that employees are not

exposed to formaldehyde at or above 0.1

ppm, the employer is not required to

provide training.

(2) Frequency. Employers shall provide such information and training to

employees at the time of initial assignment, and whenever a new exposure to

formaldehyde is introduced into the

work area. The training shall be repeated at least annually.

(3) Training program. The training

program shall be conducted in a manner which the employee is able to understand and shall include:

(i) A discussion of the contents of

this regulation and the contents of the

Material Safety Data Sheet.

(ii) The purpose for and a description

of the medical surveillance program required by this standard, including:

(A) A description of the potential

health hazards associated with exposure to formaldehyde and a description

of the signs and symptoms of exposure

to formaldehyde.

(B) Instructions to immediately report to the employer the development

of any adverse signs or symptoms that

the employee suspects is attributable

to formaldehyde exposure.

(iii) Description of operations in the

work area where formaldehyde is

present and an explanation of the safe

work practices appropriate for limiting

exposure to formaldehyde in each job;

(iv) The purpose for, proper use of,

and limitations of personal protective

clothing and equipment;

(v) Instructions for the handling of

spills, emergencies, and clean-up procedures;

(vi) An explanation of the importance

of engineering and work practice controls for employee protection and any

necessary instruction in the use of

these controls; and

(vii) A review of emergency procedures including the specific duties or

assignments of each employee in the

event of an emergency.

(4) Access to training materials. (i) The

employer shall inform all affected employees of the location of written

training materials and shall make

these materials readily available, without cost, to the affected employees.

(ii) The employer shall provide, upon

request, all training materials relating

to the employee training program to

the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(o) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure measurements. The employer shall establish

and maintain an accurate record of all

measurements taken to monitor employee exposure to formaldehyde. This

record shall include:

(i) The date of measurement;

(ii) The operation being monitored;

(iii) The methods of sampling and

analysis and evidence of their accuracy

and precision;
363

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

(iv) The number, durations, time, and

results of samples taken;

(v) The types of protective devices

worn; and

(vi) The names, job classifications,

social security numbers, and exposure

estimates of the employees whose exposures are represented by the actual

monitoring results.

(2) Exposure determinations. Where the

employer has determined that no monitoring is required under this standard,

the employer shall maintain a record

of the objective data relied upon to

support the determination that no employee is exposed to formaldehyde at or

above the action level.

(3) Medical surveillance. The employer

shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee subject

to medical surveillance under this

standard. This record shall include:

(i) The name and social security

number of the employee;

(ii) The physician’s written opinion;

(iii) A list of any employee health

complaints that may be related to exposure to formaldehyde; and

(iv) A copy of the medical examination results, including medical disease

questionnaires and results of any medical tests required by the standard or

mandated by the examining physician.

(4) Respirator fit testing. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain accurate records for employees subject to

negative pressure respirator fit testing

required by this standard.

(ii) This record shall include:

(A) A copy of the protocol selected

for respirator fit testing.

(B) A copy of the results of any fit

testing performed.

(C) The size and manufacturer of the

types of respirators available for selection.

(D) The date of the most recent fit

testing, the name and social security

number of each tested employee, and

the respirator type and facepiece selected.

(5) Record retention. The employer

shall retain records required by this

standard for at least the following periods:

(i) Exposure records and determinations shall be kept for at least 30 years.

(ii) Medical records shall be kept for

the duration of employment plus 30

years.

(iii) Respirator fit testing records

shall be kept until replaced by a more

recent record.

(6) Availability of records. (i) Upon request, the employer shall make all

records maintained as a requirement of

this standard available for examination

and copying to the Assistant Secretary

and the Director.

(ii) The employer shall make employee exposure records, including estimates made from representative monitoring and available upon request for

examination, and copying to the subject employee, or former employee, and

employee representatives in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a)–(e) and (g)–

(i).

(iii) Employee medical records required by this standard shall be provided upon request for examination and

coying, to the subject employee or

former employee or to anyone having

the specific written consent of the subject employee or former employee in

accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a)–(e)

and (g)–(i).

(p) Dates—(1) Effective dates—(i) General. This section shall become effective February 2, 1988, except as noted

below.

(ii) Laboratories. This standard shall

become effective for anatomy, histology, and pathology laboratories

February 2, 1988, except as noted in the

start-up date section. For all other laboratories, paragraphs (a) and (c) of this

standard shall become effective February 2, 1988, and paragraphs (b) and

(d)–(o) of this standard shall become effective on September 1, 1988 except as

noted in the start-up date section.

(2) Start-up dates—(i) Exposure determinations. Initial monitoring or objective determinations that no monitoring is required by the standard shall

be completed by 6 months after the effective date of the standard.

(ii) Medical surveillance. The initial

medical surveillance of all eligible employees shall be completed by 6 months

after the effective date of the standard.

(iii) Emergencies. The emergency procedures required by this standard shall

be implemented by 6 months after the

effective date of the standard.
364

§ 1910.1048 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(iv) Respiratory protection. Respiratory protection as required in this

standard shall be provided as soon as

possible and no later than 9 months

after the effective date of the standard.

(v) Engineering and work practice controls. Engineering and work practice

controls required by this standard shall

be implemented as soon as possible, but

no later than one year after the effective date of the standard.

(vi) Employee training. Written materials for employee training shall be updated as soon as possible, but no later

than 2 months after the effective date

of the standard.

(3) Start-up dates of amended paragraphs—(i) Respiratory protection. Respiratory protection required to meet

the amended PEL of 0.75 ppm TWA

shall be provided as soon as possible

but no later than September 24, 1992.

(ii) Engineering and work practice controls. Engineering and work practice

controls required to meet the amended

PEL of 0.75 ppm TWA shall be implemented as soon as possible, but no

later than June 26, 1993.

(iii) Medical removal protection. The

medical removal protection provisions

including the multiple physician review mechanism shall be implemented

no later than December 28, 1992.

(iv) Hazard communication. The labeling provisions contained in amended

paragraph (m) of this standard shall be

implemented no later than December

28, 1992. Labeling of containers of formaldehyde products shall continue to

comply with the provisions of 29 CFR

1910.1200 (e)–(j) until that time.

(v) Training. The periodic training

mandated for all employees exposed to

formaldehyde between 0.1 ppm and 0.5

ppm shall begin no later than August

25, 1992.

APPENDIX A TO §1910.1048—SUBSTANCE

TECHNICAL GUIDELINES FOR FORMALIN

The following Substance Technical Guideline for Formalin provides information on

uninhibited formalin solution (37% formaldehyde, no methanol stabilizer). It is designed

to inform employees at the production level

of their rights and duties under the formaldehyde standard whether their job title defines them as workers or supervisors. Much

of the information provided is general; however, some information is specific for formalin. When employee exposure to formaldehyde is from resins capable of releasing

formaldehyde, the resin itself and other impurities or decomposition products may also

be toxic, and employers should include this

information as well when informing employees of the hazards associated with the materials they handle. The precise hazards associated with exposure to formaldehyde depend

both on the form (solid, liquid, or gas) of the

material and the concentration of formaldehyde present. For example, 37–50 percent solutions of formaldehyde present a much

greater hazard to the skin and eyes from

spills or splashes than solutions containing

less than 1 percent formaldehyde. Individual

Substance Technical Guidelines used by the

employer for training employees should be

modified to properly give information on the

material actually being used.

Substance Identification

Chemical Name: Formaldehyde

Chemical Family: Aldehyde

Chemical Formula: HCHO

Molecular Weight: 30.03

Chemical Abstracts Service Number (CAS Number): 50–00–0

Synonyms: Formalin; Formic Aldehyde;

Paraform; Formol; Formalin (Methanolfree); Fyde; Formalith; Methanal; Methyl

Aldehyde; Methylene Glycol; Methylene

Oxide; Tetraoxymethalene; Oxomethane;

Oxymethylene

Components and Contaminants

Percent: 37.0 Formaldehyde

Percent: 63.0 Water

(NOTE— Inhibited solutions contain methanol.)

Other Contaminants: Formic acid (alcohol

free)

Exposure Limits:

OSHA TWA—0.75 ppm

OSHA STEL—2 ppm

Physical Data

Description: Colorless liquid, pungent odor

Boiling point: 214 °F (101 °C)

Specific Gravity: 1.08 (H2 O=1 @ 20 °C)

pH: 2.8–4.0

Solubility in Water: Miscible

Solvent Solubility: Soluble in alcohol and acetone

Vapor Density: 1.04 (Air=1 @ 20 °C)

Odor Threshold: 0.8–1 ppm

Fire and Explosion Hazard

Moderate fire and explosion hazard when

exposed to heat or flame.

The flash point of 37% formaldehyde solutions is above normal room temperature, but

the explosion range is very wide, from 7 to

73% by volume in air.
365

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

Reaction of formaldehyde with nitrogen dioxide, nitromethane, perchloric acid and aniline, or peroxyformic acid yields explosive

compounds.

Flash Point: 185 °F (85 °C) closed cup

Lower Explosion Limit: 7%

Upper Explosion Limit: 73%

Autoignition Temperature: 806 °F (430 °C)

Flammability Class (OSHA): III A

Extinguishing Media: Use dry chemical, ‘‘alcohol foam’’, carbon dioxide, or water in

flooding amounts as fog. Solid streams may

not be effective. Cool fire-exposed containers

with water from side until well after fire is

out.

Use of water spray to flush spills can also

dilute the spill to produce nonflammable

mixtures. Water runoff, however, should be

contained for treatment.

National Fire Protection Association Section

325M Designation:

Health: 2—Materials hazardous to health,

but areas may be entered with full-faced

mask self-contained breathing apparatus

which provides eye protection.

Flammability: 2—Materials which must be

moderately heated before ignition will occur.

Water spray may be used to extinguish the

fire because the material can be cooled below

its flash point.

Reactivity: D—Materials which (in themselves) are normally stable even under fire

exposure conditions and which are not reactive with water. Normal fire fighting procedures may be used.

Reactivity

Stability: Formaldehyde solutions may selfpolymerize to form paraformaldehyde which

precipitates.

Incompatibility (Materials to Avoid): Strong

oxidizing agents, caustics, strong alkalies,

isocyanates, anhydrides, oxides, and inorganic acids. Formaldehyde reacts with hydrochloric acid to form the potent carcinogen, bis-chloromethyl ether. Formaldehyde reacts with nitrogen dioxide,

nitromethane, perchloric acid and aniline, or

peroxyformic acid to yield explosive compounds. A violent reaction occurs when

formaldehyde is mixed with strong oxidizers.

Hazardous Combustion or Decomposition

Products: Oxygen from the air can oxidize

formaldehyde to formic acid, especially when

heated. Formic acid is corrosive.

Health Hazard Data

Acute Effects of Exposure

Ingestion (Swallowing): Liquids containing

10 to 40% formaldehyde cause severe irritation and inflammation of the mouth, throat,

and stomach. Severe stomach pains will follow ingestion with possible loss of consciousness and death. Ingestion of dilute formaldehyde solutions (0.03–0.04%) may cause discomfort in the stomach and pharynx.

Inhalation (Breathing): Formaldehyde is

highly irritating to the upper respiratory

tract and eyes. Concentrations of 0.5 to 2.0

ppm may irritate the eyes, nose, and throat

of some individuals. Concentrations of 3 to 5

ppm also cause tearing of the eyes and are

intolerable to some persons. Concentrations

of 10 to 20 ppm cause difficulty in breathing,

burning of the nose and throat, cough, and

heavy tearing of the eyes, and 25 to 30 ppm

causes severe respiratory tract injury leading to pulmonary edema and pneumonitis. A

concentration of 100 ppm is immediately

dangerous to life and health. Deaths from accidental exposure to high concentrations of

formaldehyde have been reported.

Skin (Dermal): Formalin is a severe skin irritant and a sensitizer. Contact with formalin causes white discoloration, smarting,

drying, cracking, and scaling. Prolonged and

repeated contact can cause numbness and a

hardening or tanning of the skin. Previously

exposed persons may react to future exposure with an allergic eczematous dermatitis

or hives.

Eye Contact: Formaldehyde solutions

splashed in the eye can cause injuries ranging from transient discomfort to severe, permanent corneal clouding and loss of vision.

The severity of the effect depends on the

concentration of formaldehyde in the solution and whether or not the eyes are flushed

with water immediately after the accident.

NOTE.— The perception of formaldehyde by

odor and eye irritation becomes less sensitive with time as one adapts to formaldehyde. This can lead to overexposure if a

worker is relying on formaldehyde’s warning

properties to alert him or her to the potential for exposure.

Acute Animal Toxicity:

Oral, rats: LD50=800 mg/kg

Oral, mouse: LD50=42 mg/kg

Inhalation, rats: LCLo=250 mg/kg

Inhalation, mouse: LCLo=900 mg/kg

Inhalation, rats: LC50=590 mg/kg

Chronic Effects of Exposure

Carcinogenicity: Formaldehyde has the potential to cause cancer in humans. Repeated

and prolonged exposure increases the risk.

Various animal experiments have conclusively shown formaldehyde to be a carcinogen in rats. In humans, formaldehyde exposure has been associated with cancers of

the lung, nasopharynx and oropharynx, and

nasal passages.

Mutagenicity: Formaldehyde is genotoxic in

several in vitro test systems showing properties of both an initiator and a promoter.

Toxicity: Prolonged or repeated exposure to

formaldehyde may result in respiratory impairment. Rats exposed to formaldehyde at 2

ppm developed benign nasal tumors and
366

§ 1910.1048 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

changes of the cell structure in the nose as

well as inflamed mucous membranes of the

nose. Structural changes in the epithelial

cells in the human nose have also been observed. Some persons have developed asthma

or bronchitis following exposure to formaldehyde, most often as the result of an accidental spill involving a single exposure to a

high concentration of formaldehyde.

Emergency and First Aid Procedures

Ingestion (Swallowing): If the victim is conscious, dilute, inactivate, or absorb the ingested formaldehyde by giving milk, activated charcoal, or water. Any organic material will inactivate formaldehyde. Keep affected person warm and at rest. Get medical

attention immediately. If vomiting occurs,

keep head lower than hips.

Inhalation (Breathing): Remove the victim

from the exposure area to fresh air immediately. Where the formaldehyde concentration may be very high, each rescuer must

put on a self-contained breathing apparatus

before attempting to remove the victim, and

medical personnel should be informed of the

formaldehyde exposure immediately. If

breathing has stopped, give artificial respiration. Keep the affected person warm and at

rest. Qualified first-aid or medical personnel

should administer oxygen, if available, and

maintain the patient’s airways and blood

pressure until the victim can be transported

to a medical facility. If exposure results in a

highly irritated upper respiratory tract and

coughing continues for more than 10 minutes, the worker should be hospitalized for

observation and treatment.

Skin Contact: Remove contaminated clothing (including shoes) immediately. Wash the

affected area of your body with soap or mild

detergent and large amounts of water until

no evidence of the chemical remains (at least

15 to 20 minutes). If there are chemical

burns, get first aid to cover the area with

sterile, dry dressing, and bandages. Get medical attention if you experience appreciable

eye or respiratory irritation.

Eye Contact: Wash the eyes immediately

with large amounts of water occasionally

lifting lower and upper lids, until no evidence of chemical remains (at least 15 to 20

minutes). In case of burns, apply sterile bandages loosely without medication. Get medical attention immediately. If you have experienced appreciable eye irritation from a

splash or excessive exposure, you should be

referred promptly to an opthamologist for

evaluation.

Emergency Procedures

Emergencies: If you work in an area where

a large amount of formaldehyde could be released in an accident or from equipment failure, your employer must develop procedures

to be followed in event of an emergency. You

should be trained in your specific duties in

the event of an emergency, and it is important that you clearly understand these duties. Emergency equipment must be accessible and you should be trained to use any

equipment that you might need. Formaldehyde contaminated equipment must be

cleaned before reuse.

If a spill of appreciable quantity occurs,

leave the area quickly unless you have specific emergency duties. Do not touch spilled

material. Designated persons may stop the

leak and shut off ignition sources if these

procedures can be done without risk. Designated persons should isolate the hazard

area and deny entry except for necessary

people protected by suitable protective

clothing and respirators adequate for the exposure. Use water spray to reduce vapors. Do

not smoke, and prohibit all flames or flares

in the hazard area.

Special Firefighting Procedures: Learn procedures and responsibilities in the event of a

fire in your workplace. Become familiar with

the appropriate equipment and supplies and

their location. In firefighting, withdraw immediately in case of rising sound from venting safety device or any discoloration of

storage tank due to fire.

Spill, Leak, and Disposal Procedures

Occupational Spill: For small containers,

place the leaking container in a well ventilated area. Take up small spills with absorbent material and place the waste into properly labeled containers for later disposal.

For larger spills, dike the spill to minimize

contamination and facilitate salvage or disposal. You may be able to neutralize the spill

with sodium hydroxide or sodium sulfite.

Your employer must comply with EPA rules

regarding the clean-up of toxic waste and notify state and local authorities, if required.

If the spill is greater than 1,000 lb/day, it is

reportable under EPA’s Superfund legislation.

Waste Disposal: Your employer must dispose of waste containing formaldehyde in accordance with applicable local, state, and

Federal law and in a manner that minimizes

exposure of employees at the site and of the

clean-up crew.

Monitoring and Measurement Procedures

Monitoring Requirements: If your exposure

to formaldehyde exceeds the 0.5 ppm action

level or the 2 ppm STEL, your employer

must monitor your exposure. Your employer

need not measure every exposure if a ‘‘high

exposure’’ employee can be identified. This

person usually spends the greatest amount of

time nearest the process equipment. If you

are a ‘‘representative employee’’, you will be

asked to wear a sampling device to collect

formaldehyde. This device may be a passive

badge, a sorbent tube attached to a pump, or
367

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

an impinger containing liquid. You should

perform your work as usual, but inform the

person who is conducting the monitoring of

any difficulties you are having wearing the

device.

Evaluation of 8-hour Exposure: Measurements taken for the purpose of determining

time-weighted average (TWA) exposures are

best taken with samples covering the full

shift. Samples collected must be taken from

the employee’s breathing zone air.

Short-term Exposure Evaluation: If there are

tasks that involve brief but intense exposure

to formaldehyde, employee exposure must be

measured to assure compliance with the

STEL. Sample collections are for brief periods, only 15 minutes, but several samples

may be needed to identify the peak exposure.

Monitoring Techniques: OSHA’s only requirement for selecting a method for sampling and analysis is that the methods used

accurately evaluate the concentration of

formaldehyde in employees’ breathing zones.

Sampling and analysis may be performed by

collection of formaldehyde on liquid or solid

sorbents with subsequent chemical analysis.

Sampling and analysis may also be performed by passive diffusion monitors and

short-term exposure may be measured by instruments such as real-time continuous

monitoring systems and portable direct reading instruments.

Notification of Results: Your employer must

inform you of the results of exposure monitoring representative of your job. You may

be informed in writing, but posting the results where you have ready access to them

constitutes compliance with the standard.

Protective Equipment and Clothing

[Material impervious to formaldehyde is

needed if the employee handles formaldehyde

solutions of 1% or more. Other employees

may also require protective clothing or

equipment to prevent dermatitis.]

Respiratory Protection: Use NIOSH-approved

full facepiece negative pressure respirators

equipped with approved cartridges or canisters within the use limitations of these devices. (Present restrictions on cartridges and

canisters do not permit them to be used for

a full workshift.) In all other situations, use

positive pressure respirators such as the

positive-pressure air purifying respirator or

the self-contained breathing apparatus

(SCBA). If you use a negative pressure respirator, your employer must provide you

with fit testing of the respirator at least

once a year in accordance with the procedures outlined in Appendix E.

Protective Gloves: Wear protective (impervious) gloves provided by your employer, at

no cost, to prevent contact with formalin.

Your employer should select these gloves

based on the results of permeation testing

and in accordance with the ACGIH Guidelines for Selection of Chemical Protective

Clothing.

Eye Protection: If you might be splashed in

the eyes with formalin, it is essential that

you wear goggles or some other type of complete protection for the eye. You may also

need a face shield if your face is likely to be

splashed with formalin, but you must not

substitute face shields for eye protection.

(This section pertains to formaldehyde solutions of 1% or more.)

Other Protective Equipment: You must wear

protective (impervious) clothing and equipment provided by your employer at no cost

to prevent repeated or prolonged contact

with formaldehyde liquids. If you are required to change into whole-body chemical

protective clothing, your employer must provide a change room for your privacy and for

storage of your normal clothing.

If you are splashed with formaldehyde, use

the emergency showers and eyewash fountains provided by your employer immediately to prevent serious injury. Report the

incident to your supervisor and obtain necessary medical support.

ENTRY INTO AN IDLH ATMOSPHERE

Enter areas where the formaldehyde concentration might be 100 ppm or more only

with complete body protection including a

self-contained breathing apparatus with a

full facepiece operated in a positive pressure

mode or a supplied air respirator with full

facepiece and operated in a positive pressure

mode. This equipment is essential to protect

your life and health under such extreme conditions.

Engineering Controls

Ventilation is the most widely applied engineering control method for reducing the

concentration of airborne substances in the

breathing zones of workers. There are two

distinct types of ventilation.

Local Exhaust: Local exhaust ventilation is

designed to capture airborne contaminants

as near to the point of generation as possible. To protect you, the direction of contaminant flow must always be toward the

local exhaust system inlet and away from

you.

General (Mechanical): General dilution ventilation involves continuous introduction of

fresh air into the workroom to mix with the

contaminated air and lower your breathing

zone concentration of formaldehyde. Effectiveness depends on the number of air

changes per hour. Where devices emitting

formaldehyde are spread out over a large

area, general dilution ventilation may be the

only practical method of control.

Work Practices: Work practices and administrative procedures are an important part of

a control system. If you are asked to perform
368

§ 1910.1048 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

a task in a certain manner to limit your exposure to formaldehyde, it is extremely important that you follow these procedures.

Medical Surveillance

Medical surveillance helps to protect employees’ health. You are encouraged strongly

to participate in the medical surveillance

program.

Your employer must make a medical surveillance program available at no expense to

you and at a reasonable time and place if

you are exposed to formaldehyde at concentrations above 0.5 ppm as an 8-hour average or 2 ppm over any 15-minute period. You

will be offered medical surveillance at the

time of your initial assignment and once a

year afterward as long as your exposure is at

least 0.5 ppm (TWA) or 2 ppm (STEL). Even

if your exposure is below these levels, you

should inform your employer if you have

signs and symptoms that you suspect,

through your training, are related to your

formaldehyde exposure because you may

need medical surveillance to determine if

your health is being impaired by your exposure.

The surveillance plan includes:

(a) A medical disease questionnaire.

(b) A physical examination if the physician

determines this is necessary.

If you are required to wear a respirator,

your employer must offer you a physical examination and a pulmonary function test

every year.

The physician must collect all information

needed to determine if you are at increased

risk from your exposure to formaldehyde. At

the physician’s discretion, the medical examination may include other tests, such as a

chest x-ray, to make this determination.

After a medical examination the physician

will provide your employer with a written

opinion which includes any special protective measures recommended and any restrictions on your exposure. The physician must

inform you of any medical conditions you

have which would be aggravated by exposure

to formaldehyde.

All records from your medical examinations, including disease surveys, must be retained at your employer’s expense.

EMERGENCIES

If you are exposed to formaldehyde in an

emergency and develop signs or symptoms

associated with acute toxicity from formaldehyde exposure, your employer must provide you with a medical examination as soon

as possible. This medical examination will

include all steps necessary to stabilize your

health. You may be kept in the hospital for

observation if your symptoms are severe to

ensure that any delayed effects are recognized and treated.

APPENDIX B TO § 1910.1048—SAMPLING

STRATEGY AND ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR FORMALDEHYDE

To protect the health of employees, exposure measurements must be unbiased and

representative of employee exposure. The

proper measurement of employee exposure

requires more than a token commitment on

the part of the employer. OSHA’s mandatory

requirements establish a baseline; under the

best of circumstances all questions regarding

employee exposure will be answered. Many

employers, however, will wish to conduct

more extensive monitoring before undertaking expensive commitments, such as engineering controls, to assure that the modifications are truly necessary. The following

sampling strategy, which was developed at

NIOSH by Nelson A. Leidel, Kenneth A.

Busch, and Jeremiah R. Lynch and described

in NIOSH publication No. 77–173 (Occupational Exposure Sampling Strategy Manual)

will assist the employer in developing a

strategy for determining the exposure of his

or her employees.

There is no one correct way to determine

employee exposure. Obviously, measuring

the exposure of every employee exposed to

formaldehyde will provide the most information on any given day. Where few employees

are exposed, this may be a practical solution.

For most employers, however, use of the following strategy will give just as much information at less cost.

Exposure data collected on a single day

will not automatically guarantee the employer that his or her workplace is always in

compliance with the formaldehyde standard.

This does not imply, however, that it is impossible for an employer to be sure that his

or her worksite is in compliance with the

standard. Indeed, a properly designed sampling strategy showing that all employees

are exposed below the PELs, at least with a

95 percent certainty, is compelling evidence

that the exposure limits are being achieved

provided that measurements are conducted

using valid sampling strategy and approved

analytical methods.

There are two PELs, the TWA concentration and the STEL. Most employers will find

that one of these two limits is more critical

in the control of their operations, and OSHA

expects that the employer will concentrate

monitoring efforts on the critical component. If the more difficult exposure is controlled, this information, along with calculations to support the assumptions, should be

adequate to show that the other exposure

limit is also being achieved.
369

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

Sampling Strategy

Determination of the Need for Exposure

Measurements

The employer must determine whether employees may be exposed to concentrations in

excess of the action level. This determination becomes the first step in an employee

exposure monitoring program that minimizes employer sampling burdens while providing adequate employee protection. If employees may be exposed above the action

level, the employer must measure exposure.

Otherwise, an objective determination that

employee exposure is low provides adequate

evidence that exposure potential has been

examined.

The employer should examine all available

relevant information, eg. insurance company

and trade association data and information

from suppliers or exposure data collected

from similar operations. The employer may

also use previously-conducted sampling including area monitoring. The employer must

make a determination relevant to each operation although this need not be on a separate

piece of paper. If the employer can demonstrate conclusively that no employee is

exposed above the action level or the STEL

through the use of objective data, the employer need proceed no further on employee

exposure monitoring until such time that

conditions have changed and the determination is no longer valid.

If the employer cannot determine that employee exposure is less than the action level

and the STEL, employee exposure monitoring will have to be conducted.

Workplace Material Survey

The primary purpose of a survey of raw

material is to determine if formaldehyde is

being used in the work environment and if

so, the conditions under which formaldehyde

is being used.

The first step is to tabulate all situations

where formaldehyde is used in a manner such

that it may be released into the workplace

atmosphere or contaminate the skin. This

information should be available through

analysis of company records and information

on the MSDSs available through provisions

of this standard and the Hazard Communication standard.

If there is an indication from materials

handling records and accompanying MSDSs

that formaldehyde is being used in the following types of processes or work operations,

there may be a potential for releasing formaldehyde into the workplace atmosphere:

(1) Any operation that involves grinding,

sanding, sawing, cutting, crushing, screening, sieving, or any other manipulation of

material that generates formaldehyde-bearing dust

(2) Any processes where there have been

employee complaints or symptoms indicative of exposure to formaldehyde

(3) Any liquid or spray process involving

formaldehyde

(4) Any process that uses formaldehyde in

preserved tissue

(5) Any process that involves the heating

of a formaldehyde-bearing resin.

Processes and work operations that use

formaldehyde in these manners will probably

require further investigation at the worksite

to determine the extent of employee monitoring that should be conducted.

Workplace Observations

To this point, the only intention has been

to provide an indication as to the existence

of potentially exposed employees. With this

information, a visit to the workplace is needed to observe work operations, to identify

potential health hazards, and to determine

whether any employees may be exposed to

hazardous concentrations of formaldehyde.

In many circumstances, sources of formaldehyde can be identified through the sense

of smell. However, this method of detection

should be used with caution because of olfactory fatigue.

Employee location in relation to source of

formaldehyde is important in determining if

an employee may be significantly exposed to

formaldehyde. In most instances, the closer

a worker is to the source, the higher the

probability that a significant exposure will

occur.

Other characteristics should be considered.

Certain high temperature operations give

rise to higher evaporation rates. Locations

of open doors and windows provide natural

ventilation that tend to dilute formaldehyde

emissions. General room ventilation also

provides a measure of control.

Calculation of Potential Exposure

Concentrations

By knowing the ventilation rate in a workplace and the quantity of formaldehyde generated, the employer may be able to determine by calculation if the PELs might be exceeded. To account for poor mixing of formaldehyde into the entire room, locations of

fans and proximity of employees to the work

operation, the employer must include a safety factor. If an employee is relatively close

to a source, particularly if he or she is located downwind, a safety factor of 100 may

be necessary. For other situations, a factor

of 10 may be acceptable. If the employer can

demonstrate through such calculations that

employee exposure does not exceed the action level or the STEL, the employer may

use this information as objective data to

demonstrate compliance with the standard.
370

§ 1910.1048 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

Sampling Strategy

Once the employer determines that there

is a possibility of substantial employee exposure to formaldehyde, the employer is obligated to measure employee exposure.

The next step is selection of a maximum

risk employee. When there are different

processes where employees may be exposed

to formaldehyde, a maximum risk employee

should be selected for each work operation.

Selection of the maximum risk employee

requires professional judgment. The best procedure for selecting the maximum risk employee is to observe employees and select the

person closest to the source of formaldehyde.

Employee mobility may affect this selection;

eg. if the closest employee is mobile in his

tasks, he may not be the maximum risk employee. Air movement patterns and differences in work habits will also affect selection of the maximum risk employee.

When many employees perform essentially

the same task, a maximum risk employee

cannot be selected. In this circumstance, it

is necessary to resort to random sampling of

the group of workers. The objective is to select a subgroup of adequate size so that there

is a high probability that the random sample

will contain at least one worker with high

exposure if one exists. The number of persons

in the group influences the number that need

to be sampled to ensure that at least one individual from the highest 10 percent exposure group is contained in the sample. For

example, to have 90 percent confidence in the

results, if the group size is 10, nine should be

sampled; for 50, only 18 need to be sampled.

If measurement shows exposure to formaldehyde at or above the action level or the

STEL, the employer needs to identify all

other employees who may be exposed at or

above the action level or STEL and measure

or otherwise accurately characterize the exposure of these employees.

Whether representative monitoring or random sampling are conducted, the purpose remains the same—to determine if the exposure of any employee is above the action

level. If the exposure of the most exposed

employee is less than the action level and

the STEL, regardless of how the employee is

identified, then it is reasonable to assume

that measurements of exposure of the other

employees in that operation would be below

the action level and the STEL.

Exposure Measurements

There is no ‘‘best’’ measurement strategy

for all situations. Some elements to consider

in developing a strategy are:

(1) Availability and cost of sampling equipment

(2) Availability and cost of analytic facilities

(3) Availability and cost of personnel to

take samples

(4) Location of employees and work operations

(5) Intraday and interday variations in the

process

(6) Precision and accuracy of sampling and

analytic methods, and

(7) Number of samples needed.

Samples taken for determining compliance

with the STEL differ from those that measure the TWA concentration in important

ways. STEL samples are best taken in a nonrandom fashion using all available knowledge relating to the area, the individual, and

the process to obtain samples during periods

of maximum expected concentrations. At

least three measurements on a shift are generally needed to spot gross errors or mistakes; however, only the highest value represents the STEL.

If an operation remains constant throughout the workshift, a much greater number of

samples would need to be taken over the 32

discrete nonoverlapping periods in an 8-hour

workshift to verify compliance with a STEL.

If employee exposure is truly uniform

throughout the workshift, however, an employer in compliance with the l ppm TWA

would be in compliance with the 2 ppm

STEL, and this determination can probably

be made using objective data.

Need to Repeat the Monitoring Strategy

Interday and intraday fluctuations in employee exposure are mostly influenced by the

physical processes that generate formaldehyde and the work habits of the employee.

Hence, in-plant process variations influence

the employer’s determination of whether or

not additional controls need to be imposed.

Measurements that employee exposure is low

on a day that is not representative of worst

conditions may not provide sufficient information to determine whether or not additional engineering controls should be installed to achieve the PELs.

The person responsible for conducting sampling must be aware of systematic changes

which will negate the validity of the sampling results. Systematic changes in formaldehyde exposure concentration for an employee can occur due to:

(1) The employee changing patterns of

movement in the workplace

(2) Closing of plant doors and windows

(3) Changes in ventilation from season to

season

(4) Decreases in ventilation efficiency or

abrupt failure of engineering control equipment

(5) Changes in the production process or

work habits of the employee.

Any of these changes, if they may result in

additional exposure that reaches the next

level of action (i.e. 0.5 or 1.0 ppm as an 8-hr

average or 2 ppm over 15 minutes) require
371

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

the employer to perform additional monitoring to reassess employee exposure.

A number of methods are suitable for

measuring employee exposure to formaldehyde or for characterizing emissions within

the worksite. The preamble to this standard

describes some methods that have been widely used or subjected to validation testing. A

detailed analytical procedure derived from

the OSHA Method 52 for acrolein and formaldehyde is presented below for informational purposes.

Inclusion of OSHA’s method in this appendix in no way implies that it is the only acceptable way to measure employee exposure

to formaldehyde. Other methods that are

free from significant interferences and that

can determine formaldehyde at the permissible exposure limits within ±25 percent of

the ‘‘true’’ value at the 95 percent confidence

level are also acceptable. Where applicable,

the method shou1d a1so be capab1e of measuring formaldehyde at the action level to ±35

percent of the ‘‘true’’ value with a 95 percent

confidence level. OSHA encourages

emp1oyers to choose methods that will be

best for their individual needs. The employer

must exercise caution, however, in choosing

an appropriate method since some techniques suffer from interferences that are

likely to be present in workplaces of certain

industry sectors where formaldehyde is used.

OSHA’s Analytical Laboratory Method

Method No: 52

Matrix: Air

Target Concentration: 1 ppm (1.2 mg/m3)

Procedures: Air samples are collected by

drawing known volumes of air through

sampling tubes containing XAD–2 adsorbent which have been coated with 2-

(hydroxymethyl) piperidine. The samples

are desorbed with toluene and then analyzed by gas chromatography using a nitrogen selective detector.

Recommended Sampling Rate and Air Volumes:

0.1 L/min and 24 L

Reliable Quantitation Limit:16 ppb (20 μg/m3)

Standard Error of Estimate at the Target Concentration: 7.3%

Status of the Method: A sampling and analytical method that has been subjected to the

established evaluation procedures of the

Organic Methods Evaluation Branch.

Date: March 1985

1. General Discussion

1.1 Background: The current OSHA method for collecting acrolein vapor recommends

the use of activated 13X molecular sieves.

The samples must be stored in an ice bath

during and after sampling and also they

must be analyzed within 48 hours of collection. The current OSHA method for collecting formaldehyde vapor recommends the

use of bubblers containing 10% methanol in

water as the trapping solution.

This work was undertaken to resolve the

sample stability problems associated with

acrolein and also to eliminate the need to

use bubb1ers to sample formaldehyde. A goal

of this work was to develop and/or to evaluate a common sampling and analytical procedure for acrolein and formaldehyde.

NIOSH has developed independent methodologies for acrolein and formaldehyde

which recommend the use of reagent-coated

adsorbent tubes to collect the aldehydes as

stable derivatives. The formaldehyde sampling tubes contain Chromosorb 102 adsorbent coated with N-benzylethanolamine (BEA)

which reacts with formaldehyde vapor to

form a stable oxazolidine compound. The

acrolein sampling tubes contain XAD–2 adsorbent coated with 2-

(hydroxymethyl)piperidine (2–HMP) which

reacts with acrolein vapor to form a different, stable oxazolidine derivative. Acrolein does not appear to react with BEA to

give a suitable reaction product. Therefore,

the formaldehyde procedure cannot provide a

common method for both aldehydes. However, formaldehyde does react with 2–HMP to

form a very suitable reaction product. It is

the quantitative reaction of acrolein and

formaldehyde with 2–HMP that provides the

basis for this evaluation.

This sampling and analytical procedure is

very similar to the method recommended by

NIOSH for acrolein. Some changes in the

NIOSH methodology were necessary to permit the simultaneous determination of both

aldehydes and also to accommodate OSHA

laboratory equipment and analytical techniques.

1.2 Limit-defining parameters: The analyte

air concentrations reported in this method

are based on the recommended air volume

for each analyte collected separately and a

desorption volume of 1 mL. The amounts are

presented as acrolein and/or formaldehyde,

even though the derivatives are the actual

species analyzed.

1.2.1 Detection limits of the analytical procedure: The detection limit of the analytical

procedure was 386 pg per injection for formaldehyde. This was the amount of analyte

which gave a peak whose height was about

five times the height of the peak given by

the residual formaldehyde derivative in a

typical blank front section of the recommended sampling tube.

1.2.2 Detection limits of the overall procedure: The detection limits of the overall procedure were 482 ng per sample (16 ppb or 20

μg/m3 for formaldehyde). This was the

amount of analyte spiked on the sampling

device which allowed recoveries approximately equal to the detection limit of the

analytical procedure.
372

§ 1910.1048 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

1.2.3 Reliable quantitation limits: The reliable quantitation limit was 482 ng per sample (16 ppb or 20 μg/m3) for formaldehyde.

These were the smallest amounts of analyte

which could be quantitated within the limits

of a recovery of at least 75% and a precision

(±1.96 SD) of ±25% or better.

llllllllllllllllllllllll

The reliable quantitation limit and detection limits reported in the method are based

upon optimization of the instrument for the

smallest possible amount of analyte. When

the target concentration of an analyte is exceptionally higher than these limits, they

may not be attainable at the routine operating parameters.

llllllllllllllllllllllll

1.2.4 Sensitivity: The sensitivity of the analytical procedure over concentration ranges

representing 0.4 to 2 times the target concentration, based on the recommended air

volumes, was 7,589 area units per μg/mL for

formaldehyde. This value was determined

from the slope of the calibration curve. The

sensitivity may vary with the particular instrument used in the analysis.

1.2.5 Recovery: The recovery of formaldehyde from samples used in an 18-day storage

test remained above 92% when the samples

were stored at ambient temperature. These

values were determined from regression lines

which were calculated from the storage data.

The recovery of the analyte from the collection device must be at least 75% following

storage.

1.2.6 Precision (analytical method only): The

pooled coefficient of variation obtained from

replicate determinations of analytical standards over the range of 0.4 to 2 times the target concentration was 0.0052 for formaldehyde (Section 4.3).

1.2.7 Precision (overall procedure): The precision at the 95% confidence level for the ambient temperature storage tests was ±14.3%

for formaldehyde. These values each include

an additional ±5% for sampling error. The

overall procedure must provide results at the

target concentrations that are ±25% at the

95% confidence level.

1.2.8 Reproducibility: Samples collected

from controlled test atmospheres and a draft

copy of this procedure were given to a chemist unassociated with this evaluation. The

formaldehyde samples were analyzed following 15 days storage. The average recovery

was 96.3% and the standard deviation was

1.7%.

1.3 Advantages:

1.3.1 The sampling and analytical procedures permit the simultaneous determination of acrolein and formaldehyde.

1.3.2 Samples are stable following storage

at ambient temperature for at least 18 days.

1.4 Disadvantages: None.

2. Sampling Procedure

2.1 Apparatus:

2.1.1 Samples are collected by use of a

personal sampling pump that can be calibrated to within ±5% of the recommended 0.1

L/min sampling rate with the sampling tube

in line.

2.1.2 Samples are collected with laboratory prepared sampling tubes. The sampling

tube is constructed of silane treated glass

and is about 8-cm long. The ID is 4 mm and

the OD is 6 mm. One end of the tube is tapered so that a glass wool end plug will hold

the contents of the tube in place during sampling. The other end of the sampling tube is

open to its full 4-mm ID to facilitate packing

of the tube. Both ends of the tube are firepolished for safety. The tube is packed with

a 75-mg backup section, located nearest the

tapered end and a 150-mg sampling section of

pretreated XAD–2 adsorbent which has been

coated with 2–HMP. The two sections of

coated adsorbent are separated and retained

with small plugs of silanized glass wool. Following packing, the sampling tubes are

sealed with two 7⁄32 inch OD plastic end caps.

Instructions for the pretreatment and the

coating of XAD–2 adsorbent are presented in

Section 4 of this method.

2.1.3 Sampling tubes, similar to those recommended in this method, are marketed by

Supelco, Inc. These tubes were not available

when this work was initiated; therefore, they

were not evaluated.

2.2 Reagents: None required.

2.3 Technique:

2.3.1 Properly label the sampling tube before sampling and then remove the plastic

end caps.

2.3.2 Attach the sampling tube to the

pump using a section of flexible plastic tubing such that the large, front section of the

sampling tube is exposed directly to the atmosphere. Do not place any tubing ahead of

the sampling tube. The sampling tube should

be attached in the worker’s breathing zone

in a vertical manner such that it does not

impede work performance.

2.3.3 After sampling for the appropriate

time, remove the sampling tube from the

pump and then seal the tube with plastic end

caps.

2.3.4 Include at least one blank for each

sampling set. The blank should be handled in

the same manner as the samples with the exception that air is not drawn through it.

2.3.5 List any potential interferences on

the sample data sheet.

2.4 Breakthrough:

2.4.1 Breakthrough was defined as the relative amount of analyte found on a backup

sample in relation to the total amount of

analyte collected on the sampling train.

2.4.2 For formaldehyde collected from test

atmospheres containing 6 times the PEL, the

average 5% breakthrough air volume was 41
373

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

L. The sampling rate was 0.1 L/min and the

average mass of formaldehyde collected was

250 μg.

2.5 Desorption Efficiency: No desorption efficiency corrections are necessary to compute air sample results because analytical

standards are prepared using coated adsorbent. Desorption efficiencies were determined,

however, to investigate the recoveries of the

analytes from the sampling device. The average recovery over the range of 0.4 to 2 times

the target concentration, based on the recommended air volumes, was 96.2% for formaldehyde. Desorption efficiencies were essentially constant over the ranges studied.

2.6 Recommended Air Volume and Sampling

Rate:

2.6.1 The recommended air volume for

formaldehyde is 24 L.

2.6.2 The recommended sampling rate is

0.1 L/min.

2.7 Interferences:

2.7.1 Any collected substance that is capable of reacting 2-HMP and thereby depleting

the derivatizing agent is a potential interference. Chemicals which contain a carbonyl

group, such as acetone, may be capable or reacting with 2-HMP.

2.7.2 There are no other known interferences to the sampling method.

2.8 Safety Precautions:

2.8.1 Attach the sampling equipment to

the worker in such a manner that it well not

interfere with work performance or safety.

2.8.2 Follow all safety practices that

apply to the work area being sampled.

3. Analytical Procedure

3.1 Apparatus:

3.1.1 A gas chromatograph (GC), equipped

with a nitrogen selective detector. A Hewlett-Packard Model 5840A GC fitted with a

nitrogen-phosphorus flame ionization detector (NPD) was used for this evaluation. Injections were performed using a HewlettPackard Model 7671A automatic sampler.

3.1.2 A GC column capable of resolving

the analytes from any interference. A 6 ft x

1⁄4 in OD (2mm ID) glass GC column containing 10% UCON 50–HB–5100 ∂ 2% KOH on

80/100 mesh Chromosorb W–AW was used for

the evaluation. Injections were performed

on-column.

3.1.3 Vials, glass 2-mL with Teflon-lined

caps.

3.1.4 Volumetric flasks, pipets, and syringes for preparing standards, making dilutions, and performing injections.

3.2 Reagents:

3.2.1 Toluene and dimethylformamide.

Burdick and Jackson solvents were used in

this evaluation.

3.2.2 Helium, hydrogen, and air, GC grade.

3.2.3 Formaldehyde, 37%, by weight, in

water. Aldrich Chemical, ACS Reagent Grade

formaldehyde was used in this evaluation.

3.2.4 Amberlite XAD–2 adsorbent coated

with 2-(hydroxymethyl—piperidine (2-HMP),

10% by weight (Section 4).

3.2.5 Desorbing solution with internal

standard. This solution was prepared by adding 20 μL of dimethylformamide to 100 mL of

toluene.

3.3 Standard preparation:

3.3.1 Formaldehyde: Prepare stock standards by diluting known volumes of 37% formaldehyde solution with methanol. A procedure to determine the formaldehyde content

of these standards is presented in Section 4.

A standard containing 7.7 mg/mL formaldehyde was prepared by diluting 1 mL of the

37% reagent to 50 mL with methanol.

3.3.2 It is recommended that analytical

standards be prepared about 16 hours before

the air samples are to be analyzed in order to

ensure the complete reaction of the analytes

with 2–HMP. However, rate studies have

shown the reaction to be greater than 95%

complete after 4 hours. Therefore, one or two

standards can be analyzed after this reduced

time if sample results are outside the concentration range of the prepared standards.

3.3.3 Place 150-mg portions of coated

XAD–2 adsorbent, from the same lot number

as used to collect the air samples, into each

of several glass 2-mL vials. Seal each vial

with a Teflon-lined cap.

3.3.4 Prepare fresh analytical standards

each day by injecting appropriate amounts

of the diluted analyte directly onto 150-mg

portions of coated adsorbent. It is permissible to inject both acrolein and formaldehyde on the same adsorbent portion. Allow

the standards to stand at room temperature.

A standard, approximately the target levels,

was prepared by injecting 11 μL of the acrolein and 12 μL of the formaldehyde stock

standards onto a single coated XAD–2 adsorbent portion.

3.3.5 Prepare a sufficient number of standards to generate the calibration curves. Analytical standard concentrations should

bracket sample concentrations. Thus, if samples are not in the concentration range of

the prepared standards, additional standards

must be prepared to determine detector response.

3.3.7 Desorb the standards in the same

manner as the samples following the 16-hour

reaction time.

3.4 Sample preparation:

3.4.1 Transfer the 150-mg section of the

sampling tube to a 2-mL vial. Place the 75-

mg section in a separate vial. If the glass

wool plugs contain a significant number of

adsorbent beads, place them with the appropriate sampling tube section. Discard the

glass wool plugs if they do not contain a significant number of adsorbent beads.

3.4.2 Add 1 mL of desorbing solution to

each vial.

3.4.3 Seal the vials with Teflon-lined caps

and then allow them to desorb for one hour.
374

§ 1910.1048 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

Shake the vials by hand with vigorous force

several times during the desorption time.

3.4.4 Save the used sampling tubes to be

cleaned and recycled.

3.5 Analysis:

3.5.1 GC Conditions

Column Temperature:

Bi-level temperature program—First level:

100 to 140 ° C at 4 ° C/min following completion of the first level.

Second level: 140 to 180 ° C at 20 ° C/min following completion of the first level.

Isothermal period: Hold column at 180 ° C

until the recorder pen returns to baseline

(usually about 25 min after injection).

Injector temperature: 180 ° C

Helium flow rate: 30 mL/min (detector response will be reduced if nitrogen is substituted for helium carrier gas).

Injection volume: 0.8 μL

GC column: Six-ft x 1⁄4-in OD (2 mm ID) glass

GC column containing 10% UCON 50–HB–

5100∂2% KOH on 80/100 Chromosorb W–AW.

NPD conditions:

Hydrogen flow rate: 3 mL/min

Air flow rate: 50 mL/min

Detector temperature: 275 ° C

3.5.2 Chromatogram: For an example of a

typical chromatogram, see Figure 4.11 in

OSHA Method 52.

3.5.3 Use a suitable method, such as electronic integration, to measure detector response.

3.5.4 Use an internal standard method to

prepare the calibration curve with several

standard solutions of different concentrations. Prepare the calibration curve daily.

Program the integrator to report results in

μg/mL.

3.5.5 Bracket sample concentrations with

standards.

3.6 Interferences (Analytical)

3.6.1 Any compound with the same general retention time as the analytes and

which also gives a detector response is a potential interference. Possible interferences

should be reported to the laboratory with

submitted samples by the industrial hygienist.

3.6.2 GC parameters (temperature, column, etc.) may be changed to circumvent

interferences.

3.6.3 A useful means of structure designation is GC/MS. It is recommended this procedure be used to confirm samples whenever

possible.

3.6.4 The coated adsorbent usually contains a very small amount of residual formaldehyde derivative (Section 4.8).

3.7 Calculations:

3.7.1 Results are obtained by use of calibration curves. Calibration curves are prepared by plotting detector response against

concentration for each standard. The best

line through the data points is determined

by curve fitting.

3.7.2 The concentration, in μg/mL, for a

particular sample is determined by comparing its detector response to the calibration curve. If either of the analytes is found

on the backup section, it is added to the

amount found on the front section. Blank

corrections should be performed before adding the results together.

3.7.3 The acrolein and/or formaldehyde air

concentration can be expressed using the following equation:

mg/m3=(A)(B)/C

where A=μg/mL from 3.7.2, B=desorption volume, and C=L of air sampled.

No desorption efficiency corrections are required.

3.7.4 The following equation can be used

to convert results in mg/m3 to ppm.

ppm=(mg/m3)(24.45)/MW

where mg/m3=result from 3.7.3, 24.45=molar

volume of an ideal gas at 760 mm Hg and

25 ° C, MW=molecular weight (30.0).

4. Backup Data

4.1 Backup data on detection limits, reliable quantitation limits, sensitivity and precision of the analytical method, breakthrough, desorption efficiency, storage, reproducibility, and generation of test

atmospheres are available in OSHA Method

52, developed by the Organics Methods Evaluation Branch, OSHA Analytical Laboratory, Salt Lake City, Utah.

4.2 Procedure to Coat XAD–2 Adsorbent with

2–HMP:

4.2.1 Apparatus: Soxhlet extraction apparatus, rotary evaporation apparatus, vacuum

dessicator, 1–L vacuum flask, 1–L round-bottomed evaporative flask, 1–L Erlenmeyer

flask, 250-mL Buchner funnel with a coarse

fritted disc, etc.

4.2.2 Reagents:

4.2.2.1 Methanol, isooctane, and toluene.

4.2.2.2 2-(Hydroxymethyl)piperidine.

4.2.2.3 Amberlite XAD–2 non-ionic polymeric adsorbent, 20 to 60 mesh, Aldrich

Chemical XAD–2 was used in this evaluation.

4.2.3 Procedure: Weigh 125 g of crude XAD–

2 adsorbent into a 1–L Erlenmeyer flask. Add

about 200 mL of water to the flask and then

swirl the mixture to wash the adsorbent.

Discard any adsorbent that floats to the top

of the water and then filter the mixture

using a fritted Buchner funnel. Air dry the

adsorbent for 2 minutes. Transfer the adsorbent back to the Erlenmeyer flask and then

add about 200 mL of methanol to the flask.

Swirl and then filter the mixture as before.

Transfer the washed adsorbent back to the

Erlenmeyer flask and then add about 200 mL

of methanol to the flask. Swirl and then filter the mixture as before. Transfer the

washed adsorbent to a 1–L round-bottomed

evaporative flask, add 13 g of 2–HMP and

then 200 mL of methanol, swirl the mixture
375

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

and then allow it to stand for one hour. Remove the methanol at about 40 ° C and reduced pressure using a rotary evaporation

apparatus. Transfer the coated adsorbent to

a suitable container and store it in a vacuum

desiccator at room temperature overnight.

Transfer the coated adsorbent to a Soxhlet

extractor and then extract the material with

toluene for about 24 hours. Discard the contaminated toluene, add methanol in its place

and then continue the Soxhlet extraction for

an additional 4 hours. Transfer the adsorbent

to a weighted 1–L round-bottom evaporative

flask and remove the methanol using the rotary evaporation apparatus. Determine the

weight of the adsorbent and then add an

amount of 2-HMP, which is 10% by weight of

the adsorbent. Add 200 mL of methanol and

then swirl the mixture. Allow the mixture to

stand for one hour. Remove the methanol by

rotary evaporation. Transfer the coated adsorbent to a suitable container and store it

in a vacuum desiccator until all traces of

solvents are gone. Typically, this will take

2–3 days. The coated adsorbent should be protected from contamination. XAD–2 adsorbent

treated in this manner will probably not contain residual acrolein derivative. However,

this adsorbent will often contain residual

formaldehyde derivative levels of about 0.1

μg per 150 mg of adsorbent. If the blank values for a batch of coated adsorbent are too

high, then the batch should be returned to

the Soxhlet extractor, extracted with toluene again and then recoated. This process

can be repeated until the desired blank levels are attained.

The coated adsorbent is now ready to be

packed into sampling tubes. The sampling

tubes should be stored in a sealed container

to prevent contamination. Sampling tubes

should be stored in the dark at room temperature. The sampling tubes should be segregated by coated adsorbent lot number. A

sufficient amount of each lot number of

coated adsorbent should be retained to prepare analytical standards for use with air

samples from that lot number.

4.3 A Procedure to Determine Formaldehyde

by Acid Titration: Standardize the 0.1 N HCl

solution using sodium carbonate and methyl

orange indicator.

Place 50 mL of 0.1 M sodium sulfite and

three drops of thymophthalein indicator into

a 250-mL Erlenmeyer flask. Titrate the contents of the flask to a colorless endpoint

with 0.1 N HCl (usually one or two drops is

sufficient). Transfer 10 mL of the formaldehyde/methanol solution (prepared in 3.3.1)

into the same flask and titrate the mixture

with 0.1 N HCl, again, to a colorless endpoint. The formaldehyde concentration of

the standard may be calculated by the following equation:

Formaldehyde, mg/mL = acid titer acid normality 30.0

mL of sample

× ×

This method is based on the quantitative

liberation of sodium hydroxide when formaldehyde reacts with sodium sulfite to form

the formaldehyde-bisulfite addition product.

The volume of sample may be varied depending on the formaldehyde content but the solution to be titrated must contain excess sodium sulfite. Formaldehyde solutions containing substantial amounts of acid or base

must be neutralized before analysis.

APPENDIX C TO §1910.1048—MEDICAL

SURVEILLANCE—FORMALDEHYDE

I. Health Hazards

The occupational health hazards of formaldehyde are primarily due to its toxic effects after inhalation, after direct contact

with the skin or eyes by formaldehyde in liquid or vapor form, and after ingestion.

II. Toxicology

A. Acute Effects of Exposure

1. Inhalation (breathing): Formaldehyde is

highly irritating to the upper airways. The

concentration of formaldehyde that is immediately dangerous to life and health is 100

ppm. Concentrations above 50 ppm can cause

severe pulmonary reactions within minutes.

These include pulmonary edema, pneumonia,

and bronchial irritation which can result in

death. Concentrations above 5 ppm readily

cause lower airway irritation characterized

by cough, chest tightness and wheezing.

There is some controversy regarding whether

formaldehyde gas is a pulmonary sensitizer

which can cause occupational asthma in a

previously normal individual. Formaldehyde

can produce symptoms of bronchial asthma

in humans. The mechanism may be either

sensitization of the individual by exposure to

formaldehyde or direct irritation by formaldehyde in persons with pre-existing asthma. Upper airway irritation is the most common respiratory effect reported by workers
376

§ 1910.1048 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

and can occur over a wide range of concentrations, most frequently above 1 ppm.

However, airway irritation has occurred in

some workers with exposures to formaldehyde as low as 0.1 ppm. Symptoms of upper

airway irritation include dry or sore throat,

itching and burning sensations of the nose,

and nasal congestion. Tolerance to this level

of exposure may develop within 1–2 hours.

This tolerance can permit workers remaining in an environment of gradually increasing formaldehyde concentrations to be unaware of their increasingly hazardous exposure.

2. Eye contact: Concentrations of formaldehyde between 0.05 ppm and 0.5 ppm produce a

sensation of irritation in the eyes with burning, itching, redness, and tearing. Increased

rate of blinking and eye closure generally

protects the eye from damage at these low

levels, but these protective mechanisms may

interfere with some workers’ work abilities.

Tolerance can occur in workers continuously

exposed to concentrations of formaldehyde

in this range. Accidental splash injuries of

human eyes to aqueous solutions of formaldehyde (formalin) have resulted in a wide

range of ocular injuries including corneal

opacities and blindness. The severity of the

reactions have been directly dependent on

the concentration of formaldehyde in solution and the amount of time lapsed before

emergency and medical intervention.

3. Skin contact: Exposure to formaldehyde

solutions can cause irritation of the skin and

allergic contact dermatitis. These skin diseases and disorders can occur at levels well

below those encountered by many formaldehyde workers. Symptoms include erythema,

edema, and vesiculation or hives. Exposure

to liquid formalin or formaldehyde vapor can

provoke skin reactions in sensitized individuals even when airborne concentrations of

formaldehyde are well below 1 ppm.

4. Ingestion: Ingestion of as little as 30 ml

of a 37 percent solution of formaldehyde (formalin) can result in death. Gastrointestinal

toxicity after ingestion is most severe in the

stomach and results in symptoms which can

include nausea, vomiting, and servere abdominal pain. Diverse damage to other organ

systems including the liver, kidney, spleen,

pancreas, brain, and central nervous systems

can occur from the acute response to ingestion of formaldehyde.

B. Chronic Effects of Exposure

Long term exposure to formaldehyde has

been shown to be associated with an increased risk of cancer of the nose and accessory sinuses, nasopharyngeal and

oropharyngeal cancer, and lung cancer in humans. Animal experiments provide conclusive evidence of a causal relationship between nasal cancer in rats and formaldehyde

exposure. Concordant evidence of carcinogenicity includes DNA binding, genotoxicity

in short-term tests, and cytotoxic changes in

the cells of the target organ suggesting both

preneoplastic changes and a dose-rate effect.

Formaldehyde is a complete carcinogen and

appears to exert an effect on at least two

stages of the carcinogenic process.

III. Surveillance considerations

A. History

1. Medical and occupational history: Along

with its acute irritative effects, formaldehyde can cause allergic sensitization and

cancer. One of the goals of the work history

should be to elicit information on any prior

or additional exposure to formaldehyde in either the occupational or the non-occupational setting.

2. Respiratory history: As noted above, formaldehyde has recognized properties as an airway irritant and has been reported by some

authors as a cause of occupational asthma.

In addition, formaldehyde has been associated with cancer of the entire respiratory

system of humans. For these reasons, it is

appropriate to include a comprehensive review of the respiratory system in the medical history. Components of this history

might include questions regarding dyspnea

on exertion, shortness of breath, chronic airway complaints, hyperreactive airway disease, rhinitis, bronchitis, bronchiolitis, asthma, emphysema, respiratory allergic reaction, or other preexisting pulmonary disease.

In addition, generalized airway hypersensitivity can result from exposures to a

single sensitizing agent. The examiner

should, therefore, elicit any prior history of

exposure to pulmonary irritants, and any

short- or long-term effects of that exposure.

Smoking is known to decrease mucociliary

clearance of materials deposited during respiration in the nose and upper airways. This

may increase a worker’s exposure to inhaled

materials such as formaldehyde vapor. In addition, smoking is a potential confounding

factor in the investigation of any chronic

respiratory disease, including cancer. For

these reasons, a complete smoking history

should be obtained.

3. Skin Disorders: Because of the dermal irritant and sensitizing effects of formaldehyde, a history of skin disorders should be

obtained. Such a history might include the

existence of skin irritation, previously documented skin sensitivity, and other dermatologic disorders. Previous exposure to formaldehyde and other dermal sensitizers should

be recorded.

4. History of atopic or allergic diseases: Since

formaldehyde can cause allergic sensitization of the skin and airways, it might be useful to identify individuals with prior allergen

sensitization. A history of atopic disease and

allergies to formaldehyde or any other substances should also be obtained. It is not

definitely known at this time whether atopic
377

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

diseases and allergies to formaldehyde or

any other substances should also be obtained. Also it is not definitely known at

this time whether atopic individuals have a

greater propensity to develop formaldehyde

sensitivity than the general population, but

identification of these individuals may be

useful for ongoing surveillance.

5. Use of disease questionnaires: Comparison

of the results from previous years with

present results provides the best method for

detecting a general deterioration in health

when toxic signs and symptoms are measured subjectively. In this way recall bias

does not affect the results of the analysis.

Consequently, OSHA has determined that

the findings of the medical and work histories should be kept in a standardized form

for comparison of the year-to-year results.

B. Physical Examination

1. Mucosa of eyes and airways: Because of

the irritant effects of formaldehyde, the examining physician should be alert to evidence of this irritation. A speculum examination of the nasal mucosa may be helpful

in assessing possible irritation and cytotoxic

changes, as may be indirect inspection of the

posterior pharynx by mirror.

2. Pulmonary system: A conventional respiratory examination, including inspection

of the thorax and auscultation and percussion of the lung fields should be performed as

part of the periodic medical examination. Although routine pulmonary function testing

is only required by the standard once every

year for persons who are exposed over the

TWA concentration limit, these tests have

an obvious value in investigating possible

respiratory dysfunction and should be used

wherever deemed appropriate by the physician. In cases of alleged formaldehyde-induced airway disease, other possible causes

of pulmonary disfunction (including exposures to other substances) should be ruled

out. A chest radiograph may be useful in

these circumstances. In cases of suspected

airway hypersensitivity or allergy, it may be

appropriate to use bronchial challenge testing with formaldehyde or methacholine to

determine the nature of the disorder. Such

testing should be performed by or under the

supervision of a physician experienced in the

procedures involved.

3. Skin: The physician should be alert to

evidence of dermal irritation of sensitization, including reddening and inflammation,

urticaria, blistering, scaling, formation of

skin fissures, or other symptoms. Since the

integrity of the skin barrier is compromised

by other dermal diseases, the presence of

such disease should be noted. Skin sensitivity testing carries with it some risk of inducing sensitivity, and therefore, skin testing for formaldehyde sensitivity should not

be used as a routine screening test. Sensitivity testing may be indicated in the investigation of a suspected existing sensitivity.

Guidelines for such testing have been prepared by the North American Contact Dermatitis Group.

C. Additional Examinations or Tests

The physician may deem it necessary to

perform other medical examinations or tests

as indicated. The standard provides a mechanism whereby these additional investigations are covered under the standard for occupational exposure to formaldehyde.

D. Emergencies

The examination of workers exposed in an

emergency should be directed at the organ

systems most likely to be affected. Much of

the content of the examination will be similar to the periodic examination unless the

patient has received a severe acute exposure

requiring immediate attention to prevent serious consequences. If a severe overexposure

requiring medical intervention or hospitalization has occurred, the physician

must be alert to the possibility of delayed

symptoms. Followup nonroutine examinations may be necessary to assure the patient’s well-being.

E. Employer Obligations

The employer is required to provide the

physician with the following information: A

copy of this standard and appendices A, C, D,

and E; a description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to his or her exposure concentration; an estimate of the employee’s exposure including duration (e.g. 15

hr/wk, three 8-hour shifts, full-time); a description of any personal protective equipment, including respirators, used by the employee; and the results of any previous medical determinations for the affected employee related to formaldehyde exposure to

the extent that this information is within

the employer’s control.

F. Physician’s Obligations

The standard requires the employer to obtain a written statement from the physician.

This statement must contain the physician’s

opinion as to whether the employee has any

medical condition which would place him or

her at increased risk of impaired health from

exposure to formaldehyde or use of respirators, as appropriate. The physician must

also state his opinion regarding any restrictions that should be placed on the employee’s exposure to formaldehyde or upon the

use of protective clothing or equipment such

as respirators. If the employee wears a respirator as a result of his or her exposure to

formaldehyde, the physician’s opinion must

also contain a statement regarding the suitability of the employee to wear the type of

respirator assigned. Finally, the physician

must inform the employer that the employee
378

§ 1910.1048 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

has been told the results of the medical examination and of any medical conditions

which require further explanation or treatment. This written opinion is not to contain

any information on specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure to

formaldehyde.

The purpose in requiring the examining

physician to supply the employer with a

written opinion is to provide the employer

with a medical basis to assist the employer

in placing employees initially, in assuring

that their health is not being inpaired by

formaldehyde, and to assess the employee’s

ability to use any required protective equipment.

APPENDIX D TO § 1910.1048—NONMANDATORY MEDICAL DISEASE QUESTIONNAIRE

A. Identification

Plant Name lllllllllllllllll

Date lllllllllllllllllllll

Employee Name lllllllllllllll

S.S. # llllllllllllllllllll

Job Title llllllllllllllllll

Birthdate: llllllllllllllllll

Age: lllllllllllllllllllll

Sex: lllllllllllllllllllll

Height: lllllllllllllllllll

Weight: lllllllllllllllllll

B. Medical History

1. Have you ever been in the hospital as a patient?

Yes b No b

If yes, what kind of problem were you having? llllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

2. Have you ever had any kind of operation?

Yes b No b

If yes, what kind? llllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

3. Do you take any kind of medicine regularly?

Yes b No b

If yes, what kind? llllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

4. Are you allergic to any drugs, foods, or

chemicals?

Yes b No b

If yes, what kind of allergy is it? llllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

What causes the allergy? llllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

5. Have you ever been told that you have

asthma, hayfever, or sinusitis?

Yes b No b

6. Have you ever been told that you have emphysema, bronchitis, or any other respiratory problems?

Yes b No b

7. Have you ever been told you had hepatitis?

Yes b No b

8. Have you ever been told that you had cirrhosis?

Yes b No b

9. Have you ever been told that you had cancer?

Yes b No b

10. Have you ever had arthritis or joint pain?

Yes b No b

11. Have you ever been told that you had

high blood pressure?

Yes b No b

12. Have you ever had a heart attack or heart

trouble?

Yes b No b

B–1. Medical History Update

1. Have you been in the hospital as a patient

any time within the past year?

Yes b No b

If so, for what condition? llllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

2. Have you been under the care of a physician during the past year?

Yes b No b

If so, for what condition? llllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

3. Is there any change in your breathing

since last year?

Yes b No b

Better? lllllllllllllllllll

Worse? lllllllllllllllllll

No change? lllllllllllllllll

If change, do you know why? llllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

4. Is your general health different this year

from last year?

Yes b No b

If different, in what way? llllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

5. Have you in the past year or are you now

taking any medication on a regular

basis?

Yes b No b

Name Rx llllllllllllllllll

Condition being treated lllllllllll

C. Occupational History

1. How long have you worked for your

present employer?

llllllllllllllllllllllll

2. What jobs have you held with this employer? Include job title and length of

time in each job.

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

3. In each of these jobs, how many hours a

day were you exposed to chemicals?

llllllllllllllllllllllll

4. What chemicals have you worked with

most of the time?

llllllllllllllllllllllll

5. Have you ever noticed any type of skin

rash you feel was related to your work?
379

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

Yes b No b

6. Have you ever noticed that any kind of

chemical makes you cough?

Yes b No b∠

Wheeze?

Yes b No b

Become short of breath or cause your chest

to become tight?

Yes b No b

7. Are you exposed to any dust or chemicals

at home?

Yes b No b

If yes, explain: lllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

8. In other jobs, have you ever had exposure

to:

Wood dust?

Yes b No b

Nickel or chromium?

Yes b No b

Silica (foundry, sand blasting)?

Yes b No b

Arsenic or asbestos?

Yes b No b

Organic solvents?

Yes b No b

Urethane foams?

Yes b No b

C–1. Occupational History Update

1. Are you working on the same job this year

as you were last year?

Yes b No b

If not, how has your job changed? lllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

2. What chemicals are you exposed to on

your job?

llllllllllllllllllllllll

3. How many hours a day are you exposed to

chemicals?

llllllllllllllllllllllll

4. Have you noticed any skin rash within the

past year you feel was related to your

work?

Yes b No b

If so, explain circumstances: llllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

5. Have you noticed that any chemical

makes you cough, be short of breath, or

wheeze?

Yes b No b

If so, can you identify it? llllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

D. Miscellaneous

1. Do you smoke?

Yes b No b

If so, how much and for how long? lllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

Pipe lllllllllllllllllllll

Cigars llllllllllllllllllll

Cigarettes llllllllllllllllll

2. Do you drink alcohol in any form?

Yes b No b

If so, how much, how long, and how often?

llllllllllllllllllllllll

3. Do you wear glasses or contact lenses?

Yes b No b

4. Do you get any physical exercise other

than that required to do your job?

Yes b No b

If so, explain: llllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

5. Do you have any hobbies or ‘‘side jobs’’

that require you to use chemicals, such

as furniture stripping, sand blasting, insulation or manufacture of urethane

foam, furniture, etc?

Yes b No b

If so, please describe, giving type of business

or hobby, chemicals used and length of exposures.

llllllllllllllllllllllll

E. Symptoms Questionnaire

1. Do you ever have any shortness of breath?

Yes b No b

If yes, do you have to rest after climbing several flights of stairs?

Yes b No b

If yes, if you walk on the level with people

your own age, do you walk slower than

they do?

Yes b No b

If yes, if you walk slower than a normal

pace, do you have to limit the distance

that you walk?

Yes b No b

If yes, do you have to stop and rest while

bathing or dressing?

Yes b No b

2. Do you cough as much as three months out

of the year?

Yes b No b

If yes, have you had this cough for more than

two years?

Yes b No b

If yes, do you ever cough anything up from

chest?

Yes b No b

3. Do you ever have a feeling of smothering,

unable to take a deep breath, or tightness in your chest?

Yes b No b

If yes, do you notice that this on any particular day of the week?

Yes b No b

If yes, what day or the week?

Yes b No b

If yes, do you notice that this occurs at any

particular place?

Yes b No b

If yes, do you notice that this is worse after

you have returned to work after being off

for several days?

Yes b No b

4. Have you ever noticed any wheezing in

your chest?

Yes b No b

If yes, is this only with colds or other infections?

Yes b No b
380

§ 1910.1050 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

Is this caused by exposure to any kind of

dust or other material?

Yes b No b

If yes, what kind? llllllllllllll

5. Have you noticed any burning, tearing, or

redness of your eyes when you are at

work?

Yes b No b

If so, explain circumstances: llllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

6. Have you noticed any sore or burning

throat or itchy or burning nose when you

are at work?

Yes b No b

If so, explain circumstances: llllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

7. Have you noticed any stuffiness or dryness

of your nose?

Yes b No b

8. Do you ever have swelling of the eyelids or

face?

Yes b No b

9. Have you ever been jaundiced?

Yes b No b

If yes, was this accompanied by any pain?

Yes b No b

10. Have you ever had a tendency to bruise

easily or bleed excessively?

Yes b No b

11. Do you have frequent headaches that are

not relieved by aspirin or tylenol?

Yes b No b

If yes, do they occur at any particular time

of the day or week?

Yes b No b

If yes, when do they occur? lllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

12. Do you have frequent episodes of nervousness or irritability?

Yes b No b

13. Do you tend to have trouble concentrating or remembering?

Yes b No b

14. Do you ever feel dizzy, light-headed, excessively drowsy or like you have been

drugged?

Yes b No b

15. Does your vision ever become blurred?

Yes b No b

16. Do you have numbness or tingling of the

hands or feet or other parts of your body?

Yes b No b

17. Have you ever had chronic weakness or

fatigue?

Yes b No b

18. Have you ever had any swelling of your

feet or ankles to the point where you

could not wear your shoes?

Yes b No b

19. Are you bothered by heartburn or indigestion?

Yes b No b

20. Do you ever have itching, dryness, or

peeling and scaling of the hands?

Yes b No b

21. Do you ever have a burning sensation in

the hands, or reddening of the skin?

Yes b No b

22. Do you ever have cracking or bleeding of

the skin on your hands?

Yes b No b

23. Are you under a physician’s care?

Yes b No b

If yes, for what are you being treated? lll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

24. Do you have any physical complaints

today?

Yes b No b

If yes, explain? lllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

25. Do you have other health conditions not

covered by these questions?

Yes b No b

If yes, explain: lllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

[57 FR 22310, May 27, 1992; 57 FR 27161, June

18, 1992; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 63 FR 1292,

Jan. 8, 1998; 63 FR 20099, Apr. 23, 1998]

§ 1910.1050 Methylenedianiline.

(a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to all occupational exposures to MDA, Chemical Abstracts

Service Registry No. 101–77–9, except as

provided in paragraphs (a)(2) through

(a)(7) of this section.

(2) Except as provided in paragraphs

(a)(8) and (e)(5) of this section, this section does not apply to the processing,

use, and handling of products containing MDA where initial monitoring

indicates that the product is not capable of releasing MDA in excess of the

action level under the expected conditions of processing, use, and handling

which will cause the greatest possible

release; and where no ‘‘dermal exposure

to MDA’’ can occur.

(3) Except as provided in paragraph

(a)(8) of this section, this section does

not apply to the processing, use, and

handling of products containing MDA

where objective data are reasonably relied upon which demonstrate the product is not capable of releasing MDA

under the expected conditions of processing, use, and handling which will

cause the greatest possible release; and

where no ‘‘dermal exposure to MDA’’

can occur.

(4) This section does not apply to the

storage, transportation, distribution or

sale of MDA in intact containers sealed

in such a manner as to contain the

MDA dusts, vapors, or liquids, except

for the provisions of 29 CFR 1910.1200

and paragraph (d) of this section.
381

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1050

(5) This section does not apply to the

construction industry as defined in 29

CFR 1910.12(b). (Exposure to MDA in

the construction industry is covered by

29 CFR 1926.60).

(6) Except as provided in paragraph

(a)(8) of this secton, this section does

not apply to materials in any form

which contain less than 0.1% MDA by

weight or volume.

(7) Except as provided in paragraph

(a)(8) of this section, this section does

not apply to ‘‘finished articles containing MDA.’’

(8) Where products containing MDA

are exempted under paragraphs (a)(2)

through (a)(7) of this section, the employer shall maintain records of the

initial monitoring results or objective

data supporting that exemption and

the basis for the employer’s reliance on

the data, as provided in the recordkeeping provision of paragraph (n) of

this section.

(b) Definitions. For the purpose of this

section, the following definitions shall

apply:

Action level means a concentration of

airborne MDA of 5 ppb as an eight (8)-

hour time-weighted average.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Authorized person means any person

specifically authorized by the employer

whose duties require the person to

enter a regulated area, or any person

entering such an area as a designated

representative of employees, for the

purpose of exercising the right to observe monitoring and measuring procedures under paragraph (o) of this section, or any other person authorized by

the Act or regulations issued under the

Act.

Container means any barrel, bottle,

can, cylinder, drum, reaction vessel,

storage tank, commercial packaging or

the like, but does not include piping

systems.

Dermal exposure to MDA occurs where

employees are engaged in the handling,

application or use of mixtures or materials containing MDA, with any of the

following non-airborne forms of MDA:

(i) Liquid, powdered, granular, or

flaked mixtures containing MDA in

concentrations greater than 0.1% by

weight or volume; and

(ii) Materials other than ‘‘finished articles’’ containing MDA in concentrations greater than 0.1% by weight or

volume.

Director means the Director of the

National Institute for Occupational

Safety and Health, U.S. Department of

Health and Human Services, or designee.

Emergency means any occurrence

such as, but not limited to, equipment

failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment which results

in an unexpected and potentially hazardous release of MDA.

Employee exposure means exposure to

MDA which would occur if the employee were not using respirators or

protective work clothing and equipment.

Finished article containing MDA is defined as a manufactured item:

(i) Which is formed to a specific

shape or design during manufacture;

(ii) Which has end use function(s) dependent in whole or part upon its shape

or design during end use; and

(iii) Where applicable, is an item

which is fully cured by virtue of having

been subjected to the conditions (temperature, time) necessary to complete

the desired chemical reaction.

4,4′ Methylenedianiline or MDA means

the chemical, 4,4′-

diaminodiphenylmethane, Chemical

Abstract Service Registry number 101–

77–9, in the form of a vapor, liquid, or

solid. The definition also includes the

salts of MDA.

Regulated areas means areas where

airborne concentrations of MDA exceed

or can reasonably be expected to exceed, the permissible exposure limits,

or where dermal exposure to MDA can

occur.

STEL means short term exposure

limit as determined by any 15 minute

sample period.

(c) Permissible exposure limits (PEL).

The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of MDA in excess of ten

parts per billion (10 ppb) as an 8-hour

time-weighted average or a STEL of 100

ppb.

(d) Emergency situations—(1) Written

plan. (i) A written plan for emergency
382

§ 1910.1050 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

situations shall be developed for each

workplace where there is a possibility

of an emergency. Appropriate portions

of the plan shall be implemented in the

event of an emergency.

(ii) The plan shall specifically provide that employees engaged in correcting emergency conditions shall be

equipped with the appropriate personal

protective equipment and clothing as

required in paragraphs (h) and (i) of

this section until the emergency is

abated.

(iii) The plan shall specifically include provisions for alerting and evacuating affected employees as well as the

elements prescribed in 29 CFR 1910.38,

‘‘Employee emergency plans and fire

prevention plans.’’

(2) Alerting employees. Where there is

the possibility of employee exposure to

MDA due to an emergency, means shall

be developed to alert promptly those

employees who have the potential to be

directly exposed. Affected employees

not engaged in correcting emergency

conditions shall be evacuated immediately in the event that an emergency

occurs. Means shall also be developed

and implemented for alerting other

employees who may be exposed as a result of the emergency.

(e) Exposure monitoring—(1) General.

(i) Determinations of employee exposure shall be made from breathing zone

air samples that are representative of

each employee’s exposure to airborne

MDA over an eight (8) hour period. Determination of employee exposure to

the STEL shall be made from breathing

zone air samples collected over a 15

minute sampling period.

(ii) Representative employee exposure shall be determined on the basis of

one or more samples representing full

shift exposure for each shift for each

job classification in each work area

where exposure to MDA may occur.

(iii) Where the employer can document that exposure levels are equivalent for similar operations in different

work shifts, the employer shall only be

required to determine representative

employee exposure for that operation

during one shift.

(2) Initial monitoring. Each employer

who has a workplace or work operation

covered by this standard shall perform

initial monitoring to determine accurately the airborne concentrations of

MDA to which employees may be exposed.

(3) Periodic monitoring and monitoring

frequency. (i) If the monitoring required

by paragraph (e)(2) of this section reveals employee exposure at or above

the action level, but at or below the

PELs, the employer shall repeat such

representative monitoring for each

such employee at least every six (6)

months.

(ii) If the monitoring required by

paragraph (e)(2) of this section reveals

employee exposure above the PELs, the

employer shall repeat such monitoring

for each such employee at least every

three (3) months.

(iii) The employer may alter the

monitoring schedule from every three

months to every six months for any

employee for whom two consecutive

measurements taken at least 7 days

apart indicate that the employee exposure has decreased to below the TWA

but above the action level.

(4) Termination of monitoring. (i) If the

initial monitoring required by paragraph (e)(2) of this section reveals employee exposure to be below the action

level, the employer may discontinue

the monitoring for that employee, except as otherwise required by paragraph (e)(5) of this section.

(ii) If the periodic monitoring required by paragraph (e)(3) of this section reveals that employee exposures,

as indicated by at least two consecutive measurements taken at least 7

days apart, are below the action level

the employer may discontinue the

monitoring for that employee, except

as otherwise required by paragraph

(e)(5) of this section.

(5) Additional monitoring. The employer shall institute the exposure

monitoring required under paragraphs

(e)(2) and (e)(3) of this section when

there has been a change in production

process, chemicals present, control

equipment, personnel, or work practices which may result in new or additional exposures to MDA, or when the

employer has any reason to suspect a

change which may result in new or additional exposures.

(6) Accuracy of monitoring. Monitoring

shall be accurate, to a confidence level

of 95 percent, to within plus or minus
383

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1050

25 percent for airborne concentrations

of MDA.

(7) Employee notification of monitoring

results. (i) The employer shall, within

15 working days after the receipt of the

results of any monitoring performed

under this standard, notify each employee of these results, in writing, either individually or by posting of results in an appropriate location that is

accessible to affected employees.

(ii) The written notification required

by paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section

shall contain the corrective action

being taken by the employer to reduce

the employee exposure to or below the

PELs, wherever the PELs are exceeded.

(8) Visual monitoring. The employer

shall make routine inspections of employee hands, face and forearms potentially exposed to MDA. Other potential

dermal exposures reported by the employee must be referred to the appropriate medical personnel for observation. If the employer determines that

the employee has been exposed to MDA

the employer shall:

(i) Determine the source of exposure;

(ii) Implement protective measures

to correct the hazard; and

(iii) Maintain records of the corrective actions in accordance with paragraph (n) of this section.

(f) Regulated areas—(1) Establishment—

(i) Airborne exposures. The employer

shall establish regulated areas where

airborne concentrations of MDA exceed

or can reasonably be expected to exceed, the permissible exposure limits.

(ii) Dermal exposures. Where employees are subject to dermal exposure to

MDA the employer shall establish

those work areas as regulated areas.

(2) Demarcation. Regulated areas shall

be demarcated from the rest of the

workplace in a manner that minimizes

the number of persons potentially exposed.

(3) Access. Access to regulated areas

shall be limited to authorized persons.

(4) Personal protective equipment and

clothing. Each person entering a regulated area shall be supplied with, and

required to use, the appropriate personal protective clothing and equipment in accordance with paragraphs

(h) and (i) of this section.

(5) Prohibited activities. The employer

shall ensure that employees do not eat,

drink, smoke, chew tobacco or gum, or

apply cosmetics in regulated areas.

(g) Methods of compliance—(1) Engineering controls and work practices. (i)

The employer shall institute engineering controls and work practices to reduce and maintain employee exposure

to MDA at or below the PELs except to

the extent that the employer can establish that these controls are not feasible or where the provisions of paragraph (g)(1)(ii) or (h)(1) (i) through (iv)

of this section apply.

(ii) Wherever the feasible engineering

controls and work practices which can

be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the

PELs, the employer shall use them to

reduce employee exposure to the lowest

levels achievable by these controls and

shall supplement them by the use of

respiratory protective devices which

comply with the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.

(2) Compliance program. (i) The employer shall establish and implement a

written program to reduce employee

exposure to or below the PELs by

means of engineering and work practice controls, as required by paragraph

(g)(1) of this section, and by use of respiratory protection where permitted

under this section. The program shall

include a schedule for periodic maintenance (e.g., leak detection) and shall

include the written plan for emergency

situations as specified in paragraph (d)

of this section.

(ii) Upon request this written program shall be furnished for examination and copying to the Assistant Secretary, the Director, affected employees, and designated employee representatives. The employer shall review and, as necessary, update such

plans at least once every 12 months to

make certain they reflect the current

status of the program.

(3) Employee rotation. Employee rotation shall not be permitted as a means

of reducing exposure.

(h) Respiratory protection—(1) General.

For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer

must provide respirators that comply

with the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:
384

§ 1910.1050 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and workpractice controls.

(ii) Work operations for which the

employer establishes that engineering

and work-practice controls are not feasible.

(iii) Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practice

controls are not yet sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the

PEL.

(iv) Emergencies.

(2) Respirator program. The employer

must implement a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29

CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except

(d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).

(3) Respirator selection. (i) The employer must select, and ensure that

employees use, the appropriate respirator from Table 1 in this section.

TABLE 1—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR MDA

Airborne concentration of MDA or condition of use Respirator type

a. Less than or equal to 10 × PEL ............. (1) Half-Mask Respirator with HEPA1 Cartridge.2

b. Less than or equal to 50 × PEL ............. (1) Full facepiece Respirator with HEPA1 Cartridge or Canister.2

c. Less than or equal to 1000 × PEL .......... (1) Full facepiece powered air-purifying respirator with HEPA1 cartridges.2

d. Greater than 1000 × PEL or unknown

concentrations.

(1) Self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece in positive pressure

mode.

(2) Full facepiece positive pressure demand supplied-air respirator with auxiliary

self-contained air supply.

e. Escape .................................................... (1) Any full facepiece air-purifying respirator with HEPA1 cartridges; 2

(2) Any positive pressure or continuous flow self-contained breathing apparatus

with full facepiece or hood.

f. Firefighting ............................................... (1) Full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus in positive pressure demand

mode.

Note: Respirators assigned for higher environmental concentrations may be used at lower concentrations. 1 High Efficiency Particulate in Air filter (HEPA) means a filter that is at least 99.97 percent efficient against mono-dispersed

particles of 0.3 micrometers or larger. 2 Combination HEPA/Organic Vapor Cartridges shall be used whenever MDA in liquid form or a process requiring heat is used.

(ii) Any employee who cannot use a

negative-pressure respirator must be

given the option of using a positivepressure respirator, or a supplied-air

respirator operated in the continuousflow or pressure-demand mode.

(i) Protective work clothing and equipment—(1) Provision and use. Where employees are subject to dermal exposure

to MDA, where liquids containing MDA

can be splashed into the eyes, or where

airborne concentrations of MDA are in

excess of the PEL, the employer shall

provide, at no cost to the employee,

and ensure that the employee uses, appropriate protective work clothing and

equipment which prevent contact with

MDA such as, but not limited to:

(i) Aprons, coveralls or other fullbody work clothing;

(ii) Gloves, head coverings, and foot

coverings; and

(iii) Face shields, chemical goggles;

or

(iv) Other appropriate protective

equipment which comply with

§1910.133.

(2) Removal and storage. (i) The employer shall ensure that, at the end of

their work shift, employees remove

MDA-contaminated protective work

clothing and equipment that is not

routinely removed throughout the day

in change rooms provided in accordance with the provisions established

for change rooms.

(ii) The employer shall ensure that,

during their work shift, employees remove all other MDA-contaminated protective work clothing or equipment before leaving a regulated area.

(iii) The employer shall ensure that

no employee takes MDA-contaminated

work clothing or equipment out of the

change room, except those employees

authorized to do so for the purpose of

laundering, maintenance, or disposal.

(iv) MDA-contaminated work clothing or equipment shall be placed and

stored in closed containers which prevent dispersion of the MDA outside the

container.

(v) Containers of MDA-contaminated

protective work clothing or equipment

which are to be taken out of change
385

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1050

rooms or the workplace for cleaning,

maintenance, or disposal, shall bear labels warning of the hazards of MDA.

(3) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The

employer shall provide the employee

with clean protective clothing and

equipment. The employer shall ensure

that protective work clothing or equipment required by this paragraph is

cleaned, laundered, repaired, or replaced at intervals appropriate to

maintain its effectiveness.

(ii) The employer shall prohibit the

removal of MDA from protective work

clothing or equipment by blowing,

shaking, or any methods which allow

MDA to re-enter the workplace.

(iii) The employer shall ensure that

laundering of MDA-contaminated

clothing shall be done so as to prevent

the release of MDA in the workplace.

(iv) Any employer who gives MDAcontaminated clothing to another person for laundering shall inform such

person of the requirement to prevent

the release of MDA.

(v) The employer shall inform any

person who launders or cleans protective clothing or equipment contaminated with MDA of the potentially

harmful effects of exposure.

(vi) MDA-contaminated clothing

shall be transported in properly labeled, sealed, impermeable bags or containers.

(j) Hygiene facilities and practices—(1)

Change rooms. (i) The employer shall

provide clean change rooms for employees, who must wear protective

clothing, or who must use protective

equipment because of their exposure to

MDA.

(ii) Change rooms must be equipped

with separate storage for protective

clothing and equipment and for street

clothes which prevents MDA contamination of street clothes.

(2) Showers. (i) The employer shall ensure that employees, who work in areas

where there is the potential for exposure resulting from airborne MDA (e.g.,

particulates or vapors) above the action level, shower at the end of the

work shift.

(A) Shower facilities required by this

paragraph shall comply with

§1910.141(d)(3).

(B) The employer shall ensure that

employees who are required to shower

pursuant to the provisions contained

herein do not leave the workplace

wearing any protective clothing or

equipment worn during the work shift.

(ii) Where dermal exposure to MDA

occurs, the employer shall ensure that

materials spilled or deposited on the

skin are removed as soon as possible by

methods which do not facilitate the

dermal absorption of MDA.

(3) Lunch facilities—(i) Availability and

construction. (A) Whenever food or beverages are consumed at the worksite

and employees are exposed to MDA at

or above the PEL or are subject to dermal exposure to MDA the employer

shall provide readily accessible lunch

areas.

(B) Lunch areas located within the

workplace and in areas where there is

the potential for airborne exposure to

MDA at or above the PEL shall have a

positive pressure, temperature controlled, filtered air supply.

(C) Lunch areas may not be located

in areas within the workplace where

the potential for dermal exposure to

MDA exists.

(ii) The employer shall ensure that

employees who have been subjected to

dermal exposure to MDA or who have

been exposed to MDA above the PEL

wash their hands and faces with soap

and water prior to eating, drinking,

smoking, or applying cosmetics.

(iii) The employer shall ensure that

employees exposed to MDA do not

enter lunch facilities with MDA-contaminated protective work clothing or

equipment.

(k) Communication of hazards to employees—(1) Signs and labels. (i) The employer shall post and maintain legible

signs demarcating regulated areas and

entrances or accessways to regulated

areas that bear the following legend:

DANGER

MDA MAY CAUSE CANCER LIVER TOXIN

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING

MAY BE REQUIRED TO BE WORN IN THIS

AREA

(ii) The employer shall ensure that

labels or other appropriate forms of

warning are provided for containers of

MDA within the workplace. The labels

shall comply with the requirements of
386

§ 1910.1050 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

29 CFR 1910.1200(f) and shall include the

following legend:

(A) For Pure MDA

DANGER

CONTAINS MDA

MAY CAUSE CANCER LIVER TOXIN

(B) For mixtures containing MDA

DANGER

CONTAINS MDA

CONTAINS MATERIALS WHICH MAY

CAUSE

CANCER LIVER TOXIN

(2) Material safety data sheets (MSDS).

(i) Employers shall obtain or develop,

and shall provide access to their employees, to a material safety data sheet

(MSDS) for MDA. In meeting this obligation, employers shall make appropriate use of the information found in

Appendices A and B.

(ii) Employers who are manufacturers or importers shall:

(A) Comply with paragraph (k) (1) (ii)

of this section as appropriate, and

(B) Comply with the requirement in

OSHA’s Hazard Communication standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200, that they deliver

to downstream employers an MSDS for

MDA.

(3) Information and training. (i) The

employer shall provide employees with

information and training on MDA, in

accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1200(h), at

the time of initial assignment and at

least annually thereafter.

(ii) In addition to the information required under 29 CFR 1910.1200, the employer shall:

(A) Provide an explanation of the

contents of this section, including appendices A and B, and indicate to employees where a copy of the standard is

available;

(B) Describe the medical surveillance

program required under paragraph (m)

of this section, and explain the information contained in Appendix C; and

(C) Describe the medical removal

provision required under paragraph (m)

of this section.

(4) Access to training materials. (i) The

employer shall make readily available

to all affected employees, without cost,

all written materials relating to the

employee training program, including

a copy of this regulation.

(ii) The employer shall provide to the

Assistant Secretary and the Director,

upon request, all information and

training materials relating to the employee information and training program.

(l) Housekeeping. (1) All surfaces shall

be maintained as free as practicable of

visible accumulations of MDA.

(2) The employer shall institute a

program for detecting MDA leaks,

spills, and discharges, including regular visual inspections of operations

involving liquid or solid MDA.

(3) All leaks shall be repaired and liquid or dust spills cleaned up promptly.

(4) Surfaces contaminated with MDA

may not be cleaned by the use of compressed air.

(5) Shoveling, dry sweeping, and

other methods of dry clean-up of MDA

may be used where HEPA-filtered

vacuuming and/or wet cleaning are not

feasible or practical.

(6) Waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, equipment, and clothing contaminated with MDA shall be collected

and disposed of in a manner to prevent

the re-entry of MDA into the workplace.

(m) Medical surveillance—(1) General.

(i) The employer shall make available

a medical surveillance program for employees exposed to MDA:

(A) Employees exposed at or above

the action level for 30 or more days per

year;

(B) Employees who are subject to

dermal exposure to MDA for 15 or more

days per year;

(C) Employees who have been exposed

in an emergency situation;

(D) Employees whom the employer,

based on results from compliance with

paragraph (e)(8) of this section, has

reason to believe are being dermally

exposed; and

(E) Employees who show signs or

symptoms of MDA exposure.

(ii) The employer shall ensure that

all medical examinations and procedures are performed by, or under the

supervision of, a licensed physician, at

a reasonable time and place, and provided without cost to the employee.

(2) Initial examinations. (i) Within 150

days of the effective date of this standard, or before the time of initial assignment, the employer shall provide each
387

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1050

employee covered by paragraph

(m)(1)(i) of this section with a medical

examination including the following

elements:

(A) A detailed history which includes:

(1) Past work exposure to MDA or

any other toxic substances;

(2) A history of drugs, alcohol, tobacco, and medication routinely taken

(duration and quantity); and

(3) A history of dermatitis, chemical

skin sensitization, or previous hepatic

disease.

(B) A physical examination which includes all routine physical examination parameters, skin examination, and

signs of liver disease.

(C) Laboratory tests including:

(1) Liver function tests and

(2) Urinalysis.

(D) Additional tests as necessary in

the opinion of the physician.

(ii) No initial medical examination is

required if adequate records show that

the employee has been examined in accordance with the requirements of this

section within the previous six months

prior to the effective date of this standard or prior to the date of initial assignment.

(3) Periodic examinations. (i) The employer shall provide each employee

covered by this section with a medical

examination at least annually following the initial examination. These

periodic examinations shall include at

least the following elements:

(A) A brief history regarding any new

exposure to potential liver toxins,

changes in drug, tobacco, and alcohol

intake, and the appearance of physical

signs relating to the liver, and the

skin;

(B) The appropriate tests and examinations including liver function tests

and skin examinations; and

(C) Appropriate additional tests or

examinations as deemed necessary by

the physician.

(ii) If in the physicians’ opinion the

results of liver function tests indicate

an abnormality, the employee shall be

removed from further MDA exposure in

accordance with paragraph (m)(9) of

this section. Repeat liver function

tests shall be conducted on advice of

the physician.

(4) Emergency examinations. If the employer determines that the employee

has been exposed to a potentially hazardous amount of MDA in an emergency situation as addressed in paragraph (d) of this section, the employer

shall provide medical examinations in

accordance with paragraphs (m)(3)(i)

and (ii) of this section. If the results of

liver function testing indicate an abnormality, the employee shall be removed in accordance with paragraph

(m)(9) of this section. Repeat liver

function tests shall be conducted on

the advice of the physician. If the results of the tests are normal, tests

must be repeated two to three weeks

from the initial testing. If the results

of the second set of tests are normal

and, on the advice of the physician, no

additional testing is required.

(5) Additional examinations. Where the

employee develops signs and symptoms

associated with exposure to MDA, the

employer shall provide the employee

with an additional medical examination including a liver function test. Repeat liver function tests shall be conducted on the advice of the physician.

If the results of the tests are normal,

tests must be repeated two to three

weeks from the initial testing. If the

results of the second set of tests are

normal and, on the advice of the physician, no additional testing is required.

(6) Multiple physician review mechanism. (i) If the employer selects the initial physician who conducts any medical examination or consultation provided to an employee under this section, and the employee has signs or

symptoms of occupational exposure to

MDA (which could include an abnormal

liver function test), and the employee

disagrees with the opinion of the examining physician, and this opinion could

affect the employee’s job status, the

employee may designate an appropriate, mutually acceptable second

physician:

(A) To review any findings, determinations, or recommendations of the

initial physician; and

(B) To conduct such examinations,

consultations, and laboratory tests as

the second physician deems necessary

to facilitate this review.

(ii) The employer shall promptly notify an employee of the right to seek a
388

§ 1910.1050 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

second medical opinion after each occasion that an initial physician conducts a medical examination or consultation pursuant to this section. The

employer may condition its participation in, and payment for, the multiple

physician review mechanism upon the

employee doing the following within

fifteen (15) days after receipt of the

foregoing notification, or receipt of the

initial physician’s written opinion,

whichever is later:

(A) The employee informing the employer that he or she intends to seek a

second medical opinion, and

(B) The employee initiating steps to

make an appointment with a second

physician.

(iii) If the findings, determinations,

or recommendations of the second physician differ from those of the initial

physician, then the employer and the

employee shall assure that efforts are

made for the two physicians to resolve

any disagreement.

(iv) If the two physicians have been

unable to resolve quickly their disagreement, then the employer and the

employee through their respective physicians shall designate a third physician;

(A) To review any findings, determinations, or recommendations of the

prior physicians; and

(B) To conduct such examinations,

consultations, laboratory tests, and

discussions with the prior physicians

as the third physician deems necessary

to resolve the disagreement of the

prior physicians.

(v) The employer shall act consistent

with the findings, determinations, and

recommendations of the third physician, unless the employer and the employee reach an agreement which is

otherwise consistent with the recommendations of at least one of the

three physicians.

(7) Information provided to the examining and consulting physicians. (i) The

employer shall provide the following

information to the examining physician:

(A) A copy of this regulation and its

appendices;

(B) A description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the

employee’s potential exposure to MDA;

(C) The employee’s current actual or

representative MDA exposure level;

(D) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used;

and

(E) Information from previous employment-related medical examinations of the affected employee.

(ii) The employer shall provide the

foregoing information to a second physician under this section upon request

either by the second physician, or by

the employee.

(8) Physician’s written opinion. (i) For

each examination under this section,

the employer shall obtain, and provide

the employee with a copy of, the examining physician’s written opinion within 15 days of its receipt. The written

opinion shall include the following:

(A) The occupationally-pertinent results of the medical examination and

tests;

(B) The physician’s opinion concerning whether the employee has any

detected medical conditions which

would place the employee at increased

risk of material impairment of health

from exposure to MDA;

(C) The physician’s recommended

limitations upon the employee’s exposure to MDA or upon the employee’s

use of protective clothing or equipment

and respirators; and

(D) A statement that the employee

has been informed by the physician of

the results of the medical examination

and any medical conditions resulting

from MDA exposure which require further explanation or treatment.

(ii) The written opinion obtained by

the employer shall not reveal specific

findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposures.

(9) Medical removal—(i) Temporary

medical removal of an employee—(A)

Temporary removal resulting from occupational exposure. The employee shall be

removed from work environments in

which exposure to MDA is at or above

the action level or where dermal exposure to MDA may occur, following an

initial examination (paragraph (m)(2)

of this section), periodic examinations

(paragraph (m)(3) of this section), an

emergency situation paragraph (m)(4)

of this section, or an additional examination (paragraph (m)(5) of this section) in the following circumstances:
389

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1050

(1) When the employee exhibits signs

and/or symptoms indicative of acute

exposure to MDA; or

(2) When the examining physician determines that an employee’s abnormal

liver function tests are not associated

with MDA exposure but that the abnormalities may be exacerbated as a result of occupational exposure to MDA.

(B) Temporary removal due to a final

medical determination. (1) The employer

shall remove an employee from work

environments in which exposure to

MDA is at or above the action level or

where dermal exposure to MDA may

occur, on each occasion that there is a

final medical determination or opinion

that the employee has a detected medical condition which places the employee at increased risk of material

impairment to health from exposure to

MDA.

(2) For the purposes of this section,

the phrase ‘‘final medical determination’’ shall mean the outcome of the

physician review mechanism used pursuant to the medical surveillance provisions of this section.

(3) Where a final medical determination results in any recommended special protective measures for an employee, or limitations on an employee’s

exposure to MDA, the employer shall

implement and act consistent with the

recommendation.

(ii) Return of the employee to former job

status. (A) The employer shall return

an employee to his or her former job

status:

(1) When the employee no longer

shows signs or symptoms of exposure

to MDA, or upon the advice of the physician.

(2) When a subsequent final medical

determination results in a medical

finding, determination, or opinion that

the employee no longer has a detected

medical condition which places the employee at increased risk of material

impairment to health from exposure to

MDA.

(B) For the purposes of this section,

the requirement that an employer return an employee to his or her former

job status is not intended to expand

upon or restrict any rights an employee has or would have had, absent

temporary medical removal, to a specific job classification or position

under the terms of a collective bargaining agreement.

(iii) Removal of other employee special

protective measure or limitations. The

employer shall remove any limitations

placed on an employee, or end any special protective measures provided to an

employee, pursuant to a final medical

determination, when a subsequent final

medical determination indicates that

the limitations or special protective

measures are no longer necessary.

(iv) Employer options pending a final

medical determination. Where the physician review mechanism used pursuant

to the medical surveillance provisions

of this section, has not yet resulted in

a final medical determination with respect to an employee, the employer

shall act as follows:

(A) Removal. The employer may remove the employee from exposure to

MDA, provide special protective measures to the employee, or place limitations upon the employee, consistent

with the medical findings, determinations, or recommendations of any of

the physicians who have reviewed the

employee’s health status.

(B) Return. The employer may return

the employee to his or her former job

status, and end any special protective

measures provided to the employee,

consistent with the medical findings,

determinations, or recommendations of

any of the physicians who have reviewed the employee’s health status,

with two exceptions.

(1) If the initial removal, special protection, or limitation of the employee

resulted from a final medical determination which differed from the findings, determinations, or recommendations of the initial physician; or

(2) If the employee has been on removal status for the preceding six

months as a result of exposure to MDA,

then the employer shall await a final

medical determination.

(v) Medical removal protection benefits—(A) Provisions of medical removal

protection benefits. The employer shall

provide to an employee up to six (6)

months of medical removal protection

benefits on each occasion that an employee is removed from exposure to

MDA or otherwise limited pursuant to

this section.
390

§ 1910.1050 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(B) Definition of medical removal protection benefits. For the purposes of this

section, the requirement that an employer provide medical removal protection benefits means that the employer

shall maintain the earnings, seniority,

and other employment rights and benefits of an employee as though the employee had not been removed from normal exposure to MDA or otherwise limited.

(C) Follow-up medical surveillance during the period of employee removal or limitations. During the period of time that

an employee is removed from normal

exposure to MDA or otherwise limited,

the employer may condition the provision of medical removal protection

benefits upon the employee’s participation in follow-up medical surveillance

made available pursuant to this section.

(D) Workers’ compensation claims. If a

removed employee files a claim for

workers’ compensation payments for a

MDA-related disability, then the employer shall continue to provide medical removal protection benefits pending disposition of the claim. To the extent that an award is made to the employee for earnings lost during the period of removal, the employer’s medical removal protection obligation

shall be reduced by such amount. The

employer shall receive no credit for

workers’ compensation payments received by the employee for treatmentrelated expenses.

(E) Other credits. The employer’s obligation to provide medical removal protection benefits to a removed employee

shall be reduced to the extent that the

employee receives compensation for

earnings lost during the period of removal either from a publicly or employer-funded compensation program,

or receives income from non-MDA-related employment with any employer

made possible by virtue of the employee’s removal.

(F) Employees who do not recover within the 6 months of removal. The employer shall take the following measures with respect to any employee removed from exposure to MDA:

(1) The employer shall make available to the employee a medical examination pursuant to this section to obtain a final medical determination

with respect to the employee;

(2) The employer shall assure that

the final medical determination obtained indicates whether or not the

employee may be returned to his or her

former job status, and, if not, what

steps should be taken to protect the

employee’s health;

(3) Where the final medical determination has not yet been obtained, or,

once obtained indicates that the employee may not yet be returned to his

or her former job status, the employer

shall continue to provide medical removal protection benefits to the employee until either the employee is returned to former job status, or a final

medical determination is made that

the employee is incapable of ever safely returning to his or her former job

status; and

(4) Where the employer acts pursuant

to a final medical determination which

permits the return of the employee to

his or her former job status, despite

what would otherwise be an abnormal

liver function test, later questions concerning removing the employee again

shall be decided by a final medical determination. The employer need not

automatically remove such an employee pursuant to the MDA removal

criteria provided by this section.

(vi) Voluntary removal or restriction of

an employee. Where an employer, although not required by this section to

do so, removes an employee from exposure to MDA or otherwise places limitations on an employee due to the effects of MDA exposure on the employee’s medical condition, the employer

shall provide medical removal protection benefits to the employee equal to

that required by paragraph (m)(9)(v) of

this section.

(n) Recordkeeping—(1) Monitoring data

for exempted employers. (i) Where as a

result of the initial monitoring the

processing, use, or handling of products

made from or containing MDA are exempted from other requirements of this

section under paragraph (a)(2) of this

section, the employer shall establish

and maintain an accurate record of

monitoring relied on in support of the

exemption.

(ii) This record shall include at least

the following information:
391

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1050

(A) The product qualifying for exemption;

(B) The source of the monitoring

data (e.g., was monitoring performed

by the employer or a private contractor);

(C) The testing protocol, results of

testing, and/or analysis of the material

for the release of MDA;

(D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data support the

exemption (e.g., are the monitoring

data representative of the conditions

at the affected facility); and

(E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, or employee exposures covered by the exemption.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

this record for the duration of the employer’s reliance upon such objective

data.

(2) Objective data for exempted employers. (i) Where the processing, use, or

handling of products made from or containing MDA are exempted from other

requirements of this section under

paragraph (a) of this section, the employer shall establish and maintain an

accurate record of objective data relied

upon in support of the exemption.

(ii) This record shall include at least

the following information:

(A) The product qualifying for exemption;

(B) The source of the objective data;

(C) The testing protocol, results of

testing, and/or analysis of the material

for the release of MDA;

(D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data support the

exemption; and

(E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, or employee exposures covered by the exemption.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

this record for the duration of the employer’s reliance upon such objective

data.

(3) Exposure measurements. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an

accurate record of all measurements

required by paragraph (e) of this section, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(ii) This record shall include:

(A) The dates, number, duration, and

results of each of the samples taken,

including a description of the procedure used to determine representative

employee exposures;

(B) Identification of the sampling

and analytical methods used;

(C) A description of the type of respiratory protective devices worn, if

any; and

(D) The name, social security number, job classification and exposure levels of the employee monitored and all

other employees whose exposure the

measurement is intended to represent.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

this record for at least 30 years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(4) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an

accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance required

by paragraph (m) of this section, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(ii) This record shall include:

(A) The name, social security number

and description of the duties of the employee;

(B) The employer’s copy of the physician’s written opinion on the initial,

periodic, and any special examinations,

including results of medical examination and all tests, opinions, and recommendations;

(C) Results of any airborne exposure

monitoring done for that employee and

the representative exposure levels supplied to the physician; and

(D) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to MDA;

(iii) The employer shall keep, or assure that the examining physician

keeps, the following medical records:

(A) A copy of this standard and its

appendices, except that the employer

may keep one copy of the standard and

its appendices for all employees provided the employer references the

standard and its appendices in the medical surveillance record of each employee;

(B) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required by

any paragraphs in the regulatory text;

(C) A description of the laboratory

procedures and a copy of any standards

or guidelines used to interpret the test

results or references to the information;

(D) A copy of the employee’s medical

and work history related to exposure

to MDA; and
392

§ 1910.1050 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(iv) The employer shall maintain this

record for at least the duration of employment plus 30 years, in accordance

with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(5) Medical removals. (i) The employer

shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee removed

from current exposure to MDA pursuant to paragraph (m) of this section.

(ii) Each record shall include:

(A) The name and social security

number of the employee;

(B) The date of each occasion that

the employee was removed from current exposure to MDA as well as the

corresponding date on which the employee was returned to his or her

former job status;

(C) A brief explanation of how each

removal was or is being accomplished;

and

(D) A statement with respect to each

removal indicating the reason for the

removal.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

each medical removal record for at

least the duration of an employee’s employment plus 30 years.

(6) Availability. (i) The employer shall

assure that records required to be

maintained by this section shall be

made available, upon request, to the

Assistant Secretary and the Director

for examination and copying.

(ii) Employee exposure monitoring

records required by this section shall

be provided upon request for examination and copying to employees, employee representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29

CFR 1910.20 (a)–(e) and (g)–(i).

(iii) Employee medical records required by this section shall be provided

upon request for examination and

copying, to the subject employee, to

anyone having the specific written consent of the subject employee, and to

the Assistant Secretary in accordance

with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(7) Transfer of records. (i) The employer shall comply with the requirements involving transfer of records set

forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).

(ii) If the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor employer

to receive and retain the records for

the prescribed period, the employer

shall notify the Director, at least 90

days prior to disposal, and transmit

the records to the Director if so requested by the Director within that period.

(o) Observation of monitoring—(1) Employee observation. The employer shall

provide affected employees, or their

designated representatives, an opportunity to observe the measuring or

monitoring of employee exposure to

MDA conducted pursuant to paragraph

(e) of this section.

(2) Observation procedures. When observation of the measuring or monitoring of employee exposure to MDA

requires entry into areas where the use

of protective clothing and equipment

or respirators is required, the employer

shall provide the observer with personal protective clothing and equipment or respirators required to be worn

by employees working in the area, assure the use of such clothing and equipment or respirators, and require the

observer to comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures.

(p) Effective date. This standard shall

become effective September 9, 1992.

(q) Appendices. The information contained in appendices A, B, C and D of

this section is not intended by itself, to

create any additional obligations not

otherwise imposed by this standard nor

detract from any existing obligation.

The protocols for respiratory fit testing in appendix E of this section are

mandatory.

(r) Startup dates. Compliance with all

obligations of this standard commence

on the effective date except as follows:

(1) Initial monitoring under paragraph (e)(2) of this section shall be

completed as soon as possible but no

later than December 8, 1992.

(2) Medical examinations under paragraph (m) of this section shall be completed as soon as possible but no later

than February 8, 1993.

(3) Emergency plans required by

paragraph (d) of this section shall be

provided and available for inspection

and copying as soon as possible but no

later than January 7, 1993.

(4) Initial training and education

shall be completed as soon as possible

but no later than January 7, 1993.

(5) Hygiene and lunchroom facilities

under paragraph (j) shall be in operation as soon as possible but no later

than September 9, 1993.
393

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1050

(6) Respiratory Protection required

by paragraph (h) of this section shall

be provided as soon as possible but no

later than January 7, 1993.

(7) Written compliance plans required

by paragraph (g)(2) of this section shall

be completed and available for inspection and copying as soon as possible

but no later than January 7, 1993.

(8) OSHA shall enforce the permissible exposure limits in paragraph (c)

of this section no earlier than January

7, 1993.

(9) Engineering controls needed to

achieve the PELs must be in place September 9, 1993.

(10) Personal protective clothing required by paragraph (i) of this section

shall be available January 7, 1993.

APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1050—SUBSTANCE

DATA SHEET, FOR 4,4′-

METHYLENEDIANILINE

I. Substance Identification

A. Substance: Methylenedianiline (MDA)

B. Permissible Exposure:

1. Airborne: Ten parts per billion parts of

air (10 ppb), time-weighted average (TWA)

for an 8-hour workday and an action level of

five parts per billion parts of air (5 ppb).

2. Dermal: Eye contact and skin contact

with MDA are not permitted.

C. Appearance and odor: White to tan solid;

amine odor

II. Health Hazard Data

A. Ways in which MDA affects your health.

MDA can affect your health if you inhale it,

or if it comes in contact with your skin or

eyes. MDA is also harmful if you happen to

swallow it. Do not get MDA in eyes, on skin,

or on clothing.

B. Effects of overexposure. 1. Short-term

(acute) overexposure: Overexposure to MDA

may produce fever, chills, loss of appetite,

vomiting, jaundice. Contact may irritate

skin, eyes and mucous membranes. Sensitization may occur.

2. Long-term (chronic) exposure. Repeated or

prolonged exposure to MDA, even at relatively low concentrations, may cause cancer. In addition, damage to the liver, kidneys, blood, and spleen may occur with long

term exposure.

3. Reporting signs and symptoms. You should

inform your employer if you develop any

signs or symptoms which you suspect are

caused by exposure to MDA including yellow

staining of the skin.

III. Protective Clothing and Equipment

A. Respirators. Respirators are required

for those operations in which engineering

controls or work-practice controls are not

adequate or feasible to reduce exposure to

the permissible limit. If respirators are

worn, they must have a label issued by the

National Institute for Occupational Safety

and Health under the provisions of 42 CFR

part 84 stating that the respirators have been

approved for this purpose, and cartridges and

canisters must be replaced in accordance

with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.134. If

you experience difficulty breathing while

wearing a respirator, you can request a positive-pressure respirator from your employer.

You must be thoroughly trained to use the

assigned respirator, and the training must be

provided by your employer.

MDA does not have a detectable odor except at levels well above the permissible exposure limits. Do not depend on odor to warn

you when a respirator canister is exhausted.

If you can smell MDA while wearing a respirator, proceed immediately to fresh air. If

you experience difficulty breathing while

wearing a respirator, tell your employer.

B. Protective Clothing. You may be required

to wear coveralls, aprons, gloves, face

shields, or other appropriate protective

clothing to prevent skin contact with MDA.

Where protective clothing is required, your

employer is required to provide clean garments to you, as necessary, to assure that

the clothing protects you adequately. Replace or repair impervious clothing that has

developed leaks.

MDA should never be allowed to remain on

the skin. Clothing and shoes which are not

impervious to MDA should not be allowed to

become contaminated with MDA, and if they

do, the clothing and shoes should be promptly removed and decontaminated. The clothing should be laundered to remove MDA or

discarded. Once MDA penetrates shoes or

other leather articles, they should not be

worn again.

C. Eye protection. You must wear

splashproof safety goggles in areas where liquid MDA may contact your eyes. Contact

lenses should not be worn in areas where eye

contact with MDA can occur. In addition,

you must wear a face shield if your face

could be splashed with MDA liquid.

IV. Emergency and First Aid Procedures

A. Eye and face exposure. If MDA is

splashed into the eyes, wash the eyes for at

least 15 minutes. See a doctor as soon as possible.

B. Skin exposure. If MDA is spilled on your

clothing or skin, remove the contaminated

clothing and wash the exposed skin with

large amounts of soap and water immediately. Wash contaminated clothing before

you wear it again.
394

§ 1910.1050 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

C. Breathing. If you or any other person

breathes in large amounts of MDA, get the

exposed person to fresh air at once. Apply artificial respiration if breathing has stopped.

Call for medical assistance or a doctor as

soon as possible. Never enter any vessel or

confined space where the MDA concentration

might be high without proper safety equipment and at least one other person present

who will stay outside. A life line should be

used.

D. Swallowing. If MDA has been swallowed

and the patient is conscious, do not induce

vomiting. Call for medical assistance or a

doctor immediately.

V. Medical Requirements

If you are exposed to MDA at a concentration at or above the action level for more

than 30 days per year, or exposed to liquid

mixtures more than 15 days per year, your

employer is required to provide a medical examination, including a medical history and

laboratory tests, within 60 days of the effective date of this standard and annually

thereafter. These tests shall be provided

without cost to you. In addition, if you are

accidentally exposed to MDA (either by ingestion, inhalation, or skin/eye contact)

under conditions known or suspected to constitute toxic exposure to MDA, your employer is required to make special examinations and tests available to you.

VI. Observation of Monitoring

Your employer is required to perform

measurements that are representative of

your exposure to MDA and you or your designated representative are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are entitled to observe the steps taken in the

measurement procedure and to record the results obtained. When the monitoring procedure is taking place in an area where respirators or personal protective clothing and

equipment are required to be worn, you and

your representative must also be provided

with, and must wear, the protective clothing

and equipment.

VII. Access to Records

You or your representative are entitled to

see the records of measurements of your exposure to MDA upon written request to your

employer. Your medical examination records

can be furnished to your physician or designated representative upon request by you

to your employer.

VIII. Precautions for Safe Use, Handling and

Storage

A. Material is combustible. Avoid strong

acids and their anhydrides. Avoid strong

oxidants. Consult supervisor for disposal requirements.

B. Emergency clean-up. Wear self-contained

breathing apparatus and fully clothe the

body in the appropriate personal protective

clothing and equipment.

APPENDIX B TO §1910.1050—SUBSTANCE

TECHNICAL GUIDELINES, MDA

I. Identification

A. Substance identification.

1. Synonyms: CAS No. 101–77–9. 4,4′-

methylenedianiline; 4,4′-

methylenebisaniline; methylenedianiline;

dianilinomethane.

2. Formula: C13 H14 N2

II. Physical Data

1. Appearance and Odor: White to tan solid;

amine odor

2. Molecular Weight: 198.26

3. Boiling Point: 398–399 degrees C at 760

mm Hg

4. Melting Point: 88–93 degrees C (190–100

degrees F)

5. Vapor Pressure: 9 mmHg at 232 degrees C

6. Evaporation Rate (n-butyl acetate = 1):

Negligible

7. Vapor Density (Air=1): Not Applicable

8. Volatile Fraction by Weight: Negligible

9. Specific Gravity (Water=1): Slight

10. Heat of Combustion: ¥8.40 kcal/g

11. Solubility in Water: Slightly soluble in

cold water, very soluble in alcohol, benzene,

ether, and many organic solvents.

III. Fire, Explosion, and Reactivity Hazard

Data

1. Flash Point: 190 degrees C (374 degrees F)

Setaflash closed cup

2. Flash Point: 226 degrees C (439 degrees F)

Cleveland open cup

3. Extinguishing Media: Water spray; Dry

Chemical; Carbon dioxide.

4. Special Fire Fighting Procedures: Wear

self-contained breathing apparatus and protective clothing to prevent contact with skin

and eyes.

5. Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazards:

Fire or excessive heat may cause production

of hazardous decomposition products.

IV. Reactivity Data

1. Stability: Stable

2. Incompatibility: Strong oxidizers

3. Hazardous Decomposition Products: As

with any other organic material, combustion

may produce carbon monoxide. Oxides of nitrogen may also be present.

4. Hazardous Polymerization: Will not

occur.

V. Spill and Leak Procedures

1. Sweep material onto paper and place in

fiber carton.
395

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1050

2. Package appropriately for safe feed to an

incinerator or dissolve in compatible waste

solvents prior to incineration.

3. Dispose of in an approved incinerator

equipped with afterburner and scrubber or

contract with licensed chemical waste disposal service.

4. Discharge treatment or disposal may be

subject to federal, state, or local laws.

5. Wear appropriate personal protective

equipment.

VI. Special Storage and Handling Precautions

A. High exposure to MDA can occur when

transferring the substance from one container to another. Such operations should be

well ventilated and good work practices

must be established to avoid spills.

B. Pure MDA is a solid with a low vapor

pressure. Grinding or heating operations increase the potential for exposure.

C. Store away from oxidizing materials.

D. Employers shall advise employees of all

areas and operations where exposure to MDA

could occur.

VII. Housekeeping and Hygiene Facilities

A. The workplace should be kept clean, orderly, and in a sanitary condition.

The employer should institute a leak and

spill detection program for operations involving MDA in order to detect sources of fugitive MDA emissions.

B. Adequate washing facilities with hot

and cold water are to be provided and maintained in a sanitary condition. Suitable

cleansing agents should also be provided to

assure the effective removal of MDA from

the skin.

VIII. Common Operations

Common operations in which exposure to

MDA is likely to occur include the following:

Manufacture of MDA; Manufacture of Methylene diisocyanate; Curing agent for epoxy

resin structures; Wire coating operations;

and filament winding.

APPENDIX C TO §1910.1050—MEDICAL

SURVEILLANCE GUIDELINES FOR MDA

I. Route of Entry

Inhalation; skin absorption; ingestion.

MDA can be inhaled, absorbed through the

skin, or ingested.

II. Toxicology

MDA is a suspect carcinogen in humans.

There are several reports of liver disease in

humans and animals resulting from acute exposure to MDA. A well documented case of

an acute cardiomyopathy secondary to exposure to MDA is on record. Numerous human

cases of hepatitis secondary to MDA are

known. Upon direct contact MDA may also

cause damage to the eyes. Dermatitis and

skin sensitization have been observed. Almost all forms of acute environmental hepatic injury in humans involve the hepatic

parenchyma and produce hepatocellular

jaundice. This agent produces intrahepatic

cholestasis. The clinical picture consists of

cholestatic jaundice, preceded or accompanied by abdominal pain, fever, and chills.

Onset in about 60% of all observed cases is

abrupt with severe abdominal pain. In about

30% of observed cases, the illness presented

and evolved more slowly and less dramatically, with only slight abdominal pain. In

about 10% of the cases only jaundice was evident. The cholestatic nature of the jaundice

is evident in the prominence of itching, the

histologic predominance of bile stasis, and

portal inflammatory infiltration, accompanied by only slight parenchymal injury in

most cases, and by the moderately elevated

transaminase values. Acute, high doses, however, have been known to cause

hepatocellular damage resulting in elevated

SGPT, SGOT, alkaline phosphatase and bilirubin.

Absorption through the skin is rapid. MDA

is metabolized and excreted over a 48-hour

period. Direct contact may be irritating to

the skin, causing dermatitis. Also MDA

which is deposited on the skin is not thoroughly removed through washing.

MDA may cause bladder cancer in humans.

Animal data supporting this assumption is

not available nor is conclusive human data.

However, human data collected on workers

at a helicopter manufacturing facility where

MDA is used suggests a higher incidence of

bladder cancer among exposed workers.

III. Signs and Symptoms

Skin may become yellow from contact

with MDA.

Repeated or prolonged contact with MDA

may result in recurring dermatitis (reditchy, cracked skin) and eye irritation. Inhalation, ingestion or absorption through the

skin at high concentrations may result in

hepatitis, causing symptoms such as fever

and chills, nausea and vomiting, dark urine,

anorexia, rash, right upper quadrant pain

and jaundice. Corneal burns may occur when

MDA is splashed in the eyes.

IV. Treatment of Acute Toxic Effects/Emergency

Situation

If MDA gets into the eyes, immediately

wash eyes with large amounts of water. If

MDA is splashed on the skin, immediately

wash contaminated skin with mild soap or

detergent. Employee should be removed from

exposure and given proper medical treatment. Medical tests required under the emergency section of the medical surveillance

section (M)(4) must be conducted.
396

§ 1910.1050 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

If the chemical is swallowed do not induce

vomiting but remove by gastric lavage.

APPENDIX D TO § 1910.1050—SAMPLING

AND ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR

MDA MONITORING AND MEASUREMENT PROCEDURES

Measurements taken for the purpose of determining employee exposure to MDA are

best taken so that the representative average 8-hour exposure may be determined from

a single 8-hour sample or two (2) 4-hour samples. Short-time interval samples (or grab

samples) may also be used to determine average exposure level if a minimum of five

measurements are taken in a random manner over the 8-hour work shift. Random sampling means that any portion of the work

shift has the same chance of being sampled

as any other. The arithmetic average of all

such random samples taken on one work

shift is an estimate of an employee’s average

level of exposure for that work shift. Air

samples should be taken in the employee’s

breathing zone (air that would most nearly

represent that inhaled by the employee).

There are a number of methods available

for monitoring employee exposures to MDA.

The method OSHA currently uses is included

below.

The employer, however, has the obligation

of selecting any monitoring method which

meets the accuracy and precision requirements of the standard under his unique field

conditions. The standard requires that the

method of monitoring must have an accuracy, to a 95 percent confidence level, of not

less than plus or minus 25 percent for the select PEL.

OSHA Methodology

Sampling Procedure

Apparatus

Samples are collected by use of a personal

sampling pump that can be calibrated within

±5% of the recommended flow rate with the

sampling filter in line.

Samples are collected on 37 mm Gelman

type A/E glass fiber filters treated with sulfuric acid. The filters are prepared by soaking each filter with 0.5 mL of 0.26N H2 SO4.

(0.26 N H2 SO4 can be prepared by diluting 1.5

mL of 36N H2 SO4 to 200 mL with deionized

water.) The filters are dried in an oven at 100

degrees C for one hour and then assembled

into two-piece 37 mm polystyrene cassettes

with backup pads. The cassettes are sealed

with shrink bands and the ends are plugged

with plastic plugs.

After sampling, the filters are carefully removed from the cassettes and individually

transferred to small vials containing approximately 2 mL deionized water. The vials

must be tightly sealed. The water can be

added before or after the filters are transferred. The vials must be sealable and capable of holding at least 7 mL of liquid. Small

glass scintillation vials with caps containing

Teflon liners are recommended.

Reagents

Deionized water is needed for addition to

the vials.

Sampling Technique

Immediately before sampling, remove the

plastic plugs from the filter cassettes.

Attach the cassette to the sampling pump

with flexible tubing and place the cassette in

the employee’s breathing zone.

After sampling, seal the cassettes with

plastic plugs until the filters are transferred

to the vials containing deionized water.

At some convenient time within 10 hours

of sampling, transfer the sample filters to

vials.

Seal the small vials lengthwise.

Submit at least one blank filter with each

sample set. Blanks should be handled in the

same manner as samples, but no air is drawn

through them.

Record sample volumes (in L of air) for

each sample, along with any potential interferences.

Retention Efficiency

A retention efficiency study was performed

by drawing 100 L of air (80% relative humidity) at 1 L/min through sample filters that

had been spiked with 0.814 μg MDA. Instead

of using backup pads, blank acid-treated filters were used as backups in each cassette.

Upon analysis, the top filters were found to

have an average of 91.8% of the spiked

amount. There was no MDA found on the

bottom filters, so the amount lost was probably due to the slight instability of the MDA

salt.

Extraction Efficiency

The average extraction efficiency for six

filters spiked at the target concentration is

99.6%.

The stability of extracted and derivatized

samples was verified by reanalyzing the

above six samples the next day using fresh

standards. The average extraction efficiency

for the reanalyzed samples is 98.7%.

Recommended Air Volume and Sampling

Rate

The recommended air volume is 100 L.

The recommended sampling rate is 1 L/

min.

Interferences (Sampling)

MDI appears to be a positive interference.

It was found that when MDI was spiked onto
397

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1050

an acid-treated filter, the MDI converted to

MDA after air was drawn through it.

Suspected interferences should be reported

to the laboratory with submitted samples.

Safety Precautions (Sampling)

Attach the sampling equipment to the employees so that it will not interfere with

work performance or safety.

Follow all safety procedures that apply to

the work area being sampled.

Analytical Procedure

Apparatus: The following are required for

analysis.

A GC equipped with an electron capture detector. For this evaluation a Tracor 222 Gas

Chromatograph equipped with a Nickel 63

High Temperature Electron Capture Detector and a Linearizer was used.

A GC column capable of separating the

MDA derivative from the solvent and interferences. A 6 ft X 2 mm ID glass column

packed with 3% OV–101 coated on 100/120 Gas

Chrom Q was used in this evaluation.

A electronic integrator or some other suitable means of measuring peak areas or

heights.

Small resealable vials with Teflon-lined

caps capable of holding 4 mL.

A dispenser or pipet for toluene capable of

delivering 2.0 mL.

Pipets (or repipets with plastic or Teflon

tips) capable of delivering 1 mL for the sodium hydroxide and buffer solutions.

A repipet capable of delivering 25 μL

HFAA.

Syringes for preparation of standards and

injection of standards and samples into a GC.

Volumetric flasks and pipets to dilute the

pure MDA in preparation of standards.

Disposable pipets to transfer the toluene

layers after the samples are extracted.

Reagents

0.5 NaOH prepared from reagent grade

NaOH.

Toluene, pesticide grade. Burdick and

Jackson distilled in glass toluene was used.

Heptafluorobutyric acid anhydride

(HFAA). HFAA from Pierce Chemical Company was used.

pH 7.0 phosphate buffer, prepared from 136

g potassium dihydrogen phosphate and 1 L

deionized water. The pH is adjusted to 7.0

with saturated sodium hydroxide solution.

4,4′ -Methylenedianiline (MDA), reagent

grade.

Standard Preparation

Concentrated stock standards are prepared

by diluting pure MDA with toluene. Analytical standards are prepared by injecting uL

amounts of diluted stock standards into

vials that contain 2.0 mL toluene.

25 uL HFAA are added to each vial and the

vials are capped and shaken for 10 seconds.

After 10 min, 1 mL of buffer is added to

each vial.

The vials are recapped and shaken for 10

seconds.

After allowing the layers to separate,

aliquots of the toluene (upper) layers are removed with a syringe and analyzed by GC.

Analytical standard concentrations should

bracket sample concentrations. Thus, if samples fall out of the range of prepared standards, additional standards must be prepared

to ascertain detector response.

Sample Preparation

The sample filters are received in vials

containing deionized water.

1 mL of 0.5N NaOH and 2.0 mL toluene are

added to each vial.

The vials are recapped and shaken for 10

min.

After allowing the layers to separate, approximately 1 mL aliquots of the toluene

(upper) layers are transferred to separate

vials with clean disposable pipets.

The toluene layers are treated and analyzed.

Analysis

GC conditions

Zone temperatures:

Column—220 degrees C

Injector—235 degrees C

Detector—335 degrees C

Gas flows, Ar/CH4 Column—28 mL/min

(95/5) Purge—40 mL/min

Injection volume: 5.0 uL

Column: 6 ft X 1/8 in ID glass, 3% OV–101 on

100/120 Gas Chrom Q

Retention time of MDA derivative: 3.5 min

Chromatogram

Peak areas or heights are measured by an

integrator or other suitable means.

A calibration curve is constructed by plotting response (peak areas or heights) of

standard injections versus ug of MDA per

sample. Sample concentrations must be

bracketed by standards.

Interferences (Analytical)

Any compound that gives an electron capture detector response and has the same general retention time as the HFAA derivative

of MDA is a potential interference. Suspected interferences reported to the laboratory with submitted samples by the industrial hygienist must be considered before

samples are derivatized.

GC parameters may be changed to possibly

circumvent interferences.

Retention time on a single column is not

considered proof of chemical identity.
398

§ 1910.1051 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

Analyte identity should be confirmed by GC/

MS if possible.

Calculations

The analyte concentration for samples is

obtained from the calibration curve in terms

of ug MDA per sample. The extraction efficiency is 100%. If any MDA is found on the

blank, that amount is subtracted from the

sample amounts. The air concentrations are

calculated using the following formulae.

μg/m3=(μg MDA per sample) (1000)/(L of air

sampled)

ppb=(μg/m3) (24.46)/(198.3)=(μg/m3) (0.1233)

where 24.46 is the molar volume at 25 degrees C and 760 mm Hg

Safety Precautions (Analytical)

Avoid skin contact and inhalation of all

chemicals.

Restrict the use of all chemicals to a fume

hood if possible.

Wear safety glasses and a lab coat at all

times while in the lab area.

[57 FR 35666, Aug. 10, 1992, as amended at 57

FR 49649, Nov. 3, 1992; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13,

1996; 63 FR 1293, Jan. 8, 1998]

§ 1910.1051 1,3-Butadiene.

(a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to all occupational exposures to 1,3-Butadiene (BD), Chemical

Abstracts Service Registry No. 106–99–

0, except as provided in paragraph (a)(2)

of this section.

(2)(i) Except for the recordkeeping

provisions in paragraph (m)(1) of this

section, this section does not apply to

the processing, use, or handling of

products containing BD or to other

work operations and streams in which

BD is present where objective data are

reasonably relied upon that demonstrate the work operation or the

product or the group of products or operations to which it belongs may not

reasonably be foreseen to release BD in

airborne concentrations at or above

the action level or in excess of the

STEL under the expected conditions of

processing, use, or handling that will

cause the greatest possible release or

in any plausible accident.

(ii) This section also does not apply

to work operations, products or

streams where the only exposure to BD

is from liquid mixtures containing 0.1%

or less of BD by volume or the vapors

released from such liquids, unless objective data become available that

show that airborne concentrations generated by such mixtures can exceed the

action level or STEL under reasonably

predictable conditions of processing,

use or handling that will cause the

greatest possible release.

(iii) Except for labeling requirements

and requirements for emergency response, this section does not apply to

the storage, transportation, distribution or sale of BD or liquid mixtures in

intact containers or in transportation

pipelines sealed in such a manner as to

fully contain BD vapors or liquid.

(3) Where products or processes containing BD are exempted under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the employer shall maintain records of the objective data supporting that exemption

and the basis for the employer’s reliance on the data, as provided in paragraph (m)(1) of this section.

(b) Definitions: For the purpose of this

section, the following definitions shall

apply:

Action level means a concentration of

airborne BD of 0.5 ppm calculated as an

eight (8)-hour time-weighted average.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Authorized person means any person

specifically designated by the employer, whose duties require entrance

into a regulated area, or a person entering such an area as a designated representative of employees to exercise

the right to observe monitoring and

measuring procedures under paragraph

(d)(8) of this section, or a person designated under the Act or regulations

issued under the Act to enter a regulated area.

1,3–Butadiene means an organic compound with chemical formula CH2=CH–

CH=CH2 that has a molecular weight of

approximately 54.15 gm/mole.

Business day means any Monday

through Friday, except those days designated as federal, state, local or company specific holidays.

Complete Blood Count (CBC) means

laboratory tests performed on whole

blood specimens and includes the following: White blood cell count (WBC),

hematocrit (Hct), red blood cell count

(RBC), hemoglobin (Hgb), differential

count of white blood cells, red blood
399

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051

cell morphology, red blood cell indices,

and platelet count.

Day means any part of a calendar

day.

Director means the Director of the

National Institute for Occupational

Safety and Health (NIOSH), U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee.

Emergency situation means any occurrence such as, but not limited to,

equipment failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment

that may or does result in an uncontrolled significant release of BD.

Employee exposure means exposure of

a worker to airborne concentrations of

BD which would occur if the employee

were not using respiratory protective

equipment.

Objective data means monitoring

data, or mathematical modelling or

calculations based on composition,

chemical and physical properties of a

material, stream or product.

Permissible Exposure Limits, PELs

means either the 8 hour Time Weighted

Average (8-hr TWA) exposure or the

Short-Term Exposure Limit (STEL).

Physician or other licensed health care

professional is an individual whose legally permitted scope of practice (i.e.,

license, registration, or certification)

allows him or her to independently provide or be delegated the responsibility

to provide one or more of the specific

health care services required by paragraph (k) of this section.

Regulated area means any area where

airborne concentrations of BD exceed

or can reasonably be expected to exceed the 8-hour time weighted average

(8-hr TWA) exposure of 1 ppm or the

short-term exposure limit (STEL) of 5

ppm for 15 minutes.

This section means this 1,3-butadiene

standard.

(c) Permissible exposure limits (PELs)—

(1) Time-weighted average (TWA) limit.

The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of BD in excess of one (1)

part BD per million parts of air (ppm)

measured as an eight (8)-hour timeweighted average.

(2) Short-term exposure limit (STEL).

The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of BD in excess of five parts

of BD per million parts of air (5 ppm)

as determined over a sampling period

of fifteen (15) minutes.

(d) Exposure monitoring—(1) General.

(i) Determinations of employee exposure shall be made from breathing zone

air samples that are representative of

the 8-hour TWA and 15-minute shortterm exposures of each employee.

(ii) Representative 8-hour TWA employee exposure shall be determined on

the basis of one or more samples representing full-shift exposure for each

shift and for each job classification in

each work area.

(iii) Representative 15-minute shortterm employee exposures shall be determined on the basis of one or more

samples representing 15-minute exposures associated with operations that

are most likely to produce exposures

above the STEL for each shift and for

each job classification in each work

area.

(iv) Except for the initial monitoring

required under paragraph (d)(2) of this

section, where the employer can document that exposure levels are equivalent for similar operations on different

work shifts, the employer need only determine representative employee exposure for that operation from the shift

during which the highest exposure is

expected.

(2) Initial monitoring. (i) Each employer who has a workplace or work

operation covered by this section, shall

perform initial monitoring to determine accurately the airborne concentrations of BD to which employees

may be exposed, or shall rely on objective data pursuant to paragraph

(a)(2)(i) of this section to fulfill this requirement.

(ii) Where the employer has monitored within two years prior to the effective date of this section and the

monitoring satisfies all other requirements of this section, the employer

may rely on such earlier monitoring

results to satisfy the requirements of

paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section, provided that the conditions under which

the initial monitoring was conducted

have not changed in a manner that

may result in new or additional exposures.
400

§ 1910.1051 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(3) Periodic monitoring and its frequency. (i) If the initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section reveals employee exposure to be at

or above the action level but at or

below both the 8-hour TWA limit and

the STEL, the employer shall repeat

the representative monitoring required

by paragraph (d)(1) of this section

every twelve months.

(ii) If the initial monitoring required

by paragraph (d)(2) of this section reveals employee exposure to be above

the 8-hour TWA limit, the employer

shall repeat the representative monitoring required by paragraph (d)(1)(ii)

of this section at least every three

months until the employer has collected two samples per quarter (each at

least 7 days apart) within a two-year

period, after which such monitoring

must occur at least every six months.

(iii) If the initial monitoring required

by paragraph (d)(2) of this section reveals employee exposure to be above

the STEL, the employer shall repeat

the representative monitoring required

by paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section

at least every three months until the

employer has collected two samples per

quarter (each at least 7 days apart)

within a two-year period, after which

such monitoring must occur at least

every six months.

(iv) The employer may alter the monitoring schedule from every six months

to annually for any required representative monitoring for which two consecutive measurements taken at least 7

days apart indicate that employee exposure has decreased to or below the 8-

hour TWA, but is at or above the action level.

(4) Termination of monitoring. (i) If the

initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section reveals employee exposure to be below the action

level and at or below the STEL, the

employer may discontinue the monitoring for employees whose exposures

are represented by the initial monitoring.

(ii) If the periodic monitoring required by paragraph (d)(3) of this section reveals that employee exposures,

as indicated by at least two consecutive measurements taken at least 7

days apart, are below the action level

and at or below the STEL, the employer may discontinue the monitoring

for those employees who are represented by such monitoring.

(5) Additional monitoring. (i) The employer shall institute the exposure

monitoring required under paragraph

(d) of this section whenever there has

been a change in the production, process, control equipment, personnel or

work practices that may result in new

or additional exposures to BD or when

the employer has any reason to suspect

that a change may result in new or additional exposures.

(ii) Whenever spills, leaks, ruptures

or other breakdowns occur that may

lead to employee exposure above the 8-

hr TWA limit or above the STEL, the

employer shall monitor [using leak

source, such as direct reading instruments, area or personal monitoring],

after the cleanup of the spill or repair

of the leak, rupture or other breakdown, to ensure that exposures have returned to the level that existed prior to

the incident.

(6) Accuracy of monitoring. Monitoring

shall be accurate, at a confidence level

of 95 percent, to within plus or minus

25 percent for airborne concentrations

of BD at or above the 1 ppm TWA limit

and to within plus or minus 35 percent

for airborne concentrations of BD at or

above the action level of 0.5 ppm and

below the 1 ppm TWA limit.

(7) Employee notification of monitoring

results. (i) The employer shall, within 5

business days after the receipt of the

results of any monitoring performed

under this section, notify the affected

employees of these results in writing

either individually or by posting of results in an appropriate location that is

accessible to affected employees.

(ii) The employer shall, within 15

business days after receipt of any monitoring performed under this section

indicating the 8-hour TWA or STEL

has been exceeded, provide the affected

employees, in writing, with information on the corrective action being

taken by the employer to reduce employee exposure to or below the 8-hour

TWA or STEL and the schedule for

completion of this action.

(8) Observation of monitoring—(i) Employee observation. The employer shall

provide affected employees or their
401

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051

designated representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of

employee exposure to BD conducted in

accordance with paragraph (d) of this

section.

(ii) Observation procedures. When observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to BD requires entry

into an area where the use of protective clothing or equipment is required,

the employer shall provide the observer

at no cost with protective clothing and

equipment, and shall ensure that the

observer uses this equipment and complies with all other applicable safety

and health procedures.

(e) Regulated areas. (1) The employer

shall establish a regulated area wherever occupational exposures to airborne concentrations of BD exceed or

can reasonably be expected to exceed

the permissible exposure limits, either

the 8-hr TWA or the STEL.

(2) Access to regulated areas shall be

limited to authorized persons.

(3) Regulated areas shall be demarcated from the rest of the workplace in

any manner that minimizes the number of employees exposed to BD within

the regulated area.

(4) An employer at a multi-employer

worksite who establishes a regulated

area shall communicate the access restrictions and locations of these areas

to other employers with work operations at that worksite whose employees may have access to these areas.

(f) Methods of compliance—(1) Engineering controls and work practices. (i)

The employer shall institute engineering controls and work practices to reduce and maintain employee exposure

to or below the PELs, except to the extent that the employer can establish

that these controls are not feasible or

where paragraph (h)(1)(i) of this section

applies.

(ii) Wherever the feasible engineering

controls and work practices which can

be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the

8-hour TWA or STEL, the employer

shall use them to reduce employee exposure to the lowest levels achievable

by these controls and shall supplement

them by the use of respiratory protection that complies with the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.

(2) Compliance plan. (i) Where any exposures are over the PELs, the employer shall establish and implement a

written plan to reduce employee exposure to or below the PELs primarily by

means of engineering and work practice controls, as required by paragraph

(f)(1) of this section, and by the use of

respiratory protection where required

or permitted under this section. No

compliance plan is required if all exposures are under the PELs.

(ii) The written compliance plan

shall include a schedule for the development and implementation of the engineering controls and work practice

controls including periodic leak detection surveys.

(iii) Copies of the compliance plan required in paragraph (f)(2) of this section shall be furnished upon request for

examination and copying to the Assistant Secretary, the Director, affected

employees and designated employee

representatives. Such plans shall be reviewed at least every 12 months, and

shall be updated as necessary to reflect

significant changes in the status of the

employer’s compliance program.

(iv) The employer shall not implement a schedule of employee rotation

as a means of compliance with the

PELs.

(g) Exposure Goal Program. (1) For

those operations and job classifications

where employee exposures are greater

than the action level, in addition to

compliance with the PELs, the employer shall have an exposure goal program that is intended to limit employee exposures to below the action

level during normal operations.

(2) Written plans for the exposure

goal program shall be furnished upon

request for examination and copying to

the Assistant Secretary, the Director,

affected employees and designated employee representatives.

(3) Such plans shall be updated as

necessary to reflect significant changes

in the status of the exposure goal program.

(4) Respirator use is not required in

the exposure goal program.

(5) The exposure goal program shall

include the following items unless the

employer can demonstrate that the

item is not feasible, will have no significant effect in reducing employee
402

§ 1910.1051 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

exposures, or is not necessary to

achieve exposures below the action

level:

(i) A leak prevention, detection, and

repair program.

(ii) A program for maintaining the

effectiveness of local exhaust ventilation systems.

(iii) The use of pump exposure control technology such as, but not limited to, mechanical double-sealed or

seal-less pumps.

(iv) Gauging devices designed to

limit employee exposure, such as magnetic gauges on rail cars.

(v) Unloading devices designed to

limit employee exposure, such as a

vapor return system.

(vi) A program to maintain BD concentration below the action level in

control rooms by use of engineering

controls.

(h) Respiratory protection—(1) General.

For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer

must provide respirators that comply

with the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and workpractice controls.

(ii) Non-routine work operations that

are performed infrequently and for

which employee exposures are limited

in duration.

(iii) Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practice

controls are not yet sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below

the PELs.

(iv) Emergencies.

(2) Respirator program. (i) The employer must implement a respiratory

protection program in accordance with

29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except

(d)(1)(iii), (d)(3)(iii)(B)(1), and (2)), and

(f) through (m).

(ii) If air-purifying respirators are

used, the employer must replace the

air-purifying filter elements according

to the replacement schedule set for the

class of respirators listed in Table 1 of

this section, and at the beginning of

each work shift.

(iii) Instead of using the replacement

schedule listed in Table 1 of this section, the employer may replace cartridges or canisters at 90% of their expiration service life, provided the employer:

(A) Demonstrates that employees

will be adequately protected by this

procedure.

(B) Uses BD breakthrough data for

this purpose that have been derived

from tests conducted under worst-case

conditions of humidity, temperature,

and air-flow rate through the filter element, and the employer also describes

the data supporting the cartridge-or

canister-change schedule, as well as

the basis for using the data in the employer’s respirator program.

(iv) A label must be attached to each

filter element to indicate the date and

time it is first installed on the respirator.

(v) If NIOSH approves an end-of-service-life indicator (ESLI) for an air-purifying filter element, the element may

be used until the ESLI shows no further useful service life or until the element is replaced at the beginning of

the next work shift, whichever occurs

first.

(vi) Regardless of the air-purifying

element used, if an employee detects

the odor of BD, the employer must replace the air-purifying element immediately.

(3) Respirator selection. (i) The employer must select appropriate respirators from Table 1 of this section.

TABLE 1—MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR AIRBORNE BD

Concentration of airborne BD (ppm) or

condition of use Minimum required respirator

Less than or equal to 5 ppm (5 times PEL) (a) Air-purifying half mask or full facepiece respirator equipped with approved BD

or organic vapor cartridges or canisters. Cartridges or canisters shall be replaced

every 4 hours.

Less than or equal to 10 ppm (10 times

PEL).

(a) Air-purifying half mask or full facepiece respirator equipped with approved BD

or organic vapor cartridges or canisters. Cartridges or canisters shall be replaced

every 3 hours.

Less than or equal to 25 ppm (25 times

PEL).

(a) Air-purifying full facepiece respirator equipped with approved BD or organic

vapor cartridges or canisters. Cartridges or canisters shall be replaced every 2

hours.
403

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051

TABLE 1—MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR AIRBORNE BD—Continued

Concentration of airborne BD (ppm) or

condition of use Minimum required respirator

(b) Any powered air-purifying respirator equipped with approved BD or organic

vapor cartridges. PAPR cartridges shall be replaced every 2 hours.

(c) Continuous flow supplied air respirator equipped with a hood or helmet.

Less than or equal to 50 ppm (50 times

PEL).

(a) Air-purifying full facepiece respirator equipped with approved BD or organic

vapor cartridges or canisters. Cartridges or canisters shall be replaced every (1)

hour.

(b) Powered air-purifying respirator equipped with a tight-fitting facepiece and an

approved BD or organic vapor cartridges. PAPR cartridges shall be replaced

every (1) hour.

Less than or equal to 1,000 ppm (1,000

times PEL).

(a) Supplied air respirator equipped with a half mask of full facepiece and operated

in a pressure demand or other positive pressure mode.

Greater than 1000 ppm unknown concentration, or firefighting.(a) Self-contained breathing apparatus equipped with a full facepiece and operated

in a pressure demand or other positive pressure mode.

(b) Any supplied air respirator equipped with a full facepiece and operated in a

pressure demand or other positive pressure mode in combination with an auxiliary self-contained breathing apparatus operated in a pressure demand or other

positive pressure mode.

Escape from IDLH conditions ..................... (a) Any positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus with an appropriate

service life.

(b) A air-purifying full facepiece respirator equipped with a front or back mounted

BD or organic vapor canister.

NOTES: Respirators approved for use in higher concentrations are permitted to be used in lower concentrations. Full facepiece

is required when eye irritation is anticipated.

(ii) Air-purifying respirators must

have filter elements approved by

NIOSH for organic vapors or BD.

(iii) When an employee whose job requires the use of a respirator cannot

use a negative-pressure respirator, the

employer must provide the employee

with a respirator that has less breathing resistance than the negative-pressure respirator, such as a powered airpurifying respirator or supplied-air respirator, when the employee is able to

use it and if it provides the employee

adequate protection.

(i) Protective clothing and equipment.

Where appropriate to prevent eye contact and limit dermal exposure to BD,

the employer shall provide protective

clothing and equipment at no cost to

the employee and shall ensure its use.

Eye and face protection shall meet the

requirements of 29 CFR 1910.133.

(j) Emergency situations. Written plan.

A written plan for emergency situations shall be developed, or an existing

plan shall be modified, to contain the

applicable elements specified in 29 CFR

1910.38, ‘‘Employee Emergency Plans

and Fire Prevention Plans,’’ and in 29

CFR 1910.120 ‘‘Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Responses,’’ for

each workplace where there is a possibility of an emergency.

(k) Medical screening and surveillance—(1) Employees covered. The employer shall institute a medical screening and surveillance program as specified in this paragraph for:

(i) Each employee with exposure to

BD at concentrations at or above the

action level on 30 or more days or for

employees who have or may have exposure to BD at or above the PELs on 10

or more days a year;

(ii) Employers (including successor

owners) shall continue to provide medical screening and surveillance for employees, even after transfer to a nonBD exposed job and regardless of when

the employee is transferred, whose

work histories suggest exposure to BD:

(A) At or above the PELs on 30 or

more days a year for 10 or more years;

(B) At or above the action level on 60

or more days a year for 10 or more

years; or

(C) Above 10 ppm on 30 or more days

in any past year; and

(iii) Each employee exposed to BD

following an emergency situation.

(2) Program administration. (i) The employer shall ensure that the health

questionnaire, physical examination

and medical procedures are provided

without cost to the employee, without

loss of pay, and at a reasonable time

and place.

(ii) Physical examinations, health

questionnaires, and medical procedures

shall be performed or administered by
404

§ 1910.1051 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

a physician or other licensed health

care professional.

(iii) Laboratory tests shall be conducted by an accredited laboratory.

(3) Frequency of medical screening activities. The employer shall make medical screening available on the following schedule:

(i) For each employee covered under

paragraphs (j)(1) (i)–(ii) of this section,

a health questionnaire and complete

blood count with differential and platelet count (CBC) every year, and a physical examination as specified below:

(A) An initial physical examination

that meets the requirements of this

rule, if twelve months or more have

elapsed since the last physical examination conducted as part of a medical

screening program for BD exposure;

(B) Before assumption of duties by

the employee in a job with BD exposure;

(C) Every 3 years after the initial

physical examination;

(D) At the discretion of the physician

or other licensed health care professional reviewing the annual health

questionnaire and CBC;

(E) At the time of employee reassignment to an area where exposure to BD

is below the action level, if the employee’s past exposure history does not

meet the criteria of paragraph (j)(1)(ii)

of this section for continued coverage

in the screening and surveillance program, and if twelve months or more

have elapsed since the last physical examination; and

(F) At termination of employment if

twelve months or more have elapsed

since the last physical examination.

(ii) Following an emergency situation, medical screening shall be conducted as quickly as possible, but not

later than 48 hours after the exposure.

(iii) For each employee who must

wear a respirator, physical ability to

perform the work and use the respirator must be determined as required

by 29 CFR 1910.134.

(4) Content of medical screening. (i)

Medical screening for employees covered by paragraphs (j)(1) (i)–(ii) of this

section shall include:

(A) A baseline health questionnaire

that includes a comprehensive occupational and health history and is updated annually. Particular emphasis

shall be placed on the hematopoietic

and reticuloendothelial systems, including exposure to chemicals, in addition to BD, that may have an adverse

effect on these systems, the presence of

signs and symptoms that might be related to disorders of these systems, and

any other information determined by

the examining physician or other licensed health care professional to be

necessary to evaluate whether the employee is at increased risk of material

impairment of health from BD exposure. Health questionnaires shall consist of the sample forms in Appendix C

to this section, or be equivalent to

those samples;

(B) A complete physical examination,

with special emphasis on the liver,

spleen, lymph nodes, and skin;

(C) A CBC; and

(D) Any other test which the examining physician or other licensed

health care professional deems necessary to evaluate whether the employee may be at increased risk from

exposure to BD.

(ii) Medical screening for employees

exposed to BD in an emergency situation shall focus on the acute effects of

BD exposure and at a minimum include: A CBC within 48 hours of the exposure and then monthly for three

months; and a physical examination if

the employee reports irritation of the

eyes, nose throat, lungs, or skin,

blurred vision, coughing, drowsiness,

nausea, or headache. Continued employee participation in the medical

screening and surveillance program,

beyond these minimum requirements,

shall be at the discretion of the physician or other licensed health care professional.

(5) Additional medical evaluations and

referrals. (i) Where the results of medical screening indicate abnormalities

of the hematopoietic or

reticuloendothelial systems, for which

a non-occupational cause is not readily

apparent, the examining physician or

other licensed health care professional

shall refer the employee to an appropriate specialist for further evaluation

and shall make available to the specialist the results of the medical

screening.

(ii) The specialist to whom the employee is referred under this paragraph
405

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051

shall determine the appropriate content for the medical evaluation, e.g.,

examinations, diagnostic tests and procedures, etc.

(6) Information provided to the physician or other licensed health care professional. The employer shall provide the

following information to the examining physician or other licensed

health care professional involved in the

evaluation:

(i) A copy of this section including

its appendices;

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the

employee’s BD exposure;

(iii) The employee’s actual or representative BD exposure level during

employment tenure, including exposure incurred in an emergency situation;

(iv) A description of pertinent personal protective equipment used or to

be used; and

(v) Information, when available, from

previous employment-related medical

evaluations of the affected employee

which is not otherwise available to the

physician or other licensed health care

professional or the specialist.

(7) The written medical opinion. (i) For

each medical evaluation required by

this section, the employer shall ensure

that the physician or other licensed

health care professional produces a

written opinion and provides a copy to

the employer and the employee within

15 business days of the evaluation. The

written opinion shall be limited to the

following information:

(A) The occupationally pertinent results of the medical evaluation;

(B) A medical opinion concerning

whether the employee has any detected

medical conditions which would place

the employee’s health at increased risk

of material impairment from exposure

to BD;

(C) Any recommended limitations

upon the employee’s exposure to BD;

and

(D) A statement that the employee

has been informed of the results of the

medical evaluation and any medical

conditions resulting from BD exposure

that require further explanation or

treatment.

(ii) The written medical opinion provided to the employer shall not reveal

specific records, findings, and diagnoses that have no bearing on the employee’s ability to work with BD.

NOTE: However, this provision does not negate the ethical obligation of the physician

or other licensed health care professional to

transmit any other adverse findings directly

to the employee.

(8) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall ensure that information

obtained from the medical screening

program activities is aggregated (with

all personal identifiers removed) and

periodically reviewed, to ascertain

whether the health of the employee

population of that employer is adversely affected by exposure to BD.

(ii) Information learned from medical

surveillance activities must be disseminated to covered employees, as defined in paragraph (k)(1) of this section, in a manner that ensures the confidentiality of individual medical information.

(l) Communication of BD hazards to

employees—(1) Hazard communication.

The employer shall communicate the

hazards associated with BD exposure in

accordance with the requirements of

the Hazard Communication Standard,

29 CFR 1910.1200, 29 CFR 1915.1200, and

29 CFR 1926.59.

(2) Employee information and training.

(i) The employer shall provide all employees exposed to BD with information and training in accordance with

the requirements of the Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200,

29 CFR 1915.1200, and 29 CFR 1926.59.

(ii) The employer shall institute a

training program for all employees who

are potentially exposed to BD at or

above the action level or the STEL, ensure employee participation in the program and maintain a record of the contents of such program.

(iii) Training shall be provided prior

to or at the time of initial assignment

to a job potentially involving exposure

to BD at or above the action level or

STEL and at least annually thereafter.

(iv) The training program shall be

conducted in a manner that the employee is able to understand. The employee shall ensure that each employee

exposed to BD over the action level or

STEL is informed of the following:

(A) The health hazards associated

with BD exposure, and the purpose and

a description of the medical screening
406

§ 1910.1051 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

and surveillance program required by

this section;

(B) The quantity, location, manner of

use, release, and storage of BD and the

specific operations that could result in

exposure to BD, especially exposures

above the PEL or STEL;

(C) The engineering controls and

work practices associated with the employee’s job assignment, and emergency procedures and personal protective equipment;

(D) The measures employees can take

to protect themselves from exposure to

BD.

(E) The contents of this standard and

its appendices, and

(F) The right of each employee exposed to BD at or above the action

level or STEL to obtain:

(1) medical examinations as required

by paragraph (j) of this section at no

cost to the employee;

(2) the employee’s medical records required to be maintained by paragraph

(m)(4) of this section; and

(3) all air monitoring results representing the employee’s exposure to

BD and required to be kept by paragraph (m)(2) of this section.

(3) Access to information and training

materials. (i) The employer shall make

a copy of this standard and its appendices readily available without cost to

all affected employees and their designated representatives and shall provide a copy if requested.

(ii) The employer shall provide to the

Assistant Secretary or the Director, or

the designated employee representatives, upon request, all materials relating to the employee information and

the training program.

(m) Recordkeeping—(1) Objective data

for exemption from initial monitoring. (i)

Where the processing, use, or handling

of products or streams made from or

containing BD are exempted from

other requirements of this section

under paragraph (a)(2) of this section,

or where objective data have been relied on in lieu of initial monitoring

under paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section, the employer shall establish and

maintain a record of the objective data

reasonably relied upon in support of

the exemption.

(ii) This record shall include at least

the following information:

(A) The product or activity qualifying for exemption;

(B) The source of the objective data;

(C) The testing protocol, results of

testing, and analysis of the material

for the release of BD;

(D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data support the

exemption; and

(E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, or employee exposures covered by the exemption.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

this record for the duration of the employer’s reliance upon such objective

data.

(2) Exposure measurements. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an

accurate record of all measurements

taken to monitor employee exposure to

BD as prescribed in paragraph (d) of

this section.

(ii) The record shall include at least

the following information:

(A) The date of measurement;

(B) The operation involving exposure

to BD which is being monitored;

(C) Sampling and analytical methods

used and evidence of their accuracy;

(D) Number, duration, and results of

samples taken;

(E) Type of protective devices worn,

if any; and

(F) Name, social security number and

exposure of the employees whose exposures are represented.

(G) The written corrective action and

the schedule for completion of this action required by paragraph (d)(7)(ii) of

this section.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

this record for at least 30 years in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(3) Respirator Fit-test. (i) The employer shall establish a record of the fit

tests administered to an employee including:

(A) The name of the employee,

(B) Type of respirator,

(C) Brand and size of respirator,

(D) Date of test, and

(E) Where QNFT is used, the fit factor, strip chart recording or other recording of the results of the test.

(ii) Fit test records shall be maintained for respirator users until the

next fit test is administered.
407

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051

(4) Medical screening and surveillance.

(i) The employer shall establish and

maintain an accurate record for each

employee subject to medical screening

and surveillance under this section.

(ii) The record shall include at least

the following information:

(A) The name and social security

number of the employee;

(B) Physician’s or other licensed

health care professional’s written opinions as described in paragraph (k)(7) of

this section;

(C) A copy of the information provided to the physician or other licensed

health care professional as required by

paragraphs (k)(7)(ii)–(iv) of this section.

(iii) Medical screening and surveillance records shall be maintained for

each employee for the duration of employment plus 30 years, in accordance

with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(5) Availability. (i) The employer,

upon written request, shall make all

records required to be maintained by

this section available for examination

and copying to the Assistant Secretary

and the Director.

(ii) Access to records required to be

maintained by paragraphs (l)(1)–(3) of

this section shall be granted in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20(e).

(6) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever

the employer ceases to do business, the

employer shall transfer records required by this section to the successor

employer. The successor employer

shall receive and maintain these

records. If there is no successor employer, the employer shall notify the

Director, at least three (3) months

prior to disposal, and transmit them to

the Director if requested by the Director within that period.

(ii) The employer shall transfer medical and exposure records as set forth

in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).

(n) Dates—(1) Effective date. This section shall become effective ninety (90)

days after the date of publication in

the FEDERAL REGISTER.

(2) Start-up dates. (i) The initial monitoring required under paragraph (d)(2)

of this section shall be completed within sixty (60) days of the effective date

of this standard or the introduction of

BD into the workplace.

(ii) The requirements of paragraphs

(c) through (m) of this section, including feasible work practice controls but

not including engineering controls

specified in paragraph (f)(1) of this section, shall be complied with within

one-hundred and eighty (180) days after

the effective date of this section.

(iii) Engineering controls specified by

paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be

implemented within two (2) years after

the effective date of this section, and

the exposure goal program specified in

paragraph (g) of this section shall be

implemented within three (3) years

after the effective date of this section.

(o) Appendices. (1) Appendix E to this

section is mandatory.

(2) Appendices A, B, C, D, and F to

this section are informational and are

not intended to create any additional

obligations not otherwise imposed or

to detract from any existing obligations.

APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1051—SUBSTANCE

SAFETY DATA SHEET FOR 1,3-BUTADIENE (NON-MANDATORY)

I. SUBSTANCE IDENTIFICATION

A. Substance: 1,3-Butadiene (CH2= CH-CH=

CH2).

B. Synonyms: 1,3-Butadiene (BD); butadiene; biethylene; bi-vinyl; divinyl; butadiene-1,3; buta-1,3-diene; erythrene; NCI–

C50602; CAS–106–99–0.

C. BD can be found as a gas or liquid.

D. BD is used in production of styrene-butadiene rubber and polybutadiene rubber for

the tire industry. Other uses include copolymer latexes for carpet backing and paper

coating, as well as resins and polymers for

pipes and automobile and appliance parts. It

is also used as an intermediate in the production of such chemicals as fungicides.

E. Appearance and odor: BD is a colorless,

non-corrosive, flammable gas with a mild aromatic odor at standard ambient temperature and pressure.

F. Permissible exposure: Exposure may not

exceed 1 part BD per million parts of air

averaged over the 8-hour workday, nor may

short-term exposure exceed 5 parts of BD per

million parts of air averaged over any 15-

minute period in the 8-hour workday.

II. HEALTH HAZARD DATA

A. BD can affect the body if the gas is inhaled or if the liquid form, which is very cold

(cryogenic), comes in contact with the eyes

or skin.

B. Effects of overexposure: Breathing very

high levels of BD for a short time can cause
408

§ 1910.1051 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

central nervous system effects, blurred vision, nausea, fatigue, headache, decreased

blood pressure and pulse rate, and unconsciousness. There are no recorded cases of accidental exposures at high levels that have

caused death in humans, but this could

occur. Breathing lower levels of BD may

cause irritation of the eyes, nose, and throat.

Skin contact with liquefied BD can cause irritation and frostbite.

C. Long-term (chronic) exposure: BD has

been found to be a potent carcinogen in rodents, inducing neoplastic lesions at multiple target sites in mice and rats. A recent

study of BD-exposed workers showed that exposed workers have an increased risk of developing leukemia. The risk of leukemia increases with increased exposure to BD.

OSHA has concluded that there is strong evidence that workplace exposure to BD poses

an increased risk of death from cancers of

the lymphohematopoietic system.

D. Reporting signs and symptoms: You

should inform your supervisor if you develop

any of these signs or symptoms and suspect

that they are caused by exposure to BD.

III. EMERGENCY FIRST AID PROCEDURES

In the event of an emergency, follow the

emergency plan and procedures designated

for your work area. If you have been trained

in first aid procedures, provide the necessary

first aid measures. If necessary, call for additional assistance from co-workers and emergency medical personnel.

A. Eye and Skin Exposures: If there is a

potential that liquefied BD can come in contact with eye or skin, face shields and skin

protective equipment must be provided and

used. If liquefied BD comes in contact with

the eye, immediately flush the eyes with

large amounts of water, occasionally lifting

the lower and the upper lids. Flush repeatedly. Get medical attention immediately.

Contact lenses should not be worn when

working with this chemical. In the event of

skin contact, which can cause frostbite, remove any contaminated clothing and flush

the affected area repeatedly with large

amounts of tepid water.

B. Breathing: If a person breathes in large

amounts of BD, move the exposed person to

fresh air at once. If breathing has stopped,

begin cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR)

if you have been trained in this procedure.

Keep the affected person warm and at rest.

Get medical attention immediately.

C. Rescue: Move the affected person from

the hazardous exposure. If the exposed person has been overcome, call for help and

begin emergency rescue procedures. Use extreme caution so that you do not become a

casualty. Understand the plant’s emergency

rescue procedures and know the locations of

rescue equipment before the need arises.

IV. RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

A. Respirators: Good industrial hygiene

practices recommend that engineering and

work practice controls be used to reduce environmental concentrations to the permissible exposure level. However, there are some

exceptions where respirators may be used to

control exposure. Respirators may be used

when engineering and work practice controls

are not technically feasible, when such controls are in the process of being installed, or

when these controls fail and need to be supplemented or during brief, non-routine,

intermittent exposure. Respirators may also

be used in situations involving non-routine

work operations which are performed infrequently and in which exposures are limited

in duration, and in emergency situations. In

some instances cartridge respirator use is allowed, but only with strict time constraints.

For example, at exposure below 5 ppm BD, a

cartridge (or canister) respirator, either full

or half face, may be used, but the cartridge

must be replaced at least every 4 hours, and

it must be replaced every 3 hours when the

exposure is between 5 and 10 ppm. If the use

of respirators is necessary, the only respirators permitted are those that have been

approved by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH). In addition to respirator selection, a complete respiratory protection program must be instituted which includes regular training, maintenance, fit testing, inspection, cleaning, and

evaluation of respirators. If you can smell

BD while wearing a respirator, proceed immediately to fresh air, and change cartridge

(or canister) before re-entering an area

where there is BD exposure. If you experience difficulty in breathing while wearing a

respirator, tell your supervisor.

B. Protective Clothing: Employees should

be provided with and required to use impervious clothing, gloves, face shields (eightinch minimum), and other appropriate protective clothing necessary to prevent the

skin from becoming frozen by contact with

liquefied BD (or a vessel containing liquid

BD).

Employees should be provided with and required to use splash-proof safety goggles

where liquefied BD may contact the eyes.

V. Precautions for Safe Use, Handling, and

Storage

A. Fire and Explosion Hazards: BD is a

flammable gas and can easily form explosive

mixtures in air. It has a lower explosive

limit of 2%, and an upper explosive limit of

11.5%. It has an autoignition temperature of

420 °C (788 °F). Its vapor is heavier than air

(vapor density, 1.9) and may travel a considerable distance to a source of ignition and

flash back. Usually it contains inhibitors to

prevent self-polymerization (which is accompanied by evolution of heat) and to prevent
409

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051

formation of explosive peroxides. At elevated

temperatures, such as in fire conditions, polymerization may take place. If the polymerization takes place in a container, there is

a possibility of violent rupture of the container.

B. Hazard: Slightly toxic. Slight respiratory irritant. Direct contact of liquefied

BD on skin may cause freeze burns and frostbite.

C. Storage: Protect against physical damage to BD containers. Outside or detached

storage of BD containers is preferred. Inside

storage should be in a cool, dry, well-ventilated, noncombustible location, away from

all possible sources of ignition. Store cylinders vertically and do not stack. Do not

store with oxidizing material.

D. Usual Shipping Containers: Liquefied

BD is contained in steel pressure apparatus.

E. Electrical Equipment: Electrical installations in Class I hazardous locations, as defined in Article 500 of the National Electrical

Code, should be in accordance with Article

501 of the Code. If explosion-proof electrical

equipment is necessary, it shall be suitable

for use in Group B. Group D equipment may

be used if such equipment is isolated in accordance with Section 501–5(a) by sealing all

conduit 1⁄2- inch size or larger. See Venting of

Deflagrations (NFPA No. 68, 1994), National

Electrical Code (NFPA No. 70, 1996 ), Static

Electricity (NFPA No. 77, 1993), Lightning

Protection Systems (NFPA No. 780, 1995), and

Fire Hazard Properties of Flammable Liquids, Gases and Volatile Solids (NFPA No.

325, 1994).

F. Fire Fighting: Stop flow of gas. Use

water to keep fire-exposed containers cool.

Fire extinguishers and quick drenching facilities must be readily available, and you

should know where they are and how to operate them.

G. Spill and Leak: Persons not wearing

protective equipment and clothing should be

restricted from areas of spills or leaks until

clean-up has been completed. If BD is spilled

or leaked, the following steps should be

taken:

1. Eliminate all ignition sources.

2. Ventilate area of spill or leak.

3. If in liquid form, for small quantities,

allow to evaporate in a safe manner.

4. Stop or control the leak if this can be

done without risk. If source of leak is a cylinder and the leak cannot be stopped in

place, remove the leaking cylinder to a safe

place and repair the leak or allow the cylinder to empty.

H. Disposal: This substance, when discarded or disposed of, is a hazardous waste

according to Federal regulations (40 CFR

part 261). It is listed as hazardous waste

number D001 due to its ignitability. The

transportation, storage, treatment, and disposal of this waste material must be conducted in compliance with 40 CFR parts 262,

263, 264, 268 and 270. Disposal can occur only

in properly permitted facilities. Check state

and local regulation of any additional requirements as these may be more restrictive

than federal laws and regulation.

I. You should not keep food, beverages, or

smoking materials in areas where there is

BD exposure, nor should you eat or drink in

such areas.

J. Ask your supervisor where BD is used in

your work area and ask for any additional

plant safety and health rules.

VI. Medical Requirements

Your employer is required to offer you the

opportunity to participate in a medical

screening and surveillance program if you

are exposed to BD at concentrations exceeding the action level (0.5 ppm BD as an 8-hour

TWA) on 30 days or more a year, or at or

above the 8 hr TWA (1 ppm) or STEL (5 ppm

for 15 minutes) on 10 days or more a year.

Exposure for any part of a day counts. If you

have had exposure to BD in the past, but

have been transferred to another job, you

may still be eligible to participate in the

medical screening and surveillance program.

The OSHA rule specifies the past exposures

that would qualify you for participation in

the program. These past exposure are work

histories that suggest the following: (1) That

you have been exposed at or above the PELs

on 30 days a year for 10 or more years; (2)

that you have been exposed at or above the

action level on 60 days a year for 10 or more

years; or (3) that you have been exposed

above 10 ppm on 30 days in any past year. Additionally, if you are exposed to BD in an

emergency situation, you are eligible for a

medical examination within 48 hours. The

basic medical screening program includes a

health questionnaire, physical examination,

and blood test. These medical evaluations

must be offered to you at a reasonable time

and place, and without cost or loss of pay.

VII. Observation of Monitoring

Your employer is required to perform

measurements that are representative of

your exposure to BD and you or your designated representative are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are entitled to observe the steps taken in the

measurement procedure, and to record the

results obtained. When the monitoring procedure is taking place in an area where respirators or personal protective clothing and

equipment are required to be worn, you or

your representative must also be provided

with, and must wear, the protective clothing

and equipment.

VIII. Access to Information

A. Each year, your employer is required to

inform you of the information contained in

this appendix. In addition, your employer
410

§ 1910.1051 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

must instruct you in the proper work practices for using BD, emergency procedures,

and the correct use of protective equipment.

B. Your employer is required to determine

whether you are being exposed to BD. You or

your representative has the right to observe

employee measurements and to record the

results obtained. Your employer is required

to inform you of your exposure. If your employer determines that you are being overexposed, he or she is required to inform you

of the actions which are being taken to reduce your exposure to within permissible exposure limits and of the schedule to implement these actions.

C. Your employer is required to keep

records of your exposures and medical examinations. These records must be kept by

the employer for at least thirty (30) years.

D. Your employer is required to release

your exposure and medical records to you or

your representative upon your request.

APPENDIX B TO § 1910.1051—SUBSTANCE

TECHNICAL GUIDELINES FOR 1,3-BUTADIENE (NON-MANDATORY)

I. Physical and Chemical Data

A. Substance identification:

1. Synonyms: 1,3-Butadiene (BD); butadiene; biethylene; bivinyl; divinyl; butadiene-1,3; buta-1,3-diene; erythrene; NCIC50620; CAS–106–99–0.

2. Formula: CH2= CH-CH= CH2.

3. Molecular weight: 54.1.

B. Physical data:

1. Boiling point (760 mm Hg): ¥4.7 °C (23.5

°F).

2. Specific gravity (water=1): 0.62 at 20 °C

(68 °F).

3. Vapor density (air=1 at boiling point of

BD): 1.87.

4. Vapor pressure at 20 °C (68 °F): 910 mm

Hg.

5. Solubility in water, g/100 g water at 20 °C

(68 °F): 0.05.

6. Appearance and odor: Colorless, flammable gas with a mildly aromatic odor. Liquefied BD is a colorless liquid with a mildly

aromatic odor.

II. Fire, Explosion, and Reactivity Hazard Data

A. Fire:

1. Flash point: ¥76 °C (¥105 °F) for take

out; liquefied BD; Not applicable to BD gas.

2. Stability: A stabilizer is added to the

monomer to inhibit formation of polymer

during storage. Forms explosive peroxides in

air in absence of inhibitor.

3. Flammable limits in air, percent by volume: Lower: 2.0; Upper: 11.5.

4. Extinguishing media: Carbon dioxide for

small fires, polymer or alcohol foams for

large fires.

5. Special fire fighting procedures: Fight

fire from protected location or maximum

possible distance. Stop flow of gas before extinguishing fire. Use water spray to keep

fire-exposed cylinders cool.

6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: BD

vapors are heavier than air and may travel

to a source of ignition and flash back. Closed

containers may rupture violently when heated.

7. For purposes of compliance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.106, BD is classified as a flammable gas. For example, 7,500

ppm, approximately one-fourth of the lower

flammable limit, would be considered to pose

a potential fire and explosion hazard.

8. For purposes of compliance with 29 CFR

1910.155, BD is classified as a Class B fire hazard.

9. For purposes of compliance with 29 CFR

1910.307, locations classified as hazardous due

to the presence of BD shall be Class I.

B. Reactivity:

1. Conditions contributing to instability:

Heat. Peroxides are formed when inhibitor

concentration is not maintained at proper

level. At elevated temperatures, such as in

fire conditions, polymerization may take

place.

2. Incompatibilities: Contact with strong

oxidizing agents may cause fires and explosions. The contacting of crude BD (not BD

monomer) with copper and copper alloys

may cause formations of explosive copper

compounds.

3. Hazardous decomposition products:

Toxic gases (such as carbon monoxide) may

be released in a fire involving BD.

4. Special precautions: BD will attack

some forms of plastics, rubber, and coatings.

BD in storage should be checked for proper

inhibitor content, for self-polymerization,

and for formation of peroxides when in contact with air and iron. Piping carrying BD

may become plugged by formation of rubbery polymer.

C. Warning Properties:

1. Odor Threshold: An odor threshold of 0.45

ppm has been reported in The American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) Report,

Odor Thresholds for Chemicals with Established

Occupational Health Standards. (Ex. 32–28C)

2. Eye Irritation Level: Workers exposed to

vapors of BD (concentration or purity unspecified) have complained of irritation of

eyes, nasal passages, throat, and lungs. Dogs

and rabbits exposed experimentally to as

much as 6700 ppm for 71⁄2 hours a day for 8

months have developed no histologically demonstrable abnormality of the eyes.

3. Evaluation of Warning Properties: Since

the mean odor threshold is about half of the

1 ppm PEL, and more than 10-fold below the

5 ppm STEL, most wearers of air purifying

respirators should still be able to detect

breakthrough before a significant overexposure to BD occurs.
411

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051

III. Spill, Leak, and Disposal Procedures

A. Persons not wearing protective equipment and clothing should be restricted from

areas of spills or leaks until cleanup has

been completed. If BD is spilled or leaked,

the following steps should be taken:

1. Eliminate all ignition sources.

2. Ventilate areas of spill or leak.

3. If in liquid form, for small quantities,

allow to evaporate in a safe manner.

4. Stop or control the leak if this can be

done without risk. If source of leak is a cylinder and the leak cannot be stopped in

place, remove the leaking cylinder to a safe

place and repair the leak or allow the cylinder to empty.

B. Disposal: This substance, when discarded or disposed of, is a hazardous waste

according to Federal regulations (40 CFR

part 261). It is listed by the EPA as hazardous waste number D001 due to its ignitability. The transportation, storage, treatment, and disposal of this waste material

must be conducted in compliance with 40

CFR parts 262, 263, 264, 268 and 270. Disposal

can occur only in properly permitted facilities. Check state and local regulations for

any additional requirements because these

may be more restrictive than federal laws

and regulations.

IV. Monitoring and Measurement Procedures

A. Exposure above the Permissible Exposure Limit (8-hr TWA) or Short-Term Exposure Limit (STEL):

1. 8-hr TWA exposure evaluation: Measurements taken for the purpose of determining

employee exposure under this standard are

best taken with consecutive samples covering the full shift. Air samples must be

taken in the employee’s breathing zone (air

that would most nearly represent that inhaled by the employee).

2. STEL exposure evaluation: Measurements must represent 15 minute exposures

associated with operations most likely to exceed the STEL in each job and on each shift.

3. Monitoring frequencies: Table 1 gives

various exposure scenarios and their required monitoring frequencies, as required

by the final standard for occupational exposure to butadiene.

TABLE 1—FIVE EXPOSURE SCENARIOS AND

THEIR ASSOCIATED MONITORING FREQUENCIES

Action

level

8-hr

TWA STEL Required monitoring activity

¥* ¥ ¥ No 8-hr TWA or STEL monitoring

required.

+* ¥ ¥ No STEL monitoring required. Monitor 8-hr TWA annually.

+ + ¥ No STEL monitoring required. Periodic monitoring 8-hr TWA, in accordance with (d)(3)(ii).**

TABLE 1—FIVE EXPOSURE SCENARIOS AND

THEIR ASSOCIATED MONITORING FREQUENCIES—Continued

Action

level

8-hr

TWA STEL Required monitoring activity

+ + + Periodic monitoring 8-hr TWA, in

accordance with (d)(3)(ii)**. Periodic monitoring STEL, in accordance with (d)(3)(iii).

+ ¥ + Periodic monitoring STEL, in accordance with (d)(3)(iii). Monitor

8-hr TWA, annually.

*Exposure Scenario, Limit Exceeded: + = Yes, ¥= No. ** The employer may decrease the frequency of exposure

monitoring to annually when at least 2 consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart show exposures to be

below the 8 hr TWA, but at or above the action level.

4. Monitoring techniques: Appendix D describes the validated method of sampling and

analysis which has been tested by OSHA for

use with BD. The employer has the obligation of selecting a monitoring method which

meets the accuracy and precision requirements of the standard under his or her

unique field conditions. The standard requires that the method of monitoring must

be accurate, to a 95 percent confidence level,

to plus or minus 25 percent for concentrations of BD at or above 1 ppm, and to plus or

minus 35 percent for concentrations below 1

ppm.

V. Personal Protective Equipment

A. Employees should be provided with and

required to use impervious clothing, gloves,

face shields (eight-inch minimum), and other

appropriate protective clothing necessary to

prevent the skin from becoming frozen from

contact with liquid BD.

B. Any clothing which becomes wet with

liquid BD should be removed immediately

and not re-worn until the butadiene has

evaporated.

C. Employees should be provided with and

required to use splash proof safety goggles

where liquid BD may contact the eyes.

VI. Housekeeping and Hygiene Facilities

For purposes of complying with 29 CFR

1910.141, the following items should be emphasized:

A. The workplace should be kept clean, orderly, and in a sanitary condition.

B. Adequate washing facilities with hot

and cold water are to be provided and maintained in a sanitary condition.

VII. Additional Precautions

A. Store BD in tightly closed containers in

a cool, well-ventilated area and take all necessary precautions to avoid any explosion

hazard.

B. Non-sparking tools must be used to open

and close metal containers. These containers

must be effectively grounded.
412

§ 1910.1051 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

C. Do not incinerate BD cartridges, tanks

or other containers.

D. Employers must advise employees of all

areas and operations where exposure to BD

might occur.

APPENDIX C TO § 1910.1051—MEDICAL

SCREENING AND SURVEILLANCE FOR

1,3-BUTADIENE (NON-MANDATORY)

I. Basis for Medical Screening and Surveillance

Requirements

A. Route of Entry Inhalation

B. Toxicology

Inhalation of BD has been linked to an increased risk of cancer, damage to the reproductive organs, and fetotoxicity. Butadiene

can be converted via oxidation to

epoxybutene and diepoxybutane, two

genotoxic metabolites that may play a role

in the expression of BD’s toxic effects.

BD has been tested for carcinogenicity in

mice and rats. Both species responded to BD

exposure by developing cancer at multiple

primary organ sites. Early deaths in mice

were caused by malignant lymphomas, primarily lymphocytic type, originating in the

thymus.

Mice exposed to BD have developed ovarian

or testicular atrophy. Sperm head morphology tests also revealed abnormal sperm

in mice exposed to BD; lethal mutations

were found in a dominant lethal test. In

light of these results in animals, the possibility that BD may adversely affect the reproductive systems of male and female workers must be considered.

Additionally, anemia has been observed in

animals exposed to butadiene. In some cases,

this anemia appeared to be a primary response to exposure; in other cases, it may

have been secondary to a neoplastic response.

C. Epidemiology

Epidemiologic evidence demonstrates that

BD exposure poses an increased risk of leukemia. Mild alterations of hematologic parameters have also been observed in synthetic rubber workers exposed to BD.

II. Potential Adverse Health Effects

A. Acute

Skin contact with liquid BD causes characteristic burns or frostbite. BD is gaseous

form can irritate the eyes, nasal passages,

throat, and lungs. Blurred vision, coughing,

and drowsiness may also occur. Effects are

mild at 2,000 ppm and pronounced at 8,000

ppm for exposures occurring over the full

workshift.

At very high concentrations in air, BD is

an anesthetic, causing narcosis, respiratory

paralysis, unconsciousness, and death. Such

concentrations are unlikely, however, except

in an extreme emergency because BD poses

an explosion hazard at these levels.

B. Chronic

The principal adverse health effects of concern are BD-induced lymphoma, leukemia

and potential reproductive toxicity. Anemia

and other changes in the peripheral blood

cells may be indicators of excessive exposure

to BD.

C. Reproductive

Workers may be concerned about the possibility that their BD exposure may be affecting their ability to procreate a healthy child.

For workers with high exposures to BD, especially those who have experienced difficulties in conceiving, miscarriages, or stillbirths, appropriate medical and laboratory

evaluation of fertility may be necessary to

determine if BD is having any adverse effect

on the reproductive system or on the health

of the fetus.

III. Medical Screening Components At-A–Glance

A. Health Questionnaire

The most important goal of the health

questionnaire is to elicit information from

the worker regarding potential signs or

symptoms generally related to leukemia or

other blood abnormalities. Therefore, physicians or other licensed health care professionals should be aware of the presenting

symptoms and signs of lymphohematopoietic

disorders and cancers, as well as the procedures necessary to confirm or exclude such

diagnoses. Additionally, the health questionnaire will assist with the identification of

workers at greatest risk of developing leukemia or adverse reproductive effects from

their exposures to BD.

Workers with a history of reproductive difficulties or a personal or family history of

immune deficiency syndromes, blood

dyscrasias, lymphoma, or leukemia, and

those who are or have been exposed to medicinal drugs or chemicals known to affect the

hematopoietic or lymphatic systems may be

at higher risk from their exposure to BD.

After the initial administration, the health

questionnaire must be updated annually.

B. Complete Blood Count (CBC)

The medical screening and surveillance

program requires an annual CBC, with differential and platelet count, to be provided

for each employee with BD exposure. This

test is to be performed on a blood sample obtained by phlebotomy of the venous system

or, if technically feasible, from a fingerstick

sample of capillary blood. The sample is to

be analyzed by an accredited laboratory.

Abnormalities in a CBC may be due to a

number of different etiologies. The concern
413

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051

for workers exposed to BD includes, but is

not limited to, timely identification of

lymphohematopoietic cancers, such as leukemia and non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma. Abnormalities of portions of the CBC are identified

by comparing an individual’s results to those

of an established range of normal values for

males and females. A substantial change in

any individual employee’s CBC may also be

viewed as ‘‘abnormal’’ for that individual

even if all measurements fall within the population-based range of normal values. It is

suggested that a flowsheet for laboratory

values be included in each employee’s medical record so that comparisons and trends in

annual CBCs can be easily made.

A determination of the clinical significance of an abnormal CBC shall be the responsibility of the examining physician,

other licensed health care professional, or

medical specialist to whom the employee is

referred. Ideally, an abnormal CBC should be

compared to previous CBC measurements for

the same employee, when available. Clinical

common sense may dictate that a CBC value

that is very slightly outside the normal

range does not warrant medical concern. A

CBC abnormality may also be the result of a

temporary physical stressor, such as a transient viral illness, blood donation, or

menorrhagia, or laboratory error. In these

cases, the CBC should be repeated in a timely fashion, i.e., within 6 weeks, to verify that

return to the normal range has occurred. A

clinically significant abnormal CBC should

result in removal of the employee from further exposure to BD. Transfer of the employee to other work duties in a BD-free environment would be the preferred recommendation.

C. Physical Examination

The medical screening and surveillance

program requires an initial physical examination for workers exposed to BD; this examination is repeated once every three

years. The initial physical examination

should assess each worker’s baseline general

health and rule out clinical signs of medical

conditions that may be caused by or aggravated by occupational BD exposure. The

physical examination should be directed at

identification of signs of

lymphohematopoietic disorders, including

lymph node enlargement, splenomegaly, and

hepatomegaly.

Repeated physical examinations should update objective clinical findings that could be

indicative of interim development of a

lymphohematopoietic disorder, such as

lymphoma, leukemia, or other blood abnormality. Physical examinations may also be

provided on an as needed basis in order to

follow up on a positive answer on the health

questionnaire, or in response to an abnormal

CBC. Physical examination of workers who

will no longer be working in jobs with BD exposure are intended to rule out

lymphohematopoietic disorders.

The need for physical examinations for

workers concerned about adverse reproductive effects from their exposure to BD should

be identified by the physician or other licensed health care professional and provided

accordingly. For these workers, such consultations and examinations may relate to

developmental toxicity and reproductive capacity.

Physical examination of workers acutely

exposed to significant levels of BD should be

especially directed at the respiratory system, eyes, sinuses, skin, nervous system, and

any region associated with particular complaints. If the worker has received a severe

acute exposure, hospitalization may be required to assure proper medical management. Since this type of exposure may place

workers at greater risk of blood abnormalities, a CBC must be obtained within 48 hours

and repeated at one, two, and three months.

APPENDIX D TO § 1910.1051—SAMPLING

AND ANALYTICAL METHOD FOR 1,3-

BUTADIENE (NON-MANDATORY)

OSHA Method No.: 56.

Matrix: Air.

Target concentration: 1 ppm (2.21 mg/m3)

Procedure: Air samples are collected by

drawing known volumes of air through sampling tubes containing charcoal adsorbent

which has been coated with 4-tertbutylcatechol. The samples are desorbed

with carbon disulfide and then analyzed by

gas chromatography using a flame ionization

detector.

Recommended sampling rate and air volume:

0.05 L/min and 3 L.

Detection limit of the overall procedure: 90

ppb (200 ug/m3) (based on 3 L air volume).

Reliable quantitation limit: 155 ppb (343 ug/

m3) (based on 3 L air volume).

Standard error of estimate at the target concentration: 6.5%.

Special requirements: The sampling tubes

must be coated with 4-tert-butylcatechol.

Collected samples should be stored in a freezer.

Status of method: A sampling and analytical

method has been subjected to the established

evaluation procedures of the Organic Methods Evaluation Branch, OSHA Analytical

Laboratory, Salt Lake City, Utah 84165.

1. Background

This work was undertaken to develop a

sampling and analytical procedure for BD at

1 ppm. The current method recommended by

OSHA for collecting BD uses activated coconut shell charcoal as the sampling medium

(Ref. 5.2). This method was found to be inadequate for use at low BD levels because of

sample instability.
414

§ 1910.1051 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

1The reliable quantitation limit and detection limits reported in the method are based

upon optimization of the instrument for the

smallest possible amount of analyte. When

the target concentration of an analyte is exceptionally higher than these limits, they

may not be attainable at the routine operation parameters.

The stability of samples has been significantly improved through the use of a specially cleaned charcoal which is coated with

4-tert-butylcatechol (TBC). TBC is a polymerization inhibitor for BD (Ref. 5.3).

1.1.1 Toxic effects

Symptoms of human exposure to BD include irritation of the eyes, nose and throat.

It can also cause coughing, drowsiness and

fatigue. Dermatitis and frostbite can result

from skin exposure to liquid BD. (Ref. 5.1)

NIOSH recommends that BD be handled in

the workplace as a potential occupational

carcinogen. This recommendation is based

on two inhalation studies that resulted in

cancers at multiple sites in rats and in mice.

BD has also demonstrated mutagenic activity in the presence of a liver microsomal activating system. It has also been reported to

have adverse reproductive effects. (Ref. 5.1)

1.1.2. Potential workplace exposure

About 90% of the annual production of BD

is used to manufacture styrene-butadiene

rubber and Polybutadiene rubber. Other uses

include: Polychloroprene rubber, acrylonitrile butadiene-stryene resins, nylon intermediates, styrene-butadiene latexes, butadiene polymers, thermoplastic elastomers,

nitrile resins, methyl methacrylate-butadiene styrene resins and chemical intermediates. (Ref. 5.1)

1.1.3. Physical properties (Ref. 5.1)

CAS No.: 106–99–0

Molecular weight: 54.1

Appearance: Colorless gas

Boiling point: ¥4.41 °C (760 mm Hg)

Freezing point: ¥108.9 °C

Vapor pressure: 2 atm @ 15.3 °C; 5 atm @ 47

°C

Explosive limits: 2 to 11.5% (by volume in

air)

Odor threshold: 0.45 ppm

Structural formula: H2 C:CHCH:CH2

Synonyms: BD; biethylene; bivinyl; butadiene; divinyl; buta-1,3-diene; alpha-gammabutadiene; erythrene; NCI–C50602;

pyrrolylene; vinylethylene.

1.2. Limit defining parameters

The analyte air concentrations listed

throughout this method are based on an air

volume of 3 L and a desorption volume of 1

mL. Air concentrations listed in ppm are referenced to 25 °C and 760 mm Hg.

1.2.1. Detection limit of the analytical

procedure

The detection limit of the analytical procedure was 304 pg per injection. This was the

amount of BD which gave a response relative

to the interferences present in a standard.

1.2.2. Detection limit of the overall procedure

The detection limit of the overall procedure was 0.60 μg per sample (90 ppb or 200 μg/

m3). This amount was determined graphically. It was the amount of analyte which,

when spiked on the sampling device, would

allow recovery approximately equal to the

detection limit of the analytical procedure.

1.2.3. Reliable quantitation limit

The reliable quantitation limit was 1.03 μg

per sample (155 ppb or 343 μg/m3). This was

the smallest amount of analyte which could

be quantitated within the limits of a recovery of at least 75% and a precision (±1.96 SD)

of ±25% or better.

1.2.4. Sensitivity 1

The sensitivity of the analytical procedure

over a concentration range representing 0.6

to 2 times the target concentration, based on

the recommended air volume, was 387 area

units per μg/mL. This value was determined

from the slope of the calibration curve. The

sensitivity may vary with the particular instrument used in the analysis.

1.2.5. Recovery

The recovery of BD from samples used in

storage tests remained above 77% when the

samples were stored at ambient temperature

and above 94% when the samples were stored

at refrigerated temperature. These values

were determined from regression lines which

were calculated from the storage data. The

recovery of the analyte from the collection

device must be at least 75% following storage.

1.2.6. Precision (analytical method only)

The pooled coefficient of variation obtained from replicate determinations of analytical standards over the range of 0.6 to 2

times the target concentration was 0.011.

1.2.7. Precision (overall procedure)

The precision at the 95% confidence level

for the refrigerated temperature storage test

was ±12.7%. This value includes an additional

±5% for sampling error. The overall procedure must provide results at the target concentrations that are ±25% at the 95% confidence level.
415

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051

1.2.8. Reproducibility

Samples collected from a controlled test

atmosphere and a draft copy of this procedure were given to a chemist unassociated

with this evaluation. The average recovery

was 97.2% and the standard deviation was

6.2%.

2. Sampling procedure

2.1. Apparatus

2.1.1. Samples are collected by use of a

personal sampling pump that can be calibrated to within ±5% of the recommended

0.05 L/min sampling rate with the sampling

tube in line.

2.1.2. Samples are collected with laboratory prepared sampling tubes. The sampling

tube is constructed of silane-treated glass

and is about 5-cm long. The ID is 4 mm and

the OD is 6 mm. One end of the tube is tapered so that a glass wool end plug will hold

the contents of the tube in place during sampling. The opening in the tapered end of the

sampling tube is at least one-half the ID of

the tube (2 mm). The other end of the sampling tube is open to its full 4-mm ID to facilitate packing of the tube. Both ends of the

tube are fire-polished for safety. The tube is

packed with 2 sections of pretreated charcoal

which has been coated with TBC. The tube is

packed with a 50-mg backup section, located

nearest the tapered end, and with a 100-mg

sampling section of charcoal. The two sections of coated adsorbent are separated and

retained with small plugs of silanized glass

wool. Following packing, the sampling tubes

are sealed with two 7⁄32 inch OD plastic end

caps. Instructions for the pretreatment and

coating of the charcoal are presented in Section 4.1 of this method.

2.2. Reagents

None required.

2.3. Technique

2.3.1. Properly label the sampling tube before sampling and then remove the plastic

end caps.

2.3.2. Attach the sampling tube to the

pump using a section of flexible plastic tubing such that the larger front section of the

sampling tube is exposed directly to the atmosphere. Do not place any tubing ahead of

the sampling tube. The sampling tube should

be attached in the worker’s breathing zone

in a vertical manner such that it does not

impede work performance.

2.3.3. After sampling for the appropriate

time, remove the sampling tube from the

pump and then seal the tube with plastic end

caps. Wrap the tube lengthwise.

2.3.4. Include at least one blank for each

sampling set. The blank should be handled in

the same manner as the samples with the exception that air is not drawn through it.

2.3.5. List any potential interferences on

the sample data sheet.

2.3.6. The samples require no special shipping precautions under normal conditions.

The samples should be refrigerated if they

are to be exposed to higher than normal ambient temperatures. If the samples are to be

stored before they are shipped to the laboratory, they should be kept in a freezer. The

samples should be placed in a freezer upon

receipt at the laboratory.

2.4. Breakthrough

(Breakthrough was defined as the relative

amount of analyte found on the backup section of the tube in relation to the total

amount of analyte collected on the sampling

tube. Five-percent breakthrough occurred

after sampling a test atmosphere containing

2.0 ppm BD for 90 min at 0.05 L/min. At the

end of this time 4.5 L of air had been sampled

and 20.1 μg of the analyte was collected. The

relative humidity of the sampled air was 80%

at 23 °C.)

Breakthrough studies have shown that the

recommended sampling procedure can be

used at air concentrations higher than the

target concentration. The sampling time,

however, should be reduced to 45 min if both

the expected BD level and the relative humidity of the sampled air are high.

2.5. Desorption efficiency

The average desorption efficiency for BD

from TBC coated charcoal over the range

from 0.6 to 2 times the target concentration

was 96.4%. The efficiency was essentially

constant over the range studied.

2.6. Recommended air volume and sampling

rate

2.6.1. The recommended air volume is 3L.

2.6.2. The recommended sampling rate is

0.05 L/min for 1 hour.

2.7. Interferences

There are no known interferences to the

sampling method.

2.8. Safety precautions

2.8.1. Attach the sampling equipment to

the worker in such a manner that it will not

interfere with work performance or safety.

2.8.2. Follow all safety practices that

apply to the work area being sampled.
416

§ 1910.1051 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

2 A Hewlett-Packard Model 5840A GC was

used for this evaluation. Injections were performed using a Hewlett-Packard Model 7671A

automatic sampler. 3 A 20-ft x 1⁄8-inch OD stainless steel GC column containing 20% FFAP on 80/100 mesh

Chromabsorb W–AW–DMCS was used for this

evaluation. 4Fisher Scientific Company A.C.S. Reagent Grade solvent was used in this evaluation. 5Matheson Gas Products, CP Grade 1,3-butadiene was used in this study. 6 A standard containing 7.71 μg/mL (at ambient temperature and pressure) was prepared by diluting 4 μL of the gas with 1-mL

of carbon disulfide.

3. Analytical procedure

3.1. Apparatus

3.1.1. A gas chromatograph (GC),

equipped with a flame ionization detector

(FID).2

3.1.2. A GC column capable of resolving

the analytes from any interference.3

3.1.3. Vials, glass 2-mL with Teflon-lined

caps.

3.1.4. Disposable Pasteur-type pipets, volumetric flasks, pipets and syringes for preparing samples and standards, making dilutions and performing injections.

3.2. Reagents

3.2.1. Carbon disulfide.4

The benzene contaminant that was present

in the carbon disulfide was used as an internal standard (ISTD) in this evaluation.

3.2.2. Nitrogen, hydrogen and air, GC

grade.

3.2.3. BD of known high purity.5

3.3. Standard preparation

3.3.1. Prepare standards by diluting

known volumes of BD gas with carbon disulfide. This can be accomplished by injecting

the appropriate volume of BD into the

headspace above the 1-mL of carbon disulfide

contained in sealed 2-mL vial. Shake the vial

after the needle is removed from the septum.6

3.3.2. The mass of BD gas used to prepare

standards can be determined by use of the

following equations:

MV = (760/BP)(273+t)/(273)(22.41)

Where:

MV = ambient molar volume

BP = ambient barometric pressure

T = ambient temperature

μg/μL = 54.09/MV

μg/standard = (μg/μL)(μL) BD used to prepare

the standard

3.4. Sample preparation

3.4.1. Transfer the 100-mg section of the

sampling tube to a 2-mL vial. Place the 50-

mg section in a separate vial. If the glass

wool plugs contain a significant amount of

charcoal, place them with the appropriate

sampling tube section.

3.4.2. Add 1-mL of carbon disulfide to

each vial.

3.4.3. Seal the vials with Teflon-lined

caps and then allow them to desorb for one

hour. Shake the vials by hand vigorously

several times during the desorption period.

3.4.4. If it is not possible to analyze the

samples within 4 hours, separate the carbon

disulfide from the charcoal, using a disposable Pasteur-type pipet, following the one

hour. This separation will improve the stability of desorbed samples.

3.4.5. Save the used sampling tubes to be

cleaned and repacked with fresh adsorbent.

3.5. Analysis

3.5.1. GC Conditions

Column temperature: 95 °C

Injector temperature: 180 °C

Detector temperature: 275 °C

Carrier gas flow rate: 30 mL/min

Injection volume: 0.80 μL

GC column: 20-ft x 1⁄8-in OD stainless steel

GC column containing 20%

FFAP on 80/100 Chromabsorb W–AW–

DMCS.

3.5.2. Chromatogram. See Section 4.2.

3.5.3. Use a suitable method, such as electronic or peak heights, to measure detector

response.

3.5.4. Prepare a calibration curve using

several standard solutions of different concentrations. Prepare the calibration curve

daily. Program the integrator to report the

results in μg/mL.

3.5.5. Bracket sample concentrations

with standards.

3.6. Interferences (analytical)

3.6.1. Any compound with the same general retention time as the analyte and which

also gives a detector response is a potential

interference. Possible interferences should

be reported by the industrial hygienist to

the laboratory with submitted samples.

3.6.2. GC parameters (temperature, column, etc.) may be changed to circumvent

interferences.

3.6.3. A useful means of structure designation is GC/MS. It is recommended that

this procedure be used to confirm samples

whenever possible.

3.7. Calculations

3.7.1. Results are obtained by use of calibration curves. Calibration curves are prepared by plotting detector response against

concentration for each standard. The best
417

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051

8 A Lindberg Type 55035 Tube furnace was

used in this evaluation. 9 Baker Analyzed’’ Reagent grade was diluted with water for use in this evaluation. 10 The Aldrich Chemical Company 99%

grade was used in this evaluation.

11 Specially cleaned charcoal was obtained

from Supelco, Inc. for use in this evaluation.

The cleaning process used by Supelco is proprietary.

line through the data points is determined

by curve fitting.

3.7.2. The concentration, in ug/mL, for a

particular sample is determined by comparing its detector response to the calibration curve. If any analyte is found on the

backup section, this amount is added to the

amount found on the front section. Blank

corrections should be performed before adding the results together.

3.7.3. The BD air concentration can be expressed using the following equation:

mg/m3 = (A)(B)/(C)(D)

Where:

A = μg/mL from Section 3.7.2

B = volume

C = L of air sampled

D = efficiency

3.7.4. The following equation can be used

to convert results in mg/m3 to ppm:

ppm = (mg/m3)(24.46)/54.09

Where:

mg/m3 = result from Section 3.7.3.

24.46 = molar volume of an ideal gas at 760

mm Hg and 25 °C.

3.8. Safety precautions (analytical)

3.8.1. Avoid skin contact and inhalation

of all chemicals.

3.8.2. Restrict the use of all chemicals to

a fume hood whenever possible.

3.8.3. Wear safety glasses and a lab coat

in all laboratory areas.

4. Additional Information

4.1. A procedure to prepare specially cleaned

charcoal coated with TBC

4.1.1. Apparatus.

4.1.1.1. Magnetic stirrer and stir bar.

4.1.1.2. Tube furnace capable of maintaining a temperature of 700 °C and equipped

with a quartz tube that can hold 30 g of charcoal.8

4.1.1.3. A means to purge nitrogen gas

through the charcoal inside the quartz tube.

4.1.1.4. Water bath capable of maintaining a temperature of 60 °C.

4.1.1.5. Miscellaneous laboratory equipment: One-liter vacuum flask, 1–L Erlenmeyer flask, 350–M1 Buchner funnel with a

coarse fitted disc, 4-oz brown bottle, rubber

stopper, Teflon tape etc.

4.1.2. Reagents

4.1.2.1. Phosphoric acid, 10% by weight, in

water.9

4.1.2.2. 4-tert-Butylcatechol (TBC).10

4.1.2.3. Specially cleaned coconut shell

charcoal, 20/40 mesh.11

4.1.2.4. Nitrogen gas, GC grade.

4.1.3. Procedure.

Weigh 30g of charcoal into a 500-mL Erlenmeyer flask. Add about 250 mL of 10% phosphoric acid to the flask and then swirl the

mixture. Stir the mixture for 1 hour using a

magnetic stirrer. Filter the mixture using a

fitted Buchner funnel. Wash the charcoal

several times with 250-mL portions of deionized water to remove all traces of the acid.

Transfer the washed charcoal to the tube

furnace quartz tube. Place the quartz tube in

the furnace and then connect the nitrogen

gas purge to the tube. Fire the charcoal to

700 °C. Maintain that temperature for at

least 1 hour. After the charcoal has cooled to

room temperature, transfer it to a tared

beaker. Determine the weight of the charcoal and then add an amount of TBC which

is 10% of the charcoal, by weight.

CAUTION-TBC is toxic and should only be

handled in a fume hood while wearing gloves.

Carefully mix the contents of the beaker

and then transfer the mixture to a 4-oz bottle. Stopper the bottle with a clean rubber

stopper which has been wrapped with Teflon

tape. Clamp the bottle in a water bath so

that the water level is above the charcoal

level. Gently heat the bath to 60 °C and then

maintain that temperature for 1 hour. Cool

the charcoal to room temperature and then

transfer the coated charcoal to a suitable

container.

The coated charcoal is now ready to be

packed into sampling tubes. The sampling

tubes should be stored in a sealed container

to prevent contamination. Sampling tubes

should be stored in the dark at room temperature. The sampling tubes should be segregated by coated adsorbent lot number.

4.2 Chromatograms

The chromatograms were obtained using

the recommended analytical method. The

chart speed was set at 1 cm/min for the first

three min and then at 0.2 cm/min for the

time remaining in the analysis.

The peak which elutes just before BD is a

reaction product between an impurity on the

charcoal and TBC. This peak is always

present, but it is easily resolved from the

analyte. The peak which elutes immediately

before benzene is an oxidation product of

TBC.

5. References

5.1. ‘‘Current Intelligence Bulletin 41, 1,3-

Butadiene’’, U.S. Dept. of Health and Human
418

§ 1910.1051 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

Services, Public Health Service, Center for

Disease Control, NIOSH.

5.2. ‘‘NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods’’, 2nd ed; U.S. Dept. of Health Education

and Welfare, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health: Cincinnati, OH.

1977, Vol. 2, Method No. S91 DHEW (NIOSH)

Publ. (US), No. 77–157–B.

5.3. Hawley, G.C., Ed. ‘‘The Condensed

Chemical Dictionary’’, 8th ed.; Van Nostrand

Rienhold Company: New York, 1971; 139.5.4.

Chem. Eng. News (June 10, 1985), (63), 22–66.

APPENDIX E [RESERVED]

APPENDIX F TO §1910.1051—MEDICAL QUESTIONNAIRES (NON-MANDATORY)
419

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051
420

§ 1910.1051 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)
421

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051
422

§ 1910.1051 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)
423

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051
424

§ 1910.1051 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)
425

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051

[61 FR 56831, Nov. 4, 1996, as amended at 63 FR 1294, Jan. 8, 1998]
426

§ 1910.1052 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

§ 1910.1052 Methylene Chloride.

This occupational health standard establishes requirements for employers

to control occupational exposure to

methylene chloride (MC). Employees

exposed to MC are at increased risk of

developing cancer, adverse effects on

the heart, central nervous system and

liver, and skin or eye irritation. Exposure may occur through inhalation, by

absorption through the skin, or

through contact with the skin. MC is a

solvent which is used in many different

types of work activities, such as paint

stripping, polyurethane foam manufacturing, and cleaning and degreasing.

Under the requirements of paragraph

(d) of this section, each covered employer must make an initial determination of each employee’s exposure

to MC. If the employer determines that

employees are exposed below the action level, the only other provisions of

this section that apply are that a

record must be made of the determination, the employees must receive information and training under paragraph

(l) of this section and, where appropriate, employees must be protected

from contact with liquid MC under

paragraph (h) of this section. The provisions of the MC standard are as follows:

(a) Scope and application. This section

applies to all occupational exposures to

methylene chloride (MC), Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 75–09–

2, in general industry, construction and

shipyard employment.

(b) Definitions. For the purposes of

this section, the following definitions

shall apply:

Action level means a concentration of

airborne MC of 12.5 parts per million

(ppm) calculated as an eight (8)-hour

time-weighted average (TWA).

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Authorized person means any person

specifically authorized by the employer

and required by work duties to be

present in regulated areas, or any person entering such an area as a designated representative of employees for

the purpose of exercising the right to

observe monitoring and measuring procedures under paragraph (d) of this section, or any other person authorized by

the OSH Act or regulations issued

under the Act.

Director means the Director of the

National Institute for Occupational

Safety and Health, U.S. Department of

Health and Human Services, or designee.

Emergency means any occurrence,

such as, but not limited to, equipment

failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment, which results, or is likely to result in an uncontrolled release of MC. If an incidental

release of MC can be controlled by employees such as maintenance personnel

at the time of release and in accordance with the leak/spill provisions required by paragraph (f) of this section,

it is not considered an emergency as

defined by this standard.

Employee exposure means exposure to

airborne MC which occurs or would

occur if the employee were not using

respiratory protection.

Methylene chloride (MC) means an organic compound with chemical formula, CH2 Cl2. Its Chemical Abstracts

Service Registry Number is 75–09–2. Its

molecular weight is 84.9 g/mole.

Physician or other licensed health care

professional is an individual whose legally permitted scope of practice (i.e.,

license, registration, or certification)

allows him or her to independently provide or be delegated the responsibility

to provide some or all of the health

care services required by paragraph (j)

of this section.

Regulated area means an area, demarcated by the employer, where an employee’s exposure to airborne concentrations of MC exceeds or can reasonably be expected to exceed either

the 8-hour TWA PEL or the STEL.

Symptom means central nervous system effects such as headaches, disorientation, dizziness, fatigue, and decreased attention span; skin effects

such as chapping, erythema, cracked

skin, or skin burns; and cardiac effects

such as chest pain or shortness of

breath.

This section means this methylene

chloride standard.

(c) Permissible exposure limits (PELs)—

(1) Eight-hour time-weighted average

(TWA) PEL. The employer shall ensure
427

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052

that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of MC in excess of

twenty-five parts of MC per million

parts of air (25 ppm) as an 8-hour TWA.

(2) Short-term exposure limit (STEL).

The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of MC in excess of one hundred and twenty-five parts of MC per

million parts of air (125 ppm) as determined over a sampling period of fifteen

minutes.

(d) Exposure monitoring—(1) Characterization of employee exposure. (i) Where

MC is present in the workplace, the

employer shall determine each employee’s exposure by either:

(A) Taking a personal breathing zone

air sample of each employee’s exposure; or

(B) Taking personal breathing zone

air samples that are representative of

each employee’s exposure.

(ii) Representative samples. The employer may consider personal breathing

zone air samples to be representative of

employee exposures when they are

taken as follows:

(A) 8-hour TWA PEL. The employer

has taken one or more personal breathing zone air samples for at least one

employee in each job classification in a

work area during every work shift, and

the employee sampled is expected to

have the highest MC exposure.

(B) Short-term exposure limits. The employer has taken one or more personal

breathing zone air samples which indicate the highest likely 15-minute exposures during such operations for at

least one employee in each job classification in the work area during every

work shift, and the employee sampled

is expected to have the highest MC exposure.

(C) Exception. Personal breathing

zone air samples taken during one

work shift may be used to represent

employee exposures on other work

shifts where the employer can document that the tasks performed and

conditions in the workplace are similar

across shifts.

(iii) Accuracy of monitoring. The employer shall ensure that the methods

used to perform exposure monitoring

produce results that are accurate to a

confidence level of 95 percent, and are:

(A) Within plus or minus 25 percent

for airborne concentrations of MC

above the 8-hour TWA PEL or the

STEL; or

(B) Within plus or minus 35 percent

for airborne concentrations of MC at or

above the action level but at or below

the 8-hour TWA PEL.

(2) Initial determination. Each employer whose employees are exposed to

MC shall perform initial exposure monitoring to determine each affected employee’s exposure, except under the following conditions:

(i) Where objective data demonstrate

that MC cannot be released in the

workplace in airborne concentrations

at or above the action level or above

the STEL. The objective data shall represent the highest MC exposures likely

to occur under reasonably foreseeable

conditions of processing, use, or handling. The employer shall document

the objective data exemption as specified in paragraph (m) of this section;

(ii) Where the employer has performed exposure monitoring within 12

months prior to April 10, 1997 and that

exposure monitoring meets all other

requirements of this section, and was

conducted under conditions substantially equivalent to existing conditions; or

(iii) Where employees are exposed to

MC on fewer than 30 days per year (e.g.,

on a construction site), and the employer has measurements by directreading instruments which give immediate results (such as a detector tube)

and which provide sufficient information regarding employee exposures to

determine what control measures are

necessary to reduce exposures to acceptable levels.

(3) Periodic monitoring. Where the initial determination shows employee exposures at or above the action level or

above the STEL, the employer shall establish an exposure monitoring program for periodic monitoring of employee exposure to MC in accordance

with Table 1:
428

§ 1910.1052 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

TABLE 1—INITIAL DETERMINATION EXPOSURE SCENARIOS AND THEIR ASSOCIATED MONITORING

FREQUENCIES

Exposure scenario Required monitoring activity

Below the action level and at or below the

STEL.

No 8-hour TWA or STEL monitoring required.

Below the action level and above the STEL No 8-hour TWA monitoring required; monitor STEL exposures every three months.

At or above the action level, at or below

the TWA, and at or below the STEL.

Monitor 8-hour TWA exposures every six months.

At or above the action level, at or below

the TWA, and above the STEL.

Monitor 8-hour TWA exposures every six months and monitor STEL exposures

every three months.

Above the TWA and at or below the STEL Monitor 8-hour TWA exposures every three months. In addition, without regard to

the last sentence of the note to paragraph (d)(3), the following employers must

monitor STEL exposures every three months until either the date by which they

must achieve the 8-hour TWA PEL under paragraph (n) of this section or the

date by which they in fact achieve the 8-hour TWA PEL, whichever comes first:

employers engaged in polyurethane foam manufacturing; foam fabrication; furniture refinishing; general aviation aircraft stripping; product formulation; use of

MC-based adhesives for boat building and repair, recreational vehicle manufacture, van conversion, or upholstery; and use of MC in construction work for restoration and preservation of buildings, painting and paint removal, cabinet making, or floor refinishing and resurfacing.

Above the TWA and above the STEL ........ Monitor 8-hour TWA exposures and STEL exposures every three months.

[NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (d)(3): The employer

may decrease the frequency of 8-hour TWA

exposure monitoring to every six months

when at least two consecutive measurements

taken at least seven days apart show exposures to be at or below the 8-hour TWA PEL.

The employer may discontinue the periodic

8-hour TWA monitoring for employees where

at least two consecutive measurements

taken at least seven days apart are below the

action level. The employer may discontinue

the periodic STEL monitoring for employees

where at least two consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart are at or

below the STEL.]

(4) Additional monitoring. (i) The employer shall perform exposure monitoring when a change in workplace

conditions indicates that employee exposure may have increased. Examples

of situations that may require additional monitoring include changes in

production, process, control equipment, or work practices, or a leak, rupture, or other breakdown.

(ii) Where exposure monitoring is

performed due to a spill, leak, rupture

or equipment breakdown, the employer

shall clean-up the MC and perform the

appropriate repairs before monitoring.

(5) Employee notification of monitoring

results. (i) The employer shall, within

15 working days after the receipt of the

results of any monitoring performed

under this section, notify each affected

employee of these results in writing,

either individually or by posting of results in an appropriate location that is

accessible to affected employees.

(ii) Whenever monitoring results indicate that employee exposure is above

the 8-hour TWA PEL or the STEL, the

employer shall describe in the written

notification the corrective action being

taken to reduce employee exposure to

or below the 8-hour TWA PEL or STEL

and the schedule for completion of this

action.

(6) Observation of monitoring—(i) Employee observation. The employer shall

provide affected employees or their

designated representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of

employee exposure to MC conducted in

accordance with this section.

(ii) Observation procedures. When observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to MC requires entry

into an area where the use of protective clothing or equipment is required,

the employer shall provide, at no cost

to the observer(s), and the observer(s)

shall be required to use such clothing

and equipment and shall comply with

all other applicable safety and health

procedures.

(e) Regulated areas. (1) The employer

shall establish a regulated area wherever an employee’s exposure to airborne concentrations of MC exceeds or

can reasonably be expected to exceed

either the 8-hour TWA PEL or the

STEL.

(2) The employer shall limit access to

regulated areas to authorized persons.

(3) The employer shall supply a respirator, selected in accordance with
429

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052

paragraph (h)(3) of this section, to each

person who enters a regulated area and

shall require each affected employee to

use that respirator whenever MC exposures are likely to exceed the 8-hour

TWA PEL or STEL.

[NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (e)(3): An employer

who has implemented all feasible engineering, work practice and administrative controls (as required in paragraph (f) of this section), and who has established a regulated

area (as required by paragraph (e)(1) of this

section) where MC exposure can be reliably

predicted to exceed the 8-hour TWA PEL or

the STEL only on certain days (for example,because of work or process schedule)

would need to have affected employees use

respirators in that regulated area only on

those days.]

(4) The employer shall ensure that,

within a regulated area, employees do

not engage in non-work activities

which may increase dermal or oral MC

exposure.

(5) The employer shall ensure that

while employees are wearing respirators, they do not engage in activities (such as taking medication or

chewing gum or tobacco) which interfere with respirator seal or performance.

(6) The employer shall demarcate

regulated areas from the rest of the

workplace in any manner that adequately establishes and alerts employees to the boundaries of the area and

minimizes the number of authorized

employees exposed to MC within the

regulated area.

(7) An employer at a multi-employer

worksite who establishes a regulated

area shall communicate the access restrictions and locations of these areas

to all other employers with work operations at that worksite.

(f) Methods of compliance—(1) Engineering and work practice controls. The

employer shall institute and maintain

the effectiveness of engineering controls and work practices to reduce employee exposure to or below the PELs

except to the extent that the employer

can demonstrate that such controls are

not feasible. Wherever the feasible engineering controls and work practices

which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to

or below the 8–TWA PEL or STEL, the

employer shall use them to reduce employee exposure to the lowest levels

achievable by these controls and shall

supplement them by the use of respiratory protection that complies with

the requirements of paragraph (g) of

this section.

(2) Prohibition of rotation. The employer shall not implement a schedule

of employee rotation as a means of

compliance with the PELs.

(3) Leak and spill detection. (i) The employer shall implement procedures to

detect leaks of MC in the workplace. In

work areas where spills may occur, the

employer shall make provisions to contain any spills and to safely dispose of

any MC-contaminated waste materials.

(ii) The employer shall ensure that

all incidental leaks are repaired and

that incidental spills are cleaned

promptly by employees who use the appropriate personal protective equipment and are trained in proper methods of cleanup.

[NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (f)(3)(ii): See Appendix A of this section for examples of procedures that satisfy this requirement. Employers covered by this standard may also be subject to the hazardous waste and emergency

response provisions contained in 29 CFR

1910.120 (q).]

(g) Respiratory protection—(1) General.

For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer

must provide respirators that comply

with the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:

(i) Periods when an employee’s exposure to MC exceeds the 8-hour TWA

PEL, or STEL (for example, when an

employee is using MC in a regulated

area).

(ii) Periods necessary to install or

implement feasible engineering and

work-practice controls.

(iii) A few work operations, such as

some maintenance operations and repair activities, for which the employer

demonstrates that engineering and

work-practice controls are infeasible.

(iv) Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practice

controls are not sufficient to reduce

employee exposures to or below the

PELs.

(v) Emergencies.

(2) Respirator program. (i) The employer must implement a respiratory

protection program in accordance with

29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (m) (except

(d)(1)(iii) and (d)(3)(iii)(B) (1) and (2)).
430

§ 1910.1052 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(ii) Employers who provide employees with gas masks with organic-vapor

canisters for the purpose of emergency

escape must replace the canisters after

any emergency use and before the gas

masks are returned to service.

(3) Respirator selection. The employer

must select appropriate atmospheresupplying respirators from Table 2 of

this section.

TABLE 2—MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR AIRBORNE METHYLENE

CHLORIDE

Methylene chloride airborne concentration

(ppm) or condition of use Minimum respirator required 1

Up to 625 ppm (25 X PEL) ......................... (1) Continuous flow supplied-air respirator, hood or helmet.

Up to 1250 ppm (50 X 8–TWA PEL) .......... (1) Full facepiece supplied-air respirator operated in negative pressure (demand)

mode.

(2) Full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) operated in negative

pressure (demand) mode.

Up to 5000 ppm (200 X 8–TWA PEL) ........ (1) Continuous flow supplied-air respirator, full facepiece.

(2) Pressure demand supplied-air respirator, full facepiece.

(3) Positive pressure full facepiece SCBA.

Unknown concentration, or above 5000

ppm (Greater than 200 X 8–TWA PEL).

(1) Positive pressure full facepiece SCBA.

(2) Full facepiece pressure demand supplied-air respirator with an auxiliary selfcontained air supply.

Fire fighting ................................................. Positive pressure full facepiece SCBA.

Emergency escape ..................................... (1) Any continuous flow or pressure demand SCBA.

(2) Gas mask with organic vapor canister.

1 Respirators assigned for higher airborne concentrations may be used at lower concentrations.

(4) Medical evaluation. Before having

an employee use a supplied-air respirator in the negative-pressure mode,

or a gas mask with an organic-vapor

canister for emergency escape, the employer must:

(i) Have a physician or other licensed

health-care professional (PLHCP)

evaluate the employee’s ability to use

such respiratory protection.

(ii) Ensure that the PLHCP provides

their findings in a written opinion to

the employee and the employer.

(h) Protective Work Clothing and

Equipment. (1) Where needed to prevent

MC-induced skin or eye irritation, the

employer shall provide clean protective

clothing and equipment which is resistant to MC, at no cost to the employee,

and shall ensure that each affected employee uses it. Eye and face protection

shall meet the requirements of 29 CFR

1910.133 or 29 CFR 1915.153, as applicable.

(2) The employer shall clean, launder,

repair and replace all protective clothing and equipment required by this

paragraph as needed to maintain their

effectiveness.

(3) The employer shall be responsible

for the safe disposal of such clothing

and equipment.

[NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (h)(4): See Appendix A

for examples of disposal procedures that will

satisfy this requirement.]

(i) Hygiene facilities. (1) If it is reasonably foreseeable that employees’ skin

may contact solutions containing 0.1

percent or greater MC (for example,

through splashes, spills or improper

work practices), the employer shall

provide conveniently located washing

facilities capable of removing the MC,

and shall ensure that affected employees use these facilities as needed.

(2) If it is reasonably foreseeable that

an employee’s eyes may contact solutions containing 0.1 percent or greater

MC (for example through splashes,

spills or improper work practices), the

employer shall provide appropriate

eyewash facilities within the immediate work area for emergency use, and

shall ensure that affected employees

use those facilities when necessary.

(j) Medical surveillance—(1) Affected

employees. The employer shall make

medical surveillance available for employees who are or may be exposed to

MC as follows:

(i) At or above the action level on 30

or more days per year, or above the 8-

hour TWA PEL or the STEL on 10 or

more days per year;
431

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052

(ii) Above the 8–TWA PEL or STEL

for any time period where an employee

has been identified by a physician or

other licensed health care professional

as being at risk from cardiac disease or

from some other serious MC-related

health condition and such employee requests inclusion in the medical surveillance program;

(iii) During an emergency.

(2) Costs. The employer shall provide

all required medical surveillance at no

cost to affected employees, without

loss of pay and at a reasonable time

and place.

(3) Medical personnel. The employer

shall ensure that all medical surveillance procedures are performed by a

physician or other licensed health care

professional, as defined in paragraph

(b) of this section.

(4) Frequency of medical surveillance.

The employer shall make medical surveillance available to each affected employee as follows:

(i) Initial surveillance. The employer

shall provide initial medical surveillance under the schedule provided by

paragraph (n)(2)(iii) of this section, or

before the time of initial assignment of

the employee, whichever is later. The

employer need not provide the initial

surveillance if medical records show

that an affected employee has been

provided with medical surveillance

that complies with this section within

12 months before April 10, 1997.

(ii) Periodic medical surveillance. The

employer shall update the medical and

work history for each affected employee annually. The employer shall

provide periodic physical examinations, including appropriate laboratory

surveillance, as follows:

(A) For employees 45 years of age or

older, within 12 months of the initial

surveillance or any subsequent medical

surveillance; and

(B) For employees younger than 45

years of age, within 36 months of the

initial surveillance or any subsequent

medical surveillance.

(iii) Termination of employment or reassignment. When an employee leaves the

employer’s workplace, or is reassigned

to an area where exposure to MC is

consistently at or below the action

level and STEL, medical surveillance

shall be made available if six months

or more have elapsed since the last

medical surveillance.

(iv) Additional surveillance. The employer shall provide additional medical

surveillance at frequencies other than

those listed above when recommended

in the written medical opinion. (For

example, the physician or other licensed health care professional may

determine an examination is warranted

in less than 36 months for employees

younger than 45 years of age based

upon evaluation of the results of the

annual medical and work history.)

(5) Content of medical surveillance—(i)

Medical and work history. The comprehensive medical and work history

shall emphasize neurological symptoms, skin conditions, history of hematologic or liver disease, signs or symptoms suggestive of heart disease (angina, coronary artery disease), risk factors for cardiac disease, MC exposures,

and work practices and personal protective equipment used during such exposures.

[NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (j)(5)(i): See Appendix

B of this section for an example of a medical

and work history format that would satisfy

this requirement.]

(ii) Physical examination. Where physical examinations are provided as required above, the physician or other licensed health care professional shall

accord particular attention to the

lungs, cardiovascular system (including blood pressure and pulse), liver,

nervous system, and skin. The physician or other licensed health care professional shall determine the extent

and nature of the physical examination

based on the health status of the employee and analysis of the medical and

work history.

(iii) Laboratory surveillance. The physician or other licensed health care

professional shall determine the extent

of any required laboratory surveillance

based on the employee’s observed

health status and the medical and

work history.

[NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (j)(5)(iii): See Appendix B of this section for information regarding medical tests. Laboratory surveillance

may include before- and after-shift

carboxyhemoglobin determinations, resting

ECG, hematocrit, liver function tests and

cholesterol levels.]

(iv) Other information or reports. The

medical surveillance shall also include
432

§ 1910.1052 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

any other information or reports the

physician or other licensed health care

professional determines are necessary

to assess the employee’s health in relation to MC exposure.

(6) Content of emergency medical surveillance. The employer shall ensure

that medical surveillance made available when an employee has been exposed to MC in emergency situations

includes, at a minimum:

(i) Appropriate emergency treatment

and decontamination of the exposed

employee;

(ii) Comprehensive physical examination with special emphasis on the nervous system, cardiovascular system,

lungs, liver and skin, including blood

pressure and pulse;

(iii) Updated medical and work history, as appropriate for the medical

condition of the employee; and

(iv) Laboratory surveillance, as indicated by the employee’s health status.

[NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (j)(6)(iv): See Appendix B for examples of tests which may be appropriate.]

(7) Additional examinations and referrals. Where the physician or other licensed health care professional determines it is necessary, the scope of the

medical examination shall be expanded

and the appropriate additional medical

surveillance, such as referrals for consultation or examination, shall be provided.

(8) Information provided to the physician or other licensed health care professional. The employer shall provide the

following information to a physician or

other licensed health care professional

who is involved in the diagnosis of MCinduced health effects:

(i) A copy of this section including

its applicable appendices;

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s past, current and anticipated

future duties as they relate to the employee’s MC exposure;

(iii) The employee’s former or current exposure levels or, for employees

not yet occupationally exposed to MC,

the employee’s anticipated exposure

levels and the frequency and exposure

levels anticipated to be associated with

emergencies;

(iv) A description of any personal

protective equipment, such as respirators, used or to be used; and

(v) Information from previous employment-related medical surveillance

of the affected employee which is not

otherwise available to the physician or

other licensed health care professional.

(9) Written medical opinions. (i) For

each physical examination required by

this section, the employer shall ensure

that the physician or other licensed

health care professional provides to the

employer and to the affected employee

a written opinion regarding the results

of that examination within 15 days of

completion of the evaluation of medical and laboratory findings, but not

more than 30 days after the examination. The written medical opinion shall

be limited to the following information:

(A) The physician or other licensed

health care professional’s opinion concerning whether exposure to MC may

contribute to or aggravate the employee’s existing cardiac, hepatic, neurological (including stroke) or dermal

disease or whether the employee has

any other medical condition(s) that

would place the employee’s health at

increased risk of material impairment

from exposure to MC.

(B) Any recommended limitations

upon the employee’s exposure to MC,

including removal from MC exposure,

or upon the employee’s use of respirators, protective clothing, or other

protective equipment.

(C) A statement that the employee

has been informed by the physician or

other licensed health care professional

that MC is a potential occupational

carcinogen, of risk factors for heart

disease, and the potential for exacerbation of underlying heart disease by

exposure to MC through its metabolism

to carbon monoxide; and

(D) A statement that the employee

has been informed by the physician or

other licensed health care professional

of the results of the medical examination and any medical conditions resulting from MC exposure which require

further explanation or treatment.

(ii) The employer shall instruct the

physician or other licensed health care

professional not to reveal to the employer, orally or in the written opinion, any specific records, findings, and

diagnoses that have no bearing on occupational exposure to MC.
433

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052

[NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (j)(9)(ii): The written

medical opinion may also include information and opinions generated to comply with

other OSHA health standards.]

(10) Medical presumption. For purposes

of this paragraph (j) of this section, the

physician or other licensed health care

professional shall presume, unless medical evidence indicates to the contrary,

that a medical condition is unlikely to

require medical removal from MC exposure if the employee is not exposed to

MC above the 8-hour TWA PEL. If the

physician or other licensed health care

professional recommends removal for

an employee exposed below the 8-hour

TWA PEL, the physician or other licensed health care professional shall

cite specific medical evidence, sufficient to rebut the presumption that exposure below the 8-hour TWA PEL is

unlikely to require removal, to support

the recommendation. If such evidence

is cited by the physician or other licensed health care professional, the

employer must remove the employee.

If such evidence is not cited by the

physician or other licensed health care

professional, the employer is not required to remove the employee.

(11) Medical Removal Protection (MRP).

(i) Temporary medical removal and return of an employee.

(A) Except as provided in paragraph

(j)(10) of this section, when a medical

determination recommends removal

because the employee’s exposure to MC

may contribute to or aggravate the

employee’s existing cardiac, hepatic,

neurological (including stroke), or skin

disease, the employer must provide

medical removal protection benefits to

the employee and either:

(1) Transfer the employee to comparable work where methylene chloride

exposure is below the action level; or

(2) Remove the employee from MC

exposure.

(B) If comparable work is not available and the employer is able to demonstrate that removal and the costs of

extending MRP benefits to an additional employee, considering feasibility in relation to the size of the employer’s business and the other requirements of this standard, make further

reliance on MRP an inappropriate remedy, the employer may retain the additional employee in the existing job

until transfer or removal becomes appropriate, provided:

(1) The employer ensures that the

employee receives additional medical

surveillance, including a physical examination at least every 60 days until

transfer or removal occurs; and

(2) The employer or PLHCP informs

the employee of the risk to the employee’s health from continued MC exposure.

(C) The employer shall maintain in

effect any job-related protective measures or limitations, other than removal, for as long as a medical determination recommends them to be necessary.

(ii) End of MRP benefits and return

of the employee to former job status.

(A) The employer may cease providing MRP benefits at the earliest of

the following:

(1) Six months;

(2) Return of the employee to the employee’s former job status following receipt of a medical determination concluding that the employee’s exposure

to MC no longer will aggravate any

cardiac, hepatic, neurological (including stroke), or dermal disease;

(3) Receipt of a medical determination concluding that the employee can

never return to MC exposure.

(B) For the purposes of this paragraph (j), the requirement that an employer return an employee to the employee’s former job status is not intended to expand upon or restrict any

rights an employee has or would have

had, absent temporary medical removal, to a specific job classification

or position under the terms of a collective bargaining agreement.

(12) Medical removal protection benefits.

(i) For purposes of this paragraph (j),

the term medical removal protection

benefits means that, for each removal,

an employer must maintain for up to

six months the earnings, seniority, and

other employment rights and benefits

of the employee as though the employee had not been removed from MC

exposure or transferred to a comparable job.

(ii) During the period of time that an

employee is removed from exposure to

MC, the employer may condition the
434

§ 1910.1052 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

provision of medical removal protection benefits upon the employee’s participation in follow-up medical surveillance made available pursuant to this

section.

(iii) If a removed employee files a

workers’ compensation claim for a MCrelated disability, the employer shall

continue the MRP benefits required by

this paragraph until either the claim is

resolved or the 6-month period for payment f MRP benefits has passed, whichever occurs first. To the extent the employee is entitled to indemnity payments for earnings lost during the period of removal, the employer’s obligation to provide medical removal protection benefits to the employee shall

be reduced by the amount of such indemnity payments.

(iv) The employer’s obligation to provide medical removal protection benefits to a removed employee shall be reduced to the extent that the employee

receives compensation for earnings lost

during the period of removal from either a publicly or an employer-funded

compensation program, or receives income from employment with another

employer made possible by virtue of

the employee’s removal.

(13) Voluntary removal or restriction of

an employee. Where an employer, although not required by this section to

do so, removes an employee from exposure to MC or otherwise places any

limitation on an employee due to the

effects of MC exposure on the employee’s medical condition, the employer

shall provide medical removal protection benefits to the employee equal to

those required by paragraph (j)(12) of

this section.

(14) Multiple health care professional

review mechanism. (i) If the employer

selects the initial physician or licensed

health care professional (PLHCP) to

conduct any medical examination or

consultation provided to an employee

under this paragraph (j)(11), the employer shall notify the employee of the

right to seek a second medical opinion

each time the employer provides the

employee with a copy of the written

opinion of that PLHCP.

(ii) If the employee does not agree

with the opinion of the employer-selected PLHCP, notifies the employer of

that fact, and takes steps to make an

appointment with a second PLHCP

within 15 days of receiving a copy of

the written opinion of the initial

PLHCP, the employer shall pay for the

PLHCP chosen by the employee to perform at least the following:

(A) Review any findings, determinations or recommendations of the initial

PLHCP; and

(B) Conduct such examinations, consultations, and laboratory tests as the

PLHCP deems necessary to facilitate

this review.

(iii) If the findings, determinations

or recommendations of the second

PLHCP differ from those of the initial

PLHCP, then the employer and the employee shall instruct the two health

care professionals to resolve the disagreement.

(iv) If the two health care professionals are unable to resolve their disagreement within 15 days, then those

two health care professionals shall

jointly designate a PLHCP who is a

specialist in the field at issue. The employer shall pay for the specialist to

perform at least the following:

(A) Review the findings, determinations, and recommendations of the first

two PLHCPs; and

(B) Conduct such examinations, consultations, laboratory tests and discussions with the prior PLHCPs as the

specialist deems necessary to resolve

the disagreements of the prior health

care professionals.

(v) The written opinion of the specialist shall be the definitive medical

determination. The employer shall act

consistent with the definitive medical

determination, unless the employer

and employee agree that the written

opinion of one of the other two

PLHCPs shall be the definitive medical

determination.

(vi) The employer and the employee

or authorized employee representative

may agree upon the use of any expeditious alternate health care professional

determination mechanism in lieu of

the multiple health care professional

review mechanism provided by this

paragraph so long as the alternate

mechanism otherwise satisfies the requirements contained in this paragraph.
435

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052

(k) Hazard communication. The employer shall communicate the following hazards associated with MC on

labels and in material safety data

sheets in accordance with the requirements of the Hazard Communication

Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200, 29 CFR

1915.1200, or 29 CFR 1926.59, as

appropiate: cancer, cardiac effects (including elevation of

carboxyhemoglobin), central nervous

system effects, liver effects, and skin

and eye irritation.

(l) Employee information and training.

(1) The employer shall provide information and training for each affected employee prior to or at the time of initial

assignment to a job involving potential

exposure to MC.

(2) The employer shall ensure that information and training is presented in

a manner that is understandable to the

employees.

(3) In addition to the information required under the Hazard Communication Standard at 29 CFR 1910.1200, 29

CFR 1915.1200, or 29 CFR 1926.59, as

appropiate:

(i) The employer shall inform each

affected employee of the requirements

of this section and information available in its appendices, as well as how to

access or obtain a copy of it in the

workplace;

(ii) Wherever an employee’s exposure

to airborne concentrations of MC exceeds or can reasonably be expected to

exceed the action level, the employer

shall inform each affected employee of

the quantity, location, manner of use,

release, and storage of MC and the specific operations in the workplace that

could result in exposure to MC, particularly noting where exposures may

be above the 8-hour TWA PEL or

STEL;

(4) The employer shall train each affected employee as required under the

Hazard Communication standard at 29

CFR 1910.1200, 29 CFR 1915.1200, or 29

CFR 1926.59, as appropiate.

(5) The employer shall re-train each

affected employee as necessary to ensure that each employee exposed above

the action level or the STEL maintains

the requisite understanding of the principles of safe use and handling of MC in

the workplace.

(6) Whenever there are workplace

changes, such as modifications of tasks

or procedures or the institution of new

tasks or procedures, which increase

employee exposure, and where those

exposures exceed or can reasonably be

expected to exceed the action level, the

employer shall update the training as

necessary to ensure that each affected

employee has the requisite proficiency.

(7) An employer whose employees are

exposed to MC at a multi-employer

worksite shall notify the other employers with work operations at that site in

accordance with the requirements of

the Hazard Communication Standard,

29 CFR 1910.1200, 29 CFR 1915.1200, or 29

CFR 1926.59, as appropiate.

(8) The employer shall provide to the

Assistant Secretary or the Director,

upon request, all available materials

relating to employee information and

training.

(m) Recordkeeping—(1) Objective data.

(i) Where an employer seeks to demonstrate that initial monitoring is unnecessary through reasonable reliance

on objective data showing that any materials in the workplace containing MC

will not release MC at levels which exceed the action level or the STEL

under foreseeable conditions of exposure, the employer shall establish and

maintain an accurate record of the objective data relied upon in support of

the exemption.

(ii) This record shall include at least

the following information:

(A) The MC-containing material in

question;

(B) The source of the objective data;

(C) The testing protocol, results of

testing, and/or analysis of the material

for the release of MC;

(D) A description of the operation exempted under paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this

section and how the data support the

exemption; and

(E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, or employee exposures covered by the exemption.

(iii) The employer shall maintain

this record for the duration of the employer’s reliance upon such objective

data.

(2) Exposure measurements. (i) The employer shall establish and keep an accurate record of all measurements
436

§ 1910.1052 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

taken to monitor employee exposure to

MC as prescribed in paragraph (d) of

this section.

(ii) Where the employer has 20 or

more employees, this record shall include at least the following information:

(A) The date of measurement for each

sample taken;

(B) The operation involving exposure

to MC which is being monitored;

(C) Sampling and analytical methods

used and evidence of their accuracy;

(D) Number, duration, and results of

samples taken;

(E) Type of personal protective

equipment, such as respiratory protective devices, worn, if any; and

(F) Name, social security number, job

classification and exposure of all of the

employees represented by monitoring,

indicating which employees were actually monitored.

(iii) Where the employer has fewer

than 20 employees, the record shall include at least the following information:

(A) The date of measurement for each

sample taken;

(B) Number, duration, and results of

samples taken; and

(C) Name, social security number, job

classification and exposure of all of the

employees represented by monitoring,

indicating which employees were actually monitored.

(iv) The employer shall maintain this

record for at least thirty (30) years, in

accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020.

(3) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an

accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance under

paragraph (j) of this section.

(ii) The record shall include at least

the following information:

(A) The name, social security number

and description of the duties of the employee;

(B) Written medical opinions; and

(C) Any employee medical conditions

related to exposure to MC.

(iii) The employer shall ensure that

this record is maintained for the duration of employment plus thirty (30)

years, in accordance with 29 CFR

1910.1020.

(4) Availability. (i) The employer,

upon written request, shall make all

records required to be maintained by

this section available to the Assistant

Secretary and the Director for examination and copying in accordance with

29 CFR 1910.1020.

[NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (m)(4)(i): All records

required to be maintained by this section

may be kept in the most administratively

convenient form (for example, electronic or

computer records would satisfy this requirement).]

(ii) The employer, upon request, shall

make any employee exposure and objective data records required by this

section available for examination and

copying by affected employees, former

employees, and designated representatives in accordance with 29 CFR

1910.1020.

(iii) The employer, upon request,

shall make employee medical records

required to be kept by this section

available for examination and copying

by the subject employee and by anyone

having the specific written consent of

the subject employee in accordance

with 29 CFR 1910.1020.

(5) Transfer of records. The employer

shall comply with the requirements

concerning transfer of records set forth

in 29 CFR 1910.1020(h).

(n) Dates—(1) Effective date. This section shall become effective April 10,

1997.

(2) Start-up dates. (i) Initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) of

this section shall be completed according to the following schedule:

(A) For employers with fewer than 20

employees, within 300 days after the effective date of this section.

(B) For polyurethane foam manufacturers with 20 to 99 employees, within

255 days after the effective date of this

section.

(C) For all other employers, within

150 days after the effective date of this

section.

(ii) Engineering controls required

under paragraph (f)(1) of this section

shall be implemented according to the

following schedule:

(A) For employers with fewer than 20

employees: within three (3) years after

the effective date of this section.

(B) For employers with fewer than

150 employees engaged in foam fabrication; for employers with fewer than 50
437

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052

employees engaged in furniture refinishing, general aviation aircraft stripping, and product formulation; for employers with fewer than 50 employees

using MC-based adhesives for boat

building and repair, recreational vehicle manufacture, van conversion, and

upholstering; for employers with fewer

than 50 employees using MC in construction work for restoration and

preservation of buildings, painting and

paint removal, cabinet making and/or

floor refinishing and resurfacing: within three (3) years after the effective

date of this section.

(C) For employers engaged in polyurethane foam manufacturing with 20

employees or more: within thirty (30)

months after the effective date of this

section.

(D) For employers with 150 or more

employees engaged in foam fabrication;

for employers with 50 or more employees engaged in furniture refinishing,

general aviation aircraft stripping, and

product formulation; for employers

with 50 or more employees using MCbased adhesives in boat building and

repair, recreational vehicle manufacture, van conversion and upholstering;

and for employers with 50 or more employees using MC in construction work

for restoration and preservation of

buildings, painting and paint removal,

cabinet making and/or floor refinishing

and resurfacing: within two (2) years

after the effective date of this section.

(E) For all other employers: within

one (1) year after the effective date of

this section.

(iii) Employers identified in paragraphs (n)(2)(ii)(B), (C), and (D) of this

section shall comply with the requirements listed below in this subparagraph by the dates indicated:

(A) Use of respiratory protection

whenever an employee’s exposure to

MC exceeds or can reasonably be expected to exceed the 8-hour TWA PEL,

in accordance with paragraphs (c)(1),

(e)(3), (f)(1) and (g)(1) of this section: by

the applicable dates set out in paragraphs (n)(2)(ii)(B), (C) and (D) of this

section for the installation of engineering controls.

(B) Use of respiratory protection

whenever an employee’s exposure to

MC exceeds or can reasonably be expected to exceed the STEL in accordance with paragraphs (e)(3), (f)(1), and

(g)(1) of this section: by the applicable

dates indicated in paragraph (n)(2)(iv)

of this section.

(C) Implementation of work practices

(such as leak and spill detection, cleanup and enclosure of containers) required by paragraph (f)(1) of this section: by the applicable dates indicated

in paragraph (n)(2)(iv) of this section.

(D) Notification of corrective action

under paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this section: no later than (90) days before the

compliance date applicable to such corrective action.

(iv) Unless otherwise specified in this

paragraph (n), all other requirements

of this section shall be complied with

according to the following schedule:

(A) For employers with fewer than 20

employees, within one (1) year after

the effective date of this section.

(B) For employers engaged in polyurethane foam manufacturing with 20

to 99 employees, within 270 days after

the effective date of this section.

(C) For all other employers, within

255 days after the effective date of this

section.

(3) Transitional dates. The exposure

limits for MC specified in 29 CFR

1910.1000 (1996), Table Z-2, shall remain

in effect until the start-up dates for

the exposure limits specified in paragraph (n) of this section, or if the exposure limits in this section are stayed or

vacated.

(o) Appendices. The information contained in the appendices does not, by

itself, create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed or detract

from any existing obligation.

[NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (o): The requirement

of 29 CFR 1910.1052(g)(1) to use respiratory

protection whenever an employee’s exposure

to methylene chloride exceeds or can reasonably be expected to exceed the 8-hour TWA

PEL is hereby stayed until August 31, 1998

for employers engaged in polyurethane foam

manufacturing; foam fabrication; furniture

refinishing; general aviation aircraft stripping; formulation of products containing

methylene chloride; boat building and repair; recreational vehicle manufacture; van

conversion; upholstery; and use of methylene

chloride in construction work for restoration

and preservation of buildings, painting and

paint removal, cabinet making and/or floor

refinishing and resurfacing.

The requirement of 29 CFR 1910.1052(f)(1) to

implement engineering controls to achieve
438

§ 1910.1052 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

the 8-hour TWA PEL and STEL is hereby

stayed until December 10, 1998 for employers

with more than 100 employees engaged in

polyurethane foam manufacturing and for

employers with more than 20 employees engaged in foam fabrication; furniture refinishing; general aviation aircraft stripping;

formulation of products containing methylene chloride; boat building and repair; recreational vehicle manufacture; van conversion; upholstery; and use of methylene chloride in construction work for restoration and

preservation of buildings, painting and paint

removal, cabinet making and/or floor refinishing and resurfacing.]

APPENDIX A TO SECTION 1910.1052—SUBSTANCE SAFETY DATA SHEET AND

TECHNICAL GUIDELINES FOR METHYLENE CHLORIDE

I. SUBSTANCE IDENTIFICATION

A. Substance: Methylene chloride (CH2

Cl2).

B. Synonyms: MC, Dichloromethane

(DCM); Methylene dichloride; Methylene bichloride; Methane dichloride; CAS: 75–09–2;

NCI–C50102.

C. Physical data:

1. Molecular weight: 84.9.

2. Boiling point (760 mm Hg): 39.8 °C (104

°F).

3. Specific gravity (water=1): 1.3.

4. Vapor density (air=1 at boiling point):

2.9.

5. Vapor pressure at 20 °C (68 °F): 350 mm

Hg.

6. Solubility in water, g/100 g water at 20 °C

(68 °F)=1.32.

7. Appearance and odor: colorless liquid

with a chloroform-like odor.

D. Uses:

MC is used as a solvent, especially where

high volatility is required. It is a good solvent for oils, fats, waxes, resins, bitumen,

rubber and cellulose acetate and is a useful

paint stripper and degreaser. It is used in

paint removers, in propellant mixtures for

aerosol containers, as a solvent for plastics,

as a degreasing agent, as an extracting agent

in the pharmaceutical industry and as a

blowing agent in polyurethane foams. Its solvent property is sometimes increased by

mixing with methanol, petroleum naphtha or

tetrachloroethylene.

E. Appearance and odor:

MC is a clear colorless liquid with a chloroform-like odor. It is slightly soluble in water

and completely miscible with most organic

solvents.

F. Permissible exposure:

Exposure may not exceed 25 parts MC per

million parts of air (25 ppm) as an eight-hour

time-weighted average (8-hour TWA PEL) or

125 parts of MC per million parts of air (125

ppm) averaged over a 15-minute period

(STEL).

II. HEALTH HAZARD DATA

A. MC can affect the body if it is inhaled or

if the liquid comes in contact with the eyes

or skin. It can also affect the body if it is

swallowed.

B. Effects of overexposure:

1. Short-term Exposure:

MC is an anesthetic. Inhaling the vapor

may cause mental confusion, lightheadedness, nausea, vomiting, and headache.

Continued exposure may cause increased

light-headedness, staggering, unconsciousness, and even death. High vapor concentrations may also cause irritation of the eyes

and respiratory tract. Exposure to MC may

make the symptoms of angina (chest pains)

worse. Skin exposure to liquid MC may cause

irritation. If liquid MC remains on the skin,

it may cause skin burns. Splashes of the liquid into the eyes may cause irritation.

2. Long-term (chronic) exposure:

The best evidence that MC causes cancer is

from laboratory studies in which rats, mice

and hamsters inhaled MC 6 hours per day, 5

days per week for 2 years. MC exposure produced lung and liver tumors in mice and

mammary tumors in rats. No carcinogenic

effects of MC were found in hamsters.

There are also some human epidemiological studies which show an association between occupational exposure to MC and increases in biliary (bile duct) cancer and a

type of brain cancer. Other epidemiological

studies have not observed a relationship between MC exposure and cancer. OSHA interprets these results to mean that there is suggestive (but not absolute) evidence that MC

is a human carcinogen.

C. Reporting signs and symptoms:

You should inform your employer if you

develop any signs or symptoms and suspect

that they are caused by exposure to MC.

D. Warning Properties:

1. Odor Threshold:

Different authors have reported varying

odor thresholds for MC. Kirk-Othmer and

Sax both reported 25 to 50 ppm; Summer and

May both reported 150 ppm; Spector reports

320 ppm. Patty, however, states that since

one can become adapted to the odor, MC

should not be considered to have adequate

warning properties.

2. Eye Irritation Level:

Kirk-Othmer reports that ‘‘MC vapor is seriously damaging to the eyes.’’ Sax agrees

with Kirk-Othmer’s statement. The ACGIH

Documentation of TLVs states that irritation of the eyes has been observed in workers

exposed to concentrations up to 5000 ppm.

3. Evaluation of Warning Properties:

Since a wide range of MC odor thresholds

are reported (25–320 ppm), and human adaptation to the odor occurs, MC is considered to

be a material with poor warning properties.
439

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052

III. EMERGENCY FIRST AID PROCEDURES

In the event of emergency, institute first

aid procedures and send for first aid or medical assistance.

A. Eye and Skin Exposures:

If there is a potential for liquid MC to

come in contact with eye or skin, face

shields and skin protective equipment must

be provided and used. If liquid MC comes in

contact with the eye, get medical attention.

Contact lenses should not be worn when

working with this chemical.

B. Breathing:

If a person breathes in large amounts of

MC, move the exposed person to fresh air at

once. If breathing has stopped, perform

cardiopulmorary resuscitation. Keep the affected person warm and at rest. Get medical

attention as soon as possible.

C. Rescue:

Move the affected person from the hazardous exposure immediately. If the exposed

person has been overcome, notify someone

else and put into effect the established emergency rescue procedures. Understand the facility’s emergency rescue procedures and

know the locations of rescue equipment before the need arises. Do not become a casualty yourself.

IV. RESPIRATORS, PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, AND

EYE PROTECTION

A. Respirators:

Good industrial hygiene practices recommend that engineering controls be used to

reduce environmental concentrations to the

permissible exposure level. However, there

are some exceptions where respirators may

be used to control exposure. Respirators may

be used when engineering and work practice

controls are not feasible, when such controls

are in the process of being installed, or when

these controls fail and need to be supplemented. Respirators may also be used for operations which require entry into tanks or

closed vessels, and in emergency situations.

If the use of respirators is necessary, the

only respirators permitted are those that

have been approved by the Mine Safety and

Health Administration (MSHA) or the National Institute for Occupational Safety and

Health (NIOSH). Supplied-air respirators are

required because air-purifying respirators do

not provide adequate respiratory protection

against MC.

In addition to respirator selection, a complete written respiratory protection program

should be instituted which includes regular

training, maintenance, inspection, cleaning,

and evaluation. If you can smell MC while

wearing a respirator, proceed immediately to

fresh air. If you experience difficulty in

breathing while wearing a respirator, tell

your employer.

B. Protective Clothing:

Employees must be provided with and required to use impervious clothing, gloves,

face shields (eight-inch minimum), and other

appropriate protective clothing necessary to

prevent repeated or prolonged skin contact

with liquid MC or contact with vessels containing liquid MC. Any clothing which becomes wet with liquid MC should be removed

immediately and not reworn until the employer has ensured that the protective clothing is fit for reuse. Contaminated protective

clothing should be placed in a regulated area

designated by the employer for removal of

MC before the clothing is laundered or disposed of. Clothing and equipment should remain in the regulated area until all of the

MC contamination has evaporated; clothing

and equipment should then be laundered or

disposed of as appropriate.

C. Eye Protection:

Employees should be provided with and required to use splash-proof safety goggles

where liquid MC may contact the eyes.

V. HOUSEKEEPING AND HYGIENE FACILITIES

For purposes of complying with 29 CFR

1910.141, the following items should be emphasized:

A. The workplace should be kept clean, orderly, and in a sanitary condition. The employer should institute a leak and spill detection program for operations involving liquid MC in order to detect sources of fugitive

MC emissions.

B. Emergency drench showers and eyewash

facilities are recommended. These should be

maintained in a sanitary condition. Suitable

cleansing agents should also be provided to

assure the effective removal of MC from the

skin.

C. Because of the hazardous nature of MC,

contaminated protective clothing should be

placed in a regulated area designated by the

employer for removal of MC before the clothing is laundered or disposed of.

VI. PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE USE, HANDLING,

AND STORAGE

A. Fire and Explosion Hazards:

MC has no flash point in a conventional

closed tester, but it forms flammable vaporair mixtures at approximately 100 °C (212 °F),

or higher. It has a lower explosion limit of

12%, and an upper explosion limit of 19% in

air. It has an autoignition temperature of

556.1 °C (1033 °F), and a boiling point of 39.8

°C (104 °F). It is heavier than water with a

specific gravity of 1.3. It is slightly soluble in

water.

B. Reactivity Hazards:

Conditions contributing to the instability

of MC are heat and moisture. Contact with

strong oxidizers, caustics, and chemically

active metals such as aluminum or magnesium powder, sodium and potassium may

cause fires and explosions.
440

§ 1910.1052 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

Special precautions: Liquid MC will attack

some forms of plastics, rubber, and coatings.

C. Toxicity:

Liquid MC is painful and irritating if

splashed in the eyes or if confined on the

skin by gloves, clothing, or shoes. Vapors in

high concentrations may cause narcosis and

death. Prolonged exposure to vapors may

cause cancer or exacerbate cardiac disease.

D. Storage:

Protect against physical damage. Because

of its corrosive properties, and its high vapor

pressure, MC should be stored in plain, galvanized or lead lined, mild steel containers

in a cool, dry, well ventilated area away

from direct sunlight, heat source and acute

fire hazards.

E. Piping Material:

All piping and valves at the loading or unloading station should be of material that is

resistant to MC and should be carefully inspected prior to connection to the transport

vehicle and periodically during the operation.

F. Usual Shipping Containers:

Glass bottles, 5- and 55-gallon steel drums,

tank cars, and tank trucks.

NOTE: This section addresses MC exposure

in marine terminal and longshore employment only where leaking or broken packages

allow MC exposure that is not addressed

through compliance with 29 CFR parts 1917

and 1918, respectively.

G. Electrical Equipment:

Electrical installations in Class I hazardous locations as defined in Article 500 of

the National Electrical Code, should be installed according to Article 501 of the code;

and electrical equipment should be suitable

for use in atmospheres containing MC vapors. See Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code (NFPA No. 325M), Chemical Safety

Data Sheet SD–86 (Manufacturing Chemists’

Association, Inc.).

H. Fire Fighting:

When involved in fire, MC emits highly

toxic and irritating fumes such as phosgene,

hydrogen chloride and carbon monoxide.

Wear breathing apparatus and use water

spray to keep fire-exposed containers cool.

Water spray may be used to flush spills away

from exposures. Extinguishing media are dry

chemical, carbon dioxide, foam. For purposes

of compliance with 29 CFR 1910.307, locations

classified as hazardous due to the presence of

MC shall be Class I.

I. Spills and Leaks:

Persons not wearing protective equipment

and clothing should be restricted from areas

of spills or leaks until cleanup has been completed. If MC has spilled or leaked, the following steps should be taken:

1. Remove all ignition sources.

2. Ventilate area of spill or leak.

3. Collect for reclamation or absorb in

vermiculite, dry sand, earth, or a similar

material.

J. Methods of Waste Disposal:

Small spills should be absorbed onto sand

and taken to a safe area for atmospheric

evaporation. Incineration is the preferred

method for disposal of large quantities by

mixing with a combustible solvent and

spraying into an incinerator equipped with

acid scrubbers to remove hydrogen chloride

gases formed. Complete combustion will convert carbon monoxide to carbon dioxide.

Care should be taken for the presence of

phosgene.

K. You should not keep food, beverage, or

smoking materials, or eat or smoke in regulated areas where MC concentrations are

above the permissible exposure limits.

L. Portable heating units should not be

used in confined areas where MC is used.

M. Ask your supervisor where MC is used

in your work area and for any additional

plant safety and health rules.

VII. MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS

Your employer is required to offer you the

opportunity to participate in a medical surveillance program if you are exposed to MC

at concentrations at or above the action

level (12.5 ppm 8-hour TWA) for more than 30

days a year or at concentrations exceeding

the PELs (25 ppm 8-hour TWA or 125 ppm 15-

minute STEL) for more than 10 days a year.

If you are exposed to MC at concentrations

over either of the PELs, your employer will

also be required to have a physician or other

licensed health care professional ensure that

you are able to wear the respirator that you

are assigned. Your employer must provide all

medical examinations relating to your MC

exposure at a reasonable time and place and

at no cost to you.

VIII. MONITORING AND MEASUREMENT

PROCEDURES

A. Exposure above the Permissible Exposure Limit:

1. Eight-hour exposure evaluation: Measurements taken for the purpose of determining employee exposure under this section

are best taken with consecutive samples covering the full shift. Air samples must be

taken in the employee’s breathing zone.

2. Monitoring techniques: The sampling

and analysis under this section may be performed by collection of the MC vapor on two

charcoal adsorption tubes in series or other

composition adsorption tubes, with subsequent chemical analysis. Sampling and analysis may also be performed by instruments

such as real-time continuous monitoring systems, portable direct reading instruments, or

passive dosimeters as long as measurements

taken using these methods accurately evaluate the concentration of MC in employees’’

breathing zones.

OSHA method 80 is an example of a validated method of sampling and analysis of
441

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052

MC. Copies of this method are available from

OSHA or can be downloaded from the Internet at http://www.osha.gov. The employer

has the obligation of selecting a monitoring

method which meets the accuracy and precision requirements of the standard under his

or her unique field conditions. The standard

requires that the method of monitoring must

be accurate, to a 95 percent confidence level,

to plus or minus 25 percent for concentrations of MC at or above 25 ppm, and to plus

or minus 35 percent for concentrations at or

below 25 ppm. In addition to OSHA method

80, there are numerous other methods available for monitoring for MC in the workplace.

B. Since many of the duties relating to employee exposure are dependent on the results

of measurement procedures, employers must

assure that the evaluation of employee exposure is performed by a technically qualified

person.

IX. OBSERVATION OF MONITORING

Your employer is required to perform

measurements that are representative of

your exposure to MC and you or your designated representative are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are entitled to observe the steps taken in the

measurement procedure, and to record the

results obtained. When the monitoring procedure is taking place in an area where respirators or personal protective clothing and

equipment are required to be worn, you or

your representative must also be provided

with, and must wear, protective clothing and

equipment.

X. ACCESS TO INFORMATION

A. Your employer is required to inform you

of the information contained in this Appendix. In addition, your employer must instruct you in the proper work practices for

using MC, emergency procedures, and the

correct use of protective equipment.

B. Your employer is required to determine

whether you are being exposed to MC. You or

your representative has the right to observe

employee measurements and to record the

results obtained. Your employer is required

to inform you of your exposure. If your employer determines that you are being over

exposed, he or she is required to inform you

of the actions which are being taken to reduce your exposure to within permissible exposure limits.

C. Your employer is required to keep

records of your exposures and medical examinations. These records must be kept by

the employer for at least thirty (30) years.

D. Your employer is required to release

your exposure and medical records to you or

your representative upon your request.

E. Your employee is required to provide labels and material safety data sheets (MSDS)

for all materials, mixtures or solutions composed of greater than 0.1 percent MC. An example of a label that would satisfy these requirements would be:

DANGER CONTAINS METHYLENE CHLORIDE

POTENTIAL CANCER HAZARD

May worsen heart disease because methylene chloride is converted to carbon monoxide in the body.

May cause dizziness, headache, irritation

of the throat and lungs, loss of consciousness

and death at high concentrations (for example, if used in a poorly ventilated room).

Avoid Skin Contact. Contact with liquid

causes skin and eye irritation.

XI. COMMON OPERATIONS AND CONTROLS

The following list includes some common

operations in which exposure to MC may

occur and control methods which may be effective in each case:

Operations Controls

Use as solvent in paint and

varnish removers; manufacture of aerosols; cold

cleaning and ultrasonic

cleaning; and as a solvent

in furniture stripping.

General dilution ventilation;

local exhaust ventilation;

personal protective equipment; substitution.

Use as solvent in vapor

degreasing.

Process enclosure; local exhaust ventilation; chilling

coils; substitution.

Use as a secondary refrigerant in air conditioning

and scientific testing.

General dilution ventilation;

local exhaust ventilation;

personal protective equipment.

APPENDIX B TO SECTION 1910.105—MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE FOR METHYLENE

CHLORIDE

I. PRIMARY ROUTE OF ENTRY

Inhalation.

II. TOXICOLOGY

Methylene Chloride (MC) is primarily an

inhalation hazard. The principal acute hazardous effects are the depressant action on

the central nervous system, possible cardiac

toxicity and possible liver toxicity. The

range of CNS effects are from decreased eye/

hand coordination and decreased performance in vigilance tasks to narcosis and even

death of individuals exposed at very high

doses. Cardiac toxicity is due to the metabolism of MC to carbon monoxide, and the effects of carbon monoxide on heart tissue.

Carbon monoxide displaces oxygen in the

blood, decreases the oxygen available to

heart tissue, increasing the risk of damage

to the heart, which may result in heart attacks in susceptible individuals. Susceptible

individuals include persons with heart disease and those with risk factors for heart

disease.
442

§ 1910.1052 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

Elevated liver enzymes and irritation to

the respiratory passages and eyes have also

been reported for both humans and experimental animals exposed to MC vapors.

MC is metabolized to carbon monoxide and

carbon dioxide via two separate pathways.

Through the first pathway, MC is metabolized to carbon monoxide as an end-product

via the P–450 mixed function oxidase pathway located in the microsomal fraction of

the cell. This biotransformation of MC to

carbon monoxide occurs through the process

of microsomal oxidative dechlorination

which takes place primarily in the liver. The

amount of conversion to carbon monoxide is

significant as measured by the concentration

of carboxyhemoglobin, up to 12% measured

in the blood following occupational exposure

of up to 610 ppm. Through the second pathway, MC is metabolized to carbon dioxide as

an end product (with formaldehyde and formic acid as metabolic intermediates) via the

glutathione dependent enzyme found in the

cytosolic fraction of the liver cell. Metabolites along this pathway are believed to be

associated with the carcinogenic activity of

MC.

MC has been tested for carcinogenicity in

several laboratory rodents. These rodent

studies indicate that there is clear evidence

that MC is carcinogenic to male and female

mice and female rats. Based on epidemiologic studies, OSHA has concluded that there

is suggestive evidence of increased cancer

risk in MC-related worker populations. The

epidemiological evidence is consistent with

the finding of excess cancer in the experimental animal studies. NIOSH regards MC as

a potential occupational carcinogen and the

International Agency for Research Cancer

(IARC) classifies MC as an animal carcinogen. OSHA considers MC as a suspected

human carcinogen.

III. MEDICAL SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF ACUTE

EXPOSURE

Skin exposure to liquid MC may cause irritation or skin burns. Liquid MC can also be

irritating to the eyes. MC is also absorbed

through the skin and may contribute to the

MC exposure by inhalation.

At high concentrations in air, MC may

cause nausea, vomiting, light-headedness,

numbness of the extremities, changes in

blood enzyme levels, and breathing problems, leading to bronchitis and pulmonary

edema, unconsciousness and even death.

At lower concentrations in air, MC may

cause irritation to the skin, eye, and respiratory tract and occasionally headache and

nausea. Perhaps the greatest problem from

exposure to low concentrations of MC is the

CNS effects on coordination and alertness

that may cause unsafe operations of machinery and equipment, leading to self-injury or

accidents.

Low levels and short duration exposures do

not seem to produce permanent disability,

but chronic exposures to MC have been demonstrated to produce liver toxicity in animals, and therefore, the evidence is suggestive for liver toxicity in humans after chronic exposure.

Chronic exposure to MC may also cause

cancer.

IV. SURVEILLANCE AND PREVENTIVE

CONSIDERATIONS

As discussed above, MC is classified as a

suspect or potential human carcinogen. It is

a central nervous system (CNS) depressant

and a skin, eye and respiratory tract irritant. At extremely high concentrations, MC

has caused liver damage in animals.

MC principally affects the CNS, where it

acts as a narcotic. The observation of the

symptoms characteristic of CNS depression,

along with a physical examination, provides

the best detection of early neurological disorders. Since exposure to MC also increases

the carboxyhemoglobin level in the blood,

ambient carbon monoxide levels would have

an additive effect on that

carboxyhemoglobin level. Based on such information, a periodic post-shift

carboxyhemoglobin test as an index of the

presence of carbon monoxide in the blood is

recommended, but not required, for medical

surveillance.

Based on the animal evidence and three

epidemiologic studies previously mentioned,

OSHA concludes that MC is a suspect human

carcinogen. The medical surveillance program is designed to observe exposed workers

on a regular basis. While the medical surveillance program cannot detect MC-induced

cancer at a preneoplastic stage, OSHA anticipates that, as in the past, early detection

and treatments of cancers leading to enhanced survival rates will continue to

evolve.

A. Medical and Occupational History:

The medical and occupational work history plays an important role in the initial

evaluation of workers exposed to MC. It is

therefore extremely important for the examining physician or other licensed health care

professional to evaluate the MC-exposed

worker carefully and completely and to

focus the examination on MC’s potentially

associated health hazards. The medical evaluation must include an annual detailed work

and medical history with special emphasis

on cardiac history and neurological symptoms.

An important goal of the medical history

is to elicit information from the worker regarding potential signs or symptoms associated with increased levels of

carboxyhemoglobin due to the presence of

carbon monoxide in the blood. Physicians or

other licensed health care professionals

should ensure that the smoking history of
443

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052

all MC exposed employees is known. Exposure to MC may cause a significant increase

in carboxyhemoglobin level in all exposed

persons. However, smokers as well as workers with anemia or heart disease and those

concurrently exposed to carbon monoxide

are at especially high risk of toxic effects because of an already reduced oxygen carrying

capacity of the blood.

A comprehensive or interim medical and

work history should also include occurrence

of headache, dizziness, fatigue, chest pain,

shortness of breath, pain in the limbs, and irritation of the skin and eyes.

In addition, it is important for the physician or other licensed health care professional to become familiar with the operating

conditions in which exposure to MC is likely

to occur. The physician or other licensed

health care professional also must become

familiar with the signs and symptoms that

may indicate that a worker is receiving otherwise unrecognized and exceptionally high

exposure levels of MC.

An example of a medical and work history

that would satisfy the requirement for a

comprehensive or interim work history is

represented by the following:

The following is a list of recommended

questions and issues for the self-administered questionnaire for methylene chloride

exposure.

QUESTIONNAIRE FOR METHYLENE CHLORIDE

EXPOSURE

I. Demographic Information

1. Name

2. Social Security Number

3. Date

4. Date of Birth

5. Age

6. Present occupation

7. Sex

8. Race

II. Occupational History

1. Have you ever worked with methylene

chloride, dichloromethane, methylene dichloride, or CH2 Cl2 (all are different names

for the same chemical)? Please list which on

the occupational history form if you have

not already.

2. If you have worked in any of the following industries and have not listed them

on the occupational history form, please do

so.

Furniture stripping

Polyurethane foam manufacturing

Chemical manufacturing or formulation

Pharmaceutical manufacturing

Any industry in which you used solvents to

clean and degrease equipment or parts

Construction, especially painting and refinishing

Aerosol manufacturing

Any industry in which you used aerosol adhesives

3. If you have not listed hobbies or household projects on the occupational history

form, especially furniture refinishing, spray

painting, or paint stripping, please do so.

III. Medical History

A. General

1. Do you consider yourself to be in good

health? If no, state reason(s).

2. Do you or have you ever had:

a. Persistent thirst

b. Frequent urination (three times or more

at night)

c. Dermatitis or irritated skin

d. Non-healing wounds

3. What prescription or non-prescription

medications do you take, and for what reasons?

4. Are you allergic to any medications, and

what type of reaction do you have?

B. Respiratory

1. Do you have or have you ever had any

chest illnesses or diseases? Explain.

2. Do you have or have you ever had any of

the following:

a. Asthma

b. Wheezing

c. Shortness of breath

3. Have you ever had an abnormal chest Xray? If so, when, where, and what were the

findings?

4. Have you ever had difficulty using a respirator or breathing apparatus? Explain.

5. Do any chest or lung diseases run in

your family? Explain.

6. Have you ever smoked cigarettes, cigars,

or a pipe? Age started:

7. Do you now smoke?

8. If you have stopped smoking completely,

how old were you when you stopped?

9. On the average of the entire time you

smoked, how many packs of cigarettes, cigars, or bowls of tobacco did you smoke per

day?

C. Cardiovascular

1. Have you ever been diagnosed with any

of the following: Which of the following

apply to you now or did apply to you at some

time in the past, even if the problem is controlled by medication? Please explain any

yes answers (i.e., when problem was diagnosed, length of time on medication).

a. High cholesterol or triglyceride level

b. Hypertension (high blood pressure)

c. Diabetes

d. Family history of heart attack, stroke, or

blocked arteries

2. Have you ever had chest pain? If so, answer the next five questions.

a. What was the quality of the pain (i.e.,

crushing, stabbing, squeezing)?
444

§ 1910.1052 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

b. Did the pain go anywhere (i.e., into jaw,

left arm)?

c. What brought the pain out?

d. How long did it last?

e. What made the pain go away?

3. Have you ever had heart disease, a heart

attack, stroke, aneurysm, or blocked arteries anywhere in you body? Explain (when,

treatment).

4. Have you ever had bypass surgery for

blocked arteries in your heart or anywhere

else? Explain.

5. Have you ever had any other procedures

done to open up a blocked artery (balloon

angioplasty, carotid endarterectomy, clotdissolving drug)?

6. Do you have or have you ever had (explain each):

a. Heart murmur

b. Irregular heartbeat

c. Shortness of breath while lying flat

d. Congestive heart failure

e. Ankle swelling

f. Recurrent pain anywhere below the waist

while walking

7. Have you ever had an electrocardiogram

(EKG)? When?

8. Have you ever had an abnormal EKG? If

so, when, where, and what were the findings?

9. Do any heart diseases, high blood pressure, diabetes, high cholesterol, or high

triglycerides run in your family? Explain.

D. Hepatobiliary and Pancreas

1. Do you now or have you ever drunk alcoholic beverages? Age started: llll Age

stopped: llll.

2. Average numbers per week:

a. Beers: llll, ounces in usual container:

b. Glasses of wine: llll, ounces per glass:

c. Drinks: llll, ounces in usual container:

3. Do you have or have you ever had (explain each):

a. Hepatitis (infectious, autoimmune, druginduced, or chemical)

b. Jaundice

c. Elevated liver enzymes or elevated bilirubin

d. Liver disease or cancer

E. Central Nervous System

1. Do you or have you ever had (explain

each):

a. Headache

b. Dizziness

c. Fainting

d. Loss of consciousness

e. Garbled speech

f. Lack of balance

g. Mental/psychiatric illness

h. Forgetfulness

F. Hematologic

1. Do you have, or have you ever had (explain each):

a. Anemia

b. Sickle cell disease or trait

c. Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency

d. Bleeding tendency disorder

2. If not already mentioned previously,

have you ever had a reaction to sulfa drugs

or to drugs used to prevent or treat malaria?

What was the drug? Describe the reaction.

B. Physical Examination

The complete physical examination, when

coupled with the medical and occupational

history, assists the physician or other licensed health care professional in detecting

pre-existing conditions that might place the

employee at increased risk, and establishes a

baseline for future health monitoring. These

examinations should include:

1. Clinical impressions of the nervous system, cardiovascular function and pulmonary

function, with additional tests conducted

where indicated or determined by the examining physician or other licensed health care

professional to be necessary.

2. An evaluation of the advisability of the

worker using a respirator, because the use of

certain respirators places an additional burden on the cardiopulmonary system. It is

necessary for the attending physician or

other licensed health care professional to

evaluate the cardiopulmonary function of

these workers, in order to inform the employer in a written medical opinion of the

worker’s ability or fitness to work in an area

requiring the use of certain types of respiratory protective equipment. The presence

of facial hair or scars that might interfere

with the worker’s ability to wear certain

types of respirators should also be noted during the examination and in the written medical opinion.

Because of the importance of lung function

to workers required to wear certain types of

respirators to protect themselves from MC

exposure, these workers must receive an assessment of pulmonary function before they

begin to wear a negative pressure respirator

and at least annually thereafter. The recommended pulmonary function tests include

measurement of the employee’s forced vital

capacity (FVC), forced expiratory volume at

one second (FEV1), as well as calculation of

the ratios of FEV1 to FVC, and the ratios of

measured FVC and measured FEV1 to expected respective values corrected for variation due to age, sex, race, and height. Pulmonary function evaluation must be conducted by a physician or other licensed

health care professional experienced in pulmonary function tests.

The following is a summary of the elements of a physical exam which would fulfill

the requirements under the MC standard:
445

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052

PHYSICAL EXAM

I. Skin and appendages

1. Irritated or broken skin

2. Jaundice

3. Clubbing cyanosis, edema

4. Capillary refill time

5. Pallor

II. Head

1. Facial deformities

2. Scars

3. Hair growth

III. Eyes

1. Scleral icterus

2. Corneal arcus

3. Pupillary size and response

4. Fundoscopic exam

IV. Chest

1. Standard exam

V. Heart

1. Standard exam

2. Jugular vein distension

3. Peripheral pulses

VI. Abdomen

1. Liver span

VII. Nervous System

1. Complete standard neurologic exam

VIII. Laboratory

1. Hemoglobin and hematocrit

2. Alanine aminotransferase (ALT, SGPT)

3. Post-shift carboxyhemoglobin

IX. Studies

1. Pulmonary function testing

2. Electrocardiogram

An evaluation of the oxygen carrying capacity of the blood of employees (for example by measured red blood cell volume) is

considered useful, especially for workers

acutely exposed to MC.

It is also recommended, but not required,

that end of shift carboxyhemoglobin levels

be determined periodically, and any level

above 3% for non-smokers and above 10% for

smokers should prompt an investigation of

the worker and his workplace. This test is

recommended because MC is metabolized to

CO, which combines strongly with hemoglobin, resulting in a reduced capacity of the

blood to transport oxygen in the body. This

is of particular concern for cigarette smokers because they already have a diminished

hemoglobin capacity due to the presence of

CO in cigarette smoke.

C. Additional Examinations and Referrals

1. Examination by a Specialist

When a worker examination reveals unexplained symptoms or signs (i.e. in the physical examination or in the laboratory tests),

follow-up medical examinations are necessary to assure that MC exposure is not adversely affecting the worker’s health. When

the examining physician or other licensed

health care professional finds it necessary,

additional tests should be included to determine the nature of the medical problem and

the underlying cause. Where relevant, the

worker should be sent to a specialist for further testing and treatment as deemed necessary.

The final rule requires additional investigations to be covered and it also permits

physicians or other licensed health care professionals to add appropriate or necessary

tests to improve the diagnosis of disease

should such tests become available in the future.

2. Emergencies

The examination of workers exposed to MC

in an emergency should be directed at the

organ systems most likely to be affected. If

the worker has received a severe acute exposure, hospitalization may be required to assure proper medical intervention. It is not

possible to precisely define ‘‘severe,’’ but the

physician or other licensed health care professional’s judgement should not merely rest

on hospitalization. If the worker has suffered

significant conjunctival, oral, or nasal irritation, respiratory distress, or discomfort,

the physician or other licensed health care

professional should instigate appropriate follow-up procedures. These include attention

to the eyes, lungs and the neurological system. The frequency of follow-up examinations should be determined by the attending

physician or other licensed health care professional. This testing permits the early

identification essential to proper medical

management of such workers.

D. Employer Obligations

The employer is required to provide the responsible physician or other licensed health

care professional and any specialists involved in a diagnosis with the following information: a copy of the MC standard including relevant appendices, a description of the

affected employee’s duties as they relate to

his or her exposure to MC; an estimate of the

employee’s exposure including duration (e.g.,

15hr/wk, three 8-hour shifts/wk, full time); a

description of any personal protective equipment used by the employee, including respirators; and the results of any previous

medical determinations for the affected employee related to MC exposure to the extent

that this information is within the employer’s control.
446

§ 1910.1052 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

E. Physicians’ or Other Licensed Health Care

Professionals’ Obligations

The standard requires the employer to ensure that the physician or other licensed

health care professional provides a written

statement to the employee and the employer. This statement should contain the

physician’s or licensed health care professional’s opinion as to whether the employee

has any medical condition placing him or her

at increased risk of impaired health from exposure to MC or use of respirators, as appropriate. The physician or other licensed

health care professional should also state his

or her opinion regarding any restrictions

that should be placed on the employee’s exposure to MC or upon the use of protective

clothing or equipment such as respirators. If

the employee wears a respirator as a result

of his or her exposure to MC, the physician

or other licensed health care professional’s

opinion should also contain a statement regarding the suitability of the employee to

wear the type of respirator assigned. Furthermore, the employee should be informed

by the physician or other licensed health

care professional about the cancer risk of MC

and about risk factors for heart disease, and

the potential for exacerbation of underlying

heart disease by exposure to MC through its

metabolism to carbon monoxide. Finally, the

physician or other licensed health care professional should inform the employer that

the employee has been told the results of the

medical examination and of any medical

conditions which require further explanation

or treatment. This written opinion must not

contain any information on specific findings

or diagnosis unrelated to employee’s occupational exposures.

The purpose in requiring the examining

physician or other licensed health care professional to supply the employer with a written opinion is to provide the employer with

a medical basis to assist the employer in

placing employees initially, in assuring that

their health is not being impaired by exposure to MC, and to assess the employee’s

ability to use any required protective equipment.

APPENDIX C TO SECTION 1910.1052—QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS—METHYLENE

CHLORIDE CONTROL IN FURNITURE STRIPPING
447

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052
448

§ 1910.1052 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)
449

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052
450

§ 1910.1052 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)
451

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052
452

§ 1910.1052 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

[62 FR 1601, Jan. 10, 1997, as amended at 62 FR 42667, Aug. 8, 1997; 62 FR 54383, Oct. 20, 1997;

62 FR 66277, Dec. 18, 1997; 63 FR 1295, Jan. 8, 1998; 63 FR 20099, Apr. 23, 1998; 63 FR 50729, Sept.

22, 1998]
453

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1096

§ 1910.1096 Ionizing radiation.

(a) Definitions applicable to this section. (1) Radiation includes alpha rays,

beta rays, gamma rays, X-rays, neutrons, high-speed electrons, high-speed

protons, and other atomic particles;

but such term does not include sound

or radio waves, or visible light, or infrared or ultraviolet light.

(2) Radioactive material means any

material which emits, by spontaneous

nuclear disintegration, corpuscular or

electromagnetic emanations.

(3) Restricted area means any area access to which is controlled by the employer for purposes of protection of individuals from exposure to radiation or

radioactive materials.

(4) Unrestricted area means any area

access to which is not controlled by the

employer for purposes of protection of

individuals from exposure to radiation

or radioactive materials.

(5) Dose means the quantity of ionizing radiation absorbed, per unit of

mass, by the body or by any portion of

the body. When the provisions in this

section specify a dose during a period

of time, the dose is the total quantity

of radiation absorbed, per unit of mass,

by the body or by any portion of the

body during such period of time. Several different units of dose are in current use. Definitions of units used in

this section are set forth in paragraphs

(a) (6) and (7) of this section.

(6) Rad means a measure of the dose

of any ionizing radiation to body tissues in terms of the energy absorbed

per unit of mass of the tissue. One rad

is the dose corresponding to the absorption of 100 ergs per gram of tissue

(1 millirad (mrad)=0.001 rad).

(7) Rem means a measure of the dose

of any ionizing radiation to body tissue

in terms of its estimated biological effect relative to a dose of 1 roentgen (r)

of X-rays (1 millirem (mrem)=0.001

rem). The relation of the rem to other

dose units depends upon the biological

effect under consideration and upon

the conditions for irradiation. Each of

the following is considered to be equivalent to a dose of 1 rem:

(i) A dose of 1 roentgen due to X- or

gamma radiation;

(ii) A dose of 1 rad due to X-, gamma,

or beta radiation;

(iii) A dose of 0.1 rad due to neutrons

or high energy protons;

(iv) A dose of 0.05 rad due to particles

heavier than protons and with sufficient energy to reach the lens of the

eye;

(v) If it is more convenient to measure the neutron flux, or equivalent,

than to determine the neutron dose in

rads, as provided in paragraph (a)(7)(iii)

of this section, 1 rem of neutron radiation may, for purposes of the provisions in this section be assumed to be

equivalent to 14 million neutrons per

square centimeter incident upon the

body; or, if there is sufficient information to estimate with reasonable accuracy the approximate distribution in

energy of the neutrons, the incident

number of neutrons per square centimeter equivalent to 1 rem may be estimated from Table G–17:

TABLE G–17—NEUTRON FLUX DOSE

EQUIVALENTS

Neutron energy (million electron volts (Mev))

Number of

neutrons per

square centimeter equivalent to a dose

of 1 rem (neutrons/cm 2)

Average

flux to deliver 100

millirem in

40 hours

(neutrons/

cm 2 per

sec.)

Thermal ................................... 970×10 6 670

0.0001 ...................................... 720×10 6 500

0.005 ........................................ 820×10 6 570

0.02 .......................................... 400×10 6 280

0.1 ............................................ 120×10 6 80

0.5 ............................................ 43×10 6 30

1.0 ............................................ 26×10 6 18

2.5 ............................................ 29×10 6 20

5.0 ............................................ 26×10 6 18

7.5 ............................................ 24×10 6 17

10 ............................................. 24×10 6 17

10 to 30 ................................... 14×10 6 10

(8) For determining exposures to Xor gamma rays up to 3 Mev., the dose

limits specified in this section may be

assumed to be equivalent to the ‘‘air

dose’’. For the purpose of this section

air dose means that the dose is measured by a properly calibrated appropriate instrument in air at or near the

body surface in the region of the highest dosage rate.

(b) Exposure of individuals to radiation

in restricted areas. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, no employer shall possess, use, or

transfer sources of ionizing radiation

in such a manner as to cause any individual in a restricted area to receive in
454

§ 1910.1096 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

any period of one calendar quarter

from sources in the employer’s possession or control a dose in excess of the

limits specified in Table G–18:

TABLE G–18

Rems per

calendar

quarter

Whole body: Head and trunk; active blood-forming organs; lens of eyes; or gonads ................ 11⁄4

Hands and forearms; feet and ankles ................. 183⁄4

Skin of whole body .............................................. 71⁄2

(2) An employer may permit an individual in a restricted area to receive

doses to the whole body greater than

those permitted under subparagraph (1)

of this paragraph, so long as:

(i) During any calendar quarter the

dose to the whole body shall not exceed

3 rems; and

(ii) The dose to the whole body, when

added to the accumulated occupational

dose to the whole body, shall not exceed 5 (N–18) rems, where ‘‘N’’ equals

the individual’s age in years at his last

birthday; and

(iii) The employer maintains adequate past and current exposure

records which show that the addition

of such a dose will not cause the individual to exceed the amount authorized

in this subparagraph. As used in this

subparagraph Dose to the whole body

shall be deemed to include any dose to

the whole body, gonad, active

bloodforming organs, head and trunk,

or lens of the eye.

(3) No employer shall permit any employee who is under 18 years of age to

receive in any period of one calendar

quarter a dose in excess of 10 percent of

the limits specified in Table G–18.

(4) Calendar quarter means any 3-

month period determined as follows:

(i) The first period of any year may

begin on any date in January: Provided,

That the second, third, and fourth periods accordingly begin on the same date

in April, July, and October, respectively, and that the fourth period extends into January of the succeeding

year, if necessary to complete a 3-

month quarter. During the first year of

use of this method of determination,

the first period for that year shall also

include any additional days in January

preceding the starting date for the first

period; or

(ii) The first period in a calendar

year of 13 complete, consecutive calendar weeks; the second period in a calendar year of 13 complete, consecutive

weeks; the third period in a calendar

year of 13 complete, consecutive calendar weeks; the fourth period in a calendar year of 13 complete, consecutive

calendar weeks. If at the end of a calendar year there are any days not falling within a complete calendar week of

that year, such days shall be included

within the last complete calendar week

of that year. If at the beginning of any

calendar year there are days not falling

within a complete calendar week of

that year, such days shall be included

within the last complete calendar week

of the previous year; or

(iii) The four periods in a calendar

year may consist of the first 14 complete, consecutive calendar weeks; the

next 12 complete, consecutive calendar

weeks, the next 14 complete, consecutive calendar weeks, and the last 12

complete, consecutive calendar weeks.

If at the end of a calendar year there

are any days not falling within a complete calendar week of that year, such

days shall be included (for purposes of

this section) within the last complete

calendar week of the year. If at the beginning of any calendar year there are

days not falling within a complete calendar week of that year, such days

shall be included (for purposes of this

section) within the last complete week

of the previous year.

(c) Exposure to airborne radioactive material. (1) No employer shall possess,

use or transport radioactive material

in such a manner as to cause any employee, within a restricted area, to be

exposed to airborne radioactive material in an average concentration in excess of the limits specified in Table 1 of

appendix B to 10 CFR part 20. The limits given in Table 1 are for exposure to

the concentrations specified for 40

hours in any workweek of 7 consecutive days. In any such period where the

number of hours of exposure is less

than 40, the limits specified in the

table may be increased proportionately. In any such period where the

number of hours of exposure is greater

than 40, the limits specified in the

table shall be decreased proportionately.
455

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1096

(2) No employer shall possess, use, or

transfer radioactive material in such a

manner as to cause any individual

within a restricted area, who is under

18 years of age, to be exposed to airborne radioactive material in an average concentration in excess of the limits specified in Table II of appendix B

to 10 CFR part 20. For purposes of this

paragraph, concentrations may be

averaged over periods not greater than

1 week.

(3) Exposed as used in this paragraph

means that the individual is present in

an airborne concentration. No allowance shall be made for the use of protective clothing or equipment, or particle size.

(d) Precautionary procedures and personal monitoring. (1) Every employer

shall make such surveys as may be necessary for him to comply with the provisions in this section. Survey means an

evaluation of the radiation hazards incident to the production, use, release,

disposal, or presence of radioactive materials or other sources of radiation

under a specific set of conditions. When

appropriate, such evaluation includes a

physical survey of the location of materials and equipment, and measurements of levels of radiation or concentrations of radioactive material

present.

(2) Every employer shall supply appropriate personnel monitoring equipment, such as film badges, pocket

chambers, pocket dosimeters, or film

rings, and shall require the use of such

equipment by:

(i) Each employee who enters a restricted area under such circumstances

that he receives, or is likely to receive,

a dose in any calendar quarter in excess of 25 percent of the applicable

value specified in paragraph (b)(1) of

this section; and

(ii) Each employee under 18 years of

age who enters a restricted area under

such circumstances that he receives, or

is likely to receive, a dose in any calendar quarter in excess of 5 percent of

the applicable value specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section; and

(iii) Each employee who enters a high

radiation area.

(3) As used in this section:

(i) Personnel monitoring equipment

means devices designed to be worn or

carried by an individual for the purpose

of measuring the dose received (e.g.,

film badges, pocket chambers, pocket

dosimeters, film rings, etc.);

(ii) Radiation area means any area,

accessible to personnel, in which there

exists radiation at such levels that a

major portion of the body could receive

in any 1 hour a dose in excess of 5

millirem, or in any 5 consecutive days

a dose in excess of 100 millirem; and

(iii) High radiation area means any

area, accessible to personnel, in which

there exists radiation at such levels

that a major portion of the body could

receive in any one hour a dose in excess

of 100 millirem.

(e) Caution signs, labels, and signals—

(1) General. (i) Symbols prescribed by

this paragraph shall use the conventional radiation caution colors (magenta or purple on yellow background).

The symbol prescribed by this paragraph is the conventional three-bladed

design:

Figure G–10

(ii) [Reserved]

(2) Radiation area. Each radiation

area shall be conspicuously posted with

a sign or signs bearing the radiation
456

§ 1910.1096 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

caution symbol described in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph and the

words:

CAUTION

RADIATION AREA

(3) High radiation area. (i) Each high

radiation area shall be conspicuously

posted with a sign or signs bearing the

radiation caution symbol and the

words:

CAUTION

HIGH RADIATION AREA

(ii) Each high radiation area shall be

equipped with a control device which

shall either cause the level of radiation

to be reduced below that at which an

individual might receive a dose of 100

millirems in 1 hour upon entry into the

area or shall energize a conspicuous

visible or audible alarm signal in such

a manner that the individual entering

and the employer or a supervisor of the

activity are made aware of the entry.

In the case of a high radiation area established for a period of 30 days or less,

such control device is not required.

(4) Airborne radioactivity area. (i) As

used in the provisions of this section,

airborne radioactivity area means:

(a) Any room, enclosure, or operating

area in which airborne radioactive materials, composed wholly or partly of

radioactive material, exist in concentrations in excess of the amounts

specified in column 1 of Table 1 of appendix B to 10 CFR part 20 or

(b) Any room, enclosure, or operating

area in which airborne radioactive materials exist in concentrations which,

averaged over the number of hours in

any week during which individuals are

in the area, exceed 25 percent of the

amounts specified in column 1 of Table

1 of appendix B to 10 CFR part 20.

(ii) Each airborne radioactivity area

shall be conspicuously posted with a

sign or signs bearing the radiation caution symbol described in paragraph

(e)(1) of this section and the words:

CAUTION

AIRBORNE RADIOACTIVITY AREA

(5) Additional requirements.(i) Each

area or room in which radioactive material is used or stored and which contains any radioactive material (other

than natural uranium or thorium) in

any amount exceeding 10 times the

quantity of such material specified in

appendix C to 10 CFR part 20 shall be

conspicuously posted with a sign or

signs bearing the radiation caution

symbol described in paragraph (e)(1) of

this section and the words:

CAUTION

RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS

(ii) Each area or room in which natural uranium or thorium is used or

stored in an amount exceeding 100

times the quantity of such material

specified in 10 CFR part 20 shall be conspicuously posted with a sign or signs

bearing the radiation caution symbol

described in paragraph (e)(1) of this

section and the words:

CAUTION

RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS

(6) Containers. (i) Each container in

which is transported, stored, or used a

quantity of any radioactive material

(other than natural uranium or thorium) greater than the quantity of

such material specified in appendix C

to 10 CFR part 20 shall bear a durable,

clearly visible label bearing the radiation caution symbol described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section and the

words:

CAUTION

RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS

(ii) Each container in which natural

uranium or thorium is transported,

stored, or used in a quantity greater

than 10 times the quantity specified in

appendix C to 10 CFR part 20 shall bear

a durable, clearly visible label bearing

the radiation caution symbol described

in paragraph (e)(1) of this section and

the words:

CAUTION

RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS

(iii) Notwithstanding the provisions

of paragraphs (e)(6) (i) and (ii) of this

section a label shall not be required:

(a) If the concentration of the material in the container does not exceed

that specified in column 2 of Table 1 of

appendix B to 10 CFR part 20, or
457

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1096

(b) For laboratory containers, such as

beakers, flasks, and test tubes, used

transiently in laboratory procedures,

when the user is present.

(iv) Where containers are used for

storage, the labels required in this subparagraph shall state also the quantities and kinds of radioactive materials in the containers and the date of

measurement of the quantities.

(f) Immediate evacuation warning signal—(1) Signal characteristics. (i) The

signal shall be a midfrequency complex

sound wave amplitude modulated at a

subsonic frequency. The complex sound

wave in free space shall have a fundamental frequency (f1) between 450 and

500 hertz (Hz) modulated at a subsonic

rate between 4 and 5 hertz.

(ii) The signal generator shall not be

less than 75 decibels at every location

where an individual may be present

whose immediate, rapid, and complete

evacuation is essential.

(iii) A sufficient number of signal

units shall be installed such that the

requirements of paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of

this section are met at every location

where an individual may be present

whose immediate, rapid, and complete

evacuation is essential.

(iv) The signal shall be unique in the

plant or facility in which it is installed.

(v) The minimum duration of the signal shall be sufficient to insure that all

affected persons hear the signal.

(vi) The signal-generating system

shall respond automatically to an initiating event without requiring any

human action to sound the signal.

(2) Design objectives. (i) The signalgenerating system shall be designed to

incorporate components which enable

the system to produce the desired signal each time it is activated within

one-half second of activation.

(ii) The signal-generating system

shall be provided with an automatically activated secondary power supply

which is adequate to simultaneously

power all emergency equipment to

which it is connected, if operation during power failure is necessary, except

in those systems using batteries as the

primary source of power.

(iii) All components of the signalgenerating system shall be located to

provide maximum practicable protection against damage in case of fire, explosion, corrosive atmosphere, or other

environmental extremes consistent

with adequate system performance.

(iv) The signal-generating system

shall be designed with the minimum

number of components necessary to

make it function as intended, and

should utilize components which do not

require frequent servicing such as lubrication or cleaning.

(v) Where several activating devices

feed activating information to a central signal generator, failure of any activating device shall not render the signal-generator system inoperable to activating information from the remaining devices.

(vi) The signal-generating system

shall be designed to enhance the probability that alarm occurs only when

immediate evacuation is warranted.

The number of false alarms shall not be

so great that the signal will come to be

disregarded and shall be low enough to

minimize personal injuries or excessive

property damage that might result

from such evacuation.

(3) Testing. (i) Initial tests, inspections, and checks of the signal-generating system shall be made to verify

that the fabrication and installation

were made in accordance with design

plans and specifications and to develop

a thorough knowledge of the performance of the system and all components

under normal and hostile conditions.

(ii) Once the system has been placed

in service, periodic tests, inspections,

and checks shall be made to minimize

the possibility of malfunction.

(iii) Following significant alterations

or revisions to the system, tests and

checks similar to the initial installation tests shall be made.

(iv) Tests shall be designed to minimize hazards while conducting the

tests.

(v) Prior to normal operation the signal-generating system shall be checked

physically and functionally to assure

reliability and to demonstrate accuracy and performance. Specific tests

shall include:

(a) All power sources.

(b) Calibration and calibration stability.

(c) Trip levels and stability.
458

§ 1910.1096 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(d) Continuity of function with loss

and return of required services such as

AC or DC power, air pressure, etc.

(e) All indicators.

(f) Trouble indicator circuits and signals, where used.

(g) Air pressure (if used)

(h) Determine that sound level of the

signal is within the limit of paragraph

(f)(1)(ii) of this section at all points

that require immediate evacuation.

(vi) In addition to the initial startup

and operating tests, periodic scheduled

performance tests and status checks

must be made to insure that the system is at all times operating within design limits and capable of the required

response. Specific periodic tests or

checks or both shall include:

(a) Adequacy of signal activation device.

(b) All power sources.

(c) Function of all alarm circuits and

trouble indicator circuits including

trip levels.

(d) Air pressure (if used).

(e) Function of entire system including operation without power where required.

(f) Complete operational tests including sounding of the signal and determination that sound levels are adequate.

(vii) Periodic tests shall be scheduled

on the basis of need, experience, difficulty, and disruption of operations.

The entire system should be operationally tested at least quarterly.

(viii) All employees whose work may

necessitate their presence in an area

covered by the signal shall be made familiar with the actual sound of the signal—preferably as it sounds at their

work location. Before placing the system into operation, all employees normally working in the area shall be

made acquainted with the signal by actual demonstration at their work locations.

(g) Exceptions from posting requirements. Notwithstanding the provisions

of paragraph (e) of this section:

(1) A room or area is not required to

be posted with a caution sign because

of the presence of a sealed source, provided the radiation level 12 inches from

the surface of the source container or

housing does not exceed 5 millirem per

hour.

(2) Rooms or other areas in onsite

medical facilities are not required to

be posted with caution signs because of

the presence of patients containing radioactive material, provided that there

are personnel in attendance who shall

take the precautions necessary to prevent the exposure of any individual to

radiation or radioactive material in excess of the limits established in the

provisions of this section.

(3) Caution signs are not required to

be posted at areas or rooms containing

radioactive materials for periods of

less than 8 hours: Provided, That

(i) The materials are constantly attended during such periods by an individual who shall take the precautions

necessary to prevent the exposure of

any individual to radiation or radioactive materials in excess of the limits

established in the provisions of this

section; and

(ii) Such area or room is subject to

the employer’s control.

(h) Exemptions for radioactive materials

packaged for shipment. Radioactive materials packaged and labeled in accordance with regulations of the Department of Transportation published in 49

CFR Chapter I, are exempt from the labeling and posting requirements of this

subpart during shipment, provided that

the inside containers are labeled in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (e) of this section.

(i) Instruction of personnel, posting. (1)

Employers regulated by the Nuclear

Regulatory Commission shall be governed by 10 CFR part 20 standards. Employers in a State named in paragraph

(p)(3) of this section shall be governed

by the requirements of the laws and

regulations of that State. All other employers shall be regulated by the following:

(2) All individuals working in or frequenting any portion of a radiation

area shall be informed of the occurrence of radioactive materials or of radiation in such portions of the radiation area; shall be instructed in the

safety problems associated with exposure to such materials or radiation and

in precautions or devices to minimize

exposure; shall be instructed in the applicable provisions of this section for
459

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1096

the protection of employees from exposure to radiation or radioactive materials; and shall be advised of reports of

radiation exposure which employees

may request pursuant to the regulations in this section.

(3) Each employer to whom this section applies shall post a current copy

of its provisions and a copy of the operating procedures applicable to the

work conspicuously in such locations

as to insure that employees working in

or frequenting radiation areas will observe these documents on the way to

and from their place of employment, or

shall keep such documents available

for examination of employees upon request.

(j) Storage of radioactive materials. Radioactive materials stored in a nonradiation area shall be secured against

unauthorized removal from the place of

storage.

(k) Waste disposal. No employer shall

dispose of radioactive material except

by transfer to an authorized recipient,

or in a manner approved by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission or a

State named in paragraph (p)(3) of this

section.

(l) Notification of incidents—(1) Immediate notification. Each employer shall

immediately notify the Assistant Secretary of Labor or his duly authorized

representative, for employees not protected by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission by means of 10 CFR part 20;

paragraph (p)(2) of this section, or the

requirements of the laws and regulations of States named in paragraph

(p)(3) of this section, by telephone or

telegraph of any incident involving radiation which may have caused or

threatens to cause:

(i) Exposure of the whole body of any

individual to 25 rems or more of radiation; exposure of the skin of the whole

body of any individual to 150 rems or

more of radiation; or exposure of the

feet, ankles, hands, or forearms of any

individual to 375 rems or more of radiation; or

(ii) The release of radioactive material in concentrations which, if averaged over a period of 24 hours, would

exceed 5,000 times the limit specified

for such materials in Table II of appendix B to 10 CFR part 20.

(2) Twenty-four hour notification. Each

employer shall within 24 hours following its occurrence notify the Assistant Secretary of Labor or his duly authorized representative for employees

not protected by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission by means of 10 CFR

part 20; paragraph (p)(2) of this section,

or the requirements of the laws and applicable regulations of States named in

paragraph (p)(3) of this section, by telephone or telegraph of any incident involving radiation which may have

caused or threatens to cause:

(i) Exposure of the whole body of any

individual to 5 rems or more of radiation; exposure of the skin of the whole

body of any individual to 30 rems or

more of radiation; or exposure of the

feet, ankles, hands, or forearms to 75

rems or more of radiation; or

(ii) [Reserved]

(m) Reports of overexposure and excessive levels and concentrations. (1) In addition to any notification required by

paragraph (1) of this section each employer shall make a report in writing

within 30 days to the Assistant Secretary of Labor or his duly authorized

representative, for employees not protected by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission by means of 10 CFR part 20; or

under paragraph (p)(2) of this section,

or the requirements of the laws and

regulations of States named in paragraph (p)(3) of this section, of each exposure of an individual to radiation or

concentrations of radioactive material

in excess of any applicable limit in this

section. Each report required under

this paragraph shall describe the extent of exposure of persons to radiation

or to radioactive material; levels of radiation and concentration of radioactive material involved, the cause of

the exposure, levels of concentrations;

and corrective steps taken or planned

to assure against a recurrence.

(2) In any case where an employer is

required pursuant to the provisions of

this paragraph to report to the U.S. Department of Labor any exposure of an

individual to radiation or to concentrations of radioactive material, the employer shall also notify such individual

of the nature and extent of exposure.

Such notice shall be in writing and

shall contain the following statement:
460

§ 1910.1096 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

‘‘You should preserve this report for future reference.’’

(n) Records. (1) Every employer shall

maintain records of the radiation exposure of all employees for whom personnel monitoring is required under

paragraph (d) of this section and advise

each of his employees of his individual

exposure on at least an annual basis.

(2) Every employer shall maintain

records in the same units used in tables

in paragraph (b) of this section and appendix B to 10 CFR part 20.

(o) Disclosure to former employee of individual employee’s record. (1) At the request of a former employee an employer shall furnish to the employee a

report of the employee’s exposure to

radiation as shown in records maintained by the employer pursuant to

paragraph (n)(1) of this section. Such

report shall be furnished within 30 days

from the time the request is made, and

shall cover each calendar quarter of

the individual’s employment involving

exposure to radiation or such lesser period as may be requested by the employee. The report shall also include

the results of any calculations and

analysis of radioactive material deposited in the body of the employee. The

report shall be in writing and contain

the following statement: ‘‘You should

preserve this report for future reference.’’

(2) [Reserved]

(p) Nuclear Regulatory Commission licensees—NRC contractors operating NRC

plants and facilities—NRC Agreement

State licensees or registrants. (1) Any employer who possesses or uses source

material, byproduct material, or special nuclear material, as defined in the

Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, under a license issued by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and in

accordance with the requirements of 10

CFR part 20 shall be deemed to be in

compliance with the requirements of

this section with respect to such possession and use.

(2) NRC contractors operating NRC

plants and facilities: Any employer

who possesses or uses source material,

byproduct material, special nuclear

material, or other radiation sources

under a contract with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission for the operation

of NRC plants and facilities and in accordance with the standards, procedures, and other requirements for radiation protection established by the

Commission for such contract pursuant

to the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 as

amended (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), shall

be deemed to be in compliance with the

requirements of this section with respect to such possession and use.

(3) NRC-agreement State licensees or

registrants:

(i) Atomic Energy Act sources. Any employer who possesses or uses source

material, byproduct material, or special nuclear material, as defined in the

Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended

(42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), and has either

registered such sources with, or is operating under a license issued by, a

State which has an agreement in effect

with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission pursuant to section 274(b) (42

U.S.C. 2021(b)) of the Atomic Energy

Act of 1954, as amended, and in accordance with the requirements of that

State’s laws and regulations shall be

deemed to be in compliance with the

radiation requirements of this section,

insofar as his possession and use of

such material is concerned, unless the

Secretary of Labor, after conference

with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, shall determine that the State’s

program for control of these radiation

sources is incompatible with the requirements of this section. Such agreements currently are in effect only in

the States of Alabama, Arkansas, California, Kansas, Kentucky, Florida, Mississippi, New Hampshire, New York,

North Carolina, Texas, Tennessee, Oregon, Idaho, Arizona, Colorado, Louisiana, Nebraska, Washington, Maryland, North Dakota, South Carolina,

and Georgia.

(ii) Other sources. Any employer who

possesses or uses radiation sources

other than source material, byproduct

material, or special nuclear material,

as defined in the Atomic Energy Act of

1954, as amended (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.),

and has either registered such sources

with, or is operating under a license

issued by a State which has an agreement in effect with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission pursuant to section

274(b) (42 U.S.C. 2021(b)) of the Atomic

Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and in

accordance with the requirements of
461

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1200

that State’s laws and regulations shall

be deemed to be in compliance with the

radiation requirements of this section,

insofar as his possession and use of

such material is concerned, provided

the State’s program for control of

these radiation sources is the subject

of a currently effective determination

by the Assistant Secretary of Labor

that such program is compatible with

the requirements of this section. Such

determinations currently are in effect

only in the States of Alabama, Arkansas, California, Kansas, Kentucky,

Florida, Mississippi, New Hampshire,

New York, North Carolina, Texas, Tennessee, Oregon, Idaho, Arizona, Colorado, Louisiana, Nebraska, Washington, Maryland, North Dakota,

South Carolina, and Georgia.

[39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 43

FR 49746, Oct. 24, 1978; 43 FR 51759, Nov. 7,

1978; 49 FR 18295, Apr. 30, 1984; 58 FR 35309,

June 30, 1993. Redesignated at 61 FR 31430,

June 20, 1996]

§ 1910.1200 Hazard communication.

(a) Purpose. (1) The purpose of this

section is to ensure that the hazards of

all chemicals produced or imported are

evaluated, and that information concerning their hazards is transmitted to

employers and employees. This transmittal of information is to be accomplished by means of comprehensive

hazard communication programs,

which are to include container labeling

and other forms of warning, material

safety data sheets and employee training.

(2) This occupational safety and

health standard is intended to address

comprehensively the issue of evaluating the potential hazards of chemicals, and communicating information

concerning hazards and appropriate

protective measures to employees, and

to preempt any legal requirements of a

state, or political subdivision of a

state, pertaining to this subject. Evaluating the potential hazards of chemicals, and communicating information

concerning hazards and appropriate

protective measures to employees, may

include, for example, but is not limited

to, provisions for: developing and maintaining a written hazard communication program for the workplace, including lists of hazardous chemicals

present; labeling of containers of

chemicals in the workplace, as well as

of containers of chemicals being

shipped to other workplaces; preparation and distribution of material safety

data sheets to employees and downstream employers; and development

and implementation of employee training programs regarding hazards of

chemicals and protective measures.

Under section 18 of the Act, no state or

political subdivision of a state may

adopt or enforce, through any court or

agency, any requirement relating to

the issue addressed by this Federal

standard, except pursuant to a Federally-approved state plan.

(b) Scope and application. (1) This section requires chemical manufacturers

or importers to assess the hazards of

chemicals which they produce or import, and all employers to provide information to their employees about the

hazardous chemicals to which they are

exposed, by means of a hazard communication program, labels and other

forms of warning, material safety data

sheets, and information and training.

In addition, this section requires distributors to transmit the required information to employers. (Employers

who do not produce or import chemicals need only focus on those parts of

this rule that deal with establishing a

workplace program and communicating information to their workers.

Appendix E of this section is a general

guide for such employers to help them

determine their compliance obligations

under the rule.)

(2) This section applies to any chemical which is known to be present in

the workplace in such a manner that

employees may be exposed under normal conditions of use or in a foreseeable emergency.

(3) This section applies to laboratories only as follows:

(i) Employers shall ensure that labels

on incoming containers of hazardous

chemicals are not removed or defaced;

(ii) Employers shall maintain any

material safety data sheets that are received with incoming shipments of hazardous chemicals, and ensure that they

are readily accessible during each

workshift to laboratory employees

when they are in their work areas;
462

§ 1910.1200 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(iii) Employers shall ensure that laboratory employees are provided information and training in accordance

with paragraph (h) of this section, except for the location and availability of

the written hazard communication program under paragraph (h)(2)(iii) of this

section; and,

(iv) Laboratory employers that ship

hazardous chemicals are considered to

be either a chemical manufacturer or a

distributor under this rule, and thus

must ensure that any containers of

hazardous chemicals leaving the laboratory are labeled in accordance with

paragraph (f)(1) of this section, and

that a material safety data sheet is

provided to distributors and other employers in accordance with paragraphs

(g)(6) and (g)(7) of this section.

(4) In work operations where employees only handle chemicals in sealed

containers which are not opened under

normal conditions of use (such as are

found in marine cargo handling,

warehousing, or retail sales), this section applies to these operations only as

follows:

(i) Employers shall ensure that labels

on incoming containers of hazardous

chemicals are not removed or defaced;

(ii) Employers shall maintain copies

of any material safety data sheets that

are received with incoming shipments

of the sealed containers of hazardous

chemicals, shall obtain a material safety data sheet as soon as possible for

sealed containers of hazardous chemicals received without a material safety

data sheet if an employee requests the

material safety data sheet, and shall

ensure that the material safety data

sheets are readily accessible during

each work shift to employees when

they are in their work area(s); and,

(iii) Employers shall ensure that employees are provided with information

and training in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section (except for the

location and availability of the written

hazard communication program under

paragraph (h)(2)(iii) of this section), to

the extent necessary to protect them

in the event of a spill or leak of a hazardous chemical from a sealed container.

(5) This section does not require labeling of the following chemicals:

(i) Any pesticide as such term is defined in the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C.

136 et seq.), when subject to the labeling

requirements of that Act and labeling

regulations issued under that Act by

the Environmental Protection Agency;

(ii) Any chemical substance or mixture as such terms are defined in the

Toxic Substances Control Act (15

U.S.C. 2601 et seq.), when subject to the

labeling requirements of that Act and

labeling regulations issued under that

Act by the Environmental Protection

Agency.

(iii) Any food, food additive, color additive, drug, cosmetic, or medical or

veterinary device or product, including

materials intended for use as ingredients in such products (e.g. flavors and

fragrances), as such terms are defined

in the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.) or the

Virus-Serum-Toxin Act of 1913 (21

U.S.C. 151 et seq.), and regulations

issued under those Acts, when they are

subject to the labeling requirements

under those Acts by either the Food

and Drug Administration or the Department of Agriculture;

(iv) Any distilled spirits (beverage alcohols), wine, or malt beverage intended for nonindustrial use, as such

terms are defined in the Federal Alcohol Administration Act (27 U.S.C. 201 et

seq.) and regulations issued under that

Act, when subject to the labeling requirements of that Act and labeling

regulations issued under that Act by

the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and

Firearms;

(v) Any consumer product or hazardous substance as those terms are defined in the Consumer Product Safety

Act (15 U.S.C. 2051 et seq.) and Federal

Hazardous Substances Act (15 U.S.C.

1261 et seq.) respectively, when subject

to a consumer product safety standard

or labeling requirement of those Acts,

or regulations issued under those Acts

by the Consumer Product Safety Commission; and,

(vi) Agricultural or vegetable seed

treated with pesticides and labeled in

accordance with the Federal Seed Act

(7 U.S.C. 1551 et seq.) and the labeling

regulations issued under that Act by

the Department of Agriculture.
463

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1200

(6) This section does not apply to: (i)

Any hazardous waste as such term is

defined by the Solid Waste Disposal

Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as

amended (42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq.), when

subject to regulations issued under

that Act by the Environmental Protection Agency;

(ii) Any hazardous substance as such

term is defined by the Comprehensive

Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability ACT (CERCLA) (42

U.S.C. 9601 et seq.) when the hazardous

substance is the focus of remedial or

removal action being conducted under

CERCLA in accordance with Environmental Protection Agency regulations;

(iii) Tobacco or tobacco products;

(iv) Wood or wood products, including

lumber which will not be processed,

where the chemical manufacturer or

importer can establish that the only

hazard they pose to employees is the

potential for flammability or combustibility (wood or wood products which

have been treated with a hazardous

chemical covered by this standard, and

wood which may be subsequently sawed

or cut, generating dust, are not exempted);

(v) Articles (as that term is defined

in paragraph (c) of this section);

(vi) Food or alcoholic beverages

which are sold, used, or prepared in a

retail establishment (such as a grocery

store, restaurant, or drinking place),

and foods intended for personal consumption by employees while in the

workplace;

(vii) Any drug, as that term is defined in the Federal Food, Drug, and

Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.),

when it is in solid, final form for direct

administration to the patient (e.g., tablets or pills); drugs which are packaged

by the chemical manufacturer for sale

to consumers in a retail establishment

(e.g., over-the-counter drugs); and

drugs intended for personal consumption by employees while in the workplace (e.g., first aid supplies);

(viii) Cosmetics which are packaged

for sale to consumers in a retail establishment, and cosmetics intended for

personal consumption by employees

while in the workplace;

(ix) Any consumer product or hazardous substance, as those terms are

defined in the Consumer Product Safety Act (15 U.S.C. 2051 et seq.) and Federal Hazardous Substances Act (15

U.S.C. 1261 et seq.) respectively, where

the employer can show that it is used

in the workplace for the purpose intended by the chemical manufacturer

or importer of the product, and the use

results in a duration and frequency of

exposure which is not greater than the

range of exposures that could reasonably be experienced by consumers when

used for the purpose intended;

(x) Nuisance particulates where the

chemical manufacturer or importer

can establish that they do not pose any

physical or health hazard covered

under this section;

(xi) Ionizing and nonionizing radiation; and,

(xii) Biological hazards.

(c) Definitions.

Article means a manufactured item

other than a fluid or particle: (i) which

is formed to a specific shape or design

during manufacture; (ii) which has end

use function(s) dependent in whole or

in part upon its shape or design during

end use; and (iii) which under normal

conditions of use does not release more

than very small quantities, e.g., minute

or trace amounts of a hazardous chemical (as determined under paragraph (d)

of this section), and does not pose a

physical hazard or health risk to employees.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Chemical means any element, chemical compound or mixture of elements

and/or compounds.

Chemical manufacturer means an employer with a workplace where chemical(s) are produced for use or distribution.

Chemical name means the scientific

designation of a chemical in accordance with the nomenclature system developed by the International Union of

Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC)

or the Chemical Abstracts Service

(CAS) rules of nomenclature, or a name

which will clearly identify the chemical for the purpose of conducting a

hazard evaluation.

Combustible liquid means any liquid

having a flashpoint at or above 100 °F
464

§ 1910.1200 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(37.8 °C), but below 200 °F (93.3 °C), except any mixture having components

with flashpoints of 200 °F (93.3 °C), or

higher, the total volume of which make

up 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture.

Commercial account means an arrangement whereby a retail distributor

sells hazardous chemicals to an employer, generally in large quantities

over time and/or at costs that are

below the regular retail price.

Common name means any designation

or identification such as code name,

code number, trade name, brand name

or generic name used to identify a

chemical other than by its chemical

name.

Compressed gas means:

(i) A gas or mixture of gases having,

in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 40 psi at 70 °F (21.1 °C); or

(ii) A gas or mixture of gases having,

in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 104 psi at 130 °F (54.4 °C) regardless of the pressure at 70 °F (21.1 °C); or

(iii) A liquid having a vapor pressure

exceeding 40 psi at 100 °F (37.8 °C) as determined by ASTM D–323–72.

Container means any bag, barrel, bottle, box, can, cylinder, drum, reaction

vessel, storage tank, or the like that

contains a hazardous chemical. For

purposes of this section, pipes or piping

systems, and engines, fuel tanks, or

other operating systems in a vehicle,

are not considered to be containers.

Designated representative means any

individual or organization to whom an

employee gives written authorization

to exercise such employee’s rights

under this section. A recognized or certified collective bargaining agent shall

be treated automatically as a designated representative without regard

to written employee authorization.

Director means the Director, National

Institute for Occupational Safety and

Health, U.S. Department of Health and

Human Services, or designee.

Distributor means a business, other

than a chemical manufacturer or importer, which supplies hazardous

chemicals to other distributors or to

employers.

Employee means a worker who may be

exposed to hazardous chemicals under

normal operating conditions or in foreseeable emergencies. Workers such as

office workers or bank tellers who encounter hazardous chemicals only in

non-routine, isolated instances are not

covered.

Employer means a person engaged in a

business where chemicals are either

used, distributed, or are produced for

use or distribution, including a contractor or subcontractor.

Explosive means a chemical that

causes a sudden, almost instantaneous

release of pressure, gas, and heat when

subjected to sudden shock, pressure, or

high temperature.

Exposure or exposed means that an

employee is subjected in the course of

employment to a chemical that is a

physical or health hazard, and includes

potential (e.g. accidental or possible)

exposure. ‘‘Subjected’’ in terms of

health hazards includes any route of

entry (e.g. inhalation, ingestion, skin

contact or absorption.)

Flammable means a chemical that

falls into one of the following categories:

(i) Aerosol, flammable means an aerosol that, when tested by the method

described in 16 CFR 1500.45, yields a

flame projection exceeding 18 inches at

full valve opening, or a flashback (a

flame extending back to the valve) at

any degree of valve opening;

(ii) Gas, flammable means: (A) A gas

that, at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a flammable mixture with

air at a concentration of thirteen (13)

percent by volume or less; or

(B) A gas that, at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a range of

flammable mixtures with air wider

than twelve (12) percent by volume, regardless of the lower limit;

(iii) Liquid, flammable means any liquid having a flashpoint below 100 °F

(37.8 °C), except any mixture having

components with flashpoints of 100 °F

(37.8 °C) or higher, the total of which

make up 99 percent or more of the total

volume of the mixture.

(iv) Solid, flammable means a solid,

other than a blasting agent or explosive as defined in § 1910.109(a), that is

liable to cause fire through friction,

absorption of moisture, spontaneous

chemical change, or retained heat from

manufacturing or processing, or which

can be ignited readily and when ignited

burns so vigorously and persistently as
465

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1200

to create a serious hazard. A chemical

shall be considered to be a flammable

solid if, when tested by the method described in 16 CFR 1500.44, it ignites and

burns with a self-sustained flame at a

rate greater than one-tenth of an inch

per second along its major axis.

Flashpoint means the minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off a

vapor in sufficient concentration to ignite when tested as follows:

(i) Tagliabue Closed Tester (See

American National Standard Method of

Test for Flash Point by Tag Closed

Tester, Z11.24–1979 (ASTM D 56–79)) for

liquids with a viscosity of less than 45

Saybolt Universal Seconds (SUS) at 100

°F (37.8 °C), that do not contain suspended solids and do not have a tendency to form a surface film under test;

or

(ii) Pensky-Martens Closed Tester

(see American National Standard

Method of Test for Flash Point by

Pensky-Martens Closed Tester, Z11.7–

1979 (ASTM D 93–79)) for liquids with a

viscosity equal to or greater than 45

SUS at 100 °F (37.8 °C), or that contain

suspended solids, or that have a tendency to form a surface film under test;

or

(iii) Setaflash Closed Tester (see

American National Standard Method of

Test for Flash Point by Setaflash

Closed Tester (ASTM D 3278–78)).

Organic peroxides, which undergo

autoaccelerating thermal decomposition, are excluded from any of the

flashpoint determination methods

specified above.

Foreseeable emergency means any potential occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipment failure, rupture of

containers, or failure of control equipment which could result in an uncontrolled release of a hazardous chemical

into the workplace.

Hazardous chemical means any chemical which is a physical hazard or a

health hazard.

Hazard warning means any words,

pictures, symbols, or combination

thereof appearing on a label or other

appropriate form of warning which convey the specific physical and health

hazard(s), including target organ effects, of the chemical(s) in the container(s). (See the definitions for

‘‘physical hazard’’ and ‘‘health hazard’’

to determine the hazards which must

be covered.)

Health hazard means a chemical for

which there is statistically significant

evidence based on at least one study

conducted in accordance with established scientific principles that acute

or chronic health effects may occur in

exposed employees. The term ‘‘health

hazard’’ includes chemicals which are

carcinogens, toxic or highly toxic

agents, reproductive toxins, irritants,

corrosives, sensitizers, hepatotoxins,

nephrotoxins, neurotoxins, agents

which act on the hematopoietic system, and agents which damage the

lungs, skin, eyes, or mucous membranes. Appendix A provides further

definitions and explanations of the

scope of health hazards covered by this

section, and Appendix B describes the

criteria to be used to determine whether or not a chemical is to be considered

hazardous for purposes of this standard.

Identity means any chemical or common name which is indicated on the

material safety data sheet (MSDS) for

the chemical. The identity used shall

permit cross-references to be made

among the required list of hazardous

chemicals, the label and the MSDS.

Immediate use means that the hazardous chemical will be under the control of and used only by the person who

transfers it from a labeled container

and only within the work shift in

which it is transferred.

Importer means the first business

with employees within the Customs

Territory of the United States which

receives hazardous chemicals produced

in other countries for the purpose of

supplying them to distributors or employers within the United States.

Label means any written, printed, or

graphic material displayed on or affixed to containers of hazardous chemicals.

Material safety data sheet (MSDS)

means written or printed material concerning a hazardous chemical which is

prepared in accordance with paragraph

(g) of this section.

Mixture means any combination of

two or more chemicals if the combination is not, in whole or in part, the result of a chemical reaction.
466

§ 1910.1200 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

Organic peroxide means an organic

compound that contains the bivalent

-O-O-structure and which may be considered to be a structural derivative of

hydrogen peroxide where one or both of

the hydrogen atoms has been replaced

by an organic radical.

Oxidizer means a chemical other than

a blasting agent or explosive as defined

in § 1910.109(a), that initiates or promotes combustion in other materials,

thereby causing fire either of itself or

through the release of oxygen or other

gases.

Physical hazard means a chemical for

which there is scientifically valid evidence that it is a combustible liquid, a

compressed gas, explosive, flammable,

an organic peroxide, an oxidizer,

pyrophoric, unstable (reactive) or

water-reactive.

Produce means to manufacture, process, formulate, blend, extract, generate, emit, or repackage.

Pyrophoric means a chemical that

will ignite spontaneously in air at a

temperature of 130 °F (54.4 °C) or below.

Responsible party means someone who

can provide additional information on

the hazardous chemical and appropriate emergency procedures, if necessary.

Specific chemical identity means the

chemical name, Chemical Abstracts

Service (CAS) Registry Number, or any

other information that reveals the precise chemical designation of the substance.

Trade secret means any confidential

formula, pattern, process, device, information or compilation of information

that is used in an employer’s business,

and that gives the employer an opportunity to obtain an advantage over

competitors who do not know or use it.

Appendix D sets out the criteria to be

used in evaluating trade secrets.

Unstable (reactive) means a chemical

which in the pure state, or as produced

or transported, will vigorously polymerize, decompose, condense, or will become self-reactive under conditions of

shocks, pressure or temperature.

Use means to package, handle, react,

emit, extract, generate as a byproduct,

or transfer.

Water-reactive means a chemical that

reacts with water to release a gas that

is either flammable or presents a

health hazard.

Work area means a room or defined

space in a workplace where hazardous

chemicals are produced or used, and

where employees are present.

Workplace means an establishment,

job site, or project, at one geographical

location containing one or more work

areas.

(d) Hazard determination. (1) Chemical

manufacturers and importers shall

evaluate chemicals produced in their

workplaces or imported by them to determine if they are hazardous. Employers are not required to evaluate chemicals unless they choose not to rely on

the evaluation performed by the chemical manufacturer or importer for the

chemical to satisfy this requirement.

(2) Chemical manufacturers, importers or employers evaluating chemicals

shall identify and consider the available scientific evidence concerning

such hazards. For health hazards, evidence which is statistically significant

and which is based on at least one positive study conducted in accordance

with established scientific principles is

considered to be sufficient to establish

a hazardous effect if the results of the

study meet the definitions of health

hazards in this section. Appendix A

shall be consulted for the scope of

health hazards covered, and Appendix

B shall be consulted for the criteria to

be followed with respect to the completeness of the evaluation, and the

data to be reported.

(3) The chemical manufacturer, importer or employer evaluating chemicals shall treat the following sources as

establishing that the chemicals listed

in them are hazardous:

(i) 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z, Toxic

and Hazardous Substances, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA); or,

(ii) Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents in

the Work Environment, American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) (latest edition). The

chemical manufacturer, importer, or

employer is still responsible for evaluating the hazards associated with the

chemicals in these source lists in accordance with the requirements of this

standard.
467

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1200

(4) Chemical manufacturers, importers and employers evaluating chemicals shall treat the following sources as

establishing that a chemical is a carcinogen or potential carcinogen for

hazard communication purposes:

(i) National Toxicology Program

(NTP), Annual Report on Carcinogens

(latest edition);

(ii) International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) Monographs

(latest editions); or

(iii) 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z,

Toxic and Hazardous Substances, Occupational Safety and Health Administration.

NOTE: The Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances published by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health

indicates whether a chemical has been found

by NTP or IARC to be a potential carcinogen.

(5) The chemical manufacturer, importer or employer shall determine the

hazards of mixtures of chemicals as follows:

(i) If a mixture has been tested as a

whole to determine its hazards, the results of such testing shall be used to

determine whether the mixture is hazardous;

(ii) If a mixture has not been tested

as a whole to determine whether the

mixture is a health hazard, the mixture

shall be assumed to present the same

health hazards as do the components

which comprise one percent (by weight

or volume) or greater of the mixture,

except that the mixture shall be assumed to present a carcinogenic hazard

if it contains a component in concentrations of 0.1 percent or greater

which is considered to be a carcinogen

under paragraph (d)(4) of this section;

(iii) If a mixture has not been tested

as a whole to determine whether the

mixture is a physical hazard, the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer may use whatever scientifically

valid data is available to evaluate the

physical hazard potential of the mixture; and,

(iv) If the chemical manufacturer,

importer, or employer has evidence to

indicate that a component present in

the mixture in concentrations of less

than one percent (or in the case of carcinogens, less than 0.1 percent) could

be released in concentrations which

would exceed an established OSHA permissible exposure limit or ACGIH

Threshold Limit Value, or could

present a health risk to employees in

those concentrations, the mixture shall

be assumed to present the same hazard.

(6) Chemical manufacturers, importers, or employers evaluating chemicals

shall describe in writing the procedures

they use to determine the hazards of

the chemical they evaluate. The written procedures are to be made available, upon request, to employees, their

designated representatives, the Assistant Secretary and the Director. The

written description may be incorporated into the written hazard communication program required under

paragraph (e) of this section.

(e) Written hazard communication program. (1) Employers shall develop, implement, and maintain at each workplace, a written hazard communication

program which at least describes how

the criteria specified in paragraphs (f),

(g), and (h) of this section for labels

and other forms of warning, material

safety data sheets, and employee information and training will be met, and

which also includes the following:

(i) A list of the hazardous chemicals

known to be present using an identity

that is referenced on the appropriate

material safety data sheet (the list

may be compiled for the workplace as a

whole or for individual work areas);

and,

(ii) The methods the employer will

use to inform employees of the hazards

of non-routine tasks (for example, the

cleaning of reactor vessels), and the

hazards associated with chemicals contained in unlabeled pipes in their work

areas.

(2) Multi-employer workplaces. Employers who produce, use, or store hazardous chemicals at a workplace in

such a way that the employees of other

employer(s) may be exposed (for example, employees of a construction contractor working on-site) shall additionally ensure that the hazard communication programs developed and implemented under this paragraph (e) include the following:

(i) The methods the employer will

use to provide the other employer(s)

on-site access to material safety data

sheets for each hazardous chemical the
468

§ 1910.1200 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

other employer(s)’ employees may be

exposed to while working;

(ii) The methods the employer will

use to inform the other employer(s) of

any precautionary measures that need

to be taken to protect employees during the workplace’s normal operating

conditions and in foreseeable emergencies; and,

(iii) The methods the employer will

use to inform the other employer(s) of

the labeling system used in the workplace.

(3) The employer may rely on an existing hazard communication program

to comply with these requirements,

provided that it meets the criteria established in this paragraph (e).

(4) The employer shall make the

written hazard communication program available, upon request, to employees, their designated representatives, the Assistant Secretary and the

Director, in accordance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.20 (e).

(5) Where employees must travel between workplaces during a workshift,

i.e., their work is carried out at more

than one geographical location, the

written hazard communication program may be kept at the primary

workplace facility.

(f) Labels and other forms of warning.

(1) The chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor shall ensure that

each container of hazardous chemicals

leaving the workplace is labeled,

tagged or marked with the following

information:

(i) Identity of the hazardous chemical(s);

(ii) Appropriate hazard warnings; and

(iii) Name and address of the chemical manufacturer, importer, or other

responsible party.

(2)(i) For solid metal (such as a steel

beam or a metal casting), solid wood,

or plastic items that are not exempted

as articles due to their downstream

use, or shipments of whole grain, the

required label may be transmitted to

the customer at the time of the initial

shipment, and need not be included

with subsequent shipments to the same

employer unless the information on the

label changes;

(ii) The label may be transmitted

with the initial shipment itself, or with

the material safety data sheet that is

to be provided prior to or at the time of

the first shipment; and,

(iii) This exception to requiring labels on every container of hazardous

chemicals is only for the solid material

itself, and does not apply to hazardous

chemicals used in conjunction with, or

known to be present with, the material

and to which employees handling the

items in transit may be exposed (for

example, cutting fluids or pesticides in

grains).

(3) Chemical manufacturers, importers, or distributors shall ensure that

each container of hazardous chemicals

leaving the workplace is labeled,

tagged, or marked in accordance with

this section in a manner which does

not conflict with the requirements of

the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.) and

regulations issued under that Act by

the Department of Transportation.

(4) If the hazardous chemical is regulated by OSHA in a substance-specific

health standard, the chemical manufacturer, importer, distributor or employer shall ensure that the labels or

other forms of warning used are in accordance with the requirements of that

standard.

(5) Except as provided in paragraphs

(f)(6) and (f)(7) of this section, the employer shall ensure that each container

of hazardous chemicals in the workplace is labeled, tagged or marked with

the following information:

(i) Identity of the hazardous chemical(s) contained therein; and,

(ii) Appropriate hazard warnings, or

alternatively, words, pictures, symbols,

or combination thereof, which provide

at least general information regarding

the hazards of the chemicals, and

which, in conjunction with the other

information immediately available to

employees under the hazard communication program, will provide employees with the specific information regarding the physical and health hazards of the hazardous chemical.

(6) The employer may use signs, placards, process sheets, batch tickets, operating procedures, or other such written materials in lieu of affixing labels

to individual stationary process containers, as long as the alternative

method identifies the containers to

which it is applicable and conveys the
469

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1200

information required by paragraph

(f)(5) of this section to be on a label.

The written materials shall be readily

accessible to the employees in their

work area throughout each work shift.

(7) The employer is not required to

label portable containers into which

hazardous chemicals are transferred

from labeled containers, and which are

intended only for the immediate use of

the employee who performs the transfer. For purposes of this section, drugs

which are dispensed by a pharmacy to

a health care provider for direct administration to a patient are exempted

from labeling.

(8) The employer shall not remove or

deface existing labels on incoming containers of hazardous chemicals, unless

the container is immediately marked

with the required information.

(9) The employer shall ensure that labels or other forms of warning are legible, in English, and prominently displayed on the container, or readily

available in the work area throughout

each work shift. Employers having employees who speak other languages

may add the information in their language to the material presented, as

long as the information is presented in

English as well.

(10) The chemical manufacturer, importer, distributor or employer need

not affix new labels to comply with

this section if existing labels already

convey the required information.

(11) Chemical manufacturers, importers, distributors, or employers who become newly aware of any significant

information regarding the hazards of a

chemical shall revise the labels for the

chemical within three months of becoming aware of the new information.

Labels on containers of hazardous

chemicals shipped after that time shall

contain the new information. If the

chemical is not currently produced or

imported, the chemical manufacturer,

importers, distributor, or employer

shall add the information to the label

before the chemical is shipped or introduced into the workplace again.

(g) Material safety data sheets. (1)

Chemical manufacturers and importers

shall obtain or develop a material safety data sheet for each hazardous chemical they produce or import. Employers

shall have a material safety data sheet

in the workplace for each hazardous

chemical which they use.

(2) Each material safety data sheet

shall be in English (although the employer may maintain copies in other

languages as well), and shall contain at

least the following information:

(i) The identity used on the label,

and, except as provided for in paragraph (i) of this section on trade secrets:

(A) If the hazardous chemical is a

single substance, its chemical and common name(s);

(B) If the hazardous chemical is a

mixture which has been tested as a

whole to determine its hazards, the

chemical and common name(s) of the

ingredients which contribute to these

known hazards, and the common

name(s) of the mixture itself; or,

(C) If the hazardous chemical is a

mixture which has not been tested as a

whole:

(1) The chemical and common

name(s) of all ingredients which have

been determined to be health hazards,

and which comprise 1% or greater of

the composition, except that chemicals

identified as carcinogens under paragraph (d) of this section shall be listed

if the concentrations are 0.1% or greater; and,

(2) The chemical and common

name(s) of all ingredients which have

been determined to be health hazards,

and which comprise less than 1% (0.1%

for carcinogens) of the mixture, if

there is evidence that the ingredient(s)

could be released from the mixture in

concentrations which would exceed an

established OSHA permissible exposure

limit or ACGIH Threshold Limit Value,

or could present a health risk to employees; and,

(3) The chemical and common

name(s) of all ingredients which have

been determined to present a physical

hazard when present in the mixture;

(ii) Physical and chemical characteristics of the hazardous chemical (such

as vapor pressure, flash point);

(iii) The physical hazards of the hazardous chemical, including the potential for fire, explosion, and reactivity;

(iv) The health hazards of the hazardous chemical, including signs and
470

§ 1910.1200 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

symptoms of exposure, and any medical conditions which are generally recognized as being aggravated by exposure to the chemical;

(v) The primary route(s) of entry;

(vi) The OSHA permissible exposure

limit, ACGIH Threshold Limit Value,

and any other exposure limit used or

recommended by the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer preparing the material safety data sheet,

where available;

(vii) Whether the hazardous chemical

is listed in the National Toxicology

Program (NTP) Annual Report on Carcinogens (latest edition) or has been

found to be a potential carcinogen in

the International Agency for Research

on Cancer (IARC) Monographs (latest

editions), or by OSHA;

(viii) Any generally applicable precautions for safe handling and use

which are known to the chemical manufacturer, importer or employer preparing the material safety data sheet,

including appropriate hygienic practices, protective measures during repair and maintenance of contaminated

equipment, and procedures for clean-up

of spills and leaks;

(ix) Any generally applicable control

measures which are known to the

chemical manufacturer, importer or

employer preparing the material safety

data sheet, such as appropriate engineering controls, work practices, or

personal protective equipment;

(x) Emergency and first aid procedures;

(xi) The date of preparation of the

material safety data sheet or the last

change to it; and,

(xii) The name, address and telephone

number of the chemical manufacturer,

importer, employer or other responsible party preparing or distributing

the material safety data sheet, who can

provide additional information on the

hazardous chemical and appropriate

emergency procedures, if necessary.

(3) If no relevant information is

found for any given category on the

material safety data sheet, the chemical manufacturer, importer or employer preparing the material safety

data sheet shall mark it to indicate

that no applicable information was

found.

(4) Where complex mixtures have

similar hazards and contents (i.e. the

chemical ingredients are essentially

the same, but the specific composition

varies from mixture to mixture), the

chemical manufacturer, importer or

employer may prepare one material

safety data sheet to apply to all of

these similar mixtures.

(5) The chemical manufacturer, importer or employer preparing the material safety data sheet shall ensure that

the information recorded accurately

reflects the scientific evidence used in

making the hazard determination. If

the chemical manufacturer, importer

or employer preparing the material

safety data sheet becomes newly aware

of any significant information regarding the hazards of a chemical, or ways

to protect against the hazards, this

new information shall be added to the

material safety data sheet within three

months. If the chemical is not currently being produced or imported the

chemical manufacturer or importer

shall add the information to the material safety data sheet before the chemical is introduced into the workplace

again.

(6)(i) Chemical manufacturers or importers shall ensure that distributors

and employers are provided an appropriate material safety data sheet with

their initial shipment, and with the

first shipment after a material safety

data sheet is updated;

(ii) The chemical manufacturer or

importer shall either provide material

safety data sheets with the shipped

containers or send them to the distributor or employer prior to or at the

time of the shipment;

(iii) If the material safety data sheet

is not provided with a shipment that

has been labeled as a hazardous chemical, the distributor or employer shall

obtain one from the chemical manufacturer or importer as soon as possible;

and,

(iv) The chemical manufacturer or

importer shall also provide distributors

or employers with a material safety

data sheet upon request.

(7)(i) Distributors shall ensure that

material safety data sheets, and updated information, are provided to

other distributors and employers with

their initial shipment and with the
471

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1200

first shipment after a material safety

data sheet is updated;

(ii) The distributor shall either provide material safety data sheets with

the shipped containers, or send them to

the other distributor or employer prior

to or at the time of the shipment;

(iii) Retail distributors selling hazardous chemicals to employers having

a commercial account shall provide a

material safety data sheet to such employers upon request, and shall post a

sign or otherwise inform them that a

material safety data sheet is available;

(iv) Wholesale distributors selling

hazardous chemicals to employers

over-the-counter may also provide material safety data sheets upon the request of the employer at the time of

the over-the-counter purchase, and

shall post a sign or otherwise inform

such employers that a material safety

data sheet is available;

(v) If an employer without a commercial account purchases a hazardous

chemical from a retail distributor not

required to have material safety data

sheets on file (i.e., the retail distributor does not have commercial accounts and does not use the materials),

the retail distributor shall provide the

employer, upon request, with the

name, address, and telephone number

of the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor from which a material safety data sheet can be obtained;

(vi) Wholesale distributors shall also

provide material safety data sheets to

employers or other distributors upon

request; and,

(vii) Chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors need not provide material safety data sheets to retail distributors that have informed

them that the retail distributor does

not sell the product to commercial accounts or open the sealed container to

use it in their own workplaces.

(8) The employer shall maintain in

the workplace copies of the required

material safety data sheets for each

hazardous chemical, and shall ensure

that they are readily accessible during

each work shift to employees when

they are in their work area(s). (Electronic access, microfiche, and other alternatives to maintaining paper copies

of the material safety data sheets are

permitted as long as no barriers to immediate employee access in each workplace are created by such options.)

(9) Where employees must travel between workplaces during a workshift,

i.e., their work is carried out at more

than one geographical location, the

material safety data sheets may be

kept at the primary workplace facility.

In this situation, the employer shall

ensure that employees can immediately obtain the required information

in an emergency.

(10) Material safety data sheets may

be kept in any form, including operating procedures, and may be designed

to cover groups of hazardous chemicals

in a work area where it may be more

appropriate to address the hazards of a

process rather than individual hazardous chemicals. However, the employer shall ensure that in all cases the

required information is provided for

each hazardous chemical, and is readily

accessible during each work shift to

employees when they are in in their

work area(s).

(11) Material safety data sheets shall

also be made readily available, upon

request, to designated representatives

and to the Assistant Secretary, in accordance with the requirements of 29

CFR 1910.20(e). The Director shall also

be given access to material safety data

sheets in the same manner.

(h) Employee information and training.

(1) Employers shall provide employees

with effective information and training

on hazardous chemicals in their work

area at the time of their initial assignment, and whenever a new physical or

health hazard the employees have not

previously been trained about is introduced into their work area. Information and training may be designed to

cover categories of hazards (e.g., flammability, carcinogenicity) or specific

chemicals. Chemical-specific information must always be available through

labels and material safety data sheets.

(2) Information. Employees shall be

informed of:

(i) The requirements of this section;

(ii) Any operations in their work area

where hazardous chemicals are present;

and,

(iii) The location and availability of

the written hazard communication program, including the required list(s) of
472

§ 1910.1200 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

hazardous chemicals, and material

safety data sheets required by this section.

(3) Training. Employee training shall

include at least:

(i) Methods and observations that

may be used to detect the presence or

release of a hazardous chemical in the

work area (such as monitoring conducted by the employer, continuous

monitoring devices, visual appearance

or odor of hazardous chemicals when

being released, etc.);

(ii) The physical and health hazards

of the chemicals in the work area;

(iii) The measures employees can

take to protect themselves from these

hazards, including specific procedures

the employer has implemented to protect employees from exposure to hazardous chemicals, such as appropriate

work practices, emergency procedures,

and personal protective equipment to

be used; and,

(iv) The details of the hazard communication program developed by the employer, including an explanation of the

labeling system and the material safety data sheet, and how employees can

obtain and use the appropriate hazard

information.

(i) Trade secrets. (1) The chemical

manufacturer, importer, or employer

may withhold the specific chemical

identity, including the chemical name

and other specific identification of a

hazardous chemical, from the material

safety data sheet, provided that:

(i) The claim that the information

withheld is a trade secret can be supported;

(ii) Information contained in the material safety data sheet concerning the

properties and effects of the hazardous

chemical is disclosed;

(iii) The material safety data sheet

indicates that the specific chemical

identity is being withheld as a trade secret; and,

(iv) The specific chemical identity is

made available to health professionals,

employees, and designated representatives in accordance with the applicable

provisions of this paragraph.

(2) Where a treating physician or

nurse determines that a medical emergency exists and the specific chemical

identity of a hazardous chemical is

necessary for emergency or first-aid

treatment, the chemical manufacturer,

importer, or employer shall immediately disclose the specific chemical

identity of a trade secret chemical to

that treating physician or nurse, regardless of the existence of a written

statement of need or a confidentiality

agreement. The chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer may require a written statement of need and

confidentiality agreement, in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs

(i) (3) and (4) of this section, as soon as

circumstances permit.

(3) In non-emergency situations, a

chemical manufacturer, importer, or

employer shall, upon request, disclose

a specific chemical identity, otherwise

permitted to be withheld under paragraph (i)(1) of this section, to a health

professional (i.e. physician, industrial

hygienist, toxicologist, epidemiologist,

or occupational health nurse) providing

medical or other occupational health

services to exposed employee(s), and to

employees or designated representatives, if:

(i) The request is in writing;

(ii) The request describes with reasonable detail one or more of the following occupational health needs for

the information:

(A) To assess the hazards of the

chemicals to which employees will be

exposed;

(B) To conduct or assess sampling of

the workplace atmosphere to determine employee exposure levels;

(C) To conduct pre-assignment or

periodic medical surveillance of exposed employees;

(D) To provide medical treatment to

exposed employees;

(E) To select or assess appropriate

personal protective equipment for exposed employees;

(F) To design or assess engineering

controls or other protective measures

for exposed employees; and,

(G) To conduct studies to determine

the health effects of exposure.

(iii) The request explains in detail

why the disclosure of the specific

chemical identity is essential and that,

in lieu thereof, the disclosure of the

following information to the health

professional, employee, or designated

representative, would not satisfy the
473

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1200

purposes described in paragraph

(i)(3)(ii) of this section:

(A) The properties and effects of the

chemical;

(B) Measures for controlling workers’

exposure to the chemical;

(C) Methods of monitoring and analyzing worker exposure to the chemical; and,

(D) Methods of diagnosing and treating harmful exposures to the chemical;

(iv) The request includes a description of the procedures to be used to

maintain the confidentiality of the disclosed information; and,

(v) The health professional, and the

employer or contractor of the services

of the health professional (i.e. downstream employer, labor organization,

or individual employee), employee, or

designated representative, agree in a

written confidentiality agreement that

the health professional, employee, or

designated representative, will not use

the trade secret information for any

purpose other than the health need(s)

asserted and agree not to release the

information under any circumstances

other than to OSHA, as provided in

paragraph (i)(6) of this section, except

as authorized by the terms of the

agreement or by the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer.

(4) The confidentiality agreement authorized by paragraph (i)(3)(iv) of this

section:

(i) May restrict the use of the information to the health purposes indicated in the written statement of need;

(ii) May provide for appropriate legal

remedies in the event of a breach of the

agreement, including stipulation of a

reasonable pre-estimate of likely damages; and,

(iii) May not include requirements

for the posting of a penalty bond.

(5) Nothing in this standard is meant

to preclude the parties from pursuing

non-contractual remedies to the extent

permitted by law.

(6) If the health professional, employee, or designated representative receiving the trade secret information

decides that there is a need to disclose

it to OSHA, the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer who provided the information shall be informed by the health professional, employee, or designated representative

prior to, or at the same time as, such

disclosure.

(7) If the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer denies a written request for disclosure of a specific chemical identity, the denial must:

(i) Be provided to the health professional, employee, or designated representative, within thirty days of the

request;

(ii) Be in writing;

(iii) Include evidence to support the

claim that the specific chemical identity is a trade secret;

(iv) State the specific reasons why

the request is being denied; and,

(v) Explain in detail how alternative

information may satisfy the specific

medical or occupational health need

without revealing the specific chemical

identity.

(8) The health professional, employee, or designated representative

whose request for information is denied

under paragraph (i)(3) of this section

may refer the request and the written

denial of the request to OSHA for consideration.

(9) When a health professional, employee, or designated representative refers the denial to OSHA under paragraph (i)(8) of this section, OSHA shall

consider the evidence to determine if:

(i) The chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer has supported the

claim that the specific chemical identity is a trade secret;

(ii) The health professional, employee, or designated representative

has supported the claim that there is a

medical or occupational health need

for the information; and,

(iii) The health professional, employee or designated representative has

demonstrated adequate means to protect the confidentiality.

(10)(i) If OSHA determines that the

specific chemical identity requested

under paragraph (i)(3) of this section is

not a bona fide trade secret, or that it

is a trade secret, but the requesting

health professional, employee, or designated representative has a legitimate

medical or occupational health need

for the information, has executed a

written confidentiality agreement, and

has shown adequate means to protect

the confidentiality of the information,

the chemical manufacturer, importer,
474

§ 1910.1200 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

or employer will be subject to citation

by OSHA.

(ii) If a chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer demonstrates to

OSHA that the execution of a confidentiality agreement would not provide

sufficient protection against the potential harm from the unauthorized disclosure of a trade secret specific chemical identity, the Assistant Secretary

may issue such orders or impose such

additional limitations or conditions

upon the disclosure of the requested

chemical information as may be appropriate to assure that the occupational

health services are provided without an

undue risk of harm to the chemical

manufacturer, importer, or employer.

(11) If a citation for a failure to release specific chemical identity information is contested by the chemical

manufacturer, importer, or employer,

the matter will be adjudicated before

the Occupational Safety and Health

Review Commission in accordance with

the Act’s enforcement scheme and the

applicable Commission rules of procedure. In accordance with the Commission rules, when a chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer continues

to withhold the information during the

contest, the Administrative Law Judge

may review the citation and supporting

documentation in camera or issue appropriate orders to protect the confidentiality of such matters.

(12) Notwithstanding the existence of

a trade secret claim, a chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer shall,

upon request, disclose to the Assistant

Secretary any information which this

section requires the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer to make

available. Where there is a trade secret

claim, such claim shall be made no

later than at the time the information

is provided to the Assistant Secretary

so that suitable determinations of

trade secret status can be made and

the necessary protections can be implemented.

(13) Nothing in this paragraph shall

be construed as requiring the disclosure under any circumstances of process or percentage of mixture information which is a trade secret.

(j) Effective dates. Chemical manufacturers, importers, distributors, and employers shall be in compliance with all

provisions of this section by March 11,

1994.

NOTE: The effective date of the clarification that the exemption of wood and wood

products from the Hazard Communication

standard in paragraph (b)(6)(iv) only applies

to wood and wood products including lumber

which will not be processed, where the manufacturer or importer can establish that the

only hazard they pose to employees is the

potential for flammability or combustibility,

and that the exemption does not apply to

wood or wood products which have been

treated with a hazardous chemical covered

by this standard, and wood which may be

subsequently sawed or cut generating dust

has been stayed from March 11, 1994 to August 11, 1994.

APPENDIX A TO §1910.1200—HEALTH

HAZARD DEFINITIONS (MANDATORY)

Although safety hazards related to the

physical characteristics of a chemical can be

objectively defined in terms of testing requirements (e.g. flammability), health hazard definitions are less precise and more subjective. Health hazards may cause measurable changes in the body—such as decreased

pulmonary function. These changes are generally indicated by the occurrence of signs

and symptoms in the exposed employees—

such as shortness of breath, a non-measurable, subjective feeling. Employees exposed

to such hazards must be apprised of both the

change in body function and the signs and

symptoms that may occur to signal that

change.

The determination of occupational health

hazards is complicated by the fact that many

of the effects or signs and symptoms occur

commonly in non-occupationally exposed

populations, so that effects of exposure are

difficult to separate from normally occurring illnesses. Occasionally, a substance

causes an effect that is rarely seen in the

population at large, such as angiosarcomas

caused by vinyl chloride exposure, thus making it easier to ascertain that the occupational exposure was the primary causative

factor. More often, however, the effects are

common, such as lung cancer. The situation

is further complicated by the fact that most

chemicals have not been adequately tested

to determine their health hazard potential,

and data do not exist to substantiate these

effects.

There have been many attempts to categorize effects and to define them in various

ways. Generally, the terms ‘‘acute’’ and

‘‘chronic’’ are used to delineate between effects on the basis of severity or duration.

‘‘Acute’’ effects usually occur rapidly as a

result of short-term exposures, and are of

short duration. ‘‘Chronic’’ effects generally
475

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1200

occur as a result of long-term exposure, and

are of long duration.

The acute effects referred to most frequently are those defined by the American

National Standards Institute (ANSI) standard for Precautionary Labeling of Hazardous

Industrial Chemicals (Z129.1–1988)—irritation, corrosivity, sensitization and lethal

dose. Although these are important health

effects, they do not adequately cover the

considerable range of acute effects which

may occur as a result of occupational exposure, such as, for example, narcosis.

Similarly, the term chronic effect is often

used to cover only carcinogenicity,

teratogenicity, and mutagenicity. These effects are obviously a concern in the workplace, but again, do not adequately cover the

area of chronic effects, excluding, for example, blood dyscrasias (such as anemia),

chronic bronchitis and liver atrophy.

The goal of defining precisely, in measurable terms, every possible health effect that

may occur in the workplace as a result of

chemical exposures cannot realistically be

accomplished. This does not negate the need

for employees to be informed of such effects

and protected from them. Appendix B, which

is also mandatory, outlines the principles

and procedures of hazard assessment.

For purposes of this section, any chemicals

which meet any of the following definitions,

as determined by the criteria set forth in Appendix B are health hazards. However, this is

not intended to be an exclusive categorization scheme. If there are available scientific

data that involve other animal species or

test methods, they must also be evaluated to

determine the applicability of the HCS.7

1. Carcinogen: A chemical is considered to

be a carcinogen if:

(a) It has been evaluated by the International Agency for Research on Cancer

(IARC), and found to be a carcinogen or potential carcinogen; or

(b) It is listed as a carcinogen or potential

carcinogen in the Annual Report on Carcinogens published by the National Toxicology

Program (NTP) (latest edition); or,

(c) It is regulated by OSHA as a carcinogen.

2. Corrosive: A chemical that causes visible

destruction of, or irreversible alterations in,

living tissue by chemical action at the site

of contact. For example, a chemical is considered to be corrosive if, when tested on the

intact skin of albino rabbits by the method

described by the U.S. Department of Transportation in appendix A to 49 CFR part 173,

it destroys or changes irreversibly the structure of the tissue at the site of contact following an exposure period of four hours. This

term shall not refer to action on inanimate

surfaces.

3. Highly toxic: A chemical falling within

any of the following categories:

(a) A chemical that has a median lethal

dose (LD50) of 50 milligrams or less per kilogram of body weight when administered orally to albino rats weighing between 200 and

300 grams each.

(b) A chemical that has a median lethal

dose (LD50) of 200 milligrams or less per kilogram of body weight when administered by

continuous contact for 24 hours (or less if

death occurs within 24 hours) with the bare

skin of albino rabbits weighing between two

and three kilograms each.

(c) A chemical that has a median lethal

concentration (LC50) in air of 200 parts per

million by volume or less of gas or vapor, or

2 milligrams per liter or less of mist, fume,

or dust, when administered by continuous inhalation for one hour (or less if death occurs

within one hour) to albino rats weighing between 200 and 300 grams each.

4. Irritant: A chemical, which is not corrosive, but which causes a reversible inflammatory effect on living tissue by chemical

action at the site of contact. A chemical is a

skin irritant if, when tested on the intact

skin of albino rabbits by the methods of 16

CFR 1500.41 for four hours exposure or by

other appropriate techniques, it results in an

empirical score of five or more. A chemical

is an eye irritant if so determined under the

procedure listed in 16 CFR 1500.42 or other

appropriate techniques.

5. Sensitizer: A chemical that causes a substantial proportion of exposed people or animals to develop an allergic reaction in normal tissue after repeated exposure to the

chemical.

6. Toxic. A chemical falling within any of

the following categories:

(a) A chemical that has a median lethal

dose (LD50) of more than 50 milligrams per

kilogram but not more than 500 milligrams

per kilogram of body weight when administered orally to albino rats weighing between

200 and 300 grams each.

(b) A chemical that has a median lethal

dose (LD50) of more than 200 milligrams per

kilogram but not more than 1,000 milligrams

per kilogram of body weight when administered by continuous contact for 24 hours (or

less if death occurs within 24 hours) with the

bare skin of albino rabbits weighing between

two and three kilograms each.

(c) A chemical that has a median lethal

concentration (LC50) in air of more than 200

parts per million but not more than 2,000

parts per million by volume of gas or vapor,

or more than two milligrams per liter but

not more than 20 milligrams per liter of

mist, fume, or dust, when administered by

continuous inhalation for one hour (or less if

death occurs within one hour) to albino rats

weighing between 200 and 300 grams each.

7. Target organ effects.

The following is a target organ categorization of effects which may occur, including
476

§ 1910.1200 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

examples of signs and symptoms and chemicals which have been found to cause such effects. These examples are presented to illustrate the range and diversity of effects and

hazards found in the workplace, and the

broad scope employers must consider in this

area, but are not intended to be all-inclusive.

a. Hepatotoxins: Chemicals which produce

liver damage3

Signs & Symptoms: Jaundice; liver enlargement

Chemicals: Carbon tetrachloride;

nitrosamines

b. Nephrotoxins: Chemicals which produce

kidney damage

Signs & Symptoms: Edema; proteinuria

Chemicals: Halogenated hydrocarbons; uranium

c. Neurotoxins: Chemicals which produce

their primary toxic effects on the nervous system

Signs & Symptoms: Narcosis; behavioral

changes; decrease in motor functions

Chemicals: Mercury; carbon disulfide

d. Agents which act on the blood or hematopoietic system: Decrease hemoglobin

function; deprive the body tissues of oxygen

Signs & Symptoms: Cyanosis; loss of consciousness

Chemicals: Carbon monoxide; cyanides

e. Agents which damage the lung: Chemicals

which irritate or damage pulmonary tissue

Signs & Symptoms: Cough; tightness in

chest; shortness of breath

Chemicals: Silica; asbestos

f. Reproductive toxins: Chemicals which affect the reproductive capabilities including chromosomal damage (mutations)

and effects on fetuses (teratogenesis)

Signs & Symptoms: Birth defects; sterility

Chemicals: Lead; DBCP

g. Cutaneous hazards: Chemicals which affect the dermal layer of the body

Signs & Symptoms: Defatting of the skin;

rashes; irritation

Chemicals: Ketones; chlorinated compounds

h. Eye hazards: Chemicals which affect the

eye or visual capacity

Signs & Symptoms: Conjunctivitis; corneal

damage

Chemicals: Organic solvents; acids

APPENDIX B TO §1910.1200—HAZARD

DETERMINATION (MANDATORY)

The quality of a hazard communication

program is largely dependent upon the adequacy and accuracy of the hazard determination. The hazard determination requirement

of this standard is performance-oriented.

Chemical manufacturers, importers, and employers evaluating chemicals are not required to follow any specific methods for determining hazards, but they must be able to

demonstrate that they have adequately

ascertained the hazards of the chemicals produced or imported in accordance with the

criteria set forth in this Appendix.

Hazard evaluation is a process which relies

heavily on the professional judgment of the

evaluator, particularly in the area of chronic

hazards. The performance-orientation of the

hazard determination does not diminish the

duty of the chemical manufacturer, importer

or employer to conduct a thorough evaluation, examining all relevant data and producing a scientifically defensible evaluation.

For purposes of this standard, the following

criteria shall be used in making hazard determinations that meet the requirements of

this standard.

1. Carcinogenicity: As described in paragraph (d)(4) of this section and Appendix A of

this section, a determination by the National Toxicology Program, the International Agency for Research on Cancer, or

OSHA that a chemical is a carcinogen or potential carcinogen will be considered conclusive evidence for purposes of this section. In

addition, however, all available scientific

data on carcinogenicity must be evaluated in

accordance with the provisions of this Appendix and the requirements of the rule.

2. Human data: Where available, epidemiological studies and case reports of adverse

health effects shall be considered in the evaluation.

3. Animal data: Human evidence of health

effects in exposed populations is generally

not available for the majority of chemicals

produced or used in the workplace. Therefore, the available results of toxicological

testing in animal populations shall be used

to predict the health effects that may be experienced by exposed workers. In particular,

the definitions of certain acute hazards refer

to specific animal testing results (see Appendix A).

4. Adequacy and reporting of data. The results of any studies which are designed and

conducted according to established scientific

principles, and which report statistically significant conclusions regarding the health effects of a chemical, shall be a sufficient basis

for a hazard determination and reported on

any material safety data sheet. In vitro studies alone generally do not form the basis for

a definitive finding of hazard under the HCS

since they have a positive or negative result

rather than a statistically significant finding.

The chemical manufacturer, importer, or

employer may also report the results of

other scientifically valid studies which tend

to refute the findings of hazard.
477

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1200

APPENDIX C TO §1910.1200 [RESERVED]

APPENDIX D TO §1910.1200—DEFINITION

OF ‘‘TRADE SECRET’’ (MANDATORY)

The following is a reprint of the Restatement of Torts section 757, comment b (1939):

b. Definition of trade secret. A trade secret

may consist of any formula, pattern, device

or compilation of information which is used

in one’s business, and which gives him an opportunity to obtain an advantage over competitors who do not know or use it. It may be

a formula for a chemical compound, a process of manufacturing, treating or preserving

materials, a pattern for a machine or other

device, or a list of customers. It differs from

other secret information in a business (see

s759 of the Restatement of Torts which is not

included in this Appendix) in that it is not

simply information as to single or ephemeral

events in the conduct of the business, as, for

example, the amount or other terms of a secret bid for a contract or the salary of certain employees, or the security investments

made or contemplated, or the date fixed for

the announcement of a new policy or for

bringing out a new model or the like. A trade

secret is a process or device for continuous

use in the operations of the business. Generally it relates to the production of goods,

as, for example, a machine or formula for the

production of an article. It may, however, relate to the sale of goods or to other operations in the business, such as a code for determining discounts, rebates or other concessions in a price list or catalogue, or a list of

specialized customers, or a method of bookkeeping or other office management.

Secrecy. The subject matter of a trade secret must be secret. Matters of public knowledge or of general knowledge in an industry

cannot be appropriated by one as his secret.

Matters which are completely disclosed by

the goods which one markets cannot be his

secret. Substantially, a trade secret is

known only in the particular business in

which it is used. It is not requisite that only

the proprietor of the business know it. He

may, without losing his protection, communicate it to employees involved in its use. He

may likewise communicate it to others

pledged to secrecy. Others may also know of

it independently, as, for example, when they

have discovered the process or formula by

independent invention and are keeping it secret. Nevertheless, a substantial element of

secrecy must exist, so that, except by the

use of improper means, there would be difficulty in acquiring the information. An

exact definition of a trade secret is not possible. Some factors to be considered in determining whether given information is one’s

trade secret are: (1) The extent to which the

information is known outside of his business;

(2) the extent to which it is known by employees and others involved in his business;

(3) the extent of measures taken by him to

guard the secrecy of the information; (4) the

value of the information to him and his competitors; (5) the amount of effort or money

expended by him in developing the information; (6) the ease or difficulty with which the

information could be properly acquired or

duplicated by others.

Novelty and prior art. A trade secret may be

a device or process which is patentable; but

it need not be that. It may be a device or

process which is clearly anticipated in the

prior art or one which is merely a mechanical improvement that a good mechanic can

make. Novelty and invention are not requisite for a trade secret as they are for patentability. These requirements are essential

to patentability because a patent protects

against unlicensed use of the patented device

or process even by one who discovers it properly through independent research. The patent monopoly is a reward to the inventor.

But such is not the case with a trade secret.

Its protection is not based on a policy of rewarding or otherwise encouraging the development of secret processes or devices. The

protection is merely against breach of faith

and reprehensible means of learning another’s secret. For this limited protection it

is not appropriate to require also the kind of

novelty and invention which is a requisite of

patentability. The nature of the secret is,

however, an important factor in determining

the kind of relief that is appropriate against

one who is subject to liability under the rule

stated in this Section. Thus, if the secret

consists of a device or process which is a

novel invention, one who acquires the secret

wrongfully is ordinarily enjoined from further use of it and is required to account for

the profits derived from his past use. If, on

the other hand, the secret consists of mechanical improvements that a good mechanic can make without resort to the secret, the wrongdoer’s liability may be limited to damages, and an injunction against

future use of the improvements made with

the aid of the secret may be inappropriate.

APPENDIX E TO §1910.1200—(ADVISORY)—

GUIDELINES FOR EMPLOYER COMPLIANCE

The Hazard Communication Standard

(HCS) is based on a simple concept—that employees have both a need and a right to know

the hazards and identities of the chemicals

they are exposed to when working. They also

need to know what protective measures are

available to prevent adverse effects from occurring. The HCS is designed to provide employees with the information they need.

Knowledge acquired under the HCS will

help employers provide safer workplaces for

their employees. When employers have information about the chemicals being used, they
478

§ 1910.1200 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

can take steps to reduce exposures, substitute less hazardous materials, and establish proper work practices. These efforts will

help prevent the occurrence of work-related

illnesses and injuries caused by chemicals.

The HCS addresses the issues of evaluating

and communicating hazards to workers.

Evaluation of chemical hazards involves a

number of technical concepts, and is a process that requires the professional judgment

of experienced experts. That’s why the HCS

is designed so that employers who simply use

chemicals, rather than produce or import

them, are not required to evaluate the hazards of those chemicals. Hazard determination is the responsibility of the producers

and importers of the materials. Producers

and importers of chemicals are then required

to provide the hazard information to employers that purchase their products.

Employers that don’t produce or import

chemicals need only focus on those parts of

the rule that deal with establishing a workplace program and communicating information to their workers. This appendix is a general guide for such employers to help them

determine what’s required under the rule. It

does not supplant or substitute for the regulatory provisions, but rather provides a simplified outline of the steps an average employer would follow to meet those requirements.

1. Becoming Familiar With The Rule.

OSHA has provided a simple summary of

the HCS in a pamphlet entitled ‘‘Chemical

Hazard Communication,’’ OSHA Publication

Number 3084. Some employers prefer to begin

to become familiar with the rule’s requirements by reading this pamphlet. A copy may

be obtained from your local OSHA Area Office, or by contacting the OSHA Publications

Office at (202) 523–9667.

The standard is long, and some parts of it

are technical, but the basic concepts are

simple. In fact, the requirements reflect

what many employers have been doing for

years. You may find that you are already

largely in compliance with many of the provisions, and will simply have to modify your

existing programs somewhat. If you are operating in an OSHA-approved State Plan

State, you must comply with the State’s requirements, which may be different than

those of the Federal rule. Many of the State

Plan States had hazard communication or

‘‘right-to-know’’ laws prior to promulgation

of the Federal rule. Employers in State Plan

States should contact their State OSHA offices for more information regarding applicable requirements.

The HCS requires information to be prepared and transmitted regarding all hazardous chemicals. The HCS covers both physical hazards (such as flammability), and

health hazards (such as irritation, lung damage, and cancer). Most chemicals used in the

workplace have some hazard potential, and

thus will be covered by the rule.

One difference between this rule and many

others adopted by OSHA is that this one is

performance-oriented. That means that you

have the flexibility to adapt the rule to the

needs of your workplace, rather than having

to follow specific, rigid requirements. It also

means that you have to exercise more judgment to implement an appropriate and effective program.

The standard’s design is simple. Chemical

manufacturers and importers must evaluate

the hazards of the chemicals they produce or

import. Using that information, they must

then prepare labels for containers, and more

detailed technical bulletins called material

safety data sheets (MSDS).

Chemical manufacturers, importers, and

distributors of hazardous chemicals are all

required to provide the appropriate labels

and material safety data sheets to the employers to which they ship the chemicals.

The information is to be provided automatically. Every container of hazardous chemicals you receive must be labeled, tagged, or

marked with the required information. Your

suppliers must also send you a properly completed material safety data sheet (MSDS) at

the time of the first shipment of the chemical, and with the next shipment after the

MSDS is updated with new and significant

information about the hazards.

You can rely on the information received

from your suppliers. You have no independent duty to analyze the chemical or

evaluate the hazards of it.

Employers that ‘‘use’’ hazardous chemicals

must have a program to ensure the information is provided to exposed employees. ‘‘Use’’

means to package, handle, react, or transfer.

This is an intentionally broad scope, and includes any situation where a chemical is

present in such a way that employees may be

exposed under normal conditions of use or in

a foreseeable emergency.

The requirements of the rule that deal specifically with the hazard communication

program are found in this section in paragraphs (e), written hazard communication

program; (f), labels and other forms of warning; (g), material safety data sheets; and (h),

employee information and training. The requirements of these paragraphs should be the

focus of your attention. Concentrate on becoming familiar with them, using paragraphs

(b), scope and application, and (c), definitions, as references when needed to help explain the provisions.

There are two types of work operations

where the coverage of the rule is limited.

These are laboratories and operations where

chemicals are only handled in sealed containers (e.g., a warehouse). The limited provisions for these workplaces can be found in

paragraph (b) of this section, scope and application. Basically, employers having these
479

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1200

types of work operations need only keep labels on containers as they are received;

maintain material safety data sheets that

are received, and give employees access to

them; and provide information and training

for employees. Employers do not have to

have written hazard communication programs and lists of chemicals for these types

of operations.

The limited coverage of laboratories and

sealed container operations addresses the obligation of an employer to the workers in the

operations involved, and does not affect the

employer’s duties as a distributor of chemicals. For example, a distributor may have

warehouse operations where employees

would be protected under the limited sealed

container provisions. In this situation, requirements for obtaining and maintaining

MSDSs are limited to providing access to

those received with containers while the substance is in the workplace, and requesting

MSDSs when employees request access for

those not received with the containers. However, as a distributor of hazardous chemicals,

that employer will still have responsibilities

for providing MSDSs to downstream customers at the time of the first shipment and

when the MSDS is updated. Therefore, although they may not be required for the employees in the work operation, the distributor may, nevertheless, have to have

MSDSs to satisfy other requirements of the

rule.

2. Identify Responsible Staff

Hazard communication is going to be a

continuing program in your facility. Compliance with the HCS is not a ‘‘one shot deal.’’

In order to have a successful program, it will

be necessary to assign responsibility for both

the initial and ongoing activities that have

to be undertaken to comply with the rule. In

some cases, these activities may already be

part of current job assignments. For example, site supervisors are frequently responsible for on-the-job training sessions. Early

identification of the responsible employees,

and involvement of them in the development

of your plan of action, will result in a more

effective program design. Evaluation of the

effectiveness of your program will also be enhanced by involvement of affected employees.

For any safety and health program, success depends on commitment at every level

of the organization. This is particularly true

for hazard communication, where success requires a change in behavior. This will only

occur if employers understand the program,

and are committed to its success, and if employees are motivated by the people presenting the information to them.

3. Identify Hazardous Chemicals in the

Workplace.

The standard requires a list of hazardous

chemicals in the workplace as part of the

written hazard communication program. The

list will eventually serve as an inventory of

everything for which an MSDS must be

maintained. At this point, however, preparing the list will help you complete the

rest of the program since it will give you

some idea of the scope of the program required for compliance in your facility.

The best way to prepare a comprehensive

list is to survey the workplace. Purchasing

records may also help, and certainly employers should establish procedures to ensure

that in the future purchasing procedures result in MSDSs being received before a material is used in the workplace.

The broadest possible perspective should

be taken when doing the survey. Sometimes

people think of ‘‘chemicals’’ as being only

liquids in containers. The HCS covers chemicals in all physical forms—liquids, solids,

gases, vapors, fumes, and mists—whether

they are ‘‘contained’’ or not. The hazardous

nature of the chemical and the potential for

exposure are the factors which determine

whether a chemical is covered. If it’s not

hazardous, it’s not covered. If there is no potential for exposure (e.g., the chemical is inextricably bound and cannot be released),

the rule does not cover the chemical.

Look around. Identify chemicals in containers, including pipes, but also think about

chemicals generated in the work operations.

For example, welding fumes, dusts, and exhaust fumes are all sources of chemical exposures. Read labels provided by suppliers for

hazard information. Make a list of all chemicals in the workplace that are potentially

hazardous. For your own information and

planning, you may also want to note on the

list the location(s) of the products within the

workplace, and an indication of the hazards

as found on the label. This will help you as

you prepare the rest of your program.

Paragraph (b) of this section, scope and application, includes exemptions for various

chemicals or workplace situations. After

compiling the complete list of chemicals,

you should review paragraph (b) of this section to determine if any of the items can be

eliminated from the list because they are exempted materials. For example, food, drugs,

and cosmetics brought into the workplace

for employee consumption are exempt. So

rubbing alcohol in the first aid kit would not

be covered.

Once you have compiled as complete a list

as possible of the potentially hazardous

chemicals in the workplace, the next step is

to determine if you have received material

safety data sheets for all of them. Check

your files against the inventory you have

just compiled. If any are missing, contact
480

§ 1910.1200 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

your supplier and request one. It is a good

idea to document these requests, either by

copy of a letter or a note regarding telephone conversations. If you have MSDSs for

chemicals that are not on your list, figure

out why. Maybe you don’t use the chemical

anymore. Or maybe you missed it in your

survey. Some suppliers do provide MSDSs for

products that are not hazardous. These do

not have to be maintained by you.

You should not allow employees to use any

chemicals for which you have not received

an MSDS. The MSDS provides information

you need to ensure proper protective measures are implemented prior to exposure.

4. Preparing and Implementing a Hazard

Communication Program

All workplaces where employees are exposed to hazardous chemicals must have a

written plan which describes how the standard will be implemented in that facility.

Preparation of a plan is not just a paper exercise—all of the elements must be implemented in the workplace in order to be in

compliance with the rule. See paragraph (e)

of this section for the specific requirements

regarding written hazard communication

programs. The only work operations which

do not have to comply with the written plan

requirements are laboratories and work operations where employees only handle

chemicals in sealed containers. See paragraph (b) of this section, scope and application, for the specific requirements for these

two types of workplaces.

The plan does not have to be lengthy or

complicated. It is intended to be a blueprint

for implementation of your program—an assurance that all aspects of the requirements

have been addressed.

Many trade associations and other professional groups have provided sample programs

and other assistance materials to affected

employers. These have been very helpful to

many employers since they tend to be tailored to the particular industry involved.

You may wish to investigate whether your

industry trade groups have developed such

materials.

Although such general guidance may be

helpful, you must remember that the written

program has to reflect what you are doing in

your workplace. Therefore, if you use a generic program it must be adapted to address

the facility it covers. For example, the written plan must list the chemicals present at

the site, indicate who is to be responsible for

the various aspects of the program in your

facility, and indicate where written materials will be made available to employees.

If OSHA inspects your workplace for compliance with the HCS, the OSHA compliance

officer will ask to see your written plan at

the outset of the inspection. In general, the

following items will be considered in evaluating your program.

The written program must describe how

the requirements for labels and other forms

of warning, material safety data sheets, and

employee information and training, are

going to be met in your facility. The following discussion provides the type of information compliance officers will be looking

for to decide whether these elements of the

hazard communication program have been

properly addressed:

A. Labels and Other Forms of Warning

In-plant containers of hazardous chemicals

must be labeled, tagged, or marked with the

identity of the material and appropriate hazard warnings. Chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors are required to ensure that every container of hazardous

chemicals they ship is appropriately labeled

with such information and with the name

and address of the producer or other responsible party. Employers purchasing chemicals

can rely on the labels provided by their suppliers. If the material is subsequently transferred by the employer from a labeled container to another container, the employer

will have to label that container unless it is

subject to the portable container exemption.

See paragraph (f) of this section for specific

labeling requirements.

The primary information to be obtained

from an OSHA-required label is an identity

for the material, and appropriate hazard

warnings. The identity is any term which appears on the label, the MSDS, and the list of

chemicals, and thus links these three sources

of information. The identity used by the supplier may be a common or trade name

(‘‘Black Magic Formula’’), or a chemical

name (1,1,1,-trichloroethane). The hazard

warning is a brief statement of the hazardous effects of the chemical (‘‘flammable,’’

‘‘causes lung damage’’). Labels frequently

contain other information, such as precautionary measures (‘‘do not use near open

flame’’), but this information is provided

voluntarily and is not required by the rule.

Labels must be legible, and prominently displayed. There are no specific requirements

for size or color, or any specified text.

With these requirements in mind, the compliance officer will be looking for the following types of information to ensure that

labeling will be properly implemented in

your facility:

1. Designation of person(s) responsible for

ensuring labeling of in-plant containers;

2. Designation of person(s) responsible for

ensuring labeling of any shipped containers;

3. Description of labeling system(s) used;

4. Description of written alternatives to labeling of in-plant containers (if used); and,

5. Procedures to review and update label

information when necessary.

Employers that are purchasing and using

hazardous chemicals—rather than producing
481

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1200

or distributing them—will primarily be concerned with ensuring that every purchased

container is labeled. If materials are transferred into other containers, the employer

must ensure that these are labeled as well,

unless they fall under the portable container

exemption (paragraph (f)(7) of this section).

In terms of labeling systems, you can simply

choose to use the labels provided by your

suppliers on the containers. These will generally be verbal text labels, and do not usually include numerical rating systems or

symbols that require special training. The

most important thing to remember is that

this is a continuing duty—all in-plant containers of hazardous chemicals must always

be labeled. Therefore, it is important to designate someone to be responsible for ensuring that the labels are maintained as required on the containers in your facility, and

that newly purchased materials are checked

for labels prior to use.

B. Material Safety Data Sheets

Chemical manufacturers and importers are

required to obtain or develop a material

safety data sheet for each hazardous chemical they produce or import. Distributors are

responsible for ensuring that their customers

are provided a copy of these MSDSs. Employers must have an MSDS for each hazardous

chemical which they use. Employers may

rely on the information received from their

suppliers. The specific requirements for material safety data sheets are in paragraph (g)

of this section.

There is no specified format for the MSDS

under the rule, although there are specific

information requirements. OSHA has developed a non-mandatory format, OSHA Form

174, which may be used by chemical manufacturers and importers to comply with the

rule. The MSDS must be in English. You are

entitled to receive from your supplier a data

sheet which includes all of the information

required under the rule. If you do not receive

one automatically, you should request one.

If you receive one that is obviously inadequate, with, for example, blank spaces that

are not completed, you should request an appropriately completed one. If your request

for a data sheet or for a corrected data sheet

does not produce the information needed,

you should contact your local OSHA Area

Office for assistance in obtaining the MSDS.

The role of MSDSs under the rule is to provide detailed information on each hazardous

chemical, including its potential hazardous

effects, its physical and chemical characteristics, and recommendations for appropriate

protective measures. This information

should be useful to you as the employer responsible for designing protective programs,

as well as to the workers. If you are not familiar with material safety data sheets and

with chemical terminology, you may need to

learn to use them yourself. A glossary of

MSDS terms may be helpful in this regard.

Generally speaking, most employers using

hazardous chemicals will primarily be concerned with MSDS information regarding

hazardous effects and recommended protective measures. Focus on the sections of the

MSDS that are applicable to your situation.

MSDSs must be readily accessible to employees when they are in their work areas

during their workshifts. This may be accomplished in many different ways. You must decide what is appropriate for your particular

workplace. Some employers keep the MSDSs

in a binder in a central location (e.g., in the

pick-up truck on a construction site). Others, particularly in workplaces with large

numbers of chemicals, computerize the information and provide access through terminals. As long as employees can get the information when they need it, any approach may

be used. The employees must have access to

the MSDSs themselves—simply having a system where the information can be read to

them over the phone is only permitted under

the mobile worksite provision, paragraph

(g)(9) of this section, when employees must

travel between workplaces during the shift.

In this situation, they have access to the

MSDSs prior to leaving the primary worksite, and when they return, so the telephone

system is simply an emergency arrangement.

In order to ensure that you have a current

MSDS for each chemical in the plant as required, and that employee access is provided,

the compliance officers will be looking for

the following types of information in your

written program:

1. Designation of person(s) responsible for

obtaining and maintaining the MSDSs;

2. How such sheets are to be maintained in

the workplace (e.g., in notebooks in the work

area(s) or in a computer with terminal access), and how employees can obtain access

to them when they are in their work area

during the work shift;

3. Procedures to follow when the MSDS is

not received at the time of the first shipment;

4. For producers, procedures to update the

MSDS when new and significant health information is found; and,

5. Description of alternatives to actual

data sheets in the workplace, if used.

For employers using hazardous chemicals,

the most important aspect of the written

program in terms of MSDSs is to ensure that

someone is responsible for obtaining and

maintaining the MSDSs for every hazardous

chemical in the workplace. The list of hazardous chemicals required to be maintained

as part of the written program will serve as

an inventory. As new chemicals are purchased, the list should be updated. Many

companies have found it convenient to include on their purchase orders the name and
482

§ 1910.1200 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

address of the person designated in their

company to receive MSDSs.

C. Employee Information and Training

Each employee who may be ‘‘exposed’’ to

hazardous chemicals when working must be

provided information and trained prior to

initial assignment to work with a hazardous

chemical, and whenever the hazard changes.

‘‘Exposure’’ or ‘‘exposed’’ under the rule

means that ‘‘an employee is subjected to a

hazardous chemical in the course of employment through any route of entry (inhalation,

ingestion, skin contact or absorption, etc.)

and includes potential (e.g., accidental or

possible) exposure.’’ See paragraph (h) of this

section for specific requirements. Information and training may be done either by individual chemical, or by categories of hazards

(such as flammability or carcinogenicity). If

there are only a few chemicals in the workplace, then you may want to discuss each

one individually. Where there are large numbers of chemicals, or the chemicals change

frequently, you will probably want to train

generally based on the hazard categories

(e.g., flammable liquids, corrosive materials,

carcinogens). Employees will have access to

the substance-specific information on the labels and MSDSs.

Information and training is a critical part

of the hazard communication program. Information regarding hazards and protective

measures are provided to workers through

written labels and material safety data

sheets. However, through effective information and training, workers will learn to read

and understand such information, determine

how it can be obtained and used in their own

workplaces, and understand the risks of exposure to the chemicals in their workplaces

as well as the ways to protect themselves. A

properly conducted training program will ensure comprehension and understanding. It is

not sufficient to either just read material to

the workers, or simply hand them material

to read. You want to create a climate where

workers feel free to ask questions. This will

help you to ensure that the information is

understood. You must always remember that

the underlying purpose of the HCS is to reduce the incidence of chemical source illnesses and injuries. This will be accomplished by modifying behavior through the

provision of hazard information and information about protective measures. If your program works, you and your workers will better understand the chemical hazards within

the workplace. The procedures you establish

regarding, for example, purchasing, storage,

and handling of these chemicals will improve, and thereby reduce the risks posed to

employees exposed to the chemical hazards

involved. Furthermore, your workers’ comprehension will also be increased, and proper

work practices will be followed in your workplace.

If you are going to do the training yourself, you will have to understand the material and be prepared to motivate the workers

to learn. This is not always an easy task, but

the benefits are worth the effort. More information regarding appropriate training can

be found in OSHA Publication No. 2254 which

contains voluntary training guidelines prepared by OSHA’s Training Institute. A copy

of this document is available from OSHA’s

Publications Office at (202) 219–4667.

In reviewing your written program with regard to information and training, the following items need to be considered:

1. Designation of person(s) responsible for

conducting training;

2. Format of the program to be used

(audiovisuals, classroom instruction, etc.);

3. Elements of the training program

(should be consistent with the elements in

paragraph (h) of this section); and,

4. Procedure to train new employees at the

time of their initial assignment to work with

a hazardous chemical, and to train employees when a new hazard is introduced into the

workplace.

The written program should provide

enough details about the employer’s plans in

this area to assess whether or not a good

faith effort is being made to train employees. OSHA does not expect that every worker

will be able to recite all of the information

about each chemical in the workplace. In

general, the most important aspects of training under the HCS are to ensure that employees are aware that they are exposed to

hazardous chemicals, that they know how to

read and use labels and material safety data

sheets, and that, as a consequence of learning this information, they are following the

appropriate protective measures established

by the employer. OSHA compliance officers

will be talking to employees to determine if

they have received training, if they know

they are exposed to hazardous chemicals,

and if they know where to obtain substancespecific information on labels and MSDSs.

The rule does not require employers to

maintain records of employee training, but

many employers choose to do so. This may

help you monitor your own program to ensure that all employees are appropriately

trained. If you already have a training program, you may simply have to supplement it

with whatever additional information is required under the HCS. For example, construction employers that are already in compliance with the construction training standard (29 CFR 1926.21) will have little extra

training to do.

An employer can provide employees information and training through whatever

means are found appropriate and protective.

Although there would always have to be
483

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor §1910.1201

some training on-site (such as informing employees of the location and availability of

the written program and MSDSs), employee

training may be satisfied in part by general

training about the requirements of the HCS

and about chemical hazards on the job which

is provided by, for example, trade associations, unions, colleges, and professional

schools. In addition, previous training, education and experience of a worker may relieve the employer of some of the burdens of

informing and training that worker. Regardless of the method relied upon, however, the

employer is always ultimately responsible

for ensuring that employees are adequately

trained. If the compliance officer finds that

the training is deficient, the employer will

be cited for the deficiency regardless of who

actually provided the training on behalf of

the employer.

D. Other Requirements

In addition to these specific items, compliance officers will also be asking the following questions in assessing the adequacy

of the program:

Does a list of the hazardous chemicals

exist in each work area or at a central location?

Are methods the employer will use to inform employees of the hazards of non-routine

tasks outlined?

Are employees informed of the hazards associated with chemicals contained in

unlabeled pipes in their work areas?

On multi-employer worksites, has the employer provided other employers with information about labeling systems and precautionary measures where the other employers have employees exposed to the initial employer’s chemicals?

Is the written program made available to

employees and their designated representatives?

If your program adequately addresses the

means of communicating information to employees in your workplace, and provides answers to the basic questions outlined above,

it will be found to be in compliance with the

rule.

5. Checklist for Compliance

The following checklist will help to ensure

you are in compliance with the rule:

Obtained a copy of the rule. llll

Read and understood the requirements.

llll

Assigned responsibility for tasks. llll

Prepared an inventory of chemicals. llll

Ensured containers are labeled. llll

Obtained MSDS for each chemical. llll

Prepared written program. llll

Made MSDSs available to workers. llll

Conducted training of workers. llll

Established procedures to maintain current

program. llll

Established procedures to evaluate effectiveness. llll

6. Further Assistance

If you have a question regarding compliance with the HCS, you should contact your

local OSHA Area Office for assistance. In addition, each OSHA Regional Office has a Hazard Communication Coordinator who can answer your questions. Free consultation services are also available to assist employers,

and information regarding these services can

be obtained through the Area and Regional

offices as well.

The telephone number for the OSHA office

closest to you should be listed in your local

telephone directory. If you are not able to

obtain this information, you may contact

OSHA’s Office of Information and Consumer

Affairs at (202) 219–8151 for further assistance

in identifying the appropriate contacts.

[59 FR 6170, Feb. 9, 1994, as amended at 59 FR

17479, Apr. 13, 1994; 59 FR 65948, Dec. 22, 1994;

61 FR 9245, Mar. 7. 1996]

§1910.1201 Retention of DOT markings, placards and labels.

(a) Any employer who receives a

package of hazardous material which is

required to be marked, labeled or placarded in accordance with the U. S. Department of Transportation’s Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 CFR

Parts 171 through 180) shall retain

those markings, labels and placards on

the package until the packaging is sufficiently cleaned of residue and purged

of vapors to remove any potential hazards.

(b) Any employer who receives a

freight container, rail freight car,

motor vehicle, or transport vehicle

that is required to be marked or placarded in accordance with the Hazardous Materials Regulations shall retain those markings and placards on

the freight container, rail freight car,

motor vehicle or transport vehicle

until the hazardous materials which require the marking or placarding are

sufficiently removed to prevent any potential hazards.

(c) Markings, placards and labels

shall be maintained in a manner that

ensures that they are readily visible.

(d) For non-bulk packages which will

not be reshipped, the provisions of this

section are met if a label or other acceptable marking is affixed in accordance with the Hazard Communication

Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200).
484

§ 1910.1450 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(e) For the purposes of this section,

the term ‘‘hazardous material’’ and

any other terms not defined in this section have the same definition as in the

Hazardous Materials Regulations (49

CFR Parts 171 through 180).

[59 FR 36700, July 19, 1994]

§ 1910.1450 Occupational exposure to

hazardous chemicals in laboratories.

(a) Scope and application. (1) This section shall apply to all employers engaged in the laboratory use of hazardous chemicals as defined below.

(2) Where this section applies, it shall

supersede, for laboratories, the requirements of all other OSHA health standards in 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z, except as follows:

(i) For any OSHA health standard,

only the requirement to limit employee exposure to the specific permissible exposure limit shall apply for laboratories, unless that particular standard states otherwise or unless the conditions of paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this

section apply.

(ii) Prohibition of eye and skin contact where specified by any OSHA

health standard shall be observed.

(iii) Where the action level (or in the

absence of an action level, the permissible exposure limit) is routinely exceeded for an OSHA regulated substance with exposure monitoring and

medical surveillance requirements,

paragraphs (d) and (g)(1)(ii) of this section shall apply.

(3) This section shall not apply to:

(i) Uses of hazardous chemicals which

do not meet the definition of laboratory use, and in such cases, the employer shall comply with the relevant

standard in 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z,

even if such use occurs in a laboratory.

(ii) Laboratory uses of hazardous

chemicals which provide no potential

for employee exposure. Examples of

such conditions might include:

(A) Procedures using chemically-impregnated test media such as Dip-andRead tests where a reagent strip is

dipped into the specimen to be tested

and the results are interpreted by comparing the color reaction to a color

chart supplied by the manufacturer of

the test strip; and

(B) Commercially prepared kits such

as those used in performing pregnancy

tests in which all of the reagents needed to conduct the test are contained in

the kit.

(b) Definitions—

Action level means a concentration

designated in 29 CFR part 1910 for a

specific substance, calculated as an

eight (8)-hour time-weighted average,

which initiates certain required activities such as exposure monitoring and

medical surveillance.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Carcinogen (see select carcinogen).

Chemical Hygiene Officer means an

employee who is designated by the employer, and who is qualified by training

or experience, to provide technical

guidance in the development and implementation of the provisions of the

Chemical Hygiene Plan. This definition

is not intended to place limitations on

the position description or job classification that the designated indvidual

shall hold within the employer’s organizational structure.

Chemical Hygiene Plan means a written program developed and implemented by the employer which sets

forth procedures, equipment, personal

protective equipment and work practices that (i) are capable of protecting

employees from the health hazards presented by hazardous chemicals used in

that particular workplace and (ii)

meets the requirements of paragraph

(e) of this section.

Combustible liquid means any liquid

having a flashpoint at or above 100 °F

(37.8 °C), but below 200 °F (93.3 °C), except any mixture having components

with flashpoints of 200 °F (93.3 °C), or

higher, the total volume of which make

up 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture.

Compressed gas means:

(i) A gas or mixture of gases having,

in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 40 psi at 70 °F (21.1 °C); or

(ii) A gas or mixture of gases having,

in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 104 psi at 130 °F (54.4 °C) regardless of the pressure at 70 °F (21.1 °C); or
485

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1450

(iii) A liquid having a vapor pressure

exceeding 40 psi at 100 °F (37.8 °C) as determined by ASTM D–323–72.

Designated area means an area which

may be used for work with ‘‘select carcinogens,’’ reproductive toxins or substances which have a high degree of

acute toxicity. A designated area may

be the entire laboratory, an area of a

laboratory or a device such as a laboratory hood.

Emergency means any occurrence

such as, but not limited to, equipment

failure, rupture of containers or failure

of control equipment which results in

an uncontrolled release of a hazardous

chemical into the workplace.

Employee means an individual employed in a laboratory workplace who

may be exposed to hazardous chemicals

in the course of his or her assignments.

Explosive means a chemical that

causes a sudden, almost instantaneous

release of pressure, gas, and heat when

subjected to sudden shock, pressure, or

high temperature.

Flammable means a chemical that

falls into one of the following categories:

(i) Aerosol, flammable means an aerosol that, when tested by the method

described in 16 CFR 1500.45, yields a

flame protection exceeding 18 inches at

full valve opening, or a flashback (a

flame extending back to the valve) at

any degree of valve opening;

(ii) Gas, flammable means:

(A) A gas that, at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a flammable

mixture with air at a concentration of

13 percent by volume or less; or

(B) A gas that, at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a range of

flammable mixtures with air wider

than 12 percent by volume, regardless

of the lower limit.

(iii) Liquid, flammable means any liquid having a flashpoint below 100 °F

(37.8 °C), except any mixture having

components with flashpoints of 100 °F

(37.8 °C) or higher, the total of which

make up 99 percent or more of the total

volume of the mixture.

(iv) Solid, flammable means a solid,

other than a blasting agent or explosive as defined in § 1910.109(a), that is

liable to cause fire through friction,

absorption of moisture, spontaneous

chemical change, or retained heat from

manufacturing or processing, or which

can be ignited readily and when ignited

burns so vigorously and persistently as

to create a serious hazard. A chemical

shall be considered to be a flammable

solid if, when tested by the method described in 16 CFR 1500.44, it ignites and

burns with a self-sustained flame at a

rate greater than one-tenth of an inch

per second along its major axis.

Flashpoint means the minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off a

vapor in sufficient concentration to ignite when tested as follows:

(i) Tagliabue Closed Tester (See

American National Standard Method of

Test for Flash Point by Tag Closed

Tester, Z11.24–1979 (ASTM D 56–79))-for

liquids with a viscosity of less than 45

Saybolt Universal Seconds (SUS) at 100

°F (37.8 °C), that do not contain suspended solids and do not have a tendency to form a surface film under test;

or

(ii) Pensky-Martens Closed Tester

(see American National Standard

Method of Test for Flash Point by

Pensky-Martens Closed Tester, Z11.7–

1979 (ASTM D 93–79))-for liquids with a

viscosity equal to or greater than 45

SUS at 100 °F (37.8 °C), or that contain

suspended solids, or that have a tendency to form a surface film under test;

or

(iii) Setaflash Closed Tester (see

American National Standard Method of

Test for Flash Point by Setaflash

Closed Tester (ASTM D 3278–78)).

Organic peroxides, which undergo

autoaccelerating thermal decomposition, are excluded from any of the

flashpoint determination methods

specified above.

Hazardous chemical means a chemical

for which there is statistically significant evidence based on at least one

study conducted in accordance with established scientific principles that

acute or chronic health effects may

occur in exposed employees. The term

health hazard includes chemicals which

are carcinogens, toxic or highly toxic

agents, reproductive toxins, irritants,

corrosives, sensitizers, hepatotoxins,

nephrotoxins, neurotoxins, agents

which act on the hematopoietic systems, and agents which damage the

lungs, skin, eyes, or mucous membranes.
486

§ 1910.1450 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

Appendices A and B of the Hazard

Communication Standard (29 CFR

1910.1200) provide further guidance in

defining the scope of health hazards

and determining whether or not a

chemical is to be considered hazardous

for purposes of this standard.

Laboratory means a facility where the

‘‘laboratory use of hazardous chemicals’’ occurs. It is a workplace where

relatively small quantities of hazardous chemicals are used on a nonproduction basis.

Laboratory scale means work with

substances in which the containers

used for reactions, transfers, and other

handling of substances are designed to

be easily and safely manipulated by

one person. ‘‘Laboratory scale’’ excludes those workplaces whose function is to produce commercial quantities of materials.

Laboratory-type hood means a device

located in a laboratory, enclosure on

five sides with a moveable sash or fixed

partial enclosed on the remaining side;

constructed and maintained to draw

air from the laboratory and to prevent

or minimize the escape of air contaminants into the laboratory; and allows

chemical manipulations to be conducted in the enclosure without insertion of any portion of the employee’s

body other than hands and arms.

Walk-in hoods with adjustable sashes

meet the above definition provided

that the sashes are adjusted during use

so that the airflow and the exhaust of

air contaminants are not compromised

and employees do not work inside the

enclosure during the release of airborne hazardous chemicals.

Laboratory use of hazardous chemicals

means handling or use of such chemicals in which all of the following conditions are met:

(i) Chemical manipulations are carried out on a ‘‘laboratory scale;’’

(ii) Multiple chemical procedures or

chemicals are used;

(iii) The procedures involved are not

part of a production process, nor in any

way simulate a production process; and

(iv) ‘‘Protective laboratory practices

and equipment’’ are available and in

common use to minimize the potential

for employee exposure to hazardous

chemicals.

Medical consultation means a consultation which takes place between an

employee and a licensed physician for

the purpose of determining what medical examinations or procedures, if any,

are appropriate in cases where a significant exposure to a hazardous chemical may have taken place.

Organic peroxide means an organic

compound that contains the bivalent

¥O¥O¥structure and which may be

considered to be a structural derivative

of hydrogen peroxide where one or both

of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced by an organic radical.

Oxidizer means a chemical other than

a blasting agent or explosive as defined

in § 1910.109(a), that initiates or promotes combustion in other materials,

thereby causing fire either of itself or

through the release of oxygen or other

gases.

Physical hazard means a chemical for

which there is scientifically valid evidence that it is a combustible liquid, a

compressed gas, explosive, flammable,

an organic peroxide, an oxidizer,

pyrophoric, unstable (reactive) or

water-reactive.

Protective laboratory practices and

equipment means those laboratory procedures, practices and equipment accepted by laboratory health and safety

experts as effective, or that the employer can show to be effective, in

minimizing the potential for employee

exposure to hazardous chemicals.

Reproductive toxins means chemicals

which affect the reproductive capabilities including chromosomal damage

(mutations) and effects on fetuses

(teratogenesis)

Select carcinogen means any substance which meets one of the following criteria:

(i) It is regulated by OSHA as a carcinogen; or

(ii) It is listed under the category,

‘‘known to be carcinogens,’’ in the Annual Report on Carcinogens published

by the National Toxicology Program

(NTP) (latest edition); or

(iii) It is listed under Group 1 (‘‘carcinogenic to humans’’) by the International Agency for Research on Cancer Monographs (IARC) (latest editions); or

(iv) It is listed in either Group 2A or

2B by IARC or under the category,
487

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1450

‘‘reasonably anticipated to be carcinogens’’ by NTP, and causes statistically

significant tumor incidence in experimental animals in accordance with any

of the following criteria:

(A) After inhalation exposure of 6–7

hours per day, 5 days per week, for a

significant portion of a lifetime to dosages of less than 10 mg/m3;

(B) After repeated skin application of

less than 300 (mg/kg of body weight)

per week; or

(C) After oral dosages of less than 50

mg/kg of body weight per day.

Unstable (reactive) means a chemical

which is the pure state, or as produced

or transported, will vigorously polymerize, decompose, condense, or will become self-reactive under conditions of

shocks, pressure or temperature.

Water-reactive means a chemical that

reacts with water to release a gas that

is either flammable or presents a

health hazard.

(c) Permissible exposure limits. For laboratory uses of OSHA regulated substances, the employer shall assure that

laboratory employees’ exposures to

such substances do not exceed the permissible exposure limits specified in 29

CFR part 1910, subpart Z.

(d) Employee exposure determination—

(1) Initial monitoring. The employer

shall measure the employee’s exposure

to any substance regulated by a standard which requires monitoring if there

is reason to believe that exposure levels for that substance routinely exceed

the action level (or in the absence of an

action level, the PEL).

(2) Periodic monitoring. If the initial

monitoring prescribed by paragraph

(d)(1) of this section discloses employee

exposure over the action level (or in

the absence of an action level, the

PEL), the employer shall immediately

comply with the exposure monitoring

provisions of the relevant standard.

(3) Termination of monitoring. Monitoring may be terminated in accordance with the relevant standard.

(4) Employee notification of monitoring

results. The employer shall, within 15

working days after the receipt of any

monitoring results, notify the employee of these results in writing either

individually or by posting results in an

appropriate location that is accessible

to employees.

(e) Chemical hygiene plan—General.

(Appendix A of this section is non-mandatory but provides guidance to assist

employers in the development of the

Chemical Hygiene Plan.)

(1) Where hazardous chemicals as defined by this standard are used in the

workplace, the employer shall develop

and carry out the provisions of a written Chemical Hygiene Plan which is:

(i) Capable of protecting employees

from health hazards associated with

hazardous chemicals in that laboratory

and

(ii) Capable of keeping exposures

below the limits specified in paragraph

(c) of this section.

(2) The Chemical Hygiene Plan shall

be readily available to employees, employee representatives and, upon request, to the Assistant Secretary.

(3) The Chemical Hygiene Plan shall

include each of the following elements

and shall indicate specific measures

that the employer will take to ensure

laboratory employee protection:

(i) Standard operating procedures relevant to safety and health considerations to be followed when laboratory

work involves the use of hazardous

chemicals;

(ii) Criteria that the employer will

use to determine and implement control measures to reduce employee exposure to hazardous chemicals including

engineering controls, the use of personal protective equipment and hygiene practices; particular attention

shall be given to the selection of control measures for chemicals that are

known to be extremely hazardous;

(iii) A requirement that fume hoods

and other protective equipment are

functioning properly and specific measures that shall be taken to ensure proper and adequate performance of such

equipment;

(iv) Provisions for employee information and training as prescribed in paragraph (f) of this section;

(v) The circumstances under which a

particular laboratory operation, procedure or activity shall require prior approval from the employer or the employer’s designee before implementation;
488

§ 1910.1450 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(vi) Provisions for medical consultation and medical examinations in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section;

(vii) Designation of personnel responsible for implementation of the Chemical Hygiene Plan including the assignment of a Chemical Hygiene Officer

and, if appropriate, establishment of a

Chemical Hygiene Committee; and

(viii) Provisions for additional employee protection for work with particularly hazardous substances. These

include ‘‘select carcinogens,’’ reproductive toxins and substances which have

a high degree of acute toxicity. Specific consideration shall be given to the

following provisions which shall be included where appropriate:

(A) Establishment of a designated

area;

(B) Use of containment devices such

as fume hoods or glove boxes;

(C) Procedures for safe removal of

contaminated waste; and

(D) Decontamination procedures.

(4) The employer shall review and

evaluate the effectiveness of the Chemical Hygiene Plan at least annually and

update it as necessary.

(f) Employee information and training.

(1) The employer shall provide employees with information and training to

ensure that they are apprised of the

hazards of chemicals present in their

work area.

(2) Such information shall be provided at the time of an employee’s initial assignment to a work area where

hazardous chemicals are present and

prior to assignments involving new exposure situations. The frequency of refresher information and training shall

be determined by the employer.

(3) Information. Employees shall be

informed of:

(i) The contents of this standard and

its appendices which shall be made

available to employees;

(ii) The location and availability of

the employer’s Chemical Hygiene Plan;

(iii) The permissible exposure limits

for OSHA regulated substances or recommended exposure limits for other

hazardous chemicals where there is no

applicable OSHA standard;

(iv) Signs and symptoms associated

with exposures to hazardous chemicals

used in the laboratory; and

(v) The location and availability of

known reference material on the hazards, safe handling, storage and disposal of hazardous chemicals found in

the laboratory including, but not limited to, Material Safety Data Sheets

received from the chemical supplier.

(4) Training. (i) Employee training

shall include:

(A) Methods and observations that

may be used to detect the presence or

release of a hazardous chemical (such

as monitoring conducted by the employer, continuous monitoring devices,

visual appearance or odor of hazardous

chemicals when being released, etc.);

(B) The physical and health hazards

of chemicals in the work area; and

(C) The measures employees can take

to protect themselves from these hazards, including specific procedures the

employer has implemented to protect

employees from exposure to hazardous

chemicals, such as appropriate work

practices, emergency procedures, and

personal protective equipment to be

used.

(ii) The employee shall be trained on

the applicable details of the employer’s

written Chemical Hygiene Plan.

(g) Medical consultation and medical

examinations. (1) The employer shall

provide all employees who work with

hazardous chemicals an opportunity to

receive medical attention, including

any follow-up examinations which the

examining physician determines to be

necessary, under the following circumstances:

(i) Whenever an employee develops

signs or symptoms associated with a

hazardous chemical to which the employee may have been exposed in the

laboratory, the employee shall be provided an opportunity to receive an appropriate medical examination.

(ii) Where exposure monitoring reveals an exposure level routinely above

the action level (or in the absence of an

action level, the PEL) for an OSHA

regulated substance for which there are

exposure monitoring and medical surveillance requirements, medical surveillance shall be established for the

affected employee as prescribed by the

particular standard.

(iii) Whenever an event takes place

in the work area such as a spill, leak,

explosion or other occurrence resulting
489

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1450

in the likelihood of a hazardous exposure, the affected employee shall be

provided an opportunity for a medical

consultation. Such consultation shall

be for the purpose of determining the

need for a medical examination.

(2) All medical examinations and

consultations shall be performed by or

under the direct supervision of a licensed physician and shall be provided

without cost to the employee, without

loss of pay and at a reasonable time

and place.

(3) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide the

following information to the physician:

(i) The identity of the hazardous

chemical(s) to which the employee may

have been exposed;

(ii) A description of the conditions

under which the exposure occurred including quantitative exposure data, if

available; and

(iii) A description of the signs and

symptoms of exposure that the employee is experiencing, if any.

(4) Physician’s written opinion. (i) For

examination or consultation required

under this standard, the employer shall

obtain a written opinion from the examining physician which shall include

the following:

(A) Any recommendation for further

medical follow-up;

(B) The results of the medical examination and any associated tests;

(C) Any medical condition which may

be revealed in the course of the examination which may place the employee

at increased risk as a result of exposure to a hazardous chemical found in

the workplace; and

(D) A statement that the employee

has been informed by the physician of

the results of the consultation or medical examination and any medical condition that may require further examination or treatment.

(ii) The written opinion shall not reveal specific findings of diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure.

(h) Hazard identification. (1) With respect to labels and material safety data

sheets:

(i) Employers shall ensure that labels

on incoming containers of hazardous

chemicals are not removed or defaced.

(ii) Employers shall maintain any

material safety data sheets that are received with incoming shipments of hazardous chemicals, and ensure that they

are readily accessible to laboratory

employees.

(2) The following provisions shall

apply to chemical substances developed

in the laboratory:

(i) If the composition of the chemical

substance which is produced exclusively for the laboratory’s use is

known, the employer shall determine if

it is a hazardous chemical as defined in

paragraph (b) of this section. If the

chemical is determined to be hazardous, the employer shall provide appropriate training as required under

paragraph (f) of this section.

(ii) If the chemical produced is a byproduct whose composition is not

known, the employer shall assume that

the substance is hazardous and shall

implement paragraph (e) of this section.

(iii) If the chemical substance is produced for another user outside of the

laboratory, the employer shall comply

with the Hazard Communication

Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200) including

the requirements for preparation of

material safety data sheets and labeling.

(i) Use of respirators. Where the use of

respirators is necessary to maintain

exposure below permissible exposure

limits, the employer shall provide, at

no cost to the employee, the proper

respiratory equipment. Respirators

shall be selected and used in accordance with the requirements of 29 CFR

1910.134.

(j) Recordkeeping. (1) The employer

shall establish and maintain for each

employee an accurate record of any

measurements taken to monitor employee exposures and any medical consultation and examinations including

tests or written opinions required by

this standard.

(2) The employer shall assure that

such records are kept, transferred, and

made available in accordance with 29

CFR 1910.20.

(k) Dates—(1) Effective date. This section shall become effective May 1, 1990.

(2) Start-up dates. (i) Employers shall

have developed and implemented a

written Chemical Hygiene Plan no

later than January 31, 1991.
490

§ 1910.1450 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(ii) Paragraph (a)(2) of this section

shall not take effect until the employer

has developed and implemented a written Chemical Hygiene Plan.

(l) Appendices. The information contained in the appendices is not intended, by itself, to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed or to detract from any existing

obligation.

[55 FR 3327, Jan. 31, 1990, 55 FR 7967, Mar. 6,

1990, 55 FR 12111, Mar. 30, 1990]

APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1450—NATIONAL

RESEARCH COUNCIL RECOMMENDATIONS CONCERNING CHEMICAL HYGIENE IN LABORATORIES (NON-MANDATORY)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Foreword

Corresponding Sections of the Standard and

This Appendix

A. General Principles

1. Minimize all Chemical Exposures

2. Avoid Underestimation of Risk

3. Provide Adequate Ventilation

4. Institute a Chemical Hygiene Program

5. Observe the PELs and TLVs

B. Responsibilities

1. Chief Executive Officer

2. Supervisor of Administrative Unit

3. Chemical Hygiene Officer

4. Laboratory Supervisor

5. Project Director

6. Laboratory Worker

C. The Laboratory Facility

1. Design

2. Maintenance

3. Usage

4. Ventilation

D. Components of the Chemical Hygiene Plan

1. Basic Rules and Procedures

2. Chemical Procurement, Distribution,

and Storage

3. Environmental Monitoring

4. Housekeeping, Maintenance and Inspections

5. Medical Program

6. Personal Protective Apparel and Equipment

7. Records

8. Signs and Labels

9. Spills and Accidents

10. Training and Information

11. Waste Disposal

E. General Procedures for Working With

Chemicals

1. General Rules for all Laboratory Work

with Chemicals

2. Allergens and Embryotoxins

3. Chemicals of Moderate Chronic or High

Acute Toxicity

4. Chemicals of High Chronic Toxicity

5. Animal Work with Chemicals of High

Chronic Toxicity

F. Safety Recommendations

G. Material Safety Data Sheets

Foreword

As guidance for each employer’s development of an appropriate laboratory Chemical

Hygiene Plan, the following non-mandatory

recommendations are provided. They were

extracted from ‘‘Prudent Practices for Handling Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories’’

(referred to below as ‘‘Prudent Practices’’),

which was published in 1981 by the National

Research Council and is available from the

National Academy Press, 2101 Constitution

Ave., NW., Washington DC 20418.

‘‘Prudent Practices’’ is cited because of its

wide distribution and acceptance and because of its preparation by members of the

laboratory community through the sponsorship of the National Research Council. However, none of the recommendations given

here will modify any requirements of the

laboratory standard. This Appendix merely

presents pertinent recommendations from

‘‘Prudent Practices’’, organized into a form

convenient for quick reference during operation of a laboratory facility and during development and application of a Chemical Hygiene Plan. Users of this appendix should

consult ‘‘Prudent Practices’’ for a more extended presentation and justification for

each recommendation.

‘‘Prudent Practices’’ deals with both safety

and chemical hazards while the laboratory

standard is concerned primarily with chemical hazards. Therefore, only those recommendations directed primarily toward

control of toxic exposures are cited in this

appendix, with the term ‘‘chemical hygiene’’

being substituted for the word ‘‘safety’’.

However, since conditions producing or

threatening physical injury often pose toxic

risks as well, page references concerning

major categories of safety hazards in the laboratory are given in section F.

The recommendations from ‘‘Prudent

Practices’’ have been paraphrased, combined,

or otherwise reorganized, and headings have

been added. However, their sense has not

been changed.
491

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1450

Corresponding Sections of the Standard and this

Appendix

The following table is given for the convenience of those who are developing a Chemical

Hygiene Plan which will satisfy the requirements of paragraph (e) of the standard. It indicates those sections of this appendix which

are most pertinent to each of the sections of

paragraph (e) and related paragraphs.

Paragraph and topic in laboratory standard

Relevant

appendix

section

(e)(3)(i) Standard operating procedures for

handling toxic chemicals.

C, D, E

(e)(3)(ii) Criteria to be used for implementation of measures to reduce exposures.D

(e)(3)(iii) Fume hood performance ................... C4b

(e)(3)(iv) Employee information and training

(including emergency procedures).

D10, D9

(e)(3)(v) Requirements for prior approval of

laboratory activities.

E2b, E4b

(e)(3)(vi) Medical consultation and medical examinations.D5, E4f

(e)(3)(vii) Chemical hygiene responsibilities .... B

(e)(3)(viii) Special precautions for work with

particularly hazardous substances.

E2, E3, E4

In this appendix, those recommendations

directed primarily at administrators and supervisors are given in sections A–D. Those

recommendations of primary concern to employees who are actually handling laboratory chemicals are given in section E. (Reference to page numbers in ‘‘Prudent Practices’’ are given in parentheses.)

A. General Principles for Work with Laboratory

Chemicals

In addition to the more detailed recommendations listed below in sections B–E,

‘‘Prudent Practices’’ expresses certain general principles, including the following:

1. It is prudent to minimize all chemical exposures. Because few laboratory chemicals are

without hazards, general precautions for

handling all laboratory chemicals should be

adopted, rather than specific guidelines for

particular chemicals (2, 10). Skin contact

with chemicals should be avoided as a cardinal rule (198).

2. Avoid underestimation of risk. Even for

substances of no known significant hazard,

exposure should be minimized; for work with

substances which present special hazards,

special precautions should be taken (10, 37,

38). One should assume that any mixture will

be more toxic than its most toxic component

(30, 103) and that all substances of unknown

toxicity are toxic (3, 34).

3. Provide adequate ventilation. The best

way to prevent exposure to airborne substances is to prevent their escape into the

working atmosphere by use of hoods and

other ventilation devices (32, 198).

4. Institute a chemical hygiene program. A

mandatory chemical hygiene program designed to minimize exposures is needed; it

should be a regular, continuing effort, not

merely a standby or short-term activity (6,

11). Its recommendations should be followed

in academic teaching laboratories as well as

by full-time laboratory workers (13).

5. Observe the PELs, TLVs. The Permissible

Exposure Limits of OSHA and the Threshold

Limit Values of the American Conference of

Governmental Industrial Hygienists should

not be exceeded (13).

B. Chemical Hygiene Responsibilities

Responsibility for chemical hygiene rests

at all levels (6, 11, 21) including the:

1. Chief executive officer, who has ultimate

responsibility for chemical hygiene within

the institution and must, with other administrators, provide continuing support for institutional chemical hygiene (7, 11).

2. Supervisor of the department or other administrative unit, who is responsible for chemical hygiene in that unit (7).

3. Chemical hygiene officer(s), whose appointment is essential (7) and who must:

(a) Work with administrators and other

employees to develop and implement appropriate chemical hygiene policies and practices (7);

(b) Monitor procurement, use, and disposal

of chemicals used in the lab (8);

(c) See that appropriate audits are maintained (8);

(d) Help project directors develop precautions and adequate facilities (10);

(e) Know the current legal requirements

concerning regulated substances (50); and

(f) Seek ways to improve the chemical hygiene program (8, 11).

4. Laboratory supervisor, who has overall responsibility for chemical hygiene in the laboratory (21) including responsibility to:

(a) Ensure that workers know and follow

the chemical hygiene rules, that protective

equipment is available and in working order,

and that appropriate training has been provided (21, 22);

(b) Provide regular, formal chemical hygiene and housekeeping inspections including routine inspections of emergency equipment (21, 171);

(c) Know the current legal requirements

concerning regulated substances (50, 231);

(d) Determine the required levels of protective apparel and equipment (156, 160, 162); and

(e) Ensure that facilities and training for

use of any material being ordered are adequate (215).

5. Project director or director of other specific

operation, who has primary responsibility for

chemical hygiene procedures for that operation (7).

6. Laboratory worker, who is responsible for:

(a) Planning and conducting each operation in accordance with the institutional

chemical hygiene procedures (7, 21, 22, 230);

and
492

§ 1910.1450 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(b) Developing good personal chemical hygiene habits (22).

C. The Laboratory Facility

1. Design. The laboratory facility should

have:

(a) An appropriate general ventilation system (see C4 below) with air intakes and exhausts located so as to avoid intake of contaminated air (194);

(b) Adequate, well-ventilated stockrooms/

storerooms (218, 219);

(c) Laboratory hoods and sinks (12, 162);

(d) Other safety equipment including eyewash fountains and drench showers (162, 169);

and

(e) Arrangements for waste disposal (12,

240).

2. Maintenance. Chemical-hygiene-related

equipment (hoods, incinerator, etc.) should

undergo continuing appraisal and be modified if inadequate (11, 12).

3. Usage. The work conducted (10) and its

scale (12) must be appropriate to the

physicial facilities available and, especially,

to the quality of ventilation (13).

4. Ventilation—(a) General laboratory ventilation. This system should: Provide a source of

air for breathing and for input to local ventilation devices (199); it should not be relied

on for protection from toxic substances released into the laboratory (198); ensure that

laboratory air is continually replaced, preventing increase of air concentrations of

toxic substances during the working day

(194); direct air flow into the laboratory from

non-laboratory areas and out to the exterior

of the building (194).

(b) Hoods. A laboratory hood with 2.5 linear

feet of hood space per person should be provided for every 2 workers if they spend most

of their time working with chemicals (199);

each hood should have a continuous monitoring device to allow convenient confirmation of adequate hood performance before

use (200, 209). If this is not possible, work

with substances of unknown toxicity should

be avoided (13) or other types of local ventilation devices should be provided (199). See

pp. 201–206 for a discussion of hood design,

construction, and evaluation.

(c) Other local ventilation devices. Ventilated

storage cabinets, canopy hoods, snorkels,

etc. should be provided as needed (199). Each

canopy hood and snorkel should have a separate exhaust duct (207).

(d) Special ventilation areas. Exhaust air

from glove boxes and isolation rooms should

be passed through scrubbers or other treatment before release into the regular exhaust

system (208). Cold rooms and warm rooms

should have provisions for rapid escape and

for escape in the event of electrical failure

(209).

(e) Modifications. Any alteration of the ventilation system should be made only if thorough testing indicates that worker protection from airborne toxic substances will continue to be adequate (12, 193, 204).

(f) Performance. Rate: 4–12 room air

changes/hour is normally adequate general

ventilation if local exhaust systems such as

hoods are used as the primary method of

control (194).

(g) Quality. General air flow should not be

turbulent and should be relatively uniform

throughout the laboratory, with no high velocity or static areas (194, 195); airflow into

and within the hood should not be excessively turbulent (200); hood face velocity

should be adequate (typically 60–100 lfm) (200,

204).

(h) Evaluation. Quality and quantity of

ventilation should be evaluated on installation (202), regularly monitored (at least

every 3 months) (6, 12, 14, 195), and reevaluated whenever a change in local ventilation

devices is made (12, 195, 207). See pp. 195–198

for methods of evaluation and for calculation

of estimated airborne contaminant concentrations.

D. Components of the Chemical Hygiene Plan

1. Basic Rules and Procedures (Recommendations for these are given in section E,

below)

2. Chemical Procurement, Distribution, and

Storage

(a) Procurement. Before a substance is received, information on proper handling, storage, and disposal should be known to those

who will be involved (215, 216). No container

should be accepted without an adequate

identifying label (216). Preferably, all substances should be received in a central location (216).

(b) Stockrooms/storerooms. Toxic substances

should be segregated in a well-identified area

with local exhaust ventilation (221). Chemicals which are highly toxic (227) or other

chemicals whose containers have been

opened should be in unbreakable secondary

containers (219). Stored chemicals should be

examined periodically (at least annually) for

replacement, deterioration, and container

integrity (218–19).

Stockrooms/storerooms should not be used

as preparation or repackaging areas, should

be open during normal working hours, and

should be controlled by one person (219).

(c) Distribution. When chemicals are hand

carried, the container should be placed in an

outside container or bucket. Freight-only

elevators should be used if possible (223).

(d) Laboratory storage. Amounts permitted

should be as small as practical. Storage on

bench tops and in hoods is inadvisable. Exposure to heat or direct sunlight should be

avoided. Periodic inventories should be conducted, with unneeded items being discarded

or returned to the storeroom/stockroom (225–

6, 229).
493

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1450

3. Environmental Monitoring

Regular instrumental monitoring of airborne concentrations is not usually justified

or practical in laboratories but may be appropriate when testing or redesigning hoods

or other ventilation devices (12) or when a

highly toxic substance is stored or used regularly (e.g., 3 times/week) (13).

4. Housekeeping, Maintenance, and

Inspections

(a) Cleaning. Floors should be cleaned regularly (24).

(b) Inspections. Formal housekeeping and

chemical hygiene inspections should be held

at least quarterly (6, 21) for units which have

frequent pesonnel changes and semiannually

for others; informal inspections should be

continual (21).

(c) Maintenance. Eye wash fountains should

be inspected at intervals of not less than 3

months (6). Respirators for routine use

should be inspected periodically by the laboratory supervisor (169). Safety showers

should be tested routinely (169). Other safety

equipment should be inspected regularly.

(e.g., every 3–6 months) (6, 24, 171). Procedures to prevent restarting of out-of-service

equipment should be established (25).

(d) Passageways. Stairways and hallways

should not be used as storage areas (24). Access to exits, emergency equipment, and utility controls should never be blocked (24).

5. Medical Program

(a) Compliance with regulations. Regular

medical surveillance should be established to

the extent required by regulations (12).

(b) Routine surveillance. Anyone whose

work involves regular and frequent handling

of toxicologically significant quantities of a

chemical should consult a qualified physician to determine on an individual basis

whether a regular schedule of medical surveillance is desirable (11, 50).

(c) First aid. Personnel trained in first aid

should be available during working hours

and an emergency room with medical personnel should be nearby (173). See pp. 176–178

for description of some emergency first aid

procedures.

6. Protective Apparel and Equipment

These should include for each laboratory:

(a) Protective apparel compatible with the

required degree of protection for substances

being handled (158–161);

(b) An easily accessible drench-type safety

shower (162, 169);

(c) An eyewash fountain (162);

(d) A fire extinguisher (162–164);

(e) Respiratory protection (164–9), fire

alarm and telephone for emergency use (162)

should be available nearby; and

(f) Other items designated by the laboratory supervisor (156, 160).

7. Records

(a) Accident records should be written and

retained (174).

(b) Chemical Hygiene Plan records should

document that the facilities and precautions

were compatible with current knowledge and

regulations (7).

(c) Inventory and usage records for highrisk substances should be kept as specified in

sections E3e below.

(d) Medical records should be retained by

the institution in accordance with the requirements of state and federal regulations

(12).

8. Signs and Labels

Prominent signs and labels of the following

types should be posted:

(a) Emergency telephone numbers of emergency personnel/facilities, supervisors, and

laboratory workers (28);

(b) Identity labels, showing contents of

containers (including waste receptacles) and

associated hazards (27, 48);

(c) Location signs for safety showers, eyewash stations, other safety and first aid

equipment, exits (27) and areas where food

and beverage consumption and storage are

permitted (24); and

(d) Warnings at areas or equipment where

special or unusual hazards exist (27).

9. Spills and Accidents

(a) A written emergency plan should be established and communicated to all personnel; it should include procedures for ventilation failure (200), evacuation, medical

care, reporting, and drills (172).

(b) There should be an alarm system to

alert people in all parts of the facility including isolation areas such as cold rooms

(172).

(c) A spill control policy should be developed and should include consideration of prevention, containment, cleanup, and reporting (175).

(d) All accidents or near accidents should

be carefully analyzed with the results distributed to all who might benefit (8, 28).

10. Information and Training Program

(a) Aim: To assure that all individuals at

risk are adequately informed about the work

in the laboratory, its risks, and what to do if

an accident occurs (5, 15).

(b) Emergency and Personal Protection

Training: Every laboratory worker should

know the location and proper use of available protective apparel and equipment (154,

169).

Some of the full-time personnel of the laboratory should be trained in the proper use

of emergency equipment and procedures (6).

Such training as well as first aid instruction should be available to (154) and encouraged for (176) everyone who might need it.
494

§ 1910.1450 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(c) Receiving and stockroom/storeroom

personnel should know about hazards, handling equipment, protective apparel, and relevant regulations (217).

(d) Frequency of Training: The training

and education program should be a regular,

continuing activity—not simply an annual

presentation (15).

(e) Literature/Consultation: Literature and

consulting advice concerning chemical hygiene should be readily available to laboratory personnel, who should be encouraged to

use these information resources (14).

11. Waste Disposal Program.

(a) Aim: To assure that minimal harm to

people, other organisms, and the environment will result from the disposal of waste

laboratory chemicals (5).

(b) Content (14, 232, 233, 240): The waste disposal program should specify how waste is to

be collected, segregated, stored, and transported and include consideration of what materials can be incinerated. Transport from

the institution must be in accordance with

DOT regulations (244).

(c) Discarding Chemical Stocks: Unlabeled

containers of chemicals and solutions should

undergo prompt disposal; if partially used,

they should not be opened (24, 27).

Before a worker’s employment in the laboratory ends, chemicals for which that person was responsible should be discarded or

returned to storage (226).

(d) Frequency of Disposal: Waste should be

removed from laboratories to a central waste

storage area at least once per week and from

the central waste storage area at regular intervals (14).

(e) Method of Disposal: Incineration in an

environmentally acceptable manner is the

most practical disposal method for combustible laboratory waste (14, 238, 241).

Indiscriminate disposal by pouring waste

chemicals down the drain (14, 231, 242) or adding them to mixed refuse for landfill burial

is unacceptable (14).

Hoods should not be used as a means of disposal for volatile chemicals (40, 200).

Disposal by recycling (233, 243) or chemical

decontamination (40, 230) should be used

when possible.

E. Basic Rules and Procedures for Working with

Chemicals

The Chemical Hygiene Plan should require

that laboratory workers know and follow its

rules and procedures. In addition to the procedures of the sub programs mentioned

above, these should include the rules listed

below.

1. General Rules

The following should be used for essentially all laboratory work with chemicals:

(a) Accidents and spills—Eye Contact:

Promptly flush eyes with water for a prolonged period (15 minutes) and seek medical

attention (33, 172).

Ingestion: Encourage the victim to drink

large amounts of water (178).

Skin Contact: Promptly flush the affected

area with water (33, 172, 178) and remove any

contaminated clothing (172, 178). If symptoms persist after washing, seek medical attention (33).

Clean-up. Promptly clean up spills, using

appropriate protective apparel and equipment and proper disposal (24 33). See pp. 233–

237 for specific clean-up recommendations.

(b) Avoidance of ‘‘routine’’ exposure: Develop

and encourage safe habits (23); avoid unnecessary exposure to chemicals by any route

(23);

Do not smell or taste chemicals (32). Vent

apparatus which may discharge toxic chemicals (vacuum pumps, distillation columns,

etc.) into local exhaust devices (199).

Inspect gloves (157) and test glove boxes

(208) before use.

Do not allow release of toxic substances in

cold rooms and warm rooms, since these

have contained recirculated atmospheres

(209).

(c) Choice of chemicals: Use only those

chemicals for which the quality of the available ventilation system is appropriate (13).

(d) Eating, smoking, etc.: Avoid eating,

drinking, smoking, gum chewing, or application of cosmetics in areas where laboratory

chemicals are present (22, 24, 32, 40); wash

hands before conducting these activities (23,

24).

Avoid storage, handling or consumption of

food or beverages in storage areas, refrigerators, glassware or utensils which are also

used for laboratory operations (23, 24, 226).

(e) Equipment and glassware: Handle and

store laboratory glassware with care to

avoid damage; do not use damaged glassware

(25). Use extra care with Dewar flasks and

other evacuated glass apparatus; shield or

wrap them to contain chemicals and fragments should implosion occur (25). Use

equipment only for its designed purpose (23,

26).

(f) Exiting: Wash areas of exposed skin well

before leaving the laboratory (23).

(g) Horseplay: Avoid practical jokes or

other behavior which might confuse, startle

or distract another worker (23).

(h) Mouth suction: Do not use mouth suction for pipeting or starting a siphon (23, 32).

(i) Personal apparel: Confine long hair and

loose clothing (23, 158). Wear shoes at all

times in the laboratory but do not wear sandals, perforated shoes, or sneakers (158).

(j) Personal housekeeping: Keep the work

area clean and uncluttered, with chemicals

and equipment being properly labeled and

stored; clean up the work area on completion

of an operation or at the end of each day (24).
495

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1450

(k) Personal protection: Assure that appropriate eye protection (154–156) is worn by all

persons, including visitors, where chemicals

are stored or handled (22, 23, 33, 154).

Wear appropriate gloves when the potential for contact with toxic materials exists

(157); inspect the gloves before each use,

wash them before removal, and replace them

periodically (157). (A table of resistance to

chemicals of common glove materials is

given p. 159).

Use appropriate (164–168) respiratory equipment when air contaminant concentrations

are not sufficiently restricted by engineering

controls (164–5), inspecting the respirator before use (169).

Use any other protective and emergency

apparel and equipment as appropriate (22,

157–162).

Avoid use of contact lenses in the laboratory unless necessary; if they are used, inform supervisor so special precautions can be

taken (155).

Remove laboratory coats immediately on

significant contamination (161).

(l) Planning: Seek information and advice

about hazards (7), plan appropriate protective procedures, and plan positioning of

equipment before beginning any new operation (22, 23).

(m) Unattended operations: Leave lights on,

place an appropriate sign on the door, and

provide for containment of toxic substances

in the event of failure of a utility service

(such as cooling water) to an unattended operation (27, 128).

(n) Use of hood: Use the hood for operations

which might result in release of toxic chemical vapors or dust (198–9).

As a rule of thumb, use a hood or other

local ventilation device when working with

any appreciably volatile substance with a

TLV of less than 50 ppm (13).

Confirm adequate hood performance before

use; keep hood closed at all times except

when adjustments within the hood are being

made (200); keep materials stored in hoods to

a minimum and do not allow them to block

vents or air flow (200).

Leave the hood ‘‘on’’ when it is not in active use if toxic substances are stored in it or

if it is uncertain whether adequate general

laboratory ventilation will be maintained

when it is ‘‘off’’ (200).

(o) Vigilance: Be alert to unsafe conditions

and see that they are corrected when detected (22).

(p) Waste disposal: Assure that the plan for

each laboratory operation includes plans and

training for waste disposal (230).

Deposit chemical waste in appropriately

labeled receptacles and follow all other

waste disposal procedures of the Chemical

Hygiene Plan (22, 24).

Do not discharge to the sewer concentrated

acids or bases (231); highly toxic, malodorous, or lachrymatory substances (231); or

any substances which might interfere with

the biological activity of waste water treatment plants, create fire or explosion hazards,

cause structural damage or obstruct flow

(242).

(q) Working alone: Avoid working alone in a

building; do not work alone in a laboratory

if the procedures being conducted are hazardous (28).

2. Working with Allergens and Embryotoxins

(a) Allergens (examples: diazomethane,

isocyanates, bichromates): Wear suitable

gloves to prevent hand contact with allergens or substances of unknown allergenic activity (35).

(b) Embryotoxins (34–5) (examples:

organomercurials, lead compounds, formamide): If you are a woman of childbearing

age, handle these substances only in a hood

whose satisfactory performance has been

confirmed, using appropriate protective apparel (especially gloves) to prevent skin contact.

Review each use of these materials with

the research supervisor and review continuing uses annually or whenever a procedural change is made.

Store these substances, properly labeled, in

an adequately ventilated area in an unbreakable secondary container.

Notify supervisors of all incidents of exposure or spills; consult a qualified physician

when appropriate.

3. Work with Chemicals of Moderate Chronic

or High Acute Toxicity

EXAMPLES: diisopropylflurophosphate (41),

hydrofluoric acid (43), hydrogen cyanide (45).

Supplemental rules to be followed in addition to those mentioned above (Procedure B

of ‘‘Prudent Practices’’, pp. 39–41):

(a) Aim: To minimize exposure to these

toxic substances by any route using all reasonable precautions (39).

(b) Applicability: These precautions are appropriate for substances with moderate

chronic or high acute toxicity used in significant quantities (39).

(c) Location: Use and store these substances

only in areas of restricted access with special warning signs (40, 229).

Always use a hood (previously evaluated to

confirm adequate performance with a face

velocity of at least 60 linear feet per minute)

(40) or other containment device for procedures which may result in the generation of

aerosols or vapors containing the substance

(39); trap released vapors to prevent their

discharge with the hood exhaust (40).

(d) Personal protection: Always avoid skin

contact by use of gloves and long sleeves

(and other protective apparel as appropriate)

(39). Always wash hands and arms immediately after working with these materials

(40).
496

§ 1910.1450 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

(e) Records: Maintain records of the

amounts of these materials on hand,

amounts used, and the names of the workers

involved (40, 229).

(f) Prevention of spills and accidents: Be prepared for accidents and spills (41).

Assure that at least 2 people are present at

all times if a compound in use is highly toxic

or of unknown toxicity (39).

Store breakable containers of these substances in chemically resistant trays; also

work and mount apparatus above such trays

or cover work and storage surfaces with removable, absorbent, plastic backed paper

(40).

If a major spill occurs outside the hood,

evacuate the area; assure that cleanup personnel wear suitable protective apparel and

equipment (41).

(g) Waste: Thoroughly decontaminate or incinerate contaminated clothing or shoes (41).

If possible, chemically decontaminate by

chemical conversion (40).

Store contaminated waste in closed, suitably labeled, impervious containers (for liquids, in glass or plastic bottles half-filled

with vermiculite) (40).

4. Work with Chemicals of High Chronic

Toxicity

(Examples: dimethylmercury and nickel

carbonyl (48), benzo-a-pyrene (51), Nnitrosodiethylamine (54), other human carcinogens or substances with high carcinogenic potency in animals (38).)

Further supplemental rules to be followed,

in addition to all these mentioned above, for

work with substances of known high chronic

toxicity (in quantities above a few milligrams to a few grams, depending on the substance) (47). (Procedure A of ‘‘Prudent Practices’’ pp. 47–50).

(a) Access: Conduct all transfers and work

with these substances in a ‘‘controlled area’’:

a restricted access hood, glove box, or portion of a lab, designated for use of highly

toxic substances, for which all people with

access are aware of the substances being

used and necessary precautions (48).

(b) Approvals: Prepare a plan for use and

disposal of these materials and obtain the

approval of the laboratory supervisor (48).

(c) Non-contamination/Decontamination: Protect vacuum pumps against contamination

by scrubbers or HEPA filters and vent them

into the hood (49). Decontaminate vacuum

pumps or other contaminated equipment, including glassware, in the hood before removing them from the controlled area (49, 50).

Decontaminate the controlled area before

normal work is resumed there (50).

(d) Exiting: On leaving a controlled area,

remove any protective apparel (placing it in

an appropriate, labeled container) and thoroughly wash hands, forearms, face, and neck

(49).

(e) Housekeeping: Use a wet mop or a vacuum cleaner equipped with a HEPA filter instead of dry sweeping if the toxic substance

was a dry powder (50).

(f) Medical surveillance: If using

toxicologically significant quantities of such

a substance on a regular basis (e.g., 3 times

per week), consult a qualified physician concerning desirability of regular medical surveillance (50).

(g) Records: Keep accurate records of the

amounts of these substances stored (229) and

used, the dates of use, and names of users

(48).

(h) Signs and labels: Assure that the controlled area is conspicuously marked with

warning and restricted access signs (49) and

that all containers of these substances are

appropriately labeled with identity and

warning labels (48).

(i) Spills: Assure that contingency plans,

equipment, and materials to minimize exposures of people and property in case of accident are available (233–4).

(j) Storage: Store containers of these

chemicals only in a ventilated, limited access (48, 227, 229) area in appropriately labeled, unbreakable, chemically resistant,

secondary containers (48, 229).

(k) Glove boxes: For a negative pressure

glove box, ventilation rate must be at least

2 volume changes/hour and pressure at least

0.5 inches of water (48). For a positive pressure glove box, thoroughly check for leaks

before each use (49). In either case, trap the

exit gases or filter them through a HEPA filter and then release them into the hood (49).

(l) Waste: Use chemical decontamination

whenever possible; ensure that containers of

contaminated waste (including washings

from contaminated flasks) are transferred

from the controlled area in a secondary container under the supervision of authorized

personnel (49, 50, 233).

5. Animal Work with Chemicals of High

Chronic Toxicity

(a) Access: For large scale studies, special

facilities with restricted access are preferable (56).

(b) Administration of the toxic substance:

When possible, administer the substance by

injection or gavage instead of in the diet. If

administration is in the diet, use a caging

system under negative pressure or under

laminar air flow directed toward HEPA filters (56).

(c) Aerosol suppression: Devise procedures

which minimize formation and dispersal of

contaminated aerosols, including those from

food, urine, and feces (e.g., use HEPA filtered

vacuum equipment for cleaning, moisten

contaminated bedding before removal from

the cage, mix diets in closed containers in a

hood) (55, 56).

(d) Personal protection: When working in

the animal room, wear plastic or rubber
497

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1450

gloves, fully buttoned laboratory coat or

jumpsuit and, if needed because of incomplete suppression of aerosols, other apparel

and equipment (shoe and head coverings, respirator) (56).

(e) Waste disposal: Dispose of contaminated

animal tissues and excreta by incineration if

the available incinerator can convert the

contaminant to non-toxic products (238); otherwise, package the waste appropriately for

burial in an EPA-approved site (239).

F. Safety Recommendations

The above recommendations from ‘‘Prudent Practices’’ do not include those which

are directed primarily toward prevention of

physical injury rather than toxic exposure.

However, failure of precautions against injury will often have the secondary effect of

causing toxic exposures. Therefore, we list

below page references for recommendations

concerning some of the major categories of

safety hazards which also have implications

for chemical hygiene:

1. Corrosive agents: (35–6)

2. Electrically powered laboratory apparatus:

(179–92)

3. Fires, explosions: (26, 57–74, 162–4, 174–5,

219–20, 226–7)

4. Low temperature procedures: (26, 88)

5. Pressurized and vacuum operations (including use of compressed gas cylinders):

(27, 75–101)

G. Material Safety Data Sheets

Material safety data sheets are presented

in ‘‘Prudent Practices’’ for the chemicals

listed below. (Asterisks denote that comprehensive material safety data sheets are

provided).

*Acetyl peroxide (105)

*Acrolein (106)

*Acrylonilrile (107)

Ammonia (anhydrous) (91)

*Aniline (109)

*Benzene (110)

*Benzo[a]pyrene (112)

*Bis(chloromethyl) ether (113)

Boron trichloride (91)

Boron trifluoride (92)

Bromine (114)

*Tert-butyl hydroperoxide (148)

*Carbon disulfide (116)

Carbon monoxide (92)

*Carbon tetrachloride (118)

*Chlorine (119)

Chlorine trifluoride (94)

*Chloroform (121)

Chloromethane (93)

*Diethyl ether (122)

Diisopropyl fluorophosphate (41)

*Dimethylformamide (123)

*Dimethyl sulfate (125)

*Dioxane (126)

*Ethylene dibromide (128)

*Fluorine (95)

*Formaldehyde (130)

*Hydrazine and salts (132)

Hydrofluoric acid (43)

Hydrogen bromide (98)

Hydrogen chloride (98)

*Hydrogen cyanide (133)

*Hydrogen sulfide (135)

Mercury and compounds (52)

*Methanol (137)

*Morpholine (138)

*Nickel carbonyl (99)

*Nitrobenzene (139)

Nitrogen dioxide (100)

N-nitrosodiethylamine (54)

*Peracetic acid (141)

*Phenol (142)

*Phosgene (143)

*Pyridine (144)

*Sodium azide (145)

*Sodium cyanide (147)

Sulfur dioxide (101)

*Trichloroethylene (149)

*Vinyl chloride (150)

APPENDIX B TO §1910.1450—REFERENCES

(NON-MANDATORY)

The following references are provided to

assist the employer in the development of a

Chemical Hygiene Plan. The materials listed

below are offered as non-mandatory guidance. References listed here do not imply

specific endorsement of a book, opinion,

technique, policy or a specific solution for a

safety or health problem. Other references

not listed here may better meet the needs of

a specific laboratory. (a) Materials for the

development of the Chemical Hygiene Plan:

1. American Chemical Society, Safety in

Academic Chemistry Laboratories, 4th edition, 1985.

2. Fawcett, H.H. and W. S. Wood, Safety

and Accident Prevention in Chemical Operations, 2nd edition, Wiley-Interscience, New

York, 1982.

3. Flury, Patricia A., Environmental

Health and Safety in the Hospital Laboratory, Charles C. Thomas Publisher, Springfield IL, 1978.

4. Green, Michael E. and Turk, Amos, Safety in Working with Chemicals, Macmillan

Publishing Co., NY, 1978.

5. Kaufman, James A., Laboratory Safety

Guidelines, Dow Chemical Co., Box 1713, Midland, MI 48640, 1977.

6. National Institutes of Health, NIH

Guidelines for the Laboratory use of Chemical Carcinogens, NIH Pub. No. 81–2385, GPO,

Washington, DC 20402, 1981.

7. National Research Council, Prudent

Practices for Disposal of Chemicals from

Laboratories, National Academy Press,

Washington, DC, 1983.

8. National Research Council, Prudent

Practices for Handling Hazardous Chemicals

in Laboratories, National Academy Press,

Washington, DC, 1981.
498

§ 1910.1450 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

9. Renfrew, Malcolm, Ed., Safety in the

Chemical Laboratory, Vol. IV, J. Chem. Ed.,

American Chemical Society, Easlon, PA,

1981.

10. Steere, Norman V., Ed., Safety in the

Chemical Laboratory, J. Chem. Ed. American

Chemical Society, Easlon, PA, 18042, Vol. I,

1967, Vol. II, 1971, Vol. III 1974.

11. Steere, Norman V., Handbook of Laboratory Safety, the Chemical Rubber Company Cleveland, OH, 1971.

12. Young, Jay A., Ed., Improving Safety in

the Chemical Laboratory, John Wiley &

Sons, Inc. New York, 1987.

(b) Hazardous Substances Information:

1. American Conference of Governmental

Industrial Hygienists, Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical

Agents in the Workroom Environment with

Intended Changes, 6500 Glenway Avenue,

Bldg. D–7 Cincinnati, OH 45211–4438 (latest

edition).

2. Annual Report on Carcinogens, National

Toxicology Program U.S. Department of

Health and Human Services, Public Health

Service, U.S. Government Printing Office,

Washington, DC, (latest edition).

3. Best Company, Best Safety Directory,

Vols. I and II, Oldwick, N.J., 1981.

4. Bretherick, L., Handbook of Reactive

Chemical Hazards, 2nd edition,

Butterworths, London, 1979.

5. Bretherick, L., Hazards in the Chemical

Laboratory, 3rd edition, Royal Society of

Chemistry, London, 1986.

6. Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR part

1910 subpart Z. U.S. Govt. Printing Office,

Washington, DC 20402 (latest edition).

7. IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of

the Carcinogenic Risk of Chemicals to Man,

World Health Organization Publications Center, 49 Sheridan Avenue, Albany, New York

12210 (latest editions).

8. NIOSH/OSHA Pocket Guide to Chemical

Hazards. NIOSH Pub. No. 85–114, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC,

1985 (or latest edition).

9. Occupational Health Guidelines, NIOSH/

OSHA NIOSH Pub. No. 81–123 U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, 1981.

10. Patty, F.A., Industrial Hygiene and

Toxicology, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New

York, NY (Five Volumes).

11. Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical

Substances, U.S. Department of Health and

Human Services, Public Health Service, Centers for Disease Control, National Institute

for Occupational Safety and Health, Revised

Annually, for sale from Superintendent of

Documents U.S. Govt. Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.

12. The Merck Index: An Encyclopedia of

Chemicals and Drugs. Merck and Company

Inc. Rahway, N.J., 1976 (or latest edition).

13. Sax, N.I. Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials, 5th edition, Van Nostrand

Reinhold, NY., 1979.

14. Sittig, Marshall, Handbook of Toxic and

Hazardous Chemicals, Noyes Publications,

Park Ridge, NJ, 1981.

(c) Information on Ventilation:

1. American Conference of Governmental

Industrial Hygienists Industrial Ventilation

(latest edition), 6500 Glenway Avenue, Bldg.

D–7, Cincinnati, Ohio 45211–4438.

2. American National Standards Institute,

Inc. American National Standards Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems ANSI Z 9.2–

1979 American National Standards Institute,

N.Y. 1979.

3. Imad, A.P. and Watson, C.L. Ventilation

Index: An Easy Way to Decide about Hazardous Liquids, Professional Safety pp 15–18,

April 1980.

4. National Fire Protection Association,

Fire Protection for Laboratories Using

Chemicals NFPA–45, 1982.

Safety Standard for Laboratories in Health

Related Institutions, NFPA, 56c, 1980.

Fire Protection Guide on Hazardous Materials, 7th edition, 1978.

National Fire Protection Association,

Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269.

5. Scientific Apparatus Makers Association

(SAMA), Standard for Laboratory Fume

Hoods, SAMA LF7–1980, 1101 16th Street,

NW., Washington, DC 20036.

(d) Information on Availability of Referenced Material:

1. American National Standards Institute

(ANSI), 1430 Broadway, New York, NY 10018.

2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia,

PA 19103.

[55 FR 3327, Jan. 31, 1990; 55 FR 7967, Mar. 6,

1990; 57 FR 29204, July 1, 1992; 61 FR 5508, Feb.

13, 1996]
499

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

EDITORIAL NOTE: This listing is provided for information purposes only. It is compiled and

kept up-to-date by the Department of Labor.

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—

OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTHSTANDARDS

Subject term Section No.

A-Frame Derricks: (see also Derricks)..181

AIDS (see Bloodborne pathogens).

.1030

Aboveground storage tanks,

flammable and combustible liquid.

.106(b)(2)

Spacing ................................ .106(b)(2)(ii)

Venting ................................. .106(b)(2) (iv),

(v), (vi)

Spill control .......................... .106(b)(2) (viii)

Abrasive Blasting: (see also Ventilation)..94

Air Compressors, Breathing

Air.

.94(a)(6)

Air Supply, Breathing ........... .94(a)(6)

Blast Cleaning Enclosures ... .94(a)(3)

Cleaning Nozzles ................. .244(b)

Dust Hazards ....................... .94(a)(2)

Abrasive Wheel Machinery:

Blotters ................................. .215(c)(6)

Definitions ............................ .211(b)

Effective Dates ..................... .220

Excluded Machinery ............ .215(a)(5)

Flanges ................................ .215(a)(3), (c)

Guard Design ....................... .215(a)(2)

Specifications ................ .215(b)(12)

Guard Exposure Angles ...... .215(b)(2)

Band Type .................... .215(b)(11)

Bench and Floor Stands .215(b)(3)

Cup Wheels .................. .215(b)(1)

Cylindrical Grinders ...... .215(b)(4)

Dimensions ................... .215(b)(10)

Material Requirements .215(b)(10)

Snagging Machines ...... .215(b)(7)

Surface Grinding ........... .215(b)(5)

Swing Frame ................ .215(b)(6)

Guarding .............................. .215(a)(1), (b)

Mounting .............................. .215(d)

Arbor Size ..................... .215(d)(2)

Blotters .......................... .215(d)(5)

Bushings ....................... .215(d)(4)

Inspections .................... .215(d)(1)

Multiple Wheel .............. .215(d)(6)

Ring Test ...................... .215(d)(1)

Surface Conditions ....... .215(d)(3)

Standards Sources .............. .221

Work Rests .......................... .215(a)(4)

Abrasive Wheel Machinery, Portable:

Definitions ............................ .241(b)

Guarding .............................. .243(c)

Cup Wheels .................. .243(c)(2)

General Requirements .243(c)(1)

Other Type Grinders ..... .243(c)(4)

Vertical Grinders ........... .243(c)(3)

Inspection ............................. .243(c)(5)

Mounting .............................. .243(c)(5)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Abrasive Wheels: (see Abrasive

Wheel Machinery)

Access:

Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(2)(ii)

Cranes ................................. .179(c)(2)

Exposure and medical

records.

.1020

Industrial Plants ................... .106(e)(9)(ii)

Powered Platforms .............. .66

Processing Plants ................ .106(h)(8)(ii)

Spraying Operations, Vents .107(d)(10)

Sprinkler valve ..................... .107(f)(2)

Accident Prevention Signs and

Tags: (see also Signs and

Tags).

.145

Effective Dates ..................... .149(a)

Standards Sources .............. .150

2-Acetylaminofluorene ................ .1003

Area requirements ............... .1003(c)

Closed system operation..1003(c)(2)

Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(1)

Maintenance and decontamination activities.

.1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations..1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation.

.1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g)

Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1)

Records ........................ .1003(g)(2)

Regulated area requirements..1003(d)

Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)

Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)

Hygiene facilities and

practices.

.1003(d)(3)

Reports ................................ .1003(f)

Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2)

Operations .................... .1003(f)(1)

Signs, information, and training..1003(e)

Container contents

identification.

.1003(e)(2)

Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3)

Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4)

Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1)

Training and indoctrination..1003(e)(5)

Acetylene .................................... .102

Cylinders .............................. .102(a), (c)

Generators ........................... .102(c)

Pipe Systems ....................... .102(b)

Acetylene Generators ................. .253(f)

Approval ............................... .253(f)(1)

Location ............................... .253(f)(3)

Maintenance ........................ .253(f)(7)
500

Pt. 1910, Index 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Marking ................................ .253(f)(1)

Operation ............................. .253(f)(7)

Portable ................................ .253(f)(5)

Pressure Limits .................... .253(f)(2)

Rating ................................... .253(f)(2)

Stationary ............................. .253(f)(4)

Houses and Rooms ...... .253(f)(6)

Acid Carboys ............................... .262(nn)

Acrylonitrile .................................. .1045

Emergency situations .......... .1045(i)

Employee information and

training.

.1045(o)

Exposure monitoring ............ .1045(e)

Housekeeping ...................... .1045(k)

Hygiene facilities and practices..1045(m)

Medical surveillance ............ .1045(n)

Methods of compliance ........ .1045(g)

Notification of regulated

areas and emergencies.

.1045(d)

Observation and monitoring .1045(r)

Permissible exposure limit ... .1045(c)

Protective clothing and

equipment.

.1045(j)

Recordkeeping ..................... .1045(q)

Regulated areas .................. .1045(f)

Respiratory protection .......... .1045(h)

Signs and labels .................. .1045(p)

Waste disposal .................... .1045(l)

Adjustments:

Cranes ................................. .179(l)(3)

Derricks ................................ .181(f)(2), (3)

AEC Licensees ........................... .96(p)

Agricultural Operations ............... .267

Air Compressors, Abrasive Blasting..94(a)(6),

.134(d)(2)(ii)

Air Contaminants ........................ .1000, .1001

Effective Dates ..................... .98, .1000

Exposure Limits ................... .1000, .1001

Permissible exposure limits .1000

Standards Sources .............. .99

Air Controlling Equipment, Power

Presses.

.217(b)(10)

Air Lift Hammers, Forging ........... .218(e)(1)

Air Quality ................................... .134(d)

Air Receivers:

Application ........................... .169(a)(1)

Compressed Air ................... .169

Equipment:

Drains ........................... .169(b)(2)

Installation ..................... .169(b)(1)

Pressure Gages ............ .169(b)(3)

Traps ............................. .169(b)(2)

Valves ........................... .169(b)(3)

Standards Sources .............. .169(a)(2), .170

Air Supply .................................... .94(a)(6), .134(d)

Airborne Radioactive Materials

Exposure Limits.

.96(c)

Airhoses ...................................... .243(b)(2)

Aisles:

Working Surfaces ................ .22(b)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Alarms: (see also Fire Alarms,

Sprinklers, Warning Devices)

Employee alarm systems .... .165

Mills and Calenders ............. .216(g)

Rubber and Plastics ............ .216(g)

4-Aminodiphenyl ......................... .1003

Area requirements ............... .1003(c)

Closed system operation..1003(c)(2)

Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(1)

Maintenance and decontamination activities.

.1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations..1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation.

.1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g)

Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1)

Records ........................ .1003(g)(2)

Regulated area requirements..1003(d)

Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)

Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)

Hygiene facilities and

practices.

.1003(d)(3)

Reports ................................ .1003(f)

Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2)

Operations .................... .1003(f)(1)

Signs, information, and training..1003(e)

Container contents

identification.

.1003(e)(2)

Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3)

Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4)

Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1)

Training and indoctrination..1003(e)(5)

Ammonia, Anhydrous: (see also

Anhydrous Ammonia).

.111

Ammonium Nitrate ...................... .109(i)

Bulk Storage ........................ .109(i)(4)

Containers ............................ .109(i)(3)

Contaminants ....................... .109(i)(5)

Electrical Installations .......... .109(i)(6)

Fire Protection ..................... .109(i)(7)

Separation Walls .................. .109(i)(5)

Warehouses ......................... .109(i)(4)

Anchoring Fixed Machinery ........ .212(a)(5), (b)

Anhydrous Ammonia:

Containers:

Appurtenances .............. .111(b)(6)

Charging ....................... .111(b)(11)

DOT .............................. .111(e)

Farm Vehicles ............... .111(g), (h)

Location ........................ .111(b)(5)

Motor Vehicle ................ .111(f)

Markings ....................... .111(b)(3)

Non-Refrigerated .......... .111(b)(2), (c)

Refrigerated .................. .111(d)

Markings ................ .111(b)(4)
501

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Safety Relief Devices ... .111(b)(9), (c)(3),

(d)(4), (f)(5)

Electrical Systems ............... .111(b)(16)

Fittings ................................. .111(b)(7)

Handling ............................... .111

Hoses ................................... .111(b)(8)

Liquid Level Gaging Devices .111(b)(14)

Liquid Transfer ..................... .111(b)(12), (f)(6)

Piping ................................... .111(b)(7)

Standards Sources .............. .115

Storage ................................ .111

Tank Car Unloading ............. .111(b)(13)

Tubing .................................. .111(b)(7)

Appliances:

Electric ................................. .306(d)(1)

Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(20),

(g)(11)

Arbor Grinding Wheels ............... .215(d)(2)

Arc Welding ................................. .254

Environmental Conditions .... .254(b)(2)

Equipment:

Design ........................... .254(b)(4)

Disconnecting Means ... .305(j)(3)

Grounding ..................... .254(c)(2)

Installation ..................... .254(c)

Maintenance ................. .254(d)(9)

Operation ...................... .254(d)

Personnel Protection .... .252(b)

Protection from Rays .... .252(b)(2)(iii)

Supply Connections ...... .254(c)(3), (d)(3)

Health Protection ................. .252(c)

Ventilation ............................ .252(b)(4)(ii), (c)

Voltage ................................. .254(b)(3)

Arsenic, Inorganic ....................... .1018

Asbestos:

Airborne Concentration ........ .1001(c)

Caution Signs and Labels ... .1001(g)

Change Rooms .................... .1001(d)(4)

Compliance .......................... .1001(f)

Definitions ............................ .1001(a)

Exposure, Permissible ......... .1001(c)

Fibers Exposure, Permissible..1001(b)

Hazard Communication ....... .1001(j)

Housekeeping ...................... .1001(k)

Hygiene Facilities and Practices.

.1001(i)

Medical Surveillance ............ .1001(l)

Measurements ..................... .1001(e)

Medical Examinations .......... .1001(j)

Monitoring ............................ .1001(d)

Personal Protective Equipment..1001(h)

Recordkeeping ..................... .1001(m)

Regulated Areas .................. .1001(e)

Respiratory protection .......... .1001(g)

Special Clothing ................... .1001(d)(3)

Waste Disposal .................... .1001(h)(2)

Atmospheric Contaminants: (see

Air Contaminants)

Atmospheric Tanks ..................... .106(b)(1)(iii)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Attendants:

Liquified Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(4)(ii)

Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(14)

Automatic Sprinkler Systems:

(see also Sprinkler Systems,

Automatic).

.159

Automobile Undercoatings .......... .107(k)

Baffle Plates:

Spray Booths ....................... .107(b)(4)

Bakery Equipment ....................... .263(k)

Air Conditioning ................... .268(i)(14)

Bag Chutes and Lifts ........... .263(d)(2)

Biscuit Equipment ................ .263(k)

Blenders ............................... .263(d)(3)

Bolting Reels ........................ .263(d)(5)

Conveyors ............................ .263(d)(7), (i)(7)

Cracker Equipment .............. .263(k)

Dividers ................................ .263(f)

Dough Brakes ...................... .263(h)

Dumpbins ............................. .263(d)(3)

Flour Elevators ..................... .263(d)(4)

Flour Handling Equipment ... .263(d)

Machine Guarding ............... .263(c)

Miscellaneous Equipment .... .263(i)

Mixers .................................. .263(e)

Moulders .............................. .263(g)

Ovens ................................... .263(l)

Pulverizers ........................... .263(k)(2)

Scales, Flour ........................ .263(d)(9)

Sifters ................................... .263(d)(8)

Slicers .................................. .263(j)

Storage Bins ........................ .263(d)(6)

Wrappers ............................. .263(j)

Ballast, Cranes ............................ .180(i)(2)

Band Saws and Resaws ............. .213(i)

Barking Devices:

Hydraulic .............................. .261(e)(14)

Pulp Wood and Chips .......... .261(c), (e)(8)

Sawmills ............................... .265(d)(4)

Barrels:

Guarding .............................. .212(a)(4)

Basket Derricks: (see Derricks) .. .181

Bathing Facilities:

Labor Camps ....................... .142(f)

Battery Changing and Charging .178(g), .305(j)(7)

Bearings ...................................... .219(j), (p)(3)

Belts:

Definitions ............................ .211(f)(1)–(3)

Manlifts ................................. .68(c)(1)

Power Transmission Apparatus..219(e)(1), (o)(3),

(p)(6)

Bench and Floor Stands Guarding..215(b)(3)

Benzene ...................................... .1028

Communication of benzene

hazards to employees.

.1028(j)

Exposure monitoring and

measurement.

.1028(e)

Medical surveillance ............ .1028(i)

Methods of compliance ........ .1028(f)

Observation of monitoring ... .1028(l)
502

Pt. 1910, Index 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Permissible exposure limit ... .1028(c)

Protective clothing and

equipment.

.1028(h)

Recordkeeping ..................... .1028(k)

Regulated areas .................. .1028(d)

Respiratory protection .......... .1028(g)

Benzidine .................................... .1003

Area requirements ............... .1003(c)

Closed system operation..1003(c)(2)

Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(1)

Maintenance and decontamination activities.

.1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations..1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation.

.1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g)

Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1)

Records ........................ .1003(g)(2)

Regulated area requirements..1003(d)

Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)

Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)

Hygiene facilities and

practices.

.1003(d)(3)

Reports ................................ .1003(f)

Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2)

Operations .................... .1003(f)(1)

Signs, information, and training..1003(e)

Container contents

identification.

.1003(e)(2)

Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3)

Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4)

Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1)

Training and indoctrination..1003(e)(5)

Beryllium ..................................... .1000, Table Z–2

Bins, Bulk Storage of Explosives .109(g)(4)

Biological Hazards Signs and

Tags.

.145(e)(4), (f)(8)

Blades Exposure ......................... .212(a)(5)

Blankets, Rubber Insulating ........ .137

Blasting Agents (see also Explosives and Blasting Agents)..109(g), (k) (1),

(2), .119

Bulk Delivery ........................ .109(g)(3), (h)(4)

Bulk Storage Bins ................ .109(g)(4)

Effective Dates ..................... .114

Mixing, Fixed Location ......... .109(g)(2), (h)(3)

Mixing Vehicles .................... .109(g)(3), (h)(4)

Slurries ................................. .109(h)

Standards Sources .............. .115

Storage ................................ .109(g)(5)

Transportation ...................... .109(g)(6)

Use ....................................... .109(g)(7)

Water Gels ........................... .109(h)

Bleaching:

Pulp and Paper Mills ........... .261(h)

Textiles ................................. .262(p)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Bloodborne pathogens ................ .1030

Effective dates ..................... .1030(i)

Engineering and work-practice controls..1030(d)(2)

Housekeeping ...................... .1030(d)(4)

Laboratories and production

facilities, HIV and

HBVresearch.

.1030(e)

Personal protective equipment..1030(c)(2)(ii),

(d)(2)(i), (3)

Recordkeeping ..................... .1030(f)(6), (h)

Training ................................ .1030(e)(5),

(g)(2)

Vaccinations, HBV ............... .1030(f)

Warning labels an signs ...... .1030(g)(1)

Blotters ........................................ .215(c)(1)(v),

(c)(6), (d)(5)

Board Drop Hammers ................. .218(e)(2)

Boatswain’s Chair Scaffolds ....... .28(j)

Employee Protection ............ .28(j)(4)

Fiber Ropes ......................... .28(j)(2)

Life Belts .............................. .28(j)(4)

Roof Irons, Hooks ................ .28(j)(6)

Seat Slings ........................... .28(j)(3)

Size ...................................... .28(j)(1)

Tackle .................................. .28(j)(5)

Boom Guards:

Cranes ................................. .180(j)(2)

Derricks ................................ .181(j)(5)(ii)

Booms, Derricks .......................... .181(i)(6)

Boring Machines ......................... .213(l)

Brakes:

Bandsaws ............................ .213(j)(1)

Bridges ................................. .179(f)(4), (6)

Control ................................. .179(f)(3)

Cranes ................................. .179(f)

Friction, Power Presses ....... .217(b)(2)

Hoists ................................... .179(f)(1)

Holding ................................. .179(f)(2)

Industrial Trucks .................. .178(g), (h),

(m)(5)

Manlifts ................................. .68(c)(1)(i)

Power Control ...................... .179(f)(3)

Trolleys ................................ .179(f)(4), (5)

Brazing: (see also Welding) ........ .252

Definitions ............................ .251

Standards Sources .............. .256

Breast Derricks: (see also Derricks)..181(a)(4)

Bricklayers’ Square Scaffolds ..... .28(l)

Bridge Bumpers, Cranes ............ .179(e)(2)

Bridge Plates: (see also

Dockboards).

.30(a)

Buffing: (see Grinding, Polishing

and Buffing)

Building Maintenance Powered

Platforms.

.66

Buildings, Sawmills ..................... .265(c)

Bulk Delivery:

Blasting Agents .................... .109(g)(3), (h)(4)

Explosives ............................ .109(h)(4)
503

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Bulk Oxygen Systems ................. .104

Accessibility ......................... .104(b)(2)(ii)

Cleaning ............................... .104(b)(8)(i)

Clear Zone ........................... .104(b)(10)(ii)

Containers ............................ .104(b)(4), (6)

Gaseous ....................... .104(b)(4)(iii)

Liquid ............................ .104(b)(4)(ii)

Dikes .................................... .104(b)(2)(v)

Distances from Hazards ...... .104(b)(3)

Combustible Liquids ..... .104(b)(3)(vii),

(viii)

Combustible Materials .. .104(b)(3)(x)

Combustible Structures .104(b)(3)(ii)

Congested Areas .......... .104(b)(3)(xiii)

Fire Resistant Structures..104(b)(3)(iii)

Flammable Gases ........ .104(b)(3)(ix)

Flammable Liquids ....... .104(b)(3)(v), (vi)

Openings ...................... .104(b)(3)(iv)

Slow-Burning Materials .104(b)(3)(xi)

Electrical Wiring ................... .104(b)(8)(ix)

Firewalls ............................... .104(b)(3)(viii)

Fittings ................................. .104(b)(5)

Inspection ............................. .104(b)(10)(i)

Installation ............................ .104(b)(8)(iv)

Joints .................................... .104(b)(8)(ii)

Leakage ............................... .104(b)(2)(iii)

Liquid Oxygen Vaporizers ... .104(b)(7)

Grounding ..................... .104(b)(7)(iv)

Location ............................... .104(b)(2)

Maintenance ........................ .104(b)(10)

Marking ................................ .104(b)(8)(viii)

Operating Instructions .......... .104(b)(9)

Piping ................................... .104(b)(5)

Placarding ............................ .104(b)(8)(viii)

Safety Relief Devices .......... .104(b)(6), (7)(ii)

All Containers ............... .104(b)(6)(i)

ASME Containers ......... .104(b)(6)(iii)

DOT Containers ............ .104(b)(6)(ii)

Security ................................ .104(b)(8)(vi)

Storage Containers .............. .104(b)(4), (6)

Testing ................................. .104(b)(8)(v)

Tubing .................................. .104(b)(5)

Vaporizers ............................ .104(b)(7)

Ventilation ............................ .104(b)(3)(xii)

Venting ................................. .104(b)(8)(vii)

Bulk Plants, Flammable and

Combustible Liquids.

.106(f)

Buildings .............................. .106(f)(2)

Drainage .............................. .106(f)(7)

Electrical Equipment ............ .106(f)(5)

Fire Protection ..................... .106(f)(8)

Ignition Sources ................... .106(f)(6)

Liquid Storage ...................... .106(f)(1)

Loading ................................ .106(f)(3)

Waste Disposal .................... .106(f)(7)

Wharves ............................... .106(f)(4)

Bumpers:

Bridge ................................... .179(e)(2)

Trolley .................................. .179(e)(3)

1,3 Butadiene:.

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Permissible Exposure Limits .1051(c)

Exposure Monitoring ............ .1051(d)

Regulated Areas .................. .1051(e)

Methods of Compliance ....... .1051(f)

Exposure Goal Program ...... .1051(g)

Respiratory Protection ......... .1051(h)

Protective Clothing and

Equipment.

.1051(i)

Emergency Situations .......... .1051(j)

Medical Screening and Surveillance..1051(k)

Communication of BD Hazards to Employees..1051(l)

Recordkeeping ..................... .1051(m)

Cabinets, Flammable and Combustible Liquid storage..106(d)(3)

Size ...................................... .106(d)(3)(i)

Fire resistance ..................... .106(d)(3)(ii)

Cabs:

Cranes ................................. .179(c), (o)(2);

180(i)(3)

Derricks ................................ .181(j)(6)

Cadmium ..................................... .252(c)(9)

Airborne Concentration ........ .1027(c)

Compliance .......................... .1027(f)

Confined Spaces ................. .252(c)(9)(ii)

Emergency Situations .......... .1027(h)

Exposure, Permissible ......... .1027(c)

Hazard Communication ....... .1027(m)

Housekeeping ...................... .1027(k)

Hygiene Areas and Practices..1027(j)

Indoors ................................. .252(c)(9)(i)

Medical Surveillance ............ .1027(l)

Monitoring ............................ .1027(d)

Personal Protective Equipment..1027(i)

Clothing ................. .1027(i)

Recordkeeping ..................... .1027(n)

Regulated Areas .................. .1027(e)

Respiratory protection .......... .1027(g)

Warning Labels .................... .252(c)(1)(v),

Calcium Carbide:

Indoors ................................. .253(g)(2)

Packaging ............................ .253(g)(1)

Storage ................................ .253(g)(2), (3)

Calenders .................................... .262(ee)

Rubber and Plastics Industry:

Alarms ........................... .216(g)

Location Protection ....... .216(d)(2)

Safety Controls ............. .216(c)

Stopping Limits ............. .216(f)(1), (3)

Switches, Trip and

Emergency.

.216(e)

Textiles ................................. .262(ee)

Canisters, Gas Mask: (see Gas

Mask Canisters, Respirators)

Cantilever Gantry Cranes: (see

Gantry Cranes)

Carpenters’ Bracket Scaffolds .... .28(k)
504

Pt. 1910, Index 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Bracket Attachment ............. .28(k)(2)

Bracket Dimensions ............. .28(k)(1)

Employee Protection ............ .28(k)(3)

Guardrails ............................ .28(k)(5)

Platform Size ....................... .28(k)(4)

Caustics ...................................... .262(oo)

Emergency Showers ............ .261(g)(18)(i)

Pipeline Identification ........... .261(h)(3)(vi)

Caution Signs and Labels ........... .145(c)(2), (d)(4)

Asbestos .............................. .1001(g)

Fluorides .............................. .252(c)(1)(iv)

Ionizing Radiation ................ .96(e), (g), (h)

Welding ................................ .252(c)(1)(iv)

Ceiling Workers’ Scaffolds: (see

also Plasterers’Scaffolds).

.28(o)

Chain Guarding ........................... .219(f)

Change Rooms:

Asbestos .............................. .1001(d)(4)

Drying Facilities ................... .141(f)

Separate Facilities ............... .141(e)

Charge Initiation .......................... .109(e)(4)

Chemical Plants: (see also Refineries, Chemical Plants

andDistilleries).

.106(i)

Chemicals, hazard communication..1200

Chemicals, hazardous; occupational exposure in laboratories:

Chemical Hygiene Plan ....... .1450(e)

Exposure determination,

monitoring.

.1450(d)

Hazard identification ............ .1450(h)

Hygiene recommendations .. .1450, App. A

Medical consultations and

examinations.

.1450(g)

Permissible exposure limits .1450(c)

Recordkeeping ..................... .1450(j)

Respirator use ..................... .1450(i)

Training ................................ .1450(f)

Chemicals, highly hazardous;

process safety management.

.119

Chemicals, toxic and reactive, threshold list..119, App. A

Compliance guidelines ......... .119, App. A

Contractor, employer responsibilities..119(h)

Emergency planning and response..119(h)

Hot work (welding) permits .. .119(n)

Trade secrets ....................... .119(p)

Training ................................ .119(g)

Chicago Boom Derricks: (see

also Derricks).

.181

Chicken Ladders: (see also

Crawling Boards).

.28(t)

bis-Chloromethyl ether ................ .1003

Area requirements ............... .1003(c)

Closed system operation..1003(c)(2)

Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(l)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Maintenance and decontamination activities..1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations..1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation.

.1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g)

Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1)

Records ........................ .1003(g)(2)

Regulated area requirements..1003(d)

Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)

Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)

Hygiene facilities and

practices.

.1003(d)(3)

Reports ................................ .1003(f)

Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2)

Operations .................... .1003(f)(1)

Signs, information, and training..1003(e)

Container contents

identification.

.1003(e)(2)

Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3)

Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4)

Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1)

Training and indoctrination..1003(e)(5)

Chute Openings .......................... .23(a)(2)

Circular Resaws .......................... .213(e)

Circular Saws .............................. .213(f)

Arbors .................................. .213(s)(4)

Portable ................................ .243(a)(1)

Clean Air, Spray Finishing .......... .94(c)(7)

Cleaning:

Air Receivers ....................... .169

Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(8)(i)

Compressed Air ................... .242(b)

Powder Coatings ................. .107(l)(4)(i)

Powered Platforms .............. .66(e)(7)

Respirators ........................... .134(f)(3)

Solvents ............................... .107(g)(5)

Spray Booths ....................... .107(b)(9)

Spraying Operations ............ .107(g)(2)

Cleaning Compounds ................. .252(c)(11)

Degreasing ........................... .252(c)(11)(ii)

Manufacturer’s Instructions .. .252(c)(11)(i)

Cleaning Solvents:

Spraying ............................... .107(g)(5)

Clear Zones:

Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(10)

Industrial Plants ................... .106(e)(9)(iv)

Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(5)(ii)

Processing Plants ................ .106(h)(8)(iv)

Clearances:

Cranes ................................. .179(b)(6),

.180(j)(1)

Derricks ................................ .181(j)(5)

Fixed Ladders ...................... .27(c)

Back .............................. .27(c)(4)

Climbing Side ............... .27(c)(1)
505

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Grab Bars ..................... .27(c)(5)

Hatch Covers ................ .27(c)(7)

Step-Across Distance ... .27(c)(6)

With Cages or Baskets .27(c)(3)

Without Cages or Wells .27(c)(2)

Manlifts ................................. .68(b)(11)

Spraying Discharges ............ .107(d)(8)

Stairs .................................... .24(i)

Clothing, Protective: (see also

Personal Protective Equipment).

.252(b)(3), .132

Asbestos .............................. .1001(d)(3)

Body ..................................... .156(e)(3)

Electrical .............................. .137

Eye ....................................... .133, .156(e)(5)

Face ..................................... .133,.156(e)(5)

Fire brigade .......................... .156

Footwear .............................. .136,.156(e)(2)

Goggles ................................ .133

Hand .................................... .156(e)(4)

Head .................................... .135, .156(e)(5)

Helmets ................................ .135

Leg ....................................... .156(e)(3)

Rubber ................................. .137

Storage ................................ .107(g)(4)

Welders ................................ .252(b)(3)

Clutches ...................................... .217(b)(3), (7)

Definition .............................. .180(a)(19)

Power Transmission Apparatus..219(k)

Coatings, Spray:

Dual Component .................. .107(m)

Organic Peroxide ................. .107(m)

Powder ................................. .107(l)

Undercoatings ...................... .107(k)

Collars ......................................... .219(i)

Coke oven emissions .................. .1029

Employee information and

training.

.1029(k)

Exposure monitoring and

measurement.

.1029(e)

Hygiene facilities and practices..1029(i)

Medical surveillance ............ .1029(j)

Methods of compliance ........ .1029(f)

Observation of monitoring ... .1029(n)

Permissible exposure limit ... .1029(c)

Protective clothing and

equipment.

.1029(h)

Precautionary signs and labels..1029(l)

Recordkeeping ..................... .1029(m)

Regulated areas .................. .1029(d)

Respiratory protection .......... .1029(g)

Color Codes:

Air Contaminants ................. .134(g)(6)

Danger ................................. .144(a)(1)(ii),

.145((d)(2)

Effective Dates ..................... .149

Gas Mask Canisters ............ .134(g)(6)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Physical Hazards, Colors .... .144(a),

.145(d)(2)

Respirators ........................... .134(g)(6)

Standards Sources .............. .150

Stop ...................................... .144(a)(1)(iii)

Combustible Dusts, Trucks Used .178(c)(2)(vi)

Combustible Liquids: (see Flammable and

CombustibleLiquids).

.106

Effective Dates ..................... .114

Standards Sources .............. .115

Combustible Materials:

Welding ................................ .252(a)(2)

Communicable Diseases Reporting:

Labor Camps ....................... .142(l)

Communications, Powered Platforms..66(e)(11)(vi)

Compressed Air, Cleaning .......... .242(b)

Compressed Air Equipment: (see

also Compressed Gas Equipment)

Air Receivers ....................... .169

Compressed Gas Cylinders: (see

also Compressed Gases).

.253(a)(2)

Approval ............................... .252(b)(1)

Inspection ............................. .101(a)

Manifolding ........................... .253(c)

Markings .............................. .253(b)(1)

Operating Procedures .......... .253(b)(5)

Oxygen Manifolds ................ .253(c)(2), (3)

Public Protection .................. .101(c),

.252(a)(8)

Safety Relief Valves ............ .101(c)

Standards Sources .............. .170

Storage ................................ .253(b)(2)–(4)

Compressed Gas Equipment:

(see Compressed Gas Cylinders)

Compressed Gases: (see also

Compressed Gas Cylinders).

.101

Effective Dates ..................... .114

Handling ............................... .101(b)

Safety Relief Devices .......... .101(c)

Standards Sources .............. .115

Storage ................................ .101(b)

Conductors: (see also Electric

Wiring)

Cranes ................................. .179(g)(1)(iv), (6)

General Wiring ..................... .305(f)

Confined Spaces, Hazardous

work.

.120(b)(4)(ii)(I),

(c)(3)

Electrical safety-related work

practices.

.333(c)(5)

Confined Spaces:

Atmospheric testing flow

charts.

.146, App. B

Attendant duties ................... .146(i)

Authorized entrant duties ..... .146(h)

Entry supervisor duties ........ .146(j)

Flow chart, decisions ........... .146, App. A
506

Pt. 1910, Index 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Instruction of employees relating to..21(b)(6)

Permit samples .................... .146, App. D

Program examples ............... .146, App. C

Rescue and emergency

services.

.146(k)

Sewer system entry ............. .146, App. E

Training ................................ .146(g)

Welding and Cutting ............ .353(b), .352(g)

Containers: (see also Tank Storage, Portable)

Ammonium Nitrate ............... .109(i)(3)

Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(4), (6)

Gaseous ....................... .104(b)(4)(iii)

Liquid ............................ .104(b)(4)(ii)

Flammable and Combustible

Liquids.

.106(d)

Design ........................... .106(d)(2)

Bulk plants, storage ...... .106(f)

Industrial plants, storage..106(e)(2)(ii)

Service stations, storage..106(g)(1)

Processing plants ......... .106(h)(4)

Gaseous Hydrogen Systems .103(b)(1)(i)

Guarding .............................. .212(a)(4)

Liquified Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(1)(i)

Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110

Spraying ............................... .107(e)(3), (5)

Welding, Gas ....................... .253(a), (b)

Containers, Liquefied Petroleum

Gases.

.110

Accessories .......................... .110(b)(7); (c)(6);

(d)(3), (8);

(e)(5)

Awaiting Use or Resale ....... .110(f)

Capacity ............................... .110(d)(6), (h)(5)

Charging Plants ................... .110(d)(13)

Construction ......................... .110(b)(3)

Cylinder Systems ................. .110(c)

Accessories .................. .110(c)(6)

Indoor ............................ .110(c)(5)

Markings ....................... .110(c)(2)

Outdoor ......................... .110(c)(4)

Valves ........................... .110(c)(6)

Filling Densities .................... .110(b)(12)

Fire Protection ..................... .110(d)(14)

Fittings ................................. .110(b)(8); (e)(6);

(h)(7), (9)

Hoses ................................... .110(b)(9)

Industrial Plants ................... .110(d)(12)

Installation ............................ .110(e)(4), (h)(6)

Lighting ................................ .110(d)(16)

Location ............................... .110(b)(6), (f)(5)

Markings .............................. .110(b)(5), (c)(2)

Non-DOT Containers ........... .110(d)

Accessories .................. .110(d)(3)

Capacity ........................ .110(d)(6)

Installation ..................... .110(d)(7)

Pipes ............................. .110(d)(3)

Pressure, Design .......... .110(d)(2)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Reinstallation ................ .110(d)(5)

Safety Relief Devices ... .110(d)(4)

Valves ........................... .110(d)(3)

Original Testing .................... .110(b)(4)

Piping ................................... .110(b)(8), (d)(3),

(e)(6), (h)(10),

(h)(9)

Pressure Design .................. .110(d)(2), (e)(3)

Safety Relief Devices .......... .110(b)(10),

(c)(7), (d)(4),

(e)(7), (h)(4)

Tubing .................................. .110(b)(8), (e)(6)

Valves .................................. .110(b)(7), (c)(6),

(d)(3), (e)(5),

(h)(9)

Vaporizers ............................ .110(b)(11),

(d)(17), (e)(8)

Welding ................................ .110(b)(4)

Controllers:

Cranes ................................. .179(g)(3)

Conveyors:

Bakeries ............................... .263(d)(7), (i)(7)

Electrostatic Spraying .......... .107(h)(7)

Forging Machines ................ .218(j)(3)

Sawmills ............................... .265(c)(18)

Spray Booths ....................... .107(b)(7)

Corrosion Protection:

Piping, Valves and Fittings .. .106(c)(5)

Storage Tanks ..................... .106(b)(1)(vi)

Underground Tanks ............. .106(b)(3)(iii)

Cotton Dust ................................. .1043

Counterbalances ......................... .217(b)(9)

Counterweights:

Cranes ................................. .180(i)(2)

Covers, Openings:

Working Surfaces ................ .22(e);23(a)(1),

(3)(i), (5), (6),

(8)(ii), (9)

Cranes:

Crawler ................................. .180

Definitions ............................ .179(a)

Effective Dates ..................... .179(b)(2),

.180(b)(2),

.182

Electric ................................. .306(b)

Gantry .................................. .179

Locomotive ........................... .180

Overhead ............................. .179

Pulp and Paper Mills ........... .261(c)(8)

Standards Sources .............. .183

Truck .................................... .180

Crawler Cranes: (see also Crawler, Locomotive and Truck

Cranes).

.180

Crawler, Locomotive and Truck

Cranes.

.180

Cabs ..................................... .180(i)(3)

Electric Power Lines ............ .180(j)

Fire Extinguishers ................ .180(i)(5)

Inspections ........................... .180(d)

Frequent ....................... .180(d)(3)
507

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Idle (Irregular) ............... .180(d)(5)

Initial ............................. .180(d)(1)

Periodic ......................... .180(d)(4)

Records ........................ .180(d)(6)

Ropes ........................... .180(g)

Load Handling ...................... .180(h)

Load Ratings ........................ .180(c)

Maintenance ........................ .180(f)

Refueling .............................. .180(i)(4)

Rope Inspection ................... .180(g)

Standards Sources .............. .183

Swinging Locomotives ......... .180(i)(6)

Testing ................................. .180(e)

Crawling Boards .......................... .28(t)

Crosscut Table Saws .................. .213(d)

Cup Wheels ................................ .243(c)(2)

Flaring-Cup, Type 11 ........... .241(b)(8)

Straight-Cup, Type 6 ........... .241(b)(9)

Straight, Type 1 ................... .241(b)(10)

Curing Apparatus: (see Drying,

Curing and Fusion Apparatus)

Cutting: (see also Welding) ........ .252

Containers ............................ .252(a)(3)

Definitions ............................ .251

Ventilation ............................ .252(c)

Cutting-Off Machines .................. .215(b)(5)

Cutoff Couplings ......................... .219(k)(1)

Cutoff Saws, Swing ..................... .213(g)

Cylinders, Welding Gas .............. .253(b)

Manifolding ........................... .253(c)

Operating Procedures .......... .253(b)(5)

Storage ................................ .253(b)(2)–(4)

Cylindrical Grinders ..................... .215(b)(4)

Danger:

Color Codes ......................... .144(a)(1)(ii)

Signs .................................... .145(c)(1), (d)(2)

Tag ....................................... .145(f)(5)

Dates, Effective: (see Effective

Dates)

DBCP (1,2–Dibromo 3–

Chloropropane).

.1044

Emergency situations .......... .1044(i)

Employee information and

training.

.1044(n)

Exposure monitoring ............ .1044(f)

Housekeeping ...................... .1044(k)

Hygiene facilities and practices..1044(l)

Medical surveillance ............ .1044(m)

Methods of compliance ........ .1044(g)

Notification of use ................ .1044(d)

Observation of monitoring ... .1044(q)

Permissible exposure limit ... .1044(c)

Protective clothing and

equipment.

.1044(j)

Recordkeeping ..................... .1044(p)

Regulated areas .................. .1044(e)

Respirators ........................... .1044(h)

Signs and labels .................. .1044(o)

Dead-Man Controls ..................... .243(a)(2)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Decorations:

Egress .................................. .37(l)

Explosives ............................ .37(l)

Decorators’ Scaffolds: (see also

Plasterers’ Scaffolds).

.28(o)

Degreasing:

Cleaning Compounds .......... .252(c)(11)(ii)

Derricks:

Adjustments ......................... .181(f)(3)

Cabs ..................................... .181(j)(6)

Electric Power Lines ............ .181(j)(5)

Fire Extinguishers ................ .181(j)(3)

Guards ................................. .181(j)(1)

Hooks ................................... .181(j)(2)

Inspections ........................... .181(d) and (g)

Load Handling ...................... .181(i)

Load Ratings ........................ .181(c)

Maintenance ........................ .181(f)

Operations ........................... .181(h)

Refueling .............................. .181(j)(4)

Repairs ................................. .181(f)(3)

Rope Inspections ................. .181(g)

Standards Sources .............. .183

Testing ................................. .181(e)

3,3′-Dichlorobenzidine (and its

salts).

.1003

Area requirements ............... .1003(c)

Closed system operation..1003(c)(2)

Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(1)

Maintenance and decontamination activities.

.1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations..1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation.

.1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g)

Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1)

Records ........................ .1003(g)(2)

Regulated area requirements..1003(d)

Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)

Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)

Hygiene facilities and

practices.

.1003(d)(3)

Reports ................................ .1003(f)

Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2)

Operations .................... .1003(f)(1)

Signs, information, and training..1003(e)

Container contents

identification.

.1003(e)(2)

Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3)

Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4)

Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1)

Training and Indoctrination..1003(e)(5)

Dies ............................................. .217(d)

Changing .............................. .218(h)(5)

Fastening ............................. .217(d)(7)
508

Pt. 1910, Index 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Guide Post Hazards ............ .217(d)(4)

Handling ............................... .217(d)(3), (8)

Requirements ....................... .217(d)(1)

Scrap:

Ejecting ......................... .217(d)(2)

Handling ........................ .217(d)(3)

Selling .................................. .217(d)(9)

Stroke ................................... .217(d)(6)

Tonnage ............................... .217(d)(6)

Unitized Tooling ................... .217(d)(5)

Weight .................................. .217(d)(6)

Diesel Powered Trucks ............... .178(b)(1)–(3)

Dikes:

Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(2)(v)

Storage Tanks ..................... .106(b)(2)(vii), (c)

4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene ...... .1003

Area Requirements .............. .1003(c)

Closed System Operation..1003(c)(2)

Isolated Systems .......... .1003(c)(1)

Maintenance and decontamination activities.

.1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel System

Operations.

.1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation.

.1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g)

Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1)

Records ........................ .1003(g)(2)

Regulated Area Requirements..1003(d)

Contamination Control .. .1003(d)(4)

Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)

Hygiene facilities and

practices.

.1003(d)(3)

Reports ................................ .1003(f)

Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2)

Operations .................... .1003(f)(1)

Signs, Information, and

Training.

.1003(e)

Container Contents

Identification.

.1003(e)(2)

Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3)

Prohibited Statements .. .1003(e)(4)

Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1)

Training and Indoctrination..1003(e)(5)

Dining Facilities: (see also

Lunchrooms)

Labor Camps ....................... .142(i)

Dip Tanks: ................................... .123–.126

Application ........................... .123(a)

Bottom Drains ...................... .125(c)

Construction ......................... .124(a), .125(a)

Conveyors ............................ .125(d),

.126(g)(2)

Covers .................................. .125(f)(3)

Electrical Ignition Sources ... .125(e)(1)

Electrostatic Apparatus ........ .126(g)

Fire Extinguishers ................ .125(f)(2)(i)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Fire Protection ..................... .125(f)

Flow Coating ........................ .126(b)

Hardening ............................ .126(a)(1)(i),(ii)

Heating ................................. .125(g)

Ignition Sources ................... .125(e)

Inspections ........................... .124(j)(1),(3)

Liquid Storage ...................... .125(e)(2)

Maintenance ........................ .125(e)(4)

Overflow Pipes ..................... .125(b)

Sprinklers ............................. .125(f)

Tempering ............................ .126(a)

Ventilation ............................ .124(b),

.125(d)(2)

Warning Signs ..................... .125(e)(2)

Waste Cans ......................... .125(e)(4)(ii),(iii)

Disposal Systems: (see Waste

Disposal Systems)

Distances From Hazards:

Ammonium Nitrate ............... .109(i)(5)

Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(3)

Electrostatic Spraying .......... .107(h)(6)

Explosives Storage .............. .109(c)

Ignition Sources, Separation .107(c)(2)

Spray Booths, Separations .. .107(b)(8)

Distilleries: (see also Refineries,

Chemical Plants and Distilleries).

.106(i)

Distribution Plates:

Spray Booths ....................... .107(b)(4)

Dividers, Bakery Equipment ....... .263(f)

Diving, Commercial ..................... .401, .410, .411,

.420–.427,

.430, .440,

.441

Scientific ............................... .401(iv), 402, Appendix B

Dockboards ................................. .30(a)

Dough Brakes, Manually Fed ..... .263(h)

Drag Saws .................................. .213(r)

Drainage:

Bulk Plants ........................... .106(f)(7)

Industrial Plants ................... .106(e)(3)(iii)

Labor Camps ....................... .142(a)

Materials Handling ............... .176(d)

Processing Plants ................ .106(h)(3)(ii)

Service Stations ................... .106(g)(7)

Sprinkler Systems ................ .159(c)(7)

Storage Tanks ..................... .106(b)(2)(vii)(c)

Drains:

Air Receivers ....................... .169(b)(2)

Dressing Rooms, Personnel ....... .141(e)

Drips, Condensed Gas ............... .110(d)(11)

Drives—Belt, Rope and Chain .... .219(e), (g),

(o)(3)

Belt Tighteners ..................... .219(e)(6)

Cone-Pulley Belts ................ .219(e)(5)

Horizontal Belts and Ropes .219(e)(1)(i)

Inclined Belts ....................... .219(e)(3)

Overhead Horizontal Belts ... .219(e)(2)

Vertical Belts ........................ .219(e)(3), (4)

Drums .......................................... .212(a)(4)
509

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems, Fixed.

.161

Scope and Application ......... .161(a)

Specific Requirements ......... .161(b)

Drying:

Spraying Operations ............ .107(d)(12)

Drying, Curing, and Fusion Apparatus..107(j)

Adjacent System .................. .107(j)(3)

Alternate Use:

Permitted ...................... .107(j)(4)

Prohibited ...................... .107(j)(2)

Conformance ....................... .107(j)(1)

Powder Coatings ................. .107(l)(3)

Spraying Rooms .................. .107(j)(2)

Dual Component Coatings .......... .107(m)

Dust Hazards:

Abrasive Blasting ................. .94(a)(2)

Asbestos .............................. .19, .93a

Employee Exposure ............. .1000(a)

Grain handling facilities ....... .272

Effective Dates:

Abrasive Wheels .................. .220

Accident Prevention Signs

and Tags.

.149

Acetylene ............................. .114

Air Contaminants ................. .98

Anhydrous Ammonia ........... .114

Asbestos .............................. .1001(b)(1), (2);

.98

Blasting Agents .................... .114

Clothing, Protective .............. .138

Color Codes ......................... .149

Combustible Liquids ............ .114

Compressed Gases ............. .114

Cooperage Machinery ......... .220

Crawler, Locomotive, and

Truck Cranes.

.180(b)(2), .182

Derricks ................................ .181(b)(2), .182

Dies ...................................... .217(d)(1)

Dip Tanks ............................. .114

Environmental Controls ....... .98, .149

Explosives ............................ .114

Federal Standards ............... .17

Flammable Liquids ............... .114

Forging ................................. .221

Guarding Machinery ............ .220

Hand-Held Equipment ......... .245

Hazardous Materials ............ .114

Hydrogen ............................. .114

Indoor Storage ..................... .182

Ionizing Radiation ................ .98

Labor Camps ....................... .142(d)(7),

.149(b)

Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(19)(i),

(i)(3); .11

Machinery ............................ .221

Machinery Guarding ............ .220

Materials Handling ............... .182

Mechanical Power Presses .220

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Mechanical Power Transmission Apparatus..221

Mills and Calenders ............. .216(a)(1), (2);

.220

National Electrical Code ...... .309

Nitrous Oxide ....................... .114

Noise Exposure ................... .98

Nonionizing Radiation .......... .98

Nonwater Disposal Systems .149

Occupational Health ............ .98

Overhead and Gantry

Cranes.

.179(b)(2), .182

Oxygen ................................. .114

Physical Hazards Markings .149

Powered Industrial Trucks ... .182

Powered Tools, Hand and

Portable.

.245

Pulp and Paper Mills ........... .261(n)

Pulpwood Logging ............... .266(f)

Safety Color Codes ............. .149

Sanitation ............................. .149

Sawmills ............................... .265(j)

Signs and Tags .................... .149

Spray Finishing .................... .114

Standpipe and Hose Systems..165

Ventilation ............................ .98

Woodworking ....................... .220

Egress Means: (see also Exits)

Access to Exits .................... .37(f), (g), (j), (l)

Alarms, Fire ......................... .37(n)

Application ........................... .36(a)

Automatic Sprinkler Systems .37(m)

Definitions ............................ .35

Discharge From Exits .......... .37(h)

Elevation Changes ............... .37(j)

Employee Capacity .............. .36(c)

Exit Arrangements ............... .37(e)

Exit Capacity ........................ .37(c), (d)

Exit Components ................. .37(a)

Exit Markings ....................... .37(q)

Exit Width ............................. .37(c)

Exterior Exit Access ............. .37(g)

Furnishings and Decorations .37(l)

General Requirements ......... .36

Headroom ............................ .37(i)

Lighting ................................ .36(b)(6)

Maintenance ........................ .37(k)

Occupant Load .................... .37(d)

Paints ................................... .37(o)

Protective Enclosures .......... .37(b)

Sprinklers ............................. .37(d)(2), (m)

Standards Sources .............. .39

Workmanship ....................... .37(k)

Electric controls, Mechanical

Power Presses.

.217(b)(8)
510

Pt. 1910, Index 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Electric energy, hazardous; control of (see Lockout/tagout)

Electric Equipment: (see Electrical Wiring)

Electric Ignition Sources: (see Ignition Sources)..107(c), (d)(5)

Electric Motor Ignition Sources ... .107(d)(5)

Electric power generation, transmission, and distribution..269

Definitions ............................ .269(x)

Enclosed spaces .................. .269(e)

Fall protection ...................... .269(g)(1)

Hazardous energy control

(Lockout/tagout).

.269(d)

Ladders, platforms, steps,

etc.

.269(h)

Live-line tools ....................... .269(j)

Materials handling and storage..269(k)

Mechanical equipment ......... .269(p)

Medical services and first

aid.

.269(b)

Overhead lines ..................... .269(q)

Personal protective equipment..269(g), (n)(4),

(r)(2)(v),

(r)(4)(ii)

Power tools, hand and portable..269(i)

Telecommunications facilities..269(s)

Testing and test facilities ..... .269(o)

Training ................................ .269(a)(2), (b)(1),

(d)(2), (e)(2),

(q)(3)(i),

(r)(1)(vi)

Tree trimming, line-clearance..269(r), (a)(1)(E)

Water, work near ................. .269(w)(5)

Electric Power Lines:

Crane Operations ................ .180(j)

Boom Guards ............... .180(j)(2)

Clearances .................... .180(j)(1)

Notifying Owners .......... .180(j)(3)

Overhead Wires ............ .180(j)(4)

Derrick Operations ............... .181(j)(5)

Boom Guards ............... .181(j)(5)(ii)

Clearances .................... .181(j)(5)(i)

Notifying Owners .......... .181(j)(5)(iii)

Overhead Wires ............ .181(j)(5)(iv)

Safety-related work

practices.

.333(c)(3)

Electric Powered Trucks ............. .178(b)(4)–(7),

.120(g)(3)

Electric wiring:

Ammonium Nitrate ............... .109(i)(6)

Appliances ........................... .305(j)(3)

Approval ............................... .303(a)

Arcing Parts ......................... .303(d)

Attachment Plugs (Caps) ..... .304(j)(2)

Boxes ................................... .305(b)

Branch Circuits .................... .304(b)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(8)(ix)

Bulk Plants ........................... .106(f)(5)

Cabinets ............................... .305(b)

Capacitors ............................ .305(i)(6)

Communications Systems ... .308(e)

Conductors ........................... .305(f)

Cranes ................................. .179(g), .306(b)

Data Processing Systems ... .306(e)

Electrolytic Cells .................. .306(h)

Elevators .............................. .306(c)

Emergency Systems ............ .308(b)

Enclosures for Damp or Wet

Locations.

.305(e)

Escalators ............................ .306(c)

Examination of Equipment ... .303(b)(1)

Fire Protective Signaling Circuits..308(d)

Fittings ................................. .305(b)

Fixture Wires ........................ .305(i)

Flexible Cords and Cables .. .305(g)

General requirements .......... .303

Grounded and Grounding

Conductors, Installation

and Use.

.304(a)

Grounding ............................ .304(f)

Guarding Live Parts ............. .303(g)(2), (h)(2)

Hand Spraying ..................... .107(i)(5)

Hazardous (Classified) Locations..307

Heating Equipment .............. .306(g)

High Voltage (Over 600

Volts):

General ......................... .308(a)

Grounding ..................... .304(f)(7)

Guarding ....................... .303(h)(2)

Workspace .................... .303(h)(3), (h)(4)

Hoists ................................... .306(b)

Identification of Disconnecting Means and

Circuits.

.303(f)

Ignition Sources ................... .107(c)(4), (6)

Industrial Plants ................... .106(e)(7)

Installation and Use of

Equipments.

.303(b)(2)

Irrigation Machines .............. .306(i)

Lamps .................................. .305(j)(1)

Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(1)(ix)

Liquefied Petroleum Systems.

.110(b)(17), (18),

(h)(13)

Marking ................................ .303(e)

Motors .................................. .305(j)(4)

Moving Walks ...................... .306(c)

Outline Lighting .................... .306(a)

Outside Conductors ............. .304(c)

Overcurrent Protection ......... .304(e)

Panelboards ......................... .305(d)

Portable Cables ................... .305(h)

Powder Coatings ................. .107(l)(1)

Power–Limited Circuits ........ .308(c)

Processing Plants ................ .106(h)(7)(iii)

Receptacles ......................... .305(j)(2)
511

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Remote Control Circuits ...... .308(c)

Services ............................... .304(d)

Service Stations ................... .106(g)(5)

Signaling Circuits ................. .308(c)

Signs .................................... .306(a)

Splices ................................. .303(c)

Spraying Operations ............ .107(c)(4), (6),

(i)(1)–(5)

Storage Batteries ................. .305(j)(7)

Storage Rooms .................... .106(d)(4)(iii)

Swimming Pools .................. .306(j)

Switchboards ....................... .305(d)

Switches ............................... .305(c)

Transformers ........................ .305(j)(5)

Type F Powered Platforms .. .66(c)(22)

Type T Powered Platforms .. .66(d)(6)

Welders ................................ .306(d)

Wiring Design and Protection..304

Wiring Methods .................... .305(a)

Work practices, safety-related..331–.335

Working Space about Electric Equipment..303(g)(1), (h)(3),

(h)(4)

X–Ray Equipment ................ .306(f)

Electrical Installations ................. .301–.399

Electrical Protective Equipment .. .137, .268(f)

Design .................................. .137(a)

Care and use, in-service ..... .137(b)

Electrical safety-related work

practices.

.331–.335

Confined spaces .................. .333(c)(5)

Illumination ........................... .333(c)(4)

Ladders, portable ................. .333(c)(7)

Lockout and tags ................. .333(b),

.335(b)(1)

Personal protective equipment..333(c)(2),

.335(a)

Portable electric equipment .334(a)

Power lines, overhead ......... .333(c)(3)

Training ................................ .332

Electromagnetic Radiation:

Definitions ............................ .97(a)(1)

Nonionizing Radiation .......... .97(a)

Protection Guide .................. .97(a)(2)

Warning Symbol .................. .97(a)(3)

Electrostatic Apparatus: (see

also Electrostatic Apparatus,

Fixed; Electrostatic Hand

Spraying Equipment)

Powder Coatings ................. .107(l)(5)–(7)

Electrostatic Apparatus, Fixed .... .107(h)

Powder Coatings ................. .107(l)(5)

Spraying:

Conformance ................ .107(h)(1)

Conveyors ..................... .107(h)(7)

Fail-Safe Controls ......... .107(h)(9)

Fire Protection .............. .107(h)(12)

Grounding ..................... .107(h)(5)

Guarding ....................... .107(h)(10)

Insulators ...................... .107(h)(5)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Location ........................ .107(h)(3)

Safe Distances ............. .107(h)(6)

Supports ....................... .107(h)(4)

Ventilation ..................... .107(h)(11)

Electrostatic Hand Spraying

Equipment.

.107(i)

Application ........................... .107(i)(1)

Approval ............................... .107(i)(3)

Conformance ....................... .107(i)(2)

Electrical Support Equipment..107(i)(4)

Grounding ............................ .107(i)(5)–(7)

Interlocks .............................. .107(i)(8)

Powder Coatings ................. .107(l)(6)

Specifications ....................... .107(i)(3), (4)

Spray Gun Grounding .......... .107(i)(5)

Ventilation ............................ .107(i)(9)

Elevating Work Platforms: (see

Vehicle-Mounted

WorkPlatforms).

.67

Emergency Action Plan .............. .38(a)

Hazardous waste operations

and emergency response,

exemption.

.120(l)(1)(ii)

Highly hazardous chemicals,

process safety management.

.119(n)

Emergency Lighting .................... .261(b)(2)

Employee Alarm Systems ........... .165

Installation and Restoration .165(c)

Maintenance and Testing .... .165(d)

Manual Operation ................ .165(e)

Employee-Owned Protective

Equipment.

.132(b)

Employee Protection: (see also

Personal Protective Equipment)

Egress .................................. .36(c)

Engine Room Guardrails ............ .219(k)(2)

Environmental Controls:

Accident Prevention Signs

and Tags.

.145

Air Contaminants ................. .93

Asbestos .............................. .93a

Effective Dates ..................... .98, .149

Labor Camps ....................... .142

Marking Physical Hazards ... .144

Noise Exposure ................... .95

Physical Hazards Markings .144

Radiation:

Ionizing ......................... .96

Nonionizing ................... .97

Safety Color Codes ............. .144

Sanitation ............................. .141

Signs and Tags .................... .145

Standards Sources .............. .99, .150

Ventilation ............................ .94

Emergency Response, Hazardous Waste..120

Equalizers, Crane Hoists ............ .179(h)(3)

Ethylene Oxide ............................ .1047
512

Pt. 1910, Index 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Ethyleneimine .............................. .1003

Area requirements ............... .1003(c)

Closed system operation..1003(c)(2)

Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(1)

Maintenance and decontamination activities.

.1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations..1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation.

.1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g)

Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1)

Records ........................ .1003(g)(2)

Regulated area requirements..1003(d)

Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)

Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)

Hygiene facilities and

practices.

.1003(d)(3)

Reports ................................ .1003(f)

Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2)

Operations .................... .1003(f)(1)

Signs, information, and training..1003(e)

Container contents

identification.

.1003(e)(2)

Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3)

Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4)

Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1)

Training and indoctrination..1003(e)(5)

Evacuation, Ionizing Radiation ... .96(f)

Exhaust Air Filters, Spray Booths .107(b)(5)

Exhaust Systems: (see also Ventilation) Abrasive Blasting..94(a)(4)

Grinding, Polishing, Buffing .94(b)(4)

Sawmills ............................... .265(c)(20)

Exhausts, Spraying Operations .. .107(d) (3), (7),

(9)

Exits: (see also Access, Egress)

Access ................................. .37(f)

Arrangement ........................ .37(e)

Capacity ............................... .37(c), (d)

Components ......................... .37(a)

Discharge From ................... .37(h)

Elevation Change ................ .37(j)

Headroom ............................ .37(i)

Illumination ........................... .37(q)

Maintenance ........................ .37(k)

Manlifts ................................. .68(b)(8)

Markings .............................. .37(q)

Protective Enclosures .......... .37(b)

Explosive-Actuated Fastening

Tools.

.243(d)

Definitions ............................ .241(a)

Fasteners ............................. .243(d)(3)

High-Velocity Tools .............. .243(d)(2)(i)

Inspection ............................. .243(d)(2)

Loads ................................... .243(d)(3)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Low-Velocity Tools ............... .243(d)(2)(ii)

Maintenance ........................ .243(d)(2)

Explosive character of furnishings and decorations; occupancy use.

.37(l)

Explosives and Blasting Agents .109

Blast Holes ........................... .109(e)(3)

Bulk Delivery ........................ .109(h)(4)

Charge Initiation ................... .109(e)(4)

Warning ........................ .109(e)(5)

Chemicals, highly hazardous, process safety

management.

.119

Effective Dates ..................... .114

Hours of Transfer ................. .109(f)(5)

Loading ................................ .109(e)(3)

Magazines ............................ .109(c)(2)

Mixing Vehicles .................... .109(h)(4)

Piers ..................................... .109(f)

Pulpwood Logging ............... .266(c)(7)

Railroad Cars and Stations .109(f)

Slurries ................................. .109(h)

Small Arms Ammunition ...... .109(j)

Smoking ............................... .109(e)(1)

Standards Sources .............. .115

Storage ................................ .109(c), (f)(4)

Transportation ...................... .109(d)

Use ....................................... .109(e)

Vessels ................................ .109(f)

Water Gels ........................... .109(h)

Exposure:

Air Contaminants ................. .1000

Airborne Radioactive Material..96(c)

Asbestos .............................. .1001(b)

Asbestos Fibers ................... .1001(b)

Limits (Tables G–1 to G–3) .1000

Mineral Dusts ....................... .1000

Minors .................................. .96(b)(3), (c)(2),

(d)(2)(ii)

Noise .................................... .95

Radiation Exposure ............. .96(b)

Extension Ladders, Portable:

Metal .................................... .26(a)(2)

Metal, Trestle ....................... .26(a)(4)

Wood .................................... .25

Wood, Trestle ...................... .25(c)(3)(v)

Extension Lamps, Cranes ........... .179(g)(7)

Extractors .................................... .262(y)

Eye and Face Protection ............ .133

Markings .............................. .133(a)(4)

Optical Corrections .............. .133(a)(3)

Protectors ............................. .133(a)(2)

Welding ................................ .252(b)(2)

Face Protection: (see also Eye

and Face Protection; Personal

Protective Equipment).

.133

Facilities, Labor Camps: (see

Labor Camps, Temporary)

Fail-Safe Controls, Spraying ....... .107(h)(9)
513

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Overhead and Gantry

Cranes.

.179(a)(40),

(g)(3)(viii)

Fan-Rotating Element ................. .107(d)(4)

Farm Vehicles, Anhydrous Ammonia..111(g), (h)

Fasteners .................................... .243(d)(3)

Fastening Tools .......................... .243(d)

Fibers, Asbestos ......................... .1001(b)

Filling Densities, Liquefied Petroleum Gases..110(b)(12)

Filters, Spraying .......................... .107(b)(5)

Fire Alarms: (see also Fire Protection)

Egress .................................. .37(n)

Fire Brigades ............................... .156

Fire Fighting Equipment ...... .156(d)

Organization ......................... .156(b)

Protective Clothing ............... .156(e)(1)

Body protection ............. .156(e)(3)

Foot and Leg Protection .156(e)(2)

Hand Protection ............ .156(e)(4)

Head, Eye, Face Protection..156(e)(5)

Respiratory Protection ......... .156(f)

General Requirements .156(f)(1)

Positive–Pressure

Breathing Apparatus.

.156(f)(2)

Selection and Distribution .... .157(d)

Training and Education ........ .156(c)

Fire Prevention Plan ................... .38(b)

Fire Detection Systems ............... .164

Installation and Restoration .164(b)

Maintenance and Testing .... .164(c)

Number, Location, Spacing .164(f)

Protection of Detectors ........ .164(d)

Response Time .................... .164(e)

Fire Extinguishers

Cranes ................................. .179(c)(3), (i)(5),

(o)(3)

Derricks ................................ .180(j)(5)

Dip Tanks ............................. .125(f)(2)(i)

Explosives Transportation ... .109(d)(2)(ii)

Powered working platforms .66(f)(5)(ii)(I)

Welding ................................ .252(a)(2)(ii)

Fire Extinguishers, Portable ........ .157

Exemptions .......................... .157(b)

General Requirements ......... .157(c)

Hydrostatic Testing .............. .157(f)

Inspection, Maintenance

Testing.

.157(e)

Selection and Distribution .... .157(d)

Training and Education ........ .157(g)

Fire Prevention Plan ................... .38(b)

Fire Protection:

Ammonium Nitrate ............... .109(i)(7)

Blasting Agents .................... .109(i)(7)

Bulk Plants ........................... .106(f)(4)(ix), (8)

Chemical Plants ................... .106(i)(5)

Definitions ............................ .155

Distilleries ............................. .106(i)(5)

Electrostatic Apparatus ........ .107(h)(12)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Explosives ............................ .109(i)(7)

Flammable Liquids ............... .106(d)(7), (e)(5),

(f)(8), (g)(9),

(h)(6), (i)(5)

Industrial Plants ................... .106(e)(5)

Liquified Petroleum Gases .. .110(d)(14),

(f)(7), (h)(14)

Local Fire Alarms ................. .163

Processing Plants ................ .106(h)(6)

Refineries ............................. .106(i)(5)

Service Stations ................... .106(g)(9)

Spray Booths ....................... .107(f)

Cleaning ........................ .107(f)(3)

Conformance ................ .107(f)(1)

Extinguishers, Portable .107(f)(4)

Valve Access ................ .107(f)(2)

Storage Tanks ..................... .106(d)(7)

Trucks .................................. .178

Fire Protection Equipment:

Color Identification ............... .144(a)(1)

Fire Brigades ....................... .156(d)

Fire Resistance (Rating):

Inside Storage Rooms ......... .106(d)(4)(ii)

Storage Cabinets ................. .106(d)(3)(ii)

Tank Supports ..................... .106(b)(5)(ii)

Fire Retardant Paints .................. .37(o)

Fire Watch, Welding ................... .252(a)(2)(iii)

Fireworks: (see Pytrotechnics)

First Aid ....................................... .262(pp)

Eye Flushing ........................ .151(c)

Labor Camps ....................... .142(k)

Pulpwood Logging ............... .266(c)(1)(vii)

Standards Sources .............. .153

Welding ................................ .252(c)(13)

Fittings: (see Piping, Fittings and

Tubing; Piping, Valves and Fittings)

Fixed Extinguishing Systems ...... .160, .161, .162,

.163

Dry Chemical Agent Systems..161

Gaseous Agent Systems ..... .162

General Requirements ......... .160(b)

Total Flooding Systems ....... .160(c)

Water Spray and Foam Systems..163

Fixed Industrial Stairs: (see

Stairs, Fixed Industrial).

.24

Fixed Ladders: (see Ladders,

Fixed).

.27

Flammable and Combustible Liquids:

Bulk Plants ........................... .106(f)

Chemical Plants ................... .106(i)

Container Marking, color

codes.

.144(a)(1)(ii)

Containers ............................ .106(d)

Dip Tanks ............................. .123–.126

Distilleries ............................. .106(i)

Effective Dates ..................... .114

Hazardous communication .. .1200
514

Pt. 1910, Index 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Ignition Sources ................... .106(b)(6), (e)(6),

(f)(6), (g)(8),

(h)(7)

Industrial Plants ................... .106(e)

Piping, Valves and Fittings .. .106(c)

Pressure Vessels ................. .106(b)(1)(v)

Process safety management

of highly hazardous

chemicals.

.119

Processing Plants ................ .106(h)

Refineries ............................. .106(i)

Service Stations ................... .106(g)

Spray Finishing .................... .107

Storage and Handling ... .107(e)

Conformance ......... .107(e)(1)

Containers ............. .107(e)(3), (5)

Hoses .................... .107(e)(6)

Grounding .............. .107(c)(9), (e)(9)

Liquid Heaters ....... .107(e)(7)

Liquid Transfer ...... .107(e)(4)

Pipes ...................... .107(e)(6)

Pump Relief ........... .107(e)(8)

Quantity ................. .107(e)(2)

Safety Relief Devices..107(e)(8)

Spraying Containers..107(e)(5)

Standards Sources .............. .115

Storage Containers .............. .106(d)

Storage Tanks ..................... .106(b), (d)

Tanks ................................... .106(b), (d)

Flammable Materials, Trucks

Used.

.178(c)(2)

Flanges, Abrasive Wheel Machinery..215(a)(3), (c)

Balance ................................ .215(c)(3)

Blotters ................................. .215(c)(1)(v),

(c)(6), (d)(5)

Diameter Uniformity ............. .215(c)(4)

Dimensions .......................... .215(c)(8)

Driving .................................. .215(c)(7)

Finish ................................... .215(c)(3)

General Requirements ......... .215(c)(1)

Maintenance ........................ .215(c)(9)

Recess ................................. .215(c)(5)

Repairs ................................. .215(c)(9)

Types ................................... .215(c)(1)(iv)

Undercut .............................. .215(c)(5)

Flash Welding Equipment ........... .255(d)

Fire Curtains ........................ .255(d)(2)

Ventilation ............................ .255(d)(1)

Float Scaffolds ............................ .28(u)

Flooding, Tank Areas .................. .106(b)(5)(vi)

Floor Loading .............................. .22(d)

Floor Openings (Holes) ............... .23(a)

Manlifts ................................. .68(b) (5), (7)

Flooring: (see also Floor Openings; Floors)

Type F Powered Platforms .. .66(c)(12)

Type T Powered Platforms .. .66 (b)(5)(iii)(d)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Floors:

Covers, Hinged .................... .23(a)(3)(i)

Open-Sided .......................... .23(c)

Spray Booths ....................... .107(b)(3)

Flow Coatings ............................. .126(b)

Fluidized Beds ............................ .107(l)(7)

Fluorine Compounds, Welding:

(see also Air Contaminants).

.252(c)(5)

Foam Extinguishing Systems,

Fixed.

.163

Food Handling ............................. .141(h),

.120(m)(4)

Foot Pedals, Power Presses ...... .217(b)(4)

Foot Protection ............................ .136

Footwalks:

Cranes ................................. .179(d)

Forging Hammers ....................... .218(a)(3)

Foot-Operated Devices ........ .218(b)(2)

Gravity .................................. .218(e)

Air Lifts .......................... .218(e)(1)

Board Drop Hammers .. .218(e)(2)

Keys ..................................... .218(b)(1)

Power-Driven ....................... .218(d)

Cylinder Draining .......... .218(d)(3)

Pressure Pipes ............. .218(d)(4)

Safety Cylinder Heads .. .218(d)(1)

Shutoff Valves .............. .218(d)(2)

Forging Machine Area ................ .30(b)

Forging Machines:

Billet Shears ......................... .218(j)(1)

Boltheading .......................... .218(i)(1)

Conveyors ............................ .218(j)(3)

Definitions ............................ .211(e)

Effective Dates ..................... .220

Grinding ............................... .218(j)(5)

Hammers ............................. .218(a)(3), (b),

(d), (e)

Inspections ........................... .218(a)(2)

Lead Use ............................. .218(a)(1)

Maintenance ........................ .218(a)(2)

Presses ................................ .218(a)(3), (c),

(f), (g)

Rivet Making ........................ .218(i)(2)

Saws .................................... .218(j)(2)

Shot Blast ............................ .218(j)(4)

Standards Sources .............. .221

Upsetters .............................. .218(h)

Forging Presses .......................... .218(f)

Fork Trucks: (see also Powered

Industrial Trucks).

.178

Formaldehyde ............................. .1048

Airborne Concentration ........ .1048(c)

Compliance .......................... .1048(f)

Emergencies ........................ .1048(k)

Exposure, Permissible ......... .1048(c)

Hazard Communication ....... .1048(m)

Housekeeping ...................... .1048(j)

Hygiene Protection .............. .1048(i)

Medical Surveillance ............ .1048(l)

Monitoring ............................ .1048(d)

Personal Protective Clothing .1048(h)
515

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Recordkeeping ..................... .1048(o)

Regulated Areas .................. .1048(e)

Respiratory protection .......... .1048(g)

Training, Employee .............. .1048(n)

Fuel-Gas Systems: (see also Oxygen-Fuel Gas Systems)..253

Fuels: (see also Refueling)

Handling and Storage .......... .178(f)

Furnishings:

Egress .................................. .37(l)

Fusion Apparatus: (see Drying,

Curing and Fusion Apparatus)

Gantry Cranes: (see also Overhead and Gantry Cranes)..179

Garages, Undercoating Operations..107(k)

Garnett Machines ........................ .262(f)

Gas Cylinder Inspection .............. .101(a)

Gaging Devices ........................... .110(b)(19)

Gas Mask Canisters ................... .134(g)

Color Codes ......................... .134(g)(6)

Labeling ............................... .134(g)

Gaseous agent extinguishing

systems; fixed.

.162

Scope and Application ......... .162(a)

Specific Requirements ......... .162(b)

Gaseous Hydrogen Systems:

(see Hydrogen)

Gasoline Powered Trucks ........... .178(b)(8), (9)

Gears .......................................... .219(f)

Gill Boxes .................................... .262(k)

Gin Pole Derricks: (see also Derricks)..181(a)(6)

Gloves, Rubber Insulating .......... .137

Glue Spreaders ........................... .213(r)

Goggles: (see also Eye Protection; Eye and Face Protection)..133

Grain Handling ............................ .272

Application ........................... .272(b)

Continuous flow bulk raw

grain dryers.

.272(o)

Contractors .......................... .272(h)

Emergency action plan ........ .272(d)

Emergency escape .............. .272(n)

Entry into bins, silos, tanks .. .272(g)

Filter collectors ..................... .272(k)

Grain stream processing

equipment.

.272(m)

Grate openings .................... .272(j)

Hot work permit ................... .272(f)

Housekeeping ...................... .272(i)

Inside bucket elevators ........ .272(p)

Preventive maintenance ...... .272(l)

Training ................................ .272(e)

Gravity Hammers ........................ .218(e)

Grinders: (see also Abrasive

Wheel)

Machinery; Cutoff Wheels ... .243(c)(3), (4)

Grinding, Forging Equipment ...... .218(j)(5)

Grinding Machines:

Cylindrical ............................ .215(b)(4)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Flanges ................................ .215(a)(3)

Surface Grinders .................. .215(b)(5)

Swing Frame Grinders ......... .215(b)(6)

Top Grinding ........................ .215(b)(8)

Work Rest ............................ .215(a)(4)

Grinding, Polishing, and Buffing:

Branch Pipes ....................... .94(b)(3)

Enclosure Design ................. .94(b)(5)

Exhaust Systems ................. .94(b)(4)

Hoods ................................... .94(b)(3), (5)

Grinding, Top .............................. .215(b)(8)

Grounding:

Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(7)(iv)

Circuits ................................. .314

Electrostatic Spraying .......... .107(h)(5), (i)(5)–

(7)

Flammable and Combustible

Liquids.

.106(e)(6)(ii),

(f)(3)(iv)

General ................................ .304(f)

Hand Spraying ..................... .107(i)(5)–(7)

Ignition Sources ................... .107(c)(9)

Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(4)(iv)

Liquid Transfer ..................... .107(e)(9)

Methods ............................... .314(e)

Spray Booths ....................... .107(h)(10)

Spraying Operations ............ .107(c)(9), (e)(9),

(i)(5)–(7)

Welding ................................ .254(c)(2), (d)(3);

.255(b)(9),

(c)(6)

Woodworking Tools ............. .243(a)(5)

Guarding: (see also Term To

Which It Applies).

.211–.222

Abrasive Wheels, Portable .. .243(c)

Floor Openings (Holes) ....... .23(a)

Hatchways ........................... .23(a)(3)

Ladderways .......................... .23(a)(2)

Live Parts ............................. .303(g)(2), (h)(2)

Machinery ............................ .211–.222

Mechanical Power Transmission Apparatus..219(m)

Clutches ........................ .219(k)

Friction Drives ............... .219(g)

Prime Movers ............... .219(b)

Pulleys .......................... .219(d)

Open-Sided Floors ............... .23(c)

Platforms .............................. .23(c)

Powered Tools, Portable ..... .243

Railings ................................ .23(e)

Runways .............................. .23(c)

Skylight ................................ .23(a)(4)

Spraying Equipment ............ .107(h)(10)

Stairways ............................. .23(a)(1), (d)

Wall Openings (Holes) ......... .23(b)

Guardrails:

Definitions ............................ .21(f)(10)

Manlifts ................................. .68(b)(8)(i),

(10)(iv)

Power Transmission Apparatus..219(o)(5)
516

Pt. 1910, Index 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Powered and Working Platforms..66(e)(3),

(f)(3)(i)(K),

(f)(5)(i)(G),

(f)(5)(ii)(K)

Removable ........................... .23(a)(3)

Working Surfaces ................ .22(c)

Guardrails, Scaffolds: (see Listing Under Specific Type Scaffold)

Guards: (see also Guardrails)

Derricks ................................ .181(j)(1)

Hoisting Ropes .................... .179(e)(5)

Manlifts ................................. .68(b)(7)–(9)

Moving Parts ........................ .179(e)(6)

Trucks .................................. .178(e)

Guide Posts ................................ .217(d)(4)

Gudgeon Pin ............................... .181(a)(20)

Guy Derricks ............................... .181(a)(7)

Hammers, Forging: (see Forging

Hammers)

Hand protection ........................... .138

Hand Spraying Equipment: (see

Electrostatic Hand Spraying

Equipment)

Hand Tools .................................. .242

Dead-Man Controls .............. .243(a)(2)

Pulp and Paper Mills ........... .261(c)(13)

Handholds, Manlifts .................... .68(c)(4)

Handling: (see also Materials

Handling and Storage)

Anhydrous Ammonia ........... .111

Compressed Gases ............. .101(b)

Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(2)(iii)

Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110

Liquids .................................. .106(h)(4)

Service Stations ................... .106(g)(1)

Handrails ..................................... .24(h)

Cranes ................................. .179(d)(3), (4)(ii)

Mobile Ladder Stands .......... .29(f)(4)

Hangers ....................................... .219(p)(4)

Hardening Tanks ......................... .126(a)(1)(i),(ii)

Hatchways Guarding ................... .23(a)(3)

Hazard Communication, chemical information, transmittal..1200

Hazard Communication Program..1200(e)

Hazard Determination .......... .1200(d)

Information and Training ...... .1200(h)

Labels and Warnings ........... .1200(f)

Material Safety Data Sheets .1200(g)

Trade Secrets ...................... .1200(i)

Hazardous chemicals, occupational exposure to in laboratories (see Chemicals, hazardous).

.1450

Hazardous chemicals, highly,

process safety management

(see Chemicals, etc.).

.119

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Hazardous energy; control of

(see Lockout/tagout)

Hazardous Materials:

Acetylene ............................. .102

Anhydrous Ammonia ........... .111

Blasting Agents .................... .109

Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104

Chemicals (see entries

under Chemicals, etc.).

.119

Combustible Liquids ............ .106

Compressed Gases ............. .101

Dip Tanks ............................. .108

Effective Dates ..................... .114

Explosives ............................ .109

Flammable Liquids ............... .106

Hazardous Wastes .............. .120

Hydrogen ............................. .103

Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110

Nitrous Oxide ....................... .105

Oxygen ................................. .104

Packages, transport vehicles, etc., retention of

DOT markings.

.1201

Spray Finishing .................... .107

Standards Sources .............. .115

Storage and Handling:

Anhydrous Ammonia .... .111

DOT markings, retention..1201

Liquefied Petroleum

Gases.

.110

Trucks Used ......................... .178(c)(2)

Hazardous Waste Operations:

Contractors and Subcontractors..120(b)(1)(iv)

Decontamination .................. .120(k), (p)(4)

Drums and Containers ......... .120(j)

Emergency Response ......... .120(e)(7), (l),

(p)(8), (q)

Engineering Controls and

Personal Protective Equipment.

.120(g)

Illumination ........................... .120(m)

Information Program ............ .120(b)(i)

Laboratory Waste Packs ..... .120(j)(6)

Material Handling ................. .120(j)

Medical Surveillance ............ .120(f), (p)(3),

(q)(9)

Monitoring ............................ .120(c)(6), (h)

Post-emergency Response .120(l)(5)

Radioactive Wastes ............. .120(j)(4)

Recordkeeping ..................... .120(f)(7)

RCRA Facilities .................... .120(p)

Safety and Health Program .120(b)

Sanitation ............................. .120(n)

Site Characterization and

Analysis.

.120(c)

Site Control .......................... .120(d)

Training ................................ .120(e), (p)(8)(iii),

(q)(6)

Shock-sensitive Wastes ....... .120(j)(5)
517

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Site Safety and Health Plan .120(b)(4)

Tank and Vault Procedures .120(j)(9)

Totally-encapsulating Chemical Protective Suits..120(g)(4)

Uncontrolled sites, emergency responses..120(l)

Head Protection .......................... .135

Headroom, Egress ...................... .37(i)

Healthcare professions and related industries, exposures to

bloodborne pathogens.

.1030

Hearing Conservation Program .. .95(c)

Heating:

Dip Tanks ............................. .125(g)

Bulk Plants ........................... .106(f)(2)(ii)

Service Stations ................... .106(g)(6)

Helicopters .................................. .183

Helmets ....................................... .135, .252(e)(2),

.266(c)(iii)

Hepatitis B (see also Bloodborne

pathogens).

.1030

Hinged Floor Covers ................... .23(a)(3)(i)

Hoist Limit Switches .................... .179(n)(4)

Hoisting Equipment:

Cranes ................................. .179(e)(5), (h)

Powered Platforms .............. .66(f)(4), (g)(6)

Rope Guards ....................... .179(e)(5)

Holding Brakes ............................ .179(f)(2)

Holes: (see also Floor Openings

(Holes); Wall Openings

(Holes)).

.23

Hooks:

Cranes ................................. .179(h)(4)

Derricks ................................ .181(j)(2)

Horse Scaffolds ........................... .28(m)

Hoses.

Flammable Liquids ............... .107(e)(6)

Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(9)

Semiconductors ................... .109(a)(12)

Sprinkler Systems ................ .159(c)(5)

Standpipe and hose systems..158(c)(3)

Welding and Cutting ............ .253(e)

Hot Sources ................................ .107(c)(3)

Hot-work permits, process safety

management of highly hazardous chemicals.

.119(k)

Hours of Transfer, Explosives .... .109(f)(5)

Household Stepladders, Type III .25(c)(2)(iv)

Housekeeping ............................. .141(a)(3)

Asbestos .............................. .1001(d)

Flammable Liquids ............... .106(e)(9)

Walking-Working Surfaces .. .22(a)

Hydraulic Barkers ........................ .261(e)(14)

Hydraulic Equipment ................... .217(b)(11)

Hydraulically designed sprinkler

systems.

.159(c)(11)

Hydrogen ..................................... .103

Effective Dates ..................... .114

Gaseous Hydrogen Systems .103(a)(2)(i), (b)

Clear Zone .................... .103(b)(5)(ii)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Containers .................... .103(b)(1)(i)

Design ........................... .103(b)(1)

Equipment Assembly .... .103(b)(1)(iv)

Fittings .......................... .103(b)(1)(iii)

Inspection ..................... .103(b)(5)

Location ........................ .103(b)(2)

Outdoor .................. .103(b)(3)(i)

Separate Buildings .103(b)(3)(ii)

Operating Instructions .. .103(b)(4)

Piping ............................ .103(b)(1)(iii)

Safety Relief Devices ... .103(b)(1)(ii)

Testing .......................... .103(b)(1)(vi)

Tubing ........................... .103(b)(1)(iii)

Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(a)(2)(ii),

.103(c)

Clear Zone .................... .103(c)(5)(ii)

Containers .................... .103(c)(1)(i)

Design ........................... .103(c)(1)

Electrical Systems ........ .103(c)(1)(ix)

Equipment Assembly .... .103(c)(1)(vi)

Fittings .......................... .103(c)(1)(v)

Grounding ..................... .103(c)(4)(iv)

Inspection ..................... .103(c)(5)(i)

Location ........................ .103(c)(2)

Outdoor .................. .103(c)(3)(i)

Separate Buildings .103(c)(3)(ii)

Special Rooms ...... .103(c)(3)(iii)

Maintenance ................. .103(c)(5)

Markings ....................... .103(c)(1)(iii)

Operating Instructions .. .103(c)(4)

Attendants ............. .103(c)(4)(ii)

Security .................. .103(c)(4)(iii)

Piping ............................ .103(c)(1)(v)

Safety Relief Devices ... .103(c)(1)(iv)

Supports ....................... .103(c)(1)(ii)

Testing .......................... .103(c)(1)(vii)

Tubing ........................... .103(c)(1)(v)

Vaporizers ..................... .103(c)(1)(viii)

Standards Sources .............. .115

Hydrostatic Tests: (see also

Testing)

Fire Extinguishers ................ .157(f)

Piping ................................... .106(c)(7)

Ignition Sources:

Bulk Plants ........................... .106(f)(6)

Dip Tanks ............................. .125(e)

Industrial Plants ................... .106(e)(6)

Powder Coatings ................. .107(l)(1)

Processing Plants ................ .106(h)(7)

Service Stations ................... .106(g)(8)

Spraying Operations ............ .107(c)

Combustible Residues .. .107(c)(5)

Conformance ................ .107(c)(1)

Electrical Wiring ............ .107(c)(4), (6)

Grounding ..................... .107(c)(9)

Hot Sources .................. .107(c)(3)

Lamps ........................... .107(c)(7), (8)

Separation Minimum ..... .107(c)(2)

Storage Tanks ..................... .106(b)(6)
518

Pt. 1910, Index 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Illumination: (see Lighting)

Indoor Storage:

Effective Dates ..................... .182

Flammable and Combustible

Liquids.

.106(b)(4), (d)(4),

(d)(5), (e)(5),

(g)(1)(iii),

(h)(4)(i)

Rooms .................................. .106(d)(4)

Standards Sources .............. .183

Industrial Plants:

Flammable and Combustible

Liquids.

.106(e)

Electrical Systems ........ .106(e)(7)

Fire Protection .............. .106(e)(5)

Housekeeping ............... .106(e)(9)

Incidental Storage ......... .106(e)(2)

Ignition Sources ............ .106(e)(6)

Maintenance ................. .106(e)(9)

Repairs, Equipment ...... .106(e)(8)

Tank Loading ................ .106(e)(4)

Unit Physical Operations..106(e)(3)

Liquefied Petroleum ............. .110(d)(12), (f)(4)

Industrial Stepladders, Type I ..... .25(c)(2)(ii)

Insect Control .............................. .141(a)(5)

Labor Camps ....................... .142(j)

Inspection: (see also Term To

Which It Applies)

Compressed Gas Cylinders .101(a), .166

Cranes ................................. .179(j), .180(d)

Crawler ......................... .180(d)

Gantry ........................... .179(j)

Ropes .................... .179(m)

Locomotive ................... .180(d)

Overhead ...................... .179(j)

Ropes .................... .179(m)

Truck ............................. .180(d)

Cylinders .............................. .101(a)

Derricks ................................ .181(d)

Fire Extinguishers ................ .157(e)

Flooding, Tank Areas .......... .106(b)(5)(vi), (v)

Gas Cylinders ...................... .101(a)

Gaseous Hydrogen .............. .103(b)(5)

Liquefied Hydrogen .............. .103(c)(5)(i)

Liquid Oxygen ...................... .104(b)(10)(i)

Manlifts ................................. .68(e)

Open Surface Tanks ............ .94(d)(11)

Power Presses ..................... .217(e)

Powered Platforms .............. .66(g)

Respirators ........................... .134(f)

Ropes, Cranes ..................... .179(m)

Woodworking Machines ....... .213(s)

Instruction Signs, Manlifts ........... .68(c)(7)

Insulators ..................................... .107(h)(5)

Interior Hung Scaffolds ............... .28(p)

Ionizing Radiation ....................... .1096

AEC Licensees .................... .1096(p)

Airborne Radioactive Materials..1096(c)

Caution Signs and Labels ... .1096(e)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Employees:

Disclosure ..................... .1096(o)

Exposure Records ........ .1096(m), (n)

Incident Reporting ........ .1096(l)

Instruction Posting ........ .1096(i)

Evacuation ........................... .1096(f)

Exemptions .......................... .1096(g), (h)

Exposure .............................. .1096(b)

Airborne Radioactive

Materials.

.1096(c)

Minors ........................... .1096(b)(3),

(c)(2), (d)(2)(ii)

Exposure Records ............... .1096(m)–(o)

Incident Reporting ................ .1096(l)

Monitoring ............................ .1096(d)

Overexposure Reports ......... .1096(m)

Personnel Instructions, Posting..1096(i)

Radioactive Materials:.

Packaged ...................... .1096(h)

Storage ......................... .1096(j)

Warning Signals ................... .1096(f)

Waste Disposal .................... .1096(k)

Jacks:

Definitions ............................ .241(d)

Fixed Truck .......................... .178(k)(3)

Loading ................................ .244(a)(1)

Marking ................................ .244(a)(1)

Maintenance ........................ .244(a)(2)

Truck .................................... .178(k)(3)

Jointers ........................................ .213(j)

Blades .................................. .213(s)(12)

Keys, Projecting .......................... .219(h)

Kiers ............................................ .262(q)

Kilns ............................................ .265(f)

Kitchens, Labor Camps .............. .142(i)

Labeling, Hazardous Chemicals .1200

Labor Camps, Temporary ........... .142

Bathing Facilities .................. .142(f)

Bedding ................................ .142(b)(3)

Communicable Diseases

Reportings.

.142(i)

Dining Facilities .................... .142(j)

Effective Dates ..................... .149

Facilities ............................... .142(b)

First Aid ................................ .142(k)

Furnishings .......................... .142(b)

Floors ................................... .142(b)(4), (5)

Grounds ............................... .142(a)(3)

Heating Equipment .............. .142(b)(11)

Insect Control ....................... .142(j)

Kitchens ............................... .142(i)

Laundry Facilities ................. .142(f)

Lighting ................................ .142(g)

Refuse Disposal ................... .142(h)

Rodent Control ..................... .142(j)

Screening ............................. .142(b)(8)

Sewage Disposal ................. .142(e)

Shelters ................................ .142(b)

Site ....................................... .142(a)

Size ...................................... .142(a)(2)
519

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Sleeping ............................... .142(b)(2), (3)

Space ................................... .142(b)(2), (9)

Standards Sources .............. .150

Stoves .................................. .142(b)(10)

Toilet Facilities ..................... .142(d)

Washing ............................... .142(f)

Waste Disposal .................... .142(h)

Water Supply ....................... .142(c)

Windows .............................. .142(b)(7), (8)

Laboratories, occuptional exposures to hazardous chemicals

in (see Chemicals, hazardous).

.1450

Laboratories and production facilities, HIV and HBVresearch..1030(e)

Ladder-Jack Scaffolds ................ .28(q)

Ladder Stands, Manual Mobile;

(see Work Platforms, Mobile).

.29(f)

Ladders:

Cranes ................................. .179(d)(4), (o)(1)

Fixed .................................... .27

Manlifts ................................. .68(b)(12)

Portable Metal ...................... .26

Portable Wood ..................... .25

Sawmills ............................... .265(c)(10)

Ladders, Fixed ............................ .27

Cages ................................... .27(c)(3), (d)(1)

Clearances ........................... .27(c)

Cleats ................................... .27(b)(1)

Design .................................. .27(a)

Stresses ........................ .27(a)(2)

Deterioration ........................ .27(b)(7)

Electrolytic Action ................ .27(b)(5)

Extensions ........................... .27(d)(3)

Fastenings ........................... .27(b)(3)

Grab Bars ............................ .27(c)(5), (d)(4)

Ladder Extensions ............... .27(d)(3)

Landing Platforms ................ .27(d)(2)

Maintenance ........................ .27(f)

Pitch ..................................... .27(e)

Rungs ................................... .27(b)(1)

Safety Devices ..................... .27(d)(5)

Side Rails ............................. .27(b)(2)

Splices ................................. .27(b)(4)

Standards Sources .............. .31

Welding ................................ .27(b)(6)

Wells .................................... .27(d)(1)

Ladders, Portable Metal .............. .26

Care ..................................... .26(c)(2)

Electrical safety-related work

practices.

.333(c)(7)

Extension Ladders ............... .26(a)(2), (4)

General Requirements ......... .26(a)(1)

Platform Ladders ................. .26(a)(5)

Standards Sources .............. .31

Stepladders .......................... .26(a)(3)

Straight Ladders .................. .26(a)(2), (4)

Use ....................................... .26(c)(3)

Ladders, Portable Wood ............. .25

Care ..................................... .25(d)(1)

Rung Ladders ............... .25(c)(3)

Sectional ................ .25(c)(3)(iv)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Single ..................... .25(c)(3)(ii)

Trestle .................... .25(c)(3)(v)

Two-Section ........... .25(c)(3)(iii)

Side-Rolling Ladders .... .25(c)(5)

Special Purpose Ladders..25(c)(4)

Masons’ ................. .25(c)(4)(iii)

Painters’ ................. .25(c)(4)(ii)

Standards Sources ....... .31

Stepladders ................... .25(c)(2)

Trolley Ladders ............. .25(c)(5)

Materials .............................. .25(b)

Use ....................................... .25(d)(2)

Ladderway Guarding ................... .23(a)(2)

Lamps: (see also Lighting) ......... .107(c)(7)(8);

.305(j)(1)

Landings, Manlifts ....................... .68(b) (6), (10)

Lathers’ Scaffolds: (see also

Plasterers’ Scaffolds).

.28(o)

Lathes ......................................... .213(o)

Laundry Facilities, Labor Camps .142(f)

Laundry Operations .................... .264

Miscellaneous Equipment .... .264(c)(4)

Operating Rules ................... .264(d)

Markers ......................... .264(d)(1)(iii)

Mechanical Safeguards .264(d)(2)

Point-of-Operation Guards ... .264(c)

Washroom Machines ........... .264(c)(1)

Lavatories .................................... .141(d)(2)

Lawn Mowers, Power ................. .243(e)

Definitions ............................ .241(c)

Forging Machines ................ .218(a)(1)

General Requirements ......... .243(e)(1)

Riding Rotary ....................... .243(e)(2), (4)

Walk-Behind ......................... .243(e)(2), (3)

Lead ............................................ .1025, .252(f)(7)

Compliance .......................... .1025(e)

Confined Spaces ................. .252(f)(7)(i), (iii)

Housekeeping ...................... .1025(h)

Hygiene Facilities and Practices..1025(i)

Indoors ................................. .252(c)(7)(ii), (iii)

Medical Removal ................. .1025(k)

Medical Surveillance ............ .1025(j)

Monitoring ............................ .1025(d)

Monitoring, Observation of .. .1025(o)

Protective Equipment and ... .1025(g)

Clothing ................. .1025(g)

Recordkeeping ..................... .1025(n)

Respiratory Protection ......... .1025(f)

Signs .................................... .1025(m)

Training, Employee .............. .1025(l)

Ventilation ............................ .252(c)(7)(iii)

Leakage, Bulk Oxygen Systems .104(b)(2)(iii)

Levers, Hand-Operated .............. .217(b)(5)

Lifelines: (see also Safety Belts)

Confined Spaces ................. .252(b)(4)(iv)

Crawling Boards .................. .28(t)(2)

Powered Platforms .............. .66(d)(9), App. C

Welding ................................ .252(b)(4)(iv)

Chicken Ladders .................. .28(t)(2)
520

Pt. 1910, Index 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Lighting: (see also Lamps)

Container Areas ................... .110(d)(16)

Cranes ................................. .179(c)(4), (g)(7)

Electric Equipment, Workspace About..303(g)(1)(v),

(h)(3)(ii)

Electrical safety-related work

practices.

.333(c)(4)

Exits and Exit Signs ............. .37(q)

Hazardous Waste Operations..120(m)

Labor Camps ....................... .142(g)

Machinery, Basement Areas .219(c)(5)

Manlifts ................................. .68(b)(6)(iii), (14)

Operating Areas, Industrial

Trucks.

.178(h)

Pulp and Paper Mills ........... .261(b)(2),

(c)(10), (k)(21)

Pulpwood Harvesting ........... .266(e)(15)

Sawmills ............................... .265(c)(5)(iii), (9),

(23)(iii)

Spray Booths ....................... .107(b)(10)

Storage Areas ...................... .177(f)(1), .178(h)

Lighting Receptacles:

Cranes ................................. .179(g)(7)

Liquefied Hydrogen Systems:

(see Hydrogen)

Liquefied, Petroleum Gases:

(see also Containers, Liquefied

Petroleum Gases).

.110,

.168(b)(3)(x)

Appliances ........................... .110(b)(20)

Attendant .............................. .110(b)(14)

Buildings:

Engines Use ................. .110(e)(11), (12)

Industrial Trucks ........... .110(e)(13)

Inside Storage .............. .110(f)

Piping Into ..................... .110(b)(13)

Condensed Gas Drips ......... .110(d)(9)

Definitions ............................ .110(a)

Effective Dates ..................... .110(b)(19)(i),

.114

Electrical Equipment ............ .110(b)(17), (18);

(h)(13)

Engines in Buildings ............ .110(e)(11), (12)

Equipment Approval ............ .110(b)(2)

Fire Protection ..................... .110(d)(14),

(f)(7), (h)(14)

Fuel Handling and Storage .. .178(f)

Gaging Devices ................... .110(b)(19)

Garaging Vehicles ............... .110(e)(14)

Handling ............................... .110

Liquid Level Gaging Device .110(b)(19)

Liquid Transfer ..................... .110(b)(14)

Loading ................................ .110(b)(15)

Motor Fuel ............................ .110(e)

Odorizing Gases .................. .110(b)(1)

Pits and Drains .................... .110(d)(11)

Regulating Equipment ......... .110(b)(6); (c)(5);

(d)(9); (e)(9)

Indoor ............................ .110(c)(5)

Location ........................ .110(b)(6)

Outdoor ......................... .110(c)(4)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Service Stations ................... .110(h)

Standards Sources .............. .115

Storage ................................ .110

Tank Car Loading ................ .110(b)(15)

Transport Trucks .................. .110(b)(15)

Trucks .................................. .178(b)(10), (11)

Trucks Conversion ............... .178(d), (q)(12)

Liquid Fuels:

Handling and Storage .......... .178(f)

Service Stations ................... .106(g)

Liquid Heaters, Spray ................. .107(e)(7)

Liquid Transfer:

Anhydrous Ammonia ........... .111(b)(12), (f)(6)

Flammable Liquids ............... .106(e)(2)(iv),

(e)(3)(vi),

(f)(3)(vi), (g),

(h)(4),

.107(e)(4), (9)

Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(14)

Load Handling:

Crawler, Locomotive and

Truck Cranes.

.180(h)

Attaching ....................... .180(h)(2)

Holding .......................... .180(h)(4)

Moving .......................... .180(h)(3)

Size ............................... .180(h)(1)

Derricks ................................ .181

Attaching ....................... .181(i)(2)

Boom Securing ............. .181(i)(6)

Holding .......................... .181(i)(4)

Moving .......................... .181(i)(3)

Size ............................... .181(i)(1)

Winch Heads ................ .181(i)(5)

Overhead and Gantry

Cranes.

.179(n)

Attaching ....................... .179(n)(2)

Hoist Limit Switches ..... .179(n)(4)

Moving .......................... .179(n)(3)

Size ............................... .179(n)(1)

Load Ratings:

Cranes ................................. .180(c)

Derricks ................................ .181(c)

Overhead and Gantry

Cranes.

.179(b)(5)

Powered Platforms .............. .66(c)(7)

Loading:

Bulk Plants ........................... .106(f)(3)

Explosives ............................ .109(e)(3)

Industrial Plants ................... .106(e)(4)

Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(15)

Processing Plants ................ .106(h)(5)

Scaffolds .............................. .29(a)(2)

Lockout/tagout of hazardous energy..147

Control sequence ................. .147(d)

Electrical safety-related work

practices.

.333(b)

Inspection ............................. .147(c)(6)

Powered platforms ............... .66(f)(3)()i)(J)

Release procedures ............. .147(e)

Testing ................................. .147(f)(1)
521

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Training ................................ .147(c)(7)

Locomotive Cranes: (see also

Crawler, Locomotive and

TruckCranes).

.180

Log Handling: (see also Sawmills)..265(d)

Longshoring ................................ .16(a)

Looms ......................................... .262(n)

Low Pressure Tanks ................... .106(b)(1)(iv)

LP-Gases: (see Liquefied Petroleum Gases)

Lumber Handling ......................... .265(c)(27), (28)

Lunchrooms ................................ .141(g)

Location ............................... .141(g)(1), (2)

Waste Disposal Containers .141(g)(3)

Machine Guarding: (see Machine(ry) Guarding)

Machine(ry) Guarding ................. .211–.222

Abrasive Wheel Machinery .. .215

Anchoring Fixed Machinery .212(a), (b)

Bakeries ............................... .263(c)

Barrels .................................. .212(a)(4)

Blades Exposure .................. .212(a)(5)

Calendars ............................. .216

Containers ............................ .212(a)(4)

Definitions ............................ .211

Drums .................................. .212(a)(4)

Effective Dates ..................... .220

Forging Machines ................ .218

Mills ...................................... .216

Point of Operation ................ .212(a)(3)

Power Presses ..................... .217

Power Transmission Equipment..219

Standards Sources .............. .221

Types ................................... .212(a)(1)

Woodworking Machinery ..... .213

Machines:

Abrasive Wheels .................. .215

Definitions ............................ .211

Forging ................................. .218

Laundry ................................ .264

Mills and Calenders ............. .216

Power Transmission, Mechanical..219

Presses, Mechanical ............ .217

Textiles ................................. .262

Woodworking ....................... .213

Magazines, Explosives ............... .109(c)(2)

Class I .................................. .109(c)(3)

Class II ................................. .109(c)(4)

Class III ................................ .109(c)(5)

Maintenance: (see also Term To

Which It Applies)

Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(10)

Cranes ................................. .179(l), .180(f)

Derricks ................................ .181(f)

Egress .................................. .36(d), .37(k)

Fire Alarm Systems ............. .163(c)

Fire Extinguishers: .157(e)

Gaseous Hydrogen Systems .103(b)(5)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Industrial Plants ................... .106(e)(9)

Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(5)

Powder Coatings ................. .107(l)(4)

Powered Industrial Trucks ... .178(q)

Powered Platforms .............. .66(e)(6)

Processing Plants ................ .106(h)(8)

Respirators ........................... .134(f)

Standpipe and Hose System .158(e)

Sprinkler Systems ................ .159(c)(2)

Type F Powered Platforms .. .66(c)(5)

Manifolding Gas Cylinders .......... .253(c)

Fuel-Gas .............................. .253(c)(1)

Operating Procedures .......... .253(c)(5)

Oxygen ................................. .253(c)(2), (3)

Portable Outlet Headers ...... .253(c)(4)

Manholes ..................................... .23(a)(6), .268(o)

Manlifts ........................................ .68

Belts ..................................... .68(c)(1)(ii)

Brakes .................................. .68(c)(1)(i)

Clearances ........................... .68(b)(11)

Design .................................. .68(b)(3)

Exit Protection ...................... .68(b)(8)

Floor Openings .................... .68(b)(5), (7)

Guardrails ............................ .68(b)(8)(i),

(10)(iv)

Guards ................................. .68(b)(7), (9)

Handholds ............................ .68(c)(4)

Inspections ........................... .68(e)

Instruction Signs .................. .68(c)(7)

Ladders ................................ .68(b)(12)

Landings .............................. .68(b)(6)

Lighting ................................ .68(b)(6)(iii), (14)

Machinery ............................ .68(c)

Mechanical Requirements ... .68(c)

Operating Rules ................... .68(d)

Platforms .............................. .68(c)(3)

Speed ................................... .68(c)(2)

Standards Sources .............. .68(b)(4), .69

Steps .................................... .68(c)(3)

Stops .................................... .68(c)(5), (6)

Warning Signs ..................... .68(c)(7)

Weather Protection .............. .68(b)(15)

Marine Service Stations .............. .106(g)(4)

Marine Terminals ........................ .16(b)

Marking Physical Hazards .......... .144

Sawmills ............................... .265(c)(11)

Markings: (see also Signs and

Tags)

Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(8)(viii)

Compressed Gas Cylinders .253(b)(1)

Electric equipment:

General ......................... .303(e)

Hazardous locations ..... .307(b)(2)(ii)

Explosive Actuated Tools .... .243(d)(3)

Explosives ............................ .109(d)(2)(ii)

Eye and Face Protection ..... .133(a)(4)

Gaseous Hydrogen Systems .103(b)(1)(v)

Hazardous materials, retention of DOT markings.

.1201

Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(1)(iii)

Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(5), (c)
522

Pt. 1910, Index 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Load Ratings:

Cranes .......................... .180(c)(2)

Derricks ......................... .181(c)

Powered Industrial

Trucks.

.178(a)(3)

Powered Platforms ....... .66(f)(7)

Physical Hazards ................. .144

Respirators ........................... .134(g)

Sawmills ............................... .265(c)(11)

Mason’s Adjustable Multiple

Point Suspension Scaffolds.

.28(f)

Masons’ Ladders ......................... .25(c)(4)(iii)

Matching Machines ..................... .213(n)

Material Safety Data Sheets,

chemical hazards information.

.1200

Materials Handling and Storage:

Aisles and Passageways ..... .176(a)

Clearance Signs .................. .176(e)

Cranes—Crawler, Locomotive and Truck..180

Cranes, Overhead and Gantry..179

Derricks ................................ .181

Effective Dates ..................... .182

Guarding Openings .............. .176(g)

Hazardous materials, retention of DOT markings..1201

Hazardous Waste Operations..120(j), (p)(6)

Housekeeping ...................... .176(c)

Mechanical Equipment ........ .176(a)

Powered Industrial Trucks ... .178

Pulp and Paper Mills ........... .261(c), (d), (m)

Railroad Car Blocks ............. .176(f)

Securing ............................... .176(b)

Standards Sources .............. .183

Maximum Allowable Concentration:

Fluorine ................................ .252(c)(5)(ii)

Welding Contamination ........ .252(c)(1)(iii)

Means of Egress: (see Egress

Means)

Mechanical Handling Equipment:

Clearances ........................... .176(a)

Powered Industrial Trucks ... .177(e), .178

Mechanical Power Presses:

Air Controlling Equipment .... .217(b)(10)

Brakes, Friction .................... .217(b)(2)

Clearances, Work Area ....... .217(f)(3)

Clutches:

Full Revolution .............. .217(b)(3)

Part Revolution ............. .217(b)(7)

Definitions ............................ .211(d)

Dies ...................................... .217(d)

Effective Dates ..................... .220

Electrical Controls ................ .217(b)(8)

Excluded Machines .............. .217(a)(5)

Foot Pedals .......................... .217(b)(4)

Guarding .............................. .217(b)

Guide Posts ......................... .217(d)(4)

Hand Feeding Tools ............ .217(c)(4)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Hazards:

Guide Posts .................. .217(d)(4)

Personnel ...................... .217(b)(1)

Hydraulic Equipment ............ .217(b)(11)

Inspection, Records ............. .217(e)(1)

Instructions ........................... .217(f)(2)

Lever, Hand–Operated ........ .217(b)(5)

Maintenance:

Records ........................ .217(e)(1)

Training Personnel ....... .217(e)(3)

Modifications ........................ .217(a)(4), (e)(2)

Operating Instructions .......... .217(f)(2)

Overloading .................. .217(f)(4)

Point of Operation ........ .217(c)

Pressure Vessels ................. .217(b)(12)

Slide Counterbalances ......... .217(b)(9)

Air ................................. .217(b)(9)(iii)–(v)

Spring ........................... .217(b)(9)(i), (ii)

Standards Sources .............. .221

Training Maintenance Personnel..217(e)(3)

Treadles ............................... .217(b)(4)

Trips, Two-Hand .................. .217(b)(6)

Unitized Tooling ................... .217(d)(5)

Mechanical Power Transmission

Apparatus.

.219

Bearings ............................... .219(j), (p)(3)

Belts:

Care .............................. .219(p)(6)

Fasteners ...................... .219(l)(4)

Perches ......................... .219(l)(3)

Shifters .......................... .219(l)(1)

Shippers ........................ .219(l)(2)

Chains .................................. .219(f)

Clutches ............................... .219(k), (l)

Collars .................................. .219(i)

Couplings ............................. .219(i), (k)(1)

Cutoff Couplings .................. .219(k)(1)

Definitions ............................ .211(f)

Drives:

Belt, Rope, and Chain .. .219(e)

Friction .......................... .219(g)

Effective Dates ..................... .220

Engine Rooms ..................... .219(k)(2)

Equipment Care ................... .219(p)

Excluded Apparatus ............. .219(a)(1)

Gears ................................... .219(f)

Guarding .............................. .219

Guards:

Disks ............................. .219(m)(1)

Horizontal Overhead:

Belts ....................... .219(o)(3)

Rope and Chain

Drives.

.219(o)(4)

Materials ....................... .219(m)(1), (o)

Prime Mover ................. .219(b)

Shields .......................... .219(m)(2)

Standard ....................... .219(m)

Manufacturing

Methods.

.219(m)(2)

Materials ............ .219(m)(1)
523

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Toeboards ..................... .219(o)(5)

U-Guards ...................... .219(m)(3)

Wooden ........................ .219(o)(2)

Hangers ............................... .219(p)(4)

Keys ..................................... .219(h)

Located in Basements, Towers, and Rooms.

.219(c)(5)

Personnel Protection ........... .219(p)(7)

Prime Mover Guards:

Connecting Rods .......... .219(b)(2)

Cranks .......................... .219(b)(2)

Extension Piston Rods .219(b)(3)

Flywheels ...................... .219(b)(1)

Tail Rods ...................... .219(b)(3)

Projections ........................... .219(h)

Pulleys ................................. .219(d), (k),

(p)(5)

Setscrews ............................ .219(h)

Shafting ................................ .219(c)

Care .............................. .219(p)(2)

Guarding ....................... .219(c)(2), (3)

Installation ..................... .219(c)(1)

Projecting Shafts .......... .219(c)(4)

Sprockets ............................. .219(f)

Standards Sources .............. .221

Textile Industry .................... .219(a)(3)

Medical Services: (see also First

Aid Personnel Protective

Equipment).

.151

Asbestos .............................. .1001(j)

First Aid ................................ .151

Labor Camps ................ .142(k)

Pulpwood Logging ........ .266(c)(1)

Textiles ......................... .262(pp)

Welding ......................... .252(c)(13)

Labor Camps ....................... .142(k)

Radiation Exposure Records .96(n)

Standards Sources .............. .153

Medical Surveillance ................... .120(b)(5), (f)

Mercantile Occupancies .............. .106(d)(5)(iv)

Mercury ....................................... .252(f)(10)

Exposure Limit ..................... .95(b)

Metal Cutting: (see Cutting and

Welding)

Metal Ladders, Portable: (see

also Ladders, Portable Metal).

.26

Methyl chloromethyl ether ........... .1003

Area requirements ............... .1003(c)

Closed system operation.

.1003(c)(2)

Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(1)

Maintenance and decontamination activities.

.1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations..1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation.

.1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g)

Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1)

Records ........................ .1003(g)(2)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Regulated area requirements..1003(d)

Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)

Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)

Hygiene facilities and

practices.

.1003(d)(3)

Reports ................................ .1003(f)

Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2)

Operations .................... .1003(f)(1)

Signs, information, and training..1003(e)

Container contents

identification.

.1003(e)(2)

Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3)

Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4)

Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1)

Training and indoctrination..1003(e)(5)

Methylene Chloride:.

Permissible Exposure Limits .1052(c)

Exposure Monitoring ............ .1052(d)

Regulated Areas .................. .1052(e)

Methods of Compliance ....... .1052(f)

Respiratory Protection ......... .1052(g)

Protective Work Clothing

and Equipment.

.1052(h)

Hygiene Facilities ................. .1052(i)

Medical Surveillance ............ .1052(j)

Hazard Communications ..... .1052(k)

Employee Information and

Training.

.1052(l)

Recordkeeping ..................... .1052(m)

4,4-Methylenedianiline:

Airborne Concentration ........ .1050(c)

Compliance .......................... .1050(g)

Emergency Situations .......... .1050(d)

Hazard Communication ....... .1050(k)

Exposure, Permissible ......... .1050(c)

Housekeeping ...................... .1050(l)

Hygiene Facilities and Practices..1050(j)

Medical Surveillance ............ .1050(m)

Monitoring ............................ .1050(e)

Personal Protective Equipment..1050(i)

Clothing ................. .1050(i)

Recordkeeping ..................... .1050(n)

Regulated Areas .................. .1050(f)

Respiratory protection .......... .1050(h)

Mill Roll Heights .......................... .216(a)(4)

Mills, Pulp, Paper and Paperboard (see also Pulp, Paper

and Paperboard Mills).

.261

Mills, Rubber and Plastics Industry:

Definitions ............................ .211(c)

Location Protection .............. .216(d)(1)

Roll Heights ......................... .216(a)(4)

Safety Controls .................... .216(b)

Auxiliary Equipment ...... .216(b)(3)

Safety Trip Control ....... .216(b)(1)
524

Pt. 1910, Index 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Stopping Limits .................... .216(f)(1), (2)

Switches, Trip and Emergency..216(e)

Minors:

Ionizing Radiation Exposure .96(b)(3), (c)(2),

(d)(2)(ii)

Minors Employment .................... .217(f)(4)

Mixing:

Blasting Agents .................... .109(g)(2), (3);

(h)(3), (4)

Explosives ............................ .109(h)(3), (4)

Molding Machines ....................... .213(n)

Monitoring:

Asbestos .............................. .1001(f)

Ionizing Radiation ................ .96(d)

Mortising Machines ..................... .213(e)

Motor Fuels ................................. .110(e)

Motor Vehicles:

Anhydrous Ammonia ........... .111(f)

Motorized Hand Trucks: (see

also Powered Industrial

Trucks).

.178

Multi–piece Rim Wheels ............. .177

alpha-Napthylamine .................... .1003

Area requirements ............... .1003(c)

Closed system operation..1003(c)(2)

Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)

Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)

General regulated area

requirements.

.1003(d)

Hygiene facilities and

practices.

.1003(d)(3)

Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(1)

Maintenance and decontamination activities.

.1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations..1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation.

.1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g)

Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1)

Records ........................ .1003(g)(2)

Regulated area requirements..1003(d)

Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)

Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)

Hygiene facilities and

practices.

.1003(d)(3)

Reports ................................ .1003(f)

Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2)

Operations .................... .1003(f)(1)

Signs, information, and training..1003(e)

Container contents

identification.

.1003(e)(2)

Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3)

Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4)

Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Training and indoctrination..1003(e)(5)

beta-Napthylamine ...................... .1003

Area requirements ............... .1003(c)

Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)

Closed system operation..1003(c)(2)

Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)

General regulated area

requirements.

.1003(d)

Hygiene facilities and

practices.

.1003(d)(3)

Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(1)

Maintenance and decontamination activities.

.1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations..1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation.

.1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g)

Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1)

Records ........................ .1003(g)(2)

Regulated area requirements..1003(d)

Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)

Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)

Hygiene facilities and

practices.

.1003(d)(3)

Reports ................................ .1003(f)

Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2)

Operations .................... .1003(f)(1)

Signs, information, and training..1003(e)

Container contents

identification.

.1003(e)(2)

Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3)

Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4)

Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1)

Training and indoctrination..1003(e)(5)

Needle Beam Scaffolds .............. .28(n)

4-Nitrobiphenyl ............................ .1003

Area requirements ............... .1003(c)

Closed system operation..1003(c)(2)

Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(1)

Maintenance and decontamination activities.

.1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations..1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation.

.1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g)

Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1)

Records ........................ .1003(g)(2)

Regulated area requirements.

.1003(d)

Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)

Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)
525

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Hygiene facilities and

practices.

.1003(d)(3)

Reports ................................ .1003(f)

Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2)

Operations .................... .1003(f)(1)

Signs, information, and training..1003(e)

Container contents

identification.

.1003(e)(2)

Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3)

Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4)

Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1)

Training and indoctrination..1003(e)(5)

N-Nitrosodimethylamine .............. .1003

Area requirements ............... .1003(c)

Closed system operation..1003(c)(2)

Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(1)

Maintenance and decontamination activities.

.1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations..1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation.

.1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g)

Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1)

Records ........................ .1003(g)(2)

Regulated area requirements..1003(d)

Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)

Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)

Hygiene facilities and

practices.

.1003(d)(3)

Reports ................................ .1003(f)

Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2)

Operations .................... .1003(f)(1)

Signs, information, and training..1003(e)

Container contents

identification.

.1003(e)(2)

Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3)

Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4)

Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1)

Training and indoctrination..1003(e)(5)

Nitrous Oxide .............................. .105

Administrative Controls ........ .95(b)(1)

Effective Dates ..................... .114

Engineering Controls ........... .95(b)(1)

Standards Sources .............. .115

Noise Exposure ........................... .95

Effective Dates ..................... .98

Personal Protective Equipment..95(b)(1), (c), (i),

(j)

Pulpwood Logging ............... .266(c)(1)(vi)

Standards Sources .............. .99

Nonionizing Radiation ................. .97

Effective Dates ..................... .98

Electromagnetic Radiation ... .97(a)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Standards Sources .............. .99

Nonpotable Water ....................... .120(n)(2)

Noxious Gases, Storage Areas .. .178(i)

Nozzles:

Abrasive Blasting ................. .94(a)(2)(iii),

.244(b)

Gasoline ............................... .106(g)(3)(vi)

Standpipe ............................. .158(c)(4)

Occupant Load ............................ .37(d)

Occupational Noise Exposure:

(see Noise Exposure)

Odorizing Gases ......................... .110(b)(1)

Open-Sided Floors ...................... .23(c)

Open Surface Tanks: (see

Tanks: Open Surface)

Openings: (see also Floor Openings (Holes), Wall Openings

(Holes)).

.23

Tanks:

Inside ............................ .106(b)(4)(iv)

Organic Peroxide Coatings: (see

also Dual Component Coatings).

.107(m)

Outdoor Storage:

Flammable Liquids ............... .106(d)(6)

Outlet Headers, welding ............. .253(c)(4)

Protective Equipment ........... .253(e)(4)

Outrigger Scaffolds ..................... .28(e)

Outside Storage Trucks .............. .178(c)(2)(ix), (xi)

Ovens .......................................... .263(l)

Direct-Fire ............................ .263(l)(10)

Direct Recirculating .............. .263(l)(11)

Electrical Heating Equipment .263(l)(8)

General Requirements ......... .263(l)(9)

Indirect Recirculating ........... .263(l)(15)

Location ............................... .263(l)(1)

Mechanical Parts ................. .263(l)(3)

Overflow Pipes, Dip Tanks ......... .125(b)

Overhead Cranes: (see also

Overhead and Gantry Cranes).

.179

Overhead and Gantry Cranes:

Access ................................. .179(c)(2)

Adjustments ......................... .179(l)(3)

Brakes .................................. .179(f)

Bridge Bumpers ................... .179(e)(2)

Cabs ..................................... .179(c)

Clearances ........................... .179(b)(6)

Effective Dates ..................... .179(b)(2), .182

Electric Equipment ............... .179(g)

Fire Extinguishers ................ .179(c)(3), (o)(3)

Footwalks ............................. .179(d)

Guards ................................. .179(e)(5), (6)

Handrails .............................. .179(d)(3), (4)(ii)

Hoisting Equipment .............. .179(h)

Hoisting Rope Guards ......... .179(e)(5)

Inspections ........................... .179(j), (m)

Ladders ................................ .179(d)(4)

Lighting ................................ .179(c)(4)

Load Handling ...................... .179(n)

Maintenance ........................ .179(l)

Modifications ........................ .179(b)(3)
526

Pt. 1910, Index 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Moving Part Guards ............. .179(e)(6)

Rail Clamps ......................... .179(b)(4)

Rail Sweeps ......................... .179(e)(4)

Rated Load:

Markings ....................... .179(b)(5)

Tests ............................. .179(k)(2)

Repairs ................................. .179(l)(3)

Rope inspection ................... .179(m)

Stairways ............................. .179(d)(4)

Standards Sources .............. .183

Testing ................................. .179(k)

Toeboards ............................ .179(d)(3)

Trolley Bumpers ................... .179(e)(3)

Trolley Stops ........................ .179(e)(1)

Warning Devices .................. .179(i)

Wind Indicators .................... .179(b)(4)

Overhead Wires:

Cranes ................................. .180(j)(4)

Derricks ................................ .181(j)(5)(iv)

Overspray Collectors .................. .107(b)(6)

Oxygen: (see also Bulk Oxygen

Systems).

.104

Effective Dates ..................... .114

Standards Sources .............. .115

Storage ................................ .252(a)(2)(iv)

Oxygen-Fuel Gas Systems ......... .253

Outlet Headers ..................... .253(c)(4)

Piping Systems .................... .253(d)

Protective Equipment ........... .253(e)

Oxygen Manifolds:

High Pressure ...................... .253(c)(2)

Low Pressure ....................... .253(c)(3)

Painters’ Stepladders .................. .25(c)(4)(ii)

Paints:

Color Code ........................... .144

Fire Retardant ...................... .37(o)

Paper and Paperboard Mills:

(see also Pulp, Paper and Paperboard Mills).

.261

Passageways, Working Surfaces .22(b)

Permissible Exposure Limits ....... .1000

Personal Protection: (see also

Personal Protective Equipment).

.219(p)(7)

Personal Protective Equipment:

(see also Lifelines, and Other

Terms Listed Below)

Abrasive Blasting ................. .94(a)(5)

Asbestos Exposure .............. .1001(d)

Clothing ......................... .1001(d)(3)

Bloodborne pathogens, exposure to, use of ppe..1030(c)(2)(ii),

(d)(2)(i) and (3)

Electrical Protective Equipment..137, .268(f)

Electrical safety-related work

practices, use of ppe.

.333(c)(2),

.335(a)

Emergency Showers and

Fountains:

Pulp, Paper and Paperboard Mills..261(g)(5), (18)

Eye Protection ..................... .133

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Face Protection .................... .133

Fire Brigades ....................... .156

Foot Protection .................... .136

General Requirements ......... .132

Hand protection ................... .138

Hazardous Waste Operations.

.120(g)

Head Protection ................... .135

Noise Exposure ................... .95(b)(1)

Pulp and Paper Mills ........... .261(g)(2), (i)(4),

(k)(3)

Pulpwood Logging ............... .266(c)(1)(i)–(v)

Respiratory Protection ......... .134

Textiles ................................. .262(qq)

Welding ................................ .252–.257

Booths ........................... .252(b)(2)(iii)

Cable ............................ .252(b)(1)(ii)

Clothing ......................... .252(b)(3)

Eye Protection .............. .252(b)(2)

Helmets ......................... .252(b)(2)

Railing ........................... .252(b)(1)(i)

Shade Numbers,

Lenses.

.252(b)(2)(ii)(H),

(b)

Physical Hazards Markings: (see

also Color Codes, Physical

Hazards: Markings).

.144

Effective Dates ..................... .149

Standards Sources .............. .150

Piers and Wharves: (see also

Wharves)

Trucks Used ......................... .178(c)(2)(x)

Pipes:

Dip Tanks ............................. .125(b)

Flammable Liquids ............... .107(e)(6)

Overflow ............................... .125(b)

Piping: (see Piping, Fittings and

Tubing; Piping, Valves and

Tubing)

Piping, Fittings and Tubing:

Anhydrous Ammonia ........... .111(b)(7)

Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(5)

Gaseous Hydrogen Systems .103(b)(1)(ii), (iii)

Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(1)(iv), (v)

Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(8)

Safety Relief Devices .......... .103(b)(1)(ii),

(c)(1)(iv)

Piping Systems, Oxygen-Fuel .... .253(d)

Fittings ................................. .253(d)(1)

Installation ............................ .253(d)(3)

Painting ................................ .253(d)(4)

Piping ................................... .253(d)(1)

Piping Joints ........................ .253(d)(2)

Pressure Relief Devices ...... .253(e)(2)

Protective Equipment ........... .253(e)(3), (4)

Signs .................................... .253(d)(4)

Station Outlets ..................... .253(e)(4)

Testing ................................. .253(d)(5)

X-ray Inspections ................. .252(d)(1)(vii)

Piping, Valves, and Fittings:

Flammable and Combustible

Liquids.

.106(c)
527

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Corrosion Protection ..... .106(c)(5)

Design ........................... .106(c)(1)

Joints ............................ .106(c)(3)

Materials ....................... .106(c)(2)

Supports ....................... .106(c)(4)

Testing .......................... .106(c)(7)

Valves ........................... .106(c)(6)

Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(h)(7)

Processing Plants ................ .106(h)(4)(ii)

Pits .............................................. .23(a)(5)

Drains ................................... .110(d)(11)

Planing Machines ........................ .213(n)

Plasterers’ Scaffolds ................... .28(o)

Plastics Industry: (see also Mills,

Rubber and Plastics Industry)

Auxiliary Equipment ............. .216(a)(3)

Effective Dates ..................... .216(a)(1), (2),

.220

Installations:

Existing ......................... .216(a)(2)

New ............................... .216(a)(1)

Mills and Calenders ............. .216

Standards Sources .............. .221

Platform Lift Trucks: (see also

Powered Industrial Trucks).

.178

Platforms, Scaffolds: (see also

Listings Under Specific Type

Scaffold)

Guarding .............................. .23(c)

Manlifts ................................. .68(c)(3)

Pneumatic Powered Tools .......... .243(b)

Airhoses ............................... .243(b)(2)

Portable ................................ .243(b)(1)

Point of Operation Guarding ....... .212(a)(3),

.217(c)

Polishing: (see Grinding,

Polishing and Buffing)

Portable Fire Extinguishers: (see

also Fire Extinguishers, Portable).

.157

Portable Metal Ladders: (see

also Ladders, Portable Metal).

.26

Portable Stepladders: (see Stepladders, Portable)

Portable Tank Storage: (see

Tank Storage, Portable)

Portable Tanks: (see Tanks,

Portable)

Portable Tools: (see also Powered Tools, Hand and Portable).

.244

Portable Welding Machines: (see

Welding Machines, Portable)

Portable Wood Ladders: (see

also Ladders, Portable Wood).

.25

Powder Coatings ......................... .107(l)

Power Presses, Mechanical:

(see Mechanical Power Presses)

Powered Industrial Trucks:

Approval Labels ................... .178(a)(3), (7)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Batteries ............................... .178(g)

Combustible Dusts ............... .178(c)(2)(vi)

Conversion ........................... .178(d), (q)(12)

Design and Construction ..... .178(a)(2)

Designated Locations .......... .178(c)(1)

Designations, Trucks:

D ................................... .178(b)(1)

DS ................................. .178(b)(2)

DY ................................. .178(b)(3)

E ................................... .178(b)(4)

ES ................................. .178(b)(5)

EE ................................. .178(b)(6)

EX ................................. .178(b)(7)

G ................................... .178(b)(8)

GS ................................. .178(b)(9)

LP ................................. .178(b)(10)

LPS ............................... .178(b)(11)

Effective Dates ..................... .182

Fire Protection ..................... .178(a)(1)

Front End Attachments ........ .178(a)(5)

Fuel Handling ....................... .178(f)

Gases and Fumes ............... .178(i)

Grain Handling ..................... .178(c)(2)(vi), (b)

Hazardous Materials ............ .178(c)(2)

Lighting ................................ .178(h)

Loading ................................ .178(o)

Maintenance ........................ .178(q)

Markings .............................. .178(a)(6)

Modifications ........................ .178(a)(4)

Operations ........................... .178(p)

Repairs ................................. .178(q)

Safety Guards ...................... .178(e)

Standards Sources .............. .183

Training Operators ............... .178(l)

Traveling .............................. .178(n)

Truck Operations ................. .178(m)

Powered Platforms ...................... .66–.70

Access ................................. .66(f)(3) (i)(K),

(ii)(D),

(iii)(C)(2),

(f)(5)(ii)(J)

Application ........................... .66(b)

Buildings, affected parts ...... .66(e)

Definitions ............................ .66(d)

Electrical .............................. .66(e)(11), (f)(8)

Equipment ............................ .66(f)

Fall Arrest systems .............. 66(f)(5)(ii)(L),

(M), (iii)(B), (j),

App. C

Hoisting Equipment .............. .66(f)(4), (g)(6)

Inspections ........................... .66(g)

Lockout ................................ .66(f)(3)(i)(J)

Maintenance ........................ .66(e)(5), (10),

(g), (h)

Manlifts ................................. .68

Reshackling Hoists .............. .66(h)(4)

Ropes ................................... .66(f)(7), (g)(5),

(h)(3), (4)

Standards Sources .............. .69

Tests .................................... .66(g)

Vehicle-Mounted .................. .67
528

Pt. 1910, Index 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Powered Tools, Hand and Portable:

Abrasive Wheels .................. .243(c)

Compressed Air Cleaning .... .242(b)

Definitions ............................ .241

Effective Dates ..................... .245

Employees ........................... .242(a)

Explosive Actuated Fastening..243(d)

Guarding .............................. .243

Lawn Mowers, Power .......... .243(e)

Pneumatic Powered ............. .243(b)

Standards Sources .............. .246

Woodworking ....................... .243(a)

Presses: (see also Mechanical

Power Presses)

Cold Trimming ..................... .218(g)(2)

Forging ................................. .218(f)

Hot Trimming ....................... .218(g)(2)

Hydraulic Forging ................. .218(f)(2)

Trimming .............................. .218(g)

Pressure Gages, Air Receivers .. .169(b)(3)

Pressure Vessels ........................ .106(b)(1)(v),

.217(b)(12)

Chemical Plants ................... .106(i)(3)

Distilleries ............................. .106(i)(3)

Pulp and Paper Mills ........... .216(g)(16), (17)

Refineries ............................. .106(i)(3)

Pressures: (see Safety Relief

Devices)

Prime Mover Guards ................... .219(b)

Primers, Ammunition ................... .109(j)(4)

Process safety management of

highly hazardous chemicals

(see Chemicals, etc.).

.119

Processing Plants, Flammable

and Combustible Liquids.

.106(h)

Application ........................... .106(h)(1)

Buildings .............................. .106(h)(3)

Fire Protection ..................... .106(h)(6)

Housekeeping ...................... .106(h)(8)

Ignition Sources ................... .106(h)(7)

Liquid Handling .................... .106(h)(4)

Loading ................................ .106(h)(5)

Location ............................... .106(h)(2)

Maintenance ........................ .106(h)(8)

Profile Lathes .............................. .213(o)

Projections .................................. .219(h)

beta-Propiolactone ...................... .1003

Area requirements ............... .1003(c)

Closed system operation..1003(c)(2)

Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(1)

Maintenance and decontamination activities.

.1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations..1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation.

.1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1)

Records ........................ .1003(g)(2)

Regulated area requirements..1003(d)

Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)

Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)

Hygiene facilities and

practices.

.1003(d)(3)

Reports ................................ .1003(f)

Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2)

Operations .................... .1003(f)(1)

Signs, information, and training..1003(e)

Container contents

identification.

.1003(e)(2)

Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3)

Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4)

Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1)

Training and indoctrination..1003(e)(5)

Protective Clothing: (see Clothing, Protective and Personal

Protective Equipment)

Protective Equipment, Piping:

(see also Personal Protective

Equipment).

.253(e)

Hoses and Connections ...... .253(5)

Pressure-Reducing Regulations..253(6)

Stations Outlet ..................... .253(4)

Pulleys ......................................... .219(d), (k),

(p)(5)

Pulp, Paper and Paperboard

Mills:

Barking Devices ................... .261(c)(12)

Belt Conveyors .................... .261(c)(15)

Bleaching ............................. .261(h)

Bridge or Dock Plates .......... .261(c)(11)

Chemical Processes ............ .261(g)

Cranes ................................. .261(c)(8)

Finishing Rooms .................. .261(1)

Hand Tools .......................... .261(c)(13)

Handling ............................... .261(c), (d)

Lighting ................................ .261(b)(2),

(c)(10), (k)(21)

Lockouts ............................... .261(b)(1)

Machine Rooms ................... .261(k)

Materials Handling ............... .261(m)

Mechanical Pulp Processes .261(i)

Personal Protective Equipment..261(d)(1)

Pulpwood:

Preparation ................... .261(e)

Removal ........................ .261(c)(14)

Rags and Old Paper ............ .261(f)

Safe Practices ...................... .261(b)

Signs:

Conveyors ..................... .261(c)(16)

Traffic ............................ .261(c)(9)

Standards Sources .............. .261(a)(3), (4);

.268
529

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Stock Preparation ................ .261(j)

Storage ................................ .261(c), (d)

Chocking Rolls .............. .261(d)(4)

Clearances .................... .261(d)(2)

Piling ............................. .261(d)(3)

Traffic Warning Signs .......... .261(c)(9)

Pulpwood Logging ...................... .266

Chain Saw Operations ......... .266(e)(2)

Chipping ............................... .266(h)(4)

Environmental Conditions .... .266(d)(5)

Explosives ............................ .266(d)(10)

First Aid ................................ .266(d)(2), (i)(7),

App. A, App. B

Hand and Portable Powered

Tools.

.266(e)

Harvesting ............................ .266(h)

Bucking ......................... .266(h)(3)

Felling ........................... .266(h)(2)

Limbing ......................... .266(h)(3)

Loading .266(h)(6)

Machines for Moving Materials..266(f)

designated operator ...... .266(f)(2)

FOPS/ROPS ................. .266(f)(3)

overhead guard ............ .266(f)(4)

machine access ............ .266(f)(5)

exhaust system ............. .266(f)(6)

brakes ........................... .266(f)(7)

guarding ........................ .266(f)(8)

Personal Protective Equipment..266(d)(1)

Seat Belts ............................ .266(d)(3)

Storage ................................ .266(h)(8)

Training ................................ .266((i)

frequency ...................... .266(i)(2)

content .......................... .266(i)(3)

first-aid .......................... .266(i)(7)

designated trainer ......... .266(i)(8)

certification .................... .266(i)(10)

meetings ....................... .266(i)(11)

Vehicles ............................... .266(g)

maintenance ................. .266(g)(1)

inspection ...................... .266(g)(2)

instructions .................... .266(g)(3)

Work Areas .......................... .266(d)(6)

Pumps, Gasoline: (see also

Service Stations).

.106(g)(3), (4)

Pyrotechnics ................................ .109(k), .119

Radial Saws ................................ .213(h)

Radiation:

Ionizing ................................. .96

Nonionizing .......................... .97

Radioactive Materials:

Packaged ............................. .96(h)

Storage ................................ .96(j)

Rail Clamps ................................. .179(b)(4),

.180(i)(1)

Rail Sweeps ................................ .179(e)(4)

Railroad Cars .............................. .176, .178(k)(2)–

(4)

Explosives ............................ .109(f)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Ramps:

Egress .................................. .37(j)

Rated Load Markings:

Cranes ................................. .179(b)(5)

Derricks ................................ .181(c)(2)

Rated Load Test:

Crawler, Locomotive, and

Truck Cranes.

.180(e)(2)

Overhead and Gantry

Cranes.

.179(k)(2)

Recordkeeping:

Asbestos .............................. .1001(i), (j)(6)

Bloodborne pathogens, exposure to..1030(f)(6), (h)

Building Inspection, assurance for powered platform

use.

.66(c)

Communicable Diseases ..... .142(l)(1) and (2)

Cranes:

Crawler, Locomotive

and Truck.

.180(d)(2) and

(6), (e)(2),

(g)(i) and (2)

Overhead and Gantry ... .179(k)(2), (m)(1)

and (2)

Derricks ................................ .181(g)(1) and

(3)

Forging Equipment Inspection..218(a)(2)

Hazardous Waste Operations..120(f)(7)

Injury Reporting, Welding .... .252(c)(13)

Ionizing Radiation Exposure .96(m), (o)

Labor Camps ....................... .142(l)(1) and (2)

Liquid Storage Tanks, Class

I.

.106(g)(1)

Manlifts ................................. .68(e)(3)

Mechanical Power Presses .217(e)(1)

Personal Monitoring:

Asbestos ....................... .1001(i)(1)

Ionizing Radiation ......... .96(n)

Power Presses Inspection ... .217(e)(1)

Powered Platforms Inspection..66(g)

Radiation Exposure ............. .96(b)(2)(iii),

(m)(1), (n),

(o)(1)

Records, Disclosure, Ionizing Radiation..96(o)(1)

Respirators ........................... .134(e)(2),

(f)(2)(iv)

Welding Operations ............. .252(c)(13),

.255(e)

Records:

Asbestos .............................. .93a(i), (j)(6)

Ionizing Radiation ................ .96(m), (n)

Mechanical Power Presses .217(e)(1)

Refineries, Chemical Plants and

Distilleries.

.106(i)

Application ........................... .106(j)

Fire Protection ..................... .106(i)(5)

Pressure Vessels ................. .106(i)(3)
530

Pt. 1910, Index 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Process Unit Location .......... .106(i)(4)

Storage Tanks ..................... .106(i)(1)

Wharves ............................... .106(i)(2)

Refrigerated Containers:

Anhydrous Ammonia ........... .111(d)

Refueling:

Cranes ................................. .180(i)(4)

Derricks ................................ .181(j)(4)

Trucks .................................. .178(p)(2)

Refuse:

Disposal ............................... .142(h)

Receptacles ......................... .141(a)(4)

Relief Devices: (see Safety Relief Devices)

Remote Gas Pumping Systems .106(g)(3)(v)

Residue Disposal: (see Waste

Disposal)

Resistance Welding Equipment .. .255(c)

Capacitor Discharge Welding..255(b)(2)

Disconnecting Means .......... .306(d)(2)

Foot Switches ...................... .255(b)(6)

Grounding ............................ .255(b)(9)

Guarding .............................. .255(a)(4), (b)(4)

Installation ............................ .255(a)(1)

Interlocks .............................. .255(b)(3)

Safety Pins ........................... .255(b)(8)

Shields ................................. .255(b)(5)

Spot and Seam Welding ...... .255(b)

Stop Buttons ........................ .255(b)(7)

Thermal Protection .............. .255(a)(2)

Resistors:

Cranes ................................. .179(g)(4)

Respirators: (see also Gas Mask

Canisters).

.134

Abrasive Blasting ................. .94 (a)(1)(ii),

(a)(5)

Air Supply ............................ .94(a)(6), .134(d)

Asbestos .............................. .1001(d)(1), (2)

Cleaning ............................... .134(b)(5), (f)(3)

Color Codes ......................... .134(g)(6)

Employer Provided .............. .134(a)(2)

Fire brigades ........................ .156(f)

Identification ......................... .134(g)

Inspection ............................. .134(b)(7), (f)

Labeling ............................... .134(g)

Maintenance ........................ .134(f)

Minimum Acceptable Program..134(b)

Positive–pressure ................ .156(f)(2)

Pulp, and Paper Mills .......... .261(g)(2), (6),

(10), (15)(ii)

Repairs ................................. .134(f)(4)

Selection .............................. .134(c)

Storage ................................ .134(b)(6), (f)(5)

Training ................................ .134(b)(3)

Use ....................................... .134(e)

Welding ................................ .252(c)(4)(ii), (iii);

(5)(ii); (7)(ii);

(8); (9); (10)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Respiratory Protection: (see also

Respirators).

.134

Air Quality ............................ .94(a)(6), .134(d)

Air Supply ............................ .94(a)(6), .134(d)

Fire brigades ........................ .156(f)

Fit testing ............................. .1001(g)(4), App.

C, .1025(f)(3),

App. D,

.1028(g)(5),

App. E,

.1048(g)(3)(ii),

App. E

Gas Mask Canister Identification..134(g)

Minimum Acceptable Program..134(b)

Permissible Practices .......... .134(a)(1)

Respirators ........................... .134(a)(2), (b),

(c), (e)

Use ....................................... .134(e)(5)

Right to know .............................. .1200

Rim wheels, multi–piece ............. .177

Ring Test ..................................... .215(d)(1)

Ripsaws ....................................... .213(c), .214(d)

Risers, Open ............................... .24(j)

Rodent Control ............................ .141(a)(5)

Labor Camps ....................... .142(j)

Rolling Scaffolds: (see Work

Platforms, Mobile).

Roofing Brackets ......................... .28(s)

Catch Platforms ................... .28(s)(3)

Construction ......................... .28(s)(1)

Supports ............................... .28(s)(2)

Rope Inspections:

Cranes ................................. .179(m), .180(g)

Derricks ................................ .181(g)

Ropes:

Cranes ................................. .179(m), .180(g)

Hoists ............................ .179(h)(2)

Inspections .................... .179(m), .180(g)

Running ........................ .179(m)(1)

Derricks ................................ .181(g)

Idle Ropes .................... .181(g)(3)

Limited Travel ............... .181(g)(2)

Nonrotating Ropes ........ .181(g)(4)

Running ........................ .181(g)(1)

Powered Platforms .............. .66(f)(7), (g)(5),

(h)(3), (4)

Rotary Lawn Mowers .................. .243(e)(1), (4)

Rotating Work Platforms: (see

also Vehicle-Mounted

WorkPlatforms).

.67

Rubber Industry: (see also Mills,

Rubber and Plastics Industry)

Auxiliary Equipment ............. .216(a)(3), (b)(3)

Effective Dates ..................... .216(a)(1), (2);

.220

Installations:

Existing ......................... .216(a)(2)

New ............................... .216(a)(1)

Mills and Calenders ............. .216
531

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Standards Sources .............. .221

Rubber Protective Equipment ..... .221

Rung Ladders, Portable .............. .25(c)(3)

Running Ropes:

Cranes ................................. .179(m)(1),

.180(g)(1)

Derricks ................................ .181(g)(1)

Runway Conductors:

Cranes ................................. .179(g)(6)

Runway Protection ...................... .23(c)

Safety Belts: (see also Lifelines)

Powered Platforms .............. .66(f)(5(ii), (L),

(M), (iii)(B), (j),

App. C

Pulp, Paper, and Paperboard Mills..261(g)(4), (15)

Scaffolding ........................... .28(j)(4), (n)(8),

(s)(3),

(t)(2),(u)(6)

Welding ................................ .252(b)(4)(iv)

Safety Color Codes:

Effective Dates ..................... .149

Standards Sources .............. .147

Safety Devices:

Ladders ................................ .27(d)(5)

Safety Guard Design, Abrasive

Wheel Machinery.

.215(a)(2),

(b)(10)–(12)

Safety Instruction Signs .............. .145(c)(3), (d)(6)

Safety Relief Devices:

Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(6), (7)(ii)

Flammable Liquids ............... .107(e)(8)

Gaseous Hydrogen Systems .103(b)(1)(ii)

Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(1)(iv)

Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(10),

(c)(7), (d)(4),

(e)(7), (g)(7),

(h)(4)

Non-DOT Containers ........... .110(d)(4)

Spraying ............................... .107(e)(8)

Safety-Toe Footwear: (see Foot

Protection)

Sanding Machines ...................... .213(p),

.243(a)(3)

Sanitation .................................... .141

Application ........................... .141(a)(1)

Change Rooms .................... .141(e)

Effective Dates ..................... .149

Food Handling ..................... .141(h)

Hazardous Waste Operations..120(b)(13), (n)

Housekeeping ...................... .141(a)(3)

Insect Control ....................... .141(a)(5)

Lunchrooms ......................... .141(g)

Rodent Control ..................... .141(a)(5)

Sawmills ............................... .265(h)

Standards Sources .............. .150

Toilet Facilities ..................... .141(c)

Vermin Control ..................... .141(a)(5)

Washing Facilities ................ .141(d)

Waste Disposal .................... .141(a)(4)

Water Supply ....................... .141(b)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Sawmills:

Bins, Bunkers, Hoppers, and

Fuel Houses.

.265(c)(23)

Lighting ......................... .265(c)(23)(iii)

Loading Bins ................. .265(c)(23)(ii)

Blower Systems ................... .265(c)(20)

Building Facilities ................. .265(c)

Docks ............................ .265(c)(4)

Emergency Exits ........... .265(c)(6)

Fire Escapes ................. .265(c)(6)

Floors ............................ .265(c)(3)

Lighting ......................... .265(c)(9)

Platforms ....................... .265(c)(4)

Stairways ...................... .265(c)(5)

Handrails ............... .265(c)(5)(ii)

Lighting .................. .265(c)(5)(iii)

Tanks ............................ .265(c)(8)

Vats ............................... .265(c)(8)

Walkways ...................... .265(c)(4)

Work Areas ................... .265(c)(2)

Burners ................................ .265(c)(29)

Chippers ............................... .265(c)(21)

Conveyors ............................ .265(c)(18)

Definitions ............................ .265(b)

Effective Dates ..................... .265(j)

Exhaust Systems ................. .265(c)(20)

Gas Piping and Appliances .265(c)(15)

General Requirements ......... .265(a)

Hydraulic Systems ............... .265(c)(13)

Kilns, Dry ............................. .265(f)

Log Breakdown .................... .265(e)

Log Handling, Sorting, and

Storage.

.265(d)

Barking Devices ............ .265(d)(4)

Log Decks ..................... .265(d)(3)

Storage Areas ............... .265(d)(2)

Unloading ...................... .265(d)(1)

Unloading Areas ........... .265(d)(2)

Lumber:

Loading ......................... .265(c)(28)

Piling ............................. .265(c)(27)

Storage ......................... .265(c)(27)

Marking Physical Hazards ... .265(c)(11)

Refuse Removal .................. .265(c)(20)(vi)

Ropes, Cables, Slings, and

Chains.

.265(c)(24)

Stackers and Unstackers ..... .265(c)(26)

Standards Sources .............. .265(a)(2), (j);

.268

Traffic Control ...................... .265(c)(31)

Tramways ............................ .265(c)(19)

Trestles ................................ .265(c)(19)

Vehicles ............................... .265(c)(30)

Saws:

Band ..................................... .213(i)

Band Resaws ....................... .213(i)

Circular ................................. .213(f); .243(a)(1)

Circular Resaws ................... .213(e)

Cracked ................................ .243(a)(4)

Cylindrical Saws .................. .214(c)

Drag ..................................... .213(r)
532

Pt. 1910, Index 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Forging Machines ................ .218(j)(2)

Heading Bolt ........................ .214(a), (c)

Inspection ............................. .213(s)

Radial ................................... .213(h)

Ripsaws ............................... .213(c)

Swing Cutoff ........................ .213(g)

Table .................................... .213(d)

Scaffolding: (see also Scaffolds)

Safety Requirements ........... .28

Scaffolds: (see also Ladder

Stands Listings by Names of

Scaffolds)

Boatswain’s Chair ................ .28(j)

Bricklayers’ Square .............. .28(l)

Carpenters’ Bracket ............. .28(k)

Chicken Ladders .................. .28(t)

Coupler, Mobile .................... .29(d)

Crawling Boards .................. .28(t)

Decorators’ ........................... .28(o)

Float ..................................... .28(u)

Horse ................................... .28(m)

Interior Hung ........................ .28(p)

Ladder-Jack ......................... .28(q)

Masons’ Adjustable MultiplePoint Suspension..28(f)

Needle Beam ....................... .28(n)

Outrigger .............................. .28(e)

Plasterers’ ............................ .28(o)

Powered platforms ............... .66

Roofing Brackets ................. .28(s)

Ship ...................................... .28(u)

Single-Point Adjustable Suspension..28(i)

Stone Setters’ Adjustable

Multiple Point Suspension.

.28(h)

Suspension .......................... .28(f), (g), (h), (i)

Swinging .............................. .28(g)

Tube and Coupler ................ .28(c)

Tube and Coupler, Mobile ... .29(d)

Tubular Welded Frame ........ .28(d), .29(b)

Tubular Welded Sectional

Folding.

.29(c)

Two-Point Suspension ......... .28(g)

Window-Jack ........................ .28(r)

Wood Pole ........................... .28(b)

Scaffolds, Manual Mobile: (see

also Work Platforms, Mobile

Scaffolds).

.29

Scientific Diving (see Diving, Scientific

Semigantry Cranes: (see Gantry

Cranes)

Separation Walls: (see also Distances From Hazards)

Ammonium Nitrate ............... .109(i)(5)

Service Stations:

Flammable and Combustible

Liquids.

.106(g)

Dispensing Systems ............ .106(g)(3)

Drainage .............................. .106(g)(7)

Electrical Equipment ............ .106(g)(5)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Fire Protection ..................... .106(g)(9)

Handling ............................... .106(g)(1)

Heating Equipment .............. .106(g)(6)

Ignition Sources ................... .106(g)(8)

Marine Stations .................... .106(g)(4)

Multi–piece rim wheels,

servicing.

.177

Private Stations .................... .106(g)(2)

Storage ................................ .106(g)(1)

Waste Disposal .................... .106(g)(7)

Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(h)

Containers .................... .110(h)(2)

Accessories ........... .110(h)(3)

Capacity ................. .110(h)(5)

Installation ............. .110(h)(6)

Protecting Fittings .. .110(h)(7), (9)

Valves .................... .110(h)(3)

Dispensing Devices ...... .110(h)(11)

Electrical Systems ........ .110(h)(13)

Fire Protection .............. .110(h)(14)

Fittings .......................... .110(h)(7)

Piping ............................ .110(h)(7)

Pumps ........................... .110(h)(10)

Safety Relief Valves ..... .110(h)(4)

Truck Unloading ........... .110(h)(8)

Valves ........................... .110(h)(7)

Setscrews .................................... .219(h)

Sewage Disposal ........................ .142(e)

Shafting Guarding:

Horizontal ............................. .219(c)(2)

Inclined ................................. .219(c)(3)

Vertical ................................. .219(c)(3)

Sheaves:

Crane Hoists ........................ .179(h)(1)

Shelters, Labor Camps: (see

also Facilities, Labor Camps).

.142(b)

Ship Scaffolds: (see also Float

Scaffolds).

.28(u)

Side-Rolling Ladders ................... .25(c)(5)

Signs and Tags: (see also Markings)

Accident Prevention ............. .145

Classification ................. .145(c)

Definitions ..................... .145(b)

Use Classification ......... .145(c)

Biological Hazards ............... .145(e)(4), (f)(8)

Caution ................................. .1001(g),

.145(c)(2),

(d)(4), (f)(6)

Colors ................................... .145(d)

Danger ................................. .145(c)(1), (d)(2),

(e)(3), (f)(5)

Design .................................. .145(d), (f)(4)

Effective Dates ..................... .149

Egress Means ...................... .37(q)

Exits ..................................... .37(q)

Gas Mask Canisters ............ .134(g)

Hazardous materials, retention of DOT markings.

.1201

Powered Platforms .............. .66(f)(7)(vi)

Pulp and Paper Mills ........... .261(c)(9), (16)
533

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Radiation Warning ............... .97(a)(3)

Respirators ........................... .134(g)

Safety Instruction ................. .145(c)(3), (d)(6)

Slow-Moving Vehicles .......... .145(d)(10)

Specifications ....................... .93a(g)(ii), .145

Standards Sources .............. .150

Wordings .............................. .145(e)

Single-Point Adjustable Suspension Scaffolds..28(i)

Single-Rung Ladders .................. .25(c)(3)(ii)

Mason’s ................................ .25(c)(4)(iii)

Skylight Floor Openings .............. .23(a)(4)

Sleeping Facilities, temporary ..... .120(n)(5)

Sleeves, Rubber Insulating ......... .137

Slings .......................................... .184

Slurries ........................................ .109(h)

Small Arms Ammunition ............. .109(j)

Primers ................................. .109(j)(4)

Smokeless Propellants ........ .109(j)(3)

Storage ................................ .109(j)

Smokeless Propellants ............... .109(j)(3)

Smoking:

Dual Component Coatings .. .107(m)(2)

Explosives ............................ .109(e)(1)

Flammable Liquids ............... .106(d)(7)(iii)

Powder Coatings ................. .107(l)(4)(iii)

Spraying ............................... .107(g)(7),

(l)(4)(iii), (m)(2)

Snagging Machines .................... .215(b)(7)

Sources of Standards: (see

Standards Sources)

Special Industries:

Bakeries ............................... .263

Cooperage ........................... .214

Forging ................................. .218

Hazardous Waste Operations..120

Laundries ............................. .264

Paper and Paperboard Mills .261

Plastics Industry ................... .216

Pulp Mills ............................. .261

Pulpwood Logging ............... .266

Rubber Industry ................... .216

Sawmills ............................... .265

Standards Sources .............. .268

Textiles ................................. .219(a)(3), .262

Woodworking ....................... .213

Spill Containment ........................ .106(d)(6)(iii)

Spot and Seam Welding Machines..255(b)

Spray Booths .............................. .107(b)

Spray Finishing ........................... .107

Air Flow ................................ .94(c)(6)

Application ........................... .107(n)

Automobile Undercoatings ... .107(k)

Clean Air .............................. .94(c)(7)

Combustible Liquids Storage .107(e)

Curing Apparatus ................. .107(j)

Drying Apparatus ................. .107(j)

Dual Component Coatings .. .107(m)

Electrical Systems ............... .107(c)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Electrostatic Apparatus ........ .107(h), (1)

Fire Protection ..................... .107(f)

Flammable Liquids Storage .107(e)

Fusion Apparatus ................. .107(j)

Ignition Sources ................... .107(c)

Location ............................... .94(c)(2)

Maintenance ........................ .106(g)

Make-Up Air ......................... .94(c)(7)

Organic Peroxide Coatings .. .107(m)

Powder Coatings ................. .107(l)

Spray Booths ....................... .94(c)(3), .107(b)

Spray Rooms ....................... .94(c)(4)

Undercoatings ...................... .107(k)

Velocity ................................ .94(c)(6)

Ventilation ............................ .94(c)(5), .107(d)

Spray Liquid Heaters .................. .107(e)(7)

Spraying Operations ................... .107(g)

Sprinkler Systems:

Egress .................................. .37(m)

Sprinkler Systems, Automatic ..... .159

Acceptance tests ................. .159(c)(3)

Design .................................. .159(c)(1)

Drainage .............................. .159(c)(7)

Exemptions .......................... .159(a)

Hose Connections ............... .159(c)(5)

Hydraulically Designed ........ .159(c)(11)

Maintenance ........................ .159(c)(2)

Protection of Piping ............. .159(c)(6)

Sprinkler Alarms .................. .159(c)(9)

Sprinkler Spacing ................. .159(c)(10)

Water supply ........................ .159(c)(4)

Sprinklers

Dip Tanks ............................. .125(f)

Egress Means ...................... .37(m)

Sprockets .................................... .219(f)

Stability Margin:

Crane Loads ........................ .180(c)(1)(i)–(iv)

Stainless Steel Cutting ................ .252(c)(12)

Stairs, Fixed Industrial ................ .24

Handrails .............................. .24(h)

Length of Stairways ............. .24(g)

Railings ................................ .24(h)

Rise Angle ........................... .24(e)

Strength ............................... .24(c)

Treads .................................. .24(f)

Vertical Clearance ............... .24(i)

Width .................................... .24(d)

Standards Sources:

Accident Prevention Signs

and Tags.

.150

Acetylene ............................. .115

Air Contaminants ................. .99

Air Receivers ....................... .169(a)(2), .170

Anhydrous Ammonia ........... .115

Asbestos .............................. .99

Blasting Agents .................... .115

Color Codes ......................... .150

Combustible Gases ............. .115

Combustible Liquids ............ .115

Compressed Gas Equipment .170

Compressed Gases ............. .115
534

Pt. 1910, Index 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Cranes ................................. .189

Derricks ................................ .189

Dip Tanks ............................. .115

Egress Means ...................... .39

Environmental Controls ....... .99, .150

Explosives ............................ .115

First Aid ................................ .153

Flammable Liquids ............... .115

Guarding Machinery ............ .221

Hand-Held Equipment ......... .246

Hazardous Materials ............ .115

Hydrogen ............................. .115

Indoor Storage ..................... .189

Ionizing Radiation ................ .99

Labor Camps ....................... .150

Ladders ................................ .31

Life Safety Code .................. .39

Liquefied Petroleum Gases .115

Machinery Guarding ............ .221

Manlifts ................................. .69

Materials Handling ............... .189

Medical ................................. .153

Medical Services .................. .153

Nitrous Oxide ....................... .115

Noise Exposure ................... .99

Nonionizing Radiation .......... .99

Nonwater Disposal Systems .150

Occupational Health ............ .99

Oxygen ................................. .115

Physical Hazards Markings .150

Platforms, Powered ............. .69

Powered Industrial Trucks ... .189

Powered Platforms .............. .69

Powered Tools, Hand and

Portable.

.246

Railings ................................ .31

Safety Color Codes ............. .150

Sanitation ............................. .150

Signs and Tags .................... .150

Special Industries ................ .274

Spray Finishing .................... .115

Tanks, Cargo and Portable .170

Toeboards ............................ .31

Toxic Substances ................ .1499

Vehicle Mounted Work Platforms..69

Ventilation ............................ .99

Walking-Working Surfaces .. .31

Wall Openings ..................... .31

Standpipe and Hose Systems .... .158

Equipment ............................ .158(c)

Hose ............................. .158(c)(3)

Hose Outlets and Connections..158(c)(2)

Nozzles ......................... .158(c)(4)

Reels and Equipment ... .158(c)(1)

Exceptions ........................... .158(a)(2)

Protection ............................. .158(b)

Scope and Application ......... .158(a)(1)

Tests and Maintenance ....... .158(e)

Acceptance Tests ......... .158(e)(1)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Maintenance ................. .158(e)(2)

Water Supply ....................... .158(d)

Stands, Ladder: (see also Scaffolds; Work Platforms, Mobile)

Stationary Derricks: (see also

Derricks).

.181

Static Sparks ............................... .219(p)(2)(ii)

Steps: (see Stairs)

Stepladders:

Portable Metal ...................... .26(a)(3)

Stepladders, Portable ................. .25(c)(2)

Sticking Machines ....................... .213(n)

Stiffleg Derricks: (see also Derricks)..181

Stone Setters’ Adjustable Multiple-Point:

Suspension Scaffolds .......... .28(h)

Stopping Limits, Mills and Calenders..216(f) (1)–(3)

Stops: (see also Safety Devices)

Manlifts ................................. .68(c)(5), (6)

Storage: (see also Materials

Storage: Storage Areas; Tank

Storage: Tank Storage, Portable)

Ammonium Nitrate ............... .109(i)

Anhydrous Ammonia ........... .111

Blasting Agents .................... .109(g)(5)

Buildings .............................. .106(d)(5)

Mercantile Occupancies .106(d)(5)(iv)

Office Occupancies ...... .106(d)(5)(iii)

Warehouses .................. .106(d)(5)(v)

Clothing ................................ .107(g)(4)

Compressed Gases ............. .101(b), .167–

.168

Containers, Bulk Oxygen ..... .104(b)(4), (6)

Explosives ............................ .109(c), (e)(2),

(b)(1)

Flammable and Combustible

Liquids.

.106(b), (d)

Inside Storage Rooms .. .106(d)(4)

Storage Inside Buildings .106(d)(5)

Storage Outside Buildings..106(d)(6)

Indoor Rooms ...................... .106(d)(5)

Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110

Logs ..................................... .265(d)

Lumber ................................. .265(c)(27)

Pulp and Paper Mills ........... .261(c), (d)

Pulpwood Logging ............... .266(e)(12)

Respirators ........................... .134(f)(5)

Service Stations ................... .106(g)(1)

Storage Areas:

Aisles and Passageways ..... .176(a)

Bridge Plates ....................... .178(j), (k)(4)

Clearance Signs .................. .176(e)

Clearances ........................... .176(a)

Dockboards .......................... .178(j), (k)(4)

Drainage .............................. .176(d)

Housekeeping ...................... .176(c)

Lighting ................................ .178(h)
535

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Noxious Gases .................... .178(i)

Railroad Cars ....................... .178(k)(2)–(4)

Securing ............................... .176(b)

Trucks, Highway .................. .178(k)(1), (3);

(m)

Storage Batteries: (see Battery

Changing and Charging)

Storage Bridge Cranes: (see

Gantry Cranes)

Storage, Tanks: (see Tank Storage; Tank Storage, Portable)

Straight Ladders, Portable Metal .26(a)(2)

Surface Grinders ......................... .215(b)(5)

Swing Frame Grinders ................ .215(b)(6)

Swing-Head Lathes ..................... .213(o)

Swinging Locomotive Cranes ..... .180(i)(6)

Swinging Scaffolds: (see also

Two-Point Suspension Scaffolds).

.28(g)

Switches:

Electric ................................. .305(c)

Cranes ................................. .179(g)(5)

Trip and Emergency ............ .216(e)

Table Saws ................................. .213(d)

Tags: (see Signs and Tags)

Tanks: (see also Cargo Tanks—

Portable Tanks)

Hardening ............................ .126(a)(1)(i),(ii)

Tempering ............................ .126(a)

Tanks, Dip: (see also Dip Tanks) .123–.126

Tanks, Storage:

Flammable and Combustible

Liquids.

.106(b)

Atmospheric Tanks ....... .106(b)(1)(iii)

Construction .................. .106(b)(1)

Corrosion ...................... .106(b)(1)(vi)

Diking ............................ .106(b)(2)(vii)

Ignition Sources ............ .106(b)(6)

Installation:

Above Ground,

Outside.

.106(b)(2)

Inside Buildings ..... .106(b)(4)

Underground .......... .106(b)(3)

Low Pressure Tanks ..... .106(b)(1)(iv)

Materials ....................... .106(b)(1)(i)

Pressure Vessels .......... .106(b)(1)(v)

Supports ....................... .106(b)(5)

Testing .......................... .106(b)(7)

Venting .......................... .106(b)(2)(iv), (v),

(vi), (3)(iv),

(4)(ii), (iii)

Tanks, Storage, Portable:

Flammable and Combustible

Liquids.

.106(d)

Application .................... .106(d)(1)(i)

Capacity ........................ .106(d)(2)

Design ........................... .106(d)(2)

Exceptions .................... .106(d)(1), (2)

Fire Protection .............. .106(d)(7)

Indoor Storage .............. .106(d)(4), (5)

Outdoor Storage ........... .106(d)(6)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Storage Cabinets .......... .106(d)(3)

Temporary Floor Openings ......... .23(a)(7)

Temporary Labor Camps: (see

also Labor Camps, Temporary).

.142

Tempering Tanks ........................ .126(a)

Tenoning Machines ..................... .213(k)

Telecommunications ................... .268

Testing:

Bulk Oxygen ........................ .104(b)(8)(v)

Cranes ................................. .179(k), .180(e)

Derricks ................................ .18(e)

Fire Extinguishers: .157(e)

Gaseous Hydrogen Systems .103(b)(1)(vi)

Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(1)(vii)

Piping ................................... .106(c)(7)

Powered Platforms .............. .66(g)

Radiation Alarm ................... .96(f)(3)

Sprinkler Systems ................ .159(c)(3)

Standpipe and hose systems..158(e)

Storage Tanks ..................... .106(b)(7)

Textiles:

Acid Carboys ....................... .262(nn)

Bleaching ............................. .262(p)

Calenders ............................. .262(ee)

Caustics ............................... .262(oo)

Color-Mixing Room .............. .262(kk)

Cotton Cards ........................ .262(e)

Cotton Combers ................... .262(j)

Drawing Frames .................. .262(j)

Drying Cans ......................... .262(w)

Drying Tumblers .................. .262(cc)

Dyeing Jigs .......................... .262(u)

Dye Vats .............................. .262(mm)

Extractors ............................. .262(y)

First Aid ................................ .262(pp)

Flat Work Ironers ................. .262(x)

Folders, Overhead ............... .262(jj)

Garnet Machines ................. .262(f)

Gill Boxes ............................. .262(k)

Hand Boiling Machines ........ .262(hh)

Kiers ..................................... .262(q)

Lappers ................................ .262(m)

Looms .................................. .262(n)

Mercerizing Ranges ............. .262(s)

Nip Guards ........................... .262(dd)(1), (v),

(z)

Openers ............................... .262(d)

Padders ................................ .262(v)

Personal Protective Equipment..262(qq)

Pickers ................................. .262(d)

Power Transmission ............ .219(a)(3)

Printing Machines ................ .262(dd)

Rings Frames ...................... .262(j)

Roll Bench ........................... .262(ii)

Rope Washers ..................... .262(bb)

Sanforizing and Palmer Machines..262(aa)

Shearing Machines .............. .262(o)
536

Pt. 1910, Index 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Slashers ............................... .262(h)

Slubbers ............................... .262(j)

Spinning Mules .................... .262(g)

Standards Sources .............. .262(a)(2), .265(j)

Staple Cullers ...................... .262(ff)

Tanks, Open ........................ .262(ll)

Tenter Frames ..................... .262(t)

Tumblers .............................. .262(cc)

Warpers ............................... .262(i)

Worsted Drawing ................. .262(l)

Toe Protection: (see Foot Protection)

Toeboards:

Cranes ................................. .179(d)(3)

Definition .............................. .21(a)(9)

Power Transmission Apparatus..219(o)(5)

Powered Platforms .............. .66(f)(5)(i)(G)

Walking-Working Surfaces .. .23(a)(2), (3)(ii),

(e)

Toilet Facilities: (see also Toilets) .141(c)

Construction ......................... .141(c)(2), (3)

Hazardous Waste ................ .120(n)(3)

Labor Camps ....................... .142(d)

Lavatories ............................ .141(d)(2)

Minimum Numbers ............... .141(c)(1), (d)(2)

Towels .................................. .141(d)(3)(v)

Washing Facilities ................ .141(e)(1)(vii), (d)

Tongs, Upsetters ......................... .218(h)(4)

Tooling ........................................ .217(d)(5)

Torch Valves, Welding ................ .252(a)(4)(ii)

Towels ......................................... .141(d)(3)(v)

Towers, Scaffolds: (see Ladder

Stands and Scaffolds; Scaffolds; Work Platforms, Mobile).

.29

Tractors: (see also Powered Industrial Trucks)..178

Trailers ........................................ .111(d)(7)

Training Personnel ...................... .96(i), .217(e)(3)

Bloodborne pathogens, exposure to..1030(e)(5),

(g)(2)

Electrical safety-related work

practices.

.332

Fire brigades ........................ .156

Fire extinguishers ................ .157(g)

Hazardous chemicals .......... .1200

Hazardous chemicals, highly, process safety management.

.119(g)

Hazardous waste operations .120(e), (p)(7),

(q)(6)

Respirators ........................... .134(b)(3), (e)(5)

Telecommunications ............ .268(c)

Truck Operators ................... .178(l)

Working platform operations .66(i)(1)

Transmission Pipeline Welding ... .252(d)(1)

Construction Standards ....... .252(d)(1)(v)

Electric Shock ...................... .252(d)(1)(iii)

Field Shop Operations ......... .252(d)(1)(ii)

Flammable Substances ....... .252(d)(1)(vi)

Pressure Testing .................. .252(d)(1)(iv)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

X-ray Inspection ................... .252(d)(1)(vii)

Transportation:

Blasting Agents .................... .109(g)(6)

Explosives ............................ .109(d)

Fire Extinguishers ......... .109(d)(2)(iii)

Markings ....................... .109(d)(2)(ii)

Vehicles ........................ .109(d)(2), (3)

Trapdoors .................................... .23(a)(5)

Traps, Air Receivers ................... .169(b)(2)

Treads, Stairs .............................. .24(f)(k)

Treadles ...................................... .217(b)(4)

Trestle Ladders, Portable:

Metal .................................... .26(a)(4)

Wood .................................... .25(c)(3)(v)

Trimming Presses ....................... .218(g)

Trips, Two-Hand ......................... .217(b)(6)

Trolley Bumpers, Cranes ............ .179(e)(3)

Trolley Ladders, Portable ............ .25(c)(5)

Trolley Stops, Cranes ................. .179(e)(1)

Truck Cranes: (see Crawler, Locomotive and Truck Cranes)..180

Trucks ......................................... .178(k), (m)

Forklift .................................. .261(c)(1)

Hand .................................... .261(m)(1)

Highway ............................... .178(k), (m)

Powered Industrial ............... .178

Trucks, Powered Industrial: (see

also Powered IndustrialTrucks).

.178

Tube and Coupler Scaffolds ....... .28(c)

Tube and Coupler Scaffolds, Mobile..29(d)

Tubing: (see Piping, Fittings, and

Tubing)

Tubular Welded Frame Scaffolds .28(d)

Tubular Welded Frame Scaffolds, Mobile..29(b)

Tubular Welded Sectional Folding Scaffolds..29(c)

Turning Machines ....................... .213(o)

Two-Point Suspension Scaffolds .28(g)

Two-Section Rung Ladders ........ .25(c)(3)(iii)

U-Guards ..................................... .219(m)(3)

Underground Storage Tanks,

Flammable and

CombustibleLiquids.

.106(b)(3)

Location ............................... .106(b)(3)(i)

Depth and Cover ................. .106(b)(3)(ii)

Corrosion Protection ............ .106(b)(3)(iii)

Vents .................................... .106(b)(3)(iv)

Unit Physical Operations ............ .106(e)(3)(v)

Upsetters ..................................... .218(h)

Dies Changing ..................... .218(h)(5)

Lockouts ............................... .218(h)(2)

Manual Controls ................... .218(h)(3)

Supporting Foundations ....... .218(h)(1)

Tongs ................................... .218(h)(4)

Valves: (see also Piping, Valves,

and Fittings)

Air Receivers ....................... .169(b)(3)

Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(7)

Non-DOT Containers ........... .110(d)(3)
537

Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Vaporizers:

Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(11)

Liquid Hydrogen ................... .103(c)(1)(viii)

Liquid Oxygen ...................... .104(b)(7)

Vehicles, slow-moving, signs ...... .145(d)(10)

Veneer Machinery ....................... .30(c)

Cutters ................................. .213(q), (s)(13)

Ventilation ................................... .94, .107(d)

Abrasive Blasting ................. .94(a)

Asbestos .............................. .1001(c)(1)(ii)

Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(3)(xii)

Bulk Plants ........................... .106(f)(2)(iii)

Confined Spaces ................. .255(e)(4)(ii), (f)

Dip Tanks ............................. .124(b),

.125(d)(2)

Effective Dates ..................... .98

Electrostatic Spraying .......... .107(i), .107(r)(9)

Grinding, Polishing, and

Buffing.

.94(b)

Inside Storage Rooms ......... .106(d)(4)(iv)

Laundries ............................. .262(c)(4)(ii),

(d)(1)(ii)

Powder Coatings ................. .107(1)(2)

Processing Buildings ........... .106(h)(3)(iii)

Sawmills ............................... .265(c)(7)

Spray Finishing .................... .94(c)(5)

Spraying Operations ............ .94(c), .107(d)

Exhaust Duct System .......... .107(d)(3), (7)

Fan-Rotating Element ... .107(d)(4)

Independent Exhaust .... .107(d)(3)

Room Intakes ............... .107(d)(11)

Standards Sources .............. .99

Venting, Tanks:

Aboveground ........................ .106(b)(2)(iv)–(vi)

Inside ................................... .106(b)(4)(ii)

Portable ................................ .106(d)(2)(ii)

Underground ........................ .106(b)(3)(iv)

Vents: (see Venting)

Vermin Control ............................ .141(a)(5)

Vinyl Chloride .............................. .1017

Emergency situations .......... .1017(i)

Hazardous operations .......... .1017(h)

Medical surveillance ............ .1017(k)

Methods of compliance ........ .1017(f)

Monitoring ............................ .1017(d)

Permissible exposure limit ... .1017(c)

Regulated area .................... .1017(e)

Respiratory protection .......... .1017(g)

Signs and labels .................. .1017(l)

Training ................................ .1017(j)

Walking-Working Surfaces:

Aisles ................................... .22(b)

Covers .................................. .22(c)

Definitions ............................ .21

Fixed Industrial Stairs .......... .24

Floor Loading ....................... .22(d)

Floor Openings Guard ......... .23

General Requirements ......... .22

Guardrails ............................ .22(c)

Housekeeping ...................... .22(a)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Ladders:

Fixed ............................. .27

Portable:

Metal ...................... .26

Wood ..................... .25

Stands ........................... .29

Passageways ....................... .22(b)

Scaffolding Safety ................ .28

Scaffolds (Towers) ............... .29

Stairs, Fixed Industrial ......... .24

Standards Sources .............. .31

Wall Openings Guarding ..... .23

Working Surfaces ................ .30

Wall Cranes: (see Gantry

Cranes)

Wall Openings (Holes) ................ .23(b)

Warehouses:

Ammonium Nitrate ............... .109(i)(4)

Flammable Liquids ............... .106(d)(5)(v)

Warning Devices and Signs:

(see also Signs and Tags)

Bloodborne pathogens ......... .1030(g)(1)

Cranes ................................. .179(i)

Ionizing Radiation ................ .96(f)

Manlifts ................................. .68(c)(7)

Nonionizing Radiation .......... .97(a)(3)

Washing Facilities ....................... .141(d), .142(f),

.120(n)(6)

Waste Disposal ........................... .141(a)(4)

Asbestos .............................. .1001(h)(2)

Bulk Plants ........................... .106(f)(7)

Containers ............................ .141(g)(3)

Dip Tanks ............................. .125(e)(4)(ii),(iii)

Ionizing Radiation ................ .96(k)

Labor Camps ....................... .142(e), (h)

Processing Plants ................ .106(h)(8)(iii)

Radiation .............................. .96(k)

Service Stations ................... .106(g)(7)

Spraying ............................... .107(g)(3)

Water Gels .................................. .109(h)

Water Spray Extinguishing Systems, Fixed..163

Water Supply:

Hazardous waste operations .120(n)

Labor Camps ....................... .142(c)

Nonpotable Water ................ .141(b)(2)

Potable Water ...................... .141(b)(1)

Sprinkler Systems ................ .159(c)(4)

Standpipe and Hose Systems..158(d)

Weather Protection Manlifts ........ .68(b)(15)

Welding: (see also Acetylene

Generators; Arc Welding;

Flash Welding Equipment; Resistance Welding Equipment;

Welding Machines, Portable).

.251–.257

Beryllium .............................. .252(c)(8)

Cadmium .............................. .252(c)(1)(v), (9)
538

Pt. 1910, Index 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Chemicals, highly hazardous, process safety

management; hot-work

permits.

.119(k)

Cleaning Compounds .......... .252(c)(11)

Concentrations, Maximum

Allowable.

.252(c)(1)(iii)

Containers ............................ .252(a)(3)

Contamination ...................... .252(c)(1)(i)

Definitions ............................ .251

Exhaust Hoods .................... .252(c)(3)

Fire Protection ..................... .252(a)(2)(i), (ii),

(xv)

First Aid Equipment ............. .252(c)(13)

Fluorine Compounds ........... .252(c)(1)(v), (5)

Labels .................................. .252(c)(1)(iv)

Ladders, Fixed ..................... .27(b)(6)

Lead ..................................... .252(c)(7)

Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(4)

Mercury ................................ .252(c)(10)

Piping Systems, Mechanical .252(d)(2)

Personnel Protection ........... .252(b)

Precautions .......................... .252(a)(2),

.255(e)

Prohibited Areas .................. .252(a)(2)(vi)

Screens ................................ .252(c)(1)(ii)

Spot and Seam .................... .255(b)

Stainless Steels ................... .252(c)(12)

Supervisory Responsibility ... .252(a)(2)(xiv)

Transmission Pipelines ........ .252(d)(1)

Ventilation ............................ .252(c)(1)(ii),

(c)(2)–(4)

Zinc ...................................... .252(c)(6)

Welding Machines, Portable ....... .255(c)

Clevis ................................... .255(c)(3)

Counterbalance .................... .255(c)(1)

Grounding ............................ .255(c)(6)

Holder, Movable ................... .255(c)(5)

Safety Chains ...................... .255(c)(2)

Switch Guards ..................... .255(c)(4)

Wharves:

Bulk Plants ........................... .106(f)(4)

Chemical Plants ................... .106(i)(2)

Distilleries ............................. .106(i)(2)

Explosives ............................ .109(f)

Marine Service Stations ....... .106(g)(4)

Refineries ............................. .106(i)(2)

Wheels, Multi–Piece Rim: Servicing..177

Winch Heads, Derricks ............... .181(i)(5)

Wind Indicators ........................... .179(b)(4)

Window-Jack Scaffolds ............... .28(r)

Guardrails ............................ .28(r)(3)

Use ....................................... .28(r)(1), (2)

Wood Heel Turning Machines .... .213(o)

Wood Ladders, Portable: (see

also Ladders, Portable Wood).

.25

Wood Pole Scaffolds .................. .28(b)

Wood Shapers ............................ .213(m)

Wooden Guards .......................... .219(o)(2)

Woodworking Machinery ............. .213

SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued

Subject term Section No.

Band Saws and Resaws ..... .213(i)

Boring Machines .................. .213(l)

Circular Resaws ................... .213(e)

Construction ......................... .213(a)

Controls ................................ .213(b)

Crosscut Table Saws ........... .213(d)

Definitions ............................ .211(a)

Drag Saws ........................... .213(r)

Effective Dates ..................... .220

Glue Spreaders, Roll-Type .. .213(r)

Hand-Fed Crosscut Table

Saws.

.213(d)

Hand-Fed Ripsaws .............. .213(c)

Inspection ............................. .213(s)

Jointers ................................ .213(j)

Maintenance ........................ .213(s)

Matching Machines .............. .213(n)

Molding Machines ................ .213(n)

Mortising Machines .............. .213(l)

Planing Machines ................ .213(n)

Profile Lathes ....................... .213(o)

Radial Saws ......................... .213(h)

Ripsaws ............................... .213(c)

Sanding Machines ............... .213(p)

Self-Fed Circular Saws ........ .213(f)

Standards Sources .............. .221

Sticking ................................ .213(n)

Swing Cutoff Saws .............. .213(g)

Swing Head Lathes ............. .213(o)

Table Saws .......................... .213(d)

Tenoning Machines ............. .213(k)

Turning Machines ................ .213(o)

Veneer Cutters ..................... .213(q)

Wood Heel Turning Machines..213(o)

Wood Shapers ..................... .213(m)

Woodworking Tools, Portable

Powered.

.243(a)

Belt Sanding Machines ........ .243(a)(3)

Circular Saws ....................... .243(a)(1)

Cracked Saws ...................... .243(a)(4)

Dead-Man Controls .............. .243(a)(2)

Grounding ............................ .243(a)(5)

Sanding Machines ............... .243(a)(3)

Work Platforms ........................... .66, .67

Elevating and Rotating ........ .67

Powered Platforms .............. .66

Vehicle-Mounted .................. .67

Application .................... .67(b)(1)

Design ........................... .67(b)(2)

Work Platforms, Mobile: (see

also Scaffolds).

.29(e)

Working Surfaces: (see also

Walking-Working Surfaces).

.30

X-ray Inspections, Mechanical

Piping Systems.

.252(d)(2)(ii)

Zinc ............................................. .252(c)(6)

Confined Spaces ................. .252(c)(6)(i)

Indoors ................................. .252(c)(6)(ii)